Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 2006August 19, 2013

Registration No. 333          333-189308

 

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FormAmendment No. 3

to

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


Tronox WorldwideTRONOX FINANCE LLC

and

Tronox Finance Corp.Additional Registrants Listed on Schedule A Hereto

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)*

 


 

Delaware 2810 11-366354046-0699347

(State or other jurisdiction of


incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer


Identification No.)

Delaware281020-3611122

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

c/o Tronox Incorporated

123 Robert S. Kerr Avenue

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102

(405) 775-5000

Roger G. Addison, Esq.

123 Robert S. Kerr Avenue

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102

(405) 775-5000

(Address, including Zip Code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal

executive offices)

(Name, address, including Zip Code,

and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)One Stamford Plaza
263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100
Stamford, Connecticut 06901
(203) 705-3800

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Michael J. Foster

General Counsel

Tronox Limited

One Stamford Plaza

263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1106

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

(203) 705-3800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

W. Chris ColemanChristian O. Nagler

McAfeeKirkland & Taft A Professional CorporationEllis LLP

Tenth Floor, Two Leadership Square601 Lexington Avenue

211 North RobinsonNew York, NY 10022

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102(212) 446-4800

(405) 235-9621


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:public    As:

The exchange will occur as soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement becomes effective.Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box:  box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to registerregistered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act,act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement undernumber of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer¨Accelerated filer¨
Non-accelerated filerx  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)Smaller reporting company¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross Border Issuer Tender Offer):  ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross Border Third-Party Tender Offer):  ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  

Amount

to be
Registered

  

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Unit(1)

  

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

  

Amount of

Registration

Fee

9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012

  $350,000,000  100%  $350,000,000  $37,450(1)

Guarantees 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012(2)

        

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

to be Registered

 

Amount
to be

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Unit

 Amount of
Registration Fee

6.375% Senior Notes due 2020

 $900,000,000 $100% $122,760(1)(4)

Guarantees on 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020(2)

 —   —   —  (3)

 

 

(1)Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration feeCalculated in accordance with Rule 457(f)(2).457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)The 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012 arenotes will be issued by Tronox Finance LLC (the “Issuer”) and initially guaranteed by the Additional Registrants. No separate consideration will be paid in respectIssuer’s parent company, Tronox Limited (the “Parent”), and certain of the guarantees. subsidiaries of the Parent that guarantee the obligations under its credit facilities on the date the notes were issued.
(3)Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act,, no filingseparate fee is required.payable with respect to the guarantees being registered hereby.
 *(4)Tronox Incorporated, the parent of the Registrants, and the additional subsidiaries of Tronox Incorporated listed in the attached table are Additional Registrants to this Registration Statement.Previously paid.

Each registrantThe Registrants hereby amendsamend this registration statementRegistration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrantRegistrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statementRegistration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 88(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statementthis Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8,8(a), may determine.

 



IndexSchedule A

Other than Tronox Limited (the “Parent”), each of the entities listed below is 100% owned by Tronox Limited. The guarantees provided by each entity listed on this Schedule A will be joint and several, full and unconditional, subject to Financial Statements

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTScustomary release provisions.

 

Name(1)Exact Name of Additional Registrants

  StateJurisdiction of
Incorporation/Incorporation
or Formation
  

Principal Executive
Offices

Primary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
  IRS I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
No.
Tronox IncorporatedDelawareTronox Technical Center
331 N.W. 150th Street
P.O. Box 268859
Oklahoma City, OK
73134
281020-2868245
Tronox LLCDelawareTronox Technical Center
331 N.W. 150th Street
P.O. Box 268859
Oklahoma City, OK
73134
281041-2070700
Tronox US Holdings Inc.DelawareOne Stamford Plaza
263 Tresser Boulevard,
Suite 1100
Stamford, Connecticut
06901
281045-4154060
Tronox Australia Holdings Pty LimitedWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281068-0682438

Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited

Western
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281072-1621945
Tronox Global Holdings Pty LimitedWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1034351
Tronox LimitedWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1026700

Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited

Western
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1034342
Tronox Pigments Australia Pty LimitedWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

2810N/A

Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited

Western
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1034346


Cimarron CorporationExact Name of Additional Registrants

  OklahomaJurisdiction of
Incorporation
or Formation
  281073-1328735

Tronox Holdings, Inc.Principal Executive
Offices

  DelawarePrimary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
  I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
No.
Tronox Pigments LLCDelaware

Tronox Technical Center
331 N.W. 150th Street
P.O. Box 268859
Oklahoma City, OK
73134

281046-1388039
Tronox Sands Holdings Pty LimitedWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1034353
Tronox Western Australia Pty LtdWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1065700
Tronox Worldwide Pty LimitedWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1095681

Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Limited

Western
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1065537
Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty LtdWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1065545
Tronox Australia Sands Pty LtdWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1065692
Ticor Resources Pty LtdWestern,
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1065723
Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty LtdWestern
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1065754
TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd  51-0284593Western
Australia,
Australia

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-1065736

3


Triple S Minerals Resources CorporationExact Name of Additional Registrants

  DelawareJurisdiction of
Incorporation
or Formation
  281073-1534515

Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc.Principal Executive
Offices

  GeorgiaPrimary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
  2810I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
No.
Yalgoo Minerals Pty. Ltd.  58-1622042Australia

Triple S Refining Corporation1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

  Delaware2810  281098-1065554
Tific Pty. Ltd.  73-0974954Australia

Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

  Delaware2810  281098-1065748
Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd  73-0960164Australia

Transworld Drilling Company1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

  Delaware2810  281098-1065744
Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd  73-0755837Australia

Triangle Refineries, Inc.1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

  Delaware2810  281098-1065698
Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd  74-1039180Australia

Triple S, Inc.1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

  Oklahoma2810  281098-1065556
Tronox Mineral Sales Pty Ltd  73-1415116Australia

Tronox LLC1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

  Delaware2810  2810N/A
Tronox Management Pty Ltd  41-2070700Australia

Tronox Incorporated1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

  Delaware2810  2810N/A
Tronox International Finance LLP  20-2868245United
Kingdom

7 Abermarle Street

London, W1S 4HQ

United Kingdom

281098-1065448

(1)The address for each Additional Registrant is 123 Robert S. Kerr Avenue,
Tronox Pigments Ltd.Bahama
Islands

Tronox Technical Center

3301 N.W. 150th Street

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102 and the telephone number is (405) 775-5000.OK

73134

281047-0934867
Tronox Holdings Europe C.V.The
Netherlands

1 Brodie Hall Drive

Technology Park

Bentley, Australia

6102

281098-0565177
Tronox Holdings Coöperatief U.A.The
Netherlands

World Trade Centre

Amsterdam, Tower B,

17th Floor

Strawinskylaan 1725

P.O. Box 7241

1007, JE Amsterdam

281098-1052521

4


Index to Financial Statements

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. ThisThe prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not solicitingnor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any statejurisdiction where the offer orand sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated May 3, 2006

PROSPECTUSSUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 19, 2013

TRONOX WORLDWIDEPRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Tronox Finance LLC

TRONOX FINANCE CORP.Exchange Offer for All Outstanding

Offer to Exchange up to

$350,000,000 of 9 1/2%900 million 6.375% Senior Notes due 20122020 and the guarantees thereon

for up to(CUSIP: 897050AA8 & U8968XAA5)

$350,000,000 of 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

We are offering to exchange exchange:

up to $350,000,000$900 million of our outstanding 9 1/2%new 6.375% Senior Notes due 2012 for new 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012, with substantially identical terms, which2020 and the guarantees thereon that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

(which we refer to as the “Exchange Notes”)

for

a like amount of our outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 and will generally be freely tradeable. Our exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on                     , 2006 unlessthe guarantees thereon

(which we extendrefer to as the time for expiration.“Old Notes”).

We will exchange all old notes that you validly tenderrefer to the Exchange Notes and do not withdraw beforeOld Notes collectively as the “notes.”

Material Terms of Exchange Offer:

The terms of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the exchange offer expires for an equal principal amount of new notes. Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time priorare substantially identical to the expirationOld Notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Old Notes will not apply to the Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by Tronox Limited, the Issuer’s parent company (the “Parent”), and certain of the exchange offer.subsidiaries of the Parent that guarantee the obligations under our credit facilities on the date the notes are issued. The guarantees will be joint and several, full and unconditional, subject to customary release provisions.

There is currently no established tradingexisting public market for the old notes or the new notes.Exchange Notes. We do not intend to list the new notesExchange Notes on any securities exchange or seek approval for quotation through any automated quotationtrading system.

You may withdraw your tender of notes at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer. We will exchange all of the Old Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn.

The exchange offer expires at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on September 16, 2013, unless extended.

The exchange of the new notesOld Notes for the old notes willExchange Notes should not be a taxable eventexchange for U.S.United States federal income tax purposes. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

The exchange offer is subject to certain customary conditions, including that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

Investing in the notes involves risks. Please read “Risk Factors” on page 16 forFor a discussion of certain factors that you should consider before participating in the Exchange Offer.this exchange offer, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange CommissionSEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the senior notes to be distributed in the exchange offer, nor have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notesExchange Notes for its own account pursuant to thisthe exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. The letterExchange Notes. A broker dealer who acquired Old Notes as a result of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. Thismarket making or other trading activities may use this exchange offer prospectus, as it may besupplemented or amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days from the expiration of this exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Planresales of Distribution.”the Exchange Notes.

The date of this prospectus is                    , 2006.

2013


Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking StatementsCAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  iii

SummaryMARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

  1ii

Risk FactorsSUMMARY

  161

Use of ProceedsSUMMARY OF EXCHANGE OFFER

  2711

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed ChargesCONSEQUENCES OF NOT EXCHANGING OLD NOTES

  2713

The Exchange OfferSUMMARY OF TERMS OF EXCHANGE NOTES

  2814

Selected Financial DataRISK FACTORS

  3723

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsUSE OF PROCEEDS

  4148

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market RiskRATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

  6449

Industry BackgroundCAPITALIZATION

  6650

BusinessSELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  7051

ManagementMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  8356

Arrangements between Kerr-McGee andParent

86

Description of Other IndebtednessUNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

  8983

Description of NotesTHE BUSINESS

  9188

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax ConsequencesMANAGEMENT

  138119

Plan of DistributionEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  142125

Legal MattersSECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

  143150

ExpertsCERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTION

  143152

Available InformationDESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

  143153

Index to Consolidated and Combined Financial StatementsDESCRIPTION OF NOTES

  155

EXCHANGE OFFER

218

BOOK ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

228

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

230

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

231

LEGAL MATTERS

233

EXPERTS

233

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

233

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1

You should rely only uponIn this prospectus, references to “R,” “Rand” or “South African Rand” are to the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anylegal currency of the Republic of South Africa. Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different information or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these notes in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume the information appearingfigures included in this prospectus is accurate onlyhave been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the datefigures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed sincepercentages that date.

You should contact us with any questions about the exchange offer or if you require additional information to verify the information contained in this prospectus.

You should not consider any information inprecede them. In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” and “our” and the “Company” refer to be legal,Tronox Limited (as defined below) and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, when discussing the business following completion of the Transaction (as defined below), and to Tronox Incorporated (as defined below) and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, when discussing the business prior to completion of the Transaction unless expressly indicated or tax advice. You should consult your own attorney, business advisor and tax advisor for legal, business and tax advice regarding participating in the exchange offer.context otherwise requires.

i


SPECIALCAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have madeThis prospectus contains forward-looking statements in this prospectus,regarding management’s expectations, beliefs, strategies, goals, outlook and other non-historical matters. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “project,” “likely,” “can have” or “continue,” and the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and uncertainties. See “Risk Factors.”assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance based on our growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on the beliefsour current expectations and assumptionsprojections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of our management and on the information currently availableactivity, performance or achievements to our management at the time of such statements. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results or otherwise speak to future events and may be preceded by, followed by, or otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. They involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Future results or performance may differ materially from thosethe results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied in theseby the forward-looking statements. ManyIn particular, you should consider the numerous risks and uncertainties outlined in “Risk Factors.”

These risks and uncertainties are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors, which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks and uncertainties, nor can management assess the impact of all factors that will determine these results and values are beyondon our

i


Index business or the extent to Financial Statements

ability to controlwhich any factor, or predict. Potential investors are cautioned not to put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Except as required by the Federal securities laws, we do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after we distribute this document, even if new information, future events or other circumstances have made them incorrect or misleading.

You should understand that variouscombination of factors, in addition to those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this document, could affect our future results and couldmay cause actual results to differ materially from those expressedcontained in suchany forward-looking statements.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations and we do not intend to do so.

We are committed to providing timely and accurate information to the investing public, consistent with our legal and regulatory obligations. To that end, we use our websites to convey information about our businesses, including the following:

adverse changes in general economic conditions or inanticipated release of quarterly financial results, quarterly financial and statistical and business-related information. Investors can link to the markets we serve, including changes in the prices of titanium dioxide pigments and other chemicals;

changes in our business strategies;

demand for consumer products for which our businesses supply raw materials;

availability and pricing of raw materials;

fluctuations in energy prices;

technological changes affecting production of our materials;

developments associated with our environmental remediation efforts;

hazards associated with chemicals manufacturing;

risks associated with competition, including the financial resources of competitorsTronox Limited website through http://www.tronox.com. Our websites and the introduction of new competing products;
information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

risks associated with international sales

This prospectus includes market share, market position and operations;

changesindustry data and forecasts. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We participate in laws and regulations, including environmental laws, or changes in the administration of such laws and regulations;

the quality of future opportunities that may be presented to or pursued by us;

the ability to generate cash flows or obtain financing to fund growth and the cost of such financing;

the ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals;

the effect of various litigation that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

the impact of weather and the occurrence of natural disasterstrade associations, such as fires, floodsthe Titanium Dioxide Manufacturers Association (“TDMA”), and other catastrophic eventssubscribes to various industry research publications, such as those produced by TZ Minerals International Pty Ltd (“TZMI”). While we have taken reasonable actions to ensure that the information is extracted accurately and natural disasters;

actsin its proper context, we have not independently verified the accuracy of warany of the data from third party sources or terrorist activities;ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Unless otherwise indicated, statements as to Tronox Limited (as defined below) and

Tronox Incorporated (as defined below) combined market share and market position are based on TZMI 2012 Annual Reports, which are based on year-end 2011 reported figures. We also rely on certain information provided by TDMA in determining some of the abilitymanagement estimates referred to respond to challenges in international markets, including changes in currency exchange rates, political or economic conditions, and trade and regulatory matters.
this prospectus.

 

ii


Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY

The followingThis summary highlights the materialselected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but mayand does not contain all of the information that ismay be important to you. We urge you to read carefully this prospectus in its entirety. For additional information see the section entitled “Where You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes and the factors described in “Risk Factors,Can Find Additional Information. before participating in the exchange offer.

Our Parent, Tronox Incorporated, was formed on May 17, 2005, in preparation for the contribution and transfer by Kerr-McGee Corporation (“Kerr-McGee”) of certain entities, including us and other entities comprising substantially all of its chemical business (the “Contribution”). The Contribution was completed in November 2005 along with the recapitalization of Tronox Incorporated, whereby common stock held by Kerr-McGee converted into approximately 22.9 million shares of Class B common stock. An initial public offering (“IPO”) of Tronox Incorporated’s Class A common stock was subsequently completed on November 28, 2005. On March 30, 2006, Kerr-McGee distributed all of the shares of Parent’s Class B common stock that it owned to its stockholders (the “Distribution”).

Unless theotherwise indicated or required by context, otherwise requires, any referencesas used in this prospectus, references to “we,” “our,“us,“us” and “Tronox”“our” refer to Tronox Worldwide LLC and allLimited (as defined below), when discussing the business following completion of our subsidiaries the Transaction (as defined below), and references to “Tronox Incorporated” and “Parent” refer to Tronox Incorporated and its subsidiaries as in effect on(as defined below), when discussing the date of this prospectus, except that all such references in connection with financial information is intendedbusiness prior to refer to that of our Parent on a consolidated basis or thatcompletion of the several entities comprising the Parent’s subsidiaries on a combined basis. Any references in this prospectus to “Tronox Finance” refer to our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tronox Finance Corp., which is a co-issuer of the notes. References to “issuers” mean Tronox and Tronox Finance, as co-issuers of the notes. Any references in this prospectus to “Kerr-McGee” refer to Kerr-McGee Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.Transaction.

The Notes

We completed on November 28, 2005 a private offering of $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012, which we refer to as the “old notes”. We entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes in which we agreed, among other things, to deliver to you this prospectus and to complete the exchange offer within 240 days of the issuance of the old notes. You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your outstanding old notes for registered 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012 with substantially identical terms which we refer to as the “new notes”. If (i) we do not file the registration statement for the exchange offer of the new notes for the old notes that this prospectus is a part of (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) by April 27, 2006, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective (the “Exchange Offer Effective Date”) by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on or prior to June 26, 2006, or (iii) the exchange offer is not completed within thirty (30) days of the Exchange Offer Effective Date, then we will pay liquidated damages in the form of additional interest. We filed this Exchange Offer Registration Statement on May 3, 2006 in violation of clause (i) above. As a result, we are required to pay liquidated damages in the form of special interest in the aggregate amount of $17,500. You should read the discussion under the headings “—Summary Description of the New Notes” and “Description of the Notes” for further information regarding the registered 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012. Whenever we use the term “notes,” we are referring to both the old notes and the new notes, unless the context clearly shows a different intent.

We believe that the new notes issued in the exchange offer may be resold by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions. You should read the discussion under the headings “—Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer” and “The Exchange Offer” for further information regarding the exchange offer and resale of the new notes.

1


Index to Financial Statements

Our Company

Overview

Tronox is oneLimited, a public limited company registered under the laws of the leading global producersState of Western Australia, Australia, and marketers of titanium dioxide. Titanium dioxideits subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Tronox” or “the Company”) is a white pigment usedglobal leader in a wide rangethe production and marketing of products for its exceptional ability to impart whiteness, brightnesstitanium- bearing mineral sands and opacity. We market titanium dioxide pigment (“TiO2”). Our world-class, high performance TiO2 products are critical components of everyday applications such as paint and other coatings, plastics, paper and other applications. Our mineral sands business consists primarily of two product streams—titanium feedstock and zircon. Titanium feedstock is used primarily to manufacture TiO2. Zircon, a hard, glossy mineral, is used for the manufacture of ceramics, refractories, TV glass and a range of other industrial and chemical products. We have global operations in North America, Europe, South Africa and Australia.

Tronox Limited was formed on September 21, 2011 for the purpose of the Transaction (see below). Prior to the completion of the Transaction, the Company was wholly-owned by Tronox Incorporated, and had no operating assets or operations. Tronox Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Tronox Incorporated”), was formed on May 17, 2005, in preparation for the contribution and transfer by Kerr-McGee Corporation of certain entities, including those comprising substantially all of its chemical business into a separate operating company.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, we had net sales of $525 million and $995 million, adjusted EBITDA of $101 million and $174 million and a net loss attributable to Tronox Limited of $13 million and $70 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $2,408 million of total indebtedness outstanding. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we had net sales of $1,832 million, adjusted EBITDA of $503 million and net income attributable to Tronox Limited of $1,134 million. As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $1,645 million of total indebtedness outstanding.

Acquisition of Mineral Sands Operations

Consistent with our strategy to become a fully integrated global producer of mineral sands and TiO2 with production facilities and sales and marketing presence strategically positioned throughout the world, on June 15, 2012 (the “Transaction Date”), we combined the existing business of Tronox Incorporated with Exxaro Resources Ltd’s (“Exxaro”) mineral sands operations, which represented more than 90%includes its Namakwa Sands and KwaZulu-Natal (“KZN”) Sands mines, separation and slag furnaces in South Africa, along with Exxaro’s 50% share of the Tiwest Joint Venture in Western Australia (together, the “mineral sands business”) (the “Transaction”).

The Transaction was completed in two principal steps. First, Tronox Incorporated became a subsidiary of Tronox Limited, with Tronox Incorporated shareholders receiving one Class A ordinary share (“Class A Share”) and $12.50 in cash (“Merger Consideration”) for each Tronox Incorporated common share. Second, Tronox Limited issued 9,950,856 Class B ordinary shares (“Class B Shares”) to Exxaro and one of its subsidiaries in

1


consideration for the mineral sands business. Upon completion of the Transaction, former Tronox Incorporated shareholders held 15,413,083 Class A Shares and Exxaro held 9,950,856 Class B Shares, representing approximately 60.8% and 39.2%, respectively, of the voting power in Tronox Limited. Exxaro retained a 26% ownership interest in the South African operations that are part of the mineral sands business in order to comply with the Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) legislation of South Africa.

During 2012, we repurchased approximately 12.6 million Class A Shares, which was approximately 10% of our net salestotal voting securities. During October 2012, Exxaro purchased 1.4 million Class A Shares in 2005,market purchases. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Exxaro held approximately 44.4% and 44.6%, respectively, of our voting securities.

Prior to the Transaction Date, Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd., a subsidiary of Exxaro, operated the Tiwest Joint Venture, which included a chloride process TiO2 plant located in Kwinana, Western Australia, a mining operation in Cooljarloo, Western Australia, and a mineral separation plant and a synthetic rutile processing facility, both in Chandala, Western Australia. As part of the Transaction, we acquired Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd. and therefore Exxaro’s 50% interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture. As such, as of the Transaction Date, we own 100% of the operations formerly operated by the Tiwest Joint Venture.

Principal Business Lines

Subsequent to the Transaction, we have two reportable operating segments, Mineral Sands and Pigment. Additionally, our corporate activities include our electrolytic manufacturing and marketing operations.

Mineral Sands Operations

The Mineral Sands segment includes the exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits. “Mineral sands” refers to concentrations of heavy minerals in an alluvial environment (sandy or sedimentary deposits near a sea, river or other water source). We separate these minerals from these primary sources. We process ilmenite into either slag or synthetic rutile. Other than zircon, all of these materials are sometimes referred to as titanium feedstock. Titanium feedstock is the most significant raw material used in the manufacture of TiO2.

We acquired the mineral sands business from Exxaro on the Transaction Date. The mineral sands business operations are comprised of the KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands mines, both located in South Africa, and Cooljarloo Sands mine located in Western Australia, which have a combined production capacity of 753,000 metric tons (“tonnes”) of titanium feedstock and 265,000 tonnes of zircon. The KZN Sands operations involve the exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits in the KwaZulu-Natal province of South Africa, and the Namakwa Sands operations involve the exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits in the Western Cape province of South Africa. The Tiwest operations conduct the exploration, mining and processing of mineral sands deposits and the production of titanium dioxide pigment in Western Australia.

We are the third largest global producer of titanium feedstock and a global leader in zircon production. Titanium feedstock is the most significant raw material used in the manufacture of TiO2. We believe annual production of titanium feedstock from our mineral sands operations will continue to exceed the raw material supply requirement for our TiO2 operations. Zircon is primarily used for the manufacture of ceramics, a market which has grown substantially during the previous decade and is favorably positioned to long-term development trends in the emerging markets, principally China.

The table set forth under the brand name TRONOX“The Businesses—Property—Mineral Reserves” summarizes Tronox Limited’s proven and probable ore reserves and estimated mineral resources as of December 31, 2012.

2


®Pigment Operations.

We are the world’s third-largest producer and marketer of titanium dioxideTiO2 manufactured via chloride technology. The pigment segment primarily produces and markets TiO2, and has production facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, representing an aggregate of 465,000 tonnes of annual TiO2 production capacity.

TiO2is used in a wide range of products due to its ability to impart whiteness, brightness and opacity, and is designed, marketed and sold based on reported industry capacity byspecific end-use applications. TiO2is used extensively in the leading titanium dioxide producers,manufacture of paint and we have an estimated 13% market shareother coatings, plastics and paper and in a wide range of other applications, including inks, fibers, rubber, food, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals. According to TZMI data, the $9 billion global marketpaint and coatings sector is the largest consumer of pigment averaging approximately 58% of total pigment consumption in 2005 based on reported industry sales. Our world-class, high-performance pigment products are2011. The plastics sector accounted for approximately 22% of TiO2 consumption in 2011, while the remaining 20% was divided between paper, inks, fibers and other.

TiO2 is a critical componentscomponent of everyday consumer applications suchdue to its superior ability to cover or mask other materials effectively and efficiently relative to alternative white pigments and extenders. TiO2 is considered to be a quality of life product and some research indicates that consumption generally increases as coatings, plasticsdisposable income increases. We believe that, at present, TiO2 has no effective mineral substitute because no other white pigment has the physical properties for achieving comparable opacity and paper,brightness or can be incorporated in as well as specialty products, such as inks, foodscost-effective a manner.

We supply and cosmetics. In additionmarket TiO2 under the brand name TRONOX® to titanium dioxide, we produce electrolytic manganese dioxide, sodium chloratemore than 1,000 customers in approximately 90 countries, including market leaders in each of the key end-use markets for TiO2, and boron-based and other specialty chemicals. In 2005, we had net sales of $1.4 billion and adjusted EBITDA of $232.0 million. See pages 13-15 for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income for the year ended December 31, 2005. Based on the country of production, the geographic distributionhave supplied each of our nettop ten customers with TiO2 for more than ten years. These top ten customers represented approximately 46% of our total TiO2 sales was as follows during the last three years:in 2012. The tables below summarize our 2012 TiO2 sales volume by geography and end-use market:

 

   2005  2004  2003
   (Millions of dollars)

United States

  $755.9  $716.8  $646.7

International

   608.1   585.0   511.0
            
  $1,364.0  $1,301.8  $1,157.7
            

The chart below summarizes our 2005 net sales by business segment:

2012 Sales Volume by Geography

   

2012 Sales Volume by End-Use Market

 

Americas

   48%    Paints and Coatings   78%  

Europe

   24%    Plastics   19%  

Asia-Pacific

   28%    Paper and Specialty   3%  

2005 Net Sales by Business Segment

LOGO

We have maintained strong relationships with our customers since our current chemical operations began in 1964. We focus on providing our customers with world-class products, end-use market expertiseoperate three TiO2 facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the Netherlands; and strong technical service and support. With more than 2,100 employees worldwide, strategically located manufacturing facilities and direct sales and technical service organizations in the United States, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region, we are able to serve our diverse baseKwinana, Australia, representing an aggregate of more than 1,100 customers in over 100 countries.

Globally, including the production capacity of the facility operated by our Tiwest Joint Venture (see “Business—Manufacturing, Operations and Properties—The Tiwest Joint Venture”), we have 624,000465,000 tonnes of aggregate annual titanium dioxideTiO2 production capacity. We hold over 200 patents worldwide, as well as other intellectual property. We haveare one of a highly skilled and technologically sophisticated workforce.

2


Index to Financial Statements

Competitive Strengths

We benefit from alimited number of competitive strengths, includingTiO2 producers in the following:

Leading Market Positions

We are the world’s third-largest producer and marketer of titanium dioxide products based on reported industry capacity by the leading titanium dioxide producers and the world’s second-largest producer and supplier of titanium dioxide manufactured via proprietaryworld with chloride production technology, which we believe is preferred for many of the largest end-use applications compared to TiO2 manufactured by other TiO2 production technologies. We hold more than 200 patents worldwide and have a highly skilled work force.

Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products Operations

Our electrolytic and other chemical products operations are primarily focused on advanced battery materials, sodium chlorate and specialty boron products. Battery material end-use applications include alkaline batteries for flashlights, electronic games, medical and industrial devices as well as lithium batteries for power tools, hybrid electric vehicles, laptops and power supplies. Sodium chlorate is used in the pulp and paper industry in pulp bleaching applications. Specialty boron product end-use applications include semiconductors, pharmaceuticals, high-performance fibers, specialty ceramics and epoxies as well as igniter formulations.

We operate two electrolytic and other chemical facilities in the United States: one in Hamilton, Mississippi producing sodium chlorate and one in Henderson, Nevada producing electrolytic manganese dioxide (“EMD”) and boron products.

3


Industry Background and Outlook

Titanium Feedstock Industry Background and Outlook

Titanium feedstock is considered to be a single product, although it can be segmented based on the level of titanium contained within the feedstock, with substantial overlap between each segment. Different grades of titanium feedstock have similar characteristics, and are generally suitable substitutes for one another; therefore, TiO2 producers generally source a variety of feedstock grades, and supply a wide variety of feedstock grades to the TiO2 producers.

Titanium minerals (ilmenite, rutile and leucoxene), titanium slag (chloride slag and sulphate slag) and synthetic rutile are all used primarily as feedstock for the production of TiO2 pigment. According to the latest data provided by TZMI, approximately 90% of the world’s consumption of titanium feedstock is used for the production of TiO2pigment.

There are a small number of large mining companies or groups that are involved in the production of titanium feedstock. We believe we are the third largest titanium feedstock producer with approximately 10% of global titanium feedstock production. Rio Tinto, through its ownership of Canadian based Fer et Titane, its share in Richards Bay Minerals (“RBM”) in South Africa and ownership of QMM Madagascar, is the largest producer of titanium feedstock in the world. Australian-based Iluka Resources Limited is the second largest manufacturer, with operations in Australia and the United States. A number of other manufacturers, such as Cristal Global (Saudi Arabia), Eramet SA (France), Kenmare Resources plc (Ireland), Kronos Worldwide Inc. (Europe), Pangang Titanium Industry Co Ltd (China), Kerala Mines and Metals Limited (India) and Ostchem Holding AG (Eastern Europe) also supply titanium feedstock to the global market.

Beyond our structurally assured, relative low cost position, our competitive advantages are our depth of experience in various mining methods and technologies, our ability and know-how to produce upgraded products by means of direct current smelting of ilmenite and the synthetic rutile process, and our capacity to market zircon and rutile for use in a broad range of end-use applications. We are furthermore in a position to supply TiO2 feedstock, zircon and high purity pig iron from any one of several production units in different geographical locations.

Although we use agents and distribution for some sales in the Asia-Pacific region, direct relationship marketing is the primary technique that we employ for the marketing of titanium feedstocks. Multi-year contracts are negotiated with periodic pricing for the pigment industry, while the contract period for other industries tends to be less than one year (either per shipment, quarterly, half-year or one year). Pricing for titanium feedstocks is usually adjusted either on a quarterly or half-year basis. In some instances, we use traders or agents for the sale of titanium feedstocks.

The geographic market for titanium feedstock is global in scope, and TiO2 producers regularly source and transport titanium feedstock from suppliers located around the world.

Zircon Industry Background and Outlook

Zircon is extracted, alongside ilmenite and rutile, as part of the initial mineral sands beneficiation process. Zircon is a mineral which is primarily used as an additive in ceramic glazes to add hardness, which makes the ceramic glaze more water, chemical and abrasion resistant. It is also used for the production of zirconium and zirconium chemicals, in refractories, as a molding sand in foundries, and for TV glass, where it is noted for its structural stability at high temperatures and resistance to abrasive and corrosive conditions.

Zircon typically represents a relatively low proportion of heavy mineral sands mining but has high value compared to other heavy mineral products, resulting in it contributing a significant portion to total revenue. Refractories containing zircon are expensive and are only used in demanding, high-wear and corrosive

4


applications in the glass, steel and cement industries. Foundry applications use zircon when casting articles of high quality and value where accurate sizing is crucial, such as aerospace, automotive, medical and other high-end applications. Historically, zircon has constituted a relatively minor part of the total value produced as a result of the mining and processing of titanium minerals. However, from early 2000, zircon has increased in value as a co-product, although it remains dependent on the mining of titanium minerals for its supply.

Pigment Industry Background and Outlook

TiO2 is used in a wide range of products due to its ability to impart whiteness, brightness and opacity, and is designed, marketed and sold based on specific end-use applications. TiO2 is used extensively in the manufacture of paint and other coatings, plastics and paper and in a wide range of other applications, including inks, fibers, rubber, food, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals. According to TZMI data, the paint and coatings sector is the largest consumer of pigment averaging approximately 58% of total pigment consumption in 2011. The plastics sector accounted for approximately 22% of TiO2 consumption in 2011, while the remaining 20% was divided between paper, inks, fibers and other.

TiO2 is a critical component of everyday consumer applications due to its superior ability to cover or mask other materials effectively and efficiently relative to alternative white pigments and extenders. TiO2 is considered to be a quality of life product and some research indicates that consumption generally increases as disposable income increases. We believe that, at present, TiO2 has no effective mineral substitute because no other white pigment has the physical properties for achieving comparable opacity and brightness or can be incorporated in as cost-effective a manner.

According to the latest TZMI data, industry production capacity grew to 6.4 million tonnes from 6 million tonnes in the prior year. The global market in which our TiO2 business operates is competitive. Competition is based on a number of factors such as price, product quality and service. We face competition from major international producers, including DuPont, Cristal Global, Huntsman, and Kronos, as well as smaller regional competitors such as Sachtleben Chemie GmbH and Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, which operate multiple plants on single continents. We estimate that, we have a 15% sharebased on nameplate capacity, these seven companies accounted for more than 64% of the $5.2 billion global market share. During 2012, we had global TiO2 production capacity of 465,000 tonnes per year, which was approximately 7% of global pigment capacity. In addition to the major competitors discussed above, we compete with numerous smaller, regional producers, including producers in China that have expanded their sulphate production capacity during the previous five years.

Worldwide, we believe that we and the other major producers mentioned above are the only companies that have perfected and successfully commercialized the chloride process technology for the useproduction of titanium dioxide in coatings, which industry sources considerTiO2. According to TZMI, among the seven largest multi-national producers, 77% of available capacity uses the chloride process, compared to smaller producers who, on average, produce 6% of products using the chloride process, whileTiO2produced using chloride process technology is generally preferred for some TiO2end-use market. We believe our leading market positions provide us with a competitive advantage in retaining existing customers and obtaining new business.

Global Presencespecialty applications.

We are one of the few titanium dioxide manufacturershave global operations with global operations. We have production facilities and a sales and marketing presence in the Americas, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. In 2005, sales into the Americas accounted for approximately 48% of our total titanium dioxide net sales, followed by approximately 31% into Europe and approximately 21% into the Asia-Pacific region.regions. Our global presence enables us to provide customers in over 100 countries with a reliable source of multiple grades of titanium dioxide. The diversity of the geographic markets we serve also mitigates our exposure to regional economic downturns.

Well-Established Relationships with a Diverse Customer Base

We sell our products to a diverse portfolio of customers with whom we have well-established relationships. Our customer base consists of

In recent years, demand growth has increased in Asia-Pacific, Central and Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa and South America more than 1,100 customers in the mature economies of North America, Western Europe and Japan. Capacity growth over 100 countries and includes market leadersthe next ten or so years is expected to be driven by the above global average demand growth in eachsuch emerging markets. While there are several chloride projects planned in China, it is unlikely that they will contribute any significant output before 2014. The probability of new greenfield projects (locations where there is not an existing infrastructure) is limited, given the major end-use markets for titanium dioxide. We have supplied each of our top ten customerslimitations in feedstock supply, as well as

5


financial risks associated with titanium dioxide pigment for over ten years. We work closely with our customers to optimize their formulations, thereby enhancing the use of titanium dioxide in their production processes. This has enabled us to develop and maintain strong relationships with our customers, resultinglarge investments in a high customer retention rate.

Innovative, High-Performance Products

We offer innovative, high-performance products for nearly every major titanium dioxide end-use application, including seven grades of titanium dioxide (“facility, a long lead time and difficulty in achieving permitting (in particular, environmental permitting). As a result no significant new chloride TiO2”) facility has been built since 1994; however, over the years, the industry has increased capacity through expansion of existing plants and debottlenecking, and we expect this to continue going forward.

TiO2 is produced using one of two commercial production processes: the chloride process and the sulphate process. The chloride process is a newer technology, and we believe it has several advantages over the sulphate process: it generates less waste, uses less energy, is less labor intensive and permits the direct recycle of chlorine, a major process chemical, back into the production process. The sulphate process can use lower quality (and therefore less expensive) feedstock. Commercial production of TiO2results in one of two different crystal forms, either rutile or anatase. Rutile TiO2 is preferred over anatase TiO2 for specialtymany of the largest end-use applications, such as inks, catalystscoatings and electro-ceramics. We are dedicated to continually developing our titanium dioxide products toplastics, because its higher refractive index imparts better serve ourhiding power at lower quantities than the anatase crystal form and it is more suitable for outdoor use because it is more durable. Although rutile TiO2 can be produced using either the chloride process or the sulphate process, some customers prefer rutile produced using the chloride process because it typically has a bluer undertone and responding to the increasingly stringent demands of their end-use markets. Our recently introduced products, CR-826 and CR-880, offer a combination of optical properties, opacity, ease of dispersion and durability that is valued by customers for a variety of applications. Sales volume of these high-performance products increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 29% from 2001 to 2005.greater durability.

Proprietary Production Technology

We are one of a limited number of TiO2producers in the titanium dioxide industry to holdworld with chloride production technology. TiO2 produced using the rights to a proprietary chloride process is preferred for some of the largest end-use applications. As a result of these advantages, the chloride process currently accounts for substantially all of the industry-wide TiO2 production capacity in North America and approximately 50% of industry-wide capacity globally. All of our TiO2 is produced using the chloride process.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading Global Market Positions

We are among the world’s largest producers and marketers of TiO2 products with approximately 7% of of global pigment capacity in 2012, and one of the world’s largest integrated TiO2 producers. We are the third largest global producer and marketer of TiO2 manufactured via chloride technology, which we believe is preferred for many applications compared to TiO2 manufactured by other TiO2 production technologies. We are the third largest titanium feedstock producer and a leader in global zircon production. Additionally, our fully integrated and global production facilities and sales and marketing presence in the Americas, Europe, Africa and the Asia-Pacific region enables us to provide customers in over 90 countries with a reliable supply of our products. The diversity of the geographic regions we serve increases our exposure to faster growing geographies, such as the Asia-Pacific region, and also mitigates our exposure to regional economic downturns because we can shift supply from weaker to stronger regions. We believe our relative size and vertical integration provides us with a competitive advantage in retaining existing customers and obtaining new business.

Well Positioned to Capitalize on Trends in the Feedstock and TiO2 Industries

We believe the markets in which we participate have been, and will be, supply-constrained over the medium term. In the medium term, we anticipate no extended periods during which the supply of higher grade titanium feedstock and TiO2 will exceed demand for each of these products. Because our production of titanium dioxide. Approximately 83%feedstock exceeds or required consumption, we believe that we will be well positioned to benefit from these market conditions.

Vertically Integrated Platform with Security of Titanium Feedstock Supply

As of June 30, 2013, our grossintegration plan is on track to more fully demonstrate the material cost advantages it gives us. The vertical integration of titanium feedstock and TiO2 production provides us with a secure and cost competitive supply of high grade titanium feedstock over the long-term. Our ability to supply all of the feedstock

6


that our pigment operations require enables us to balance our consumption and sales in ways that we believe our competitors cannot. During the first quarter of 2013, titanium feedstock sold internally to the pigment segment increased. As a result, during the first quarter of 2013, we cancelled contracts with two external ore suppliers.

Low Cost and Efficient Production Network

We believe our TiO2 operations, and specifically our plant in Hamilton, Mississippi, are among the lowest cost producers of TiO2 globally. This is of particular importance as it positions us to be competitive through all facets of the TiO2 cycle. Moreover, our three TiO2 production facilities are strategically positioned in key geographies. The Hamilton facility is the third largest TiO2 production facility in the world and has the size and scale to service customers in North America and around the globe. Our plant in Kwinana, Australia is well positioned to service growing demand from Asia. Our Botlek facility in the Netherlands services our European customers and certain specialized applications globally. Combined with our titanium feedstock assets in South Africa and Australia, this network of TiO2 and titanium feedstock facilities gives us the flexibility to optimize asset and feedstock utilization and generate operational, logistical and market efficiencies.

TiO2 and Titanium Feedstock Production Technology

We are one of a limited number of TiO2 producers in the world with chloride production technology. Our production capacity exclusively uses this process technology, which is the subject of numerous patents worldwideworldwide. Although we do not operate sulphate process plants and is utilized by our highly skilled and technologically sophisticated work force. Titanium dioxide produced using chloride process technology is preferred for many oftherefore cannot make a direct comparison, we believe the largest end-use applications. The chloride production process generates less waste, uses less energy and is less labor intensive than the sulfatealternative sulphate process. The complexityAdditionally, our titanium feedstock operations in South Africa and Australia are one of developinga limited number of feedstock producers with the expertise and operating thetechnology to produce upgraded titanium feedstock (i.e., synthetic rutile and chloride process technology makes it difficultslag) for others to enter and successfully competeuse in the chloride process titanium dioxide industry.process.

Innovative, High-Performance Products

3

We offer innovative, high-performance products for nearly every major TiO2 end-use application. We seek to develop new products and enhance our current product portfolio to better serve our customers and respond to the increasingly stringent demands of their end-use sectors. Our new product development pipeline has yielded successful grade launches specifically targeting the plastics markets. In addition, we have completed mid-cycle improvement initiatives on our key coatings grades resulting in more robust products across a wide range of coatings formulations.


Index to Financial Statements

Experienced Management Team and Staff

Our management team has an average of 23 years of business experience. The diversity of theirour management team’s business experience provides a broad array of skills that contributes to the successful execution of our business strategy. Our TiO2operations team and plant managers, who have an average of 27 years of manufacturing experience, participate in the development and execution of strategies that have resulted in production volume growth, production efficiency improvements and cost reductions. TheOur mineral sands operations team and plant managers have a deep reservoir of experience in mining, engineering and processing skills gained over many years in various geographies. Additionally, the experience, stability and leadership of our sales organization have been instrumental in growing sales, developing and maintainingexpanding customer relationships and increasing our market share.relationships.

Business Strategy

We use specificOur business strategy is to grow the company and individualized operating measures throughoutto enhance our organization to track and evaluate key metrics. This approach serves as a scorecard to ensure alignment with, and accountability for,shareholder equity value by optimizing the executionbeneficial effects of our present business attributes. We expect to implement this strategy whichthrough a disciplined

7


focus on cost reduction and operating efficiencies. We also plan to grow the business through a combined focus on the expanded production of our existing products and through strategic acquisitions and business partnerships in areas related to our industry to increase our standing in our global markets.

More specifically, our strategy includes the following components:

Maintain Operational Excellence

We are continually evaluating our business to identify opportunities to increase operational efficiency throughout our production network with a focus on maintaining operational excellence and maximizing asset efficiency. Our focus on enhancing operational excellence positions us to maximize yields, minimize operating costs and meet market growth over the short term without investing additional capital for capacity expansion. In addition, we intend to continue focusing on increasing manufacturing efficiencies through selected capital projects, process improvements and best practices in order to maximize yields, lower unit costs and improve our margins.

Leverage Our Low-Cost Production Network and Vertical Integration to Deliver Profitability and Cash Flow

We currently have TiO2 manufacturing facilities designed to produce approximately 465,000 tonnes of TiO2 annually. We expect that (assuming variable conversion costs per tonne remain constant or decline) increased production from this fixed cost base should increase margins and profitability. In addition, by assuring ourselves of the availability of the supply of titanium feedstock that these production facilities require, and by participating in the profitability of the mineral sands market directly, we have several different means of optimizing profitability and cash flow generation.

Ore In Use Optimization

We take advantage of the integrated nature and scale of the combined business, which provides the opportunity to capitalize on a wide range of titanium feedstock grades due to the ability to optimize internal ore usage and pursue external titanium feedstock end-markets that provide superior profit margins

Expand Global Leadership

We plan to continue to capitalize on our strong global market position to drive profitability and cash flow by enhancing existing customer relationships, providing high quality products and offering technical expertise to our customers. Furthermore, our vertically integrated global operations provide us with a solid platform for future growth in the TiO2, titanium feedstock, zircon and pig iron markets. Our broad product offering allows us to participate in a variety of end-use sectors and pursue those market segments that we believe have attractive growth prospects and profit margins. Our operations position us to participate in developing regions such as Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America, which we expect to provide attractive growth opportunities. We will also seek to increase margins by focusing our sales efforts on those end-use segments and geographic areas that we believe offer the most attractive growth prospects and where we believe we can realize relatively higher selling prices over the long-term than in alternate sectors. We believe our global operations network, distribution infrastructure and technology will enable us to continue to pursue global growth.

Maintain Strong Customer Focus

We continue to target our key marketscustomer groups with innovative, high-performance products that provide enhanced value to our customers at competitive prices. A key component of our business strategy is to continually enhance our product portfolio with high-quality, market-driven product development. We design our titanium dioxide

8


TiO2 products to satisfy our customers’ specific requirements for their end-use applications and align our business to respond quickly and efficiently to changes in market demands. In this regard, and in orderWe continue to continue meetingexecute on product improvement initiatives for our customers’ needs, we commercialized a new pigment grade for papermajor coatings and developed aplastics products. These improvement strategies will provide value in the form of better optical properties, stability, and durability to our customers. Further, new grade for architectural paints in close cooperation with our customer base. New and enhanced grades for coatings, plastic, paper laminate and specialty applications are in the pipeline for introduction2013 and 2014.

Principal Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located at One Stamford Plaza, 263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100, Stamford, Connecticut 06901 and 1 Brodie Hall Drive, Technology Park, Bentley, Australia 6102. Our telephone number in 2006the United States is (203) 705-3800. Our website address is http://www.tronox.com. Our website and 2007.the information contained on our website are not part of this prospectus.

Technological Innovation

We employ customer and end-use market feedback, technological expertise and fundamental research to create next-generation products and processes. Our technology development efforts include building value-added properties into our titanium dioxide to enhance its performance in our customers’ end-use applications. Our research and development teams support our future business strategies, and we manage those teams using disciplined project management tools and a team approach to technological development.

Operational Excellence

We achieved record production in 2005 through our currently operating facilities, with fourth-quarter production rates higher than any previous quarter. This is an exceptional achievement because it occurred while our Kwinana plant was shut down approximately two weeks due to force majeure declared by a third-party process gas supplier. This newly demonstrated capability positions us to meet market growth over the short term without investing capital for capacity expansion. While we were not able to offset the rapid increase in energy pricing in 2005 with cost reductions, we continued to improve our energy consumption across plants through Six Sigma projects and other continuous improvement activities. We used a broader spectrum of TiO2ore than ever before, while improving the TiO2 yield through more tightly controlled plant operations.

Maximize Asset Efficiency

We optimize our production plan through strategic use of our global facilities to save on both transportation and warehousing costs. Our production process is designed with multiple production lines. As a result, we can remedy issues with an individual line without shutting down other lines and idling an entire facility. We also

 

4

9


Index to Financial Statements

actively manage production capability across all facilities. For instance, if one plant’s finishing lines are already at full capacity, that plant’s unfinished titanium dioxide can be transferred to another plant for finishing.

Supply Chain OptimizationCorporate Structure

We improve our supply chain efficiency by focusing on reducing both operating costs and working capital needs. Our supply chain efforts to lower operating costs consist of reducing procurement spending, lowering transportation and warehouse costs and optimizing production scheduling. We actively manage our working capital by increasing inventory turnover and reducing finished goods and raw materials inventory without affecting our ability to deliver titanium dioxide to our customers.

Organizational Alignment

Aligning the effortsThe following diagram is a simplified illustration of our employees with our business strategies is critical to our success. To achieve that alignment, we evaluate the performance of our employees using a balanced scorecard approach. We also invest in training initiatives that are directly linked to our business strategies. For instance, approximately 120 of our employees have completed the well-regarded supply chain management training program at Michigan State University’s Broad Executive School of Management. We also train our employees in Six Sigma methodology to support our operational excellence and asset efficiency strategic objectives.corporate structure:

 

5


Index to Financial Statements

LOGOLOGO

 


(1)The senior secured credit facility consists of a $200 million six-year term loan facility and a $250 million five-year multicurrency revolving credit facility. The senior secured credit facility is guaranteed by Parent and our direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. The facility is secured by a first priority security interest in certain domestic assets, including certain real property, of Tronox and the guarantors of the senior secured credit facility. The facility is also secured by pledges of the equity interests in Tronox and our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (including Tronox Finance), and up to 65% of our voting and 100% of our non-voting equity interests in our direct foreign subsidiaries and the direct foreign subsidiaries of the guarantors of the senior secured credit facility. Tronox Finance has no significant assets.
(2)Tronox and Tronox Finance, co-issued $350 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes, which are guaranteed by Parent and our material direct and indirect domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries. The old notes will be exchanged for the new notes pursuant to this exchange offer.

 

6

10


Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

InOn August 20, 2012, we sold, through a private placement exempt from the exchange offer we are offering to exchange up to $350.0 million principal amount outstandingregistration requirements of our 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012, or “old notes”, for an equal principal amount of our 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012, or “new notes” and, together with old notes, the “notes”. The form and terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding old notes except that the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, and, therefore,as amended (the “Securities Act”), $900 million of our 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020, which are not entitledeligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes. We refer to the benefits of6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 as “Old Notes” in this prospectus.

Simultaneously with the registration rights granted under the exchange andprivate placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement executed as partwith the initial purchasers of the offeringOld Notes (as amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement for substantially identical Notes, which will be issued in exchange for the Old Notes, to be filed with the SEC as soon as practicable after the date of issuance of the outstanding old notes.Old Notes and to cause such registration statement to become effective within 360 days of the date of issuance of the Old Notes. We refer to the notes to be registered under this exchange offer registration statement as “Exchange Notes” and collectively with the Old Notes, we refer to them as the “notes” in this prospectus. You may exchange your Old Notes for the applicable Exchange Notes in this exchange offer. You should read the discussion under the headings “Summary of Exchange Offer,” “Exchange Offer” and “Description of Notes” for further information regarding the Exchange Notes.

 

The exchange offerSecurities Offered

$900 million aggregate principal amount of new 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 and guarantees thereon (the “Exchange Guarantees”).

Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange $1,000the Old Notes for a like principal amount at maturity of one new note for eachthe Exchange Notes.

Old Notes may be exchanged only in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 principal amountin excess thereof.

The exchange offer is being made pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, which grants the initial purchasers and any subsequent holders of old notes accepted in the Old Notes certain exchange offer. We will accept forand registration rights. This exchange all outstanding old notes that are validly tenderedoffer is intended to satisfy those exchange and not validly withdrawn. In orderregistration rights with respect to be accepted, an outstanding old note must be properly tendered and accepted.the Old Notes. After consummation of the exchange offer holders of old notes which are not exchangedis complete, you will continueno longer be entitled to be subjectany exchange or registration rights with respect to the existing restrictions upon the transfer of old notes and we will have no further obligation to such holders to provide for the registration of the old notes under the Securities Act.

your Old Notes.

 

The expiration dateExpiration Date; Withdrawal of Tender

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,                     , 2006 unless we decide to extend the expiration date.

Accrued interest on the new notes and the outstanding old notes

Interest on the new notes will accrue from November 28, 2005. If we accept your old notes you will not receive any payment of interest on such outstanding old notes accrued from November 28, 2005 to the date of the issuance of the new notes. Consequently, holders who exchange their outstanding old notes for new notes will receive the same interest payment on June 1, 2006, that they would have received had they not accepted the exchange offer, which is the first interest payment date with respect to the outstanding old notes and the new notes to be issued in the exchange offer.

Termination of the exchange offer

We may terminate the exchange offer at any time prior to the expiration date if we determine that our ability to proceed with the exchange offer could be materially impaired due to any legal or governmental action, new law, statute, rule or regulation or any interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission of any existing law, statute, rule or regulation. We do not expect any of the foregoing conditions to occur, although there can be no assurance that such conditions will not occur. Holders of outstanding old notes will have certain rights under the exchange and registration rights agreement executed as part of the offering of the outstanding old notes should we fail to consummate the exchange offer.

Conditions to the exchange offer

The exchange offer is subject to certain conditions, which may be waived by us. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions of the Exchange Offer.” The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of old notes being tendered.

7


Index to Financial Statements

Special procedures for beneficial owners

If you are the beneficial owner of old notes and your name does not appear on a security position listing of the Depository Trust Company as the holder of such old notes or if you are a beneficial owner of old notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender such old notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the person in whose name your old notes are registered promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf. If such beneficial holder wishes to tender on his own behalf such beneficial holder must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering his outstanding old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding old notes in such holder’s name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

Guaranteed delivery procedures

If you wish to tender your old notes and time will not permit your required documents to reach the exchange agent by the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on time or certificates for registered old notes cannot be delivered on time, you may tender your old notes pursuant to the procedures described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Withdrawal rights

You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time prior to 5:0011:59 p.m., New York City time, on , 2006, unlessSeptember 16, 2013, or a later time if we decidechoose to extend the expiration date or your old notes were previously accepted for exchange.

Acceptance of outstanding old notes and delivery of new notes

Subject to certain conditions as described more fully under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions of the Exchange Offer”, we will accept for exchange any and all outstanding old notes which are properly tendered in thethis exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion. You may withdraw your tender of Old Notes at any time prior to 5:0011:59 p.m., New York City time on the expiration date. The new notes issued pursuantAll outstanding Old Notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. Any Old Notes not accepted by us for exchange for any reason will be returned to you at our expense promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer will be delivered promptly to you following the expiration date.

offer.

 

Federal income tax considerationsResales

The exchange of the old notes will not be a taxable exchange for United States federal income tax purposes. We believe you will not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any income as a result of such exchange.

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of new notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer.

Exchange agent

Citibank, N.A. is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. The exchange agent can be reached at 111 Wall Street, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10043. For more information with respect to the exchange offer, the telephone number for the exchange agent is 1-800-422-2066 and the facsimile number for the exchange agent is (212) 657-1020.

8


Index to Financial Statements

Summary Description of the New Notes

Issuers

Tronox Worldwide LLC and Tronox Finance Corp.

Notes offered

$350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012.

Maturity date

December 1, 2012.

Interest Payment dates

June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2006.

Guarantees

Our obligations with respect to the notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Parent and all of our direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. Our foreign subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes. See “—Ranking.”

Ranking

The notes and guarantees are unsecured senior obligations. Accordingly, the notes and guarantees will rank:

senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future subordinated debt;

equal in right of payment with all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness; and

effectively subordinated to any of our and our guarantors’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness, including borrowings under the senior secured credit facility, as well as all obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The senior notes we issued on November 28, 2005 and those being issued in this exchange offer will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the indenture.

As of March 31, 2006, the aggregate amount of our secured indebtedness was $199.5 million, and approximately $173.4 million was available under our senior secured credit facility.

Optional redemption

On or after December 1, 2009, we may, at our option, redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices set forth under “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but not including the date of redemption.

In addition, prior to December 1, 2008, we may, at our option, redeem up to 35% of the notes issued under the indenture at a redemption price of 109.500% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but not including the date of redemption, with the proceeds of certain equity offerings. See “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

9


Index to Financial Statements

Offer to purchase

If we experience a change of control, or we or any of our restricted subsidiaries sell certain assets, we may be required to offer to purchase the notes at the prices set forth under “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Covenants

We will issue the new notes under an indenture between us and the trustee. The indenture will, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries (as defined under “Description of Notes”) to:

incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;

pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock or purchase, redeem or retire our capital stock;

issue or sell stock of subsidiaries;

make certain investments;

create liens on our assets;

enter into transactions with affiliates;

merge or consolidate with another company; and

transfer and sell assets.

Each of these covenants is subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of Notes—Certain Covenants.”

Resale of new notes

Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including “Exxon Holdings Corporation” (available May 13, 1998) and “Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated” (available June 5, 1991), we believe that you maycan offer the new notes for resale, resell the new notes and otherwise transfer the new notesExchange Notes without compliancecomplying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisionsrequirements of the Securities Act provided that:

so long as:

 

you acquire the new notes in the exchange offerExchange Notes in the ordinary course of business;

 

11


you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the new notes that you obtain in the exchange offer;Exchange Notes;

 

you are not an affiliate of ours; and

you are not a broker-dealer who purchased old notes directly from us for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act; and

broker-dealer.

you are not an “affiliate”.

 

 

We intend to rely onIf any of these conditions is not satisfied and you transfer any Exchange Notes without delivering a proper prospectus or without qualifying for a registration exemption, you may incur liability under the existing no-action letters and weSecurities Act. We do not intend to seek a no-action letter from the SEC with respect to the resale of the new notes.

assume, or indemnify you against, any such liability.

 

Broker-Dealer

Each broker-dealer acquiring Exchange Notes issued for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, which it acquired through market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a proper prospectus when any Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer are transferred. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, a resale or other retransfer of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer.

10

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to issue the Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes is subject to certain customary conditions, including our determination that the exchange offer does not violate any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the Staff of the SEC or any regulatory authority or other foreign, federal, state or local government agency or court of competent jurisdiction, some of which may be waived by us. We currently expect that each of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary. See “Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Held in the Form of Book-Entry Interests

The Old Notes were issued as global securities and were deposited upon issuance with Wilmington Trust, National Association, which issued uncertificated depositary interests in those outstanding Old Notes, which represent a 100% interest in those Old Notes, to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

Beneficial interests in the outstanding Old Notes, which are held by direct or indirect participants in DTC, are shown on, and transfers of the Old Notes can only be made through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC.

You may tender your outstanding Old Notes by instructing your broker or bank where you keep the Old Notes to tender them for you. In some cases you may be asked to submit the letter of transmittal that may accompany this prospectus. By tendering your Old Notes you will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed to be bound by the terms set forth under “Exchange Offer.”

12


Index to Financial Statements
Your outstanding Old Notes must be tendered in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

In order for your tender to be considered valid, the exchange agent must receive a confirmation of book-entry transfer of your outstanding Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, under the procedure described in this prospectus under the heading “Exchange Offer,” on or before 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange offer should not result in any income, gain or loss to the holders of Old Notes or to us for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes in the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent

Wilmington Trust, National Association is serving as the exchange agent for the exchange offer.

Shelf Registration Statement

In limited circumstances, holders of Old Notes may require us to register their Old Notes under a shelf registration statement.

Risk FactorsCONSEQUENCES OF NOT EXCHANGING OLD NOTES

InvestingIf you do not exchange your Old Notes in the notes involves risk. You should carefully consider allexchange offer, your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer currently applicable to the Old Notes. In general, you may offer or sell your Old Notes only:

if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws;

if they are offered or sold under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or

if they are offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

We do not currently intend to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 in deciding whetherOld Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer.offer or who may not freely resell Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of notes by these holders. For more information regarding the consequences of not tendering your Old Notes and our obligation to file a shelf registration statement, see “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange,” and “Description of Notes—Registration Rights Agreement.”

13


SUMMARY OF TERMS OF EXCHANGE NOTES

Company Information

Tronox Worldwide LLC is a Delaware limited liability company initially organized as a corporation in Delaware. On September 12, 2005, its name was changed from Kerr-McGee Chemical Worldwide LLCThe summary below describes the principal terms of the Exchange Notes, the guarantees and the related indentures. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to Tronox Worldwide LLC. Our website address iswww.tronox.com.important limitations and exceptions. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into“Description of Notes” section of this prospectus contain more detailed descriptions of the terms and you shouldconditions of the notes and the related indentures.

Issuer

Tronox Finance LLC.

Securities offered

$900 million in aggregate principal amount of new 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020.

Maturity date

The Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2020.

Interest rate

The Exchange Notes will accrue interest at the rate of 6.375% per annum.

Interest payment dates

Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2013.

Ranking

The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees will be general unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer and each guarantor, respectively, and

will rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ respective existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness;

will rank senior in right of payment to existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Issuer or the guarantors, respectively;

will be effectively subordinated to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ respective existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of subsidiaries of the Parent that do not consider information on our website a part of this prospectus. Our principal executive offices are located at 123 Robert S. Kerr Avenue, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102. Our telephone number is (405) 775-5000.guarantee the notes.

Guarantees

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Parent and all of the subsidiaries of the Parent that guarantee any obligations under the credit facilities on the date the Old Notes were issued. Restricted subsidiaries of the Parent that incur or guarantee any indebtedness under certain of our credit facilities are required to become guarantors of the notes, other than excluded entities. Each guarantee will be joint and several, full and unconditional, subject to customary release provisions. See “Description of Notes—The Note Guarantees.”

Optional Redemption

The Issuer has an option to redeem all or a portion of the Exchange Notes at any time before August 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be

 

11

14


Index

redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

The Issuer also has the option to redeem all or a portion of the Exchange Notes at any time on or after August 15, 2015 at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

In addition, before August 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

See “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

Mandatory Offers to Purchase

The occurrence of certain changes of control will be a triggering event requiring the Issuer to offer to purchase from you all or a portion of your Exchange Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

Certain asset dispositions will be triggering events which may require the Issuer to use the proceeds from those asset dispositions to make an offer to purchase the Exchange Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

Certain covenants

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes contains, among other things, covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

incur certain additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;

make certain dividends, distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

sell certain assets;

incur liens;

any restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

enter into new lines of business.

These covenants will be subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For more details, see “Description of Notes.”

15


Events of default

For a discussion of events that will permit acceleration of the payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Exchange Notes, see “Description of the Notes—Events of Default.”

No prior market

The Exchange Notes will be new securities for which there is currently no market. We cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the Exchange Notes, your ability to sell the notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the Exchange Notes. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to the Exchange Notes— There is no existing public trading market for the Exchange Notes, and your ability to sell such notes will be limited.”

Listing

We do not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange.

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

Form and denomination

The Exchange Notes will be delivered in fully-registered form. The Exchange Notes will be represented by one or more global notes, deposited with the trustee as a custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee. Beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and any transfers will be effective only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.

The Exchange Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

Governing law

The Exchange Notes and the indentures governing the Exchange Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Trustee

Wilmington Trust, National Association

16


Selected Financial DataSUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth selected historical and pro forma financial data of Parent as of the dates and for the years indicated in such table.periods indicated. The selected statement of operations data and supplemental information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through June 30 or December 31, 2012, reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and the supplemental information for the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011, and years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated. Tronox Limited’s unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, is presented as if the Transaction had been completed on January 1, 2012. The balance sheet data at June 30, 2013 and 2012 and December 31, 2012 relates to Tronox Limited. The balance sheet data at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 relates to Tronox Incorporated.

The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the Transaction; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations excludes non-recurring items, including, but not limited to the bargain purchase gain realized on the Transaction and Transaction-related legal and advisory fees. Additionally, certain pro forma adjustments have been made to the historical combined statement of operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert it to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”); (ii) conform the accounting and presentation policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present it in U.S. dollars.

This information should be read in conjunction with the unaudited Tronox Limited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Tronox Limited Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 20032012, 2011 and 2002, and2010, the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, have been derived from our Parent’s audited consolidated and combined financial statements. The selected statement of operations dataExxaro Mineral Sands Combined Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the yearyears ended December 31, 2001,2011, 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, have been derived from Kerr-McGee’s accounting records and are unaudited.

The selected financial data presented below should be read together with “Use of Proceeds,” and “Management’s2009, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated and combined financial statements“Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Parent and the notes to those statements, in each case, includedOperations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2005  2004  2003  2002  2001 
   (Millions of dollars, except per share) 

Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations Data:

      

Net sales

  $1,364.0  $1,301.8  $1,157.7  $1,064.3  $1,022.6 

Cost of goods sold

   1,143.8   1,168.9   1,024.7   949.0   972.5 
                     

Gross margin

   220.2   132.9   133.0   115.3   50.1 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   115.2   110.1   98.9   84.0   92.2 

Restructuring charges(1)

   —     113.0   61.4   11.8   —   

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   17.1   4.6   14.9   14.3   7.7 
                     
   87.9   (94.8)  (42.2)  5.2   (49.8)

Interest and debt expense

   (4.5)  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)

Other income (expense)(2)

   (15.2)  (25.2)  (20.5)  (13.1)  (39.9)
                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   68.2   (120.1)  (62.8)  (8.0)  (89.8)

Income tax benefit (provision)

   (21.8)  38.3   15.1   (8.3)  30.7 
                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   46.4   (81.8)  (47.7)  (16.3)  (59.1)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit

   (27.6)  (45.8)  (35.8)  (81.0)  (49.0)
                     

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   18.8   (127.6)  (83.5)  (97.3)  (108.1)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax

   —     —     (9.2)  —     0.7 
                     

Net income (loss)

  $18.8  $(127.6) $(92.7) $(97.3) $(107.4)
                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $1.89  $(3.57) $(2.08) $(0.71) $(2.58)

Dividends declared per common share

   0.05   —     —     —     —   

 

12

17


Index to Financial Statements
   Year Ended December 31,
   2005  2004  2003  2002  2001
   (Millions of dollars, except per share)

Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet Data:

          

Working capital(3)

  $404.4  $240.2  $304.5  $243.6  $264.5

Property, plant and equipment, net

   839.7   883.0   961.6   944.9   948.9

Total assets(4)

   1,758.3   1,595.9   1,809.1   1,733.6   1,628.1

Noncurrent liabilities:

          

Long-term debt(5)

   548.0   —     —     —     —  

Environmental remediation and/or restoration

   145.9   130.8   135.9   131.4   40.0

All other noncurrent liabilities(4)

   200.4   215.9   312.2   192.4   209.6

Total liabilities(5)

   1,269.3   706.0   797.9   671.2   556.7

Total business/stockholders’ equity(5)

   489.0   889.9   1,011.2   1,062.4   1,071.4

Supplemental Information:

          

Depreciation and amortization expense

   103.1   104.6   106.5   105.7   119.9

Capital expenditures

   87.6   92.5   99.4   86.7   153.3

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

   232.0   162.2   160.3   134.5   N/A
  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor  Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,

2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
          2010  2009  2008 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Net Sales

 $525   $429   $995   $863   $2,120   $1,832   $1,543   $108   $1,218   $1,070   $1,246  

Cost of goods sold

  475    304    913    581    (1,640  (1,568  (1,104  (83  (996  (932  (1,133
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  50    125    82    282    480    264    439    25    222    138    113  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  41    103    92    147    (184  (239  (152  (5  (59  (72  (114

Litigation/arbitration settlement

  —      —      —      —      —      —      10    —      —      —      —    

Gain on land sales

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1    25  

Impairment of long-lived assets(1)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (25

Restructuring charges(2)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (17  (10

Net loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (24  —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements(3)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      5    —      47    —      (73
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

  9    22    (10  135    296    25    302    20    210    26    (84

Interest and debt expense(4)

  (35  (14  (62  (22  (110  (65  (30  (3  (50  (36  (54

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      (4  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other income (expense)

  26    (3  32    (4  (39  (7  (10  2    (8  (11  (10

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      1,055    —      1,055    —      1,055    —      —      —      —      —    

Reorganization income (expense)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      613    (145  (10  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  —      1,060    (44  1,164    147    1,008    262    632    7    (31  (148

Income tax benefit (provision)

  (1  84    (2  66    54    125    (20  (1  (2  2    2  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

  (1  1,144    (46  1,230    201    1,133    242    631    5    (29  (146

Income (Loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit (provision)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1    (10  (189
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  (1  1,144    (46  1,230    201    1,133    242    631    6    (39  (335

Income (Loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

  12    —      24    —      30    1    —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

 $(13 $1,144   $(70 $1,230   $171   $1,134   $242   $631   $6   $(39 $(335
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations per Share(5):

           

Basic

 $(0.11 $13.46   $(0.62 $15.31   $1.41   $11.37   $3.22   $15.28   $0.11   $(0.70 $(3.55

Diluted

 $(0.11 $13.00   $(0.62 $14.74   $1.38   $11.10   $3.10   $15.25   $0.11   $(0.70 $(3.55

18


  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor  Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,

2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
          2010  2009  2008 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Balance Sheet Data:

           

Working capital(6)

   $2,318   $1,232    $1,706   $488   $458   $483   $489   $(247

Property, plant and equipment, net and Mineral leasehold, net

   $2,630   $2,918    $2,862    542    318    316    314    347  

Total assets

   $5,847   $5,111    $5,511   $1,657   $1,091   $1,098   $1,118   $1,045  

Noncurrent liabilities:

           

Long-term debt(6)

   $2,390   $712    $1,605   $421   $421   $421   $423   $—    

Environmental remediation and/or restoration(7)

    —      —       —      1    1    1    —      546  

All other noncurrent liabilities

   $531   $470     557    203    153    154    50    125  

Total liabilities(9)

   $3,257   $1,700    $2,629   $905   $848   $828   $683   $1,642  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    —      —      $—     $—     $897   $900   $1,048   $—    

Total equity

   $2,590   $3,412    $2,882   $752   $(654 $(630 $(613 $(598

Supplemental Information:

           

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense

 $73   $31   $146   $53   $282   $211   $79   $4   $50   $53   $76  

Capital expenditures

 $34   $27   $79   $48    —     $166   $133   $6   $45   $24   $34  

EBITDA(8)

 $107   $1,105   $162   $
1,239
  
 $539   $1,284   $371   $639   $108   $49   $(207

Adjusted EBITDA(8)

 $101   $147   $174   $
298
  
 $741   $503   $468   $24   $203   $142   $99  

(1)In 2008, Tronox Incorporated recorded impairment charges for long-lived assets of approximately $3 million related to Savannah, Georgia, and approximately $22 million related to Botlek, the Netherlands.
(2)Restructuring charges in 2004 include costs associated with2009 were primarily the shutdownresult of our titanium dioxide pigment sulfate production at ourthe idling of Tronox Incorporated’s Savannah Georgia, facility.plant. Restructuring charges in 2003 include costs associated with the shutdown of our synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama, and charges in connection with a2008 resulted primarily from work force reduction program consisting of both voluntary retirements and involuntary terminations. Restructuring charges in 2002 represent a write-down of fixed assets for abandoned engineering projects.programs, along with asset retirement obligation adjustments.
(2)(3)Includes interest expense allocated by Kerr-McGee based on specifically identified borrowingsIn 2010, Tronox Incorporated recorded receivables from Kerr-McGeeits insurance carrier related to environmental clean-up obligations at Kerr-McGee’s average borrowing rates. Also includes net foreign currency transaction gain (loss), equity in net earnings of equity method investees, loss on accounts receivable sales and other expenses. See Note 21the Henderson facility. Due to the Consolidatedaccounting for certain legacy liabilities, the obligation for this clean-up work had been recorded in 2008 and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.prior years.
(3)(4)Excludes $3 million, $33 million and $32 million in the one month ended January 31, 2011 and years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, that would have been payable under the terms of the 9.5% senior unsecured notes.
(5)On June 26, 2012, the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class by way of bonus issue. All references to number of shares and per share data in the Successor’s consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the share split, unless otherwise noted. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s share split.
(6)Working capital is defined as the excess (deficit) of current assets over current liabilities. Due to Tronox Incorporated’s financial condition at December 31, 2008, the entire balance of our outstanding debt of $563 million was classified as current obligations, resulting in long-term debt having a balance of $0 and working capital being a deficit. In 2009, the $350 million senior unsecured notes were reclassified to Liabilities Subject to Comprise.
(4)(7)Total assets and all other noncurrent liabilities do not include the effects of certain employee benefit obligations and associated plan assets that will be assumed upon completionAs a result of the Distribution. See“Management’s Discussionbankruptcy filing and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies.”certain legacy liabilities accounting, environmental remediation and/or restoration liabilities were reclassified to Liabilities Subject to Compromise in 2009.
(5)(8)In the fourth quarter of 2005, Parent completed a recapitalization, whereby Parent’s common stock held by Kerr-McGee converted into approximately 22.9 million shares of Class B common stock. Also in the fourth quarter of 2005, Parent completed an IPO, whereby approximately 17.5 million shares of its Class A common stock were issued. All of the net proceeds from the IPO were distributed to Kerr-McGee. Concurrent with the IPO, we issued $350.0 million of senior notes and borrowed $200.0 million under a senior secured credit facility.
(6)EBITDA represents net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax benefit (provision), and depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to reflect certain items, including as permitted by the items set forthapplicable credit facilities then in the table below, all of which are required in determining our compliance with financial covenants under our senior secured credit facility. See“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition and Liquidity.”effect.
(9)Represents total liabilities before liabilities subject to compromise.

 

We have included EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to provide investors with a supplemental measure of our operating performance and information about the calculation of some of the financial covenants that are contained in our senior secured credit facility. We believe EBITDA is an important supplemental measure of operating performance because it eliminates items that have less bearing on our operating performance and thus highlights trends in our core business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measures. We also believe that securities analysts, investors and other interested parties frequently use EBITDA in the evaluation of issuers, many of

 

13

19


Index

which present EBITDA when reporting their results. Adjusted EBITDA is a material component of the covenants imposed on us by the senior secured credit facility. Under the senior secured credit facility, we are subject to financial covenant ratios that are calculated by reference to adjusted EBITDA. Non-compliance with the financial covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility could result in a default, an acceleration in the repayment of amounts outstanding, and a termination of the lending commitments under the senior secured credit facility. Any acceleration in the repayment of amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facility would result in a default under the indenture governing the notes. While an event of default under the senior secured credit facility or the indenture governing the notes is continuing, we would be precluded from, among other things, paying dividends on our common stock or borrowing under the revolving credit facility. For a description of required financial covenant levels, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsFinancial Condition and Liquidity.” Our management also uses EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in order to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period, prepare annual operating budgets and assess our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditure and working capital requirements and our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

measure performance, are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors, as it is commonly used in the industry as a means of evaluating operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP and do not purport to be an alternative measure of our financial performance as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures:

Reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period-to-period comparison and analysis of trends in our business, as they exclude income and expense that are not reflective of ongoing operating results;

Provide useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results and comparing financial results across periods;

Provide a normalized view of our operating performance by excluding items that are either non-cash or non-recurring in nature;

Enable investors to assess our compliance with financial covenants under our debt instruments; and

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary measures management uses for planning and budgeting processes and to monitor and evaluate financial and operating results.

20


The following table reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor     Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     One
Month
Ended
January  31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2010
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2009
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
  (Millions of dollars)    

Net income (loss)

 $(1 $1,144   $(46 $1,230   $201   $1,133   $242     $631   $6   $(39 $(335

Interest and debt expense, net of interest income

  34    14    60    22    110    65    30      3    50    36    54  

Income tax provision (benefit)

  1    (84  2    (66  (54  (125  20      1    2    (1  (2

Depreciation and amortization expense

  73    31    146    53    282    211    79      4    50    53    76  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA

  107    1,105    162    1,239    539    1,284    371      639    108    49    (207

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      (1,055  —      (1,055  —      (1,055  —        —      —      —      —    

Amortization of inventory step up and unfavorable ore sales contracts from purchase accounting

  (2  21    6    21    152    152    —        —      —      —      —    

Share-based compensation

  6    20    11    27    31    31    14      —      1    —      1  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      4    —      —      —      —        —      —      —      —    

Transfer tax incurred due to acquisition

  —      —      —      —      —      37    —        —      —      —      —    

Reorganization expense associated with bankruptcy(a)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        46    145    10    —    

Gain on fresh-start accounting

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        (659  —      —      —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements(b)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (5    —      (47  —      73  

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      (1  10    189  

Restructuring costs not associated with the bankruptcy(c)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      —      14  

Pension and postretirement settlement/curtailments

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      10    26  

Loss on sale of assets

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      (1  (25

Impairment charges(d)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —         —      1    25  

Unusual or non-recurring items(e)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      24    —    

Litigation/arbitration settlements

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (10    —      —      —      —    

Amortization of Fresh Start Inventory Step Up

  —      —      —      —      —      —      36      —      —      —      —    

Foreign currency remeasurement

  (13  2    (19  1    6    6    7      (1  12    15    (7

Transaction costs and financial statement costs(f)

  —      50    —      59    —      32    39      —      —      —      —    

Other items(g)

  3    4    10    6    13    16    16      (1  (15  24    10  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $101   $147   $174   $298   $741   $503   $468     $24   $203   $142   $99  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

21


 

(a)EBITDATronox Incorporated incurred costs related to the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. These items include cash and adjusted EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP. As discussed above, we believe that the presentation of EBITDAnon-cash charges related to contract terminations, prepetition obligations, debtor-in-possession financing costs, legal and adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus is appropriate. However, when evaluating our results, you should not consider EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in isolation of, or as a substitute for, measures of our financial performance as determined in accordance with GAAP, such as net income (loss). EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA have material limitations as performance measures because they exclude items that are necessary elements of our costs and operations. Because other companies may calculate EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, EBITDA may not be, and adjusted EBITDA as presented in this prospectus is not, comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.professional fees.

(b)In 2010, Tronox Incorporated recorded receivables from its insurance carrier related to environmental clean-up obligations at the Henderson facility. Due to the accounting for certain legacy liabilities, as described in notes 1 and 5 to the annual Consolidated Financial Statements, the obligation for this clean-up work had been recorded in 2008 and prior years.
(c)Restructuring costs in 2008 resulted primarily from work force reduction programs along with asset retirement obligation adjustments.
(d)In 2008, Tronox Incorporated recorded impairment charges for long-lived assets of approximately $3 million related to Savannah, Georgia, and approximately $22 million related to Botlek, the Netherlands.
(e)The following table reconciles2009 amount represents the net income (loss) to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:loss on deconsolidation of Tronox Incorporated’s German subsidiaries.

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2005  2004  2003  2002 
  (Millions of dollars) 

Net income (loss)(a)

 $18.8  $(127.6) $(92.7) $(97.3)

Interest and debt expense

  4.5   0.1   0.1   0.1 

Net interest expense on borrowings with affiliates and interest income(b)

  11.9   9.5   8.8   11.1 

Income tax provision (benefit)

  7.0   (63.0)  (39.3)  (35.3)

Depreciation and amortization expense

  103.1   104.6   106.5   105.7 
                

EBITDA

  145.3   (76.4)  (16.6)  (15.7)

Savannah sulfate facility shutdown costs

  —     29.0   —     —   

Loss from discontinued operations(c)

  42.4   69.7   51.9   120.1 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

  17.1   4.6   14.9   14.3 

Extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses(d)

  —     (0.3)  47.0   —   

Noncash changes constituting:

    

(Gain) loss on sales of accounts receivable(e)

  (0.1)  8.2   4.8   4.7 

Write-downs of property, plant and equipment and other assets(f)

  9.3   104.8   29.3   18.5 

Impairment of intangible assets

  —     7.4   —     —   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

  —     —     14.1   —   

Provision for asset retirement obligations

  1.4   —     —     —   

Other items(g)

  16.6   15.2   14.9   (7.4)
                

Adjusted EBITDA

 $232.0  $162.2  $160.3  $134.5 
                

14


Index to Financial Statements

(a)(f)Net income (loss) includes pre-tax operating lossesDuring 2012, transaction costs consist of costs associated with our Savannah sulfate facility, which was closedthe acquisition of the mineral sands business, including banker fees, legal and professional fees, as well as costs associated with the preparation and amending of the registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in September 2004,connection with the Transaction and costs associated with the integration of $2.6 million, $17.8 million, $18.6 million and $9.6 million for the yearsmineral sands business that occurred after the closing of the Transaction. During the eleven months ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 20032011, transaction costs and 2002, respectively.financial statement restatement costs include expenses related to the Transaction, fresh-start accounting fees, costs associated with restating Tronox Incorporated’s environmental reserves and the auditing of the historical financial statements. Costs associated with the Transaction include legal and professional fees related to due diligence and transaction advice as well as investment banking fees.
(b)(g)Included as a component of Other income (expense) in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations. Net interest expense on borrowings with affiliates was $14.6 million, $12.1 million, $10.1 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(c)Includes provisions for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements, related to our former forest products operations, thorium compounds manufacturing, uranium and refining operations of $17.6 million, $61.5 million, $41.1 million and $61.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(d)Represents extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses as defined within our credit agreement. Includes $25.8 million associated with the closure of our Mobile, Alabama, facility in 2003 for charges not reflected elsewhere and $21.2 million for a work force reduction program for continuing operations in 2003. See Note 16 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.
(e)Loss on the sales of accounts receivable under an asset monetization program, or a factoring program, comparable to interest expense.
(f)The 2004 amount includes $86.6 million associated with the shutdown of our Savannah sulfate facility.
(g)Includes noncash stock-based compensation, noncash pension and postretirement costcosts, accretion expense, fixed asset write-downs and accretion expense.abandonment expense, gains and losses on the sale of assets, noncash gains on liquidation of a subsidiary, income (loss) from discontinued operations, severance expense and other noncash or non-recurring income or expenses. Additionally, Tronox Incorporated incurred legal fees associated with the exit from bankruptcy.

 

15

22


Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

In addition toYou should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to invest in the notes. The risks described below are not our only risks. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following factors relatedrisks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow. In such a case, the trading price of the notes could decline, or we may not be able to our company,make payments of interest and principal on the exchange offernotes, and the new notes should be considered carefully in deciding to participate in the exchange offer.you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

Our Indebtednesssubstantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the Exchange Notes.

At June 30, 2013, our indebtedness outstanding was as follows:

we had approximately $2,408 million of total indebtedness outstanding (including the Exchange Notes and including $11 million of unamortized discount in connection with the $1,500 million Term Loan (the “Term Loan”), which was carried at $1,489 million on our balance sheet), none of which would have been subordinated to the Exchange Notes;

we had approximately $1,496 million of secured indebtedness, all of which has been borrowed under the Term Loan (not including (i) availability of $275 million under the global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit agreement with UBS AG (the “UBS Revolver”) (which excludes a $25 million issued letter of credit and an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million), and (ii) an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million under the Term Loan, all of which would be secured if borrowed), to which the notes would have been effectively subordinated to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and;

we had availability of approximately R900 million (approximately $92 million) under the ABSA Revolver (the “ABSA Revolver”), which was structurally senior to the Notes.

As of June 30, 2013, our liabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheet, including indebtedness and other liabilities such as trade payables and accrued expenses (but excluding the Exchange Notes), were approximately $2,357 million.

Subject to the limits contained in the agreements governing our credit facilities, the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and our other indebtedness instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our level of indebtedness could intensify. Specifically, our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to the holders of notes, including the following:

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Exchange Notes and our other indebtedness;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, product developments, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

23


placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

increasing our cost of borrowing.

In addition, the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debts.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and our agreements governing our credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the Exchange Notes, subject to any collateral arrangements, the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. If new indebtedness is added to our current indebtedness levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify. See “Description of Notes” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

We may neednot be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations, including the Exchange Notes, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to fund our day-to-day operations or to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and, even if successful, such alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The agreements governing our credit facilities and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes will restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from any such dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of Notes” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

In addition, we conduct certain operations through our subsidiaries, certain of which will not be guarantors of the Exchange Notes. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, is dependent to an extent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the Exchange Notes, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the Exchange Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity

24


and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. Although the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing certain of our other existing indebtedness will limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all would materially and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the Exchange Notes. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result, holders of Exchange Notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable and our secured lenders could foreclose against the assets securing such borrowings.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Exchange Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including any event of default under our credit facilities that is continuing and not cured and not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the lenders could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our credit facilities), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness may be able to elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest and cause all of our available cash flow to be used to pay such indebtedness. Additionally, the lenders under our credit facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain ita waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our credit facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

The Issuer is a finance subsidiary that has no revenue-generating operations of its own and depends on favorable terms, if at all.cash received from other members of the group to be able to make payments on the Exchange Notes.

Our industryThe Issuer, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Parent, is highly capital intensivea finance subsidiary with limited assets and our success depends to a significant degree on ourlimited ability to developgenerate revenues. The Parent’s subsidiaries are not required to make, and market innovative products andmay be restricted from making, funds available to update our facilities and process technology. We may require additional capital in the futureIssuer. In addition, the ability of the Issuer to finance our future growth and development, implement further marketing and sales activities, fund our ongoing research and development activities and meet our general working capital needs. Our capital requirementsmake any payments will depend on many factors, including acceptancethe earnings, business and tax considerations, and legal and contractual restrictions on payments of dividends or other distributions by the subsidiaries of the Parent.

Furthermore, the Indenture will prohibit the Issuer from engaging in activities other than certain limited activities permitted under the heading “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants—Conduct of the Business and demandLimitation on Certain Activities.” If the Issuer is not able to make payments on the Exchange Notes, holders of the Exchange Notes would have to rely on claims for payment under the Exchange Guarantees, which are subject to the risks and limitations described herein. We cannot assure you that arrangements with our products,subsidiaries will provide the extentIssuer with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to which we investservice scheduled payments of interest, principal or other amounts due under the Exchange Notes. Any of the situations described above could adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to service its obligations in new technology and research and development projects, andrespect of the status and timing of competitive developments. Additional financing may not be available when needed on terms favorable to us or at all. Further, theExchange Notes.

25


The terms of the senior securedagreements governing our credit facilityfacilities and the indenture governing the notes,Exchange Notes may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing our credit facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to:

incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness;

pay dividends or distributions in respect of capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

incur liens;

restrict dividends, loans or asset transfers from our subsidiaries;

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

enter into new lines of business.

A breach of the covenants under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes or under the agreements governing our credit facilities could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related indebtedness and may result in the acceleration of any other indebtedness to which a cross-acceleration or Parent’scross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders or holders of Exchange Notes accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we cannot assure you that we and our subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness.

Many of the covenants in the indenture will be suspended if the Exchange Notes are rated investment grade by both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s.

Many of the covenants in the indenture governing the Exchange Notes will no longer apply to us during any time that the notes have an investment grade rating, provided that at such time no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. These covenants restrict, among other things, our ability to issuepay distributions, incur indebtedness and to enter into certain other transactions. There can be no assurance that the Exchange Notes will ever be rated investment grade, or that if they are rated investment grade, that the Exchange Notes will maintain these ratings. However, suspension of these covenants would allow us to engage in certain transactions that would not be permitted while these covenants were in force. See “Description of Notes—Covenant Suspension.” If the Exchange Notes have an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s, we will not experience a change of control repurchase event requiring us to repurchase all of the notes unless a change of control occurs together with a below investment grade rating event. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control” for additional shares of common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on acceptable terms, we may be unable to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could harm our business.information.

Your right to receive payments on the notes couldThe Exchange Notes will be adversely affected if any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate or reorganize.

We conduct domestic and international business through our operating subsidiaries. Portions of our international business are conducted through operating subsidiaries that are organized outside the United States, none of which guarantee the notes. Therefore, the notes are effectively subordinated to the prior payment of debts and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our non-U.S. operating subsidiaries. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries had net sales (after intercompany eliminations) for the year ended December 31, 2005 of approximately $680.6 million, which represented 50% of consolidated net sales. At December 31, 2005 (i) our non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately 43% of accounts receivable (excluding intercompany receivables), inventory and net property, plant and equipment, and (ii) our foreign non-guarantor subsidiaries had current and noncurrent liabilities (excluding intercompany liabilities and liabilities related to income taxes) which aggregated approximately $226.5 million. Our domestic non-guarantor subsidiaries are immaterial.

Your right to receive payments on these notes is effectively subordinated to the rights of our existing and future secured creditors.

Holders of our secured indebtedness will have claims that are prior to your claims as holders of the notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing that other indebtedness. Notably, we, certain of our subsidiaries and Parent are parties to our senior secured credit facility, which is secured by (1) a pledge of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries, (2) a pledge of 65% of the voting capital stock and 100% of the non-voting stock of our direct foreign subsidiaries and (3) a first priority security interest in certain domestic assets, including certain real property, of Tronox and the guarantors of the senior secured credit facility.

The notes areExchange Notes will be effectively subordinated to thatclaims of our secured indebtednesscreditors to the extent of the value of the pledged collateral. Inassets securing such claims, and the event of any distribution or payment of our assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding, holders of secured indebtednessguarantees will have a claim on those of our assets that constitute their collateral that is seniorbe effectively subordinated to the claims of our secured creditors as well as the holderssecured creditors of our subsidiary guarantors.

26


The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our existing and future subsidiaries that are not and do not become guarantors of the notesExchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Parent and the guarantees. Holdersall of the notes will participate ratably with all holders of our unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to besubsidiaries of the same

16


Index to Financial Statements

class asParent that guarantee any obligations under the credit facilities on the date the notes and potentially with all of our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in our remaining assets. In anyare issued. Except for such subsidiary guarantors of the foregoing events, we cannot assure you that thereExchange Notes, our subsidiaries will be sufficient assetshave no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due onunder the notes. AsExchange Notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. The Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of any non-guarantor subsidiary such that, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of any subsidiary that is not a result, holdersguarantor, all of notes may receive less, ratably, than holderssuch subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors and preferred stockholders, if any) would be entitled to payment in full out of secured indebtedness. such subsidiary’s assets before we would be entitled to any payment.

As of December 31, 2005,and for the aggregate amountsix months ended June 30, 2013, the non-guarantor subsidiaries represented approximately 59% of our secured indebtedness was $200.0 million,total consolidated liabilities, excluding intercompany liabilities, approximately 54% of our total consolidated assets, excluding intercompany accounts receivables, intercompany notes receivable and investments in subsidiaries, approximately 28% of our total consolidated income from operations, excluding intercompany sales and cost of goods sold, and approximately $216.2 million was available for borrowing under our senior secured credit facility. We will be permitted to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including senior debt, in the future under the terms53% of our senior secured credit facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”total consolidated net sales, excluding intercompany sales.

If we are required by the indenture to offerWe may not be able to repurchase the notesExchange Notes upon a change of control, we may not have the necessary funds to do so.control.

Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notesExchange Notes at 101% of thetheir principal amount, thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the daterepurchase date. Additionally, under the agreements governing our credit facilities, a change of repurchase. Any futurecontrol (as defined therein) constitutes an event of default that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under the respective agreements relatingand the commitments to indebtednesslend would terminate. The source of funds for any purchase of the Exchange Notes and repayment of borrowings under the agreements governing our credit facilities will be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to whichrepurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control because we become a party may contain similar provisions. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds atfinancial resources to purchase all of the time of anydebt securities that are tendered upon a change of control transactionand repay our other indebtedness that will become due. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, and we cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Further, our ability to repurchase the Exchange Notes may be limited by law. In order to avoid the obligations to repurchase the Exchange Notes and events of default and potential breaches of the agreements governing our credit facilities, we may have to avoid certain change of control transactions that would otherwise be beneficial to us.

In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the Exchange Notes, notwithstanding the fact that such corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of the notes. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control.”

Holders of Exchange Notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the Exchange Notes repurchased by us has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of its assets.

A change of control, as defined in the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, requires us to make an offer to repurchase all outstanding Exchange Notes. The definition of change of control includes a phrase relating to the requiredsale, lease or transfer of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Exchange Notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of notesa sale, lease or that restrictions intransfer of less than all of our credit facility will not allow such repurchases.assets to another individual, group or entity may be uncertain. See Description“Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.Control.

27


The indebtedness represented byFederal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notesExchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the guarantees may be unenforceable due to fraudulent conveyance statutes.notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the Exchange Notes and the incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees. Under federal bankruptcy law and/orand comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, if a court of competent jurisdiction in a suit by an unpaid creditorwhich may vary from state to state, the Exchange Notes or representative of creditors (suchthe Exchange Guarantees thereof could be voided as a trustee in bankruptcyfraudulent transfer or a debtor-in-possession) were to find thatconveyance if we or ourany of the guarantors, did not receiveas applicable, (i) issued the Exchange Notes or incurred the Exchange Guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors, or (ii) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration (or reasonably equivalent value)in return for either issuing the notesExchange Notes or incurring the guaranteesExchange Guarantees and, in the case of (ii) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

we or any indebtedness refinancedof the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by the notes and at the timereason of the issuance of the notesExchange Notes or the guarantees,incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees;

the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business; or

we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or our guarantors were insolvent, were rendered insolvent by reason of that incurrence, were engaged in a business or transaction for which our remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital, intended to incur, or believed that wesuch guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay such debts as they became due,mature.

As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A court would likely find that a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for its guarantee, to the extent such guarantor did not obtain a reasonably equivalent benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we intendedor the guarantors were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees would be subordinated to hinder, delayour or defraudany of our creditors, then thatguarantors’ other indebtedness. In general, however, a court could, among other things,would deem an entity insolvent if:

 

void all or a portion of our obligations to the holders of the notes or our guarantors’ obligations under the guarantees,

recover all or a portion of the payments made to holders of the notes, and/or

subordinate our or our guarantors’ obligations to the holders of the notes to our other existing and future indebtedness to a greater extent than would otherwise be the case, the effect of which would be to entitle those other creditors to be paid in full before any payment could be made on the notes.

The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending upon the law of the relevant jurisdiction. Generally, however, a company would be considered insolvent for purposes of the foregoing if the sum of that company’sits debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of that company’s assets at a fair valuation, or if its assets;

the present fair saleable value of that company’sits assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay theits probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and due. There can be no assurancemature; or

it could not pay its debts as to what standardsthey became due.

If a court would apply to determine whether we or our guarantor were solvent at the relevant time, or whether, whatever standard was applied, the notes would not be voided on another of the grounds set forth above.

A financial failure by us or our subsidiaries may result in the assets of any or all of those entities becoming subject to the claims of all creditors of those entities.

A financial failure by us or our subsidiaries could affect payment of the notes if a bankruptcy court were to substantively consolidate us and our subsidiaries. If a bankruptcy court substantively consolidated us and our subsidiaries,find that the assets of each entity would become subject to the claims of creditors of all entities. This would expose holders of notes not only to the usual impairments arising from bankruptcy, but also to potential dilution

17


Index to Financial Statements

issuance of the amount ultimately recoverable becauseExchange Notes or the incurrence of an Exchange Guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the Exchange Notes or such Exchange Guarantee or subordinate the Exchange Notes or such Exchange Guarantee to currently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the larger creditor base. Furthermore, forced restructuring of the notes could occur through the “cram-down” provisions of the bankruptcy code. Under these provisions, the notes could be restructured over your objections as to their general terms, primarily interest rate and maturity.

We may issue additional notes ranking equal to your notes.

The indenture governing the notes will permit us to issue additional notes, subject to satisfaction of certain covenants. If we issue any such additional notes,related guarantor, or require the holders of those notes will be entitledExchange Notes to share ratably with the holders of the notes inrepay any proceeds distributed in connection with any foreclosure upon the collateral or an insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. See “Description of Notes.”

The notes may be affected by fluctuations in the market for non-investment-grade securities.

Historically, the market for non-investment-grade, or high-yield, debt securities has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in their prices. To the extent that a trading market for the notes does develop, the liquidity of, and trading market for, the notes may be materially adversely affected by declines in the market for high-yield debt securities generally. These declines may materially adversely affect the price and trading of the notes, and the price at which they can be sold, independently of our financial performance and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We are subject to significant liabilities that are in addition to those associated with our primary business. These liabilities could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and we could suffer losses as a result of these liabilities even if our primary business performs well.

We, our subsidiaries and their predecessors have operated a number of businesses in addition to the current chemical business, including businesses involving the treatment of forest products, the production of ammonium perchlorate, the refining and marketing of petroleum products, offshore contract drilling, coal mining and the mining, milling and processing of nuclear materials. As a result, we are subject to significant liabilities that are in addition to those associated with our primary business, including legal, regulatory and environmental liabilities. For example, we have liabilities relating to the remediation of various sites at which chemicals such as creosote, perchlorate, low-level radioactive substances, asbestos and other materials have been used or disposed. Our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by these liabilities. We also could suffer losses as a result of these liabilities even if our primary business performs well. See Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus for a discussion of contingencies.

The costs of compliance with the extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which we are subject or the inability to obtain, update or renew permits required for the operation of our business could reduce our profitability or otherwise adversely affect us.

Our current and former operations involve the generation and management of regulated materials that are subject to various environmental laws and regulations and are dependent on the periodic renewal of permits from various governmental agencies. The inability to obtain, update or renew permits related to the operation of our businesses, or the costs required in order to comply with permit standards, could have a material adverse affect on us. For example, we currently are updating permits related to water and air emissions for our facility in Botlek, Netherlands. Although we do not anticipate any significant difficulties in obtaining such permits or that any material expenditures will be required, the failure to update such permits could have a material adverse effect on our ability to produce our products and on our results of operations.

In addition, changes in the laws and regulations to which we are subject, or their interpretation, or the enactment of new laws and regulations, could result in materially increased and unanticipated capital expenditures and compliance costs. For example, the proposed REACH (Registration, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals) regulatory scheme in the European Union, if implemented as currently proposed,

18


Index to Financial Statements

could adversely affect our European operations by imposing on us a testing, evaluation and registration program for some of the chemicals that we use or produce. At the present time, we are not able to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these requirements or their effect on our business.

Environmental laws and regulations obligate us to remediate various sites at which chemicals such as creosote, perchlorate, low-level radioactive substances, asbestos and other materials have been disposed of or released. Some of these sites have been designated Superfund sites by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”). See Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus for a discussion of these matters. The discovery of contamination arising from historical industrial operations at some of our properties has exposed us, and in the future may continue to expose us, to significant remediation obligations and other damages.

The actual costs of environmental remediation and restoration could exceed estimates.

As of December 31, 2005, we had reserves in the amount of $223.7 million for environmental remediation and restoration. We reserve for costs related to environmental remediation and restoration only when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. In estimating our environmental liabilities, including the cost of investigation and remediation at a particular site, we consider a variety of matters, including, but not limited to, the stage of the investigation at the site, the stage of remedial design for the site, the availability of existing remediation technologies, presently-enacted laws and regulations and the state of any related legal or administrative investigation or proceedings. For example, at certain sites we are in the preliminary stages of our environmental investigation and therefore have reserved for such sites amounts equal only to the cost of our environmental investigation. The findings of these site investigations could result in an increase in our reserves for environmental remediation. While we believe we have established appropriate reserves for environmental remediation based on the information we currently know, additions to the reserves may be required as we obtain additional information that enables us to better estimate our liabilities.

Our estimates of environmental liabilities at a particular site could increase significantly as a result of, among other things, changes in laws and regulations, revisions to the site’s remedial design, unanticipated construction problems, identification of additional areas or volumes of contamination, increases in labor, equipment and technology costs, changes in the financial condition of other potentially responsible parties and the outcome of any related legal and administrative proceedings to which we are or may become a party. For example, in 2004, remediation efforts required by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (“NRC”) at our site in Cushing, Oklahoma, identified additional soil and groundwater impacts that would require assessment and possible remediation. As a result, in that year we increased our reserves for environmental remediationreceived with respect to the Cushing site by $10.3 million, which was part of a total increase in our 2004 environmental reserves of $81.4 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Environmental Matters—Environmental Costs” and Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

In addition to the sites for which we have established reserves, there may be other sites where we have potential liability for environmental matters but for which we do not have sufficient information to determine that a liability is probable and reasonably estimable. As we obtain additional information about those sites, we may determine that reserves for such sites should be established. New environmental claims also may arise as a result of changes in environmental laws and regulations or for other reasons. If new claims arise and losses associated with those claims become probable and reasonably estimable, we will need to increase our reserves to reflect those new claims.

As a result of the factors described above, it is not possible for us to reliably estimate the amount and timing of all future expenditures related to environmental or other contingent matters, and our actual costs related to such matters could exceed our current reserves at December 31, 2005. See “Business—Government Regulations and Environmental Matters” and “Legal Proceedings.”

19


Index to Financial Statements

Hazards associated with chemical manufacturing could adversely affect our results of operations.

Due to the nature of our business, we are exposed to the hazards associated with chemical manufacturing and the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes. These hazards could lead to an interruption or suspension of operations and have an adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or on us as a whole. Potential hazards include the following:

Piping and storage tank leaks and ruptures

Mechanical failure

Employee exposure to hazardous substances

Chemical spills and other discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases

There is also a risk that one or more of our key raw materials or one or more of our products may be found to have currently unrecognized toxicological or health-related impact on the environment or on our customers or employees. Such hazards may cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to property and contamination of the environment, which could lead to government fines or work stoppage injunctions and lawsuits by injured persons. If such actions are determined adversely to us, we may have inadequate insurance to cover such claims, or we may have insufficient cash flow to pay for such claims. Such outcomes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Violations or noncompliance with the extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which we are subject could result in unanticipated loss or liability.

Our operations and production facilities are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety laws and regulations at national, international and local levels in numerous jurisdictions relating to pollution, protection of the environment, transporting and storing raw materials and finished products and storing and disposing of hazardous wastes. We may incur substantial costs, including fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions and remediation costs, or experience interruptions in our operations, for violations arising under these laws and regulations.Exchange Guarantee. In the event of a catastrophic incident involvingfinding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the Exchange Notes. Further, the avoidance of the raw materials we use or chemicals we produce, weExchange Notes could incur material costsresult in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt.

Finally, as a resultcourt of addressingequity, the consequencesbankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the Exchange Notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination, if the court determines that (i) the holder of Exchange Notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (ii) such event.

We are party to a number of legal and administrative proceedings involving environmental and other matters pendinginequitable conduct resulted in various courts and before various agencies. These include proceedings associated with facilities currently or previously owned, operated or used by us or our predecessors, and include claims for personal injuries, property damages, injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the environment, including natural resource damages,holder of Exchange Notes and non-compliance(iii) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with permits. Any determination that one or morethe provisions of our key raw materials or products, or the materials or products associated with facilities previously owned, operated or used by us or our predecessors, has, or is characterized as having, a toxicological or health-related impact on our environment, customers or employees could subject us to additional legal claims. These proceedings and any such additional claims may be costly and may require a substantial amount of management attention, which may have an adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations. See “Business—Government Regulations and Environmental Matters” and “Legal Proceedings.”Bankruptcy Code.

28


The amountborrower under our $1.5 billion Term Loan and our other Dutch subsidiary may not become guarantors of the Exchange Notes.

Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. is currently the borrower under our $1.5 billion Term Loan, which is guaranteed by Tronox Limited and certain of our debt could adversely affectsubsidiaries. Each of the companies that guarantees the Term Loan will guarantee the Exchange Notes on the issue date of the notes. However, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. will not be a guarantor of the Exchange Notes on the issue date. We will seek to have this entity become a guarantor under our financial condition, limitUBS Revolver, and we will seek to have our abilityother Dutch subsidiary become a guarantor under the Term Loan and the UBS Revolver. In connection with such guarantees, and subject to pursue business opportunities, reducethe limitations described below, the indenture requires us to cause all such subsidiaries to become guarantors of the Exchange Notes.

Under the indenture, however, adding our operating flexibilityDutch subsidiaries as guarantors of the Exchange Notes is subject to receiving the unconditional positive advice of the works council of the relevant subsidiary and any prior corporate approvals, including the decision of the boards of directors (or similar governing body) of such subsidiaries that it is in such subsidiaries’ corporate interest (vennootschappelijk belang) to guarantee the Exchange Notes. Such board approval will take into consideration whether the Dutch subsidiaries are sufficiently capitalized to guarantee additional obligations. If such works council, corporate or put us atboard of director approvals are not obtained (including because the board of directors determines that it is not in the corporate interest of our Dutch subsidiaries to guarantee the Exchange Notes or otherwise), it is possible that such subsidiaries will not become guarantors of the Exchange Notes or that they will become guarantors of our credit facilities but not the Exchange Notes.

If the lenders under our credit facilities release any subsidiary guarantor under our credit facilities that is also a competitive disadvantage.guarantor of the Exchange Notes, that subsidiary guarantor will automatically be released from its guarantee of the Exchange Notes.

AsWhile any obligations under our credit facilities remain outstanding, any subsidiary guarantee of December 31, 2005, we had $548.0 millionthe Exchange Notes will automatically be released without action by, or consent of, long-term debt. Our debt could have important consequences for us. For instance, it could:

Require us to use a substantial portionany holder of our cash flow from operations for debt service and reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities

20


Index to Financial Statements
Limit our ability to obtain financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate activities in the future

Expose us to greater interest rate risk because the interest rates on our senior secured credit facility will vary

Impair our ability to successfully withstand a downturn in our businessExchange Notes or the economy in general and place us at a disadvantage relative to our less-leveraged competitors

The senior secured credit facility andtrustee under the indenture governing the notes limit, but do not prohibit, us from incurring additional debt, and we may incur additional debt inExchange Notes, if the future. If we incur additional debt,related subsidiary guarantor is no longer a guarantor of obligations under our ability to satisfy our debt obligations may become more limited.

credit facilities. See “Description of Notes—The terms of our senior secured credit facility and our indenture governing the notes contain a number of restrictive and financial covenants that could limit our ability to pay dividends or to operate effectively in the future. If we are unable to comply with these covenants, our lenders could accelerate the repayment of our indebtedness.

The terms of our senior secured credit facility and our indenture governing the notes subject us to a number of covenants that impose significant operating restrictions on us, including on our ability to incur indebtedness and liens, make loans and investments, make capital expenditures, sell assets, engage in mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make optional payments or modificationsNote Guarantees—Release of the notes or other material debt, change our lines of business and pay dividends on our common stock. We are also required by the terms of the senior secured credit facility to comply with financial covenant ratios. These restrictions could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet capital needs.

A breach of any of the covenants imposed on us by the terms of our indebtedness, including the financial covenants in the senior secured credit facility, could result in a default under such indebtedness. In the event of a default, theNote Guarantees.” The lenders under our credit facilities will have the revolvingdiscretion to release the subsidiary guarantees under our credit facility could terminate their commitments to us, and they and the lenders of our other indebtedness could accelerate the repayment of all of our indebtedness. In such case, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the total amount of accelerated obligations, and our lenders under the senior secured credit facility could proceed against the collateral securing the facility. Any accelerationfacilities in the repayment of our indebtedness or related foreclosure could adversely affect our business.

Market conditions and cyclical factors that adversely affect the demand for the end-use products that contain our titanium dioxide could adversely affect our results.

Historically, regional and world events that negatively affect discretionary spending or economic conditions generally, such as terrorist attacks, the incidence or spread of contagious diseases (such as SARS), or other economic, political, or public health or safety conditions, have adversely affected demand for the finished products that contain titanium dioxide and from which we derive substantially all of our revenue. Events such as these are likely to contribute to a general reluctance by the public to purchase “quality of life” products, which could cause a decrease in demand for our chemicals and, as a result, may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, the demand for titanium dioxide during a given year is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Titanium dioxide sales are generally higher in the second and third quarters of the year than in the other quarters due in part to the increase in paint production in the spring to meet demand resulting from the spring and summer painting season in North America and Europe. We may be adversely affected by existing or future cyclical changes, and such conditions may be sustained or further aggravated by anticipated or unanticipated changes in regional weather conditions. For example, poor weather conditions in a region can lead to an abbreviated painting season, which can depress consumer sales of paint products that use titanium dioxide pigment.

21


Index to Financial Statements

Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by global and regional economic downturns and other conditions.

We have significant production, sales and marketing operations throughout the United States, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region, with more than 1,100 customers in over 100 countries. We also purchase many of the raw materials used in the production of our products in foreign jurisdictions. In 2005, approximately 45% of our total revenues were generated from production outside of the United States. Due to these factors, our performance, particularly the performance of our pigment segment, is cyclical and tied closely to general economic conditions, including global gross domestic product. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations are vulnerable to political and economic conditions affecting global gross domestic product and the countries in which we operate. For example, from 2000 through 2003, our business was affected when the titanium dioxide industry experienced a period of unusually weak business conditions as a result of a variety of factors, including the global economic recession, exceptionally rainy weather conditions in Europecircumstances. You will not have a claim as a creditor against any subsidiary that is no longer a guarantor of our credit facilities, and the Americas, and the outbreak of SARS in Asia. Based on these factors, global and regional economic downturnsindebtedness and other conditions may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and resultsliabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of operations.those subsidiaries will effectively be senior to claims of noteholders.

Our results of operations mayThere is no existing public trading market for the Exchange Notes, and your ability to sell such notes will be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.limited.

The financial condition and results of operations of our operating entities inThere is no existing public market for the European Union, among other jurisdictions, are reported in various foreign currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars atExchange Notes. No market for the applicable exchange rate for inclusion in the financial statements. As a result, any appreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will have a negative impact on our reported sales and operating margin (and conversely, the depreciation of the dollar against these foreign currencies will have a positive impact). In addition, our operating entities often need to convert currencies they receive for our products into currencies in which they purchase raw materials or pay for services, which could result in a gain or loss depending on fluctuations in exchange rates. Because we have significant operations in Europe and Australia, we are exposed primarily to fluctuations in the euro and the Australian dollar.

In the past, we have sought to minimize our foreign currency translation risk by engaging in hedging transactions. WeExchange Notes may be unable to effectively manage our foreign currency translation risk,develop, and any volatility in foreign currency exchange ratesmarket that develops may have an adverse effect on our financial conditionnot persist. We cannot assure you as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for the Exchange Notes, your ability to sell your Exchange Notes or results of operations. For a further discussion of how we manage our foreign currency risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk—Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk.”

Our industry and the end-use markets inprice at which we compete are highly competitive. This competition may adversely affect our results of operations and operating cash flows.

Each of the markets in which we compete is highly competitive. Competition is based on a number of factors such as price, product quality and service. We face significant competition from major international producers, such as E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Millennium Chemicals Inc., Huntsman Corporation and Kronos Worldwide, Inc., as well as smaller regional competitors. Our most significant competitors include major chemicals and materials manufacturers and diversified companies, a number of which have substantially larger financial resources, staffs and facilities than we do. The additional resources and larger staffs and facilities of such competitors may give them a competitive advantage when responding to market conditions and capitalizing on operating efficiencies. Increased competition could result in reduced sales, which could adversely affect our profitability and operating cash flows. See “Business—Competitive Conditions.”

In addition, within the end-use markets in which we compete, competition between products is intense. We face substantial risk that certain events, such as new product development by our competitors, changing customer needs, production advances for competing products or price changes in raw materials, could cause our customers to switch to our competitor’s products. If we are unable to develop and produce or market our products to compete effectively against our competitors, our results of operations and operating cash flows may suffer.

22


Index to Financial Statements

Fluctuations in costs of our raw materials or our access to supplies of our raw materials could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

In 2005, raw materials used in the production of titanium dioxide constituted approximately 30% of our cost of products sold. Titanium-bearing ores, in particular, represented more than 18% of our cost of products sold in 2005.

Costs of many of the raw materials we use may fluctuate widely for a variety of reasons, including changes in availability, major capacity additions or reductions or significant facility operating problems. These fluctuations could negatively affect our operating margins and our profitability. As these costs rise, our operating expenses likely will increase and could adversely affect our business, especially if we are unable to pass price increases in raw materials through to our customers.

Should our vendors notyou would be able to meet their contractual obligations or should we be otherwise unable to obtain necessary raw materials, we may incur higher costs for raw materials or may be required to reduce production levels, which may have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. For a further discussion, see “Business—Raw Materials.”

The labor and employment laws in many jurisdictions in which we operate are more restrictive than in the United States. Our relationship with our employees could deteriorate, which could adversely affect our operations.

In the United States, approximately 200 employees at our Savannah, Georgia, facility are members of a union and are subject to a collective bargaining arrangement that is scheduled to expire in April 2007. Approximately 40% of our employees are employed outside the United States. In certain of those countries, such as Australia and the member statessell your Exchange Notes. Future trading prices of the European Union, labor and employment laws are more restrictive than in the United States and, in many cases, grant significant job protection to employees, including rights on termination of employment. For example, in Germany and the Netherlands, by law some of our employees are represented by a works’ council, which subjects us to employment arrangements very similar to collective bargaining agreements.

We are required to consult with and seek the consent or advice of the unions or works’ councils that represent our employees for certain of our activities. This requirement could have a significant impact on our flexibility in managing costs and responding to market changes. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to negotiate labor agreements with our unionized employees in the future on satisfactory terms. If those employees were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other slowdown, or if any of our other employees were to become unionized, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations or higher ongoing labor costs, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Third parties may claim that our products or processes infringe their intellectual property rights, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from making, using, or selling our products.

Although currently there are no pending or threatened proceedings or claims relating to alleged infringement, misappropriation, or violation of the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the future in which third parties allege that their patents or other intellectual property rights are infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by us or by our products or processes. In the event that any such infringement, misappropriation, or violation of the intellectual property rights of others is found, we may need to obtain licenses from those parties or substantially re-engineer our products or processes in order to avoid such infringement, misappropriation, or violation. We might not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or be able to re-engineer our products or processes successfully. Moreover, if we are found by a court of law to infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, we could be required to pay substantial damages or be enjoined from making, using, or selling the infringing

23


Index to Financial Statements

products or technology. We also could be enjoined from making, using, or selling the allegedly infringing products or technology pending the final outcome of the suit. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If we are not able to continue our technological innovation and successful commercial introduction of new products, our profitability could be adversely affected.

Our industries and the end-use markets into which we sell our products experience periodic technological change and product improvement. Our future growth will depend on our ability to gauge the direction of commercial and technological progress in key end-use markets and on our ability to fund and successfully develop, manufacture and market products in such changing end-use markets. We must continue to identify, develop and market innovative products or enhance existing products on a timely basis in order to maintain our profit margins and our competitive position. We may not be able to develop new products or technology, either alone or with third parties, or license intellectual property rights from third parties on a commercially competitive basis. If we fail to keep pace with the evolving technological innovations in our end-use markets on a competitive basis, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If our intellectual property were compromised or copied by competitors, or if competitors were to develop similar intellectual property independently, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property rights. Although we own and have applied for numerous patents and trademarks throughout the world, we may have to rely on judicial enforcement of our patents and other proprietary rights. Our patents and other intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, rendered unenforceable or otherwise compromised. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We also rely upon unpatented proprietary technology, know-how and other trade secrets to maintain our competitive position. While it is our policy to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our proprietary expertise and other trade secrets, these agreements may not be enforceable or, even if legally enforceable, we may not have adequate remedies for breaches of such agreements. The failure of our patents or confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary technology, know-how or trade secrets could result in significantly lower revenues, reduced profit margins or loss of market share.

We may be unable to determine when third parties are using our intellectual property rights without our authorization. We also have licensed certain of our intellectual property rights to third parties, and we cannot be certain that our licensees are using our intellectual property only as authorized by the applicable license agreement. The undetected or unremedied, unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights or the legitimate development or acquisition of intellectual property related to our industry by third parties could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have as a result of our intellectual property, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. If we must take legal action to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights, any suits or proceedings could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and our management’s attention, and we may not prevail in any such suits or proceedings. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may need additional capital in the future and may not be able to obtain it on favorable terms, if at all.

Our industry is highly capital intensive and our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to develop and market innovative products and to update our facilities and process technology. We may require additional capital in the future to finance our future growth and development, implement further marketing and sales activities, fund our ongoing research and development activities and meet our general working capital

24


Index to Financial Statements

needs. Our capital requirementsExchange Notes will depend on many factors, including, acceptance of and demand foramong other things, prevailing interest rates, our products, the extent to which we invest in new technology and research and development projects,operating results and the status and timing of competitive developments. Additional financing maymarket for similar securities.

We do not be available when needed on terms favorableintend to us or at all. Further, the termsapply for listing of the senior secured credit facilityExchange Notes on any securities exchange or other market. The liquidity of any trading market and the indenture governing thetrading price of such notes may limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue additional shares of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on acceptable terms, we may be unable to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could harm our business.

Risks Related to Our Relationship with Kerr-McGee

Our historical financial information may not be representative of our results as a stand-alone company and, therefore, may not be reliable as an indicator of our future financial results.

The historical financial information of Parent included elsewhere in this prospectus has been derived from Kerr-McGee’s accounting records. We believe that the assumptions underlying the consolidated and combined financial statements are reasonable. However, the historical consolidated and combined financial statements may not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented or what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future.

In particular, the historical consolidated and combined financial statements reflect allocations for corporate functions historically provided by Kerr-McGee, including general corporate expenses and employee benefits. These allocations were based on what Kerr-McGee considered to be reasonable reflections of the historical utilization levels of these services required in support of our business and may be less than the expenses we will incur in the future as a stand-alone company. For example, Parent currently estimates that general annual corporate expenses will increase by approximately $15.0 to $20.0 million now that we are a stand-alone company. In addition, we have not made adjustments to our historical financial information to reflect changes that may occur in our cost structure, financing and operations as a result of our separation from Kerr-McGee, including changes resulting from no longer being a member of Kerr-McGee’s consolidated group for tax purposes. These changes potentially include increased costs associated with reduced economies of scale.

For additional information about our past financial performance and the basis of the presentation of the historical combined financial statements, please see “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The interim services provided to us by Kerr-McGee may not be sufficient to meet our needs, and we may not be able to replace these services after our agreements with Kerr-McGee expire.

Historically, Kerr-McGee performed various corporate functions on our behalf, including the following:

Accounting services

Tax services

Employee benefits management

Financial services

Legal services

Risk and claims management

Information management and technology services

Real estate management

25


Index to Financial Statements
Travel services

Office administration services

Following the IPO, Kerr-McGee has had no obligation to provide any services on our behalf other than as provided in Parent’s transition services agreement with Kerr-McGee. We are in the process of creating our own, or engaging third parties to provide, systems and business functions to replace many of the systems and business functions Kerr-McGee historically provided us. However, we may not be successful in implementing these systems and business functions or in transitioning data from Kerr-McGee’s systems to ours. If we do not have in place our own systems and business functions or if we do not have agreements with other providers of these services when our transition services agreement with Kerr-McGee expires, we may not be able to effectively operate our business and our profitability may be adversely affected.affected by changes in our financial performance or prospects and by changes in the financial performance of or prospects for companies in our industry generally.

29


Risks RelatedExchange Agent

Wilmington Trust, National Association is serving as the exchange agent for the exchange offer.

Shelf Registration Statement

In limited circumstances, holders of Old Notes may require us to register their Old Notes under a shelf registration statement.

CONSEQUENCES OF NOT EXCHANGING OLD NOTES

If you do not exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer, your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer currently applicable to the Old Notes. In general, you may offer or sell your Old Notes only:

if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws;

if they are offered or sold under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or

if they are offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

We do not currently intend to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of the Old Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely resell Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of notes by these holders. For more information regarding the consequences of not tendering your Old Notes and our obligation to file a shelf registration statement, see “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange,” and “Description of Notes—Registration Rights Agreement.”

13


SUMMARY OF TERMS OF EXCHANGE NOTES

The summary below describes the principal terms of the Exchange Notes, the guarantees and the related indentures. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus contain more detailed descriptions of the terms and conditions of the notes and the related indentures.

Issuer

Tronox Finance LLC.

Securities offered

$900 million in aggregate principal amount of new 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020.

Maturity date

The Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2020.

Interest rate

The Exchange Notes will accrue interest at the rate of 6.375% per annum.

Interest payment dates

Interest on the Exchange OfferNotes will be payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2013.

Ranking

The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees will be general unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer and each guarantor, respectively, and

will rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ respective existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness;

will rank senior in right of payment to existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Issuer or the guarantors, respectively;

will be effectively subordinated to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ respective existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of subsidiaries of the Parent that do not guarantee the notes.

There is not currently an active market forGuarantees

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Parent and all of the subsidiaries of the Parent that guarantee any obligations under the credit facilities on the date the Old Notes were issued. Restricted subsidiaries of the Parent that incur or guarantee any indebtedness under certain of our credit facilities are required to become guarantors of the notes, other than excluded entities. Each guarantee will be joint and we cannot assureseveral, full and unconditional, subject to customary release provisions. See “Description of Notes—The Note Guarantees.”

Optional Redemption

The Issuer has an option to redeem all or a portion of the Exchange Notes at any time before August 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be

14


redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

The Issuer also has the option to redeem all or a portion of the Exchange Notes at any time on or after August 15, 2015 at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

In addition, before August 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

See “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

Mandatory Offers to Purchase

The occurrence of certain changes of control will be a triggering event requiring the Issuer to offer to purchase from you all or a portion of your Exchange Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

Certain asset dispositions will be triggering events which may require the Issuer to use the proceeds from those asset dispositions to make an offer to purchase the Exchange Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

Certain covenants

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes contains, among other things, covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

incur certain additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;

make certain dividends, distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

sell certain assets;

incur liens;

agree to any restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

enter into new lines of business.

These covenants will be subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For more details, see “Description of Notes.”

15


Events of default

For a discussion of events that one will develop.permit acceleration of the payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Exchange Notes, see “Description of the Notes—Events of Default.”

No prior market

There

The Exchange Notes will be new securities for which there is currently no active trading market for the notes. If the notes are traded, they may trade for less than their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our financial condition and prospects and other factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions.market. We do not intend to apply for a listing or quotation of the notes. Although the initial purchasers of the old notes have informed us that they intend to make a market in the notes, they are not obligated to do so. In addition, the initial purchasers may discontinue their market making activities at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of anymarkets that may develop for the Exchange Notes, your ability to sell the notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the Exchange Notes. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to the Exchange Notes— There is no existing public trading market for the notes.

There may be adverse consequences of a failureExchange Notes, and your ability to exchange.

Untendered outstanding old notes that are not exchanged for new notes pursuant to this exchange offer will remain restricted securities. Outstanding oldsell such notes will continuebe limited.”

Listing

We do not intend to be subject tolist the following restrictionsExchange Notes on transfer:

any securities exchange.

 

outstanding old notes may be resold only if registered pursuant to the Securities Act, if an exemption from registration is available thereunder, or if neither such registration nor such exemption is required by law,

outstanding old notes shall bear a legend restricting transfer in the absenceUse of registration or an exemption therefrom, and

a holder of outstanding old notes who desires to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its outstanding old notes under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, if requested by us, must deliver to us an opinion of independent counsel experienced in Securities Act matters, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to us, that such exemption is available.

26


Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDSproceeds

This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under our Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated November 28, 2005 with the initial purchasers of the old notes.

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the new notes. We will only receive old notes equal in principal amount of the principal amount of new notes that we issue in the exchange offer.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes plus fixed charges and distributed income from equity method investee less loss (gain) from equity method investee and capitalized interest. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges of our Parent is set forth below for the time periods presented:

   For the Years Ended December 31,
     2005      2004      2003      2002      2001  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)

  2.3  N/A  N/A  N/A  N/A

(1)The company’s earnings were insufficient to cover its fixed charges in 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001 by $124.5 million, $64.5 million, $12.5 million and $94.8 million, respectively.Exchange Notes.

 

27


Index to Financial Statements

THE EXCHANGE OFFERForm and denomination

Purpose and Effects of the

The Exchange Offer

We initially issued $350.0 million principal amount oldNotes will be delivered in fully-registered form. The Exchange Notes will be represented by one or more global notes, on November 28, 2005 in a private offering in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The initial purchasers were Lehman Brothers, Credit Suisse First Boston, ABN AMRO Incorporated, RBS Greenwich Capital and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey. The initial purchasers subsequently offered and sold a portion of the old notes only to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in and in compliance with Rule 144A and outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S of the Securities Act.

In connectiondeposited with the sale of the old notes, we entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement, which requires us

to cause the old notes to be registered under the Securities Act, or

to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an issue of new notes identical in all material respects to the old notes, and

use our best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act and

upon the effectiveness of that registration statement, to offer to the holders of the old notes the opportunity to exchange their old notes for a like principal amount of new notes, which will be issued without a restrictive legend and which may be reoffered and resold by the holder without restrictions or limitations under the Securities Act.

We are making the exchange offer to satisfy our obligations under the exchange and registration rights agreement. The term “holder” with respect to the exchange offer means any person in whose name old notes are registered on our or the Depository Trust Company’s (“DTC”) books or any other person who has obtained a properly completed certificate of transfer from the registered holder, or any person whose old notes are held of record by DTC who desires to deliver such old notes by book-entry transfer at DTC.

We have not requested, and do not intend to request, an interpretation by the staff of the SEC with respect to whether the new notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for the old notes may be offered for sale, resold or otherwise transferred by any holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe the new notes issued in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act provided that:

you are not a broker-dealer who purchased old notes directly from us for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act,

you are not our “affiliate”, or

you acquire the new notes in the ordinary course of your business and that you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes.

Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of the new notes or who is our affiliate may not rely upon such interpretations by the staff of the SEC and, in the absence of an exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction. Any holder to comply with such requirements may incur liabilities under the Securities Act for which the holder is not indemnified by us. Each broker-dealer (other than an affiliate of ours) that receives new notes for its own account in the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so

28


Index to Financial Statements

acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the exchange date, we will make the prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

We are not making the exchange offer to, nor will we accept surrenders for exchange from, holders of old notes in any jurisdiction in which this exchange offer or its acceptance would not comply with the securities or blue sky laws.

By tendering in the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

you are acquiring the new notes in the exchange offer in the ordinary course of your business, whether or not you are a holder,

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes,

you are not a broker-dealer, or you are a broker-dealer but will not receive new notes for your own account in exchange for old notes, neither you nor any other person is engaged in or intends to participate in the distribution of the new notes, and

you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or, if you are our “affiliate,” you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.

Following the completion of the exchange offer, no notes will be entitled to the liquidated damages payment applicable to the old notes. Nor will holders of notes have any further registration rights, and the old notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. See “—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.” Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for the old notes could be adversely affected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Offer—There may be adverse consequences of a failure to exchange.”

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary and you should carefully consider whether to accept. We urge you to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decisions on whether to participate in the exchange offer.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

General. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange any and all old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will issue one new note in the principal amount of $1,000 in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of old notes accepted in the exchange offer. You may tender some or all of your old notes in the exchange offer.

The form and terms of the new notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the old notes except that the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the new notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer. The new notes will be treatedtrustee as a single class with any old notes that remain outstanding. We are not conditioning the exchange offer upon any minimum number of old notes being tenderedcustodian for exchange.

As of May 3, 2006, $350.0 million principal amount of old notes were outstanding.

We are sending this prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, to all registered holders of old notes. We have not fixed any record date for determining record holders of old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the exchangeDTC and registration rights agreement and the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations

29


Index to Financial Statements

of the SEC. Old notes which are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and interest will continue to accrue, but such old notes will not be entitled to any rights or benefits under the exchange and registration rights agreement.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us. If we do not accept any tendered old notes for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of certain other events identified in this prospectus, we will return the certificates for the unaccepted old notes, without expense, to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration date.

You will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes if you tender old notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. See “—Fees and expenses.”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments. The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2006, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the expiration date will be the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended. Although we do not intend to extend the exchange offer at this time, we reserve the right to extend the exchange offer at any time by giving oral or written notice to the exchange agent and by timely public announcement communicated, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, by making a release to the Dow Jones News Service. During any extension of the exchange offer, all old notes previously tendered pursuant to the exchange offer and not withdrawn will remain subject to the exchange offer. The date of the exchange of the new notes for old notes will be as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion,

to delay accepting any old notes, to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions of the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent, or

to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

We will, as promptly as practicable, notify you orally or in writing if there is any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment. If we amend the exchange offer in any manner determined by us to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that we will distribute to you. We will also extend the exchange offer for a period of time, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during that period.

In all cases we will issue new notes for old notes accepted for exchange in the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. We reserve the right to waive any conditions of the exchange offer or defects or irregularities in the tender of old notes. If any tendered old notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if old notes are submitted for a greater number of notes than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged old notes or substitute old notes evidencing the unaccepted portion, as appropriate, will be returned without expense to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Interest on the New Notes. You will not receive accrued interest on old notes that are accepted for exchange at the time of exchange. However, we will pay accrued but unpaid interest on exchanged old notes on the new notes on the first interest payment date following consummation of the exchange offer.

30


Index to Financial Statements

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes. Your tender of old notes through one of the procedures set forth below will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal. In order to tender old notes, you must:

properly complete and sign a letter of transmittal or a facsimile thereof and deliver the same, together with any corresponding certificate or certificates representing the old notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees, to the exchange agent at its address set forth in the letter of transmittal on or prior to the expiration date;

comply with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below; or

comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

You do not need to have your signature guaranteed if the tendered old notes are registered in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee. Beneficial interests in the signer of the letter of transmittalglobal notes will be shown on, and the new notes toany transfers will be effective only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.

The Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange are todenominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

Governing law

The Exchange Notes and the indentures governing the Exchange Notes will be issuedgoverned by, and any untendered old notes are to be reissued in the name of the registered holder, including any participant in DTC (also referred to as a book-entry facility) whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of old notes. In any other case you must endorse the tendered old notes or accompany them with written instruments of transfer in a form satisfactory to us and duly executed by the registered holder. In addition, the signature on the endorsement or instrument of transfer must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guarantee programs:

The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP),

The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSF), or

The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP).

If the new notes or old notes not exchanged are to be delivered to an address other than that of the registered holder appearing on the note register for the old notes, the signature in the letter of transmittal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution.

YOU MUST ELECT, AND ACCEPT THE RISK OF, THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, WE RECOMMEND THAT REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES, YOU SHOULD ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. DO NOT SEND ANY LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES TO US. YOU MAY REQUEST YOUR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR YOU.

We understand that the exchange agent has confirmed with DTC that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may utilize DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) to tender old notes. We further understand that the exchange agent will request, within two business days after the date the exchange offer commences, that DTC establish an account with respect to the old notes for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer, and any participant may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent’s accountconstrued in accordance with, DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. However, the exchangelaws of the old notes so tendered will only be made after timely confirmation (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”)State of such book-entry transferNew York.

Trustee

Wilmington Trust, National Association

16


SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth selected historical and pro forma financial data for the periods indicated. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through June 30 or December 31, 2012, reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and the supplemental information for the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011, and years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated. Tronox Limited’s unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, is presented as if the Transaction had been completed on January 1, 2012. The balance sheet data at June 30, 2013 and 2012 and December 31, 2012 relates to Tronox Limited. The balance sheet data at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 relates to Tronox Incorporated.

The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the Transaction; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations excludes non-recurring items, including, but not limited to the bargain purchase gain realized on the Transaction and Transaction-related legal and advisory fees. Additionally, certain pro forma adjustments have been made to the historical combined statement of operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert it to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”); (ii) conform the accounting and presentation policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present it in U.S. dollars.

This information should be read in conjunction with the unaudited Tronox Limited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Tronox Limited Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Combined Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

17


  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor  Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,

2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
          2010  2009  2008 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Net Sales

 $525   $429   $995   $863   $2,120   $1,832   $1,543   $108   $1,218   $1,070   $1,246  

Cost of goods sold

  475    304    913    581    (1,640  (1,568  (1,104  (83  (996  (932  (1,133
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  50    125    82    282    480    264    439    25    222    138    113  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  41    103    92    147    (184  (239  (152  (5  (59  (72  (114

Litigation/arbitration settlement

  —      —      —      —      —      —      10    —      —      —      —    

Gain on land sales

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1    25  

Impairment of long-lived assets(1)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (25

Restructuring charges(2)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (17  (10

Net loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (24  —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements(3)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      5    —      47    —      (73
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

  9    22    (10  135    296    25    302    20    210    26    (84

Interest and debt expense(4)

  (35  (14  (62  (22  (110  (65  (30  (3  (50  (36  (54

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      (4  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other income (expense)

  26    (3  32    (4  (39  (7  (10  2    (8  (11  (10

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      1,055    —      1,055    —      1,055    —      —      —      —      —    

Reorganization income (expense)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      613    (145  (10  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  —      1,060    (44  1,164    147    1,008    262    632    7    (31  (148

Income tax benefit (provision)

  (1  84    (2  66    54    125    (20  (1  (2  2    2  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

  (1  1,144    (46  1,230    201    1,133    242    631    5    (29  (146

Income (Loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit (provision)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1    (10  (189
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  (1  1,144    (46  1,230    201    1,133    242    631    6    (39  (335

Income (Loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

  12    —      24    —      30    1    —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

 $(13 $1,144   $(70 $1,230   $171   $1,134   $242   $631   $6   $(39 $(335
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations per Share(5):

           

Basic

 $(0.11 $13.46   $(0.62 $15.31   $1.41   $11.37   $3.22   $15.28   $0.11   $(0.70 $(3.55

Diluted

 $(0.11 $13.00   $(0.62 $14.74   $1.38   $11.10   $3.10   $15.25   $0.11   $(0.70 $(3.55

18


  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor  Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,

2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
          2010  2009  2008 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Balance Sheet Data:

           

Working capital(6)

   $2,318   $1,232    $1,706   $488   $458   $483   $489   $(247

Property, plant and equipment, net and Mineral leasehold, net

   $2,630   $2,918    $2,862    542    318    316    314    347  

Total assets

   $5,847   $5,111    $5,511   $1,657   $1,091   $1,098   $1,118   $1,045  

Noncurrent liabilities:

           

Long-term debt(6)

   $2,390   $712    $1,605   $421   $421   $421   $423   $—    

Environmental remediation and/or restoration(7)

    —      —       —      1    1    1    —      546  

All other noncurrent liabilities

   $531   $470     557    203    153    154    50    125  

Total liabilities(9)

   $3,257   $1,700    $2,629   $905   $848   $828   $683   $1,642  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    —      —      $—     $—     $897   $900   $1,048   $—    

Total equity

   $2,590   $3,412    $2,882   $752   $(654 $(630 $(613 $(598

Supplemental Information:

           

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense

 $73   $31   $146   $53   $282   $211   $79   $4   $50   $53   $76  

Capital expenditures

 $34   $27   $79   $48    —     $166   $133   $6   $45   $24   $34  

EBITDA(8)

 $107   $1,105   $162   $
1,239
  
 $539   $1,284   $371   $639   $108   $49   $(207

Adjusted EBITDA(8)

 $101   $147   $174   $
298
  
 $741   $503   $468   $24   $203   $142   $99  

(1)In 2008, Tronox Incorporated recorded impairment charges for long-lived assets of approximately $3 million related to Savannah, Georgia, and timely receipt byapproximately $22 million related to Botlek, the exchange agentNetherlands.
(2)Restructuring charges in 2009 were primarily the result of an agent’s message,the idling of Tronox Incorporated’s Savannah plant. Restructuring charges in 2008 resulted primarily from work force reduction programs, along with asset retirement obligation adjustments.
(3)In 2010, Tronox Incorporated recorded receivables from its insurance carrier related to environmental clean-up obligations at the Henderson facility. Due to the accounting for certain legacy liabilities, the obligation for this clean-up work had been recorded in 2008 and any other documents required byprior years.
(4)Excludes $3 million, $33 million and $32 million in the letter of transmittal. The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by DTCone month ended January 31, 2011 and received by the exchange agentyears ended December 31, 2010 and forming part of Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that:

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering old notes which are the subject of such Book-Entry Confirmation,

31


Index to Financial Statements
the participant has received and agrees to be bound by2009, respectively, that would have been payable under the terms of the letter9.5% senior unsecured notes.
(5)On June 26, 2012, the Board of transmittal,Directors of Tronox Limited approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A ordinary shares and

we may enforce such agreement against such participant.

A tender will be deemed Class B ordinary shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class by way of bonus issue. All references to number of shares and per share data in the Successor’s consolidated financial statements have been receivedadjusted to reflect the share split, unless otherwise noted. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s share split.

(6)Working capital is defined as the excess (deficit) of current assets over current liabilities. Due to Tronox Incorporated’s financial condition at December 31, 2008, the entire balance of our outstanding debt of $563 million was classified as current obligations, resulting in long-term debt having a balance of $0 and working capital being a deficit. In 2009, the $350 million senior unsecured notes were reclassified to Liabilities Subject to Comprise.
(7)As a result of the date when

the tendering holder’s properly completedbankruptcy filing and duly signed letter of transmittal accompaniedcertain legacy liabilities accounting, environmental remediation and/or restoration liabilities were reclassified to Liabilities Subject to Compromise in 2009.
(8)EBITDA represents income (loss) before interest expense, income tax benefit (provision), and depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to reflect certain items, including as permitted by the oldapplicable credit facilities then in effect.
(9)Represents total liabilities before liabilities subject to compromise.

19


EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are used by management to measure performance, are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors, as it is commonly used in the industry as a means of evaluating operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP and do not purport to be an alternative measure of our financial performance as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures:

Reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period-to-period comparison and analysis of trends in our business, as they exclude income and expense that are not reflective of ongoing operating results;

Provide useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results and comparing financial results across periods;

Provide a normalized view of our operating performance by excluding items that are either non-cash or non-recurring in nature;

Enable investors to assess our compliance with financial covenants under our debt instruments; and

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary measures management uses for planning and budgeting processes and to monitor and evaluate financial and operating results.

20


The following table reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor     Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     One
Month
Ended
January  31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2010
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2009
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
  (Millions of dollars)    

Net income (loss)

 $(1 $1,144   $(46 $1,230   $201   $1,133   $242     $631   $6   $(39 $(335

Interest and debt expense, net of interest income

  34    14    60    22    110    65    30      3    50    36    54  

Income tax provision (benefit)

  1    (84  2    (66  (54  (125  20      1    2    (1  (2

Depreciation and amortization expense

  73    31    146    53    282    211    79      4    50    53    76  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA

  107    1,105    162    1,239    539    1,284    371      639    108    49    (207

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      (1,055  —      (1,055  —      (1,055  —        —      —      —      —    

Amortization of inventory step up and unfavorable ore sales contracts from purchase accounting

  (2  21    6    21    152    152    —        —      —      —      —    

Share-based compensation

  6    20    11    27    31    31    14      —      1    —      1  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      4    —      —      —      —        —      —      —      —    

Transfer tax incurred due to acquisition

  —      —      —      —      —      37    —        —      —      —      —    

Reorganization expense associated with bankruptcy(a)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        46    145    10    —    

Gain on fresh-start accounting

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        (659  —      —      —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements(b)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (5    —      (47  —      73  

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      (1  10    189  

Restructuring costs not associated with the bankruptcy(c)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      —      14  

Pension and postretirement settlement/curtailments

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      10    26  

Loss on sale of assets

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      (1  (25

Impairment charges(d)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —         —      1    25  

Unusual or non-recurring items(e)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      24    —    

Litigation/arbitration settlements

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (10    —      —      —      —    

Amortization of Fresh Start Inventory Step Up

  —      —      —      —      —      —      36      —      —      —      —    

Foreign currency remeasurement

  (13  2    (19  1    6    6    7      (1  12    15    (7

Transaction costs and financial statement costs(f)

  —      50    —      59    —      32    39      —      —      —      —    

Other items(g)

  3    4    10    6    13    16    16      (1  (15  24    10  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $101   $147   $174   $298   $741   $503   $468     $24   $203   $142   $99  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

21


(a)Tronox Incorporated incurred costs related to the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. These items include cash and non-cash charges related to contract terminations, prepetition obligations, debtor-in-possession financing costs, legal and professional fees.
(b)In 2010, Tronox Incorporated recorded receivables from its insurance carrier related to environmental clean-up obligations at the Henderson facility. Due to the accounting for certain legacy liabilities, as described in notes or a confirmation1 and 5 to the annual Consolidated Financial Statements, the obligation for this clean-up work had been recorded in 2008 and prior years.
(c)Restructuring costs in 2008 resulted primarily from work force reduction programs along with asset retirement obligation adjustments.
(d)In 2008, Tronox Incorporated recorded impairment charges for long-lived assets of book-entry transferapproximately $3 million related to Savannah, Georgia, and approximately $22 million related to Botlek, the Netherlands.
(e)The 2009 amount represents the net loss on deconsolidation of such old notes intoTronox Incorporated’s German subsidiaries.
(f)During 2012, transaction costs consist of costs associated with the exchange agent’s account at DTC, is received byacquisition of the exchange agent, or

a noticemineral sands business, including banker fees, legal and professional fees, as well as costs associated with the preparation and amending of guaranteed delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile transmissionthe registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Transaction and costs associated with the integration of the mineral sands business that occurred after the closing of the Transaction. During the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, transaction costs and financial statement restatement costs include expenses related to similar effect from an eligible institution is received by the exchange agent.

IssuancesTransaction, fresh-start accounting fees, costs associated with restating Tronox Incorporated’s environmental reserves and the auditing of new notes in exchange for old notes tendered pursuantthe historical financial statements. Costs associated with the Transaction include legal and professional fees related to a noticedue diligence and transaction advice as well as investment banking fees.

(g)Includes noncash pension and postretirement costs, accretion expense, fixed asset write-downs and abandonment expense, gains and losses on the sale of guaranteed delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile transmission to similar effect by an eligible institution will be made only against submissionassets, noncash gains on liquidation of a duly signed letter of transmittalsubsidiary, income (loss) from discontinued operations, severance expense and any other required documents and deposit of the tendered old notes.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility including time of receipt, and acceptance for exchange of any tender of old notes in our reasonable judgment. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject anynoncash or all tenders not in proper formnon-recurring income or the acceptance for exchange of which may, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the exchange offer or any defect or irregularity in the tender of any old notes. Neither we, the exchange agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification. Any old notes received by the exchange agent that are not validly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived, or if old notes are submitted in principal amount greater than the principal amount of old notes being tendered by such tendering holder, such unaccepted or non-exchanged old notes will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion

to purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date, and

to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase old notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.

The terms of any such purchases or offers will differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. If you desire to accept the exchange offer and time will not permit a letter of transmittal or old notes to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you may effect a tender if the exchange agent has received at its office, on or prior to the expiration date, a letter, telegram or facsimile transmission from an eligible institution

setting forth the name and address of the tendering holder,

setting forth the name(s) in which the old notes are registered and the certificate number(s) of the old notes to be tendered,

stating that the tender is being made thereby, and

guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such letter, telegram or facsimile transmission by the eligible institution, such old notes, in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, will be delivered by such eligible institution together with a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and any other required documents.

32


Index to Financial Statements

Unless old notes being tendered by the above-described method are depositedexpenses. Additionally, Tronox Incorporated incurred legal fees associated with the exchange agent within the time period set forth above, accompanied or preceded by a properly completed letter of transmittal and any other required documents, we may, at our option, reject the tender. Copies of a notice of guaranteed delivery which may be used by eligible institutions for the purposes described in this paragraph are availableexit from the exchange agent.

Terms and Conditions of the Letter of Transmittal. The letter of transmittal contains, among other things, the following terms and conditions, which are part of the exchange offer.

The party tendering old notes for exchange (the “transferor”) exchanges, assigns and transfers the old notes to us and irrevocably constitutes and appoints the exchange agent as the transferor’s agent and attorney-in-fact to cause the old notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The transferor represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the old notes and to acquire new notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered old notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, we will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered old notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The transferor also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by us to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered old notes or to transfer ownership of such old notes on the account books maintained by DTC. All authority conferred by the transferor will survive the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of the transferor and every obligation of the transferor shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of such Transferor.

By executing a letter of transmittal, each holder will make to us the representations set forth above under the heading “—Purpose and Effects of the Exchange Offer.”

Withdrawal of Tender of Old Notes. Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date provided the old notes have not already been accepted for exchange.

To withdraw a tender of old notes in the exchange offer, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must

bankruptcy.

 

specify the name of the person having deposited the old notes to be withdrawn (the “depositor”),

identify the old notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of such old notes,

contain a statement that the holder is withdrawing its election to have such old notes exchanged,

be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which such old notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Transfer Agent with respect to the old notes register the transfer of such old notes in the name of the person withdrawing the tender, and

specify the name in which any such old notes are to be registered, if different from that of the depositor.

If old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of such notices will be determined by us, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer and no new notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the old notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any old notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder as soon as practicable

33

22


RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to invest in the notes. The risks described below are not our only risks. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow. In such a case, the trading price of the notes could decline, or we may not be able to make payments of interest and principal on the notes, and you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the Exchange Notes.

At June 30, 2013, our indebtedness outstanding was as follows:

we had approximately $2,408 million of total indebtedness outstanding (including the Exchange Notes and including $11 million of unamortized discount in connection with the $1,500 million Term Loan (the “Term Loan”), which was carried at $1,489 million on our balance sheet), none of which would have been subordinated to the Exchange Notes;

we had approximately $1,496 million of secured indebtedness, all of which has been borrowed under the Term Loan (not including (i) availability of $275 million under the global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit agreement with UBS AG (the “UBS Revolver”) (which excludes a $25 million issued letter of credit and an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million), and (ii) an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million under the Term Loan, all of which would be secured if borrowed), to which the notes would have been effectively subordinated to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and;

we had availability of approximately R900 million (approximately $92 million) under the ABSA Revolver (the “ABSA Revolver”), which was structurally senior to the Notes.

As of June 30, 2013, our liabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheet, including indebtedness and other liabilities such as trade payables and accrued expenses (but excluding the Exchange Notes), were approximately $2,357 million.

Subject to the limits contained in the agreements governing our credit facilities, the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and our other indebtedness instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our level of indebtedness could intensify. Specifically, our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to the holders of notes, including the following:

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Exchange Notes and our other indebtedness;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, product developments, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

23


placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

increasing our cost of borrowing.

In addition, the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debts.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and our agreements governing our credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the Exchange Notes, subject to any collateral arrangements, the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. If new indebtedness is added to our current indebtedness levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify. See “Description of Notes” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations, including the Exchange Notes, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to fund our day-to-day operations or to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and, even if successful, such alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The agreements governing our credit facilities and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes will restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from any such dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of Notes” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

In addition, we conduct certain operations through our subsidiaries, certain of which will not be guarantors of the Exchange Notes. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, is dependent to an extent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the Exchange Notes, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the Exchange Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity

24


and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. Although the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing certain of our other existing indebtedness will limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all would materially and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the Exchange Notes. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result, holders of Exchange Notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable and our secured lenders could foreclose against the assets securing such borrowings.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Exchange Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including any event of default under our credit facilities that is continuing and not cured and not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the lenders could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our credit facilities), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness may be able to elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest and cause all of our available cash flow to be used to pay such indebtedness. Additionally, the lenders under our credit facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our credit facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

The Issuer is a finance subsidiary that has no revenue-generating operations of its own and depends on cash received from other members of the group to be able to make payments on the Exchange Notes.

The Issuer, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Parent, is a finance subsidiary with limited assets and limited ability to generate revenues. The Parent’s subsidiaries are not required to make, and may be restricted from making, funds available to the Issuer. In addition, the ability of the Issuer to make any payments will depend on the earnings, business and tax considerations, and legal and contractual restrictions on payments of dividends or other distributions by the subsidiaries of the Parent.

Furthermore, the Indenture will prohibit the Issuer from engaging in activities other than certain limited activities permitted under the heading “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants—Conduct of the Business and Limitation on Certain Activities.” If the Issuer is not able to make payments on the Exchange Notes, holders of the Exchange Notes would have to rely on claims for payment under the Exchange Guarantees, which are subject to the risks and limitations described herein. We cannot assure you that arrangements with our subsidiaries will provide the Issuer with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to service scheduled payments of interest, principal or other amounts due under the Exchange Notes. Any of the situations described above could adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to service its obligations in respect of the Exchange Notes.

25


The terms of the agreements governing our credit facilities and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing our credit facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to:

incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness;

pay dividends or distributions in respect of capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

incur liens;

restrict dividends, loans or asset transfers from our subsidiaries;

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

enter into new lines of business.

A breach of the covenants under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes or under the agreements governing our credit facilities could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related indebtedness and may result in the acceleration of any other indebtedness to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders or holders of Exchange Notes accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we cannot assure you that we and our subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness.

Many of the covenants in the indenture will be suspended if the Exchange Notes are rated investment grade by both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s.

Many of the covenants in the indenture governing the Exchange Notes will no longer apply to us during any time that the notes have an investment grade rating, provided that at such time no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. These covenants restrict, among other things, our ability to pay distributions, incur indebtedness and to enter into certain other transactions. There can be no assurance that the Exchange Notes will ever be rated investment grade, or that if they are rated investment grade, that the Exchange Notes will maintain these ratings. However, suspension of these covenants would allow us to engage in certain transactions that would not be permitted while these covenants were in force. See “Description of Notes—Covenant Suspension.” If the Exchange Notes have an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s, we will not experience a change of control repurchase event requiring us to repurchase all of the notes unless a change of control occurs together with a below investment grade rating event. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control” for additional information.

The Exchange Notes will be effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness.

The Exchange Notes will be effectively subordinated to claims of our secured creditors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such claims, and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to the claims of our secured creditors as well as the secured creditors of our subsidiary guarantors.

26


The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our existing and future subsidiaries that are not and do not become guarantors of the Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Parent and all of the subsidiaries of the Parent that guarantee any obligations under the credit facilities on the date the notes are issued. Except for such subsidiary guarantors of the Exchange Notes, our subsidiaries will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the Exchange Notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. The Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of any non-guarantor subsidiary such that, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of any subsidiary that is not a guarantor, all of such subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors and preferred stockholders, if any) would be entitled to payment in full out of such subsidiary’s assets before we would be entitled to any payment.

As of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the non-guarantor subsidiaries represented approximately 59% of our total consolidated liabilities, excluding intercompany liabilities, approximately 54% of our total consolidated assets, excluding intercompany accounts receivables, intercompany notes receivable and investments in subsidiaries, approximately 28% of our total consolidated income from operations, excluding intercompany sales and cost of goods sold, and approximately 53% of our total consolidated net sales, excluding intercompany sales.

We may not be able to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Exchange Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the repurchase date. Additionally, under the agreements governing our credit facilities, a change of control (as defined therein) constitutes an event of default that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under the respective agreements and the commitments to lend would terminate. The source of funds for any purchase of the Exchange Notes and repayment of borrowings under the agreements governing our credit facilities will be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the debt securities that are tendered upon a change of control and repay our other indebtedness that will become due. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, and we cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Further, our ability to repurchase the Exchange Notes may be limited by law. In order to avoid the obligations to repurchase the Exchange Notes and events of default and potential breaches of the agreements governing our credit facilities, we may have to avoid certain change of control transactions that would otherwise be beneficial to us.

In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the Exchange Notes, notwithstanding the fact that such corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of the notes. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control.”

Holders of Exchange Notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the Exchange Notes repurchased by us has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of its assets.

A change of control, as defined in the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, requires us to make an offer to repurchase all outstanding Exchange Notes. The definition of change of control includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease or transfer of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Exchange Notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease or transfer of less than all of our assets to another individual, group or entity may be uncertain. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control.”

27


Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the Exchange Notes and the incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees thereof could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, (i) issued the Exchange Notes or incurred the Exchange Guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors, or (ii) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the Exchange Notes or incurring the Exchange Guarantees and, in the case of (ii) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees;

the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business; or

we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature.

As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A court would likely find that a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for its guarantee, to the extent such guarantor did not obtain a reasonably equivalent benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees would be subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other indebtedness. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:

the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

it could not pay its debts as they became due.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the incurrence of an Exchange Guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the Exchange Notes or such Exchange Guarantee or subordinate the Exchange Notes or such Exchange Guarantee to currently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of Exchange Notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such Exchange Guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the Exchange Notes. Further, the avoidance of the Exchange Notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt.

Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the Exchange Notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination, if the court determines that (i) the holder of Exchange Notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (ii) such inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holder of Exchange Notes and (iii) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

28


The borrower under our $1.5 billion Term Loan and our other Dutch subsidiary may not become guarantors of the Exchange Notes.

Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. is currently the borrower under our $1.5 billion Term Loan, which is guaranteed by Tronox Limited and certain of our subsidiaries. Each of the companies that guarantees the Term Loan will guarantee the Exchange Notes on the issue date of the notes. However, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. will not be a guarantor of the Exchange Notes on the issue date. We will seek to have this entity become a guarantor under our UBS Revolver, and we will seek to have our other Dutch subsidiary become a guarantor under the Term Loan and the UBS Revolver. In connection with such guarantees, and subject to the limitations described below, the indenture requires us to cause all such subsidiaries to become guarantors of the Exchange Notes.

Under the indenture, however, adding our Dutch subsidiaries as guarantors of the Exchange Notes is subject to receiving the unconditional positive advice of the works council of the relevant subsidiary and any prior corporate approvals, including the decision of the boards of directors (or similar governing body) of such subsidiaries that it is in such subsidiaries’ corporate interest (vennootschappelijk belang) to guarantee the Exchange Notes. Such board approval will take into consideration whether the Dutch subsidiaries are sufficiently capitalized to guarantee additional obligations. If such works council, corporate or board of director approvals are not obtained (including because the board of directors determines that it is not in the corporate interest of our Dutch subsidiaries to guarantee the Exchange Notes or otherwise), it is possible that such subsidiaries will not become guarantors of the Exchange Notes or that they will become guarantors of our credit facilities but not the Exchange Notes.

If the lenders under our credit facilities release any subsidiary guarantor under our credit facilities that is also a guarantor of the Exchange Notes, that subsidiary guarantor will automatically be released from its guarantee of the Exchange Notes.

While any obligations under our credit facilities remain outstanding, any subsidiary guarantee of the Exchange Notes will automatically be released without action by, or consent of, any holder of the Exchange Notes or the trustee under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, if the related subsidiary guarantor is no longer a guarantor of obligations under our credit facilities. See “Description of Notes—The Note Guarantees—Release of the Note Guarantees.” The lenders under our credit facilities will have the discretion to release the subsidiary guarantees under our credit facilities in a variety of circumstances. You will not have a claim as a creditor against any subsidiary that is no longer a guarantor of our credit facilities, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries will effectively be senior to claims of noteholders.

There is no existing public trading market for the Exchange Notes, and your ability to sell such notes will be limited.

There is no existing public market for the Exchange Notes. No market for the Exchange Notes may develop, and any market that develops may not persist. We cannot assure you as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for the Exchange Notes, your ability to sell your Exchange Notes or the price at which you would be able to sell your Exchange Notes. Future trading prices of the Exchange Notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our operating results and the market for similar securities.

We do not intend to apply for listing of the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or other market. The liquidity of any trading market and the trading price of such notes may be adversely affected by changes in our financial performance or prospects and by changes in the financial performance of or prospects for companies in our industry generally.

29


Index to Financial Statements

after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn old notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

Conditions of the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, we are not required to accept for exchange, or exchange new notes for, any old notes, and may terminate the exchange offer as provided herein before the acceptance of such old notes, if:

any statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted, or any action shall have been taken by any court or governmental authority which, in our reasonable judgment, would prohibit, restrict or otherwise render illegal consummation of the exchange offer; or

any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in our business or financial affairs or any of our subsidiaries has occurred which, in our sole judgment, might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or materially impair the contemplated benefits of the exchange offer to us; or

there shall occur a change in the current interpretations by the staff of the SEC which, in our reasonable judgment, might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

If we determine in our reasonable judgment that any of the above conditions are not satisfied, we may

refuse to accept any old notes and return all tendered old notes to the tendering holders,

extend the exchange offer and retain all old notes tendered prior to the expiration date, subject, however, to the right of holders to withdraw such old notes, or

waive such unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offer and accept all validly tendered old notes which have not been withdrawn.

If such waiver constitutes a material change to the exchange offer, we will promptly disclose such waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders, and we will extend the exchange offer for a period of time, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during such period.

Exchange Agent

We have appointed Citibank, N.A.

Wilmington Trust, National Association is serving as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies

Shelf Registration Statement

In limited circumstances, holders of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery should be directedOld Notes may require us to the exchange agent addressed as follows:register their Old Notes under a shelf registration statement.

CONSEQUENCES OF NOT EXCHANGING OLD NOTES

If you do not exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer, your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer currently applicable to the Old Notes. In general, you may offer or sell your Old Notes only:

 

By mail:

By overnight courier and by hand:By facsimile:

Citibank, N.A.

111 Wall Street, 15th Floor

New York, New York 10043 (registered or certified mail recommended)

Citibank, N.A.

111 Wall Street, 15th Floor

New York, New York 10043

(212) 657-1020

(For eligible institutions only) Confirm by Telephone:

(800) 422-2066

Fees and Expenses

We will bear all fees and the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made by telecopy, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of affiliates. No additional compensation will be paid to any such officers and employees who engage in soliciting tenders.

if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws;

if they are offered or sold under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or

if they are offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

We do not currently intend to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of the Old Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely resell Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of notes by these holders. For more information regarding the consequences of not tendering your Old Notes and our obligation to file a shelf registration statement, see “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange,” and “Description of Notes—Registration Rights Agreement.”

13


SUMMARY OF TERMS OF EXCHANGE NOTES

The summary below describes the principal terms of the Exchange Notes, the guarantees and the related indentures. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus contain more detailed descriptions of the terms and conditions of the notes and the related indentures.

 

34


Index to Financial Statements

We have not retained any dealer-manager or other soliciting agent in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptance of the exchange offer. However, we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the old notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us and are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately $130,000. These expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agent and transfer agent and registrar, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Transfer TaxesIssuer

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of the old notes for new notes in the exchange offer. If, however, new notes, or old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange, are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the old notes tendered or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the old notes pursuant to the exchange offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons, will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

The old notes that are not exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer will remain restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Accordingly, such old notes may be resold only

Tronox Finance LLC.

 

to us or any of our subsidiaries,

Securities offered

to a qualified institutional buyer
$900 million in compliance with Rule 144A,

to an institutional accredited investor that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the old notes and, if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of old notesnew 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020.

Maturity date

The Exchange Notes will mature on August 15, 2020.

Interest rate

The Exchange Notes will accrue interest at the timerate of transfer6.375% per annum.

Interest payment dates

Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable on February 15 and August 15 of less than $100,000, an opinioneach year, commencing on August 15, 2013.

Ranking

The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees will be general unsecured senior obligations of counsel acceptable to us that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act,Issuer and each guarantor, respectively, and

will rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ respective existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness;

will rank senior in right of payment to existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Issuer or the guarantors, respectively;

will be effectively subordinated to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ respective existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of subsidiaries of the Parent that do not guarantee the notes.

 

outside

Guarantees

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the United States in compliance with Rule 904Parent and all of the subsidiaries of the Parent that guarantee any obligations under the Securities Act,

pursuant tocredit facilities on the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 underdate the Securities Act, if available, or

pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

The liquidityOld Notes were issued. Restricted subsidiaries of the old notes could be adversely affected by the exchange offer. Following the consummationParent that incur or guarantee any indebtedness under certain of our credit facilities are required to become guarantors of the exchange offer, holdersnotes, other than excluded entities. Each guarantee will be joint and several, full and unconditional, subject to customary release provisions. See “Description of Notes—The Note Guarantees.”

Optional Redemption

The Issuer has an option to redeem all or a portion of the old notes will have no further registration rights under the exchange and registration rights agreement and will not be entitledExchange Notes at any time before August 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to the liquidated damages applicable to the old notes.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the old notes. This carrying value is100% of the aggregate principal amount of the old notes as reflectedto be

14


redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

The Issuer also has the option to redeem all or a portion of the Exchange Notes at any time on or after August 15, 2015 at the redemption prices set forth in our accounting records onthis prospectus plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

In addition, before August 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.

See “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

Mandatory Offers to Purchase

The occurrence of certain changes of control will be a triggering event requiring the Issuer to offer to purchase from you all or a portion of your Exchange Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

Certain asset dispositions will be triggering events which may require the Issuer to use the proceeds from those asset dispositions to make an offer to purchase the Exchange Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

Certain covenants

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes contains, among other things, covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

incur certain additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;

make certain dividends, distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

sell certain assets;

incur liens;

agree to any restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

enter into new lines of business.

These covenants will be subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For more details, see “Description of Notes.”

15


Events of default

For a discussion of events that will permit acceleration of the payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Exchange Notes, see “Description of the Notes—Events of Default.”

No prior market

The Exchange Notes will be new securities for which there is currently no market. We cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the Exchange Notes, your ability to sell the notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the Exchange Notes. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to the Exchange Notes— There is no existing public trading market for the Exchange Notes, and your ability to sell such notes will be limited.”

Listing

We do not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange. Accordingly, we

Use of proceeds

We will not recognizereceive any gainproceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

Form and denomination

The Exchange Notes will be delivered in fully-registered form. The Exchange Notes will be represented by one or loss for accounting purposes in connectionmore global notes, deposited with the exchange offer.

35


Index to Financial Statements

Other

Participationtrustee as a custodian for DTC and registered in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We mayname of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee. Beneficial interests in the future seekglobal notes will be shown on, and any transfers will be effective only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.

The Exchange Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

Governing law

The Exchange Notes and the indentures governing the Exchange Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Trustee

Wilmington Trust, National Association

16


SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table sets forth selected historical and pro forma financial data for the periods indicated. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through June 30 or December 31, 2012, reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and the supplemental information for the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011, and years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated. Tronox Limited’s unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, is presented as if the Transaction had been completed on January 1, 2012. The balance sheet data at June 30, 2013 and 2012 and December 31, 2012 relates to Tronox Limited. The balance sheet data at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 relates to Tronox Incorporated.

The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the Transaction; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations excludes non-recurring items, including, but not limited to the bargain purchase gain realized on the Transaction and Transaction-related legal and advisory fees. Additionally, certain pro forma adjustments have been made to the historical combined statement of operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert it to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”); (ii) conform the accounting and presentation policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present it in U.S. dollars.

This information should be read in conjunction with the unaudited Tronox Limited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Tronox Limited Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Combined Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

17


  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor  Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,

2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
          2010  2009  2008 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Net Sales

 $525   $429   $995   $863   $2,120   $1,832   $1,543   $108   $1,218   $1,070   $1,246  

Cost of goods sold

  475    304    913    581    (1,640  (1,568  (1,104  (83  (996  (932  (1,133
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  50    125    82    282    480    264    439    25    222    138    113  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  41    103    92    147    (184  (239  (152  (5  (59  (72  (114

Litigation/arbitration settlement

  —      —      —      —      —      —      10    —      —      —      —    

Gain on land sales

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1    25  

Impairment of long-lived assets(1)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (25

Restructuring charges(2)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (17  (10

Net loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (24  —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements(3)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      5    —      47    —      (73
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

  9    22    (10  135    296    25    302    20    210    26    (84

Interest and debt expense(4)

  (35  (14  (62  (22  (110  (65  (30  (3  (50  (36  (54

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      (4  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other income (expense)

  26    (3  32    (4  (39  (7  (10  2    (8  (11  (10

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      1,055    —      1,055    —      1,055    —      —      —      —      —    

Reorganization income (expense)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      613    (145  (10  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  —      1,060    (44  1,164    147    1,008    262    632    7    (31  (148

Income tax benefit (provision)

  (1  84    (2  66    54    125    (20  (1  (2  2    2  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

  (1  1,144    (46  1,230    201    1,133    242    631    5    (29  (146

Income (Loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit (provision)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1    (10  (189
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  (1  1,144    (46  1,230    201    1,133    242    631    6    (39  (335

Income (Loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

  12    —      24    —      30    1    —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

 $(13 $1,144   $(70 $1,230   $171   $1,134   $242   $631   $6   $(39 $(335
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations per Share(5):

           

Basic

 $(0.11 $13.46   $(0.62 $15.31   $1.41   $11.37   $3.22   $15.28   $0.11   $(0.70 $(3.55

Diluted

 $(0.11 $13.00   $(0.62 $14.74   $1.38   $11.10   $3.10   $15.25   $0.11   $(0.70 $(3.55

18


  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor  Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,

2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
          2010  2009  2008 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Balance Sheet Data:

           

Working capital(6)

   $2,318   $1,232    $1,706   $488   $458   $483   $489   $(247

Property, plant and equipment, net and Mineral leasehold, net

   $2,630   $2,918    $2,862    542    318    316    314    347  

Total assets

   $5,847   $5,111    $5,511   $1,657   $1,091   $1,098   $1,118   $1,045  

Noncurrent liabilities:

           

Long-term debt(6)

   $2,390   $712    $1,605   $421   $421   $421   $423   $—    

Environmental remediation and/or restoration(7)

    —      —       —      1    1    1    —      546  

All other noncurrent liabilities

   $531   $470     557    203    153    154    50    125  

Total liabilities(9)

   $3,257   $1,700    $2,629   $905   $848   $828   $683   $1,642  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    —      —      $—     $—     $897   $900   $1,048   $—    

Total equity

   $2,590   $3,412    $2,882   $752   $(654 $(630 $(613 $(598

Supplemental Information:

           

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense

 $73   $31   $146   $53   $282   $211   $79   $4   $50   $53   $76  

Capital expenditures

 $34   $27   $79   $48    —     $166   $133   $6   $45   $24   $34  

EBITDA(8)

 $107   $1,105   $162   $
1,239
  
 $539   $1,284   $371   $639   $108   $49   $(207

Adjusted EBITDA(8)

 $101   $147   $174   $
298
  
 $741   $503   $468   $24   $203   $142   $99  

(1)In 2008, Tronox Incorporated recorded impairment charges for long-lived assets of approximately $3 million related to acquire untendered old notesSavannah, Georgia, and approximately $22 million related to Botlek, the Netherlands.
(2)Restructuring charges in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans2009 were primarily the result of the idling of Tronox Incorporated’s Savannah plant. Restructuring charges in 2008 resulted primarily from work force reduction programs, along with asset retirement obligation adjustments.
(3)In 2010, Tronox Incorporated recorded receivables from its insurance carrier related to acquire any old notes that are not tenderedenvironmental clean-up obligations at the Henderson facility. Due to the accounting for certain legacy liabilities, the obligation for this clean-up work had been recorded in 2008 and prior years.
(4)Excludes $3 million, $33 million and $32 million in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered old notes.

Information for Exchangeone month ended January 31, 2011 and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting requirements will apply to certain payments of interest, original issue discount, premium and to the proceeds of sales of notes made to non-United States holders, other than certain exempt recipients (such as corporations). In addition, a backup withholding tax of 31% may apply to such payments unless the non-United States holder provides appropriate certification of foreign status. Prospective non-United States holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the new Treasury regulations to an investment in the notes.

THE FOREGOING SUMMARY DOES NOT DISCUSS ALL ASPECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO YOU IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND INCOME TAX SITUATION. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT WOULD RESULT FROM YOUR PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.

36


Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected financial data of Parent, as of the dates and for the years indicated in such table. The selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 20032010 and 2002, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,2009, respectively, that would have been derived from our Parent’s audited consolidated and combined financial statements. The selected statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2001, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, have been derived from Kerr-McGee’s accounting records and are unaudited.

The selected financial data presented below should be read together with the consolidated and combined financial statements of Parent and the notes to those statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2005  2004  2003  2002  2001 
   (Millions of dollars, except per share) 

Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations Data:

      

Net sales

  $1,364.0  $1,301.8  $1,157.7  $1,064.3  $1,022.6 

Cost of goods sold

   1,143.8   1,168.9   1,024.7   949.0   972.5 
                     

Gross margin

   220.2   132.9   133.0   115.3   50.1 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   115.2   110.1   98.9   84.0   92.2 

Restructuring charges(1)

   —     113.0   61.4   11.8   —   

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   17.1   4.6   14.9   14.3   7.7 
                     
   87.9   (94.8)  (42.2)  5.2   (49.8)

Interest and debt expense

   (4.5)  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)

Other income (expense)(2)

   (15.2)  (25.2)  (20.5)  (13.1)  (39.9)
                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   68.2   (120.1)  (62.8)  (8.0)  (89.8)

Income tax benefit (provision)

   (21.8)  38.3   15.1   (8.3)  30.7 
                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   46.4   (81.8)  (47.7)  (16.3)  (59.1)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit

   (27.6)  (45.8)  (35.8)  (81.0)  (49.0)
                     

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   18.8   (127.6)  (83.5)  (97.3)  (108.1)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax

   —     —     (9.2)  —     0.7 
                     

Net income (loss)

  $18.8  $(127.6) $(92.7) $(97.3) $(107.4)
                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $1.89  $(3.57) $(2.08) $(0.71) $(2.58)

Dividends declared per common share

   0.05   —     —     —     —   

37


Index to Financial Statements
   Year Ended December 31,
   2005  2004  2003  2002  2001
   (Millions of dollars, except per share)

Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet Data:

          

Working capital(3)

  $404.4  $240.2  $304.5  $243.6  $264.5

Property, plant and equipment, net

   839.7   883.0   961.6   944.9   948.9

Total assets(4)

   1,758.3   1,595.9   1,809.1   1,733.6   1,628.1

Noncurrent liabilities:

          

Long-term debt(5)

   548.0   —     —     —     —  

Environmental remediation and/or restoration

   145.9   130.8   135.9   131.4   40.0

All other noncurrent liabilities(4)

   200.4   215.9   312.2   192.4   209.6

Total liabilities(5)

   1,269.3   706.0   797.9   671.2   556.7

Total business/stockholders’ equity(5)

   489.0   889.9   1,011.2   1,062.4   1,071.4

Supplemental Information:

          

Depreciation and amortization expense

   103.1   104.6   106.5   105.7   119.9

Capital expenditures

   87.6   92.5   99.4   86.7   153.3

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

   232.0   162.2   160.3   134.5   N/A

(1)Restructuring charges in 2004 include costs associated with the shutdown of our titanium dioxide pigment sulfate production at our Savannah, Georgia, facility. Restructuring charges in 2003 include costs associated with the shutdown of our synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama, and charges in connection with a work force reduction program consisting of both voluntary retirements and involuntary terminations. Restructuring charges in 2002 represent a write-down of fixed assets for abandoned engineering projects.
(2)Includes interest expense allocated to Parent by Kerr-McGee based on specifically identified borrowings from Kerr-McGee at Kerr-McGee’s average borrowing rates. Also includes net foreign currency transaction gain (loss), equity in net earnings of equity method investees, loss on accounts receivable sales and other expenses. See Note 21 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.
(3)Working capital is defined as the excess of current assets over current liabilities.
(4)Total assets and all other noncurrent liabilities do not include the effects of certain employee benefit obligations and associated plan assets that will be assumed by Parent upon completion of the Distribution. See“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies.”
(5)In the fourth quarter of 2005, Parent completed a recapitalization, whereby Parent’s common stock held by Kerr-McGee converted into approximately 22.9 million shares of Class B common stock. Also in the fourth quarter of 2005, Parent completed an IPO, whereby approximately 17.5 million shares of its Class A common stock were issued. All of the net proceeds from the IPO were distributed to Kerr-McGee. Concurrent with the IPO, we issued $350.0 million of senior notes and borrowed $200.0 million under a senior secured credit facility.
(6)EBITDA represents net income (loss) before net interest expense, income tax benefit (provision), and depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to reflect the items set forth in the table below, all of which are required in determining our compliance with financial covenants under our senior secured credit facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition and Liquidity.”

We have included EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to provide investors with a supplemental measure of our operating performance and information about the calculation of some of the financial covenants that are contained in our senior secured credit facility. We believe EBITDA is an important supplemental measure of operating performance because it eliminates items that have less bearing on our operating performance and thus highlights trends in our core business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on GAAP financial measures. We also believe that securities analysts, investors and other interested parties frequently use EBITDA in the evaluation of issuers, many of which present EBITDA when reporting their results. Adjusted EBITDA is a material component of the covenants imposed on us by the senior secured credit facility. Under the senior secured credit facility, we are subject to financial covenant ratios that are

38


Index to Financial Statements

calculated by reference to adjusted EBITDA. Non-compliance with the financial covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility could result in a default, an acceleration in the repayment of amounts outstanding, and a termination of the lending commitments under the senior secured credit facility. Any acceleration in the repayment of amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facility would result in a default under the indenture governing the notes. While an event of default under the senior secured credit facility or the indenture governing the notes is continuing, we would be precluded from, among other things, paying dividends on our common stock or borrowing under the revolving credit facility. For a description of required financial covenant levels, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsFinancial Condition and Liquidity.” Our management also uses EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in order to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period, prepare annual operating budgets and assess our ability to meet our future debt service, capital expenditure and working capital requirements and our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. As discussed above, we believe that the presentation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus is appropriate. However, when evaluating our results, you should not consider EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in isolation of, or as a substitute for, measures of our financial performance as determined in accordance with GAAP, such as net income (loss). EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA have material limitations as performance measures because they exclude items that are necessary elements of our costs and operations. Because other companies may calculate EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, EBITDA may not be, and adjusted EBITDA as presented in this prospectus is not, comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2005  2004  2003  2002 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Net income (loss)(a)

  $18.8  $(127.6) $(92.7) $(97.3)

Interest and debt expense

   4.5   0.1   0.1   0.1 

Net interest expense on borrowings with affiliates and interest income(b)

   11.9   9.5   8.8   11.1 

Income tax provision (benefit)

   7.0   (63.0)  (39.3)  (35.3)

Depreciation and amortization expense

   103.1   104.6   106.5   105.7 
                 

EBITDA

   145.3   (76.4)  (16.6)  (15.7)

Savannah sulfate facility shutdown costs

   —     29.0   —     —   

Loss from discontinued operations(c)

   42.4   69.7   51.9   120.1 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   17.1   4.6   14.9   14.3 

Extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses(d)

   —     (0.3)  47.0   —   

Noncash changes constituting:

     

(Gain) loss on sales of accounts receivable(e)

   (0.1)  8.2   4.8   4.7 

Write-downs of property, plant and equipment and other assets(f)

   9.3   104.8   29.3   18.5 

Impairment of intangible assets

   —     7.4   —     —   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   —     —     14.1   —   

Provision for asset retirement obligations

   1.4   —     —     —   

Other items(g)

   16.6   15.2   14.9   (7.4)
                 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $232.0  $162.2  $160.3  $134.5 
                 

(a)Net income (loss) includes operating losses associated with our Savannah sulfate facility, which was closed in September 2004, of $2.6 million, $17.8 million, $18.6 million and $9.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

39


Index to Financial Statements
(b)Included as a component of Other income (expense) in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations. Net interest expense on borrowings with affiliates was $14.6 million, $12.1 million, $10.1 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(c)Includes provisions for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements, related to our former forest products operations, thorium compounds manufacturing, uranium and refining operations of $17.6 million, $61.5 million, $41.1 million and $61.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(d)Represents extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses as defined within our credit agreement. Includes $25.8 million associated with the closure of our Mobile, Alabama, facility in 2003 for charges not reflected elsewhere and $21.2 million for a work force reduction program for continuing operations in 2003. See Note 16 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.
(e)Loss on the sales of accounts receivable under an asset monetization program, or a factoring program, comparable to interest expense.
(f)The 2004 amount includes $86.6 million associated with the shutdown of our Savannah sulfate facility.
(g)Includes noncash stock-based compensation, noncash pension and postretirement cost and accretion expense.

40


Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Parent’s selected financial data and the consolidated and combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Except for the historical consolidated and combined financial information contained herein, the matters discussed below may contain forward-looking statements that reflect Parent’s plans, estimates and beliefs. Parent’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly inRisk Factors andSpecial Note Regarding Forward—Looking Statements.

Overview

We are the world’s third-largest producer and marketer of titanium dioxide based on reported industry capacity by the leading titanium dioxide producers, and we have an estimated 13% market share of the $9 billion global market in 2005 based on reported industry sales. We also produce and market electrolytic manganese dioxide and sodium chlorate, as well as boron-based and other specialty chemicals. We operate seven production facilities and have direct sales and technical service organizations in the United States, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. We have approximately 2,110 employees worldwide and more than 1,100 customers located in over 100 countries. In 2005, we had net sales of $1.4 billion, net income of $18.8 million and adjusted EBITDA of $232.0 million. For a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see “Selected Financial Data.”

Our business has two reportable segments: pigment and electrolytic and other chemical products. Our pigment segment, which accounted for approximately 93% of our net sales in 2005, primarily produces and markets titanium dioxide pigment. Performance of our pigment segment is cyclical and tied closely to general economic conditions, including global gross domestic product. Events that negatively affect discretionary spending also may negatively affect demand for finished products that contain titanium dioxide. Our pigment segment also is affected by seasonal fluctuations in the demand for coatings, the largest end-use market for titanium dioxide. From 2000 through 2003, the titanium dioxide industry experienced a period of unusually weak business conditions as a result of a variety of factors, including the global economic recession, exceptionally rainy weather conditions in Europe and the Americas and the outbreak of SARS in Asia. However, global economic conditions generally improved in late 2004, driving increased demand, and, in the last half of 2004 and throughout 2005, increased prices. No major titanium dioxide plant construction projects have commenced, and we expect the industry’s current high capacity utilization rates to continue in the near term and believe that industry dynamics show a sustainable improving trend.

Due to the nature of our current and former operations, we have significant environmental remediation obligations and are subject to legal and regulatory liabilities. Former operations include, among others, operations involving the production of ammonium perchlorate, treatment of forest products, the refining and marketing of petroleum products, offshore contract drilling, coal mining and the mining, milling and processing of nuclear materials. For example, we have liabilities relating to the remediation of various sites at which chemicals such as creosote, perchlorate, low-level radioactive substances, asbestos and other materials have been used or disposed. As of December 31, 2005, we had reserves in the amount of $223.7 million for environmental matters and receivables for reimbursement for such matters of $56.7 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we provided $34.7 million (net of reimbursements) for environmental remediation and restoration costs, of which $17.6 million related to discontinued operations. We had $61.1 million of expenditures associated with our environmental remediation projects, and received $71.4 million in third-party reimbursements in 2005.

Pursuant to the Master Separation Agreement between Parent and Kerr-McGee (“MSA”), Kerr-McGee has agreed to reimburse us for a portion of the environmental remediation costs we incur and pay after the IPO. The reimbursement obligation extends to costs incurred at any site associated with any of our former businesses or operations. With respect to any site for which a reserve has been established as of the effective date of the MSA,

41


Index to Financial Statements

50% of the remediation costs we incur and pay in excess of the reserve amount (after meeting a $200,000 minimum threshold amount) will be reimbursable by Kerr-McGee, net of any amounts recovered or, in our reasonable and good faith estimate, that will be recovered from third parties. With respect to any site for which a reserve has not been established as of the effective date of the MSA, 50% of the amount of the remediation costs we incur and pay (after meeting a $200,000 minimum threshold amount) will be reimbursable by Kerr-McGee, net of any amounts recovered or, in our reasonable and good faith estimate, that will be recovered from third parties. Kerr-McGee is only required to reimburse us for costs we actually incur and pay during the seven-year period following the IPO, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $100 million. Kerr-McGee’s reimbursement obligation is subject to various other limitations and restrictions.

Potential Dilution.Certain of our employees have participated in Kerr-McGee’s long-term incentive plans. Under these plans, employees received various stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, restricted stock, stock opportunity grants and performance units. Other than with regard to employees eligible for retirement on the effective date of the Distribution, Kerr-McGee unvested stock options held by our employees on that date were forfeited and replaced with options to purchase Parent’s Class A common stock. Unvested restricted shares of Kerr-McGee common stock and unvested Kerr-McGee performance unit awards held by our employees on that date were forfeited and replaced with restricted shares of Parent’s Class A common stock.

The actual number of shares of Parent’s Class A common stock that were issued in connection with the forfeiture and subsequent replacement of the Kerr-McGee stock-based awards on the Distribution date was based on the per share price of Parent’s Class A common stock and Kerr-McGee’s common stock, as well as on the number of Kerr-McGee stock-based awards held by Parent’s employees on that date. At the Distribution date, there were approximately 161,600 unvested Kerr-McGee options, approximately 81,800 restricted shares of Kerr-McGee stock and approximately $3.2 million in value of performance unit awards held by Parent’s employees. On March 30, 2006, approximately 1.5 million shares of Parent’s Class A common stock were issued in connection with the replacement of awards, based on the closing price of Kerr-McGee’s common stock on the date of the Distribution ($99.51 for options and $95.93 for restricted shares) and the closing price of Parent’s Class A common stock on the date of the Distribution ($17.47).

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements prior to the Contribution have been derived from the accounting records of Kerr-McGee, principally representing the Chemical—Pigment and Chemical—Other segments of Kerr-McGee, using the historical results of operations, and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries that the company did not own but currently owns and the chemical business the company operates.

Our Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations included in this prospectus includes allocations of costs for corporate functions historically provided to us by Kerr-McGee prior to the IPO, including:

General Corporate Expenses. Represents costs related to corporate functions such as accounting, tax, treasury, human resources, legal and information management and technology. These costs have historically been allocated primarily based on estimated use of services as compared to Kerr-McGee’s other businesses. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated and combined statement of operations. This allocation ceased at the IPO date and any services rendered subsequent to that date and the resulting costs are being billedpayable under the terms of the transition services agreement.

Employee Benefits9.5% senior unsecured notes.

(5)On June 26, 2012, the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A ordinary shares and Incentives.Class B ordinary shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class by way of bonus issue. All references to number of shares and per share data in the Successor’s consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the share split, unless otherwise noted. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s share split.
(6)Working capital is defined as the excess (deficit) of current assets over current liabilities. Due to Tronox Incorporated’s financial condition at December 31, 2008, the entire balance of our outstanding debt of $563 million was classified as current obligations, resulting in long-term debt having a balance of $0 and working capital being a deficit. In 2009, the $350 million senior unsecured notes were reclassified to Liabilities Subject to Comprise.
(7)As a result of the bankruptcy filing and certain legacy liabilities accounting, environmental remediation and/or restoration liabilities were reclassified to Liabilities Subject to Compromise in 2009.
(8)EBITDA represents income (loss) before interest expense, income tax benefit (provision), and depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to reflect certain items, including as permitted by the applicable credit facilities then in effect.
(9)Represents fringe benefittotal liabilities before liabilities subject to compromise.

19


EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are used by management to measure performance, are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors, as it is commonly used in the industry as a means of evaluating operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP and do not purport to be an alternative measure of our financial performance as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures:

Reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period-to-period comparison and analysis of trends in our business, as they exclude income and expense that are not reflective of ongoing operating results;

Provide useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results and comparing financial results across periods;

Provide a normalized view of our operating performance by excluding items that are either non-cash or non-recurring in nature;

Enable investors to assess our compliance with financial covenants under our debt instruments; and

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary measures management uses for planning and budgeting processes and to monitor and evaluate financial and operating results.

20


The following table reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

  Successor  Successor
Pro Forma
  Successor     Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     One
Month
Ended
January  31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2010
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2009
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
  (Millions of dollars)    

Net income (loss)

 $(1 $1,144   $(46 $1,230   $201   $1,133   $242     $631   $6   $(39 $(335

Interest and debt expense, net of interest income

  34    14    60    22    110    65    30      3    50    36    54  

Income tax provision (benefit)

  1    (84  2    (66  (54  (125  20      1    2    (1  (2

Depreciation and amortization expense

  73    31    146    53    282    211    79      4    50    53    76  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA

  107    1,105    162    1,239    539    1,284    371      639    108    49    (207

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      (1,055  —      (1,055  —      (1,055  —        —      —      —      —    

Amortization of inventory step up and unfavorable ore sales contracts from purchase accounting

  (2  21    6    21    152    152    —        —      —      —      —    

Share-based compensation

  6    20    11    27    31    31    14      —      1    —      1  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      4    —      —      —      —        —      —      —      —    

Transfer tax incurred due to acquisition

  —      —      —      —      —      37    —        —      —      —      —    

Reorganization expense associated with bankruptcy(a)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        46    145    10    —    

Gain on fresh-start accounting

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        (659  —      —      —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements(b)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (5    —      (47  —      73  

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      (1  10    189  

Restructuring costs not associated with the bankruptcy(c)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      —      14  

Pension and postretirement settlement/curtailments

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      10    26  

Loss on sale of assets

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      (1  (25

Impairment charges(d)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —         —      1    25  

Unusual or non-recurring items(e)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      24    —    

Litigation/arbitration settlements

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (10    —      —      —      —    

Amortization of Fresh Start Inventory Step Up

  —      —      —      —      —      —      36      —      —      —      —    

Foreign currency remeasurement

  (13  2    (19  1    6    6    7      (1  12    15    (7

Transaction costs and financial statement costs(f)

  —      50    —      59    —      32    39      —      —      —      —    

Other items(g)

  3    4    10    6    13    16    16      (1  (15  24    10  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $101   $147   $174   $298   $741   $503   $468     $24   $203   $142   $99  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

21


(a)Tronox Incorporated incurred costs related to the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. These items include cash and non-cash charges related to contract terminations, prepetition obligations, debtor-in-possession financing costs, legal and professional fees.
(b)In 2010, Tronox Incorporated recorded receivables from its insurance carrier related to environmental clean-up obligations at the Henderson facility. Due to the accounting for certain legacy liabilities, as described in notes 1 and 5 to the annual Consolidated Financial Statements, the obligation for this clean-up work had been recorded in 2008 and prior years.
(c)Restructuring costs in 2008 resulted primarily from work force reduction programs along with asset retirement obligation adjustments.
(d)In 2008, Tronox Incorporated recorded impairment charges for long-lived assets of approximately $3 million related to Savannah, Georgia, and approximately $22 million related to Botlek, the Netherlands.
(e)The 2009 amount represents the net loss on deconsolidation of Tronox Incorporated’s German subsidiaries.
(f)During 2012, transaction costs consist of costs associated with the acquisition of the mineral sands business, including banker fees, legal and professional fees, as well as costs associated with the preparation and amending of the registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Transaction and costs associated with the integration of the mineral sands business that occurred after the closing of the Transaction. During the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, transaction costs and other incentives, including group healthfinancial statement restatement costs include expenses related to the Transaction, fresh-start accounting fees, costs associated with restating Tronox Incorporated’s environmental reserves and welfare benefits, U.S.the auditing of the historical financial statements. Costs associated with the Transaction include legal and professional fees related to due diligence and transaction advice as well as investment banking fees.
(g)Includes noncash pension plans, U.S.and postretirement healthcosts, accretion expense, fixed asset write-downs and life plansabandonment expense, gains and employee stock-based compensation plans. These costs have historically been allocated on an active headcount basis for health and welfare benefits, including U.S. postretirement plans,losses on the basissale of salary for U.S. pension plans andassets, noncash gains on liquidation of a specific identification basis for employee stock-based employee compensation plans. These costs are included in costs of goods sold, selling, general and administrative expenses, restructuring charges and losssubsidiary, income (loss) from discontinued operations, severance expense and other noncash or non-recurring income or expenses. Additionally, Tronox Incorporated incurred legal fees associated with the exit from bankruptcy.

22


RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to invest in the notes. The risks described below are not our only risks. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow. In such a case, the trading price of the notes could decline, or we may not be able to make payments of interest and principal on the notes, and you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the Exchange Notes.

At June 30, 2013, our indebtedness outstanding was as follows:

we had approximately $2,408 million of total indebtedness outstanding (including the Exchange Notes and including $11 million of unamortized discount in connection with the $1,500 million Term Loan (the “Term Loan”), which was carried at $1,489 million on our balance sheet), none of which would have been subordinated to the Exchange Notes;

we had approximately $1,496 million of secured indebtedness, all of which has been borrowed under the Term Loan (not including (i) availability of $275 million under the global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit agreement with UBS AG (the “UBS Revolver”) (which excludes a $25 million issued letter of credit and an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million), and (ii) an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million under the Term Loan, all of which would be secured if borrowed), to which the notes would have been effectively subordinated to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and;

we had availability of approximately R900 million (approximately $92 million) under the ABSA Revolver (the “ABSA Revolver”), which was structurally senior to the Notes.

As of June 30, 2013, our liabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheet, including indebtedness and other liabilities such as trade payables and accrued expenses (but excluding the Exchange Notes), were approximately $2,357 million.

Subject to the limits contained in the agreements governing our credit facilities, the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and our other indebtedness instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our level of indebtedness could intensify. Specifically, our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to the holders of notes, including the following:

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Exchange Notes and our other indebtedness;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, product developments, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

23


placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

increasing our cost of borrowing.

In addition, the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debts.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and our agreements governing our credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the Exchange Notes, subject to any collateral arrangements, the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. If new indebtedness is added to our current indebtedness levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify. See “Description of Notes” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations, including the Exchange Notes, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to fund our day-to-day operations or to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and, even if successful, such alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The agreements governing our credit facilities and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes will restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from any such dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of Notes” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

In addition, we conduct certain operations through our subsidiaries, certain of which will not be guarantors of the Exchange Notes. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, is dependent to an extent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the Exchange Notes, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the Exchange Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity

24


and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. Although the indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing certain of our other existing indebtedness will limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all would materially and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the Exchange Notes. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result, holders of Exchange Notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable and our secured lenders could foreclose against the assets securing such borrowings.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Exchange Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including any event of default under our credit facilities that is continuing and not cured and not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the lenders could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our credit facilities), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness may be able to elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest and cause all of our available cash flow to be used to pay such indebtedness. Additionally, the lenders under our credit facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our credit facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

The Issuer is a finance subsidiary that has no revenue-generating operations of its own and depends on cash received from other members of the group to be able to make payments on the Exchange Notes.

The Issuer, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Parent, is a finance subsidiary with limited assets and limited ability to generate revenues. The Parent’s subsidiaries are not required to make, and may be restricted from making, funds available to the Issuer. In addition, the ability of the Issuer to make any payments will depend on the earnings, business and tax considerations, and legal and contractual restrictions on payments of dividends or other distributions by the subsidiaries of the Parent.

Furthermore, the Indenture will prohibit the Issuer from engaging in activities other than certain limited activities permitted under the heading “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants—Conduct of the Business and Limitation on Certain Activities.” If the Issuer is not able to make payments on the Exchange Notes, holders of the Exchange Notes would have to rely on claims for payment under the Exchange Guarantees, which are subject to the risks and limitations described herein. We cannot assure you that arrangements with our subsidiaries will provide the Issuer with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to service scheduled payments of interest, principal or other amounts due under the Exchange Notes. Any of the situations described above could adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to service its obligations in respect of the Exchange Notes.

25


The terms of the agreements governing our credit facilities and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes and the agreements governing our credit facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to:

incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness;

pay dividends or distributions in respect of capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

incur liens;

restrict dividends, loans or asset transfers from our subsidiaries;

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

enter into new lines of business.

A breach of the covenants under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes or under the agreements governing our credit facilities could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related indebtedness and may result in the acceleration of any other indebtedness to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders or holders of Exchange Notes accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we cannot assure you that we and our subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness.

Many of the covenants in the indenture will be suspended if the Exchange Notes are rated investment grade by both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s.

Many of the covenants in the indenture governing the Exchange Notes will no longer apply to us during any time that the notes have an investment grade rating, provided that at such time no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. These covenants restrict, among other things, our ability to pay distributions, incur indebtedness and to enter into certain other transactions. There can be no assurance that the Exchange Notes will ever be rated investment grade, or that if they are rated investment grade, that the Exchange Notes will maintain these ratings. However, suspension of these covenants would allow us to engage in certain transactions that would not be permitted while these covenants were in force. See “Description of Notes—Covenant Suspension.” If the Exchange Notes have an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s, we will not experience a change of control repurchase event requiring us to repurchase all of the notes unless a change of control occurs together with a below investment grade rating event. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control” for additional information.

The Exchange Notes will be effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness.

The Exchange Notes will be effectively subordinated to claims of our secured creditors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such claims, and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to the claims of our secured creditors as well as the secured creditors of our subsidiary guarantors.

26


The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our existing and future subsidiaries that are not and do not become guarantors of the Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by the Parent and all of the subsidiaries of the Parent that guarantee any obligations under the credit facilities on the date the notes are issued. Except for such subsidiary guarantors of the Exchange Notes, our subsidiaries will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the Exchange Notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. The Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of any non-guarantor subsidiary such that, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of any subsidiary that is not a guarantor, all of such subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors and preferred stockholders, if any) would be entitled to payment in full out of such subsidiary’s assets before we would be entitled to any payment.

As of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the non-guarantor subsidiaries represented approximately 59% of our total consolidated liabilities, excluding intercompany liabilities, approximately 54% of our total consolidated assets, excluding intercompany accounts receivables, intercompany notes receivable and investments in subsidiaries, approximately 28% of our total consolidated income from operations, excluding intercompany sales and cost of goods sold, and approximately 53% of our total consolidated net sales, excluding intercompany sales.

We may not be able to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Exchange Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the repurchase date. Additionally, under the agreements governing our credit facilities, a change of control (as defined therein) constitutes an event of default that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under the respective agreements and the commitments to lend would terminate. The source of funds for any purchase of the Exchange Notes and repayment of borrowings under the agreements governing our credit facilities will be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the debt securities that are tendered upon a change of control and repay our other indebtedness that will become due. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, and we cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Further, our ability to repurchase the Exchange Notes may be limited by law. In order to avoid the obligations to repurchase the Exchange Notes and events of default and potential breaches of the agreements governing our credit facilities, we may have to avoid certain change of control transactions that would otherwise be beneficial to us.

In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the Exchange Notes, notwithstanding the fact that such corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of the notes. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control.”

Holders of Exchange Notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the Exchange Notes repurchased by us has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of its assets.

A change of control, as defined in the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, requires us to make an offer to repurchase all outstanding Exchange Notes. The definition of change of control includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease or transfer of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Exchange Notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease or transfer of less than all of our assets to another individual, group or entity may be uncertain. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control.”

27


Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the Exchange Notes and the incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees thereof could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, (i) issued the Exchange Notes or incurred the Exchange Guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors, or (ii) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the Exchange Notes or incurring the Exchange Guarantees and, in the case of (ii) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees;

the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the incurrence of the Exchange Guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business; or

we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature.

As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A court would likely find that a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for its guarantee, to the extent such guarantor did not obtain a reasonably equivalent benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees would be subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other indebtedness. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:

the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

it could not pay its debts as they became due.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the incurrence of an Exchange Guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the Exchange Notes or such Exchange Guarantee or subordinate the Exchange Notes or such Exchange Guarantee to currently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of Exchange Notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such Exchange Guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the Exchange Notes. Further, the avoidance of the Exchange Notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt.

Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the Exchange Notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination, if the court determines that (i) the holder of Exchange Notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (ii) such inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holder of Exchange Notes and (iii) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

28


The borrower under our $1.5 billion Term Loan and our other Dutch subsidiary may not become guarantors of the Exchange Notes.

Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. is currently the borrower under our $1.5 billion Term Loan, which is guaranteed by Tronox Limited and certain of our subsidiaries. Each of the companies that guarantees the Term Loan will guarantee the Exchange Notes on the issue date of the notes. However, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. will not be a guarantor of the Exchange Notes on the issue date. We will seek to have this entity become a guarantor under our UBS Revolver, and we will seek to have our other Dutch subsidiary become a guarantor under the Term Loan and the UBS Revolver. In connection with such guarantees, and subject to the limitations described below, the indenture requires us to cause all such subsidiaries to become guarantors of the Exchange Notes.

Under the indenture, however, adding our Dutch subsidiaries as guarantors of the Exchange Notes is subject to receiving the unconditional positive advice of the works council of the relevant subsidiary and any prior corporate approvals, including the decision of the boards of directors (or similar governing body) of such subsidiaries that it is in such subsidiaries’ corporate interest (vennootschappelijk belang) to guarantee the Exchange Notes. Such board approval will take into consideration whether the Dutch subsidiaries are sufficiently capitalized to guarantee additional obligations. If such works council, corporate or board of director approvals are not obtained (including because the board of directors determines that it is not in the corporate interest of our Dutch subsidiaries to guarantee the Exchange Notes or otherwise), it is possible that such subsidiaries will not become guarantors of the Exchange Notes or that they will become guarantors of our credit facilities but not the Exchange Notes.

If the lenders under our credit facilities release any subsidiary guarantor under our credit facilities that is also a guarantor of the Exchange Notes, that subsidiary guarantor will automatically be released from its guarantee of the Exchange Notes.

While any obligations under our credit facilities remain outstanding, any subsidiary guarantee of the Exchange Notes will automatically be released without action by, or consent of, any holder of the Exchange Notes or the trustee under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, if the related subsidiary guarantor is no longer a guarantor of obligations under our credit facilities. See “Description of Notes—The Note Guarantees—Release of the Note Guarantees.” The lenders under our credit facilities will have the discretion to release the subsidiary guarantees under our credit facilities in a variety of circumstances. You will not have a claim as a creditor against any subsidiary that is no longer a guarantor of our credit facilities, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries will effectively be senior to claims of noteholders.

There is no existing public trading market for the Exchange Notes, and your ability to sell such notes will be limited.

There is no existing public market for the Exchange Notes. No market for the Exchange Notes may develop, and any market that develops may not persist. We cannot assure you as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for the Exchange Notes, your ability to sell your Exchange Notes or the price at which you would be able to sell your Exchange Notes. Future trading prices of the Exchange Notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our operating results and the market for similar securities.

We do not intend to apply for listing of the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or other market. The liquidity of any trading market and the trading price of such notes may be adversely affected by changes in our financial performance or prospects and by changes in the financial performance of or prospects for companies in our industry generally.

29


Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

Holders of Old Notes who fail to exchange their Old Notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer.

If you do not exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Old Notes. The restrictions on transfer of your Old Notes arise because we issued the Old Notes under exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may only offer or sell the Old Notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or offered and sold under an exemption from these requirements. We do not plan to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. For further information regarding the consequences of tendering your Old Notes in the exchange offer, see the discussion below under the caption “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

You must comply with the exchange offer procedures in order to receive new, freely tradable Exchange Notes.

Delivery of Exchange Notes in exchange for Old Notes tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of book-entry transfer of Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, as depositary, including an agent’s message (as defined herein). We are not required to notify you of defects or irregularities in tenders of Old Notes for exchange. Exchange Notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but we do not accept for exchange will, following consummation of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions under the Securities Act and, upon consummation of the exchange offer, certain registration and other rights under the Registration Rights Agreement will terminate. See “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Through Brokers and Banks” and “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

Some holders who exchange their Old Notes may be deemed to be underwriters, and these holders will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements in connection with any resale transaction.

If you exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Risks Related to Our Business

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Economic Factors

Market conditions, global and regional economic downturns, cyclical factors and risks associated with TiO2 that adversely affect the demand for the end-use products that contain TiO2 or our other products, could adversely affect the profitability of our operations and the prices at which we can sell our products, negatively impacting our financial results.

Our revenue and profitability is largely dependent on the TiO2 industry either through direct sales of TiO2to TiO2customers or for our mineral sands business sales to TiO2producers. TiO2 is a chemical used in many “quality of life” products for which demand historically has been linked to global, regional and local GDP and

30


discretionary spending, which can be negatively impacted by regional and world events or economic conditions generally, such as terrorist attacks, the incidence or spread of contagious diseases or other economic, political or public health or safety conditions. Events such as these are likely to cause a decrease in demand for our products and, as a result, may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Historically, demand for TiO2 and zircon decreased in 2008 and 2009 due to the worldwide financial crisis, following several years of increasing growth, resulting in lower prices and reduced production by the major producers. The increase in demand during 2010 and through the first three quarters of 2011 resulted in increasing prices of TiO2 and titanium feedstock, which was further bolstered by the reduced availability of titanium feedstock. Demand fell again during the fourth quarter of 2011 and in 2012 due to slow growth in Asia, Europe and the United States, combined with destocking by customers and certain thrifting initiatives by customers.

The future profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, also will be affected by the available supply of our products in the market, such as TiO2 pigment, feedstock and zircon.

Additionally, the demand for TiO2 during a given year is subject to seasonal fluctuations. TiO2 sales are generally higher in the second and third quarters of the year primarily due to the increase in paint production to meet demand resulting from the spring and summer painting season in North America and Europe. We may be adversely affected by existing or future cyclical changes, and such conditions may be sustained or further aggravated by anticipated or unanticipated changes in regional weather conditions. For example, poor weather conditions in a region can lead to an abbreviated painting season, which can depress consumer sales of paint products that use TiO2.

We do not currently enter into commodity derivatives or hedging arrangements on our future production, so we are exposed to the impact of any significant decrease in the price of our products.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

The financial condition and results of operations of our operating entities outside the United States are reported in various foreign currencies and then converted into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate for inclusion in the financial statements. As a result, any volatility of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies creates uncertainty for and may have a negative impact on reported sales and operating margin. We have made a U.S. dollar functional currency election for both Australian financial reporting and federal income tax purposes. On this basis, our Australian entities report their results of operations on a U.S. dollar basis.

In addition, our operating entities often need to convert currencies they receive for their products into currencies in which they purchase raw materials or pay for services, which could result in a gain or loss depending on fluctuations in exchange rates. Because we have significant operations in Europe, South Africa and Australia, we are exposed primarily to fluctuations in the Euro, the Rand and the Australian dollar.

From time to time we may seek to minimize our foreign currency risk by engaging in hedging transactions. However, we may be unable to effectively manage our foreign currency risk, and any volatility in foreign currency exchange rates may have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations may be negatively impacted by inflation.

Our operations have been materially affected by inflation in the countries in which they have operated in recent years, as shown by the average inflation rates over the periods indicated in the table below for the United States, South Africa and Australia.

   2010 - 2011  2011 - 2012 

United States

   3.2  2.1

South Africa

   5.0  5.8

Australia

   3.1  2.2

31


Working costs and wages in Australia and South Africa, especially, have increased in recent years, resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry. Our profits and financial condition could be adversely affected when cost inflation is not offset by devaluation in operating currencies or an increase in the price of our products.

The cost of electricity in South Africa may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In South Africa, our mining and smelting operations depend on electrical power generated by Eskom, the state-owned sole energy supplier. South African electricity prices rose by approximately 25% in 2010 and 2011. South African electricity prices have increased by approximately 16% in 2012, and future increases likely will continue at rates higher than inflation. These increases have increased production costs. As these costs rise, our operating expenses will increase and could adversely affect our business, especially if we cannot pass through increases in our expenses to our customers. We are investing in a co-generation project at Namakwa Sands, and our management has reviewed its operating processes to control and reduce its electricity consumption. However, until Namakwa Sands’s proposed co-generation plant is fully functional, future electricity supply interruptions or deficiencies and increased energy costs in all of our operations may affect our operational results and financial condition.

Changes to government policies in South Africa may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Senior South African government officials, including the Minister of the Department of Mineral Resources, have stated publicly that nationalization of the South African mining industry is not government policy. Nevertheless, it is apparent that Government will sharpen its focus on the State’s intervention in mining through various means including increased taxation, greater control and conditions on the distribution of mineral rights, poverty alleviation and job creation. Such measures have not yet been defined and the impact the measures may have on our business remains uncertain.

Nationalization with compensation, as required by South African law, was found by the African National Congress (the “ANC”) to be unaffordable, and without compensation would require an amendment to the South African constitution. Moreover, the ANC has acknowledged that nationalization would draw global criticism and would result in a withdrawal of foreign direct investment, loss of jobs and the institution of legal proceedings by investors domiciled in states that have entered into trade and investment protection agreements with South Africa. However, other proposals are being discussed, including:

in respect of the resource rents to the South African government, the introduction of a 50% resource rent tax;

the expansion of the state mineral company’s control of the mining industry;

merging the ministries of Trade and Industry, Mineral Resources and Energy, Public Enterprises, Economic Development and Science and Technology to form a “super ministry”;

the concessioning of all “known” mineral deposits by public tender;

the establishment of a professional minerals commission to grant, monitor and evaluate all mineral concessions and licenses;

the amendment of current mining legislation to maximize developmental impacts of the mineral and energy complex;

the establishment of a presidential mineral rights audit commission to carry out forensic audits on the granting of all “new order” mining rights under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 28 of 2002 (“MPRDA”);

32


the imposition of a 50% capital gains tax on the transfer of any mineral rights before actual mining operations commence to discourage speculators in the mining industry;

the establishment of a mineral rights commission as an oversight body (regulator) whose consent would be required prior to transferring any mineral rights; and

the establishment of a minerals environmental monitoring and compliance agency.

One of the task team’s main proposals is an amendment to the current system of mining royalties. The proposal contemplates significantly reducing mining royalties and largely replacing them with a tax on “super profits.” This concept of “resource rent capture” would result in a tax being imposed on the difference between the price at which a resource can be sold and its extraction costs (which includes “normal returns”). The resource rent tax would only be triggered once a “reasonable return” had been made by the mineral right holder. The putative goal of this proposed tax is to protect marginal mining operations.

The task team also proposes that a resource rent tax of 50% be imposed on all mining in South Africa. The tax would only be triggered after a “normal return on investment” had been achieved. A “normal return on investment” is defined in the draft policy document as the South African Treasury Long Bond Rate plus 7%. At current rates, a “normal return on investment” would be approximately 15%. According to the draft proposal, all proceeds of the resource rent tax should be held in an offshore sovereign wealth fund. If the taxes imposed on our South African mining operations were to increase as a result of South Africa’s implementation of the proposed tax on super profits or adoption of a 50% resource rent tax on mining activity, the profitability of our South African mining operations would be negatively impacted. We may decide to cease our South African operations to the extent that those operations do not meet their return requirements, which would adversely affect our operational results and financial condition.

The draft policy document also contains several other proposals designed to apply a concept of “a Democratic Developmental State to the governance of South African mineral assets.” The draft policy document appears to distance itself from a policy of nationalization. Subsequent to the above, the ruling party convened its national congress in December 2012, and the issue of nationalization did not feature on the agenda.

However, the issue of a resource rent tax and/or a ‘super tax’on certain, identified minerals, was adopted at the congress. Recent comments from the Minister of Finance suggest that this is still in a concept stage and is not contemplated in the near future. Until a formal plan is put in place, we would not be able to quantify the potential impact (if any) on our business.

The revised MPRDA may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (the “MPRDA”) Amendment Bill of 2012 has been approved by the executive branch of the South African government, and submitted to Parliament. The original act was published in 2002, and became effective on May 1, 2004. The MPRDA Amendment Act of 2008 became effective on June 7, 2013. Although the 2008 legislation and proposed 2012 legislation keep the bulk of the original act intact, certain amendments could have adverse effects on our business, operating results and financial condition.

The socio-economic environment in South Africa may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

South Africa has been undergoing political and economic challenges. Changes to or instability in the economic or political environment in South Africa, especially if such changes create political instability, actual or potential shortages of production materials or labor unrest, could result in production delays and production shortfalls and materially impact our production and results of operations.

South Africa has a highly developed financial and legal infrastructure, but it also has high levels of poverty, unemployment and crime, and faces challenges in building adequate physical infrastructure, such as for the

33


supply of electricity and water. The cost of water and electricity use in South Africa may adversely affect our results of operations. We use significant amounts of water in our operations and are subject to water use licenses, which could impose significant costs.

Further, there are significant differences in the levels of economic and social development within the South African population, with large parts of the population, particularly in rural areas, having limited access to adequate education, healthcare, housing and other basic services, including water and electricity. The South African government has implemented laws and policies aimed at alleviating and redressing the disadvantages suffered by the majority of citizens under previous governments, which may increase our costs and reduce our profitability. It is not possible to predict the extent to which the South African government will continue to introduce legislation or other measures designed to empower previously disadvantaged groups or the potential impact of such reforms.

These problems may prompt the emigration of skilled workers, discourage fixed inward investment into South Africa and impede economic growth, all of which could negatively affect our business.

Our financial flexibility could be materially constrained by South African exchange control regulations.

South Africa’s exchange control regulations require resident companies to obtain the prior approval of the South African Reserve Bank to raise capital in any currency other than the Rand, and restrict the export of capital from South Africa. In particular, South African companies:

are generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa or to hold foreign currency without the South African Reserve Bank’s approval. In the case of the South African Reserve Bank approving the initial:

(a) investment by a non-resident off-shore company in a South African company, profits from the South African company’s operations can be freely remitted to such non-resident off-shore company subject to compliance with administrative formalities in connection with such payment; or

(b) loan by a non-resident off-shore company to a South African company, repayment of the loan and the payment of any interest thereon can be freely remitted to such non-resident off-shore company subject to compliance with administrative formalities in connection with such payments;

are generally required to repatriate to South Africa profits of foreign operations; and

are limited in their ability to utilize profits of one foreign business to finance operations of a different foreign business.

While the South African government has relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it is difficult to predict whether or how it will further relax or abolish exchange control measures in the future. These exchange control restrictions could hinder our financial and strategic flexibility, particularly our ability to use South African capital to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures and new projects outside of South Africa.

Our privately held and leased South African land and mineral rights could be subject to land restitution claims.

Under South African legislation, any person who was dispossessed of land rights in South Africa as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices is granted certain remedies, including the restoration of the land. The initial deadline for such claims was December 31, 1998. Two of our South African operations are subject to land claims. The Obanjeni Community has filed a land claim affecting portions of the Fairbreeze mining surface area, and the Mkhwanazi Tribe has filed a claim affecting the Port Durnford prospecting rights area over which we have recently received rights. The claim of the Mkhwanazi Tribe has been settled in their favor. We have been successful in negotiating with the Mkhwanazi Tribe to secure access for further prospecting at Port Durnford. We also intend to enter into negotiations with the Obanjeni Community, if their claim is successful, at

34


the appropriate time and the Mkhwanazi Tribe before mining at Port Durnford commences. If we are not successful in our negotiations or are unable to secure access rights on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, our operations at Fairbreeze or Port Durnford may be adversely affected. In addition, if we expand our operations to areas that are subject to land claims, our rights to these properties may be adversely affected, and we may be prevented from using the property and exploiting any ore reserves located there in a commercially reasonable manner. This could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

The labor and employment laws in many jurisdictions in which we operate are more onerous than in the United States; and some of our labor force has substantial works’ council or trade union participation, which creates a risk of disruption from labor disputes and new law affecting employment policies.

A majority of our employees are located outside the United States. In most of those countries, labor and employment laws are more onerous than in the United States and, in many cases, grant significant job protection to employees, including rights on termination of employment.

Labor costs constituted 10% of our TiO2 production costs (excluding depreciation) and 12% of our mineral sands production costs (excluding depreciation) in 2012. Approximately 90% of our employees in Australia were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Approximately 90% of our employees in South Africa have collective bargaining agreements with labor organizations. Approximately 90% of our employees in Europe were represented by works’ councils.

Our South African operations have entered into various agreements regulating wages and working conditions at our mines. There have been periods when various stakeholders have been unable to agree on dispute resolution processes, leading to threats of disruptive labor disputes, although only two strikes have ever occurred in the history of these operations (including the period prior to our acquisition of these operations). Due to the high level of employee union membership, our South African operations are at risk of production stoppages for indefinite periods due to strikes and other disputes. In the past five years, employees of KZN Sands went on strike once for a 22-day period, from August 23 to September 13, 2010, in a dispute over wages and employment conditions, which resulted in an average daily production loss of 20,000 tonnes run of mine and 1,398 tonnes of heavy mineral concentrate, but had no significant impact on the smelter or furnace operations. Although we believe that we have good labor relations with our South African employees, we may experience labor disputes in the future.

South African employment law, which is based on the minimum standard set by the International Labour Organization, sets out minimum terms and conditions of employment for employees. Although these may be improved by agreements between an employer and the trade unions, prescribed minimum terms and conditions form the benchmark for all employment contracts. Our South African operations are required to submit a report to the South African Department of Labour under South African employment law detailing the progress made towards achieving employment equity in the workplace. Failing to submit this report in a timely manner could result in substantial penalties. In addition, future legislative developments that affect South African employment policies may increase production costs or negatively impact relationships with employees and trade unions, which may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We are required to consult with and seek the consent or advice of various employee groups or works’ councils that represent our employees for any changes to its activities or employee benefits. This requirement could have a significant impact on our flexibility in managing costs and responding to market changes.

The cost of occupational healthcare services and the potential liabilities related to occupational health diseases in South Africa may increase in the future.

Our operations in South Africa are subject to health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens. South African legislation imposes various duties on mines and grants the authorities broad

35


power to, among other things, close unsafe mines and order corrective action with respect to health and safety matters. There is a risk that the cost of providing healthcare services and implementing various health programs could increase in the future, depending on changes to underlying legislation and the profile of our employees in South Africa. The amount of the potential increase in cost is currently indeterminate.

South African law governs the payment of compensation and medical costs to a compensation fund against which mining employees and other people at sites where ancillary mining activities are conducted can claim for mining activity-related illnesses. Should claims against the compensation fund rise significantly due to our mining activity or if claims against us are not covered by the compensation fund, the amount of our contribution or liability to claimants may increase, which could adversely impact our financial condition. In addition, the HIV/AIDS epidemic in South Africa poses risks to our South African operations in terms of potentially reduced productivity, and increased medical and other costs. If there is a significant increase in the incidence of HIV/AIDS infection and related diseases among the South African workforce over the next several years, our operations, projects and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Mining companies are increasingly required to consider and ensure the sustainable development of, and provide benefits to, the communities in which they operate.

Companies whose activities are perceived to have a high impact on their social and physical environment, such as our South African operations, face increasing public scrutiny of their activities. Our existing and proposed mining operations are often located at or near existing towns and villages, nature preserves, natural water courses and other infrastructure. We therefore carefully manage its impact on such communities and the environment. For example, we provide electrification and water supply projects to towns and villages near our Namakwa Sands operations and secondary education support to local schools near our existing operations. We also consider sustainable development when planning new operations. For example, during the construction phase of the KZN Sands Fairbreeze mining project (“Project Fairbreeze”), we plan to employ local contractors, thereby eliminating the need for temporary housing, and also plan to build a new on/off ramp linking the Fairbreeze mine to the main highway, so that heavy vehicle mine traffic does not have to go through the local town. This type of planning is aimed at addressing the concerns of local communities about the potential for increased traffic and construction of temporary housing as a result of new mining operations in the area.

The potential consequences of failing to effectively manage the social pressures related to sustainable development include reputational damage, legal action and increased social spending obligations. The cost of these measures can increase our capital expenditures and operating costs, which may affect our operational results and financial condition.

Business Factors

Fluctuations in costs of our raw materials or our access to supplies of our raw materials could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In 2012, raw materials used in the production of TiO2 constituted approximately 50% of our operating expenses, primarily due to rising feedstock costs. Fuel and energy linked to commodities, such as diesel, heavy fuel oil, and coal, and other consumables, such as chlorine, illuminating paraffin, electrodes and anthracite, consumed in our manufacturing and mining operations form an important part of our operating costs. We have no control over the costs of these consumables, many of which are linked to some degree to the price of oil and coal, and the costs of many of these raw materials may fluctuate widely for a variety of reasons, including changes in availability, major capacity additions or reductions or significant facility operating problems. These fluctuations could negatively affect our operating margins and our profitability. As these costs rise, our operating expenses will increase and could adversely affect our business, especially if we are unable to pass price increases in raw materials through to our customers.

Shortages or price increases by our single source suppliers, such as the suppliers of chlorine to our Australian operations or high-quality anthracite to Namakwa Sands could decrease revenue or increase

36


production costs, reducing the profitability of operations. Fluctuations in oil and coal prices impact our operating cost and capital expenditure estimates and, in the absence of other economic fluctuations, could result in significant changes in the total expenditure estimates for our operations or new expansion projects, and when taken into account with other production costs, such as wages, equipment and machinery costs, may render certain operations nonviable.

Given the nature of our chemical, mining and smelting operations, we face a material risk of liability, delays and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and operational breakdowns.

Our business involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards, industrial accidents and breakdowns of equipment and machinery. Our business is exposed to hazards associated with chemical process manufacturing and the related storage, handling and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes and our furnace operations that are subject to explosions, water ingress and refractory failure, and our open pit (also called open-cut) and dredge mining operations that are subject to flooding and accidents associated with rock transportation equipment and conveyor belts. Furthermore, during operational breakdowns, the relevant facility may not be fully operational within the anticipated timeframe, which could result in further business losses. The occurrence of any of these or other hazards could delay production, suspend operations, increase repair, maintenance or medical costs and, due to the integration of our facilities, could have an adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or on our business as a whole. Over our operating history, we have incurred incidents of this nature.

There is also a risk that our key raw materials or our products may be found to have currently unrecognized toxicological or health-related impact on the environment or on its customers or employees. Such hazards may cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to property and contamination of the environment, which could lead to government fines or work stoppage injunctions and lawsuits by injured persons. If such actions are determined to be adverse to us, we may have inadequate insurance to cover such claims, or insufficient cash flow to pay for such claims. Such outcomes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are a holding company that is dependent on cash flows from our operating subsidiaries to fund our debt obligations, capital expenditures and ongoing operations.

All of our operations are conducted and all of our assets are owned by our operating companies, which are our subsidiaries, and we intend to continue to conduct our operations at the operating companies and any future subsidiaries. Consequently, our cash flow and ability to meet our obligations or make cash distributions depend upon the cash flow of our operating companies and any future subsidiaries, and the payment of funds by our operating companies and any future subsidiaries in the form of dividends or otherwise. The ability of our operating companies and any future subsidiaries to make any payments to us depends on their earnings, the terms of their indebtedness, including the terms of any credit facilities, and legal restrictions.

Our ability to service our debt and fund our planned capital expenditures and ongoing operations will depend on our ability to generate and grow cash flow and access to additional liquidity sources. Our ability to generate and grow cash flow is dependent on many factors, including:

the impact of competition from other chemical and materials manufacturers and diversified companies;

the transfer of funds from subsidiaries in the United States to certain foreign subsidiaries;

general world business conditions, economic uncertainty or downturn and the significant downturn in housing construction and overall economies;

our ability to obtain raw materials at reasonable prices or to raise prices to offset, in whole or in part, the effects of higher raw material costs;

our ability to adequately deliver customer service and competitive product quality; and

the effects of governmental regulation on our business.

37


Many of these factors are beyond our control. A general economic downturn can result in reduced spending by customers, which will impact our revenues and cash flows from operating activities. At reduced performance, if we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or to access additional liquidity sources, we may not be able to service and repay our existing debt, operate our business, respond to competitive challenges, or fund our other liquidity and capital needs.

Our industry and the end-use markets in which we compete are highly competitive. This competition may adversely affect our results of operations and operating cash flows.

Each of our markets is highly competitive. Competition in the pigment industry is based on a number of factors such as price, product quality and service. We face significant competition from major international and smaller regional competitors. Our most significant competitors include major chemical and materials manufacturers and diversified companies, a number of which have substantially larger financial resources, greater personnel and larger facilities than we do. We also compete with numerous smaller, regional producers, including producers in China that have expanded their sulphate TiO2 production capacity during the previous five years.

Zircon producers generally compete on the basis of price, quality, logistics, delivery and payment terms and consistency of supply. We believe we have competitive quality, long-term relationships with customers and product range; however, our primary competitive disadvantage relative to our major competitors is our distance from our main consumers (i.e., Asia and Europe).

In addition, within the end-use markets in which we compete, competition between products is intense. We face substantial risk that certain events, such as new product development by competitors, changing customer needs, production advances for competing products or price changes in raw materials, could cause our customers to switch to our competitors’ products. If we are unable to develop and produce or market our products to compete effectively against our competitors following such events, our results of operations and operating cash flows may suffer.

We may need additional capital in the future and may not be able to obtain it on favorable terms.

Our industry is capital intensive and our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to develop and market innovative products and to update our facilities and process technology. We may require additional capital in the future to finance our future growth and development, implement further marketing and sales activities, fund ongoing research and development activities and meet general working capital needs. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including acceptance of and demand for our products, the extent to which we invest in new technology and research and development projects and the status and timing of these developments, as well as general availability of capital from debt and/or equity markets. Additional financing may not be available when needed on terms favorable to us or at all. Further, the terms of our debt may limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on acceptable terms, we may be unable to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could harm our business.

The agreements and instruments governing our debt contain restrictions and limitations that could affect our ability to operate our business, as well as impact our liquidity.

As of June 30, 2013, our total principal amount of long-term debt was $2,408 million (including $11 million of unamortized discount in connection with the Term Loan, which has a face value of $1,500 million but is carried at $1,489 million on our balance sheet). During 2012, Tronox Incorporated refinanced its debt to allow for the Transaction and to provide the financing needs for Tronox Limited following completion of the Transaction. Additionally, during 2012, we issued $900 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes. During 2013, we refinanced our $700 million Term Facility with the $1.5 billion Term Loan.

38


Our credit facilities contain a number of significant covenants that could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, our liquidity, and our results of operations. These covenants restrict, among other things, our and its subsidiaries’ ability to:

incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness;

pay dividends or distributions in respect of capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

incur liens;

restrict dividends, loans or asset transfers from our subsidiaries;

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person;

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

enter into new lines of business.

Our UBS Revolver includes requirements relating to the ratio of adjusted EBITDA to certain fixed charges during periods when excess borrowing availability is below a certain minimum threshold. The breach of any covenants or obligations in our credit facilities, not otherwise waived or amended, could result in a default under the applicable debt obligations (and cross-defaults to certain other debt obligations) and could trigger acceleration of those obligations, which in turn could trigger other cross defaults under other future agreements governing our long-term indebtedness. In addition, the secured lenders under the credit facilities could foreclose on their collateral, which includes equity interests in our subsidiaries, and exercise other rights of secured creditors. Any default under those credit facilities could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of operations and our ability to make payments on our credit facilities, and could force us to seek the protection of bankruptcy laws.

Requirements associated with being a public company have increased our costs, may consume our resources and management’s focus, and may affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and executive officers.

Prior to the Transaction, we were not subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or the other rules and regulations of the SEC or any securities exchange in the United States relating to public companies. We will comply with Section 404(a) (management’s report on financial reporting) under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for the year ending December 31, 2012 and expect to comply with Section 404(b) (auditor’s attestation) no later than the year ending December 31, 2013. We are working with our legal and independent accounting advisors to identify those areas in which changes or enhancements should be made to our financial and management control systems to manage our growth and obligations as a public company. Areas for special attention are anticipated to include corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures, financial reporting and accounting systems. The expenses that will be required in complying with our obligations as a public company could be material. Compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies will also require further time and attention of management. In addition, the increased regulatory risks and reporting requirements as a result of being a public company may make it more difficult for us to retain executive officers and directors to serve on our board.

Tronox Limited’s financial information is not readily comparable to prior periods due to the completion of the Transaction and Tronox Incorporated’s emergence from bankruptcy.

Effective January 31, 2011, as a result of its emergence from bankruptcy, Tronox Incorporated applied fresh-start accounting. As a result of fresh-start accounting, the accumulated deficit was eliminated and Tronox Incorporated’s reorganization value, which represents estimates of the fair value of the entity before considering

39


liabilities and approximates the amount a willing buyer would pay for the assets of the entity immediately after the reorganization, was allocated to the fair value of assets. In addition to fresh-start accounting, Tronox Incorporated’s consolidated financial statements reflect all effects of the transactions contemplated by its reorganization plan. As such, Tronox Incorporated’s balance sheets and statements of operations datapost-emergence are not comparable in many respects to its consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations data for periods prior to the application of fresh-start accounting and prior to accounting for the effects of the reorganization.

Tronox Limited was formed on September 21, 2011 for the purpose of the Transaction, and had no operating history or revenues before the Transaction. The Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012 relates to Tronox Limited and the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 relates to Tronox Incorporated. The Consolidated Statement of Operations and the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through December 31, 2012, reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The Consolidated Statements of Operations and the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated.

Additionally, prior to the Transaction Date, Tronox Incorporated operated the Tiwest Joint Venture with Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd. The Tiwest Joint Venture was a contractual relationship between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro whereby each party held an undivided interest in each asset of the joint venture, and each party was proportionally liable for each of the joint venture’s liabilities. The Tiwest Joint Venture was not a separate legal entity and did not enter into any transactions. Transactions were entered into by the joint venture partners who had the right to sell their own product, collect their proportional share of the revenues and absorb their share of costs. As such, Tronox Incorporated did not account for the Tiwest Joint Venture under the equity method. Instead, Tronox Incorporated accounted for its share of the Tiwest Joint Venture’s assets that were jointly controlled and its share of liabilities for which it was jointly responsible on a proportionate gross basis in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additionally, Tronox Incorporated accounted for the revenues generated from its share of the products sold and its share of the expenses of the joint venture on a gross basis in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. As such, as of the Transaction Date, we own 100% of the operations formerly operated by the Tiwest Joint Venture. As such, the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 include 100% of the Tiwest operations assets and liabilities, while the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 includes Tronox Incorporated’s 50% undivided interest in each asset and liability of the joint venture. The Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 reflects 100% of the revenues and expenses of the Tiwest operation. The Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and year ended December 31, 2012 reflect Tronox Incorporated’s revenues generated from its share of the products sold and its share of the expenses of the joint venture on a gross basis prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through December 31, 2012, reflect 100% of the revenues and expenses of the Tiwest operation. The Consolidated Statements of Operations for the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 reflect Tronox Incorporated’s revenues generated from its share of the products sold and its share of the expenses of the joint venture on a gross basis.

Exxaro may exert substantial influence over us as a shareholder.

At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Exxaro held approximately 44.4% and 44.6%, respectively, of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. In addition, in the future, Exxaro may exchange its retained interest in the mineral sands business for additional Class B Shares.

In addition to Exxaro’s significant ownership interest, Exxaro is entitled to certain rights under the Constitution and the Shareholder’s Deed of Tronox Limited. For example, the Constitution provides that, for as long as the Class B voting interest is at least 10% of the total voting interest in Tronox Limited, there must be

40


nine directors on our board; the holders of Class A Shares will be entitled to vote separately to elect a certain number of directors to our board (which we refer to as Class A Directors), and the holders of Class B Shares will be entitled to vote separately to elect a certain number of directors to our board (which we refer to as Class B Directors). If the Class B voting interest is greater than or equal to 30%, our board will consist of six Class A Directors and three Class B Directors. If the Class B voting interest is greater than or equal to 20% but less than 30%, our board of directors will consist of seven Class A Directors and two Class B Directors. If the Class B voting interest is greater than or equal to 10% but less than 20%, our board will consist of eight Class A Directors and one Class B Director.

Also, the Constitution provides that, subject to certain limitations, for as long as the Class B voting interest is at least 20%, a separate vote by holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares is required to approve certain types of merger or similar transactions that will result in a change in control or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any reorganization or transaction that does not treat Class A and Class B Shares equally.

As a result of Exxaro’s significant ownership interest and its governance rights, Exxaro will be able to exert substantial influence over our management, operations and potential significant corporate transactions, including a change in control or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Exxaro’s influence may have an adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Our South African operations may lose the benefit of the Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) status under South African legislation, resulting in the need to implement a remedial solution or introduce a new minority shareholder, which could negatively impact our South African operations.

Exxaro retains a 26% direct ownership interest in each of Tronox Sands and Tronox TSA Sands in order for these two entities to comply with the requirements of the MPRDA and the South African Mining Charter ownership requirements under the BEE legislation. Exxaro has agreed to maintain its direct ownership for a period of the shorter of 10 years (unless it transfers the direct ownership interests to another qualified buyer under the BEE legislation) or the date on which the requirement to maintain a direct ownership stake in each of Tronox Sands and Tronox TSA Sands no longer applies, as determined by the DMR. If either Tronox Sands or Tronox TSA Sands ceases to qualify under the BEE legislation, Tronox Limited and Exxaro have agreed to jointly seek a remedial solution. If Tronox Limited and Exxaro cannot successfully implement a solution and the reason for this failure is due to anything other than a change in law, then we may dispose of Exxaro’s shares in the non-qualifying company to another, BEE compliant, qualifying purchaser. During any period of any non-qualification, our South African operations may be in violation of their mining or prospecting rights, as well as the requirements of the MPRDA and the South African Mining Charter, which could result in a suspension or revocation of the non-qualifying company’s mining and prospecting rights and could expose us to operating restrictions, lost business opportunities and delays in receiving further regulatory approvals for its South African operations and expansion activities. In addition, if Exxaro’s direct ownership in Tronox Sands and Tronox TSA Sands is sold to another purchaser, we would be required to share ownership and control of its South African operations with a minority shareholder, which may impact our operational and financial flexibility and could impact profitability, expansion opportunities and our results of operations.

Estimations of our ore resources and reserve estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and ore demand and pricing. As a result, ore resources and reserve quantities actually produced may differ from current estimates.

The mineral resource and reserve estimates are estimates of the quantity and ore grades in our mines based on the interpretation of geological data obtained from drill holes and other sampling techniques, as well as from feasibility studies. The accuracy of these estimates is dependent on the assumptions and judgments made in interpreting the geological data. The assessment of geographical characteristics, such as location, quantity, quality, continuity of geology and grade, is made with varying degrees of confidence in accordance with established guidelines and standards. We use various exploration techniques, including geophysical surveys and

41


sampling through drilling and trenching, to investigate resources and implements applicable quality assurance and quality control criteria to ensure that data is representative. Our mineral reserves represent the amount of ore that we believe can be successfully mined and processed, and are estimated based on a number of factors, which have been stated in accordance with the South African Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves, effective July 2007 (the “SAMREC Code”) and Joint Ore Reserves Committee Code (2004) (the “JORC Code”).

There is significant uncertainty in any mineral reserve or mineral resource estimate. Factors that are beyond our control, such as the ability to secure mineral rights, the sufficiency of mineralization to support mining and beneficiation practices and the suitability of the market may significantly impact mineral resource and reserve estimates. The actual deposits encountered and the economic viability of mining a deposit may differ materially from our estimates. Since these mineral resources and reserves are estimates based on assumptions related to factors discussed above, we may revise these estimates in the future as we become aware of new developments. To maintain TiO2 feedstock production beyond the expected lives of our existing mines or to increase production materially above projected levels, we will need to access additional reserves through exploration or discovery.

We use significant amounts of water in our operations and are subject to water use licenses, which could impose significant costs.

National studies conducted by the South African Water Research Commission, released during September 2009, found that water resources in South Africa were approximately 4% lower than estimated in 1995, which may lead to the revision of water use strategies by several sectors in the South African economy, including electricity generation and municipalities. Our surface retreatment operations in South Africa use water to transport the slimes or sand from reclaimed areas to the processing plant and to the tailings facilities, and reduced water availability may result in rationing or increased water costs in the future due to our significant use of water in our mining operations. Our plants and piping infrastructure were designed to carry certain minimum throughputs, so any reductions in the volumes of available water may require us to adjust production at these operations. However, our South African operations can use sea water, which is readily available since both KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands are located in coastal regions, although using sea water instead of fresh water would increase operational costs due to the desalination process, which may not be offset against lower water operating costs.

In addition, under South African law, our South African mining operations are subject to water use licenses that govern each operation’s water use. These licenses require, among other conditions, that mining operations achieve and maintain certain water quality limits for all water discharges, where applicable. Our South African operations that came into existence after the adoption of the National Water Act, No. 36 of 1998 have applied for and been issued the required water use licenses.

The capacity and cost of transportation facilities, as well as transportation delays and interruptions, could adversely affect our ability to supply titanium feedstock to our pigment operations and our products to our customers.

Our ability to sell TiO2 pigment, titanium feedstock, zircon and other products depends primarily upon road transport, third-party rail systems, ports, storage and container shipping. We have no control over those logistical factors which effect transport efficiency, such as the condition of the roads or the quality of ports from which our products are exported, and alternative transportation and delivery systems generally are inadequate or unsuitable to handle the quantity of our shipments and to ensure timely delivery. If we are unable to obtain road, rail, sea or other transportation services, or to do so on a cost-effective basis, our business and growth strategy would be adversely affected.

42


If we are unable to innovate and successfully introduce new products, or new technologies or processes reduce the demand for our products or the price at which we can sell products, our profitability could be adversely affected.

Our industries and the end-use markets into which we sell our products experience periodic technological change and product improvement. Our future growth will depend on our ability to gauge the direction of commercial and technological progress in key end-use markets and on our ability to fund and successfully develop, manufacture and market products in such changing end-use markets. We must continue to identify, develop and market innovative products or enhance existing products on a timely basis to maintain our profit margins and our competitive position. We may be unable to develop new products or technology, either alone or with third parties, or license intellectual property rights from third parties on a commercially competitive basis. If we fail to keep pace with the evolving technological innovations in our end-use markets on a competitive basis, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, new technologies or processes have the potential to replace or provide lower-cost alternatives to our products, such as new processes that reduce TiO2 in consumer products or the use of chloride slag in the production of TiO2 pigment, which could result in TiO2 pigment producers using less chloride slag, or to reduce the need for TiO2 pigment in consumer products, which could depress the demand and pricing for TiO2 pigment. We cannot predict whether technological innovations will, in the future, result in a lower demand for our products or affect the competitiveness of our business. We may be required to invest significant resources to adapt to changing technologies, markets and competitive environments.

Implementing a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system could interfere with our business or operations and could adversely impact our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We began the implementation of a major ERP system in 2012. This project requires significant investment of capital and human resources, the re-engineering of many of our processes, and the attention of many employees who would otherwise be focused on other aspects of its business. Any disruptions, delays or deficiencies in the design and implementation of this new system could potentially result in higher costs than we had anticipated and could adversely affect our ability to provide services to our customers and vendors, file reports with regulatory agencies in a timely manner, manage our internal controls or otherwise operate our business. Any of these consequences could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Violations or noncompliance with the extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which we are subject or changes in laws or regulations governing our operations could result in unanticipated loss or liability.

Our operations and production facilities are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety laws and regulations at national, international and local levels in numerous jurisdictions relating to use of natural resources, pollution, protection of the environment, transporting and storing raw materials and finished products and storing and disposing of hazardous wastes. The costs of compliance with the extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which we are subject or the inability to obtain, update or renew permits required for operation or expansion of our business could reduce our profitability or otherwise adversely affect our business. We may in the future incur substantial costs, including fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions and remediation costs, or experience interruptions in our operations, for violations arising under these laws and regulations. In the event of a catastrophic incident involving any of the raw materials we use or chemicals or mineral products we produce, we could incur material costs as a result of addressing the consequences of such event.

Changes to existing laws governing operations, especially changes in laws relating to transportation of mineral resources, the treatment of land and infrastructure, contaminated land, the remediation of mines, tax

43


royalties, exchange control restrictions, environmental remediation, mineral rights, ownership of mining assets or the rights to prospect and mine may have a material adverse effect on our future business, operations and financial performance. There is risk that onerous conditions may be attached to authorizations in the form of mining rights, water use licenses, miscellaneous licenses and environmental approvals or that the grant of these approvals may be delayed or not granted.

While Tronox Incorporated received a discharge and/or release for its significant legacy environmental and tort liabilities in relation to its United States based operations upon emergence from the Chapter 11 cases, from time to time we may be party to a number of legal and administrative proceedings involving environmental and other matters in various courts and before various agencies, which may include proceedings in relation to any Tronox operations acquired within the United States following the Chapter 11 cases. These could include proceedings associated with facilities owned, operated or used by us, and may include claims for personal injuries, property damages and injury to the environment, including natural resource damages and non-compliance with permits. Any determination that one or more of our key raw materials or products has, or is characterized as having, a toxicological or health-related impact on our environment, customers or employees could subject us to additional legal claims. These proceedings and any such additional claims may be costly and may require a substantial amount of management attention, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our current operations involve the production and management of regulated materials that are subject to various environmental laws and regulations and are dependent on obtaining and the periodic renewal of permits from various governmental agencies. The inability to obtain, update or renew permits related to the operation of our businesses, or the costs required in order to comply with permit standards, could have a material adverse effect on us.

If we fail to comply with the conditions of our permits governing the production and management of regulated materials, mineral sands mining licenses or leases or the provisions of the applicable South African or Australian law, these permits, mining licenses or leases and mining rights could be cancelled or suspended, and we could be prevented from obtaining new mining and prospecting rights, which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, if we are unable to obtain or maintain necessary permits, authorizations or agreements to prospect or mine or to implement planned projects or continue our operations under conditions or within timeframes that make such operations economically viable, our operational results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We compete with other mining and chemical businesses for key human resources in the countries in which we will operate, and our business will suffer if we are unable to hire highly skilled employees or if our key officers or employees discontinue employment with us.

We compete with other chemical and mining companies, and other companies generally, in the countries in which we operate to attract and retain key human resources at all levels with the appropriate technical skills and operating and managerial experience necessary to continue operating and expanding our businesses. These operations use modern techniques and equipment and accordingly require various types of skilled workers. The success of our business will be materially dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of our key officers and skilled employees. The global shortage of key mining skills, including geologists, mining engineers, metallurgists and skilled artisans, has been exacerbated by increased mining activity across the globe. Competition for skilled employees is particularly severe in Western Australia and at Namakwa Sands and this may cost us in terms of higher labor costs or reduced productivity. As a result, we may not be able to attract and retain skilled and experienced employees. Should we lose any of our key personnel or fail to attract and retain key qualified personnel or other skilled employees, our business may be harmed and our operational results and financial condition could be affected.

44


There may be difficulty in effecting service of legal process and enforcing judgments against us and our directors and management.

We are registered under the laws of Western Australia, Australia and substantial portions of our assets will be located outside of the United States. In addition, certain members of our board of directors, as well as certain officers named in this prospectus, reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such other persons residing outside the United States, or to enforce judgments outside the United States obtained against such persons in U.S. courts in any action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult for investors to enforce rights predicated upon the U.S. federal securities laws in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States.

Third parties may develop new intellectual property rights for processes and/or products that we would want to use, but would be unable to do so; or, third parties may claim that the products we make or the processes that we use infringe their intellectual property rights, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from making, using or selling products we make or require alteration of the processes we use.

Although there are currently no known pending or threatened proceedings or claims relating to alleged infringement, misappropriation or violation of the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the future in which third parties allege that their patents or other intellectual property rights are infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by us or our products or processes. In the event that any such infringement, misappropriation or violation of the intellectual property rights of others is found, we may need to obtain licenses from those parties or substantially re-engineer our products or processes to avoid such infringement, misappropriation or violation. We might not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or be able to re-engineer our products or processes successfully. Moreover, if we are found by a court of law to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, we could be required to pay substantial damages or be enjoined from making, using or selling the infringing products or technology. We also could be enjoined from making, using or selling the allegedly infringing products or technology pending the final outcome of the suit. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Results of our operations may also be negatively impacted if a competitor develops or has the right to use intellectual property rights for new processes or products and we cannot obtain similar rights on favorable terms and are unable to independently develop non-infringing competitive alternatives.

If our intellectual property were compromised or copied by competitors, or if competitors were to develop similar intellectual property independently, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property rights. Although we own and have applied for numerous patents and trademarks throughout the world, we may have to rely on judicial enforcement of our patents and other proprietary rights. Our patents and other intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, and rendered unenforceable or otherwise compromised. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We also rely upon unpatented proprietary technology, know-how and other trade secrets to maintain our competitive position. While we maintain policies to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our proprietary expertise and other trade secrets, these agreements may not be enforceable or, even if legally enforceable, we may not have adequate remedies for breaches of such agreements. We also may not be able to readily detect breaches of such agreements. The failure of our patents or confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary technology, know-how or trade secrets could result in significantly lower revenues, reduced profit margins or loss of market share.

45


In addition, we may be unable to determine when third parties are using our intellectual property rights without our authorization. We also have licensed certain of our intellectual property rights to third parties, and we cannot be certain that our licensees are using our intellectual property only as authorized by the applicable license agreement. The undetected or unremedied unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights or the legitimate development or acquisition of intellectual property related to our industry by third parties could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have as a result of our intellectual property, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. If we must take legal action to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights, any suits or proceedings could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and our management’s attention, and we may not prevail in any such suits or proceedings. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If our intangible assets or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

We have a significant amount of intangible assets and long-lived assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), we review our intangible assets and long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances, indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets or long-lived assets may not be recoverable, include, but are not limited to, a significant decline in share price and market capitalization, changes in the industries in which we operate, particularly the impact of a downturn in the global economy, as well as competition or other factors leading to reduction in expected long-term sales or profitability. We may be required to record a significant non-cash charge in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our intangible assets or long-lived assets is determined, negatively impacting our results of operations.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we might be unable to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. In addition, as a result of becoming a public company, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require us and our independent registered public accounting firm to evaluate and report on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2013. The process of implementing our internal controls and complying with Section 404 will be expensive and time consuming, and will require significant attention of management. We cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Even if we conclude, and our independent registered public accounting firm concurs, that our internal control over financial reporting provides reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. Failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our results of operations or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we or our independent registered public accounting firm discovers a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market’s confidence in our financial statements. In addition, a delay in compliance with Section 404 could subject us to a variety of administrative sanctions, including SEC action, ineligibility for short form resale registration and the suspension or delisting of our shares from the stock exchange(s) on which our shares are then listed, which could harm our business.

46


If we experience material weaknesses in internal controls in the future, as Tronox Incorporated has in the past, or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations.

We will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2013. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in its internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We are in the early stages of further enhancing the computer systems processes and related documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete this evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports.

In connection with Tronox Incorporated’s fiscal year 2010 audit, its independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in Tronox Incorporated’s internal control over financial reporting, which were due to identifying control deficiencies, which when aggregated, resulted in material weaknesses with respect to financial accounting and reporting resources, policies and procedures, internal controls and income taxes. These deficiencies related primarily to stagnant internal control policies and procedures including the lack of formal documentation and review of accounting information, which led to an inconsistent application of accounting policies and procedures, and a lack of segregation of duties due to a lack of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles. Tronox Incorporated’s independent auditor also identified significant deficiencies in information system controls.

Since then, we have taken steps to address the material weaknesses disclosed in the preceding paragraph, including hiring appropriately qualified accounting personnel to increase its staff to a more appropriate headcount level and has engaged external resources to enhance the overall design of our internal controls.

47


USE OF PROCEEDS

This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes. The Old Notes properly tendered and exchanged for Exchange Notes will be retired and cancelled. Accordingly, no additional debt will result from the exchange. We have agreed to bear the expense of the exchange offer.

48


RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth the ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a consolidated basis for each of the periods indicated. For the purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense (including capitalized interest) and the portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor.

  Successor  Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31, 

2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
        2010  2009  2008 
` (Millions of dollars) 

Earnings:

           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 $   $1,060   $(44 $1,164   $1,008   $262   $632   $7   $(30 $(147

Fixed charges

  37    19    65    28    68    31    3    49    36    54  

Loss from equity method investee

                              2    4    1  

Capitalized interest

  (1  (1  (2  (1  (2  (1                
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total earnings (loss)

 $36    1,078   $19   $1,191   $1,074   $292   $635   $58   $10   $(92
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 

Fixed Charges:

           

Interest expense

 $34   $14   $60    22   $53   $29   $3   $40   $33   $50  

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on debt

  2    4    4    5    10    1        9    3    4  

Rental expense representative of interest factor (1)

          (1      3                      

Capitalized interest

  1    1    2    1    2    1                  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

 $37   $19   $65   $28   $68   $31   $3   $49   $36   $54  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

  1    57        43    16    9    212    1          
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Inadequate earnings

 $1    $46          $146  
 

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

(1)Relates to the financing leases in South Africa.

49


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our combined cash and cash equivalents and combined capitalization as of June 30, 2013 on a historical basis. This information should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this prospectus.

   As of
June 30, 2013
 
(in millions)            Actual            

Cash

  $1,389  
  

 

 

 

Debt:

  

Term Loan(1)

  $1,489  

UBS Revolver(2)

   —    

ABSA Revolver(3)

   —    

Other debt(4)

   19  

Notes(5)

   900  
  

 

 

 

Total Debt

  $2,408  
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

  $2,384  
  

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

  $4,792  
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes $11 million of unamortized discount, but excludes an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million. The Term Loan is carried on our balance sheet at $1,489 million.
(2)Excludes the available borrowing base of $275 million and a $25 million letter of credit and an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million.
(3)Excludes availability of R900 million (approximately $92 million).
(4)Includes a $7 million asset financing arrangement and $12 million of lease financing.
(5)Represents the principal amount of the Old Notes.

50


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected historical financial data for the periods indicated. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and supplemental information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through December 31, 2012, reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The statement of operations data and the supplemental information for the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011, and years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated. The balance sheet data at June 30, 2013 and 2012 and December 31, 2012 relates to Tronox Limited. The balance sheet data at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 relates to Tronox Incorporated.

This information should be read in conjunction with our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, our Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

  Successor     Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,

2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
           2010  2009  2008 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Statement of Operations Data:

            

Net Sales

 $525   $429   $995   $863   $1,832   $1,543     $108   $1,218   $1,070   $1,246  

Cost of goods sold

  475    304    913    581    (1,568  (1,104    (83  (996  (932  (1,133
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  50    125    82    282    264    439      25    222    138    113  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  41    103    92    147    (239  (152    (5  (59  (72  (114

Litigation/arbitration settlement

  —      —      —      —      —      10      —      —      —      —    

Gain on land sales

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      1    25  

Impairment of long-lived assets(1)

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      —      (25

Restructuring charges(2)

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      (17  (10

Net loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      (24  —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements(3)

  —      —      —       —      5      —      47    —      (73
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

  9    22    (10  135    25    302      20    210    26    (84

Interest and debt expense(4)

  (35  (14  (62  (22  (65  (30    (3  (50  (36  (54

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      (4  —      —      —        —      —      —      —    

Other income (expense)

  26    (3  32    (4  (7  (10    2    (8  (11  (10

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      1,055    —      1,055    1,055    —        —      —      —      —    

Reorganization income (expense)

  —      —      —      —      —      —        613    (145  (10  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  —      1,060    (44  1,164    1,008    262      632    7    (31  (148

Income tax benefit (provision)

  (1  84    (2  66    125    (20    (1  (2  2    2  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

  (1  1,144    (46  1,230    1,133    242      631    5    (29  (146

Income (Loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit (provision)

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      1    (10  (189
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  (1  1,144    (46  1,230    1,133    242      631    6    (39  (335

Income (Loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

  12    —      24    —      1    —        —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

 $(13 $1,144   $(70 $1,230   $1,134   $242     $631   $6   $(39 $(335
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations per Share(5):

            

Basic

 $(0.11 $13.46   $(0.62 $15.31   $11.37   $3.22     $15.28   $0.11   $(0.70 $(3.55

Diluted

 $(0.11 $13.00   $(0.62 $14.74   $11.10   $3.10     $15.25   $0.11   $(0.70 $(3.55

51


  Successor     Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
  Year
Ended
December 31,

2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,

2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,

2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
           2010  2009  2008 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Balance Sheet Data:

            

Working capital(6)

    2,318    1,232   $1,706   $488     $458   $483   $489   $(247

Property, plant and equipment, net and Mineral leasehold, net

   $2,630    2,918   $2,862    542      318    316    314    347  

Total assets

   $5,847    5,111   $5,511   $1,657     $1,091   $1,098   $1,118   $1,045  

Noncurrent liabilities:

            

Long-term debt(6)

    2,390    712   $1,605   $421     $421   $421   $423   $—    

Environmental remediation and/or restoration(7)

    —      —      —      1      1    1    —      546  

All other noncurrent liabilities

    531    470    557    203      153    154    50    125  

Total liabilities(9)

   $3,257    1,700   $2,629   $905     $848   $828   $683   $1,642  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    —      —     $—     $—       $897   $900   $1,048   $—    

Total equity

   $2,590    3,412   $2,882   $752     $(654 $(630 $(613 $(598

Supplemental Information:

            

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense

 $73   $31    146    53   $211   $79     $4   $50   $53   $76  

Capital expenditures

 $34   $27    79    48   $166   $133     $6   $45   $24   $34  

EBITDA(8)

 $107   $1,105    162    1,239   $1,284   $371     $639   $108   $49   $(207

Adjusted EBITDA(8)

 $101   $147    174    298   $503   $468     $24   $203   $142   $99  

(1)In 2008, Tronox Incorporated recorded impairment charges for long-lived assets of approximately $3 million related to Savannah, Georgia, and approximately $22 million related to Botlek, the Netherlands.
(2)Restructuring charges in 2009 were primarily the result of the idling of Tronox Incorporated’s Savannah plant. Restructuring charges in 2008 resulted primarily from work force reduction programs, along with asset retirement obligation adjustments.
(3)In 2010, Tronox Incorporated recorded receivables from its insurance carrier related to environmental clean-up obligations at the Henderson facility. Due to the accounting for certain legacy liabilities, the obligation for this clean-up work had been recorded in 2008 and prior years.
(4)Excludes $3 million, $33 million and $32 million in the consolidatedone month ended January 31, 2011 and combined statement of operations.

42


Index to Financial Statements

Interest Expense. Until the completion of the IPOyears ended December 31, 2010 and the concurrent financing, Kerr-McGee provided financing to us through cash flows from its other operations and debt incurred. Although the incurred debt was not allocated to us, a portion of the interest expense was allocated based on specifically-identified borrowings at Kerr-McGee’s average borrowing rates. These costs are included in other income (expense) in the consolidated and combined statement of operations, net of interest income2009, respectively, that was allocated to Kerr-McGee on certain monies we loaned to Kerr-McGee. This allocation ceased at the IPO date as Kerr-McGee no longer provides financing to us.

Expense allocations from Kerr-McGee reflected in the income (loss) from continuing operations in Parent’s consolidated and combined financial statements were as follows:

     2005      2004      2003  
   (Millions of dollars)

General corporate expenses

  $24.3  $27.4  $25.3

Employee benefits and incentives(1)

   24.0   28.8   35.9

Interest expense, net

   14.6   12.1   10.1

(1)Includes special termination benefits, settlement and curtailment losses of nil, $9.1 million and $28.7 million for years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

These allocations were based on what were considered to be reasonable reflections of the historical utilization levels of these services required in support of our business. Parent currently estimates that general annual corporate expenses may be $15.0 million to $20.0 million greater on an annual basis in the future as a stand-alone company.

Subsequent to the IPO, the expense allocations for certain corporate services previously provided by Kerr-McGee ceased, and Parent began purchasing such services from Kerr-McGeewould have been payable under the terms of the transition services agreement. Under9.5% senior unsecured notes.

(5)On June 26, 2012, the termsBoard of Directors of Tronox Limited approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the transition services agreement, Parent also receives compensationsame class by way of bonus issue. All references to number of shares and per share data in the Successor’s consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the share split, unless otherwise noted. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for services providedadditional information regarding the Company’s share split.
(6)Working capital is defined as the excess (deficit) of current assets over current liabilities. Due to Kerr-McGee. The netTronox Incorporated’s financial condition at December 31, 2008, the entire balance of our outstanding debt of $563 million was classified as current obligations, resulting in long-term debt having a balance of $0 and working capital being a deficit. In 2009, the $350 million senior unsecured notes were reclassified to Liabilities Subject to Comprise.
(7)As a result of the bankruptcy filing and certain legacy liabilities accounting, environmental remediation and/or restoration liabilities were reclassified to Liabilities Subject to Compromise in 2009.
(8)EBITDA represents income (loss) before interest expense, chargedincome tax benefit (provision), and depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to Parentreflect certain items, including as permitted by the applicable credit facilities then in 2005 was nominal for the one-month period subsequenteffect.
(9)Represents total liabilities before liabilities subject to compromise.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are used by management to measure performance, are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors, as it is commonly used in the industry as a means of evaluating operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP and do not purport to be an alternative measure of our financial performance as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

52


Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures:

Reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period-to-period comparison and analysis of trends in our business, as they exclude income and expense that are not reflective of ongoing operating results;

Provide useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results and comparing financial results across periods;

Provide a normalized view of our operating performance by excluding items that are either non-cash or non-recurring in nature;

Enable investors to assess our compliance with financial covenants under our debt instruments; and

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary measures management uses for planning and budgeting processes and to monitor and evaluate financial and operating results.

53


The following table reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

  Successor     Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2010
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2009
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
  

(Millions of dollars)

 

Net income (loss)

 $(1 $1,144   $(46 $1,230   $1,133   $242     $631   $6   $(39 $(335

Interest and debt expense, net of interest income

  34    14    60    22    65    30      3    50    36    54  

Income tax provision (benefit)

  1    (84  2    (66  (125  20      1    2    (1  (2

Depreciation and amortization expense

  73    31    146    53    211    79      4    50    53    76  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA

  107    1,105    162    1,239    1,284    371      639    108    49    (207

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      (1,055  —      (1,055  (1,055  —        —      —      —      —    

Amortization of inventory step up and unfavorable ore sales contracts from purchase accounting

  (2  21    6    21    152    —        —      —      —      —    

Share-based compensation

  6    20    11    27    31    14      —      1    —      1  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      4    —      —      —        —      —      —      —    

Transfer tax incurred due to acquisition

  —      —      —      —      37    —        —      —      —      —    

Reorganization expense associated with bankruptcy(a)

  —      —      —      —      —      —        46    145    10    —    

Gain on fresh-start accounting

  —      —      —      —      —      —        (659  —      —      —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements(b)

  —      —      —      —      —      (5    —      (47  —      73  

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      (1  10    189  

Restructuring costs not associated with the bankruptcy(c)

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      —      14  

Pension and postretirement settlement/curtailments

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      10    26  

Loss on sale of assets

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      (1  (25

Impairment charges(d)

  —      —      —      —      —      —         —      1    25  

Unusual or non-recurring items(e)

  —      —      —      —      —      —        —      —      24    —    

Litigation/arbitration settlement

  —      —      —      —      —      (10    —      —      —      —    

Amortization of fresh-start inventory step up

  —      —      —      —      —      36      —      —      —      —    

Foreign currency remeasurement

  (13  2    (19  1    6    7      (1  12    15    (7

Transactions costs and financial statement restatement costs(f)

  —      50    —      59    32    39      —      —      —      —    

Other items(g)

  3    4    10    6    16    16      (1  (15  24    10  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $101   $147   $174   $298   $503   $468     $24   $203   $142   $99  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Tronox Incorporated incurred costs related to the IPO.

Kerr-McGee utilized a worldwide centralized approachChapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. These items include cash and non-cash charges related to cash managementcontract terminations, prepetition obligations, debtor-in-possession financing costs, legal and the financing of its operations, with all related activity between Kerr-McGee and the entities comprisingprofessional fees.

(b)In 2010, Tronox Incorporated reflectedrecorded receivables from its insurance carrier related to environmental clean-up obligations at the Henderson facility. Due to the accounting for certain legacy liabilities, as described in notes 1 and 5 to the annual Consolidated Financial Statements, the obligation for this clean-up work had been recorded in 2008 and prior years.

54


(c)Restructuring costs in 2008 resulted primarily from work force reduction programs along with asset retirement obligation adjustments.
(d)In 2008, Tronox Incorporated recorded impairment charges for long-lived assets of approximately $3 million related to Savannah, Georgia, and approximately $22 million related to Botlek, the Netherlands.
(e)The 2009 amount represents the net transfers from Kerr-McGeeloss on deconsolidation of Tronox Incorporated’s German subsidiaries.
(f)During 2012, transaction costs consist of costs associated with the acquisition of the mineral sands business, including banker fees, legal and professional fees, as well as costs associated with the preparation and amending of the registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the consolidated and combined statement of comprehensive income (loss) and business/stockholders’ equity. In connection with the IPO,Transaction and costs associated with the net amount due from the entities comprising Tronox Incorporated to Kerr-McGee at the closing dateintegration of the IPO was contributed by Kerr-McGee to Parent as equity, forming a part of Parent’s continuing equity. Subsequent tomineral sands business that occurred after the closing of the IPO, amountsTransaction. During the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, transaction costs and financial statement restatement costs include expenses related to the Transaction, fresh-start accounting fees, costs associated with restating Tronox Incorporated’s environmental reserves and the auditing of the historical financial statements. Costs associated with the Transaction include legal and professional fees related to due diligence and transaction advice as well as investment banking fees.
(g)Includes noncash pension and postretirement costs, accretion expense, fixed asset write-downs and abandonment expense, gains and losses on the sale of assets, noncash gains on liquidation of a subsidiary, income (loss) from discontinued operations, severance expense and other noncash or non-recurring income or expenses. Additionally, Tronox Incorporated incurred legal fees associated with the exit from bankruptcy.

55


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the information contained in Tronox Limited’s unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the related notes thereto, and the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the related notes thereto. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward- Looking Statements.”

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains certain financial measures, in particular the presentation of Income from Operations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are not presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). We are presenting these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures because they provide us and readers of prospectus with additional insight into our operational performance relative to earlier periods and relative to our competitors. We do not intend for these non-U.S GAAP financial measures to be a substitute for any U.S. GAAP financial information. Readers of these statements should use these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures only in conjunction with the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. A reconciliation of Income from Operations to Income from Continuing Operations, the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure is provided herein. A reconciliation of Net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is also provided herein.

Overview

We are a global leader in the production and marketing of titanium bearing mineral sands and titanium dioxide pigment (“TiO2”). We are the third largest global producer and marketer of TiO2 manufactured via chloride technology, as well as the third largest global producer of titanium feedstock and a leader in global zircon production. We have operations in North America, Europe, South Africa and the Asia-Pacific region. We operate three TiO2 facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, The Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, representing approximately 465,000 tonnes of annual TiO2 production capacity. Additionally, we operate three separate mining operations: KwaZulu-Natal (“KZN”) Sands located in South Africa, Namakwa Sands located in South Africa and Cooljarloo Sands located in Western Australia, which have a combined annual production capacity of approximately 753,000 tonnes of titanium feedstock and approximately 265,000 tonnes of zircon.

We have two reportable operating segments, Mineral Sands and Pigment. Corporate and other is comprised of our electrolytic manufacturing and marketing operations, as well as our corporate activities, including businesses that are no longer in operation.

The Mineral Sands segment includes the exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits. These operations produce titanium feedstock, including chloride slag, slag fines and rutile, as well as zircon and pig iron. Titanium feedstock is used primarily to manufacture TiO2. Zircon is a mineral which is primarily used as an opacifier in ceramic glazes for tiles, plates, dishes and industrial products.

The pigment segment primarily produces and markets TiO2. TiO2is used in a wide range of products due to its ability to impart whiteness, brightness and opacity. TiOis used extensively in the manufacture of paint and other coatings, plastics and paper and in a wide range of other applications, including inks, fibers, rubber, food, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals. TiO2is a critical component of everyday consumer applications due to its superior ability to cover or mask other materials effectively and efficiently relative to alternative white pigments and extenders. We believe that, at present, TiO2 has no effective substitute because no other white pigment has the physical properties for achieving comparable opacity and brightness or can be incorporated in a cost-effective manner.

56


Acquisition of Mineral Sands Business

Because we believed that becoming vertically integrated would benefit us by assuring our access to critical supply, retaining cash and margin in the Company, and enabling general operating flexibility, we acquired a global producer of mineral sands with production facilities and sales and marketing presence strategically positioned throughout the world. Specifically, we acquired 74% of Exxaro Resources Ltd’s (“Exxaro”) South African mineral sands operations, including its Namakwa and KZN Sands mines, separation and slag furnaces, along with its 50% share of the Tiwest Joint Venture in Western Australia (together the “mineral sands business”) (the “Transaction”). On June 15, 2012, the date of the Transaction (the “Transaction Date”), the existing business of Tronox Incorporated was combined with the mineral sands business under Tronox Limited. As such, as of the Transaction Date, we own 100% of the operations formerly operated by the Tiwest Joint Venture.

Prior to the Transaction Date, Tronox Incorporated operated the Tiwest Joint Venture with Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd., a subsidiary of Exxaro, which operated a chloride process TiO2 plant located in Kwinana, Western Australia, a mining operation in Cooljarloo, Western Australia, and a mineral separation plant and a synthetic rutile processing facility, both in Chandala, Western Australia.

Recent Developments

Dividends Declared—On August 6, 2013, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share to holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares at the close of business on August 19, 2013, totaling $29 million, which will be paid on September 4, 2013. On May 7, 2013, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share which was paid on May 28, 2013 to holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares at close of business on May 20, 2013. On February 19, 2013, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share which was paid on March 20, 2013 to holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares at close of business on March 6, 2013. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company paid dividends of $57 million. See Note 14 of Notes to unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Extinguishment of Debt—On February 28, 2013, we repaid the outstanding principal balance of $149 million, plus interest, related to the $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan (the “Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan”). See Note 11 of Notes to unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Term Loan—On March 19, 2013, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we obtained the Term Loan, which matures on March 19, 2020. See Note 11 of Notes to unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Executive Management Departure—On February 9, 2013, Daniel D. Greenwell voluntarily resigned as Chief Financial Officer, effective March 31, 2013. In connection with Mr. Greenwell’s resignation, Mr. Greenwell and the Company executed a separation agreement (the “Greenwell Separation Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Greenwell Separation Agreement, Mr. Greenwell received a lump sum cash payment equal to $1.4 million and immediate accelerated vesting of 25,208 shares of restricted stock and 11,167 options. In addition, he received continued coverage under the Company’s benefit plans or equivalent coverage until September 30, 2014.

Dividends Declared—On November 8, 2012, our Tronox Limited Board of Directors (our “Board”) declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share to holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares, totaling approximately $29 million. On June 26, 2012, our Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share to holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares, totaling $32 million. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

57


Exxaro Class A Share Purchase Agreement—During October 2012, Exxaro purchased 1.4 million Class A Shares in the open market purchases. At December 31, 2012, Exxaro held approximately 44.6% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Executive Management Departure—On September 30, 2012, we entered into a Separation Letter Agreement with Robert C. Gibney, former Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Tronox Limited. Mr. Gibney’s resignation was effective on September 29, 2012 (the “Gibney Separation Date”). Pursuant to his agreement, among other things, Mr. Gibney will receive severance in the amount of $650,000 payable biweekly over the 365 days following the Gibney Separation Date. We accrued for Mr. Gibney’s severance as of the Gibney Separation Date. Additionally, 7,500 restricted shares vested immediately and all remaining unvested awards were immediately forfeited and cancelled without any consideration being paid.

T-Bucks Employee Participation Plan (“T-Bucks EPP”)—In September 2012, we created the T-Bucks EPP for the benefit of certain employees in South Africa. An initial capital contribution to the T-Bucks Trust of R124 million (approximately $15 million), was used to acquire 548,234 Class A Shares. See Note 19 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regulatory Approval—In September 2012, the South African Department of Mineral Resources approved our amendment application to the Environmental Management Program for Project Fairbreeze. This, together with the National Environmental Management Act authorization received earlier this year, allows us to commence with selected construction activities while awaiting further authorizations. During October 2012, the Mtunzini Conservatory filed an application for an injunction to halt the early-phase construction at our KZN Fairbreeze mine. We opposed the injunction and received a favorable court ruling and cost award in the matter. We recently entered into a settlement agreement with the Mtunzini Conservancy that settled the cost claim and will allow us to continue with early-phase construction as planned.

Share Repurchases—During 2012, we repurchased 12.6 million Class A Shares, affected for the 5-for-1 share split, at an average price of $25.84 per share, inclusive of commissions, for a total cost of $326 million. On September 27, 2012, we announced the successful completion of our share repurchase program. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Senior Notes—On August 20, 2012, Tronox Limited’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Tronox Finance LLC, issued $900 million aggregate principal amount of 6.375% senior notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes bear interest semiannually at a rate equal to 6.375% and were sold at par value. See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Share Split Declared—On June 26, 2012, our Board of Directors approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

UBS Revolver—On June 18, 2012, in connection with the closing of the Transaction, we entered into the UBS Revolver with a maturity date of June 18, 2017. The UBS Revolver provides us with a committed source of capital with a principal borrowing amount of up to $300 million, subject to a borrowing base. See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

ABSA Revolver—In connection with the Transaction, we entered into the R900 million (approximately $106 million) ABSA Revolver. See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Term Loan Draw Down—On June 14, 2012, in connection with the closing of the Transaction, we drew down the $150 million on the Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan (as discussed inExit Facility Refinancingbelow). See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

58


Refinancing of the Wells Revolver—On February 8, 2012, Tronox Incorporated amended the Wells Revolver to facilitate the Transaction while keeping the revolver in force. On June 18, 2012, in connection with the Transaction, we utilized the UBS Revolver to refinance the $125 million senior secured credit agreement with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (the “Wells Revolver”). See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Exit Facility Refinancing—On February 8, 2012, Tronox Incorporated refinanced its $425 million exit facility due October 21, 2015 (the “Exit Financing Facility”), and obtained a new Goldman Sachs facility comprised of a $550 million Senior Secured Term Loan and a $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan (together, the “Term Facility”). The Term Facility expressly permitted the Transaction and, together with existing cash, funded the cash needs of the combined business, including cash needs in the Transaction. See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Environment

The following discussion includes trends and factors that may affect future operating results.

Vertical Integration—Our integration plan is on track to more fully demonstrate the material cost advantages it gives us. The vertical integration of titanium feedstock and TiO2 production provides us with a secure and cost competitive supply of high grade titanium feedstock over the long term. Our ability to supply all of the feedstock that our pigment operations require enables us to balance our consumption and sales in ways that we believe our competitors cannot. Beginning with the first quarter of 2013, titanium feedstock sold internally to the pigment segment increased. As a result, during the first quarter of 2013, we cancelled, at our option and without penalty, contracts with two external ore suppliers.

Mineral Sands—Titanium feedstock selling prices declined slightly during the first quarter of 2013; however, there was higher priced tonnage that was shipped in the first quarter that had been scheduled to ship in the fourth quarter of 2012, and which was priced at higher prices. While both rutile and zircon pricing declined, volumes for rutile remained subdued and zircon volumes showed a marked increase.

Pigment—During the second quarter of 2013, we saw an increase of TiO2 sales volumes from the first quarter of 2013 in all three major regions; however we saw a decrease in selling prices. Prices decreased slightly in the second quarter as inventory levels continue to decline. On May 30, 2013, we announced price increases for all of our titanium dioxide grades. We cannot predict whether, or to what effect, such proposed price increases will be implemented.

Supply and Demand—During 2013, we expect to see sequential demand momentum in both the mineral sands and pigment businesses. Our vertical integration continues on plan with an increasing percentage of titanium feedstock used by our pigment business sourced internally from our mineral sands business.

Competition—We operate in highly competitive markets, and face competition not only from chloride process pigment producers, but also sulphate process pigment producers. Moreover, because transport costs are minor relative to the cost of our product, there is also some competition between products produced in one region versus products produced in another region.

Seasonality—The demand for TiO2 during a given year is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Because TiO2 is widely used in paint and other coatings, titanium feedstocks are in higher demand prior to the painting season (spring and summer in the Northern Hemisphere), and pig iron is in lower demand during the European summer holidays, when many steel plants and foundries undergo maintenance. Zircon generally is a non-seasonal product but is negatively impacted by the Chinese winter and New Year celebrations due to reduced zircon demand from China.

59


Currency Exchange Rates—The financial condition and results of operations of our operating entities in The Netherlands, Australia and South Africa are reported in various foreign currencies and then converted into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, any volatility of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies creates uncertainty for and may have a positive or negative impact on reported sales and operating results. Foreign currency effects appear in our financial statements in several ways. First, they impact reported amounts of revenues and expenses and are embedded in each line item of the financial statements. Second, for changes in reported asset and liability amounts, changes are reported in either other income (expense) on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations or in cumulative translation adjustments in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the U.S. dollar strengthened approximately 6% and 14%, respectively, against the South African Rand.

Environmental—We currently report and manage greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions as required by law for sites located in areas (European Union/Australia) requiring such managing and reporting. While the United States has not adopted any federal climate change legislation, the Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) has introduced some GHG programs. For example, under the EPA’s GHG “Tailoring Rule,” expansions or new construction could be subject to the Clean Air Act’s Prevention of Significant Deterioration (“PSD”) requirements. Some of our facilities are currently subject to GHG emissions monitoring and reporting. Changes or additional requirements due to GHG regulations could impact our capital and operating costs. However, it is not possible at the present time to estimate any financial impacts to these U.S. operating sites. Also, some in the scientific community believe that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the atmosphere may result in climatic changes. Depending on the severity of climatic changes, our operations could be adversely affected. The Western Australian operations are subject to a new Australian carbon tax law that went into effect in July 2012, resulting in an approximate $7 million impact annually.

Political and social unrest in South Africa—South Africa has been experiencing political and social unrest in several mining industries. Changes to or instability in the economic or political environment in South Africa especially if such changes create political instability, actual or potential shortages of production materials or labor unrest, could result in production delays and production shortfalls and materially impact our production and results of operations. We negotiate new labor contracts with the unions in South Africa annually. These have been successfully concluded for the period up to June 2014. We value our relations with our employees and their representatives, and consider them to be stable.

60


Consolidated Results of Operations

Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

  Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,    
          2013                  2012          Variance          2013                  2012          Variance 

Net Sales

 $525   $429   $96   $995   $863   $132  

Cost of goods sold

  475    304    171    913    581    332  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  50    125    (75  82    282    (200

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  41    103    (62  92    147    (55
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

  9    22    (13  (10  135    (145

Interest and debt expense

  (35  (14  (21  (62  (22  (40

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      —      (4  —      (4

Other income (expense)

  26    (3  29    32    (4  36  

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      1,055    (1,055  —      1,055    (1,055
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

  —      1,060    (1,060  (44  1,164    (1,208

Income tax provision

  (1  84    (85  (2  66    (68
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income

  (1  1,144    (1,145  (46  1,230    (1,276

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  12    —      12    24    —      24  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income attributable to Tronox Limited

 $(13 $1,144   $(1,157 $(70 $1,230   $(1,300
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales for the second quarter of 2013 and six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 22% and 15%, respectively. The increase in net sales for 2013 reflects the impact of the acquired businesses and higher volumes across all business units, partially offset by lower selling prices. The acquired businesses contributed $300 million to net consolidated net sales during the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $26 million during the same period in 2012. Higher volumes in the pigment business primarily reflect an increase in shipments to the Asia-Pacific and European regions, while Mineral Sands volumes grew due to stronger sales of zircon. Lower prices primarily resulted from softening market demand in the pigment business in late 2011 and early 2012, which accelerated in the latter half of 2012. The impact of foreign currency exchange rates decreased net sales by $4 million during the second quarter of 2013 and $3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to 2012.

Cost of goods sold for the second quarter of 2013 and six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 56% and 57%, respectively. The increase principally reflects the inclusion of the acquired business, higher pigment production costs, primarily for raw materials and chemical products, higher per unit costs due to lower capacity utilization during 2013, and an increase in sales volumes. For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, cost of goods sold includes $(2) million and $21 million, respectively, of net non-cash amortization of inventory step-up and unfavorable ore sales contracts as a result of our purchase price allocation. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, cost of goods sold includes $6 million and $21 million, respectively, of net non-cash amortization of inventory step-up and unfavorable ore sales contracts as a result of purchase price allocation.

Our gross margin decreased $75 million during the second quarter of 2013 to 10% of net sales as compared to 29% of net sales in the second quarter of 2012. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, gross margin decreased $200 million to 8% of net sales as compared to 33% of net sales in the same period during 2012. The decrease was principally due to higher feedstock and plant utilization costs and lower selling prices in the pigment business. For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, net noncash depreciation, depletion and amortization of $31 million and $5 million, respectively, as a result of purchase accounting impacted the gross

61


margin by 6% and 1%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, net noncash depreciation and amortization of $64 million and $5 million, respectively, as a result of purchase accounting impacted the gross margin by 6% and 1%, respectively.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 decreased 60% and 37%, respectively. During the second quarter of 2013, the acquired business contributed approximately $3 million of our total selling, general and administrative costs compared to $1 million during the same period in 2012. The remaining net decrease during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 is primarily due to one-time costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of the Mineral Sands business of approximately $69 million, comprised mainly of transfer taxes, one-time share-based compensation awards and transaction costs. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the acquired business contributed approximately $8 million of our total selling, general and administrative costs compared to $1 million during the same period in 2012. The remaining net decrease during 2013 compared to 2012 is primarily due to one-time costs incurred in connection with the the acquisition of Mineral Sands business of approximately $82 million, comprised mostly of transfer taxes and share-based compensation awards.

Interest and debt expense for the second quarter of 2013 and six months ended June 30, 2013 increased over 100%. The increase is primarily attributable to interest expense on the $900 million senior notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”) of $15 million during the second quarter of 2013 and $29 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, as well as the amortization of debt issuance costs associated with the Senior Notes.

Other income (expense) increased primarily due to the impact of foreign currency exchange rates. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, we experienced net foreign currency gains of $25 million and $31 million, respectively, principally due to a strengthening U.S. dollar as compared to the South African Rand and Australian dollar. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, we experienced net foreign currency losses of $3 million and $5 million, respectively.

In February 2013, we repaid the outstanding principal balance of $149 million at par, plus interest, related to the $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan. In accordance with ASC 470,Debt, we accounted for such repayment as an extinguishment of debt. As such, for the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recognized a loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $4 million related to the allocated portion of the unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs.

The effective tax rates for the three months and the six months ended June 30, 2013, differ from the Australian statutory rate of 30% primarily due to withholding tax accruals, valuation allowances in the United States, and income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates different than 30%.

The negative effective tax rates for the three months and the six months ended June 30, 2012, differ from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily as a consequence of the Company re-domiciling in Australia. Because the Australian tax laws provide for a resetting of the tax basis of the business assets to market value, the Company recorded a tax benefit related to this market value basis adjustment. The overall tax benefit from this basis adjustment was partially offset by a valuation allowance established for the portion of the tax benefit which the Company believes will not be realized. Because this basis change did not pertain to an entity acquired in the Transaction, this net tax benefit was recorded through tax expense and did not impact the Company’s gain on bargain purchase.

62


Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit

Net Sales

   Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,    
           2013                  2012          Variance          2013                  2012          Variance 

Mineral Sands segment

  $312   $89   $223   $610   $172   $438  

Pigment segment

   304    348    (44  592    710    (118

Corporate and other

   35    27    8    62    58    4  

Eliminations

   (126  (35  (91  (269  (77  (192
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Sales

  $525   $429   $96   $995   $863   $132  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Mineral Sands segment

Net sales increased $223 million during the second quarter of 2013 as compared to the second quarter of 2012, and $438 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to the acquired business which, on a segment basis, contributed $255 million and $496 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively compared to $35 million and $35 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The remaining increase for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily comprised of an increase in volumes of $51 million offset by a $44 million decrease in selling prices. The remaining decrease for the six months was principally due to lower selling prices of $75 million, offset by a $56 million increase due to sales volumes. Minerals Sands selling prices declined principally due to a depressed zircon market. Minerals sales volumes were higher primarily due to higher zircon volumes and to increased shipments of synthetic rutile to our pigments business, as we achieve full internal sourcing. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the effect of changes in foreign currency negatively impacted mineral sands net sales by $4 million and $4 million, respectively.

Pigment segment

Pigment segment net sales decreased $44 million, or 13% during the second quarter of 2013 as compared to the second quarter of 2012, and $118 million, or 17% during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The decrease is primarily due to a decrease in selling prices of $97 million, offset by higher volumes of $52 million in the second quarter of 2013 compared to the second quarter of 2012, and a decrease in selling prices of $187 million, offset by higher volumes of $68 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The volume impact reflects increased shipments to the European and Asia-Pacific regions. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the effect of changes in foreign currency positively impacted pigment net sales by less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively.

Corporate and other

Net sales increased $8 million, or 30% during the second quarter of 2013 as compared to the second quarter of 2012, and $4 million, or 7% during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. Corporate and other includes our electrolytic manufacturing business. The increase to electrolytic and other chemical products net sales was primarily due to increased volumes of electrolytic manganese dioxide (“EMD”) and sodium chlorate (principally in the second quarter).

63


Income from Operations

  Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,    
          2013                  2012          Variance          2013                  2012          Variance 

Mineral Sands segment

 $68   $46   $22   $164   $97   $67  

Pigment segment

  (56  37    (93  (124  146    (270

Corporate and other

  (11  (76  65    (35  (104  69  

Eliminations

  8    15    (7  (15  (4  (11
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  9    22    (13  (10  135    (145

Interest and debt expense

  (35  (14  (21  (62  (22  (40

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      —      (4  —      (4

Other income (expense)

  26    (3  29    32    (4  36  

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      1,055    (1,055  —      1,055    (1,055
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before taxes

  —      1,060    (1,060  (44  1,164    (1,208

Income tax provision

  (1  84    (85  (2  66    (68
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 $(1 $1,144   $(1,145 $(46 $1,230   $(1,276
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Mineral Sands segment

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, income from operations increased $22 million and $67 million, respectively, compared to the same periods during 2012. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the acquired businesses contributed $50 million and $124 million, respectively, to segment income from operations compared to less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The remaining decrease of $27 million during the second quarter of 2013 is primarily attributable to a $44 million decrease in selling prices and slightly higher unit costs of $5 million, offset by higher volumes of $20 million, while the remaining decrease of $56 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 is primarily attributable to a $75 million decrease in selling prices and slightly higher unit costs of $4 million, offset by higher volumes of $22 million. Cost of goods sold in the Mineral Sands segment in the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, includes net noncash charges of $(2) million and $6 million, respectively, related to purchase accounting adjustments for inventory step-up and unfavorable contract amortization.

Pigment segment

Income from operations decreased $93 million during the second quarter of 2013 and $270 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013, which was primarily driven by lower selling prices of $97 million, offset by higher volumes of $7 million during the second quarter of 2013. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, lower selling prices of $187 million, and higher costs, principally for feedstock ores and other chemicals, of $68 million, were only partially offset by higher volumes of $12 million.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Emergence from Chapter 11

On January 12, 2009 (the “Petition Date”), Tronox Incorporated and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) seeking reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). On November 30, 2010 (the “Confirmation Date”), the Bankruptcy Court confirmed (the “Confirmation Order”) the Debtors’ First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, dated November 5, 2010 (as amended and confirmed, the “Plan”). Material conditions to the Plan were resolved during the period from the Confirmation Date until January 26,

64


2011. Subsequently, on February 14, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), Tronox Incorporated emerged from bankruptcy and continued operations as reorganized Tronox Incorporated.

The consummation of the Plan resulted in a substantial realignment of the interests in Tronox Incorporated between existing prepetition creditors and shareholders. As a result, Tronox Incorporated was required to adopt fresh-start accounting. Having resolved the material contingencies related to implementing the Plan on January 26, 2011 and due to the proximity to the end of month accounting period, which closed on January 31, 2011, Tronox Incorporated applied fresh-start accounting as of January 31, 2011. Tronox Incorporated evaluated the activity between January 26, 2011 and January 31, 2011 and, based upon the immateriality of such activity, concluded that the use of January 31, 2011 to reflect the fresh-start accounting adjustments was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. The use of the January 31, 2011 date is for financial reporting purposes only and does not affect the Effective Date of the Plan. Accordingly, the financial information set forth in this report, unless otherwise expressly set forth or as the context otherwise indicates, reflects the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of Tronox Incorporated and its subsidiaries on a fresh-start basis for the period following January 31, 2011 (“Successor”), and of Tronox Incorporated and its subsidiaries on a historical basis for the periods through January 31, 2011 (“Predecessor”). All references to 2011 refer to the combined twelve month period ended December 31, 2011, which includes the Successor period and the Predecessor period, unless otherwise indicated.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Combined Twelve Month Period Ended December 31, 2011

   Successor     Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
 

Net Sales

  $1,832   $1,543     $108  

Cost of goods sold

   (1,568  (1,104    (83
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Margin

   264    439      25  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   (239  (152    (5

Litigation/arbitration settlement

   —     10      —   

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   —     5      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from Operations

   25    302      20  

Interest and debt expense

   (65  (30    (3

Other income (expense)

   (7  (10    2  

Gain on bargain purchase

   1,055    —       —   

Reorganization income

   —     —       613  
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

   1,008    262      632  

Income tax benefit (provision)

   125    (20    (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

  $1,133   $242     $631  
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We reported net sales for 2012 of $1,832 million, an increase of 11% or $181 million. During 2012 and 2011, 68% and 86%, respectively, of our net sales were generated from the sale of TiO2. The increase in net sales for 2012 reflects the impact of the acquired businesses, higher selling prices in all of our businesses partially offset by lower sales volumes. The acquired businesses contributed $524 million to consolidated net sales during 2012. Higher prices resulted from a strong market in early-to-mid 2011 and the carryover of price increases from 2011. As market demand softened in late 2011 and early 2012, we began to experience price erosion which accelerated in the latter half of 2012. During 2012, sales volumes declined in both the mineral sands and pigment businesses due to simultaneous market weakness in China, Europe, and North America. The impact of foreign currency exchange rates decreased net sales by $25 million during 2012 as compared to 2011.

65


Cost of goods sold for 2012 was $1,568 million, an increase of 32% or $381 million. The increase reflects the inclusion of the acquired business, higher pigment production costs, primarily for raw materials and chemical products, as well as higher per unit costs due to lower capacity utilization during 2012, partially offset by a decrease in sales volumes. Cost of goods sold for 2012 includes $152 million of non-cash amortization of inventory step-up and unfavorable ore sales contracts as a result of purchase accounting. During 2012, we reduced pigment production volumes in response to decreased sales volumes. Unfavorable exchange rate changes primarily due to movements in the Australian dollar increased cost of sales by $52 million 2012 as compared to 2011.

Our gross margin decreased $200 million during 2012 to 14% of net sales as compared to 28% of net sales in 2011. Noncash amortization of $152 million as a result of purchase accounting impacted the 2012 gross margin by 1%, with the remainder primarily due to higher costs and lower sales volumes, partially offset by higher selling prices.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $239 million in 2012, an increase of $82 million or 52% during 2012 as compared to 2011. During 2012, the acquired business accounted for approximately $20 million of our total selling, general and administrative costs. The increase during 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to:

Increase of $16 million related to share-based compensation awards vesting to employees upon consummation of the Transaction.

Increase in severance expense of $1 million related to the change in the Company’s CEO, as well as other positions that have been eliminated as a result of the Transaction.

Stamp duty taxes of $37 million recorded in 2012 based upon the transfer of the mineral sands business to Tronox.

Increased costs for corporate relocation, including rent, staffing and recruiting costs of $4 million in 2012.

Increase in depreciation and amortization of $3 million primarily due to the amortization of internal-use software during 2012, as well as additional depreciation on fixed assets acquired in the Transaction.

Interest and debt expense for 2012 was $65 million, an increase of $32 million. The increase is primarily attributable to interest expense on the Senior Notes, the new asset based lending facilities, the refinanced Term Facility, as well as an increase in the amortization of deferred debt issuance costs. Interest expense increased as we financed the acquisition, specifically the merger consideration, and subsequently established the capital structure for the company. Interest expense related to the Senior Notes was $21 million during 2012. Interest expense related to the new Term Facility was $29 million during 2012 versus $30 million in 2011. Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on debt increased $9 million during 2012 due to refinancing of the Wells Revolver. In connection with obtaining the Term Facility, we incurred debt issuance costs of $17 million, of which $5 million was paid in 2011 and $12 million was paid in 2012. We also incurred $17 million of issuance costs in connection with the Senior Notes.

The acquisition of the mineral sands business resulted in a one-time gain on bargain purchase of $1,055 million, which was based on the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed.

We recognized reorganization income of $613 million during 2011 relating to a $659 million gain recognized due to implementation of fresh-start accounting and the discharge of debt and satisfaction of claims, partially offset by $46 million of reorganization expenses including legal and professional fees, claims adjustments and other fees related to a $185 million rights offering and debt financing.

The negative effective tax rate for 2012 differs from the Australian statutory tax rate of 30% as a result of the release of a valuation allowance in a foreign jurisdiction and as a consequence of re-domiciling certain subsidiaries in Australia. Because the Australian tax laws provide for a resetting of the tax basis of the business

66


assets to market value, we recorded a tax benefit related to this market value basis adjustment. The overall tax benefit from this basis adjustment was partially offset by a valuation allowance established for the portion of the tax benefit which we believe will not be realized. Because this basis change did not pertain to an entity acquired in the Transaction, this net tax benefit was recorded through tax expense and did not impact our gain on bargain purchase.

Additionally, 2012 was impacted by continued valuation allowances in the United States and income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 30%, and the gain on bargain purchase which was recorded net of the financial tax impact and is not subject to income tax in any jurisdiction.

The effective tax rates for the eleven month period ended December 31, 2011 differs from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily due to valuation allowances in the United States and income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 35%. In the one month ended January 31, 2011, the effective tax rate for the period differs from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily due to fresh-start adjustments, which were recorded net of tax. Additionally, the one month period effective tax rate was impacted by valuation allowances in multiple jurisdictions and income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 35%.

Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit

Net Sales

   Successor      Predecessor    
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  YTD
Change
 

Mineral Sands segment

  $760   $160      $8   $592  

Pigment segment

   1,246    1,327       89    (170

Corporate and other

   128    133       14    (19

Eliminations

   (302  (77     (3  (222
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Sales

  $1,832   $1,543      $108   $181  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Mineral Sands segment

Net sales increased $592 million during 2012 as compared to 2011. The increase is attributable to the acquired business which, on a segment basis, contributed $489 million in revenue for the period since the acquisition. The remaining increase was primarily comprised of a $125 million increase in sales prices, offset by a $22 million decrease in sales volumes. Mineral products sales prices, primarily rutile used in the production of TiO2, increased as a result of strong global demand during the period when forward pricing was negotiated. Synthetic rutile price per tonne increased over 149% during 2012 as compared to 2011, while the natural rutile price per tonne increased approximately 176% during 2012 as compared to 2011. Mineral products volumes decreased during 2012 due to slowing global demand for TiO2 in 2012. Rutile volumes sold decreased approximately 45% during 2012, while the zircon volumes sold decreased approximately 30% during 2012.

Pigment segment

Pigment segment net sales decreased 12% during 2012 as compared to 2011. The decrease is primarily due to a 21% reduction in sales volumes amounting to $295 million, partially offset by a 14% increase in selling prices, amounting to $152 million. Unfavorable effects from changes in foreign currency negatively impacted net sales by $25 million while other changes were negative by $2 million.

67


Corporate and other

Net sales decreased $20 million, or 14% during 2012 as compared to 2011. Corporate and other includes our electrolytic manufacturing business. Electrolytic and other chemical products net sales were essentially flat from year to year with higher selling prices for sodium chlorate offsetting lower volumes of the same product. The overall decrease from 2011 to 2012 is related to the transfer of the sulfuric acid business to an environmental trust upon emergence from bankruptcy as well as reduced revenues generated from our former relationship in the Tiwest joint venture with Exxaro.

Income from Operations

   Successor      Predecessor    
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Change 

Mineral Sands segment

  $156   $42      $2   $112  

Pigment segment

   57    323       20    (286

Corporate and other

   (139  (54     (1  (84

Eliminations

   (49  (9     (1  (39
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from operations

   25    302       20    (297

Interest and debt expense

   (65  (30     (3 

Other income (expense)

   (7  (10     2   

Gain on bargain purchase

   1,055    —        —    

Reorganization income

   —     —        613   
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Income from operations before taxes

   1,008    262       632   
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Income tax benefit (provision)

   125    (20     (1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Income from continuing operations

  $1,133   $242      $631   
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Mineral Sands segment

Income from operations increased $112 million or 255% during 2012. The acquired businesses contributed $8 million to segment income from operations during 2012. The remaining increase of $104 million during 2012 is primarily attributable to the $125 million increase in selling prices, as discussed above. Cost of goods sold in the Mineral Sands segment, in 2012, includes $136 million of non-cash inventory step-up amortization due to purchase accounting.

Pigment segment

Income from operations decreased $286 million, or 83% during 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by higher costs, specifically for feedstock ores and other chemicals of $352 million and lower sales volumes of $86 million, partially offset by the higher pricing of $152 million discussed above. Pigment segment cost of goods sold during 2012 includes $16 million of noncash inventory step-up amortization due to purchase accounting.

Corporate and Other

During 2012 income from operations decreased $84 million as compared to 2011. This decrease is primarily attributable to higher selling general and administrative costs of $58 million, a litigation/arbitration settlement of $10 million in 2011 and lower revenues generated from our former relationship in the Tiwest joint venture with Exxaro of $16 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased primarily due to share based awards of $17 million, stamp duty transfer taxes of $37 million and costs associated with corporate relocation of $4 million.

68


Combined Twelve Month Period Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

   Successor      Predecessor 
   Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
  

Year

Ended
December 31,

 
   2011      2011  2010 

Net Sales

  $1,543      $108   $1,218  

Cost of goods sold

   (1,104     (83  (996
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

   439       25    222  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   (152     (5  (59

Litigation/arbitration settlement

   10       —     —   

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   5       —     47  
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Operations

   302       20    210  

Interest and debt expense

   (30     (3  (50

Other income (expense)

   (10     2    (8

Reorganization income (expense)

   —        613    (145
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

   262       632    7  

Income tax provision

   (20     (1  (2
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations

   242       631    5  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit (provision)

   —        —     1  
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income

  $242      $631   $6  
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

References to 2011 refer to the combined twelve month period ended December 31, 2011, which include the Successor period and the Predecessor period, unless otherwise indicated. An analysis of net sales for each business unit is included in the “Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profit” section below.

We reported net sales of $1,651 million, an increase of $433 million or 36%. During 2011 and 2010, 86% and 83%, respectively of our net sales were generated from the sale of TiO2. Market conditions in 2011 led to strong global demand for TiO2 products throughout the first three quarters of 2011. Although demand softened in the fourth quarter, due to customer destocking and slower economic activity globally, our sales price and sales volumes of TiO2 and mineral products were higher than in 2010.

Cost of goods sold increased 19% during 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase to cost of goods sold resulted from higher sales volumes, increases in production costs for raw materials, chemicals, energy, employee related costs and unfavorable foreign currency effects. Cost of goods sold in 2011 includes $36 million of non-cash fresh-start inventory step-up amortization.

Gross margin increased 109% or $242 million to $439 million in 2011 as compared to 2010. Gross margin percentage of net sales was 28% as compared to 18% in 2010. The improvement was primarily due to the increased selling prices and sales volumes, discussed above, partially offset by higher costs and unfavorable exchange rate changes.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $98 million to $157 million in 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase was primarily due to the following:

Amortization of intangible assets subsequent to fresh-start accounting of $22 million;

Employee variable compensation and benefit costs of approximately $50 million, including $14 million related to amortization of restricted shares during 2011 compared to $1 million during 2010;

Costs associated with the acquisition of the mineral sands business, including banker fees, legal and professional fees and the registration rights penalty of approximately $28 million during 2011

69


compared to Kerr-McGee arisingcosts incurred for outside services used during the bankruptcy and during the emergence from transactions subsequentbankruptcy, including attorneys, contract labor and other of $17 million during 2010;

Audit and professional fees incurred related to fresh-start accounting and the three year audit of our financial statements of approximately $16 million; and

Marketing costs incurred of $15 million during 2011 compared to $11 million during 2010.

On December 21, 2011, we entered into a separation agreement with Dennis Wanlass, our former CEO. Under the terms of the agreement, we recorded a cash severance payment of $3 million and $3 million related to accelerated vesting of restricted shares granted under the management equity incentive plan, which are included in selling, general and administrative expense.

The Board hired Thomas Casey, the Chairman of the Board, as our Chief Executive Officer as we prepared to assimilate our announced acquisition of the mineral sands business. Mr. Casey was paid a $2 million sign-on bonus, which was included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

The litigation/arbitration settlement income of $10 million was due to the settlement with RTI Hamilton, Inc. The settlement agreement reflects the compromise and settlement of disputed claims in complete accord and satisfaction thereof. Of the total payment of $11 million, $1 million constitutes payment for capital costs we incurred in relation to the agreement, plus interest.

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration was income of $5 million during 2011 as compared to income of $47 million in 2010. The 2011 activity is a result of additional reimbursements received under the Predecessor’s environmental insurance policy related to its remediation efforts at the Henderson, Nevada site. During 2010, we recorded receivables from our insurance carrier related to environmental clean-up obligations at the Henderson facility. Due to the accounting for the legacy environmental liabilities, the obligation for the clean-up work had been recorded in prior years, but the insurance coverage was confirmed in 2010 and 2011.

Interest and debt expense decreased $17 million, or 34% during 2011 as compared to 2010. The $33 million during 2011 is comprised of $29 million of interest expense on the Exit Financing Facility and the Wells Revolver, $4 million of other interest expense and $1 million of amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, offset by $1 million of capitalized interest. During the one month ended January 31, 2011, interest expense excludes $3 million, which would have been payable under the terms of the $350 million 9.5% senior unsecured notes, which was not accrued while we were in bankruptcy. The $50 million during 2010 is comprised of $40 million of interest expense on the debtor-in-possession facility, $9 million of amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and $1 million of other costs. During 2010, interest expense excluded $33 million, which would have been payable under the terms of the $350 million 9.5% senior unsecured notes, which was not accrued while we were in bankruptcy.

Other expense of $8 million in 2011 decreased less than $1 million for 2010. The change was primarily due to foreign currency losses of $6 million during 2011 compared to foreign currency losses of $13 million in 2010, offset by a $5 million gain on the liquidation/dissolution of a subsidiary during 2010. The remaining increase is attributable to changes in interest income and other non-operating income.

We recognized reorganization income of $613 million during 2011 related to a $659 million gain recognized due to implementation of fresh-start accounting and the discharge of debt and satisfaction of claims, partially offset by $46 million of reorganization expenses including legal and professional fees, claims adjustments and other fees related to a $185 million rights offering and debt financing. In 2010, we incurred $67 million of reorganization expenses, including legal and professional fees related to finalizing the Plan and disclosure statement, as well as fees related to the debtor-in-possession financing in place during the period, partially offset by gains on rejected contracts and other items related to the ongoing claims reconciliation process.

70


The tax provision of $21 million for 2011 represents an effective tax rate of 8% as compared to a $2 million provision in 2010 representing a 30% tax rate for that period. This rate differs from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily due to valuation allowances in the United States and income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 35%, statute lapses in a foreign jurisdiction and fresh-start adjustments.

Operations Review of Segment Revenue and Profits

Net Sales

   Successor      Predecessor    
   Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
      Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Change 

Mineral Sands segment

  $160   $8      $109   $59  

Pigment segment

   1,327    89       1,005    411  

Corporate and other

   133    14       153    (6

Eliminations

   (77  (3     (49  (31
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Sales

  $1,543   $108      $1,218   $433  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Mineral Sands segment

Net sales increased $59 million, or 54%, during 2011. The increase is attributable to increased selling prices of $59 million, primarily on zircon and synthetic rutile. The sales mix in 2011 versus 2010 favored the feedstock ores versus zircon however overall the effect of the sales mix was flat from year to year on a volume basis.

Pigment segment

Pigment segment net sales increased $411 million, or 41% during 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to increased selling prices of $382 million, increased volumes of $11 million and the favorable effects of exchange rate changes on sales of $18 million. During 2011, TiO2 sales prices increased, primarily as a result of the general global economic recovery and constrained supply of TiO2. These factors caused a supply and demand situation that enabled Tronox to pass through price increases to its customers. The average price per metric tonne sold during 2011 increased approximately 41% compared to the average price per metric tonne sold during 2010.

Corporate and other

Net sales decreased $6 million, or 4% during 2011 as compared to 2010. Corporate and other includes our electrolytic manufacturing business and, prior to our emergence from bankruptcy, also included our sulfuric acid operation. Electrolytic and other chemical products net sales were flat from year to year as increased selling prices for sodium chlorate offset lower volumes of manganese dioxide. The overall decrease from 2010 to 2011 is primarily related to the transfer of the sulfuric acid business to an environmental trust upon emergence from bankruptcy in 2011 offset by increased revenues generated from our former relationship in the Tiwest joint venture with Exxaro.

71


Income from Operations

   Successor      Predecessor  YTD
Change
 
   Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
  YTD
Change
 

Mineral Sands segment

  $42      $2   $7   $37  

Pigment segment

   323       20    163    180  

Corporate and Other

   (54     (1  40    (95

Eliminations

   (9     (1  —     (10
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from operations

   302       20    210    112  

Interest and debt expense

   (30     (3  (50 

Other income (expense)

   (10     2    (8 

Reorganization income

   —        613    (145 
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

  

Income from Continuing Operations before Taxes

   262       632    7   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

  

Income tax benefit (provision)

   (20     (1  (2 
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

  

Income from Continuing Operations

  $242      $631   $5   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

  

Mineral Sands segment

Income from operations increased $37 million during 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase in Mineral Sands profitability is primarily due to increased selling prices of $59 million, primarily on zircon and synthetic rutile partially offset by unfavorable effects of exchange rate changes of $13 million related to costs incurred in Australian dollars.

Pigment segment

Income from operations increased $180 million, or over 100% during 2011 as compared to 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to higher selling prices of $382 million, partially offset by higher production costs of $160 million and selling, general and administrative and other expenses of $33 million. Higher production costs were due to a 19% increase year-over-year for raw materials and process chemicals. We also experienced increased energy costs and increased employee-related costs due to the implementation of variable compensation and the post emergence accounting impact on pension and postretirement medical cost. Foreign currency effects of $9 million were net unfavorable primarily due to movements in the Australian dollar versus the U.S. dollar.

Corporate and Other

Income from operations decreased $95 million during 2011 as compared to 2010. The Electrolytic business had decreased income from operations of $5 million primarily due to higher costs associated with manganese dioxide and selling general and administrative expenses partially offset by higher pricing for the sodium chlorate products. The remaining decrease is primarily attributable to decreased reimbursements of environmental expenditures related to the Henderson facility of $43 million, increased selling, general and administrative expenses of $67 million partially offset by a litigation/settlement award recognized in 2011 of $10 million and revenues generated from our former relationship in the Tiwest joint venture with Exxaro Resources Limited of $10 million.

In selling, general and administrative expenses we incurred:

costs associated with the bankruptcy and the acquisition of the mineral sands business, including banker fees, legal and professional fees and the registration rights penalty, which accounted for

72


approximately $28 million. Additionally, during 2011, we incurred audit and professional fees related to that date are being settled in cash.

We believe the assumptions underlying Parent’s consolidated and combinedthree year audit of our financial statements are reasonable. However,of approximately $16 million;

incremental employee variable compensation and benefit costs associated with the implementation of incentive cash and share-based compensation programs, as well as costs associated with our post-emergence accounting for pensions and postretirement healthcare benefit costs; and

during 2011, we recognized $3 million of amortization of intangible assets recorded as part of fresh-start accounting.

Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are used by management to measure performance, are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. Management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors, as it is commonly used in the industry as a means of evaluating operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP and do not purport to be an alternative measure of our financial performance as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures:

Reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period-to-period comparison and analysis of trends in our business, as they exclude income and expense that are not reflective of ongoing operating results;

Provide useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results and comparing financial results across periods;

Provide a normalized view of our operating performance by excluding items that are either non-cash or non-recurring in nature;

Enable investors to assess our compliance with financial covenants under our debt instruments; and

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary measures management uses for planning and budgeting processes and to monitor and evaluate financial and operating results.

73


The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

  Successor     Predecessor 
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Three
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
  

Year

Ended

December 31,

  

Eleven Months

Ended
December 31,

     One Month
Ended
January 31,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012  2011     2011  2010 

Net income (loss)

 $(1 $1,144   $(46 $1,230   $1,133   $242     $631   $6  

Interest and debt expense, net of interest income

  34    14    60    22    65    30      3    50  

Income tax provision (benefit)

  1    (84  2    (66  (125  20      1    2  

Depreciation and amortization expense

  73    31    146    53    211    79      4    50  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

EBITDA

  107    1,105    162    1,239    1,284    371      639    108  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —      —      4    —      —      —        —      —    

Share-based compensation

  6    20    11    27    31    14      —      1  

Amortization of inventory step-up and unfavorable ore sales contracts from purchase accounting

  (2  21    6    21    152    —        —      —    

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      (1,055  —      (1,055  (1,055  —        —      —    

Transfer tax incurred due to acquisition

  —      —      —      —      37    —        —      —    

Gain on fresh-start accounting

  —      —      —      —      —      —        (659  —    

Reorganization expense associated with bankruptcy(a)

  —      —      —      —      —      —        46    145  

Amortization of step-up from fresh-start accounting

  —      —      —      —      —      36      —      —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

  —      —      —      —      —      (5    —      (47

Litigation/arbitration settlement

  —      —      —      —      —      (10    —      —    

Foreign currency remeasurement

  (13  2    (19  1    6    7      (1  12  

Transaction costs and financial statement restatement costs(b)

  —      50    —      59    32    39      —      —    

Other items(c)

  3    4    10    6    16    16      (1  (16
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $101   $147   $174   $298   $503   $468     $24   $203  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)We incurred costs related to the consolidatedChapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. These items include cash and combined financial statements may not necessarily reflect Parent’s future resultsnon-cash charges related to contract terminations, prepetition obligations, debtor-in-possession financing costs, legal and professional fees.
(b)During 2012, transaction costs consist of operations, financial position and cash flows or what Parent’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had Parent been a stand-alone company duringcosts associated with the periods presented.

43


Index to Financial Statements

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes segment operating profit (loss), with reconciliation to consolidated and combined net income (loss) for eachacquisition of the last three years:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Net sales—

    

Pigment

  $1,267.0  $1,208.4  $1,078.8 

Electrolytic and other chemical products

   97.0   93.4   78.9 
             

Total

  $1,364.0  $1,301.8  $1,157.7 
             

Operating profit (loss)(1)—

    

Pigment

  $101.5  $(86.5) $(15.0)

Electrolytic and other chemical products(2)

   (5.9)  (0.6)  (22.0)
             

Subtotal

   95.6   (87.1)  (37.0)
             

Expenses of nonoperating sites(3)

   (2.1)  (5.5)  (3.6)

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration(3)

   (5.6)  (2.2)  (1.6)
             

Operating profit (loss)

   87.9   (94.8)  (42.2)

Interest and debt expense

   4.5   0.1   0.1 

Other income (expense)(4)

   (15.2)  (25.2)  (20.5)

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

   (21.8)  38.3   15.1 
             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   46.4   (81.8)  (47.7)

Discontinued operations, net of taxes

   (27.6)  (45.8)  (35.8)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes

   —     —     (9.2)
             

Net income (loss)

  $18.8  $(127.6) $(92.7)
             

(1)Our management evaluates segment performance based on segment operating profit (loss), which represents the results of segment operations before unallocated costs, such as general expenses and environmental provisions related to sites no longer in operation, income tax expense or benefit and other income (expense). Total operating profit (loss) of both of our segments is a non-GAAP financial measure of the company’s performance, as it excludes general expenses and environmental provisions related to sites no longer in operation which are a component of operating profit (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure. Our management considers total operating profit (loss) of our segments to be an important supplemental measure of our operating performance by presenting trends in our core businesses and facilities currently in operation. This measure is used by us for planning and budgeting purposes and to facilitate period-to-period comparisons in operating performance of our reportable segments in the aggregate by eliminating items that affect comparability between periods. We believe that total operating profit (loss) of our segments is useful to investors because it provides a means to evaluate the operating performance of our segments and our company on an ongoing basis using criteria that are used by our internal decision makers. Additionally, it highlights operating trends and aids analytical comparisons. However, total operating profit (loss) of our segments has limitations and should not be used as an alternative to operating profit (loss), a performance measure determined in accordancemineral sands business, including banker fees, legal and professional fees, as well as costs associated with GAAP, as it excludes certain costs that may affect our operating performance in future periods.
(2)Includes $10.3 million, nil and $11.0 million for the years ended 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, of environmental charges, net of reimbursements, related to ammonium perchlorate at our Henderson facility.
(3)Includes general expenses and environmental provisions related to various businesses in which our affiliates are no longer engaged but that have not met the criteria for reporting as discontinued operations.
(4)Includes interest expense allocated to us by Kerr-McGee based on specifically identified borrowings from Kerr-McGee at Kerr-McGee’s average borrowing rates.

44


Index to Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

Net Sales. Net sales increased by $62.2 million, or 4.8%, to $1,364.0 million in 2005 from $1,301.8 million in 2004. The increase was due to an increase in the pigment segment salespreparation and amending of $58.6 millionthe registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and an increase in electrolytic and other chemical product segment sales of $3.6 million, as discussed below under “Pigment Segment—Net Sales” and “Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products Segment—Net Sales.”

Gross Margin. Gross margin in 2005 was $220.2 million compared to $132.9 million in 2004. As a percent of sales, gross margin increased to 16.1% in 2005 from 10.2% in 2004. The improved margin was primarily due to improved pricing in the pigment segment realized in 2005 and due to an inventory revaluation charge of $15.6 million recognized in 2004Exchange Commission in connection with the shutdownTransaction and costs associated with the integration of our titanium dioxide pigment sulfate production at our Savannah, Georgia, facility. (See further discussion under “Restructuring Charges” below.)

Selling, Generalthe mineral sands business that occurred after the closing of the Transaction. During the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, transaction costs and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrativefinancial statement restatement costs include expenses increased $5.1 million in 2005 compared to 2004. Selling, general and administrative costs were higher in 2005 compared to 2004, primarily due to an increase in employee incentive compensation (including stock-based compensation), largely as a result of improved operating performance for the year.

Restructuring Charges. In 2005, we had no restructuring charges. In 2004, we shut down our titanium dioxide pigment sulfate production at our Savannah, Georgia, facility. Demand and prices for sulfate anatase pigments, particularly in the paper market, had declined in North America consistently during the previous several years. The decreasing volumes, along with unanticipated environmental and infrastructure issues discovered after we acquired the facility in 2000, created unacceptable financial returns for the facility and contributed to the decision to shut it down.

Included in the restructuring charges in 2004 related to the shutdownTransaction, fresh-start accounting fees, costs associated with restating Tronox Incorporated’s environmental reserves and the auditing of the Savannah facility was $86.6 million of asset write-downs taken in the form of accelerated depreciation for plant assets, $7.4 million for impairment of intangible assets, $6.7 million for severance and benefit plan curtailment costs and $6.7 million for other closure costs. We also recognized an additional $5.6 million of costs in 2004 in connection with the closure of the synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama.

Provision for Environmental Remediation and Restoration, net of Reimbursements. Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements, was $17.1 million in 2005 compared to $4.6 million in the same period of 2004. The net provision in 2005 included $11.3 million related to remediation of ammonium perchlorate contaminationhistorical financial statements. Costs associated with the Henderson, Nevada, facility. It was determined in 2005 that the groundwater remediation system at the Henderson facility would need to be operatedTransaction include legal and maintained over an extended time period and a provision was added for the closure of an ammonium perchlorate pond. The provision for environmental remediation and restoration also included a charge of $5.6 million in 2005professional fees related to remediationdue diligence and transaction advice as well as investment banking fees.

(c)Includes noncash pension and postretirement costs, accretion expense, fixed asset write-downs and abandonment expense, gains and losses on the sale of the former agricultural chemical Jacksonville, Florida, site for soil remediation and excavation (see “Environmental Matters—Environmental Costs” and Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus).

In the first quarter of 2006, we recognized a receivable of $20.5 million as a resultassets, noncash gains on liquidation of a settlement of our claim against the United States, which was documented in a consent decree approved by the court on January 13, 2006. We received this reimbursement in February 2006.

Interest and Debt Expense. Interest and debt expense to outside parties increased to $4.5 million in 2005 from $0.1 million in 2004. The increase was due to interest on the notes and term loan facility that were entered into concurrent with the IPO in November 2005.

Other Income (Expense). Other expenses, net, decreased $10.0 million from $25.2 million in 2004 to $15.2 million in 2005, primarily due to a lower net fees incurred in connection with the accounts receivable securitization program that was terminated in April 2005, including a return of estimated fees previously paid in excess of actual costs incurred. Other expenses were also lower due to a decrease in losses attributable to changes in the exchange rates for both the euro and the Australian dollar.

45


Index to Financial Statements

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes. The effective tax rate related to continuing operations for 2005 was 32.0% compared to 31.9% for 2004. During 2005, we repatriated $131.0 million in extraordinary dividends under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, resulting in recognition ofsubsidiary, income tax expense of $4.7 million. Our effective tax rate was reduced in 2005 by tax benefits and reductions in statutory rates recognized in foreign jurisdictions. On a stand-alone basis, our pro forma provision for income taxes related to continuing operations in 2005 would have been $19.1 million less than that determined under our allocation policy with Kerr-McGee. This decrease in income taxes was due primarily to income in the United States that would have been eliminated by our theoretical stand-alone net operating loss carryforward, which we would not have previously recognized as a deferred tax asset.

Loss from Discontinued Operations. The loss(loss) from discontinued operations net of tax, in 2005 was $27.6 million compared to $45.8 million in 2004. The loss in 2005 includes $17.7 million loss, net of tax, on our former forest products operations, including an environmental provision of $3.2 million, net of taxes, for additional soil volumes related to the Sauget, Illinois, wood-treatment plant and $4.8 million, net of tax, for litigation expenses. Also included is a $5.2 million environmental provision, net of taxes, for pond closure, rock placement and surface water channels at the former Ambrosia Lake, New Mexico, site associated with our formerly conducted uranium mining and milling operation (see “Environmental Matters—Environmental Costs” and Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus).

Pigment Segment

Net Sales. Net sales increased $58.6 million, or 4.8%, in 2005 compared to 2004. Approximately $136.4 million of this increase was due to an increase in average selling prices of approximately 12%, partially offset by a decrease in volumes sold of $77.8 million. Stronger market conditions contributed to the improvement in pricing while the decline in volume was primarily attributable to the shutdown of our sulfate production facility in Savannah, Georgia, in 2004 and due to reduced volumes in the Asia/Pacific region resulting from increased volumes in the latter part of 2004 in advance of announced price increases and an unplanned temporary two-week shutdown of our Australian pigment plant in the fourth quarter of 2005 necessitated by a shutdown of our third-party process gas supplier. Approximately $4.0 million of the increase in average sales prices in 2005 was due to the effect of foreign currency exchange rates.

Operating Profit. Operating profit in 2005 was $101.5 million, an increase of $188.0 million over the operating loss of $86.5 million in 2004. In addition to the $58.6 million increase in revenues discussed above, the improvement in operating results in 2005 was primarily attributable to the shutdown provisions incurred in 2004 of $123.0 million for the sulfate-process titanium dioxide pigment production at the Savannah, Georgia, facility and $6.8 million of costs incurred in connection with the continued efforts to close the synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama. These improvements were partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $5.0 million over 2004, primarily due to an increase in employee incentive compensation (including stock-based compensation), largely as a result of improved operating performance for the year.

Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products Segment

Net Sales. Net sales in 2005 were $97.0 million, an increase of $3.6 million compared to 2004, primarily due to increased sales of electrolytic manganese dioxide and lithium manganese oxide. Sales of manganese dioxide increased due to improvement in both volumes and price, while sales of lithium manganese increased due to improved volumes.

Operating Loss. Operating loss in 2005 was $5.9 million compared with an operating loss of $0.6 million in 2004. Operating performance declined primarily due to higher environmental costs of $9.1 million resulting from a net $11.3 million environmental provision (net of expected insurance reimbursement of $20.5 million) incurred in the first quarter of 2005, related primarily to ammonium perchlorate remediation associated with Tronox’s Henderson, Nevada, operations. Operating results were also impacted by higher selling, general and

46


Index to Financial Statements

administrative expenses of $2.0 million attributable to increased litigation expenses and an increase in employee incentive compensation (including stock-based compensation), largely as a result of improved operating performance for the year. These higher costs were partially offset by $2.1 million lower operating costs in 2005 at Tronox’s Henderson, Nevada, electrolytic manganese dioxide (“EMD”) manufacturing facility which incurred higher costs in 2004 when production recommenced after being temporarily curtailed in late 2003.

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

Net Sales. Net sales increased by $144.1 million, or 12.4%, to $1,301.8 million in 2004 from $1,157.7 million in 2003. The increase was due to increased sales in the pigment segment of $129.6 million and increased sales in the electrolyticseverance expense, and other chemical products segment of $14.5 million, as discussed below under “Pigment Segment—Net Sales” and “Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products Segment—Net Sales.”

Gross Margin. Gross margin in 2004 was $132.9 million compared to $133.0 million in 2003. As a percent of sales, gross margin declined to 10.2% in 2004 from 11.5% in 2003. The decline in the gross margin percentage was primarily due to an inventory revaluation charge of $15.6 million recognized in 2004 in connection with the shutdown of our titanium dioxide pigment sulfate production at our Savannah, Georgia, facility (see further discussion under “Restructuring Charges” below).

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $11.2 million in 2004 compared to 2003. This increase was due to an increase in employee incentive compensation related to cash bonuses and restricted stock awards, additional costs associated with cash settlements of certain qualified benefits associated with retirements during the year and increased legal fees.

Restructuring Charges. In 2004, we shut down the titanium dioxide pigment sulfate production at our Savannah, Georgia, facility. Demand and prices for sulfate anatase pigments, particularly in the paper market, had declined in North America consistently during the previous several years. The decreasing volumes, along with unanticipated environmental and infrastructure issues discovered after we acquired the facility in 2000, created unacceptable financial returns for the facility and contributed to the decision to shut it down. We expect this shutdown, once fully implemented, will result in an improvement in segment operating profit of approximately $15 million annually based on 2004 costs.

Included in the restructuring charges in 2004 was $86.6 million of asset write-downs taken in the form of accelerated depreciation for plant assets, $7.4 million for impairment of intangible assets, $6.7 million for severance and benefit plan curtailment costs and $6.7 million for other closure costs. We also recognized an additional $5.6 million of costs in 2004 in connection with the closure of the synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama. The 2003 restructuring charges included $38.6 million for shutdown costs related to the Mobile, Alabama, facility and $22.8 million in connection with a work force reduction program consisting of both voluntary retirements and involuntary terminations that reduced our work force by 138 employees.

Provision for Environmental Remediation and Restoration, net of Reimbursements. Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements, was $4.6 million in 2004 compared to $14.9 million in 2003. The decrease in 2004 was primarily due to an $11.0 million provision in 2003 related to ammonium perchlorate at our Henderson, Nevada facility. Our environmental obligations are discussed in detail under “Environmental Matters—Environmental Costs” below and Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Other Income (Expense). Other expense increased $4.7 million in 2004 compared to 2003, primarily due to a $3.4 million increased loss on the pigment receivables sold under the asset monetization program due to increased activity in 2004 and an increase in the foreign currency losses in 2004 of $1.7 million primarily due to unfavorable changes in the Australian dollar exchange rates.

Benefit for Income Taxes. The effective tax rate related to continuing operations was 31.9%, compared with 24.0% in 2003. This rate was based on Kerr-McGee’s tax allocation policy. On a stand-alone basis, the pro forma

47noncash or non-recurring income or expenses.

74


Index to Financial Statements

provision for income taxes related to continuing operations in 2004 would have been $44.2 million more than that determined under our allocation policy with Kerr-McGee. This increase in income taxes was due primarily to net operating losses in the United States, which we would not have been able to utilize on a stand-alone basis.

Loss from Discontinued Operations. We recognized a loss from discontinued operations as a result of our decision to dispose of the forest products business and additional environmental provisions related to other previously discontinued operations of $45.8 million in 2004 and $35.8 million in 2003, net of tax benefit. The increased loss in 2004 was primarily due to additional environmental provisions, net of reimbursements and taxes, in 2004 related to our former thorium compounds manufacturing and refining operations of $5.7 million and $5.1 million net of taxes, respectively.

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle. We recognized a charge of $9.2 million (net of income tax benefit of $4.9 million) in 2003 upon adoption, as of January 1, 2003, of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 143 (“FAS No. 143”), “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations” related to our Mobile plant, which we expected to close at the date of adoption of this standard.

Pigment Segment

Net Sales. Net sales increased $129.6 million, or 12.0%, in 2004 to $1,208.4 million from $1,078.8 million in 2003. Of the total increase, approximately $114 million was due to increased sales volumes and approximately $16 million resulted from an increase in average sales prices. Sales volumes for 2004 were approximately 9% higher than in the prior year due primarily to stronger market conditions. Approximately half of the increase in average sales prices in 2004 was due to the effect of foreign currency exchange rates with the remainder due to price increases resulting from improved market conditions.

Operating Loss. The pigment segment recorded an operating loss of $86.5 million in 2004, compared with an operating loss of $15.0 million in 2003. The 2004 operating loss was primarily the result of shutdown provisions discussed above for the sulfate-process titanium dioxide pigment production at the Savannah, Georgia, facility totaling $123.0 million. Operating results for 2004 also were negatively impacted by $6.8 million of costs incurred in connection with the continued efforts to close the synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama, compared to a $46.7 million plant closure provision recognized in 2003 for this facility. Additionally, operating results in 2003 were negatively impacted by a $22.9 million charge for work force reduction and other compensation costs. These charges had the effect of reducing operating profit by $129.8 million in 2004 and $69.6 million in 2003. The increase in revenues in 2004 resulting from higher volume and sales prices was offset by an increase of approximately $132 million in production costs due to higher volume (approximately $80 million) and costs (approximately $52 million including the effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes) and an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of approximately $6 million over 2003. Additional information related to the shutdowns of the Savannah and Mobile facilities is included in Note 16 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products Segment

Net Sales. Net sales increased $14.5 million, or 18.4%, in 2004 to $93.4 million from $78.9 million in 2003. The increase in net sales resulted primarily from an increase in electrolytic sales due primarily to the full year of operations at our EMD manufacturing operation in Henderson, Nevada (see further discussion under “Operating Loss” below).

Operating Loss. The electrolytic and other chemical products segment recorded an operating loss for 2004 of $0.6 million compared with an operating loss of $22.0 million in 2003. The improved operating performance was primarily due to the full year of operations at the EMD facility, lower environmental costs in 2004 of $9.4 million compared to 2003 and work force reduction and other compensation charges recognized in 2003 that

48


Index to Financial Statements

did not recur in 2004. The 2003 environmental costs incurred related primarily to remediation of ammonium perchlorate contamination associated with the Henderson, Nevada facility. While we are no longer producing ammonium perchlorate, we continue to use the property in our other chemical products business.

During the third quarter of 2003, our EMD manufacturing operation in Henderson, Nevada, was placed on standby to reduce inventory levels due to the harmful effect of low-priced imports on our EMD business. In response to the pricing activities of importing companies, Tronox LLC filed a petition for the imposition of anti-dumping duties with the U.S. Department of Commerce International Trade Administration and the U.S. International Trade Commission on July 31, 2003. In its petition, Tronox LLC alleged that manufacturers in certain named countries export EMD to the United States in violation of U.S. anti-dumping laws and requested that the U.S. Department of Commerce apply anti-dumping duties to the EMD imported from such countries. The Department of Commerce found probable cause to believe that manufacturers in the specified countries engaged in dumping and initiated an anti-dumping investigation with respect to such manufacturers. Subsequently, demand in the United States for U.S.-produced EMD product increased, and the plant resumed operations in December 2003. Tronox LLC withdrew its anti-dumping petition in February 2004 but continues to monitor the pricing activities of EMD importers.

Financial Condition and Liquidity

Concurrent with our Parent’s IPO, we entered into a senior secured credit facility. This facility consists of a $200 million six-year term loan facility and a five-year multicurrency revolving credit facility of $250 million. This facility is unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by our and Parent’s direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. The facility is secured by a first priority security interest in certain of our and the guarantors of the senior secured credit facility’s domestic assets, including certain of our property and equipment, inventory and receivables. The facility is also secured by pledges of Parent’s equity interest in our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the voting and 100% of the non-voting equity interests in our direct foreign subsidiaries and the direct foreign subsidiaries of the guarantors of the senior secured credit facility.

The term loan facility will amortize each year in an amount equal to 1% per year in equal quarterly installments for the first five years and in an amount equal to 95% in equal quarterly installments for the final year.

Interest on amounts borrowed under the senior secured credit facility is payable, at our election, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, in each case as defined in the agreement. The initial margin applicable to LIBOR borrowings is 175 basis points and may vary from 100 to 200 basis points depending on Parent’s credit rating.

The terms of the credit agreement provide for customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default. We are also required to maintain compliance with the following financial covenants effective beginning in 2006 (in each case, as defined in the agreement):

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of no more than 3.75:1

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2:1

Limitation on Capital Expenditures

Although these financial covenants did not apply at year-end 2005, we were in compliance with the leverage and interest coverage ratio at December 31, 2005.

Also concurrently with Parent’s IPO, we and Tronox Finance issued $350 million in aggregate principal amount of 9 1/2% senior unsecured notes due 2012 in a private offering. These notes are guaranteed by our and Parent’s material direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. Interest on the notes will be payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing June 1, 2006.

49


Index to Financial Statements

Both the credit facility and the notes have limitations on the amount of cash dividends that Parent can pay to its stockholders. These limitations restrict cash payments of dividends to $5.0 million in the aggregate in any fiscal quarter and to $13.5 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

Prior to the IPO, we did not have any long-term debt outstanding. This has changed Parent’s capital structure and long-term commitments significantly from those that existed prior to the IPO. The following table provides information for the analysis of Parent’sour historical financial condition and liquidity:

 

   December 31,
2005
  December 31,
2004
  December 31,
2003
   (Millions of dollars)

Current ratio(1)

   2.1:1   1.7:1   1.9:1

Cash and cash equivalents

  $69.0  $23.8  $59.3

Working capital(2)

   404.4   240.2   304.5

Total assets

   1,758.3   1,595.9   1,809.1

Long-term debt

   548.0   —     —  

Business/Stockholders’ equity(3)

   489.0   889.9   1,011.2

   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,389    $716  

Working capital(1)

  $2,318    $1,706  

Net debt(2)

  $1,019    $929  

Total assets

  $5,847    $5,511  

Total long-term debt

  $2,408    $1,615  

(1)Represents a ratio of current assets to current liabilities.
(2)Represents excess of current assets over current liabilities.
(3)(2)AsRepresents excess of March 30, 2006, the date of the Distribution, Parent assumed certain employee benefit obligationsdebt over cash and associated trust assets from Kerr-McGee, which will result in a reduction of Parent’s stockholders’ equity by approximately $4 million based on current estimates.cash equivalents.

Overview

Our primary cash needs will be for working capital, capital expenditures, environmental cash expenditures and debt serviceAs of June 30, 2013, our total liquidity was $1,756 million, which was comprised of $275 million available under the senior secured credit facility$300 million UBS Revolver (as defined below), $92 million available under the ABSA Revolver (as defined below) and the unsecured notes. We believe that our cash flows from operations, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet these cash needs for the foreseeable future. However, our ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If our cash flows from operations are less than we expect, we may need to raise additional capital. We may also require additional capital to finance our future growth and development, implement additional marketing and sales activities, and fund our ongoing research and development activities.

Additional debt or equity financing may not be available when needed on terms favorable to us or even available to us at all. We are restricted by the terms of the senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the notes from incurring additional indebtedness. Under Parent’s tax sharing agreement with Kerr-McGee, if Parent enters into transactions during the two-year period following the Distribution which results in the issuance or acquisition of Parent’s shares, and the Internal Revenue Service subsequently determines that Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code is applicable to the Distribution, Parent will be required to indemnify Kerr-McGee for any resulting tax liability incurred by it.

We have an interest in The Landwell Company LP (“Landwell”), a limited partnership formed to market or develop land in the Henderson, Nevada, area. Landwell entered into an agreement in late 2004 to sell to Centex Homes approximately 2,200 contiguous acres of land in Henderson for eventual use as a new, mixed-use master planned community. The agreement contains conditions to closing that are generally typical in sales of large tracts of undeveloped land. We have been advised by Landwell’s general partner that closing conditions on a significant portion of the land under contract are expected to be satisfied in the second half of 2006. This large parcel under contract, in addition to other parcels available for sale by Landwell or under contract, are in the vicinity of our Henderson facility, where we are in the preliminary stage of exploring the possible sale of 100% owned acreage considered surplus for plant operations. Land sale proceeds before taxes could be as much as $50$1,389 million in 2006. Cash flows resulting from the above described agreement with Centex Homes, netcash and cash equivalents. As of taxes, are required to be used to pay down outstanding debt under our senior securedJune 30, 2013, we had a $25 million of letter of credit facility.

50


Index to Financial Statements

In the first quarter of 2006, we recognized an environmental reimbursement of $20.5 million as a result of a settlement of our claimissued against the United States, which was documented in a consent decree approved by the court on January 13, 2006. We received this reimbursement in February 2006.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Prior to the IPO, we participated in Kerr-McGee’s centralized cash management system and relied on Kerr-McGee to provide necessary cash financing. Such activities included cash deposits from our operations which were transferred daily to Kerr-McGee’s centralized banking system and cash borrowings used to fund our operations and capital expenditures. The related cash activity between us and Kerr-McGee has been reflected as net transfers with affiliates within financing activities in our consolidated and combined statement of cash flows. Additionally, as discussed below under “Cash Flows from Operating Activities,” certain expenditures related to our operations were paid by Kerr-McGee on our behalf and, therefore, did not affect cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities reported in Parent’s consolidated and combined statement of cash flows. As such, the amounts ofUBS Revolver. In 2013, cash and cash equivalents increased $673 million, reflecting the refinancing of the $550 million Senior Secured Term Loan (the “Senior Secured Term Loan”) with a $1.5 billion Term Loan partially offset by cash used to repay the $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan and the fees associated with the refinancing, as well as cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities presentedused in Parent’s consolidated and combined financial statements are not representative of the amounts that would have been required or generated by us as a stand-alone company.operations.

In connection with our separation from Kerr-McGee, the net amount due from the entities comprising Tronox Incorporated to Kerr-McGee was contributed by Kerr-McGee, forming a part of Parent’s continuing equity. Such net amounts due to Kerr-McGee that were outstanding at the balance sheet dates prior to Parent’s separation have been reflectedAt June 30, 2013, we held $1,389 million in Parent’s consolidated and combined financial statements as a component of owner’s net investment in equity. Amounts due to or from Kerr-McGee arising from transactions subsequent to our separation are being settled in cash.

Of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2005, $25.1in the respective jurisdictions: $747 million was heldin Europe, $491 million in Australia, $55 million in the United States, and $43.9$96 million was held in other countries. In 2005, $131South Africa. Our credit facilities limit transfers of funds from subsidiaries in the United States to certain foreign subsidiaries. Foreign subsidiaries do not have limits on transferring funds to the United States or between themselves. We have in place intercompany financing agreements that enable the movement of cash to the United States, if needed.

The use of our cash will include servicing our interest and debt repayment obligations, making pension contributions and funding certain capital expenditures for innovative initiatives, productivity enhancements and maintenance and safety requirements.

Capital Resources

Short-Term Debt

We have a $300 million global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit agreement with UBS AG (the “UBS Revolver”) and a R900 million (approximately $92 million as of June 30, 2013) revolving credit facility with ABSA Bank Limited acting through its ABSA Capital Division (the “ABSA Revolver”). At June 30, 2013, we had not drawn on either revolver. At June 30, 2013, we had outstanding letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance bonds of approximately $45 million, of unremitted foreign earningswhich $25 million in Australialetters of credit were repatriated as extraordinary dividends, as definedissued under the UBS Revolver and $17 million were bank guarantees issued by ABSA.

See Note 11 of Notes to unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to our short-term and long-term debt.

Debt Covenants

At June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with our debt covenants. See Note 11 of Notes to unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to our debt covenants.

75


Cash Flows

The following table presents cash flow for the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, and subsequently transferred to Kerr-McGee as part of its centralized cash management system.periods indicated:

Until recently, we had an accounts receivable monetization program, which served as a source of liquidity up to a maximum of $165.0 million. This program was terminated in April 2005, as discussed in “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” below. Accounts receivable originated after the termination of this program are being collected over a longer period, resulting in increased balances of outstanding receivables and higher current ratio, working capital and total assets as of December 31, 2005, compared with year-end 2004.

   Six Months Ended June 30, 
     June 30, 2013      June 30, 2012   

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $79   $(47

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   (79  66  

Cash provided by financing activities

   681    8  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (8  5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $673   $32  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities.Activities— Cash flows from operating activities in Parent’s consolidated and combined statement of cash flows for all periods presented prior to the IPO date exclude certain expenditures incurred by Kerr-McGee on our behalf, such as income taxes, general corporate expenses, employee benefits and incentives, and net interest costs. Therefore, reported amounts are not representative of cash flows from operating activities we will generate or use as a stand-alone company. For example, cash flows from operating activities for 2005 and 2004 exclude $27.2 million and $37.0 million, respectively, paid by Kerr-McGee for income taxes on our behalf. Additionally, 2005, 2004 and 2003 cash flows from operating activities exclude $48.0 million, $55.1 million, and $65.8 million, respectively, of general corporate expenses, employee benefits and incentives, and net interest costs associated with our present and discontinued operations. While such costs are reflected in Parent’s consolidated and combined statement of operations because they were allocated to us by Kerr-McGee, they did not result in cash outlays by us. As a stand-alone company, we expect costs and expenses of this nature will require the use of our cash and other sources of liquidity. Additionally, we expect that our general corporate expenses may be $15 million to $20 million greater on an annual basis than we have incurred historically, which will further reduce our cash flows from operating activities as compared to historical experience. Further, as discussed under “Contractual Obligations and Commitments” below, we expect cash requirements associated with employee pension and postretirement plans to increase following the completion of the IPO.

51


Index to Financial Statements

Cash flows from operating activities for 20052013 were $61.5a source of funds of $79 million compared with cash from operating activitiesto a use of $190.8funds of $47 million for 2004.in 2012. The $129.3 million decrease in cash flows from operating activities in 2005use of funds during 2013 was due primarily to increases in accounts receivable and inventories. As described under “Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementsAccounts Receivable Monetization Program” below, our accounts receivable program was terminated in April 2005. Termination of the program resulted in an extension of the collection period for accounts receivable arising from pigment sales compared to the collection period of receivables prior to program termination. This has had a one-time impact of reducing our cash flows from operating activities related to the increase in our accounts receivable. Cash flows from operating activities also decreased due to an increase in inventories at year-end 2005 compared to year-end 2004. This is in contrast to the significant decline in inventory levels at year-end 2004 compared to the prior year that was attributable to the shutdown of our sulfate production facilitycash used in Savannah, Georgia,operations, as well as strong demand during the latter half of 2004. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities caused by termination of ourincreased accounts receivables monetization program and increase in inventoriesreceivable, which was offset by decreased environmentala decrease in inventories.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities—Net cash provided by investing activities during 2013 reflects $79 million of capital expenditures. Capital expenditures for 2013 are expected to be in the range of $24.1$175 million and an increase in environmental cost reimbursements of $20.9to $235 million.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities—Net cash provided by financing activities during 2013 of $681 million was comprised of the following:

Cash inflows:

Refinancing of the Senior Secured Term Loan with the Term Loan resulting in a cash inflow of $945 million.

Cash outflows:

Repayment of the Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan of $149 million;

Payment of debt issuance costs associated with the refinancing of the Senior Secured Term Loan with the Term Loan of $28 million,

Repayment of the ABSA Revolver of $29 million;

Repayment of other debt of $2 million; and

Dividends paid of $57 million.

The following table presents cash flow for the periods indicated:

  Successor     Predecessor 
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 $118   $263     $(283

Net cash used in investing activities

  (52  (132    (6

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  490    (35    208  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  6    (3    —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 $562   $93     $(81
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

76


Cash Flows from Operating Activities—Cash flows from operating activities for 20042012 were $190.8 million, an increasea source of $70.4funds of $118 million compared with cash flows from operating activities for 2003 of $120.4 million. The increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2004 is attributable primarily to a reduction in inventories, $35.7use of funds of $20 million higher environmental cost reimbursements, $12.7 million lower expenditures for environmental remediationthe combined twelve month period ended December 31, 2011. The source of funds during 2012 was primarily attributable to positive operating results and restoration and $35.0 million less cash paid for legal settlements largely related to our former forest products business. These positive effects on cash flows from operating activities werethe collection of accounts receivable, partially offset by an unfavorable effectincreased inventories. Inventories increased due to a slowdown in demand and higher input prices. The source of timing differences between product sales and collectionsfunds in the eleven month period ended December 31, 2011 reflects the strong operating performance during 2011 as pricing increased throughout the year, while the use of trade accounts receivable. While improved economic conditions resulted in increased sales volumes in late 2004, collectionfunds during the one month ended January, 31, 2011, reflects our emergence from bankruptcy, including the funding of the related accounts receivable did not occur until 2005.environmental and tort trusts, the payment of claims and professional fees in cash, and clearance of our liabilities subject to compromise.

Cash Provided by (Used in)Flows from Investing Activities.Activities—Net cash provided by investing activities during 2012 primarily reflects $115 million of cash received in 2005 was $83.3the Transaction, offset by $166 million an increase of $174.7 million from $91.4 million used in investing activities for 2004. The collection of repurchased accounts receivable that were contributed to us by Kerr-McGee resulted in an increase of $165.0 million in cash from investing activities in 2005.

capital expenditures. Capital expenditures for 2013 are expected to be in 2005 were $87.6the range of $220 million $4.9 million less than the prior year. Significant projects in 2005 include projects to increase productivity and enhance product quality. These projects include changes to the Uerdingen, Germany, pigment facility to convert waste to a saleable product and reduce raw material costs, upgrading the oxidation line at the Botlek, Netherlands, pigment facility and process improvements at the Hamilton, Mississippi, facility to produce a new grade for use in architectural paints.

Net cash used in investing activities was $91.4 million in 2004 compared to $95.7 million in 2003 principally representing capital expenditures. Significant capital expenditure projects in 2004 included waste management projects and an automated slurry project at our Hamilton, Mississippi facility that was begun in 2003. In 2003, significant projects included the Savannah plant high productivity oxidation line, waste management projects and the initial phase of the Hamilton plant automated slurry project that was completed in 2004.$280 million.

Cash Used inFlows from Financing Activities.Activities—Net cash used inprovided by financing activities was $103.3$490 million compared $173 million in 2005, $131.1the twelve months ended December 31, 2011.

Cash inflows were comprised of the following:

Issuance of $900 million aggregate principal bonds;

Refinancing of the Exit Facility with a $700 million Term Facility, less a $7 million discount, resulting in 2004,a cash inflow of $693 million; and $10.3

Draw down of $30 million in 2003. In 2005, Parent completed its IPO by issuing 17.5on the Wells Revolver, $30 million shareson the UBS Revolver and $54 million on the ABSA Revolver.

Cash outflows were primarily comprised of the following:

Repurchased 12.6 million Class A common stock which provided proceeds, netShares, affected for the 5-for-1 share split, at an average price of $25.84 per share, inclusive of commissions, for a total cost of $326 million;

Repayment of the Exit Financing Facility of $421 million;

Repayment of $30 million on the Wells Revolver, $30 million on the UBS Revolver and $24 million on the ABSA Revolver;

Repayment of other debt of $80 million;

Dividends paid of $61 million;

Merger consideration paid in connection with the Transaction of $193 million, whereby Tronox Incorporated shareholders received one Class A Share and $12.50 in cash for each share of Tronox Incorporated;

Share purchases for the Employee Participation Plan of $15 million; and

Payment of debt issuance costs of $226.0$38 million. Concurrent with

Rights Offering

On February 14, 2011, Tronox Incorporated received $185 million of new equity investment in a rights offering that was open to certain general unsecured creditors. Under the IPO, wePlan, the general unsecured creditors were given rights to purchase up to 45.5% of the new shares issued $350.0on the Effective Date, based on a 17.6% discount to Tronox Incorporated’s total enterprise value of $1,063 million as presented in aggregate principal amountthe Plan. The backstop parties, a group of 9 1/2%holders of Tronox Incorporated’s 9.5% senior unsecured notes, committed to purchase any of the new common shares that were not subscribed to in the Rights Offering, thereby assuring that we received the full $185 million. In return for this commitment, the backstop parties received consideration equal to 8% of the $185 million equity commitment (payable as an additional 3.6% of the new common shares issued on the Effective Date).

77


Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth information relating to our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2013:

   Contractual Obligation Payments Due by Year 
   Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3
years
   3-5
years
   More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt and lease financing (including interest)(1)

  $3,304    $146    $289    $281    $2,588  

Purchase obligations(2)

   347     113     94     44     96  

Operating leases

   241     27     51     41     122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $3,892    $286    $434    $366    $2,806  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)During 2013, we repaid the Senior Secured Delayed Draw and modified the Senior Secured Term Loan with a $1.5 billion Term Loan. We calculated the Term Loan interest at a base rate of 1% plus a margin of 3.5%. See Note 11 of Notes to unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)Includes obligations to purchase requirements of process chemicals, supplies, utilities and services. During 2013, the Company terminated ore contracts with two suppliers.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 3 of Notes to unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for recently issued accounting pronouncements at June 30, 2013.

See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for recently issued accounting pronouncements at December 31, 2012.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and entered intoassumptions regarding matters that are inherently uncertain and that ultimately affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and assumptions are based on management’s experience and understanding of current facts and circumstances. These estimates may differ from actual results. Certain of our accounting policies are considered critical as they are both important to reflect our financial position and results of operations and require significant or complex judgment on the part of management. The following is a senior secured summary of certain accounting policies considered critical by management.

Long-Lived Assets

Key estimates related to long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment, mineral leaseholds and intangible assets) include useful lives, recoverability of carrying values and the existence of any retirement obligations. As a result of future decisions, such estimates could be significantly modified. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment range from three to forty years, and depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis. Useful lives are estimated based upon our historical experience, engineering estimates and industry information. These estimates include an assumption regarding periodic maintenance and an appropriate level of annual capital expenditures to maintain the assets. Mineral leaseholds are depreciated over their useful lives as determined under the units of production method. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The amortization methods and remaining useful lives are reviewed annually.

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Under such circumstances, we assess

78


whether the projected undiscounted cash flows of our long-lived assets are sufficient to recover the existing unamortized cost of our long-lived assets. If the undiscounted projected cash flows are not sufficient, we calculate the impairment amount by discounting the projected cash flows using our weighted-average cost of capital. The amount of the impairment is written off against earnings in the period in which the impairment is determined.

Asset Retirement Obligations

To the extent a legal obligation exists, an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) is recorded at its estimated fair value and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at our credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. No market-risk premium has been included in our calculation of ARO balances since we can make no reliable estimate. Our consolidated financial statements classify accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in “Cost of goods sold” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We used the following assumptions in determining asset retirement obligations associated with mine closure and rehabilitation costs:

inflation 2.5%-5% per year;

credit facility consistingadjusted risk-free interest rate of 4.52%-7%; and

life of mine over 14-38 years at December 31, 2012.

Income Taxes

We have operations in several countries around the world and are subject to income and similar taxes in these countries. The estimation of the amounts of income tax involves the interpretation of complex tax laws and regulations and how foreign taxes affect domestic taxes, as well as the analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets, tax audit findings and uncertain tax positions. Although we believe our tax accruals are adequate, differences may occur in the future, depending on the resolution of pending and new tax matters.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided against a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets, and reflect any changes in our estimates in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) as appropriate. ASC 740 requires that all available positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

The amount of income taxes we pay are subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We assess our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued as part of tax expense, where applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized.

79


Pension and Postretirement Benefits

We provide pension and postretirement benefits for qualifying employees worldwide. These plans are accounted for and disclosed in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation—Retirement Benefits.

U.S. Plans

The following are considered significant assumptions related to our retirement and postretirement plans, with a brief description of the methodology used by management to develop the significant assumptions included below:

Discount Rate. The discount rate selected for all U.S. plans was 4.5% as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011. The rate was selected based on the results of a $200.0 million six-year term loan facility. Proceeds from the notes and the term loan facility provided $539.1 million in cash flow matching analysis, which projected the expected cash flows of the plans using a yield curves model developed from financing activities in 2005, neta universe of debt issuance costs.Aa-graded U.S. currency corporate bonds (obtained from Bloomberg) with at least $50 million outstanding. Bonds with features that imply unreliable pricing, a less than certain cash flow, or other indicators of optionality are filtered out of the universe. The net proceeds from Parent’s Class A common stock offering, notesremaining universe is categorized into maturity groups, and term loan facility were distributed to Kerr-McGee inwithin each of the amount of $761.8 million. Net transfers to Kerr-McGee were $106.6 million, $131.1 million and $10.0 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

52


Index to Financial Statements

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangementsmaturity groups yields are ranked into percentiles.

Accounts Receivable Monetization Program. Through April 2005, we sold selected accounts receivable through a three-year, credit-insurance-backed asset securitization program with a maximum availabilityExpected Long-term Rate of $165.0 million. Under the termsReturn. The estimated long-term rate of the program, selected qualifying customer accounts receivable were sold monthly to a special-purpose entity (“SPE”), which in turn sold an undivided ownership interestreturn assumption used in the receivables to a third-party multi-seller commercial paper conduit sponsored by an independent financial institution. We sold, and retained an interest in, excess receivables to the SPE as over-collateralizationdetermination of net periodic cost for the program.year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 5.75% and 6.44%, respectively. This rate was developed after reviewing both a capital asset pricing model using historical data and a forecasted earnings model. An expected return analysis is performed which incorporates the current portfolio allocation, historical asset-class returns and an assessment of expected future performance using asset-class risk factors.

Rate of Compensation Increases. Our retained interest in the SPE’s receivablesestimated rate of compensation increase was classified in trade accounts receivable in our accompanying Consolidated3.5% at both December 31, 2012 and Combined Balance Sheet. No recourse obligations were recorded since we had no obligations for any recourse actions on the sold receivables.

The accounts receivable monetization program included ratings downgrade triggers2011 based on Kerr-McGee’s senior unsecured debt rating. These triggers provideour long-term plans for program modifications,compensation increases and expected economic conditions, including a program termination event upon which the program would effectively liquidate over timeeffects of merit increases, promotions and the third-party multi-seller commercial paper conduit would be repaid with the collections on accounts receivable sold. In April 2005, Kerr-McGee’s senior unsecured debt was downgraded, triggering program termination. As opposed to liquidating the program over time or modifying its terms, Kerr-McGee elected to terminate the program by repurchasing the then outstanding balance of receivables sold of $165.0 million, which were then contributed to us.general inflation.

Other Arrangements.Health Care Cost Trend Rates We have entered into agreements that require us to indemnify third parties for losses related to environmental matters, litigation and other claims. We have recorded no material obligations in connection with such indemnification obligations. In addition, pursuant to Parent’s MSA with Kerr-McGee, Parent will be required to indemnify Kerr-McGee for all costs and expenses incurred by it arising out of or due to our environmental and other liabilities other than such costs and expenses reimbursable by Kerr-McGee pursuant to the MSA.. At December 31, 2005, we had outstanding letters2012, the assumed health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of creditbenefits covered by the postretirement healthcare plan was 9% in 2013, gradually declining to 5% in 2018 and thereafter. A 1% increase in the amountassumed health care cost trend rate for each future year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2012 by $1.3 million, while the aggregate of approximately $34.5the service and interest cost components of the 2012 net periodic postretirement cost would increase by less than $1 million. These lettersA 1% decrease in the trend rate for each future year would reduce the accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2012 by $1.1 million and decrease the aggregate of credit have been granted to usthe service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement cost for 2012 by financial institutions to support our environmental clean-up costs and miscellaneous operational and severance requirements in international locations. As of April 24, 2006, outstanding letters of credit totaled $77.3less than $1 million.

Contractual ObligationsForeign Benefit Plans

We currently provide defined benefit retirement plans (funded) for qualifying employees in the Netherlands. The various assumptions used and Commitmentsthe attribution of the costs to periods of employee service are fundamental to the measurement of net periodic cost and pension obligations associated with the retirement plans. The following are considered significant assumptions related to our foreign retirement plans:

InDiscount Rate. The discount rate selected for the normal course of business, we enter into operating leases, purchase obligations and borrowing arrangements. Operating leases primarily consist of rental of railcars and production equipment. The aggregate future payments under these borrowings and contracts as ofNetherlands plan was 5.25% for both December 31, 2005, are summarized in2012 and 2011, which is based on long-term Euro corporate bond index rates that correlate with anticipated cash flows associated with future benefit payments.

Expected Long-term Rate of Return. The expected long-term rate of return assumption for the following table:

   Payments Due By Period

Type of Obligation

  Total  2006  2007
-2008
  2009
-2010
  After
2010
   (Millions of dollars)

Long-term debt, including current portion

  $550.0  $2.0  $4.0  $4.0  $540.0

Interest payments on current and long-term debt

   306.7   46.8   92.7   92.2   75.0

Operating leases

   48.0   7.7   14.2   9.7   16.4

Purchase obligations:

          

Ore contracts

   641.9   162.3   303.2   137.0   39.4

Other purchase obligations

   360.5   86.5   140.2   95.7   38.1
                    

Total

  $1,907.1  $305.3  $554.3  $338.6  $708.9
                    

Parent is obligated under an employee benefits agreement with Kerr-McGee to maintainNetherlands plan of 5.25% for both December 31, 2012 and 2011 was developed considering the Material Features (as defined inportfolio mix and country-specific economic data that includes the employee benefits agreement)expected long-term rates of the U.S. postretirement plan without change for a period of three years following the effective date of the Distribution. Basedreturn on the actuarially determined obligations under that plan, we expect contributions to be approximately $10.0 million for each of the next five years.local government and corporate bonds.

 

53

80


Index

Rate of Compensation Increases. We determine our rate of compensation assumptions based on our long-term plans for compensation increases specific to Financial Statements

employee groups covered. At both December 31, 2012 and 2011, the rate of compensation increases for the Netherlands plan was 3.5%.

Environmental MattersCritical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions regarding matters that are inherently uncertain and that ultimately affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and assumptions are based on management’s experience and understanding of current facts and circumstances. These estimates may differ from actual results. Certain of our accounting policies are considered critical as they are both important to reflect our financial position and results of operations and require significant or complex judgment on the part of management. The following is a summary of certain accounting policies considered critical by management.

Current BusinessesLong-Lived Assets

Key estimates related to long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment, mineral leaseholds and intangible assets) include useful lives, recoverability of carrying values and the existence of any retirement obligations. As a result of future decisions, such estimates could be significantly modified. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment range from three to forty years, and depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis. Useful lives are estimated based upon our historical experience, engineering estimates and industry information. These estimates include an assumption regarding periodic maintenance and an appropriate level of annual capital expenditures to maintain the assets. Mineral leaseholds are depreciated over their useful lives as determined under the units of production method. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The amortization methods and remaining useful lives are reviewed annually.

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Under such circumstances, we assess

78


whether the projected undiscounted cash flows of our long-lived assets are sufficient to recover the existing unamortized cost of our long-lived assets. If the undiscounted projected cash flows are not sufficient, we calculate the impairment amount by discounting the projected cash flows using our weighted-average cost of capital. The amount of the impairment is written off against earnings in the period in which the impairment is determined.

Asset Retirement Obligations

To the extent a legal obligation exists, an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) is recorded at its estimated fair value and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at our credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. No market-risk premium has been included in our calculation of ARO balances since we can make no reliable estimate. Our consolidated financial statements classify accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in “Cost of goods sold” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We used the following assumptions in determining asset retirement obligations associated with mine closure and rehabilitation costs:

inflation 2.5%-5% per year;

credit adjusted risk-free interest rate of 4.52%-7%; and

life of mine over 14-38 years at December 31, 2012.

Income Taxes

We have operations in several countries around the world and are subject to a broad arrayincome and similar taxes in these countries. The estimation of international, federal, state and localthe amounts of income tax involves the interpretation of complex tax laws and regulations relating to environmental protection. Under these laws, we are or may be required to obtain or maintain permits or licenses in connection with our operations. In addition, under these laws, we are or may be required to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of the disposal or release of chemical, petroleum, low-level radioactive and other substances at various sites. Environmental laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and compliance costs are significant and will continue to be significant in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that such laws and regulations or any environmental law or regulation enacted in the future is not likely to have a material effect on us.

Sites at which we have environmental responsibilities include sites that have been designated as Superfund sites by the U.S. EPA pursuant to CERCLA and that are included on the National Priority List (“NPL”). As of December 31, 2005, we had received notices that we had been named a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to 12 existing EPA Superfund sites on the NPL that require remediation. We do not consider the number of sites for which we have been named a PRP to be the determining factor when considering our overall environmental liability.

Decommissioning and remediation obligations, and the attendant costs, vary substantially from site to site and depend on unique site characteristics, available technology and the regulatory requirements applicable to each site. Additionally, we may share liability at some sites with numerous other PRPs, and U.S. law currently imposes joint and several liability on all PRPs under CERCLA. We are also obligated to perform or have performed remediation or remedial investigations and feasibility studies at sites that have not been designated as Superfund sites by EPA. Such work frequently is undertaken pursuant to consent orders or other agreements.

Legacy Businesses

Historically, we have engaged in businesses unrelated to our current primary business, such as the treatment of forest products, the production of ammonium perchlorate, the refining and marketing of petroleum products, offshore contract drilling, coal mining and the mining, milling and processing of nuclear materials. Although we are no longer engaged in such businesses, residual obligations with respect to certain of these businesses still exist, including obligations related to compliance with environmental laws and regulations, including the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Atomic Energy Act, CERCLA and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. These laws and regulations require us to undertake remedial measures at sites of current and former operations or at sites where waste was disposed. For example, we are required to conduct decommissioning and environmental remediation at certain refineries, production and distribution facilities and service stations previously owned or operated before exiting the refining and marketing business in 1995. We also are required to conduct decommissioning and remediation activities at sites where we were involved in the exploration, production, processing or sale of minerals, including uranium and thorium compounds and at sites where we were involved in the production and sale of ammonium perchlorate. Additionally, we are decommissioning and remediating our former wood-treatment facilities as part of our exit from the forest products business. For a description of the decommissioning and remediation activities in which we currently are engaged, see “Environmental Costs” below and Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

54


Index to Financial Statements

Environmental Costs

Expenditures for environmental protection and cleanup for each of the last three years and for the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, are as follows:

   Year Ended December 31,
   2005  2004  2003  Total
   (Millions of dollars)

Cash expenditures of environmental reserves

  $61.1  $85.2  $97.9  $244.2

Recurring operating expenses

   41.4   33.4   33.8   108.6

Capital expenditures

   10.7   8.6   14.0   33.3

Recurring operating expenses are expenditures related to the maintenance and operation of environmental equipment such as incinerators, waste treatment systems and pollution control equipment,how foreign taxes affect domestic taxes, as well as the analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets, tax audit findings and uncertain tax positions. Although we believe our tax accruals are adequate, differences may occur in the future, depending on the resolution of pending and new tax matters.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided against a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets, and reflect any changes in our estimates in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) as appropriate. ASC 740 requires that all available positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

The amount of income taxes we pay are subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We assess our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued as part of tax expense, where applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized.

79


Pension and Postretirement Benefits

We provide pension and postretirement benefits for qualifying employees worldwide. These plans are accounted for and disclosed in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation—Retirement Benefits.

U.S. Plans

The following are considered significant assumptions related to our retirement and postretirement plans, with a brief description of the methodology used by management to develop the significant assumptions included below:

Discount Rate. The discount rate selected for all U.S. plans was 4.5% as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011. The rate was selected based on the results of a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the expected cash flows of the plans using a yield curves model developed from a universe of Aa-graded U.S. currency corporate bonds (obtained from Bloomberg) with at least $50 million outstanding. Bonds with features that imply unreliable pricing, a less than certain cash flow, or other indicators of optionality are filtered out of the universe. The remaining universe is categorized into maturity groups, and within each of the maturity groups yields are ranked into percentiles.

Expected Long-term Rate of Return. The estimated long-term rate of return assumption used in the determination of net periodic cost for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 5.75% and 6.44%, respectively. This rate was developed after reviewing both a capital asset pricing model using historical data and a forecasted earnings model. An expected return analysis is performed which incorporates the current portfolio allocation, historical asset-class returns and an assessment of expected future performance using asset-class risk factors.

Rate of Compensation Increases. Our estimated rate of compensation increase was 3.5% at both December 31, 2012 and 2011 based on our long-term plans for compensation increases and expected economic conditions, including the effects of merit increases, promotions and general inflation.

Health Care Cost Trend Rates. At December 31, 2012, the assumed health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of materials, energybenefits covered by the postretirement healthcare plan was 9% in 2013, gradually declining to 5% in 2018 and outside services needed to neutralize, process, handle and dispose of current waste streams at our operating facilities. These expenditures are necessary to ensure that current production is handled in an environmentally safe and effective manner.

In addition to past expenditures, reserves have been established for the remediation and restoration of active and inactive sites where it is probable that future costs will be incurred and the liability is reasonably estimable. For environmental sites, we consider a variety of matters when setting reserves, including the stage of investigation; whether EPA or another relevant agency has ordered action or quantified cost; whether we have received an order to conduct work; whether we participate as a PRPthereafter. A 1% increase in the Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS) process and, if so, how farassumed health care cost trend rate for each future year would increase the RI/FS has progressed; the status of the record of decision by the relevant agency; the status of site characterization; the stage of the remedial design; evaluation of existing remediation technologies; the number and financial condition of other potential PRPs; and whether we can reasonably evaluate costs based on a remedial design or engineering plan.

After the remediation work has begun, additional accruals or adjustments to costs may be made based on any number of developments, including revisions to the remedial design; unanticipated construction problems; identification of additional areas or volumes of contamination; inability to implement a planned engineering design or to use planned technologies and excavation methods; changes in costs of labor, equipment or technology; any additional or updated engineering and other studies; and weather conditions. Additional reserves of $69.0 million, $81.4 million and $88.2 million were added in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, for active and inactive sites.

As of December 31, 2005, our financial reserves for all active and inactive sites totaled $223.7 million. This includes $69.0 million added to the reserves in 2005 for active and inactive sites. In the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheetaccumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2005, included in this prospectus, $145.92012 by $1.3 million, while the aggregate of the total reserve is classified as noncurrent liabilities-environmental remediation or restoration,service and interest cost components of the 2012 net periodic postretirement cost would increase by less than $1 million. A 1% decrease in the trend rate for each future year would reduce the accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2012 by $1.1 million and decrease the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement cost for 2012 by less than $1 million.

Foreign Benefit Plans

We currently provide defined benefit retirement plans (funded) for qualifying employees in the Netherlands. The various assumptions used and the remaining $77.8 million is included in accrued liabilities. We believe we have reserved adequatelyattribution of the costs to periods of employee service are fundamental to the measurement of net periodic cost and pension obligations associated with the retirement plans. The following are considered significant assumptions related to our foreign retirement plans:

Discount Rate. The discount rate selected for the reasonably estimable costsNetherlands plan was 5.25% for both December 31, 2012 and 2011, which is based on long-term Euro corporate bond index rates that correlate with anticipated cash flows associated with future benefit payments.

Expected Long-term Rate of known environmental contingencies. However, additional reserves may be required in the future due to the previously noted uncertainties.

Pursuant to the MSA, Kerr-McGee has agreed to reimburse us for a portion of the environmental remediation costs we incur and pay after the IPO (net of any cost reimbursements we expect to recover from insurers, governmental authorities or other parties)Return. The reimbursement obligation extends to costs incurred at any site associated with anyexpected long-term rate of our former businesses or operations.

With respect to any sitereturn assumption for which we have established a reserve asthe Netherlands plan of 5.25% for both December 31, 2012 and 2011 was developed considering the effective dateportfolio mix and country-specific economic data that includes the expected long-term rates of the MSA, 50% of the remediation costs we incurreturn on local government and pay in excess of the reserve amount (after meeting a $200,000 minimum threshold amount) will be reimbursable by Kerr-McGee, net of any amounts recovered or, in our reasonable and good faith estimate, that will be recovered from third parties. With respect to any site for which we have not established a reserve as of the effective date of the MSA, 50% of the amount of the remediation costs we incurcorporate bonds.

 

55

80


Index

Rate of Compensation Increases. We determine our rate of compensation assumptions based on our long-term plans for compensation increases specific to Financial Statements

employee groups covered. At both December 31, 2012 and pay (after meeting a $200,000 minimum threshold amount) will be reimbursable by Kerr-McGee, net2011, the rate of any amounts recovered or, in our reasonable and good faith estimate, that will be recovered from third parties.

Kerr-McGee’s aggregate reimbursement obligation to us cannot exceed $100 million and is subject to various other limitations and restrictions. For example, Kerr-McGee is not obligated to reimburse us for amounts we pay to third parties in connection with tort claims or personal injury lawsuits, or for administrative fines or civil penalties that we are required to pay. Kerr-McGee’s reimbursement obligation also is limited to costs that we actually incur and pay within seven years following the IPO.

The following table reflects our portion of the known estimated costs of investigation or remediation that are probable and estimable. The table summarizes EPA Superfund NPL sites where we have been notified we are a PRP under CERCLA and other sites for which we had financial reserves recorded at year-end 2005. In the table, aggregated information is presented for other sites (each of which has a remaining reserve balance of less than $3 million). The reimbursement obligation discussed above applies to each of the sites specifically identified in the table below. Sites specifically identified in the table below are discussed in Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Location of Site

  

Stage of Investigation/Remediation

  Total
Expenditures
Through
December 31,
2005
  Remaining
Reserve
Balance at
December 31,
2005
   Total 
      (Millions of dollars)   

EPA Superfund sites on NPL

        

West Chicago, Illinois(1)
Vicinity areas

  

 

Remediation of thorium tailings at residential areas and Reed-Keppler Park is substantially complete. Cleanup of thorium tailings at Kress Creek and Sewage Treatment Plant is ongoing.

  $141  $75  $216

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

  Completed soil cleanup at former wood-treatment facility and began cleanup of offsite tributary creek. Groundwater remediation and cleanup of tributary creek is continuing.   41   4   45

Lakeview, Oregon

  Consolidation and capping of contaminated soils and neutralization of acidic waters from former uranium mining is ongoing.   7   4   11

Soda Springs, Idaho

  All former impoundments of calcine tailings have been closed as required by a record of decision (“ROD”). The ROD also requires continuation of groundwater monitoring. Closure of an additional ten-acre pond, not a part of the ROD, will be completed within two years. Duration of groundwater monitoring is unknown.   3   3   6

Other sites

  Sites where the company has been named a PRP, including landfills, wood-treating sites, a mine site and an oil recycling refinery. These sites are in various stages of investigation/remediation.   15   —     15
              
     207   86   293
              

56


Index to Financial Statements

Location of Site

  

Stage of Investigation/Remediation

  Total
Expenditures
Through
December 31,
2005
  Remaining
Reserve
Balance at
December 31,
2005
   Total 
      (Millions of dollars)   

Sites under consent order, license or agreement, not on EPA Superfund NPL

        

West Chicago, Illinois(1)
Former manufacturing facility

  

 

 

Excavation, removal and disposal of contaminated soils at former thorium mill are substantially complete. The site will be used for moving material from the Kress Creek and Sewage Treatment Plant remediation sites. Surface restoration and groundwater monitoring and remediation are expected to continue for approximately ten years.

  $447  $12  $459

Cushing, Oklahoma

  Excavation, removal and disposal of thorium and uranium residuals were substantially completed in 2004. Investigation of and remediation addressing hydrocarbon contamination is continuing.   147   12   159

Henderson, Nevada(2)

  Groundwater treatment to address ammonium perchlorate contamination is being conducted under consent decree with Nevada Department of Environmental Protection.   124   37   161

Ambrosia Lake, New
Mexico

  

 

Uranium mill tailings and selected pond sediments consolidated and capped onsite. A request to end groundwater treatment and a decommissioning plan for impacted soils are under review by the NRC.

   28   11   39

Crescent, Oklahoma

  Buildings and soil decommissioning complete. Evaluating available technologies to address limited on-site radionuclide contamination of groundwater.   48   7   55

Sauget, Illinois

  Soil remediation of wood-treatment related contamination is ongoing. Conducting groundwater monitoring and evaluating options to remediate sediment and surface water.   8   9   17

Hattiesburg, Mississippi

  Completed remediation of process areas at former wood-treatment facility and completed most off-site remediation. Off-site remediation to be completed when access to certain properties is granted.   12   3   15

57


Index to Financial Statements

Location of Site

  

Stage of Investigation/Remediation

  Total
Expenditures
Through
December 31,
2005
  Remaining
Reserve
Balance at
December 31,
2005
  Total
      (Millions of dollars)   

Sites under consent order, license or agreement, not on EPA Superfund NPL

        

Cleveland, Oklahoma

  Facility is dismantled and certain interim remedial measures to address air, soil, surface water and groundwater contamination are complete. Design of on-site containment cell has been submitted for approval.  $19  $4  $23

Calhoun, Louisiana

  Soil and groundwater remediation of petroleum hydrocarbons at a former gas condensate stripping facility is ongoing.   22   5   27

Jacksonville, Florida

  Remedial investigation of a former manufacturing and processing site for fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides completed. Feasibility study with recommended remediation activities expected to be submitted to EPA in 2006.   4   6   10

Other sites

  Sites related to wood-treatment, chemical production, landfills, mining, and oil and gas refining, distribution and marketing. These sites are in various stages of investigation/remediation.   169   32   201
              
     1,028   138   1,166
              
  

Total

  $1,235  $224  $1,459
              

(1)Amounts reported in the table for the West Chicago sites are not reduced for actual or expected reimbursement from the U.S. government under Title X of the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Title X), described in Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.
(2)Amounts reported in the table for the Henderson, Nevada site are not reduced for actual or expected reimbursement from the U.S. government under a consent decree settlement nor for expected insurance policy recoveries, described in Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

There may be other sites where we have potential liability for environmental-related matters but for which we do not have sufficient information to determine that the liability is probable or reasonably estimable. We have not established reserves for such sites. One such site involves a former wood treatment plant in New Jersey.

Tronox LLC was named in 1999 as a PRP under CERCLA at a former wood-treatment site in New Jersey at which EPA is conducting a cleanup. On April 15, 2005, Tronox LLC and Tronox Worldwide LLC received a letter from EPA asserting they are liable under CERCLA as a former owner or operator of the site and demanding reimbursement of costs expended by EPA at the site. The letter made demand for payment of past costs in the amount of approximately $179 million, plus interest though EPA has informed Tronox LLC that it expects final project costs will be approximately $236 million, plus possible other costs and interest. Tronox LLC did not operate the site, which had been sold to a third party before Tronox LLC succeeded to the interests of a

58


Index to Financial Statements

predecessor owner in the 1960s. The predecessor also did not operate the site, which had been closed down before it was acquired by the predecessor. Based on historical records, there are substantial uncertainties about whether or under what terms the predecessor assumed liabilitiescompensation increases for the site. In addition, although it appears there may be other PRPs, the company does not know whether the other PRPs have received similar letters from EPA, whether there are any defenses to liability available to the other PRPs or whether the other PRPs have the financial resources necessary to meet their obligations. The company intends to vigorously defend against EPA’s demand, though the company expects to have discussions with EPA that could lead to a settlement or resolution of EPA’s demand. No reserve for reimbursement of cleanup costs at the site has been recorded because it is not possible to reliably estimate the liability, if any, the company may have for the site because of the aforementioned defenses and uncertainties.Netherlands plan was 3.5%.

Critical Accounting Policies

PreparationThe preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United StatesU.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates judgments and assumptions regarding matters that are inherently uncertain and that ultimately affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Even so, the accounting principles we use generally do not impact our reported cash flows or liquidity. Generally, accounting rules do not involve a selection among alternatives, but involve a selection of the appropriate policies for applying the basic principles. Interpretation of the existing rules must be done and judgments made on how the specifics of a given rule apply to us.

The more significant reporting areas impacted by management’s judgments, estimates and assumptions are recoverability of long-lived assets, restructuring and exit activities, environmental remediation, tax accruals and benefit plans. Management’s judgments, estimates and assumptions in these areas are based on information availablemanagement’s experience and understanding of current facts and circumstances. These estimates may differ from actual results. Certain of our accounting policies are considered critical as they are both internalimportant to reflect our financial position and external sources, including engineers, legal counsel, actuaries, environmental studiesresults of operations and historical experience in similar matters. Actual results could differ materially from those judgments, estimates and assumptions as additional information becomes known.

require significant or complex judgment on the part of management. The following descriptionis a summary of Parent’s criticalcertain accounting policies is not intended to be an all-inclusive discussion of the uncertainties considered and estimates madecritical by management in applying accounting principles and policies. Results may vary significantly if different policies were used or required and if new or different information becomes known to management.

Long-Lived Assets

Key estimates related to long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment, mineral leaseholds and intangible assets) include useful lives, recoverability of carrying values and the existence of any retirement obligations. As a result of future decisions, such estimates could be significantly modified. The estimated useful lives of our property, plant and equipment range from three to 40forty years, and depreciation is recognized on thea straight-line basis. Useful lives are estimated based upon our historical experience, engineering estimates and industry information. OurThese estimates include an assumption regarding periodic maintenance and an appropriate level of annual capital expenditures to maintain the assets. Mineral leaseholds are depreciated over their useful lives as determined under the units of production method. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The amortization methods and remaining useful lives are reviewed annually.

Long-livedWe evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets are evaluated for potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be greater than future netrecoverable. Under such circumstances, we assess

78


whether the projected undiscounted cash flows. Such evaluations involve a significantflows of our long-lived assets are sufficient to recover the existing unamortized cost of our long-lived assets. If the undiscounted projected cash flows are not sufficient, we calculate the impairment amount by discounting the projected cash flows using our weighted-average cost of capital. The amount of judgment since the results are based on estimated future events, such as sales prices; costs to produceimpairment is written off against earnings in the products;period in which the economic and regulatory climates; and other factors. We cannot predict when or if future impairment charges will be required for held-for-use assets.is determined.

Restructuring and Exit ActivitiesAsset Retirement Obligations

We have recorded charges in recent periods in connection with closing facilities and work force reduction programs. These charges are recorded when management commits to a plan and incurs a liability related to the

59


Index to Financial Statements

plan. Estimates for plant closing include write-down of inventory value, write-down of property, plant and equipment, any necessary environmental or regulatory costs, contract termination, asset retirement obligations and severance costs. Estimates for work force reductions are recorded based on estimates of the number of positions to be terminated, termination benefits to be provided, estimates of any enhanced benefits provided under pension and postretirement plans and the period over which future service will continue, if any. We evaluate the estimates on a quarterly basis and adjust the reserves when information indicates that the estimates are above or below the initial estimates. For additional information regarding work force reduction programs and exit activities, see Note 16 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus. Changes in estimates of provisions for restructuring and exit activities were not significant over the last three years.

Environmental Remediation and Other Contingency Reserves

Our management makes judgments and estimates in accordance with applicable accounting rules when it establishes reserves for environmental remediation, litigation and other contingent matters. Provisions for such matters are charged to expense when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and reasonable estimates of the liability can be made. Estimates of environmental liabilities, which include the cost of investigation and remediation, are based on a variety of matters, including, but not limited to, the stage of investigation, the stage of the remedial design, the availability of existing remediation technologies, presently enacted laws and regulations and the state of any related legal or administrative investigation or proceedings. In future periods, a number of factors could significantly change our estimate of environmental remediation costs, such as changes in laws and regulations, revisions to the remedial design, unanticipated construction problems, identification of additional areas or volumes of contamination, and increases in labor, equipment and technology costs, changes in the financial condition of other potentially responsible parties and the outcome of any related legal and administrative proceedings to which we are or may become a party. Consequently, it is not possible for us to reliably estimate the amount and timing of all future expenditures related to environmental or other contingent matters and actual costs could exceed our current reserves.

Before considering reimbursements of our environmental costs discussed below, we provided $69.0 million, $81.4 million and $88.2 million pre-tax for environmental remediation and restoration costs in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, including provisions of $29.9 million, $75.7 million and $52.3 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, related to former businesses reflected as a component of loss from discontinued operations.

To the extent costsa legal obligation exists, an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) is recorded at its estimated fair value and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at our credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. No market-risk premium has been included in our calculation of investigationARO balances since we can make no reliable estimate. Our consolidated financial statements classify accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in “Cost of goods sold” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We used the following assumptions in determining asset retirement obligations associated with mine closure and remediation are recoverable from the U.S. government or Kerr-McGee,rehabilitation costs:

inflation 2.5%-5% per year;

credit adjusted risk-free interest rate of 4.52%-7%; and have been incurred or are recoverable under certain insurance policies or from other parties and such recoveries are deemed probable, we record a receivable. In considering the probability

life of receipt, we evaluate our historical experience with receipts, as well as our claim submission experience. Atmine over 14-38 years at December 31, 2005, estimated recoveries of environmental costs recorded in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet totaled $56.7 million. Provisions for environmental remediation and restoration in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations were reduced by $34.3 million, $14.2 million and $32.2 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, for estimated recoveries, including recoveries of $12.3 million, $14.2 million and $11.2 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, related to former businesses reflected as a component of loss from discontinued operations.2012.

For additional information about contingencies, refer to “Environmental Matters” above and Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Income Taxes

We have operations in several countries around the world and are subject to income and similar taxes in these countries. The closingestimation of the IPO resultedamounts of income tax involves the interpretation of complex tax laws and regulations and how foreign taxes affect domestic taxes, as well as the analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets, tax audit findings and uncertain tax positions. Although we believe our tax accruals are adequate, differences may occur in the deconsolidationfuture, depending on the resolution of the company from Kerr-McGee under U.S. Federal incomepending and new tax laws. We continued as a member included in the U.S. Federal consolidated income tax return of Kerr-McGee up to the deconsolidation date. Prior to the deconsolidation date, we had not been a party to amatters.

60


Index to Financial Statements

tax-sharing agreement with Kerr-McGee but had consistently followed an allocation policy whereby Kerr-McGee has allocated its members of the consolidated return provisions and/or benefits based upon each member’s taxable income or loss. This allocation methodology resulted in the recognition of deferred assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax basis, except to the extent for deferred taxes on income considered to be permanently reinvested in foreign jurisdictions. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measureddetermined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Kerr-McGee has allocated currentA valuation allowance is provided against a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets, and reflect any changes in our estimates in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) as appropriate. ASC 740 requires that all available positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

The amount of income taxes we pay are subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We assess our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon our evaluation of the members of its consolidated return, including us, that have generated losses that are utilized or expected to be utilized onfacts, circumstances and information available at the U.S. Federal consolidated income tax return. The income taxes presented as a result of this allocation methodology are not consistent with that calculated on a stand-alone tax return basis. In addition, Kerr-McGee manages its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective ofreporting date. For those tax strategiespositions for which it is more likely than not that we would have followed or will follow as a stand-alone company.

Upon closing the IPO and with the deconsolidation, Parent entered into a tax sharing agreement with Kerr-McGee that governs Kerr-McGee’s and our respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes for tax periods ending in 2005 and prior. Generally, taxes incurred or accrued prior to the IPO that are attributable to the business of one partybenefit will be borne solely bysustained, we record the amount that party. In addition, the tax sharing agreement addresses the allocationhas a greater than 50% likelihood of liability for taxes incurredbeing realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued as a result of restructuring activities undertaken to implement the separation and distribution. Parent is required to indemnify Kerr-McGee for any tax liability incurred by reason of the Distribution by Kerr-McGee of Parent’s Class B common stock to its stockholders being considered a taxable transaction to Kerr-McGee as a result of a breach of any of Parent’s representations, warranties or covenants contained in the tax sharing agreement.

Under U.S. federal income tax laws, Parent and Kerr-McGee are jointly and severally liable for Kerr-McGee’s federal income taxes attributable to the periods prior to and including Kerr-McGee’s current taxable year, which ends on December 31, 2005. If Kerr-McGee fails to pay the taxes attributable to it under the tax sharing agreement for periods prior to and including its current taxable year, Parent could be liable for any part of including the whole amount of, these tax liabilities.expense, where applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized.

79


Benefit PlansPension and Postretirement Benefits

We provide pension and postretirement benefits for qualifying employees worldwide. These plans are accounted for and disclosed in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation—Retirement Benefits.

U.S. Plans.Plans Our U.S. employees participated in the noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans and the contributory postretirement plans for health care and life insurance sponsored by Kerr-McGee. Parent’s consolidated and combined results of operations reflect costs associated with Kerr-McGee’s U.S. plans which have been allocated by Kerr-McGee based on salary for defined benefit retirement plans and based on active headcount for postretirement plans, but do not reflect assets and liabilities associated with our employees’ participation in the plans, since we were not the plan sponsor for the historical periods presented.

Effective upon completion of the Distribution, Parent has established a U.S. tax-qualified defined benefit retirement plan and related trust for our employees and former employees who participated in Kerr-McGee’s defined benefit retirement plans at the Distribution date. In connection with Parent’s assumption of obligations, Kerr-McGee has transferred assets from the trust for Kerr-McGee’s defined benefit retirement plans to the trust Parent has established. The defined benefit obligation for this plan, determined on a plan termination basis as set forth in the employee benefits agreement, is approximately$404 million as of March 30, 2006, and is fully funded as of the Distribution date.

Parent has also established postretirement benefit plans for health care and life insurance and health and welfare benefits, whichfollowing are unfunded plans that have comparable features to the plan currently maintained by Kerr-McGee. In connection with the establishment of Parent’s postretirement plans, the accumulated benefit obligation assumed by Parent relating to all eligible retired and active vested participants related to us, is approximately $144 million, as of the Distribution date.

61


Index to Financial Statements

To measure plan obligations and attribute cost to periods when employee services are provided, Parent will form variousconsidered significant assumptions related to our retirement and postretirement plans, with a brief description of the newly established plans, includingmethodology used by management to develop the significant assumptions included below:

Discount Rate. The discount rate selected for all U.S. plans was 4.5% as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011. The rate was selected based on the results of compensation increases,a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the expected cash flows of the plans using a yield curves model developed from a universe of Aa-graded U.S. currency corporate bonds (obtained from Bloomberg) with at least $50 million outstanding. Bonds with features that imply unreliable pricing, a less than certain cash flow, or other indicators of optionality are filtered out of the universe. The remaining universe is categorized into maturity groups, and within each of the maturity groups yields are ranked into percentiles.

Expected Long-term Rate of Return. The estimated long-term rate of return mortalityassumption used in the determination of net periodic cost for the year ended December 31, 2012 and retirement2011 was 5.75% and 6.44%, respectively. This rate was developed after reviewing both a capital asset pricing model using historical data and a forecasted earnings model. An expected return analysis is performed which incorporates the current portfolio allocation, historical asset-class returns and an assessment of expected future performance using asset-class risk factors.

Rate of Compensation Increases. Our estimated rate of compensation increase was 3.5% at both December 31, 2012 and 2011 based on our long-term plans for compensation increases and expected economic conditions, including the effects of merit increases, promotions and general inflation.

Health Care Cost Trend Rates. At December 31, 2012, the assumed health care cost trend rates inflationused to measure the expected cost of benefits covered by the postretirement healthcare plan was 9% in 2013, gradually declining to 5% in 2018 and thereafter. A 1% increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate among others. Somefor each future year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2012 by $1.3 million, while the aggregate of these assumptions are specific to usthe service and our employee groups covered, and, therefore, are expected to be different from assumptions formed by Kerr-McGee for its plans. Therefore, applicationinterest cost components of such assumptions by us may result in different amounts ofthe 2012 net periodic postretirement cost (benefit) recognizedwould increase by less than $1 million. A 1% decrease in Parent’s financial statements inthe trend rate for each future periods compared toyear would reduce the accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2012 by $1.1 million and decrease the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement cost (benefit) historically allocated to usfor 2012 by Kerr-McGee (amounts historically allocated are presented in Note 19 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus). Further, Parent historically did not reflect any assets or liabilities associated with Kerr-McGee’s U.S. defined benefit retirement and postretirement plans in its consolidated and combined financial statements.less than $1 million.

Foreign Benefit Plans.Plans

We currently provide defined benefit retirement plans (funded) for qualifying employees in Germany and the Netherlands and account for these plans in accordance with FAS No. 87, “Employers Accounting for Pensions.”Netherlands. The various assumptions used and the attribution of the costs to periods of employee service are fundamental to the measurement of net periodic cost and pension obligations associated with the retirement plans.

The following are considered significant assumptions related to our foreign retirement plans:

Long-termDiscount Rate. The discount rate of return (applies to our plan inselected for the Netherlands only)
plan was 5.25% for both December 31, 2012 and 2011, which is based on long-term Euro corporate bond index rates that correlate with anticipated cash flows associated with future benefit payments.

Discount rate

Expected Long-term Rate of compensation increases

Other factors considered in developing actuarial valuations includeReturn. The expected long-term inflation rates, retirement rates, mortality rates and other factors. Assumed long-term inflation rates are based on an evaluation of external market indicators. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience. Long-term rate of return assumption for the Netherlands plan isof 5.25% for both December 31, 2012 and 2011 was developed considering the portfolio mix and country-specific economic data that includes the expected long-term rates of return on local government and corporate bonds. The discount rate assumption is based on long-term local corporate bond index rates.

80


Rate of Compensation Increases. We determine our rate of compensation increases assumptionassumptions based on our long-term plans for compensation increases specific to employee groups covered. The assumedAt both December 31, 2012 and 2011, the rate of salarycompensation increases includesfor the Netherlands plan was 3.5%.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a broad array of international, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to safety, pollution, protection of the environment and the generation, storage, handling, transportation, treatment, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances and waste materials. In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to frequent environmental inspections and monitoring and occasional investigations by governmental enforcement authorities. Under these laws, we are or may be required to obtain or maintain permits or licenses in connection with our operations. In addition, under these laws, we are or may be required to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of merit increases, promotionsthe disposal or release of chemical, petroleum, low-level radioactive and other substances at our facilities. We may incur future costs for capital improvements and general inflation. Additional information regarding thecompliance under environmental, health and safety laws, including costs to acquire, maintain and repair pollution control equipment. Environmental laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and compliance costs are significant assumptions relevantand will continue to the determination of the net periodic pension cost and the actuarially determined present value of the benefit obligations is included in Note 19 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Unrecognized Gains (Losses) and Prior Service Cost—Accounting standards currently in effect provide for deferring the recognition of certain gains and losses resulting from changes in actuarial assumptions and from experience different from that assumed (such as the difference between the actual and expected return on plan assets). Similarly, a portion of increases or reductionsbe significant in the benefit obligations attributable to plan participants’ prior service arising from a plan amendment is also deferred. At December 31, 2005, unrecognized net actuarial lossesforeseeable future. There can be no assurance that such laws and unrecognized net prior service gain for our foreign plans totaled $21.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Following accounting guidance currentlyregulations or any environmental law or regulation enacted in effect, amortization of these unrecognized items will be included as a component of net periodic cost over the remaining service period of plan participants expected to receive benefits under the plan. The average amortization periods for unrecognized net actuarial losses and unrecognized prior service gain as of December 31, 2005, are approximately 11 and 9 years, respectively. The component of the 2006 net periodic cost related to amortization of unrecognized items for our foreign retirement plans is estimated to be approximately $1.0 million.

In connection with the assumption of the obligation for the U.S. retirement and health and welfare postretirement plans and the associated trust assets, as discussed above, Parent will recognize assets and

62


Index to Financial Statements

liabilities upon completion of the Distribution that will reflect the funded status of our newly-established U.S. benefit plans, as well as net unrecognized actuarial losses and prior service cost associated with the assumed benefit obligation. As a result, net periodic cost in periods subsequent to the Distribution is expected to increase, reflecting amortization of such unrecognized items.

FASB Project—The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has recently initiated a project that is expected to result in issuing a new accounting standard later in 2006. Assuming the provisions of the final standard are consistent with decisions reached by the FASB to date, the standard will require recognition on the balance sheet of unrecognized items discussed above, with an offsetting change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in equity. This initial stage of the FASB projectfuture is not expected to affect the measurement of the net periodic cost. The result of such accounting policy will be the recognition on the balance sheet of the over or (under) funded status of the plans (or the difference between the benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, if any).

New/Revised Accounting Standards

In November 2004, the FASB issued FAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs—an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4,” which requires that abnormal amounts of idle facilities cost, freight, handling costs and spoilage be expensed as incurred and not capitalized as inventory. FAS No. 151 is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The company will adopt the standard effective January 1, 2006. The effect of adoption is not expectedlikely to have a material effect on our business. We are in compliance with applicable environmental rules and regulations. Currently, we do not have any outstanding notices of violations or orders from regulatory agencies.

At many of our operations, we comply with worldwide, voluntary standards developed by the company’s financial position or resultsInternational Organization for Standardization (“ISO”), a nongovernmental organization that promotes the development of operations.standards and serves as a bridging organization for quality and environmental standards, such as ISO 9002 for quality management and ISO 14001 for environmental management.

In December 2004,2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS No. 123R”), which replaces FAS No. 123European parliament and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25. FAS No. 123R requires all share-based payments to employees toEuropean council approved a new European regulatory framework for chemicals called REACH. REACH took effect on June 1, 2007, and the program it establishes will be recognizedphased in the financial statements based on their fair values.over 11 years. The company will adopt FAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006, using the modified prospective method, as permitted by the standard. The modified prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested share-based compensation awards at the beginningregistration, evaluation and authorization phases of the first quarter of adoption. The following provides a summary of some of the implementation effects of this standard:program will require expenditures and resource commitments in order to, for example, participate in mandatory data-sharing forums; acquire, generate and evaluate data; prepare and submit dossiers for substance registration; obtain legal advice and reformulate products, if necessary.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the ConsolidatedQuantitative and Combined Statement of Operations will be higher, reflecting a change in the measurement basis of stock options from intrinsic to fair value. The magnitude of the increase will depend upon the number of options granted and other factors affecting fair value.

Net cash flows provided by operating activities will be lower and cash flows from financing activities will be higher by the amount of the reduction in cash income taxes as a result of tax deductibility of stock options and restricted stock awards.

In 2005, the FASB initiated a project titled “Postretirement Benefit Obligations Other than Pensions,” which is expected to result in the issuance of a new accounting standard later in 2006. The possible effects of the expected standard on our Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet are discussed above under “Critical Accounting Policies—Benefit Plans—FASB Project.”

63


Index to Financial Statements

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISKQualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to various market, credit, operational and liquidity risks includingin the normal course of business, which are discussed below. We manage these risks through normal operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative instruments. We do not invest in derivative instruments for speculative purposes, but historically have entered into, and may enter into, derivative instruments for hedging purposes in order to reduce the exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, natural gas prices and exchange rates.

Commodity Price Risk

A substantial portion of our products and raw materials are commodities that reprice as market supply and demand fundamentals change. Accordingly, product margins and the level of our profitability tend to vary with changes in the business cycle and are expected to do so in the near term as ore prices are expected to fluctuate over the next few years. The Company tries to protect against such instability through various business strategies. These include provisions in sales contracts allowing us to pass on higher raw material costs through timely price increases and formula price contracts to transfer or share commodity price risk.

81


Credit Risk

A significant portion of our liquidity is concentrated in trade accounts receivable that arise from sales of TiO2 and titanium feedstock to customers in the TiO2 industry. The industry concentration has the potential to impact the Company’s overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, in that its customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic, industry or other conditions. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers, and uses credit risk insurance policies from fluctuationstime to time as deemed appropriate to mitigate credit risk but generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses based on historical experience. For the period ended June 30, 2013, the Company’s ten largest TiO2 customers represented approximately 45% of its total TiO2net sales; however, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of total net sales.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is minimized by the fact that our $1.5 billion of floating rate debt includes a Libor floor of 1%. As such, Libor would need to increase from the rate in effect at June 30, 2013 to greater than 1% before our borrowing rate would increase. Using a sensitivity analysis as of June 30, 2013, a hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates would result in an increase to pre-tax income of approximately $10 million on an annualized basis. This is due to the fact that earnings on our floating rate financial assets of $1.4 billion at June 30, 2013 would increase by the full 1% while the interest expense on our floating rate debt would increase by less than the full 1%.

Foreign Exchange Risk

The Company manufactures and markets its products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, is exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly in Australia, South Africa and the Netherlands. Costs in Australia and South Africa are incurred, primarily, in local currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In Australia and South Africa, the majority of our revenues are in U.S. dollars. In Europe, however, a majority of our revenues and costs are in the local currency creating a partial natural gas prices. To reducehedge. This leaves the impact of these risks on earningsCompany exposed to movements in the Australian dollar and South African Rand versus the U.S. dollar. In order to increase the predictability of cash flows,manage this risk, we have from time to time we enter into derivative contracts, primarily forward contracts to buy and sell foreign currencies. In addition to information included in this section, see Notes 2 and 12 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for our international operations, except for our European operations, for which the euro is the functional currency. Periodically, we enterentered into forward contracts to buy and sell foreign currencies. Certaincurrencies as “economic hedges” for these foreign currency transactions. As of ourJune 30, 2013, we did not have any forward contracts in place.

82


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Tronox Limited’s unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the purchaseyear ended December 31, 2012, is presented as if the Transaction had been completed on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of Australianoperations presented below is derived from the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and historical combined financial information of Exxaro Mineral Sands prior to June 15, 2012, and, the Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Limited from June 15, 2012 through December 31, 2012. The Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and Tronox Limited are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands are presented in South African Rand and have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). Based on SEC regulations, a pro forma balance sheet should be based on the latest balance sheet included in the filing unless the acquisition is already reflected in the latest historical balance sheet. Because the acquisition is already reflected in the audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, no pro forma balance sheet is included as of June 30, 2012.

As described in the accompanying notes, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations has been prepared using the acquisition method of accounting under GAAP and the regulations of the SEC. GAAP requires that one of the companies in the Transaction be designated as the accounting acquirer for the purposes of applying the acquisition method of accounting under ASC 805, Business Combinations. Tronox Incorporated is the accounting acquirer.

The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the Transaction; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations excludenon-recurring items, including, but not limited to the bargain purchase gain realized on the Transaction and Transaction-related legal and advisory fees. Additionally, certain pro forma adjustments have been made to the historical combined statements of operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert it to GAAP; (ii) conform the accounting and presentation policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present it in U.S. dollars. All material transactions between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Mineral Sands have been eliminated.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations does not include any realization of cost savings from operating efficiencies, revenue synergies or restructuring costs expected to result from the Transaction and should be read in conjunction with the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and the separate historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands that are included elsewhere within this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what the actual combined results of operations of Tronox Limited would have been had the Transaction occurred on January 1, 2012 nor is it necessarily indicative of future combined results of operations.

83


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

  Tronox Limited            
  Successor            
  Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
  Exxaro
Mineral Sands
(See footnote 3)
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Note
(See footnote 4)
 Tronox Limited
Pro Forma
Combined
 
  (Millions of dollars, except per share data) 

Net Sales

 $1,832   $455   $(167 (a) $2,120  

Cost of goods sold

  (1,568  (199  127   (b)  (1,640
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  264    256    (40   480  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  (239  (15  70   (g)  (184

Litigation/arbitration settlement

                 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

              
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

  25    241    30     296  

Interest and debt expense

  (65  (13  (32 (c)  (110

Gain on bargain purchase

  1,055        (1,055 (h)    

Other income (expense)

  (7  (32       (39

Reorganization income (expense)

                 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operationsbefore Taxes

  1,008    196    (1,057   147  

Income tax benefit (provision)

  125    (60  (11 (e)  54  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

  1,133    136    (1,068   201  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operationsattributable to Noncontrolling interest

  (1  35    (4 (f)  30  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operationsattributable to Tronox Limited

 $1,134   $101   $(1,064  $171  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per Share, Basic and Diluted(see footnote 5):

     

Basic

 $11.37      $1.41  

Diluted

 $11.10      $1.38  

Weighted Average Shares Outstandingin thousands (see footnote 5):

     

Basic

  98,985       121,623  

Diluted

  101,406       124,052  

84


1.Description of Transaction

On September 25, 2011, Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro entered into the Transaction Agreement under which they agreed to combine Exxaro Mineral Sands with the businesses of Tronox Incorporated, under Tronox Limited, a new Australian holding company. In connection with the Transaction each share of Tronox Incorporated common stock was converted into one Class A Share and an amount in cash equal to $12.50 without interest.

Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, in consideration for the sale of eurosmineral sands business, Exxaro received 9,950,856 Class B Shares. The consideration for mineral sands business was subject to adjustments for net working capital, net debt, environmental provisions and capital expenditures for certain specified projects, which adjustments were made solely in cash, and did not affect the number of Class B Shares to be issued to Exxaro.

At completion of the Transaction, former Tronox Incorporated stockholders owned all of the Class A Shares, representing approximately 60.8% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited, and Exxaro owned all of the Class B Shares, representing approximately 39.2% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. Exxaro retained a 26.0% ownership interest in each of Exxaro Sands and Exxaro TSA Sands in order to comply with the Black Economic Empowerment legislation of South Africa. The ownership interest in the South African operations may be exchanged for Class B Shares, under certain circumstances which could bring its beneficial ownership to approximately 41.7% of our voting securities (based on the total number of issued voting shares outstanding at the completion of the Transaction).

2.Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, is presented as if the Transaction had been completed on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations is derived from the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and the historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands. The Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and Tronox Limited are presented in U.S. dollars and have been designatedprepared in accordance with GAAP. The historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands are presented in South African Rand and have qualifiedbeen prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations has been prepared using the acquisition method of accounting under GAAP and the regulations of the SEC. GAAP requires that one of the companies in the Transaction be designated as cash flow hedgesthe accounting acquirer. Tronox Incorporated is the accounting acquirer.

The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of our anticipated future cash flowsoperations to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the Transaction; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations excludenon-recurring items, which are directly related to pigment sales, rawthe Transaction. Additionally, certain pro forma adjustments have been made to the historical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert it to GAAP; (ii) conform the accounting policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present it in U.S. dollars. All material purchasestransactions between Tronox Incorporated and operating costs. These contracts generallyExxaro Mineral Sands have durations of less than three years. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are recognized in earnings in the periods during which the hedged forecasted transactions affect earnings.been eliminated.

The following table presentsunaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations does not include any realization of cost savings from operating efficiencies, revenue synergies or restructuring costs expected to result from the notional amounts atTransaction and should be read in conjunction with the contract exchange rateshistorical Consolidated Financial Statements of Tronox Incorporated and the weighted-average contractualhistorical Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands that are included elsewhere within this prospectus.

85


3.Presentation of Exxaro Mineral Sands Combined Statements of Operations

The Combined Financial Statements of Exxaro Mineral Sands are presented in South African Rand and have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Accordingly, adjustments have been made to the combined statement of operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands in order to (i) convert it to GAAP; (ii) conform the accounting and presentation policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated; and (iii) present it in U.S. dollars.

The table provided below present the adjustments made to present Exxaro Mineral Sands’s combined statement of operations on a GAAP basis and to conform their presentation to conform to Tronox Incorporated’s accounting policies. The combined statement of operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands also has translated from South African Rand to U.S. dollars at an average exchange rates for contractsrate of 7.88 Rand to purchase (sell) foreign currencies outstanding at year-end 2005 and 2004. All amounts arethe U.S. dollar equivalents. The estimated fair valuefor the period from January 1, 2012 to June 14, 2012.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2012 TO JUNE 14, 2012

   Exxaro Mineral Sands 
   Combined
IFRS
  Conforming
Adjustments
  Note  Combined
GAAP
  Combined
GAAP
 
   R  R     R  $ 
   (Millions) 

Net Sales

   3,595    (7 (a)   3,588    455  

Cost of goods sold

   (686  (983 (b)   (1,572  (199
    126   (c)   
    (6 (d)   
    (23 (e)   
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

   2,909    (893    2,016    256  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   (1,100  984   (b)   (116  (15

Reversal of impairment

   103    (103 (e)         

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   (3        (3 
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Operations

   1,909    (12    1,897    241  

Interest and debt expense

   (104  6   (d)   (98  (13

Other income (expense)

   (260  7   (a)   (253  (32
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

   1,545    1      1,546    196  

Income tax provision

   (487  (21 (c)   (474  (60
    34   (e)   
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations

   1,058    14      1,072    136  
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

4.Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations—Pro Forma Adjustments

(a)To record the elimination of intercompany sales between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Mineral Sands.
(b)To record the incremental depreciation expense as a result of allocating a portion of the preliminary purchase price to the property, plant and equipment of Exxaro Mineral Sands, based on straight-line depreciation over expected useful lives ranging from1-25 years.
(c)

For the year ended December 31, 2012, this adjustment is to (i) record the effect on interest expense of additional borrowings of $150.0 million on the new $700 million lending facility as well as the elimination of interest expense related to Exxaro Mineral Sands borrowings that are not being assumed. A one-eighth percentage change to the interest rate on the $150.0 million new lending facility would increase or decrease annual interest expense by $0.2 million. A one-eighth percentage change to the interest rate on the $700.0

86


million new lending facility would increase or decrease annual interest expense by $0.9 million (ii) the effect on interest expense of the additional borrowing of this $900 million Senior Note offering. A one-eight percentage change to the interest rate on this Senior Note offering would increase or decrease annual interest expense by $1.1 million.
(d)To record the elimination of reorganization income arising from Tronox Incorporated’s emergence from bankruptcy, which does not have a continuing impact and therefore, is not being reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(e)To record the tax effects associated with the pro forma adjustments, based on the statutory tax rates applicable for the respective jurisdictions which range from 20.0% to 35.0%.
(f)To record the income from continuing operations attributable to the 26.0% noncontrolling interest that Exxaro retained in the South African operations of Exxaro Mineral Sands upon completion of the Transaction.
(g)To record the elimination of Transaction related advisory and legal expenses incurred, which do not have a continuing impact and therefore, are not being reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.
(h)To record the elimination of the gain on bargain purchase arising from the Transaction, which does not have a continuing impact and therefore, is not being reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

5.Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

In conjunction with the Transaction, the existing Tronox Incorporated shares were cancelled. Accordingly, the pro forma weighted average number of our foreign currency forward contracts isshares outstanding has been calculated based on the year-end forward exchange rates quotedweighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

Pro Forma Combined Basic Weighted Average Shares:

Weighted-average ordinary shares (in thousands)

121,623

Add: Effect of Dilutive Securities:

Restricted stock

140

Warrants

2,289

Pro Forma CombinedDiluted Weighted Average Shares

124,052

87


THE BUSINESS

For the purposes of this discussion, references to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Tronox Limited when discussing the business following completion of the Transaction and to Tronox Incorporated or Exxaro Mineral Sands, as the context requires, when discussing the business prior to completion of the Transaction.

Executive Overview

Tronox Limited is a global leader in the production and marketing of titanium-bearing mineral sands and TiO2. Our world-class, high performance TiO2 products are critical components of everyday applications such as paint and other coatings, plastics, paper and other applications. Our mineral sands business consists primarily of two product streams—titanium feedstock and zircon. Titanium feedstock is used primarily to manufacture TiO2. Zircon, a hard, glossy mineral, is used for the manufacture of ceramics, refractories, TV glass and a range of other industrial and chemical products. We have global operations in North America, Europe, South Africa and Australia.

Tronox Limited was formed on September 21, 2011 for the purpose of the Transaction (see below). Prior to the completion of the Transaction, the Company was wholly-owned by financial institutions.Tronox Incorporated, and had no operating assets or operations. Tronox Incorporated was formed on May 17, 2005, in preparation for the contribution and transfer by Kerr-McGee Corporation of certain entities, including those comprising substantially all of its chemical business into a separate operating company.

Acquisition of Mineral Sands Operations

Consistent with our strategy to become a fully integrated global producer of mineral sands and TiO2 with production facilities and sales and marketing presence strategically positioned throughout the world, on the Transaction Date, we combined the existing business of Tronox Incorporated with Exxaro’s mineral sands business pursuant to the Transaction.

The Transaction was completed in two principal steps. First, Tronox Incorporated became a subsidiary of Tronox Limited, with Tronox Incorporated shareholders receiving one Class A Share and Merger Consideration for each Tronox Incorporated common share. Second, Tronox Limited issued 9,950,856 Class B Shares to Exxaro and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for the mineral sands business. Upon completion of the Transaction, former Tronox Incorporated shareholders held 15,413,083 Class A Shares and Exxaro held 9,950,856 Class B Shares, representing approximately 60.8% and 39.2%, respectively, of the voting power in Tronox Limited. Exxaro retained a 26% ownership interest in the South African operations that are part of the mineral sands business in order to comply with the BEE legislation of South Africa.

During 2012, we repurchased approximately 12.6 million Class A Shares, which was approximately 10% of our total voting securities. During October 2012, Exxaro purchased 1.4 million Class A Shares in market purchases. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the net fair value2012, Exxaro held approximately 44.6% of our foreign currency forward contracts was an assetvoting securities.

Prior to the Transaction Date, Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd., a subsidiary of $0.7 millionExxaro, operated the Tiwest Joint Venture, which included a chloride process TiO2 plant located in Kwinana, Western Australia, a mining operation in Cooljarloo, Western Australia, and a liabilitymineral separation plant and a synthetic rutile processing facility, both in Chandala, Western Australia. As part of $3.6 million, respectively.the Transaction, we acquired Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd. and therefore Exxaro’s 50% interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture. As such, as of the Transaction Date, we own 100% of the operations formerly operated by the Tiwest Joint Venture.

Principal Business Lines

Subsequent to the Transaction, we have two reportable operating segments, Mineral Sands and Pigment. Additionally, our corporate activities include our electrolytic manufacturing and marketing operations.

 

   Notional
Amount
  Weighted-
Average
Contract
Rate
   (Millions of dollars,
except average contract rates)

Open contracts at December 31, 2005—

   

Maturing in 2006:

   

Euro

  $(17) 1.2523

Australian dollar

   5  .7539

Open contracts at December 31, 2004—

   

Maturing in 2005:

   

Euro

  $(72) 1.2998

Japanese yen

   (1) .0095

New Zealand dollar

   (1) .6873

British pound sterling

   (1) 1.8043

88


Interest Rate RiskMineral Sands

The Mineral Sands segment includes the exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits. “Mineral Sands” refers to concentrations of heavy minerals in an alluvial environment (sandy or sedimentary deposits near a sea, river or other water source). We separate these minerals from these primary sources. We process ilmenite into either slag or synthetic rutile. Other than zircon, all of these materials are sometimes referred to as titanium feedstock. Titanium feedstock is the most significant raw material used in the manufacture of TiO2.

We acquired the mineral sands business from Exxaro on the Transaction Date. The mineral sands business operations are exposedcomprised of the KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands mines, both located in South Africa, and Cooljarloo Sands mine located in Western Australia, which have a combined production capacity of 753,000 tonnes of titanium feedstock and 265,000 tonnes of zircon. The KZN Sands operations involve the exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits in the KwaZulu-Natal province of South Africa, and the Namakwa Sands operations involve the exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits in the Western Cape province of South Africa. The Tiwest operations conduct the exploration, mining and processing of mineral sands deposits and the production of titanium dioxide pigment in Western Australia.

The Mineral Sands segment includes:

Titanium Feedstock

Titanium feedstock is considered to changesbe a single product, although it can be segmented based on the level of titanium contained within the feedstock, with substantial overlap between each segment. Different grades of titanium feedstock have similar characteristics, and are generally suitable substitutes for one another; therefore, TiO2 producers generally source a variety of feedstock grades, and supply a wide variety of feedstock grades to the TiO2 producers.

Titanium minerals (ilmenite, rutile and leucoxene), titanium slag (chloride slag and sulphate slag) and synthetic rutile are all used primarily as feedstock for the production of TiO2 pigment. According to the latest data provided by TZ Minerals International Pty Ltd (“TZMI”), approximately 90% of the world’s consumption of titanium feedstock is used for the production of TiO2pigment.

Titanium Minerals

Ilmenite—Ilmenite is the most abundant titanium mineral in interest rates,the world. Naturally occurring ilmenite may have a titanium content ranging from approximately 35% to 65%, depending on its geological history. The weathering of ilmenite in its natural environment results in oxidation of the iron, which increases titanium content.

Rutile—Rutile is essentially composed of crystalline titanium and, in its pure state, would contain close to 100% titanium. Naturally occurring rutile, however, usually contains minor impurities and therefore, commercial concentrates of the mineral typically contain approximately 94% to 96% titanium.

Leucoxene—Leucoxene is a natural alteration of ilmenite with a titanium content ranging from approximately 65% to more than 90%. The weathering process is responsible for the alteration of ilmenite to leucoxene, which results in the removal of iron, leading to an upgrade in titanium content.

Upgraded Titanium Products

The lower amount of titanium used in the TiO2 manufacturing process, the more feedstock required and waste material produced. Naturally occurring high-grade titanium minerals required for the production of TiO2

89


pigment are limited in supply. This limited supply has prompted the mineral sands industry to develop “beneficiated” products to increase the titanium content in the feedstock that can be used as substitutes for, or in conjunction with, naturally occurring titanium minerals. Two processes have been developed commercially: one for the production of titanium slag (with a titanium content of approximately 90% to 93%) and the other for the production of synthetic rutile (with a titanium content of approximately 86% to 89%). Both processes use ilmenite as a raw material, and are essential processes for the removal of iron oxides.

Titanium Slag—The production of titanium slag involves smelting ilmenite in an electric arc furnace under reducing conditions, normally with anthracite (coal) used as a reducing agent. The slag, containing the bulk of the titanium and impurities other than iron, is tapped off the top of the furnace while a high purity pig iron is recovered from the bottom of the furnace. The final quality of the slag is highly dependent on the quality of the original ilmenite and the ash composition of the anthracite used in the furnace.

Synthetic Rutile—A number of processes have been developed for the beneficiation of ilmenite into products containing between approximately 90% and 95% titanium. These products are known as synthetic rutile or upgraded ilmenite. The processes employed vary in terms of the extent to which the ilmenite grain is reduced, and the precise nature of the reducing reaction and the conditions used in the subsequent removal of iron. All of the existing commercial processes are based on the reduction of ilmenite in a rotary kiln, followed by leaching under various conditions to remove the iron from the reduced ilmenite grains.

Co-products

The primary co-products of heavy mineral sands mining and titanium slag production are zircon and high purity pig iron.

Zircon—Zircon is extracted, alongside ilmenite and rutile, as part of the initial mineral sands beneficiation process. Zircon is a mineral which is primarily used as an additive in ceramic glazes to add hardness, which makes the ceramic glaze more water, chemical and abrasion resistant. It is also used for the production of zirconium and zirconium chemicals, in refractories, as a molding sand in foundries, and for TV glass, where it is noted for its structural stability at high temperatures and resistance to abrasive and corrosive conditions.

Zircon typically represents a relatively low proportion of heavy mineral sands mining but has high value compared to other heavy mineral products, resulting in it contributing a significant portion to total revenue. Refractories containing zircon are expensive and are only used in demanding, high-wear and corrosive applications in the glass, steel and cement industries. Foundry applications use zircon when casting articles of high quality and value where accurate sizing is crucial, such as aerospace, automotive, medical and other high-end applications. Historically, zircon has constituted a relatively minor part of the total value produced as a result of our debt obligations. The fairthe mining and processing of titanium minerals. However, from early 2000, zircon has increased in value of our fixed-rate debt is affected by changes in market interest rates. Our variable-rate debt exposes us to the risk of higher interest cost if market interest rates increase. Basedas a co-product, although it remains dependent on the current mixmining of variable and fixed-rate debt, we do not expect the impact of changes in interest rates to be material to our earnings or cash flows.titanium minerals for its supply.

64


Index to Financial Statements

The table below presents principal amounts and related interest rates by maturity date for the company’s debt obligations outstanding at December 31, 2005:

   2006  2007  2008  2009  2010  There-
After
  Total(1)  Fair
Value
12/31/05
   (Millions of dollars)

Fixed-rate debt—

         

Principal amount

  $—    $—    $—    $—    $—    $350.0  $350.0  $358.2

Interest rate

   —  %  —  %  —  %  —  %  —  %  9.50%  9.50% 

Variable-rate debt—

         

Principal amount

  $2.0  $2.0  $2.0  $2.0  $2.0  $190.0  $200.0  $200.0

Weighted-average interest rate

   6.55%  6.57%  6.57%  6.57%  6.57%  6.57%  6.57% 

(1)Principal amounts represent future payments and exclude the unamortized discount of $13.1 million.

Natural Gas Derivatives

From time to time, we enter into financial derivative instruments that generally fix the commodity prices to be paid for a portion of our forecasted natural gas purchases. These contracts have been designated and qualified as cash flow hedges. As such, the resulting changes in fair value of these contracts, to the extent effective in achieving their risk management objective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the fair value of natural gas derivatives included in Parent’s Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet was a liability of $1.4 million and an asset of $2.0 million, respectively. These amounts will be recognized in earningsHigh Purity Pig Iron—Producing titanium slag, ilmenite smelters can recover iron in the periodsform of high purity pig iron containing low levels of manganese. When pig iron is produced in this manner, the molten iron is tapped from the ilmenite furnace during which the hedged forecasted transactions affect earnings (i.e., reportedsmelting process, alloyed by adding carbon and silicon and treated to reduce the sulfur content, and is then cast into ingots, or “pigs.” The pig iron produced as costa co-product of goods sold when producttitanium slag production is sold).known as nodular pig iron, ductile pig iron, low manganese pig iron or high purity pig iron.

65


Index to Financial Statements

INDUSTRY BACKGROUNDPigment

We are one of the leading global producersThe pigment segment primarily produces and marketers of titanium dioxide pigments. We also produce a variety of electrolytic and other specialty chemical products.

Titanium Dioxide

Titanium dioxide, ormarkets TiO2, and has production facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, representing an aggregate of 465,000 tonnes of annual TiO2 production capacity.

90


TiO2is a white pigment used in a wide range of products fordue to its exceptional ability to impart whiteness, brightness and opacity. opacity, and is designed, marketed and sold based on specific end-use applications. TiO2is used extensively in the manufacture of paint and other coatings, plastics and paper and in a wide range of other applications, including inks, fibers, rubber, food, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals. According to TZMI data, the paint and coatings sector is the largest consumer of pigment averaging approximately 58% of total pigment consumption in 2011. The plastics sector accounted for approximately 22% of TiO2 consumption in 2011, while the remaining 20% was divided between paper, inks, fibers and other.

TiO2 is a critical component of everyday consumer applications such as coatings, plastics and paper, as well as many specialty products such as inks, foods and cosmetics. Titanium dioxide is widely considered to be superior to alternative white pigments in large part due to its hiding power, which is thesuperior ability to cover or mask other materials effectively and efficiently. For example, titanium dioxide’s hiding power helps prevent show-through on printed paper materials (making the materials easierefficiently relative to read) and a high concentration of titanium dioxide within paints reduces the number of coats needed to cover a surface effectively. Titanium dioxide is designed, marketed and sold based on specific end-use applications.

The global titanium dioxide market is characterized by a small number of large global producers. In addition to our company, there are four other major producers: E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Millennium Chemicals Inc., Huntsman Corporation and Kronos Worldwide, Inc. These five major producers accounted for approximately 70% of the global market in 2005, according to reports by these producers.

Based on reported industry sales by the leading titanium dioxide producers, we estimate that global sales of titanium dioxide in 2005 exceeded 4.3 million tonnes, generating approximately $9 billion in industry-wide revenues. Because titanium dioxide is a “quality of life” product, its consumption growth is closely tied to a given region’s economic health and correlates over time to the growth in its average gross domestic product. According to industry estimates, titanium dioxide consumption has been growing at a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 2.8% over the past decade.

Although there are otheralternative white pigments on the market, weand extenders. TiO2 is considered to be a quality of life product and some research indicates that consumption generally increases as disposable income increases. We believe that, titanium dioxideat present, TiO2 has no effective mineral substitute because no other white pigment has the physical properties for achieving comparable opacity and brightness or can be incorporated in as cost-effective a manner. In an effort to optimize titanium dioxide’s cost-to-performance ratio in certain applications, some customers also use pigment “extenders,” such as synthetic pigments, kaolin clays and calcium carbonate. We estimate that the impact on our total sales from the use of such extenders is minimal.

Titanium Dioxide OutlookCorporate and other

The global end-use market demand for titanium dioxideCorporate and other is cyclical,comprised of corporate activities and businesses that are no longer in operation, as well as its electrolytic manufacturing and marketing operations, all of which closely affects its pricing. The period from late 2000 through 2003, for example, was a period of unusually weak business conditions attributable to various factors, including the global economic recession, exceptionally rainy weather conditions in Europe and the Americas that limited the painting season, and the outbreak of SARS in Asia. These factors reduced demand for titanium dioxide, which resulted in global over supply. The resulting decline in titanium dioxide prices during this period led several major titanium dioxide producers to reduce production and working capital levels and to engage in other capacity rationalization measures.

A general improvement in global economic conditions in late 2004 drove increased demand for titanium dioxide. Increased demand, coupled with reduced supply, led to price increasesare located in the last half of 2004United States.

Our electrolytic and throughout 2005. We believe that current industry dynamics show a sustainable improving trend. With no major plant construction projects commenced,other chemical products operations are primarily focused on advanced battery materials, sodium chlorate and considering that it typically takes two to four years to bring on significant new capacity, we expect the current high capacity utilization rates to continue in the near term. We believe limited expected capacity additions over the next several years, when combined with improving demand, will result in increasing margins.

66


Index to Financial Statements

Manufacturing Titanium Dioxidespecialty boron products.

Production Process. Titanium dioxide pigment is produced using a combination of processes involving the manufacture of base pigment particles followed by surface treatment, drying and milling (collectively known as finishing). There are two commercial production processes in use: the chloride process and the sulfate process. The chloride process is a newer technology and has several advantages over the sulfate process: it generates less waste, uses less energy, is less labor intensive and permits the direct recycle of a major process chemical, chlorine, back into the production process. In addition, as described below under “Types of Titanium Dioxide,” titanium dioxide produced using the chloride process is preferred for many of the largest end-use applications. As a result, the chloride process currently accounts for substantially all of the titanium dioxide production capacity in North America and approximately 60% of worldwide capacity. Since the late 1980s, the vast majority of titanium dioxide production capacity that has been built uses the chloride process.

In the chloride process, feedstock ores (titanium slag, synthetic rutile, natural rutile or ilmenite ores) are reacted with chlorine (the chlorination step) and carbon to form titanium tetrachloride (“TiCl4”) in a continuous fluid bed reactor. Purification of TiCl4 to remove other chlorinated products is accomplished using a distillation process. The purified TiCl4 is then oxidized in a vapor phase form to produce base pigment particles and chlorine gas. The latter is recycled back to the chlorination step for reuse. Base pigment is then typically slurried with water and dispersants prior to entering the finishing step.

In the sulfate process, batch digestion of ilmenite ore or titanium slag is carried out with concentrated sulfuric acid to form soluble titanyl sulfate. After treatment to remove soluble and insoluble impurities and concentration of the titanyl sulfate, hydrolysis of the liquor forms an insoluble hydrous titanium oxide. This precipitate is filtered, bleached, washed and calcined to produce a base pigment that is then forwarded to the finishing step.

67


Index to Financial Statements

The schematic diagram below illustrates the basic steps of the chloride and sulfate processes and a representation of a finishing process common to both.

Titanium Dioxide Manufacturing Processes

LOGO


*Only required for ilmenite feedstock

Types of Titanium Dioxide. Commercial production of titanium dioxide results in one of two different crystal forms, either rutile or anatase. Rutile titanium dioxide is preferred over anatase titanium dioxide for many of the largest end-use applications, such as coatings and plastics, because its higher refractive index imparts

68


Index to Financial Statements

better hiding power at lower quantities than the anatase crystal form. Although rutile titanium dioxide can be produced using either the chloride process or the sulfate process, customers often prefer rutile produced using the chloride process because it typically has a bluer undertone and greater durability.

Anatase titanium dioxide can only be produced using the sulfate process and has applications in paper, rubber, fibers, ceramics, foods and cosmetics. It is not recommended for outdoor applications because it is less durable than rutile titanium dioxide.

Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products

Battery Materials

Battery material end-use applications include alkaline batteries for flashlights, electronic games, medical and industrial devices as well as lithium batteries for power tools, hybrid electric vehicles, laptops and power supplies. The battery industry uses EMD as the active cathode material foris primarily comprised of two application areas: primary (non-rechargeable) batteries and lithium manganese oxide and lithium vanadium oxide in rechargeable lithium batteries. Battery applications account for nearly allsecondary (rechargeable) with the former representing the majority of the consumption of these chemicals.battery shipments.

The primary battery market is composed ofdominated by alkaline and zinc carbon battery technologies, which are designed to address the various power delivery requirements of a multitude offor consumer and industrial battery-powered devices. Approximately 85% of market demand in the United States is forWe believe that alkaline batteries which are higher performing and more costly than batteries using the older zinc carbon technology. Tronoxtechnology, and represent the majority of primary battery market demand in the United States. Demand for domestic alkaline batteries in the United States is estimated to be flat to slightly negative, driven by a key supplierflat market for electronic devices.

EMD is the active cathode material for alkaline batteries. We believe that we are one of the largest producers of EMD for the global alkaline battery market.

industry. EMD quality requirements for alkaline technology are much more demanding than for zinc carbon technology and, as a result, alkaline-grade EMD commands a higher price than zinc carbon-grade EMD. The older zinc carbon technology remains dominant in developing countries such as China and India. As the economies of China and India continue to mature, and the need for more efficient energy sources develops, we anticipate that the demand for alkaline-grade EMD will increase.

The market application We expect demand for rechargeable lithium batteries isalkaline-grade EMD to be sustained by the long-term growth of consumer electronics in particular cell phones, computers, camcordersdevices, partly offset by the trend toward smaller battery sizes and most recently, power tools. A combination of improved power delivery performance and lighter weight has allowed rechargeable lithium technology to displace older lead acid and nickel cadmium technologies.batteries.

Sodium Chlorate

Sodium chlorate is used by the pulp and paper industry in pulp bleaching applications. The pulp and paper industry accounts for more than 95% of the market demand for sodium chlorate, which uses it to bleach pulp.chlorate. Although there are other methods for bleaching pulp, we believe the chlorine dioxide process is preferred for environmental reasons. Approximately 60% of North AmericanThe primary raw material that we use to produce sodium chlorate production capacity is located in Canada due to the availability of lower cost hydroelectric power,salt, which reduces manufacturing costswe purchase under both multi-year agreements and ultimately, product prices. However, we believe that the proximity of domestic sodium chlorate producers to the major domestic pulp and paper producers helps offset the lower-cost power advantage enjoyed by Canadian sodium chlorate producers, through lower transportation costs.spot contracts.

91


Boron

Tronox produces two types ofSpecialty boron specialty chemicals: boron trichloride and elemental boron. Boron trichloride is a specialty chemical that is used in many products, includingproduct end-use applications include semiconductors, pharmaceuticals, semiconductors, high-performance fibers, specialty ceramics and epoxies. Elemental boron is a specialty chemical that is used inepoxies as well as igniter formulations for the defense, pyrotechnic and automotive air bag industries.

69


Indexformulations. According to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

Tronox ispublicly available industry reports, we are one of the leading global producerssuppliers of boron trichloride, along with JSC Aviabor, Sigma-Aldrich Corporation, and marketers of titanium dioxide pigment.several Asian manufacturers. We market titanium dioxide pigment under the brand name TRONOX®, and our pigment segment represented more than 90% of our net sales in 2005. We are the world’s third-largest producer and marketer of titanium dioxide based on reported industry capacityanticipate demand for boron trichloride will remain positive driven primarily by the leading titanium dioxide producers, and we have an estimated 13% market sharegrowth of the $9 billion global marketsemiconductor industry. We believe we hold a similar leading position in 2005 based on reported industry sales. Our world-class, high-performance pigment products are critical components of everyday consumer applications, such as coatings, plasticsthe elemental boron market. We expect demand for elemental boron will continue to be largely flat following the trends in the defense and paper, as well as specialty products, such as inks, foods and cosmetics. In addition to titanium dioxide, we produce electrolytic manganese dioxide, sodium chlorate, boron-based and other specialty chemicals. In 2005, we had net sales of $1.4 billion and net income of $18.8 million. Based on the country of production, the geographic distribution of our net sales was as follows during the last three years:

   2005  2004  2003
   (Millions of dollars)

United States

  $755.9  $716.8  $646.7

International

   608.1   585.0   511.0
            
  $1,364.0  $1,301.8  $1,157.7
            

The chart below summarizes our 2005 net sales by business segment:

2005 Net Sales by Business Segment

LOGO

We have maintained strong relationships with our customers since our current chemical operations began in 1964. We focus on providing our customers with world-class products, end-use market expertise and strong technical service and support. With more than 2,100 employees worldwide, strategically located manufacturing facilities and direct sales and technical service organizationsautomotive industries in the United States, EuropeStates.

Mining and the Asia-Pacific region, we are able to serve our diverse base of more than 1,100 customers in over 100 countries.

Globally, including all of the production capacity of the facility operated under our Tiwest Joint Venture (see “Manufacturing, Operations and Properties—The Tiwest Joint Venture”), we have 517,000 and 107,000 tonnes of aggregate annual chloride and sulfate titanium dioxide production capacity, respectively. We hold over 200 patents worldwide, as well as other intellectual property. We have a highly skilled and technologically sophisticated workforce.

70


Index to Financial Statements

Competitive Strengths

We benefit from a number of competitive strengths, including the following:

Leading Market Positions

We are the world’s third-largest producer and marketer of titanium dioxide products based on reported industry capacity by the leading titanium dioxide producers and the world’s second-largest producer and supplier of titanium dioxide manufactured via proprietary chloride technology, which we believe is preferred for many of the largest end-use applications. We estimate that we have a 15% share of the $5.2 billion global market for the use of titanium dioxide in coatings, which industry sources consider the largest end-use market. We believe our leading market positions provide us with a competitive advantage in retaining existing customers and obtaining new business.

Global Presence

We are one of the few titanium dioxide manufacturers with global operations. We have production facilities and a sales and marketing presence in the Americas, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. In 2005, sales into the Americas accounted for approximately 48% of our total titanium dioxide net sales, followed by approximately 31% into Europe and approximately 21% into the Asia-Pacific region. Our global presence enables us to provide customers in over 100 countries with a reliable source of multiple grades of titanium dioxide. The diversity of the geographic markets we serve also mitigates our exposure to regional economic downturns.

Well-Established Relationships with a Diverse Customer Base

We sell our products to a diverse portfolio of customers with whom we have well-established relationships. Our customer base consists of more than 1,100 customers in over 100 countries and includes market leaders in each of the major end-use markets for titanium dioxide. We have supplied each of our top ten customers with titanium dioxide pigment for over ten years. We work closely with our customers to optimize their formulations, thereby enhancing the use of titanium dioxide in their production processes. This has enabled us to develop and maintain strong relationships with our customers, resulting in a high customer retention rate.

Innovative, High-Performance ProductsProcessing Techniques

We offer innovative, high-performance products for nearly every major titanium dioxide end-use application, including seven grades of titanium dioxide (“This section describes the mineral sands mining and production process by which TiO2 pigment is ultimately derived and how its primary input, titanium feedstock, and the co-products zircon and pig iron, are obtained from deposits of mineral sands.

Mining

The mining of mineral sands deposits is conducted either “wet,) by dredging or hydraulic water jets, or “dry,” using earth-moving equipment to excavate and transport the sands. Dredging, as used at the Cooljarloo mine, is generally the favored method of mining mineral sands, provided that the ground conditions are suitable and water is readily available. In situations involving hard ground, discontinuous ore bodies, small tonnage or very high grades, dry mining techniques are generally preferred.

Dredge Mining—Dredge mining, or wet mining, is best suited to ore reserves located below the water table. A floating dredge removes the ore from the bottom of an artificial pond through a large suction pipe. The bulk sand material is fed as slurry through a primary, or “wet,” concentrator that is typically towed behind the dredge unit. The dredge slowly advances across the pond and deposits clean sand tailings behind the pond for specialty applicationssubsequent revegetation and rehabilitation. Because of the capital cost involved in the manufacturing and location, dredge mining is most suitable for large, long life deposits, often of a lower grade. The dredging operations at Cooljarloo use two large floating dredges in a purpose-built pond. The slurry is pumped to a floating concentrator, which recovers heavy minerals from the sand and clay.

Dry Mining—Dry mining is suitable where mineral deposits are shallow, contain hard bands of rock, or are in a series of unconnected ore bodies. Dry mining is performed at Namakwa Sands, which is located in an arid region on the west coast of South Africa. The ore is mined with front end loaders in a load and carry operation, dumping the mineral bearing sands onto a conveyor belt system that follows behind the mining face. The more competent layers are mined using hydraulic excavators in a backhoe configuration or by trackdozer. Namakwa Sands does not use blasting in its operations. The mined material is transported by trucks to the mineral sizers where primary reduction takes place.

Hydraulic Mining—KZN Sands uses a unique hydraulic mining method for mineral sands due to the topography of the ore body and the ore characteristics. A jet of high-pressure water (approximately 2,500 kilopascals) is aimed at a mining face, thereby cutting into and loosening the sand so that it collapses on the floor. The water acts as a carrier medium for the sand, due to the high fines content contained in the ore body. The slurry generated by the hydraulic monitors flows to a collection sump where oversize material is removed and the slurry is then pumped to the primary concentration plant.

Processing

Concentration—Both wet and dry mining techniques utilize wet concentrator plants to produce a high grade of heavy mineral concentrate (typically approximately 90% to 98% heavy mineral content). Screened ore is first deslimed, a process by which slimes (mineral particles that are too fine to be economically extracted and other

92


materials that remain after the valuable fraction of an ore has been separated from the uneconomic fraction) are separated from larger particles of minerals, and then washed through a series of spiral separators that use gravity to separate the heavy mineral sands from lighter materials, such as inks, catalystsquartz. Residue from the concentration process is pumped back into either the open pits or slimes dams for rehabilitation and electro-ceramics. Wewater recovery. Water used in the process is recycled into a clean water dam with any additional water requirements made up from pit dewatering or rainfall.

Mineral Separation

The non-magnetic (zircon and rutile) and magnetic (ilmenite) concentrates are dedicatedpassed through a dry mill to continually developing ourseparate out the minerals. Electrostatic and dry magnetic methods are used to further separate the ilmenite, rutile and zircon. Electrostatic separation relies on the difference in surface conductivity of the materials to be separated. Conductive minerals (such as ilmenite, rutile and leucoxene) behave differently from non-conductive minerals (such as zircon and quartz) when subjected to electrical forces. Magnetic separation is dependent on the iron content of a mineral. Magnetic minerals (such as ilmenite) will separate from non-magnetic minerals (such as rutile and leucoxene) when subjected to a magnetic field. A combination of gravity and magnetic separation is used to separate out zircon from the non-magnetic portion of the heavy mineral concentrate. The heavy mineral concentrate at KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands is passed through wet high-intensity magnetic separation to produce a non-magnetic fraction and a magnetic fraction. This step is not required for the Cooljarloo material.

Smelting—Ilmenite at KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands is processed further through direct current arc furnaces to produce titanium dioxideslag with a titanium content of approximately 86%. The smelting process comprises the reduction of ilmenite to produce titanium slag and nodular pig iron. Ilmenite and as-received anthracite (dried to remove fine material before smelting) are fed in a tightly controlled ratio through a hollow electrode into an operating furnace where the endothermic reduction of ilmenite occurs. The resultant titanium slag has a lower density than the iron, and separation of the two liquid products to better serve our customersoccurs inside the furnace. The slag and respondingiron are tapped periodically from separate sets of tapholes located around the circumference of the furnace. The tapholes for slag are on a higher elevation than those for iron. Slag is tapped into steel pots and cooled for several hours in the pots before the slag blocks are tipped out. The blocks are subsequently transported to the increasingly stringent demandsblockyard where they are cooled under water sprays for a number of their end-use markets. Our recently introduced products, CR-826days. They are then crushed, milled and CR-880, offerseparated according to size fractions, as required by the customers. The tapped pig iron is re-carburized and de-sulfurized, and cast into pigs.

Synthetic Rutile Production—Higher grade ilmenite may also be upgraded into synthetic rutile. Synthetic rutile, or upgraded ilmenite, is a chemically modified form of ilmenite that has the majority of the ferrous, non-titanium components removed, and is also suitable for use in the production of titanium metal or TiO2 pigment using the chloride process. Ilmenite is converted to synthetic rutile in a two-stage pyrometallurgical and chemical process. The first stage involves heating ilmenite in a large rotary kiln. Coal is used as a heat source and, when burned in a limited air environment, it produces carbon monoxide, which promotes a reducing environment that converts the iron oxide contained in the ilmenite to metallic iron. The intermediate product, called reduced ilmenite, is a highly magnetic sand grain due to the presence of the metallic iron. The second stage involves the conversion of reduced ilmenite to synthetic rutile by removing the metallic iron from the reduced ilmenite grain. This is achieved through aeration (oxidation), accelerated through the use of ammonium chloride as a catalyst, and acid leaching of the iron to dissolve it out of the reduced ilmenite. Activated carbon is also produced as a co-product of the synthetic rutile production process.

Raw Materials

The smelters at KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands use anthracite as a reducing agent, which although available from a variety of suppliers, is metallurgically specific in certain conditions. Namakwa Sands imports high quality anthracite for its smelter from Vietnam. Vietnam has a large anthracite resource, however, the Vietnamese government regulates both the price and sales volumes of anthracite. Both of the KZN Sands smelters use anthracite from two local suppliers. Low ash and sulfur content are the main quality considerations.

93


Anthracite suppliers with similar cost and availability to the Vietnamese supplier are available in Russia and Ukraine, as well as locally to our South African operations. Alternatively, char may be used as a substitute reducing agent for anthracite.

The KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands operations currently use Sasol gas, which is available only from Sasol Limited. However, Sasol gas could be replaced with carbon monoxide gas produced by KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands, if necessary. KZN Sands is currently in the process of increasing its use of carbon monoxide gas.

Other raw materials used at the KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands operations include: electrodes, sulphuric acid, flocculant, ferrosilicon, nitrogen and oxygen. Multiple suppliers provide these raw materials.

The Chandala synthetic rutile operation uses coal as a reducing agent, which is available locally from two suppliers, both of which have extensive coal resources. The synthetic rutile process relies on the quality of coal from southwest Western Australia for the efficient production of quality synthetic rutile and activated carbon from the synthetic rutile kiln. Other types of coal could be used if both of the current coal suppliers were unavailable, but some temporary adverse impact on the production and cost of synthetic rutile at Chandala would be likely.

TiO2Manufacturing Process

TiO2 is produced using a combination of optical properties, opacity, easeprocesses involving the manufacture of dispersionbase pigment particles followed by surface treatment, drying and durability that is valuedmilling (collectively known as finishing). There are two commercial production processes in use by customers for a variety of applications. Sales volume of these high-performance products increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 29% from 2001 to 2005.

Proprietary Production Technology

manufacturers: the chloride process and the sulphate process. We are one of a limited number of TiO2producers in the titanium dioxide industry to holdworld with chloride production technology. TiO2 produced using the rights to a proprietary chloride process is preferred for some of the largest end-use applications. As a result of these advantages, the chloride process currently accounts for substantially all of the industry-wide TiO2 production capacity in North America and approximately 50% of industry-wide capacity globally. All of our TiO2 is produced using the chloride process.

The chloride process is a newer technology, and we believe it has several advantages over the sulphate process: it generates less waste, uses less energy, is less labor intensive and permits the direct recycle of chlorine, a major process chemical, back into the production of titanium dioxide. Approximately 83% of our gross production capacity uses this process technology, which isprocess. In the subject of numerous patents worldwide and is utilized by our highly skilled and technologically sophisticated work force. Titanium dioxide produced using chloride process, technologyfeedstock ores (slag, synthetic rutile, natural rutile or ilmenite ores) are reacted with chlorine (the chlorination step) and carbon to form TiCl4 in a continuous fluid bed reactor. Purification of TiCl4 to remove other chlorinated products is accomplished using a distillation process. The purified TiCl4 is then oxidized in a vapor phase form to produce base pigment particles and chlorine gas. The latter is recycled back to the chlorination step for reuse. Base pigment is then typically slurried with water and dispersants prior to entering the finishing step.

The sulphate process can use lower quality (and therefore less expensive) feedstock. In the sulphate process, batch digestion of ilmenite ore or slag is carried out with concentrated sulfuric acid to form soluble titanyl sulphate. After treatment to remove soluble and insoluble impurities and concentration of the titanyl sulphate, hydrolysis of the liquor forms an insoluble hydrous titanium oxide. This precipitate is filtered, bleached, washed and calcined to produce a base pigment that is then forwarded to the finishing step.

Commercial production of TiO2results in one of two different crystal forms, either rutile or anatase. Rutile TiO2 is preferred over anatase TiO2 for many of the largest end-use applications. The chloride production process generates less waste, uses less energyapplications, such as coatings and is less labor intensiveplastics, because its higher refractive index imparts better hiding power at lower quantities than the sulfate process. The complexity of developinganatase crystal form and operatingit is more suitable for outdoor use because it is more durable. Although rutile TiO2 can be produced using either the chloride process technology makes it difficult for others to enter and successfully compete inor the sulphate process, some customers prefer rutile produced using the chloride process titanium dioxide industry.

Experienced Management Team

Our management teambecause it typically has an average of 23 years of business experience. The diversity of their business experience provides a broad array of skills that contributes tobluer undertone and greater durability. Anatase TiO2 can only be produced using the successful executionsulphate process and has applications in paper, rubber, fibers, ceramics, food and cosmetics. All of our business strategy. Ourglobal production capacity utilizes the chloride process to produce rutile TiO2.

 

71

94


Index to Financial Statements

operations team and plant managers, who have an average of 27 years of manufacturing experience, participate in the development and execution of strategies that have resulted in production volume growth, production efficiency improvements and cost reductions. The experience, stability and leadership of our sales organization have been instrumental in growing sales, developing and maintaining customer relationships and increasing our market share.

Business Strategy

We use specific and individualized operating measures throughout our organization to track and evaluate key metrics. This approach serves as a scorecard to ensure alignment with, and accountability for, the execution of our strategy, which includes the following components:

Strong Customer Focus

We target our key markets with innovative, high-performance products that provide enhanced value to our customers at competitive prices. A key component of our business strategy is to continually enhance our product portfolio with high-quality, market-driven product development. We design our titanium dioxide products to satisfy our customers’ specific requirements for their end-use applications and align our business to respond quickly and efficiently to changes in market demands. In this regard, and in order to continue meeting our customers’ needs, we commercialized a new pigment grade for paper coatings and developed a new grade for architectural paints in close cooperation with our customer base. New and enhanced grades for coatings, plastic, paper laminate and specialty applications are in the pipeline for introduction in 2006 and 2007.

Technological Innovation

We employ customer and end-use market feedback, technological expertise and fundamental research to create next-generation products and processes. Our technology development efforts include building value-added properties into our titanium dioxide to enhance its performance in our customers’ end-use applications. Our research and development teams support our future business strategies, and we manage those teams using disciplined project management tools and a team approach to technological development.

Operational ExcellenceMarket Conditions

We achieved recordMineral Sands

Titanium feedstock ores, the primary raw materials used in the production in 2005 through our currently operating facilities, with fourth- quarter production rates higher than any previous quarter. This is an exceptional achievement because it occurred while our Kwinana plant was shut down approximately two weeks due to force majeure declared by a third-party process gas supplier. This newly demonstrated capability positions us to meet market growth over the short term without investing capital for capacity expansion. While we were not able to offset the rapid increase in energy pricing in 2005 with cost reductions, we continued to improve our energy consumption across plants through Six Sigma projects and other continuous improvement activities. We used a broader spectrum of TiO2ore than ever before, while improving the, experienced a significant rise in selling prices during 2011. Demand and pricing weakened significantly during 2012. The vertical integration of titanium feedstock and TiO2 yield through more tightly controlled plant operations.production provides Tronox with a secure and cost competitive supply of high grade titanium feedstock over the long term. Our ability to supply all of the feedstock that our pigment operations require enables us to balance our consumption and sales in ways that our competitors cannot.

Maximize Asset EfficiencyPigment

We optimize our production plan through strategic useDuring 2012, we saw a softening of ourTiO2 sales volumes due to continued customer destocking and decline in global facilities to save on both transportation and warehousing costs. Our production process is designed with multiple production lines. Asdemand, primarily as a result of weaker residential and commercial construction markets in Europe and Asia. While we can remedy issues with an individual line without shutting down other lines and idling an entire facility. We also actively manage production capability across all facilities. For instance, if one plant’s finishing lines are already at full capacity, that plant’s unfinished titanium dioxide can be transferred to another plant for finishing.

Supply Chain Optimization

We improve our supply chain efficiencyencouraged by focusing on reducing both operating costs and working capital needs. Our supply chain efforts to lower operating costs consistsigns of reducing procurement spending, lowering

72


Index to Financial Statements

transportation and warehouse costs and optimizing production scheduling. We actively manage our working capital by increasing inventory turnover and reducing finished goods and raw materials inventory without affecting our ability to deliver titanium dioxide to our customers.

Organizational Alignment

Aligning the efforts of our employees with our business strategies is critical to our success. To achieve that alignment, we evaluate the performance of our employees using a balanced scorecard approach. We also invest in training initiatives that are directly linked to our business strategies. For instance, approximately 120 of our employees have completed the well-regarded supply chain management training program at Michigan State University’s Broad Executive School of Management. We also train our employees in Six Sigma methodology to support our operational excellence and asset efficiency strategic objectives.

End-Use Markets and Applications

Titanium Dioxide

The major end-use markets for titanium dioxide products, which we sellrecovery in the Americas, EuropeU.S. housing market and the Asia-Pacific region, are coatings, plastics and paper and specialty products. The charts below summarize our approximate 2005 net sales by geography and our approximate 2005 sales volume by end-use market:

2005 Net Sales by Geography

2005 Sales Volume by End-Use Market

LOGOLOGO

Coatings End-Use Market. The coatings end-useincreasingly stimulative national policy in China, market represents the largest end-use marketconditions for titanium dioxide products and accounts for approximately 60% of overall industry demand, based on reported industry sales volumes, and 67% of our 2005 sales volume. CustomersTiO2 pigment in the coatings end-use market demand exceptionally high quality standards for titanium dioxide, especially with regardfourth quarter of 2012 were similar to opacity, durability, tinting strength and brightness. We recognize four sub-markets within the coatings end-use market based on application, each of which requires different titanium dioxide formulations. The table below summarizes the sub-markets within coatings, as well as their applications and primary growth factors:

Sub-Market

Applications

Growth Factors

Architectural

Residential and commercial paintsNew and existing housing market and interest rates

Industrial

Appliances, coil coatings, furniture and maintenanceDurable goods spending and environmental regulations

Automotive

Original equipment manufacture, refinish and electro-coatingInterest rates and environmental regulations

Specialty

Marine and can coatings, packaging and traffic paintFixed capital spending and government regulations

73


Index to Financial Statements

Plastics End-Use Market. The plastics end-use market accounts for approximately 20% of overall industry demand for titanium dioxide, based on reported industry sales volumes, and 22% of our 2005 sales volume. Plastics producers focus on titanium dioxide’s opacity, durability, color stability and thermal stability. We recognize four sub-markets within the plastics market based on application, each of which requires different titanium dioxide formulations. The table below summarizes the sub-markets within plastics, as well as their applications and primary growth factors:

Sub-Market

Applications

Growth Factors

Polyolefins

Food packaging, plastic films and agricultural filmsConsumer non-durable goods spending

PVC

Vinyl windows, siding, fencing, vinyl leather, roofing and shoesConstruction and renovation markets and consumer non-durable goods spending

Engineering plastics

Computer housing, cell phone cases, washing machines and refrigeratorsConsumer durable goods spending and electronics market

Other plastics

Roofing and flooringConstruction market and durable goods spending

Paper and Specialty End-Use Market. The paper and specialty end-use market accounts for approximately 20% of overall industry demand for titanium dioxide, based on reported industry sales volumes, and 11% of our 2005 sales volume. We recognize four sub-markets within paper and specialty end-use market based on application, each of which requires different titanium dioxide formulations. The table below summarizes the sub-markets within paper and specialty, as well as their applications and primary growth factors:

Sub-Market

Applications

Growth Factors

Paper and paper laminate

Filled paper, coated paper for print media, coated board for beverage container packaging, wallboard, flooring, cabinets and furnitureConsumer non-durable goods spending and construction and renovation markets

Inks and rubber

Packaging, beverage cans, container printing and rubber flooringConsumer non-durable goods spending

Food and pharmaceuticals

Creams, sauces, capsules, sun screen, face and body care productsConsumer non-durable goods spending

Catalysts and electroceramics

Anti-pollution equipment (catalysts) for automobiles and power-generators and production of capacitors and resistorsEnvironmental regulations and electronics

74


Index to Financial Statements

Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products

Our other product lines include chemicals for battery materials, sodium chlorate for pulp bleaching and boron-based specialty chemicals. The sub-markets for those products, together with their applications and growth factors, are as follows:

Product

Sub-Market

Applications

Growth Factors

Battery materials

Non-rechargeable battery materialsAlkaline and zinc carbon battery marketsConsumer non-durable goods spending

Battery materials

Rechargeable battery materialsRechargeable lithium batteriesConsumer non-durable goods spending

Sodium Chlorate

Pulp and paper industry

Pulp bleaching

Consumer non-durable goods spending

Boron

Specialty chemical

Pharmaceuticals, semiconductors, high-performance fibers, specialty ceramics and epoxiesConsumer non-durable goods spending

Boron

Defense, pyrotechnic and air bag industries

Igniter formulations

Consumer non-durable goods spending

Sales and Marketing

We supply titanium dioxide to a diverse customer base that includes market leaders in each of the major end-use markets for titanium dioxide. In 2005, our ten largest customers represented approximately 35% of our total sales volume and no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total sales volume. In 2005, approximately 42% of our global production volume was covered by multi-year supply contracts.third quarter.

In addition to price and product quality, we compete on the basis of technical support and customer service. Our direct sales and technical service organizations carry out our sales strategy and work together to provide quality customer service. Our direct sales staff is trained in all of our products and applications. Because of the technical requirements of titanium dioxide applications, our technical service organization and direct sales offices are supported by a regional customer service staff located in each of our major geographic markets.

Our sales and marketing strategy focuses on effective customer management through the development of strong relationships throughout our company with our customers. We develop customer relationships and manage customer contact through our sales team, technical service organization, research and development team, customer service team, plant operations personnel, supply chain specialists and senior management. We believe that multiple points of customer contact facilitate efficient problem-solving, supply chain support, formula optimization and product co-development. By developing close relationships with our customers and providing well-designed products and services, we are a value-added business partner.

Competitive Conditions

We believe that we are in an advantaged strategic position in our industry under any macro-economic conditions and across business cycles. Vertical integration gives us enduring advantages such as our low-cost position which is enabled by capturing feedstock margin on pigment sales and selling the most attractively-priced feedstock in the merchant market, which we believe will result in higher margins, lower earnings volatility and significant free cash flow generation.

Titanium DioxideMineral Sands

There are a small number of large mining companies or groups that are involved in the production of titanium feedstock. We believe we are the third largest titanium feedstock producer with approximately 10% of global titanium feedstock production. Rio Tinto, through its ownership of Canadian based Fer et Titane, its share in RBM in South Africa and ownership of QMM Madagascar, is the largest producer of titanium feedstock in the world. Australian-based Iluka Resources Limited is the second largest manufacturer, with operations in Australia and the United States. A number of other manufacturers, such as Cristal Global (Saudi Arabia), Eramet SA (France), Kenmare Resources plc (Ireland), Kronos Worldwide Inc. (Europe), Pangang Titanium Industry Co Ltd (China), Kerala Mines and Metals Limited (India) and Ostchem Holding AG (Eastern Europe) also supply titanium feedstock to the global market.

Beyond our structurally assured, relative low cost position, our competitive advantages are our depth of experience in various mining methods and technologies, our ability and know-how to produce upgraded products by means of direct current smelting of ilmenite and the synthetic rutile process, and our capacity to market zircon and rutile for use in a broad range of end-use applications. We are furthermore in a position to supply TiO2 feedstock, zircon and high purity pig iron from any one of several production units in different geographical locations.

Pigment

According to the latest TZMI data, industry production capacity grew to 6.4 million tonnes from 6.0 million tonnes in the prior year. The global market in which our titanium dioxideTiO2 business operates is highly competitive. Worldwide, we believe that we are oneCompetition is based on a number of only five companies (including E.I. du Pont de Nemoursfactors such as price, product quality and Company, Millennium Chemicals Inc.,service. We face competition from major international producers, including DuPont, Cristal Global, Huntsman, Corporation and Kronos, Worldwide, Inc.) that use proprietary chloride process technology for production of titanium dioxide pigment.as well as smaller regional competitors such as Sachtleben Chemie GmbH and Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, which operate multiple plants on single continents. We estimate that, based on gross sales volumes,nameplate capacity, these seven companies accounted for approximately 70%more

95


than 64% of the global market share in 2005. We believe that cost efficiency and product quality, as well as technical and customer service, are key competitive factors for titanium dioxide producers.

75


Index to Financial Statements

Titanium dioxide produced using chloride process technology is preferred for many of the largest titanium dioxide end-use applications; however, titanium dioxide produced using sulfate process technology is preferred for certain specialty applications. The following charts summarize the estimated market share and production process mix for the five leading titanium dioxide pigment producers for fiscal year 2005:

share. During 2012, we had global TiO22005 Global Market Share

2005 Production Process Mix

LOGOLOGO

As of December 31, 2005, including the total production capacity of our Tiwest Joint Venture (see “Manufacturing, Operations and Properties—The Tiwest Joint Venture”), we had global production capacity of 624,000465,000 tonnes per year, and an approximate 13%which was approximately 7% of global market share.pigment capacity. In addition to the major competitors discussed above, we compete with numerous smaller, regional producers, as well asincluding producers in China that have expanded their sulfatesulphate production capacity during the previous five years.

ElectrolyticWorldwide, we believe that we and Other Chemical Productsthe other major producers mentioned above are the only companies that have perfected and successfully commercialized the chloride process technology for the production of TiO2. According to TZMI, among the seven largest multi-national producers, 77% of available capacity uses the chloride process, compared to smaller producers who, on average, produce 6% of products using the chloride process, while TiO2produced using chloride process technology is generally preferred for some TiO2 end-use and specialty applications.

We have global operations with production facilities and a sales and marketing presence in the Americas, Europe and the Asia-Pacific regions. Our global presence enables us to sell our products to a diverse portfolio of customers with whom we have well-established relationships.

In recent years, demand growth has increased in Asia-Pacific, Central and Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa and South America more than in the mature economies of North America, Western Europe and Japan. Capacity growth over the next ten or so years is expected to be driven by the above global average demand growth in such emerging markets. While there are several chloride projects planned in China, it is unlikely that they will contribute any significant output before 2014. The probability of new greenfield projects (locations where there is not an existing infrastructure) is limited, given the limitations in feedstock supply, as well as financial risks associated with the large investments in a facility, a long lead time and difficulty in achieving permitting (in particular, environmental permitting). As a result no significant new chloride TiO2 facility has been built since 1994; however, over the years, the industry has increased capacity through expansion of existing plants and debottlenecking, and we expect this to continue going forward.

Electrolytic Manganese Dioxide.Electrolytics and Other

The U.S.United States primary battery market, accounts for approximately one-third of global demand for EMD, and ispredominantly based on alkaline grade EMD. Tronoxalkaline-grade EMD, is a key supplierthe largest in the world followed by China and Japan according to this market and has an estimated 8% sharethe Freedonia Group. We are one of total global capacity.the largest suppliers of alkaline-grade EMD in the U.S. market. Other significant producers include Tosoh Corporation, Erachem Comilog, Inc., Energizer Holdings, Inc., and their estimated global capacity shares include Erachem (7%) in the United States, as well as international producers Delta (17%), Tosoh (15%), Xiangtan (11%) and Mitsui (7%).EMD Ltd. The remainder of global capacity is represented by various Chinese producers.

For rechargeable batteries, lithium manganese oxide (“LMO”) remains one of the leading cathode materials for electric vehicles, power tools and other high-power applications. We project the demand for LMO to significantly increase driven by electric vehicles for which the cathode materials are primarily supplied today by Nichia Corp, Toda Kogyo Corp., and other leading Asian LMO materials producers.

Seasonality

There is a seasonal trend in the demand for our products. Because TiO2is widely used in paint and other coatings, titanium feedstocks are in higher demand during the second and third quarter of the calendar year in the northern hemisphere economies (spring and summer). This is mostly related to the demand for decorative coatings during seasons when the warmest and driest weather is to be expected. In China, the lowest demand for TiO2 during the year is experienced in the first quarter, during the two-week Chinese New Year festival.

96


Sales and Marketing

Sodium Chlorate.Mineral Sands We have an estimated 7% share of North American sodium chlorate capacity. Our significant competitors and their estimated share of North American capacity are ERCO (27%), Eka Chemicals (27%), Canexus (19%) and Kemira-Finnish Chemicals (11%).

Other Specialties.Titanium Feedstock For boron products,

Although we believeuse agents and distribution for some sales in the Asia-Pacific region, direct relationship marketing is the primary technique that we haveemploy for the majoritymarketing of titanium feedstocks. Multi-year contracts are negotiated with periodic pricing for the pigment industry, while the contract period for other industries tends to be less than one year (either per shipment, quarterly, half-year or one year). Pricing for titanium feedstocks is usually adjusted either on a quarterly or half-year basis. In some instances, we use traders or agents for the sale of titanium feedstocks.

The geographic market for titanium feedstock is global in scope, and TiO2 producers regularly source and transport titanium feedstock from suppliers located around the world.

Zircon

A portion of the installed global capacityzircon produced at Namakwa Sands is supplied on long-term multi-year contracts with some of our larger European customers. The tonnage is subject to agreement on pricing, which we negotiate at quarterly intervals or on a shipment-by-shipment basis. For customers of KZN Sands, and for boron trichloride. Other boron production capacitysmaller customers of Namakwa Sands, we contract zircon tonnage and pricing on a quarterly basis. We seek to avoid the use of agents and traders for the sale of zircon, favoring long-term relationships directly with end users.

Pigment

We supply and market TiO2 under the brand name TRONOX® to more than 1,000 customers in approximately 90 countries, including market leaders in each of the key end-use markets for TiO2 and have supplied each of our top ten customers with TiO2 for more than 10 years. These top ten customers represented approximately 46% of our total TiO2 sales in 2012. The tables below summarize our 2012 TiO2 sales volume by geography and end-use market:

2012 Sales Volume by Geography

     

2012 Sales Volume by End-Use Market

    

Americas

   48 Paints and Coatings   78

Europe

   24 Plastics   19

Asia-Pacific

   28 Paper and Specialty   3

In addition to price and product quality, we compete on the basis of technical support and customer service. Our direct sales and technical service organizations execute our sales and marketing strategy, and work together to provide quality customer service. Our direct sales staff is trained in all of our products and applications. Due to the technical requirements of TiO2 applications, our technical service organization and direct sales offices are supported by a regional customer service staff located in Ireland, Japan and Russia.each of our major geographic markets.

Manufacturing, Operations and Properties

Titanium Dioxide

We produce titanium dioxide using either the chloride process or the sulfate process at five production facilities located in four countries. We believe our TiO2 operations, and specifically our plant in Hamilton, Mississippi, are among the lowest cost producers of TiO2 globally. This is of particular importance as it positions us to be competitive through all facets of the TiO2 cycle. Moreover, our three TiO2 production facilities are strategically positioned in key geographies. The Hamilton facility is the third largest TiO2 production facility in the world, and has the size and scale to service customers in North America and around the globe. Our Tiwest facility, located in Australia, is well situatedpositioned to serve our global customer base.

Two of our facilities areservice the growing demand from Asia. Our Botlek facility, located in the United States,Netherlands, services our European customers and we have one facility in each of Australia, Germany and the Netherlands. We own our facilities in Germany and the Netherlands, and the land under these facilities is held pursuant to long-term leases. We own our domestic facilities and hold a 50% undivided interest in our Australian facility. We market and sell all of the titanium dioxide produced by our Australian facility and share in the profits equallycertain specialized applications globally. Combined with our joint venture partner. See “The Tiwest Joint Venture.”titanium feedstock assets in South Africa and Australia, this network of TiO2and titanium feedstock facilities gives us the flexibility to optimize asset and feedstock utilization and generate operational, logistical and market efficiencies.

 

76

97


Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes our production capacity asOur sales and marketing strategy focuses on effective customer management through the development of December 31, 2005, by location and process:

Titanium Dioxide Production Capacity

As of December 31, 2005

(Gross tonnes per year)

Facility

CapacityProcess

Hamilton, Mississippi

225,000Chloride

Savannah, Georgia

110,000Chloride

Kwinana, Western Australia

110,000(1)Chloride

Botlek, Netherlands

72,000Chloride

Uerdingen, Germany

107,000Sulfate

Total

624,000

(1)Reflects 100% of the production capacity of the pigment plant, which is owned 50% by us and 50% by our joint venture partner.

Includingstrong relationships throughout the titanium dioxide produced by our Australian facility, we produced 588,990 tonnes of titanium dioxide in 2005. Including production volumes from our Savannah sulfate facility that was closed in September 2004, we produced 602,024 tonnes in 2004, compared to 578,913 tonnes in 2003. Our average production rates, as a percentage of capacity, were 94%, 91% and 87%, in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Over the past five years, production at our current facilities increased by approximately 24%, primarily due to debottlenecking and low cost incremental investments. Our global manufacturing presence, coupledcompany with our ability to increase capacity incrementally, makes us a stable supplier to manycustomers. We develop customer relationships and manage customer contact through our sales team, technical service organization, research and development team, customer service team, plant operations personnel, supply chain specialists and senior management. We believe that multiple points of the largest titanium dioxide consumers.

The Tiwest Joint Venture

Our subsidiary, Tronox Western Australia Pty. Ltd., has a 50% undivided interest in all of the assets that comprise the operations conducted in Australia under the Tiwest joint venture arrangementcustomer contact facilitate efficient problem-solving, supply chain support, formula optimization and is severally liable for 50% of associated liabilities. The remaining 50% undivided interest is held by a subsidiary of our joint venture partner, Ticor Pty Ltd, which is a subsidiary of Kumba Resources Limited. The joint venture partners operate a chloride process titanium dioxide plant located in Kwinana, Western Australia, as well as a mining venture in Cooljarloo, Western Australia, and a synthetic rutile processing facility in Chandala, Western Australia. Under separate marketing agreements, we have the right to market our partner’s share of the titanium dioxide produced by the Kwinana facility. For more information regarding our facility in Kwinana, see “Titanium Dioxide” above. For more information regarding the mining venture, see “Heavy Minerals” below.

Management. The operations associated with the Tiwest joint venture arrangement are governed by two committees: a management committee and an operating committee. The operating committee meets at least monthly and supervises the joint venture’s routine operations, and the management committee meets at least quarterly and has the authority to make fundamental corporate decisions and to overrule the operating committee’s decisions. The committees’ decisions are made by simple majority approval. If there is an equal number of votes cast for and against a matter at an operating committee meeting, the matter is referred to a subsequent meeting. If at the subsequent meeting, the matter still receives an equal number of votes cast on each side, the matter is referred to the management committee. Tronox Western Australia and Ticor each have the right to appoint half of each committee’s members.

Heavy Minerals. The joint venture partners mine heavy minerals from 21,036 acres under a long-term mineral lease from the State of Western Australia, for which each joint venture partner holds a 50% undivided interest. Our 50% undivided interest in the properties’ remaining in-place proven and probable reserves is 5.1 million tonnes of heavy minerals contained in 197 million tonnes of sand averaging 2.6% heavy minerals. The valuable heavy minerals are composed on average of 61.0% ilmenite, 10.0% zircon, 4.6% natural rutile and 3.3% leucoxene, with the remaining 21.1% of heavy minerals having no significant value.

77


Index to Financial Statements

Heavy-mineral concentrate from the mine is processed at a 750,000-tonne per year dry separation plant, for which each joint venture partner holds a 50% undivided interest. Some of the recovered ilmenite is upgraded at the nearby synthetic rutile facility in Chandala, which has a capacity of 225,000 tonnes per year. Synthetic rutile is a high-grade titanium dioxide feedstock. All of the synthetic rutile feedstock for the 110,000-tonne per year titanium dioxide plant located at Kwinana is provided by the Chandala processing facility. Production of feedstock in excess of the plant’s requirements is sold to third parties, as well as to us, for the portion not already owned, as part of the feedstock requirement for titanium dioxide at our other facilities.

Information regarding our 50% interest in heavy-mineral reserves, production and average prices for the three years ended December 31, 2005, is presented in the following table. Mineral reserves in this table represent the estimated quantities of proven and probable ore that, under anticipated conditions, may be profitably recovered and processed for the extraction of their mineral content. Future production of these resources depends on many factors, including market conditions and government regulations. See “Risk Factors —Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Fluctuations in costs of our raw materials or our access to supplies of our raw materials could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.”

Heavy-Mineral Reserves, Production and Prices

(Reserves and production in tonnes)

   2005  2004  2003

Proven and probable reserves (as of year end)

   5,145,000   5,570,000   5,970,000

Production

   300,000   302,000   294,000

Average market price (per tonne)

  $182  $161  $152

Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products

We produce electrolytic and other chemical products at three domestic facilities, each of which we own. The following table summarizes our production capacity as of December 31, 2005, by location and product.

Electrolytic and Other Chemical Capacity

As of December 31, 2005

(Gross tonnes per year)

Facility

Capacity

Product

Hamilton, Mississippi

130,000

Sodium chlorate

Henderson, Nevada

27,000

EMD

Henderson, Nevada

525

Boron products

Soda Springs, Idaho

300

Lithium manganese oxide and lithium vanadium oxide

Raw Materials

Titanium Dioxide

The primary raw materials that we use to produce titanium dioxide are various types of titanium-bearing ores, including ilmenite, natural rutile, synthetic rutile, titanium-bearing slag and leucoxene. We generally purchase ores under multi-year agreements from a variety of suppliers in Australia, Canada, India, Norway, South Africa, Ukraine and the United States. We purchase approximately 47% of the titanium-bearing ores we require from two suppliers under long-term supply contracts that expire in 2008 through 2010. Approximately 85% of the synthetic and natural rutile used by our facilities is obtained from the operations under the Tiwestjoint venture arrangement. See “Manufacturing, Operations and Properties—The Tiwest Joint Venture.” We do not anticipate difficulties obtaining long-term extensions to our existing supply contracts prior to their expiration. Other significant raw materials include chlorine and petroleum coke for the chloride process, which we obtain from many suppliers worldwide, and sulfuric acid for the sulfate process, which we produce ourselves.

78


Index to Financial Statements

Electrolytic and Other Chemical Products

The primary raw material that we use to produce sodium chlorate is sodium chloride, and for battery materials, manganese ore. We purchase these materials under multi-year agreements and spot contracts.product co-development.

Research and Development

ResearchWe have a research and development is an integral componentfacility that services all of our business strategy. Enhancing our product portfolio with high-quality, market-focused productproducts. The research and development is keyfacility focuses on applied research and development testing of both new and existing processes. The research and development facility has a segment area dedicated to heavy minerals in driving our business from the customer perspective.order to prevent contamination and has both laboratory and pilot scale equipment, mostly for physical beneficiation processes. The facility also has a complete mineralogy section.

We have approximately 70Additionally, we employ scientists, chemists, engineers and skilled technicians to provide the technology (products and processes) for our business.pigment businesses. Our product development personnel have a high level of expertise in the plastics industry and polymer additives, the coatings industry and formulations, surface chemistry, material science, analytical chemistry and particle physics. Among the process technology development group’s highly developed skills are computational fluid dynamics, process modeling, particle growth physics, extractive metallurgy, corrosion engineering and thermodynamics. The majority of scientists supporting our pigment and electrolytic research and development efforts are located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

Our expenditures for research and development were approximately $8.4$9 million, in 2005, $6.3$9 million, in 2004less than $1 million and $8.0$6 million in 2003.for the year ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. These figures do not include the cost of test work for feasibility studies, which can vary significantly from year to year.

New process developments are focused on increased through-put,throughput, control of particle physical properties and general processing equipment-related issues. Ongoing development of process technology contributes to cost reduction, enhanced production flexibility, increased capacity and improved consistency of product quality.

In 2005, we commercialized a new pigment grade for paper coatings2012, our development and developed a new grade for architectural paints in close cooperation with our customers. New andcommercialization efforts were focused on several TiO2 products that deliver added value to customers by way of enhanced grades for coatings, plastic, paper laminate and specialty applications are inproperties of the pipeline for introduction in 2006 and 2007.pigment.

Patents, Trademarks, Trade Secrets and Other Intellectual Property Rights

PatentsProprietary protection of our intellectual property is important to our business. We have a comprehensive intellectual property strategy that includes obtaining, maintaining and enforcing its patents, trademarks and other intellectual property. However, much of the fundamental intellectual property associated with both chloride and sulfate pigment production is no longer subject to patent protection.

Mineral Sands

In South Africa, we own three patents (including provisional patent grants) and have another four pending patent applications, and our patents are protected in most of our primary markets. We also rely on intellectual property for our Namakwa Sands operations, which was granted to us in perpetuity by Anglo American South Africa Limited for use on a worldwide basis, pursuant to a non-exclusive license. None of our patents are due to expire in the next five years.

We have 14 trademark registrations (including applications for registrations currently pending) in South Africa and Australia. We protect the trademarks that we use in connection with the products we manufacture and

98


sell, and have developed goodwill in connection with our long-term use of our trademarks; however, there can be no assurance that the trademark registrations will provide meaningful protection against the use of similar trademarks by competitors, or that the value of our trademarks will not be diluted.

We also use and rely upon unpatented proprietary knowledge, continuing technological innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position. We conduct research activities and protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets through reasonable measures, including confidentiality agreements and security procedures.

Pigment

While certain patents held for our products and production processes are important to our long-term success.success, more important is the operational knowledge we possess. We seek patent protection for our technology where competitive advantage may be obtained by patenting, and filefiles for broad geographic protection given the global nature of our business. Our proprietary titanium dioxideTiO2 technology is the subject of numerousover 200 patents worldwide, the substantial majority of which relate to our chloride products and production technology.

At December 31, 2012, we held approximately 200 patents, of which approximately 135 are considered significant to our business. We define significant to our business as patents that are either (1) currently employed in its process or to produce products to its advantage, (2) may not be currently employed by us, but are defensive to prevent competitors from using the technology to their advantage or (3) patents that are likely to be utilized by us in future process or product advancements. Our significant patents have expiration dates ranging from 2013 through 2032.

We also rely upon and have taken steps to secure our unpatented proprietary technology, know-how and other trade secrets. Our proprietary chloride production technology is an important part of our overall technology position. We are committed to pursuing technological innovations in order to maintain our competitive position.

Employees

We haveAs of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 2,1103,900 employees, with approximately 1,210900 in the United States, 860700 in Australia, 1,900 in the South Africa and 400 in Europe 30 in Australia and 10 in other international locations. Approximately 15% of ourOur employees in the United States are not represented by collective bargaining agreements. Approximately 90% of our employees in Australia are represented by collective bargaining agreements. Approximately 90% of our employees in South Africa have collective bargaining agreements and approximately 99%with labor organizations. Approximately 90% of our employees in Europe are represented by works’ councils. We consider relations with our employees and labor organization to be good.

Government Regulations and Environmental Matters

General

We are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, local and foreign governments. Governmental authorities regulate the generation and treatment of waste and air emissions at our operations and facilities. At many of our operations, we also comply with worldwide, voluntary standards such as ISO 9002 for quality

79


Index to Financial Statements

management and ISO 14001 for environmental management. ISOs are standards developed by the International Organization for Standardization, a nongovernmental organization that promotes the development of standards and serves as an external oversight for quality and environmental issues.

Environmental MattersProvisions

A variety of laws and regulations relating to environmental protection affect almost all of our operations. Under these laws, we are or may be required to obtain or maintain permits or licenses in connection with our operations. In addition, these laws may require us to remove or mitigate the effects on the environment of the disposal or release of chemical, petroleum, low-level radioactive and other substances at various sites.our facilities. Operation of pollution-control equipment usually entails additional expense. SomeCertain expenditures to reduce the occurrence of releases into the environment may result in increased efficiency; however, most of these expenditures produce no significant increase in production capacity, efficiency or revenue.

The table below presentsWe are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental related expenditures incurred by the company for the year ended December 31, 2005,rules and projectionsregulations. Currently, we do not have any outstanding notices of expenditures for the next two years. While it is difficult to estimate the total direct and indirect costs of government environmental regulations, the table below includes our current estimate of expenditures for the next two years.violation or orders from regulatory agencies.

   Year Ending December 31,
     2005    

Estimated

2006

  

Estimated

2007

   (Millions of dollars)

Cash expenditures of environmental reserves

  $61  $78  $47

Recurring operating expenses

   41   45   43

Capital expenditures

   11   18   22

Recurring operating expenses are expenditures related to the maintenance and operation of environmental equipment such as incinerators, waste treatment systems and pollution control equipment, as well as the cost of

99


materials, energy and outside services needed to neutralize, process, handle and dispose of current waste streams at our operating facilities. These operating and capital expenditures are necessary to ensure that current production isongoing operations are handled in an environmentally safe and effective manner.

We areFrom time to time, we may be party to a number of legal and administrative proceedings involving environmental matters or other matters pending in various courts or agencies. These could include proceedings associated with businesses and facilities currently or previously owned, operated or used by our affiliates, or their predecessors, and may include claims for personal injuries, property damages, breach of contract, injury to the environment, including natural resource damages, and non-compliance with, or lack of properly updated or renewed, permits. Our current and former operations also involve management of regulated materials and are subject to various environmental laws and regulations. These laws

In accordance with ASC 450,Contingencies, and regulations obligate us to clean up various sites at which petroleumASC 410,Asset Retirement and other hydrocarbons, chemicals, low-level radioactive substancesEnvironmental Obligations, we recognize a loss and record an undiscounted liability when litigation has commenced or other materials havea claim or an assessment has been contained, disposedasserted, or, based on available information, commencement of and/litigation or released. Someassertion of these sites have been designated Superfund sites by EPA pursuant to CERCLA and are listed on the NPL.

We provide for costs related to environmental contingencies when a lossclaim or assessment is probable, and the amount is reasonably estimable.associated costs can be estimated. It is not possible for us to reliably estimate the amount and timing of all future expenditures related to environmental matters because, among other reasons:

Some sites are in the early stages of investigation, and other sites may be identified in the future.

Remediation activities vary significantly in duration, scope and cost from site to site depending on the mix of unique site characteristics, applicable technologies and regulatory agencies involved.

Remediation requirements are difficult to predict at sites where investigations have not been completed or final decisions have not been made regarding remediation requirements, technologies or other factors that bear on remediation costs.

80


Index to Financial Statements
Environmental laws frequently impose joint and several liability on all potentially responsible parties, and it can be difficult to determine the number and financial condition of other potentially responsible parties and their respective shares of responsibility for remediation costs.

Environmentalreasons, environmental laws and regulations, as well as enforcement policies and remediation levels, are continually changing, and the outcome of court proceedings, alternative dispute resolution proceedings (including mediation) and discussions with regulatory agencies areis inherently uncertain.

Unanticipated construction problems and weather conditions can hinder the completion of environmental remediation.

Some legal matters are in the early stages of investigation or proceeding or their outcomes otherwise may be difficult to predict, and other legal matters may be identified in the future.

The inability to implement a planned engineering design or use planned technologies and excavation methods may require revisions to the design of remediation measures, which can delay remediation and increase its costs.

The identification of additional areas or volumes of contamination and changes in costs of labor, equipment and technology generate corresponding changes in environmental remediation costs.

We believe that we have reserved adequately for the probable and reasonably estimable costs of known contingencies. There is no environmental litigation, claim or assessment that has been asserted nor is there any probability of an assessment or a claim for which we have not recorded as a liability. However, additions to the reserves may be required as additional information is obtained that enables us to better estimate our liabilities, including any liabilities at sites now under review.liabilities. We cannot reliably estimate the amount of future additions to the reserves at this time. Additionally, thereIn certain situations, expenses may be otherprobable but may not be estimable. Additionally, sites may be identified in the future where we could have potential liability for environmental-relatedenvironmental related matters. We would not establish reserves for any such sites.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

Mineral Sands

Our facilities and operations are subject to extensive general and industry-specific environmental, health and safety regulations in South Africa and Australia. These regulations include those relating to mine rehabilitation, liability provision, water management, the handling and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous materials and occupational health and safety. The various legislation and regulations are subject to a number of internal and external audits. The following describes environmental, health and safety matters with respect to our operations.

We believe that our mineral sands operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with existing health, safety and environmental legislation and regulations. We employ health, safety and environmental experts to advise us on technical and regulatory matters relevant to the management of our facilities and operations, and we continually invest in our plants, equipment and other infrastructure to ensure that our mineral sands operations comply with our obligations under health, safety and environmental laws and regulations.

Fairbreeze Environmental Impact Assessment

In order to receive the environmental authorization necessary to begin Project Fairbreeze, an environmental impact assessment report was prepared and submitted to the Department of Agriculture, Environmental Affairs and Rural Development (“DAEARD”), as required under the National Environmental Management Act (“NEMA”). There are two forms of environmental impact reports: a basic assessment report (“BAR”) and a more comprehensive scoping and environmental impact report (“SEIR”).

100


NEMA provides that an applicant may request permission to undertake a BAR instead of an SEIR if the applicant believes that the information included in the BAR will be sufficient to allow DAEARD to reach its decision. DAEARD granted permission to submit a BAR based on the fact that Exxaro Mineral Sands had already conducted extensive environmental impact assessments and scoping studies on the proposed Fairbreeze mining area over a period of approximately 13 years, and that undertaking the SEIR process would have repeated many of those assessments and scoping studies already completed.

In September 2012, the South African Department of Mineral Resources (“DMR”) approved our amendment application to the Environmental Management Program for Project Fairbreeze. This, together with NEMA authorization received earlier this year, allowed us to commence with selected early-phase construction activities while awaiting further authorizations. In October 2012, the Mtunzini Conservatory filed an application for an injunction to halt the early-phase construction at Fairbreeze. We opposed the injunction and in January 2013 the Durbin High Court dismissed the case and awarded costs in our favor. The Mtunzini Conservatory subsequently appealed the dismissal and cost award. We intend to vigorously oppose the appeal and we are proceeding with early-phase construction at Fairbreeze.

Radioactive Minerals

We have the required permits in South Africa and Australia to mine, treat, store, dispose of, transport, handle and allow employee access to radioactive minerals (zircon and monazite). Provision for the potential cleanup costs related to such activities is included in the mine closure cost and reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

The Royalty Act

The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, 2008 was promulgated on November 24, 2008, became effective on March 1, 2010 and imposes a royalty on refined and unrefined minerals payable to the South African government.

The royalty in respect of refined minerals is calculated by dividing earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”) by the product of 12.5 times gross revenue calculated as a percentage, plus an additional 0.5%. EBIT refers to taxable mining income (with certain exceptions, such as no deduction for interest payable and foreign exchange losses) before assessed losses, but after capital expenditure. A maximum royalty of 5% of revenue has been introduced for refined minerals.

The royalty in respect of unrefined minerals is calculated by dividing EBIT by the product of nine times gross revenue calculated as a percentage, plus an additional 0.5%. A maximum royalty of 7% of revenue has been introduced for unrefined minerals. Where unrefined mineral resources constitute less than 10% in value of the total composite mineral resources, the royalty rate in respect of refined mineral resources may be used for all gross sales and a separate calculation of EBIT for each class of mineral resources is not required.

Environmental Management

Since 1993, in accordance with the terms of an amendment of the South African Minerals Act, 1991, each new mine was required to prepare an Environmental Management Program Report (“EMPR”) for approval by the DMR. EMPRs covered the environmental impacts of a mine during its life, up to the point where the DMR issues a closure certificate. EMPRs made specific provision for environmental management during the construction, operational, decommissioning and aftercare phases. EMPRs also set out timetables and the extent of financial commitments to cover each phase of management.

In terms of the MPRDA, applicants for a mining right are required to conduct an environmental impact assessment and submit an Environmental Management Program, while applicants for a prospecting right, mining permit or reconnaissance permit have to submit an Environmental Management Plan (collectively referred to as an “EMP”).

101


Applicants for converted mining rights may rely on the EMPR approval for their old order mining right but may be required by the DMR to update this to comply with the provisions of the MPRDA. Prospecting and mining rights only become effective under the MPRDA on the date that the corresponding EMP has been approved. The MPRDA includes a requirement to make financial provision for the remediation of environmental damage, as well as for the issuing of a closure certificate and requires that the financial provision be in place before approval of the EMP. An application for a closure certificate now becomes compulsory upon lapsing of the right or cessation of activities.

Prior to the approval of the EMP and the proposed mining operation itself, the applicant must make financial provision for the rehabilitation or management of negative environmental impacts, as noted above. In the event that the mine operator fails or is unable to rehabilitate environmental damage, the DMR may use all or part of the financial provision to rehabilitate or manage the negative environmental impact. The mining company must review its environmental liability annually and revise its financial provision accordingly to the satisfaction of the DMR.

Pigment

Our pigment business is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, local and foreign governments. Governmental authorities regulate the generation and treatment of waste and air emissions at our operations and facilities. At many of our operations, we also comply with worldwide, voluntary standards developed by the ISO a nongovernmental organization that promotes the development of standards and serves as a bridging organization for quality and environmental standards, such as ISO 9002 for quality management and ISO 14001 for environmental management.

Chemical Registration

The European Union adopted a new regulatory framework for chemicals in 2006 known as Registration, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals (“REACH”). Manufacturers and importers of chemical substances must register information regarding the properties of their existing chemical substances with the European Chemicals Agency (“ECHA”). The timeline for existing chemical substances to be registered is based on volume and toxicity. The first group of chemical substances was required to be registered in 2010 and the remainder is due to be registered in 2013 and 2018. We registered those products requiring registration by the 2010 deadline. The REACH regulations also require chemical substances which weare newly imported or manufactured in the European Union to be registered before being placed on the market. These substances are referred to as “non-phase-in” substances. We are currently working on registration for the “non-phase-in” substances. Products containing greater than 0.1% of substances determined to be “very high concern” will be placed on a candidate list for authorization. If safer alternatives for any of these chemical substances on the candidate list exist, then those chemical substances may not be authorized. We currently do not have sufficient informationany products that would be placed on the candidate list. We do not expect the costs of REACH compliance to determine that the liability is probable and/or reasonably estimable. We have not established reserves for such sites.be material to our operations at this time.

For additional discussion of environmental matters, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Legal Proceedings

Savannah Plant Emissions

On September 8, 2003,The United States has chemical regulation under the Environmental Protection DivisionAgency (the “EPA”) through the Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”). TSCA requires various reporting mechanisms for new and existing chemicals. The EPA announced in 2009 a comprehensive approach to improve the chemicals management program under TSCA. This may result in additional data requirements; testing, restrictions or bans on a chemical substance depending on the risk a chemical may pose. We do not anticipate any costs or actions material to our operation at this time due to these actions. We are currently monitoring proposed legislation regarding TSCA and assessing any potential impacts.

GHG Regulation

We currently report and manage GHG emissions as required by law for sites located in areas (European Union/Australia) requiring such managing and reporting. While the United States has not adopted any federal

102


climate change legislation, the EPA has introduced some GHG programs. For example, under the EPA’s GHG “Tailoring Rule,” expansions or new construction could be subject to the Clean Air Act’s PSD requirements. Some of our facilities are currently subject to GHG emissions monitoring and reporting. Changes or additional requirements due to GHG regulations could impact our capital and operating costs. However, it is not possible at the present time to estimate any financial impacts to these U.S. operating sites. Also, some in the scientific community believe that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the atmosphere may result in climatic changes. Depending on the severity of climatic changes, our operations could be adversely affected. Our operations in Australia were subject to a new Australian carbon tax law beginning in 2012, resulting in an estimated $7 million expense annually.

Regulation of the GeorgiaMining Industry in South Africa

Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002

The MPRDA came into effect on May 1, 2004, and vests all mineral rights in South Africa in the state (including the right to grant prospecting and mining rights). The objectives of the MPRDA are, among other things, to promote equitable access to the nation’s mineral resources by South Africans, expand opportunities for historically disadvantaged persons (“HDSAs”) who wish to participate in the South African mining industry, advance social and economic development and create an internationally competitive and efficient administrative and regulatory regime based on the universally accepted principle (consistent with common international practice) that mineral resources are part of a nation’s patrimony.

There are four principal authorizations available under the MPRDA with respect to minerals: a reconnaissance permission, a prospecting right, a mining right and a retention permit. A reconnaissance permit may be applied for in order to search for minerals by way of geological, geophysical and photogeological surveys. A reconnaissance permission is valid for two years and is not renewable. Prospecting rights are initially granted for a maximum period of five years and can be renewed once upon application for a further period not exceeding three years. Mining rights are valid for a maximum period of 30 years and can be renewed upon application for further periods, each of which may not exceed 30 years. The MPRDA provides for the grant of retention permits, which would have a maximum term of three years, and which could be renewed once upon application for a further two years.

The Minister of Mineral Resources considers a wide range of factors and principles when deciding whether to grant prospecting and mining rights applications, including proposals relating to black economic empowerment and social responsibility. A mining right can be cancelled if the holder is conducting mining operations in contravention of the MPRDA, breaches a material term or condition of such right, is contravening the approval management plan or has submitted inaccurate, incorrect or misleading information in connection with any matter required to be submitted to the Department of NaturalMineral Resources issuedin terms of the MPRDA.

We have approved Social and Labor Plans in place with respect to all of its mining license agreements, as required by the DMR.

The South African government published the Broad Based Socio-Economic Charter for the South African Mining Industry in April 2004 (as amended in 2010) (the “Revised Mining Charter”). The Revised Mining Charter states that its objectives are to:

promote equitable access to South Africa’s mineral resources for all the people of South Africa;

substantially and meaningfully expand opportunities for HDSAs and women to enter the mining and minerals industry and to benefit from the exploitation of South Africa’s mineral resources;

utilize the existing skills base for the empowerment of HDSAs;

expand the skills base of HDSAs in order to serve the community;

103


promote employment and advance the social and economic welfare of mining communities and areas supplying mining labor;

promote beneficiation of South Africa’s mineral commodities beyond mining and processing, including the production of consumer products; and

promote sustainable development and growth in the mining industry.

The Revised Mining Charter was effective as of September 13, 2010. Similar to the requirement under the original Mining Charter, the Revised Mining Charter requires that mining entities achieve a unilateral Administrative Order26% HDSA ownership of mining assets by 2014. The Revised Mining Charter includes requirements that mining companies achieve the following by 2014:

facilitate local beneficiation of mineral commodities and procure a minimum of 40% of capital goods, 70% of services and 50% of consumer goods from HDSA suppliers (i.e., suppliers of which a minimum of 25% plus one vote of their share capital is owned by HDSAs) by 2014 (these targets will be exclusive of non-discretionary procurement expenditure);

ensure that multinational suppliers of capital goods contribute a minimum 0.5% of their annual income generated from South African mining companies towards the socioeconomic development of South African communities into a social development fund from 2010;

achieve a minimum of 40% HDSA demographic representation by 2014 at the executive management (board) level, senior management (executive committee) level, core and critical skills, middle management level and junior management level;

invest up to our subsidiary, Tronox Pigments (Savannah) Inc., claiming5% of annual payroll in essential skills development activities; and

implement measures to improve the standards of housing and living conditions for mineworkers by converting or upgrading mineworkers’ hostels into family units, attaining an occupancy rate of one person per room and facilitating home ownership options for all mineworkers in consultation with organized labor.

In addition, mining companies are required to monitor and evaluate their compliance with the Revised Mining Charter and must submit annual compliance reports (called scorecards) to the DMR. The scorecard provides for a phased-in approach for compliance with the above targets over the five year period ending in 2014.

For measurement purposes, the scorecard allocates various weights to the different elements of the Revised Mining Charter. Failure to comply with the provisions of the Revised Mining Charter is said to amount to a breach of the MPRDA, may result in the cancellation or suspension of a mining company’s existing mining rights and may prevent a mining company from obtaining any new mining rights. Currently the MPRDA is subject to a review with a view to adopting and publishing a revised Act in due course. It is envisaged that the Savannah plant exceeded emission allowancesrevised Act will incorporate much of the requirements as laid out in the Revised Mining Charter and may legislate other requirements.

Regulation of the Mining Industry in Australia

Mining operations in Western Australia are subject to a variety of environmental protection regulations.

Environmental Protection Act 1986 (WA)

The Environmental Protection Act (the “EP Act”) is the primary source of environmental regulation in Western Australia. The EP Act is administered by the Department of Environment and Conservation (the “DEC”), which is the Western Australian State Government agency responsible for environmental protection and

104


natural resource management. The EP Act establishes the Western Australia Environmental Protection Authority, which conducts environmental impact assessments and provides independent advice and recommendations to the State Minister for Environment.

The EP Act relevantly provides for:

environmental impact assessment and Ministerial statement of conditions for projects likely to have a significant effect on the environment;

licensing and works approvals for the construction and operation of certain prescribed premises;

general obligations not to pollute or cause environmental harm; and

regulations and policies for the conservation, preservation, protection, enhancement and management of the environment.

If a proposed industrial, mining or infrastructure activity presents a likely risk of significant impact on the environment, a company will be required to refer the proposal to the Environmental Protection Authority under Part IV of the EP Act to decide whether the proposal requires environmental impact assessment and approval. Any person (including any conservation group) may refer proposals to the Environmental Protection Agency, and all government authorities who are responsible for issuing any approvals for the project have a statutory obligation to refer a proposal to the Environmental Protection Agency if the proposal may have a significant effect on the environment.

If assessment is required, the Environmental Protection Agency can either assess on the information provided by the proponent, or proceed to a public environmental review. After completing its assessment the Environmental Protection Agency will forward its recommendations to the State Environment Minister who, if satisfied with the proposed management of impacts, will subsequently issue a Ministerial approval and statement of conditions. Approval of a mid-size mining operation project with one or two sensitive environmental issues takes an average of two to three years to complete the process.

Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cth)

The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cth) (“EPBC Act”) establishes the Federal environment protection regime. The EPBC Act prohibits the carrying out of a “controlled action” that may have a significant impact on a “matter of national environmental significance,” such as World Heritage properties, Ramsar wetlands and listed threatened and migratory species or ecological communities. An action that may have such an impact must be referred to the Minister to undergo an assessment and approval process. The requirements of this Act are in addition to any Western Australian legal requirements, and there are significant penalties for non-compliance.

During March 2012, the Western Australian State Government and the Commonwealth Government entered into a bilateral agreement which:

aims to reduce duplication of State and Commonwealth environmental impact assessment processes; and

allows the Minister to rely on accredited Western Australian environmental impact assessments (carried out under the EP Act) in assessing actions under the EPBC Act.

Occupational Health and Safety

Prescriptive legislation regulates health and safety at mining workplaces in Western Australia. The principal general occupational health and safety legislation and regulations are the Occupational Safety and Health Act

105


1984 (WA), the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 1996 (WA) and the guidelines. The Mines Safety and Inspection Act 1994 (WA) and Mines Safety and Inspection Regulations 1995 (WA) and guidelines provide the relevant legislation for mining operations in Western Australia. The Dangerous Goods Act 2004 (WA) applies to the safe storage, handling and transport of dangerous goods.

As part of a national process of harmonizing work health and safety laws Australia wide, the Western Australian government is in the process of preparing draft harmonized legislation. The national harmonization laws passed by the Federal Government in November 2011 have not yet been adopted by Western Australia. The Western Australian State Government has not given a date for when the new regime will commence. A review period of six months has commenced and a public consultation period began in July 2012.

Sustainability

Our approach to safety and sustainable development which is codified in the Safety and Sustainable Development Policy, includes the following guiding principles to ensure the health and safety of its employees, the environment, surrounding communities and its resources by ensuring sustainable development in all of its activities:

ensuring an appropriate organizational structure and adequate resources to manage sustainable development, including safety, health and environmental matters and to comply with legislation;

complying with all applicable legislation and international obligations as a minimum requirement and implementing effective company standards, programs and processes to manage risks;

conserving natural resources and reducing the environmental burden of waste generation and emissions to air, water and land through strategies focusing on reducing, reusing, recycling and responsible disposal of waste; and

establishing objectives, targets and continuously improving operations in terms of safety and sustainable development performance and management systems.

In addition, we follow management standards that form the basis for the development and application of our Safety and Sustainable Development Policy at all levels. The management standards cover the entire life cycle of operations, including decommissioning, closure and rehabilitation.

Mining Law

Each Australian state and territory has its own legislation regulating the exploration for and mining of minerals. Our operations are principally regulated by the Western Australian Mining Act 1978 (WA) (the “Mining Act”) and the Mining Regulations 1981 (WA) (the “Mining Regulations”). The Department of Mines and Petroleum administers the Mining Act, which makes provision for a number of different tenements, including prospecting licenses, exploration and retention licenses and mining leases. Some of the basic features of these tenements are outlined below.

Mining Tenements

Prospecting Licenses and Exploration Licenses

A prospecting license grants the license holder the right to carry out exploration for all minerals on a comparatively small scale (except iron ore, unless expressly authorized) in the license area, and has a term of four years.

The rights conferred by an exploration license are similar to those conferred by a prospecting license, except that an exploration license is for a larger scale and area, and has an initial term of five years.

106


Retention License

A holder of an exploration license or a prospecting license granted (or applied for) before February 10, 2006, or mining lease may apply for a retention license. Exploration licenses and prospecting licenses granted after February 10, 2006 can now have a retention status. The application for a retention license must address certain criteria, including provision of a statutory declaration that mining of the identified mineral resource is for the time being impracticable for one or more of the reasons provided for in the facility’s Title V air permit. On September 19, 2005,Mining Act.

The holder of a prospecting, exploration or retention license has the Environmental Protection Division rescinded the Administrative Order and filedright to apply for a Withdrawal of Petition for Hearing on Civil Penalties. Accordingly, the proceeding on administrative penaltiesmining lease (over an area over which it has been dismissed, without prejudice. However,carrying out its prospecting/exploration activities), and to have the Environmental Protection Division’s most recent actions domining lease granted to it (on such terms and conditions as the Minister considers reasonable) provided that there is significant mineralization on or under the land to which the application relates, and that the application does not resolverelate to certain areas of land such as reserves, for which the alleged violations,Minister’s consent is required before mining can be carried out on such land, a marine park or marine management area.

Mining Leases

In Western Australia, the maximum initial term of a mining lease granted under the Mining Act is 21 years. Upon expiration of the initial term, a mining lease holder may renew the lease for a further period of 21 years, with subsequent renewals subject to the Minister’s discretion. The maximum area for a mining lease applied for before February 10, 2006 is 10 square kilometers; after then, the size applied for is to relate to an identified orebody as well as an area for infrastructure requirements.

All mining leases carry standard conditions and representativesendorsements regulating the activities that the tenement holder must carry out in order to ensure that the land is adequately rehabilitated after mining and that mining is conducted in a safe manner, in addition to the tenement holder’s obligations under Federal and State legislation. Mining activity may not commence until the tenement holder has received approval for its mining proposal, which outlines the nature of Tronox Pigments (Savannah) Inc., the Environmental Protection Divisionproposed development, the method of mining, its environmental impact, rehabilitation proposals and EPA are engaged in discussions to resolveall building plans. The mining proposal plan must include a detailed description of both the proposed project and the existing air permit disputesnatural environment in which it will take place, including the relevant aspects of the social environment, such as Aboriginal sites, heritage issues, community values and potential civil penalties. We believe thatother existing land uses, and must summarize the tenement holder’s environmental management commitments to manage and ameliorate any penalties related to this matter are notsignificant environmental impacts. If mining is likely to have a material adversesignificant impact on the environment it must be referred to the Environmental Protection Authority for a formal environmental impact assessment under Part IV of the EP Act. Other environmental approvals include a works approval. An operating license and clearing permit may also be required under Part V of the EP Act.

Mineral Royalties

Holders of mining leases are required to submit production reports and royalty returns to the Department of Mines and Petroleum on all minerals extracted from the mining area. The holder of, or applicant for, a mining lease shall, on each occasion that they pay royalties to the Department forward with the royalties a royalty return, in a form approved by the Minister, showing in full the details required to calculate those royalties.

State Agreements

State Agreements are essentially contracts between the State of Western Australia and the proponents of major resources projects, and are intended to foster resource development and related infrastructure investments. These agreements are then approved and ratified by the Parliament of Western Australia. Statutory ratification means that the agreement takes effect notwithstanding any statute or general law which would otherwise be applicable to the agreement and the project contemplated by it. State Agreements typically operate as a framework for the development and operation of the relevant project from “cradle to grave” and are usually the

107


source for all tenure necessary to support the project. A State Agreement typically obliges the private developer to pay royalties, make infrastructure available to third parties and support local content and community development initiatives.

The State Agreement relevant to our Australian operations and its production of mineral sands is the agreement authorized by and scheduled to the Mineral Sands (Cooljarloo) Mining and Processing Agreement Act 1988 (WA). State Agreements may only be amended by mutual consent, which reduces the sovereign risk and increases the security of tenure, however it should be noted that Parliament may, as a matter of principle, enact legislation that overrules or amends the particular State Agreement.

Native Title

“Native title” describes the rights and interests of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people in relation to land, according to their traditional laws and customs that are recognized by the common law in Australia. The Australian Parliament passed the Native Title Act 1993 (Cth) (“Native Title Act”), which codified the native title doctrine. The Native Title Act recognizes that native title may be extinguished. The Native Title Act also provides for the grant of rights that may affect native title subject to compliance with its processes (such as the grant of a mining lease). It recognizes prior (to its enactment) extinguishment by an action of the government, such as the creation of an interest that is inconsistent with native title, and the grant of a right to exclusive possession through freehold title or certain leases (not including mining leases), although a valid mining title holder may exercise its title rights without extinguishing native title.

Native Title Claims and Determinations

The Native Title Act also provides for the determination of native title claims by the Federal Court. If a native title claim filed by native title claimants passes the registration test, it will be entered on the Register of Native Title Claims, upon which the applicant is entitled to certain statutory rights, including the right to negotiate with respect to the grant of rights that may affect native title (such as the grant of a mining lease). A claim may be referred by the Federal Court to the National Native Title Tribunal in order to mediate an outcome satisfactory to both native title claimants and any other interested parties. If this process is not successful, the Federal Court will set a trial to adjudicate the existence of a native title.

Compensation

The Native Title Act confers on native title holders a right to compensation for the effect of the grant of mining tenements (where native title exists). Compensation rights only arise for the effect of acts done after October 31, 1975 (the commencement of the Racial Discrimination Act 1975 (Cth)).

In Western Australia, the State has passed to tenement holders’ liability for the payment of compensation to native title holders for any effect on us.their native title of the grant of certain tenements. From January 1999, section 125A of the Mining Act 1978 (WA) passed liability for native title compensation for all tenements granted to the holder. It is also a common condition for tenements granted after 1994 that the tenement holder pays any native title compensation.

Flint Hills ContractCultural Heritage

On October 11, 2004, Kerr-McGeeWestern Australian and oneCommonwealth legislation protects Aboriginal sites and areas as well as objects of our subsidiaries, Southwestern Refining Corporation, were named defendants inarchaeological and cultural significance. The consent of the Western Australian Minister is required under the Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972 (WA) before works that would impact on an aboriginal site can proceed. Any declarations made under Commonwealth legislation for aboriginal sites will also need to be complied with. Mining and development operations and new projects can be halted or delayed due to claims or impacts that operations or proposed projects may have on a lawsuit filedsite or area of Aboriginal cultural significance which will be

108


damaged or desecrated by Flint Hills Resources, LP. In the lawsuit,operations or proposed projects. For example, the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 (Cth) provides for the preservation and protection of “significant aboriginal areas” (which can include bodies of water) and objects throughout Australia which was removedare of particular significance to Aboriginals (including Torres Strait Islanders).

The National Environmental Management Act

NEMA is intended to integrate environmental management countrywide by establishing principles to serve as a general framework for environmental matters and by providing guidelines for the U.S. District Court ininterpretation, administration and implementation of NEMA and any other environmental law.

NEMA imposes a duty on any person who causes, has caused or may cause significant pollution or environmental degradation to take reasonable measures to prevent, minimize and rectify significant pollution and environmental degradation. There is no stipulated threshold limit for pollution that triggers the Southern District of Texas, Corpus Christi division, Flint Hills alleged that Kerr-McGeeobligation to remediate and Southwestern Refining Corporation breached certain environmental representations and warranties contained in the agreement pursuantthere are no legislated standards to which Southwestern Refining Corporation sold its refinery in Corpus Christi, Texas,contamination must be remediated. What NEMA does require is the taking of reasonable measures. Non-compliance with the duty allows a competent authority to require that specified measures be taken. If such measures are not taken by the relevant regulated person, the competent authority may take those steps itself and recover the costs from various parties. Liability is retrospective.

NEMA creates the possibility of a predecessorclass action against any entity for the potential or actual adverse consequences of Flint Hills. Flint Hills claimed damagesa particular activity on the environment.

Property

As of approximately $7.0 million. An agreement to settleDecember 31, 2012, our significant properties consisted of the litigation was executed on January 11, 2006, pursuant to which Southwestern Refining Corporation paid Flint Hills $1.4 million and the claim was dismissed, with prejudice.following:

 

Three TiO2 facilities located in Hamilton, Mississippi, Kwinana, Western Australia and Botlek, The Netherlands;

81

An EMD and boron facility located in Henderson, Nevada;


Index to Financial Statements

The KZN Sands mine, Namakwa Sands mine, Hillendale mine and Fairbreeze mine located in South Africa;

The Cooljarloo mine located in Western Australia;

Corporate offices located in Stamford, Connecticut; and

Research and development facilities located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

New Jersey Wood-Treatment SiteTiO2

Tronox LLC was named in 1999 as a PRP under CERCLA at a former wood-treatment site in New Jersey at which EPA is conducting a cleanup. On April 15, 2005, we and Tronox LLC received a letter from EPA asserting we are liable under CERCLA as a former owner or operator of the site and demanding reimbursement of costs expended by EPA at the site. The letter made demand for payment of past costs in the amount of approximately $179 million, plus interest though EPA has informed Tronox LLC that it expects final project costs will be approximately $236 million, plus possible other costs and interest. Tronox LLC did not operate the site, which had been sold to a third party before Tronox LLC succeeded to the interests of a predecessor owner in the 1960s. The predecessor also did not operate the site, which had been closed down before it was acquired by the predecessor. Based on historical records, there are substantial uncertainties about whether or under what terms the predecessor assumed liabilities for the site. In addition, although it appears there may be other PRPs, the company does not know whether the other PRPs have received similar letters from EPA, whether there are any defenses to liability available to the other PRPs or whether the other PRPs have the financial resources necessary to meet their obligations. The company intends to vigorously defend against EPA’s demand, though the company expects to have discussions with EPA that could lead to a settlement or resolution of EPA’s demand. No reserve for reimbursement of cleanup costs at the site has been recorded because it is not possible to reliably estimate the liability, if any, the company may have for the site because of the aforementioned defenses and uncertainties.

Forest ProductsElectrolytic Facilities

BetweenOur TiO2 and electrolytic facilities consist of the physical assets necessary and appropriate to produce, distribute and supply our TiO2, electrolytic manganese dioxide, sodium chlorate, boron-based and other specialty chemicals and consist mainly of manufacturing and distribution facilities. We believe our properties are in good operating condition and are well maintained. Pursuant to separate financing agreements, substantially all of our U.S. properties are pledged or encumbered to support or otherwise provide the security for our indebtedness.

109


The following table summarizes our TiO2 production facilities and production capacity (in gross tonnes per year) as of December 31, 2002,2012, by location:

Facility

ProductionTiO2
Capacity
ProcessProperty
Owned/Leased
Facility
Owned/Leased

Hamilton, Mississippi

TiO2225,000ChlorideOwnedOwned

Kwinana, Western Australia

TiO2150,000ChlorideOwnedOwned

Botlek, the Netherlands

TiO290,000ChlorideLeasedOwned

The following table summarizes our electrolytic facilities and Mayproduction capacity (in gross tonnes per year) as of December 31, 2012, by location:

Facility

ProductCapacityProperty
Owned/Leased
Facility
Owned/Leased

Hamilton, Mississippi

Sodium chlorate150,000OwnedOwned

Henderson, Nevada

EMD27,000LeasedOwned

Henderson, Nevada

Boron products525LeasedOwned

Mineral Sands Licenses and Leases

We mine valuable heavy minerals (“VHM”), including ilmenite, rutile, leucoxene, zircon, at three separate operations; Namakwa Sands and KZN Sands in South Africa at and Cooljarloo in Western Australia. All three mining operations produce two principal commercial product lines: titanium minerals, such as ilmenite, natural rutile, and leucoxene, and zircon, a zirconium silicate mineral. The individual titanium minerals and zircon all have distinct commercial markets, and the titanium minerals are valuable as either mineral concentrates or as vertically integrated TiO2 feedstock. Most or all of the ilmenite mined at Namakwa Sands or KZN Sands is intended for smelter feed for titanium slag production at Saldanha Bay and Empangeni, respectively, and ilmenite from Western Australia is internally consumed as synthetic rutile feed at the Chandala metallurgical complex. The synthetic rutile product from Chandala is vertically-integrated with our pigment plant in Kwinana, Western Australia, or it can be marketed as a separate commercial product. The internal valuation of titanium and zircon mineral production is dynamic and relatively complex in terms of our HMS mining-titanium feedstock-TiO2 supply chain.

South Africa

Our primary South African mining rights are the Fairbreeze, Hillendale and Namakwa Sands mining rights.

The Fairbreeze Conversion mining right was an old order mining right in respect of heavy minerals (“HM”) ilmenite, rutile and zircon, which was converted to a new order right and executed by the South African DMR on March 23, 2010 and is valid for a period of 25 years. The Fairbreeze C Extension mining right is a new order mining right in respect of HM ilmenite, rutile and zircon, executed by the DMR on April 9, 2009 and is valid for a period of 30 years.

The Hillendale mining right at KZN Sands was an old order mining right in respect of HM, which was converted to a new order mining right on March 23, 2010. The Hillendale mining right is valid for a period of 25 years, until 2035.

The Hartebeestekom mining right at Namakwa Sands was an old order mining right in respect of HM, which was converted to a new order mining right and ceded by Anglo Operations Limited to TSA Sands on August 25, 2008. The Hartebeestekom mining right is valid for a period of 30 years, until 2038. The Rietfontein Conversion mining right at Namakwa Sands is an old order mining right in respect of HM, which was converted to a new order mining right and ceded by Anglo Operations Limited on August 25, 2008. The Rietfontein Conversion mining right is valid for a period of 30 years, until 2038.

110


An application for renewal of a mining right must be submitted within 60 working days prior to the mining right’s expiry date. A mining right may be renewed for further periods, each of which may not exceed 30 years. The Minister of Mineral Resources must grant a renewal of a mining right if the holder has complied with the South African MPRDA.

Australia

Our Australian mining leases are at Cooljarloo, Jurien and the Dongara Project mining rights. Our Australian operations also manage six exploration licenses at Cooljarloo West, for areas which are currently under active exploration.

There is one mining lease at Cooljarloo, which was granted on March 2, 2005,1989 for a term of 21 years. The term was extended for an additional 10 years in 2010, and will expire on March 1, 2020 (unless the term is further extended).

Our Australian operations have three mining leases at Jurien, which were all granted in 1989 and which were all extended in 2010 for an additional 21 year term ending in 2031. No mining or processing activity has been conducted at Jurien since 1994.

Our Australian operations have six mining leases over the Dongara Project area. Our Australian operations are in the process of having a Public Environmental Review performed on the Dongara Project area in order to obtain approval to mine from the Environmental Protection Authority (Western Australia). Fourteen additional mining leases over the Dongara Project area are currently under application and are progressing through the future act process under the Native Title Act prior to being granted by the Department of Mines and Petroleum.

Our Australian operations are also governed by a State Agreement with the State of Western Australia, which was approved and ratified by the Parliament of Western Australia. State Agreements are contracts between the government of Western Australia and the proponents of major resources projects, and are ratified by an Act of the State Parliament. State Agreements specify the rights, obligations, terms and conditions for the development of major resources projects, and establish a framework for ongoing relations and cooperation between the State and the proponent of the project. The relevant State Agreement relating to our Australian operations is an agreement authorized and scheduled to the Mineral Sands (Cooljarloo) Mining and Processing Agreement Act 1988 (WA).

Reporting of Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources

The HM reserve estimates reported below are derived from Mineral Resource/Ore Reserve Statements (“RR Statements”) compiled and reviewed by professionals and technical specialists in Australia and South. The estimates provided are required to be in accordance with the mineral resource reporting standards developed by the Joint Ore Reserves Committee of The Australian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy (the “JORC”), and SAMREC/SAMVAL Committee (“SSC”). The JORC is responsible for the JORC Code and the SSC is responsible for the SAMREC Code.

The individual RR Statements contain detailed descriptions of the regional and deposit geology, technical data collection and validation, reserve computation and modeling techniques and other details related to the estimated mineral resource and ore reserve classifications. Each RR Statement is internally reviewed and authorized, and our Western Australia and South Africa operations routinely contract external consultants for audits of their resource and reserve estimates.

The stated Proven and Probable HM Reserve estimates in the table below are unchanged from the Proved and Probable Reserves in the three RR Statements. The HM Reserves classified in accordance with the definition

111


standards of the JORC Code and SAMREC Code as “Proved Reserves” and “Probable Reserves” are consistent with the definitions of “Proven (Measured) Reserves” and “Probable (Indicated) Reserves” under U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Industry Guide 7, Description of Property by Issuers Engaged or to Be Engaged in Significant Mining Operations, (the “SEC Guide 7”). The reserve estimates have allowed for various modifying factors, such as mining dilution, mining and metallurgical recoveries, and legal and environmental permitting. The stated HM Reserves reflect a reasonable expectation that all necessary permits and approvals will be obtained for new mines at Fairbreeze, Dongara and Jurien, and that current mining authorizations will be maintained.

Mineral Reserves

At December 31, 2012, HM ore reserves totaled approximately 250 lawsuits (filed884 million tonnes of ore containing approximately 58 million tonnes of HM. Based on behalfHM assemblage data, the in-place reserves contain approximately 25 million tonnes of ilmenite, approximately 2 million tonnes of rutile, approximately 2 million tonnes of leucoxene and approximately 5 million tonnes of zircon, for a total valuable HM content of approximately 5,100 claimants)34 million tonnes. The titanium minerals and zircon have been determined to be economically extractable, after allowing for mining, concentration, metallurgical, infrastructure, legal, environmental, marketing and other factors.

The HM reserves are the portions of mineral deposits that can be economically and legally extracted, as of December 31, 2012, from inventories of mineral deposits in South Africa and Western Australia. The reserves include remaining ore in our active mines in South Africa and Australia, as well as portions of other deposits controlled by us that have classified as reserves.

112


At December 31, 2012, our HM reserves were filed againstas follows:

Operation

 Operating
Unit

Tronox %(1)
 Location Status Reserves
Category
Proven or
Probable
 HM (Ore)
Reserves
(In million
tonnes)
  Grade
(%
THM)
  Total HM
(In thousand
tonnes)
  VHM
(In thousand
tonnes)
  Total HM
2012-2011
(In thousand
tonnes)
 

NAMAKWA SANDS

 Mineral Sands
(Pty) Ltd

(74%)

 Western
Cape,
South
Africa
 2 Open Cut
mines
 Proven  272    9.7  26,374    13,405   
    Probable  160    7.1  11,429    5,899   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    Total
Namakwa
  432    8.8  37,804    19,269    8,753  
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Hillendale

 KZN Sands (74%) KwaZulu-
Natal,
South
Africa
 Open Cut
Hydraulic
mine
 Proven  3    5.0  144    103   
    Probable  —       —      —     
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  
    Total  3    5.0  144    103   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Fairbreeze

 KZN Sands) (74%) KwaZulu-
Natal,
South
Africa
 Open Cut
hydraulic
mine under
construction
 Proved  114    7.7  8,840    6,756   
    Probable  26    5.0  1,274    877   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  
    Total  140    7.2  10,115    7,633   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

KZN SANDS

 Tronox (74%) Republic
of South
Africa
  Proved  117    7.7  8,984    6,858   
    Probable  26    5.0  1,274    877   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    Total KZN  143    7.2  10,258    7,735    2,462  
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cooljarloo

 Western Australia
(100%)
 Western
Australia
 Dredge
Mine and
Open Cut
Mine
 Proved  171    2.1  3,620    2,796   
    Probable  58    2.1  1,234    1,008   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    Total  229    2.1  4,854    3,804    (929
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dongara

 Western Australia
(100%)
 Western
Australia
 Future Dry
and/or
Dredge
Mine
 Proved  65    5.1  3,324    2,291   
    Probable  —       —      —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    Total  65    5.1  3,324    2,291    1,170  
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Jurien

 Western Australia
(100%)
 

Western
Australia

  Proved  —        
    Probable  16    7.9  1,240    906   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Future mine Total  16    7.9  1,240    906    —    
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA (WA)

 Western Australia
(100%)
 Western
Australia
  Proved  236     6,944    5,087   
    Probable  73     2,474    1,914   
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    Total WA  309     9,418    7,001    241  
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL PROVEN + PROBABLE RESERVES(2)

  884     57,500    34,000    11,456  
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)In connection with the Transaction, Exxaro retained an approximate 26% ownership in the South African operations that are port of the mineral sands business in order to comply with the Black Economic Empowerment legislation in South Africa. Additionally, in connection with the Transaction, the Company owns 100% of the operations formerly operated by the Tiwest joint venture.
(2)Mineral reserves are shown as 100% regardless of our effective ownership percentage.

113


The following table reflects HM reserves combined under Tronox LLCLimited for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and reflects both 100% of all HM reserves as well as the HM reserves directly attributable to Tronox (100% of the Australian reserves plus 74% of South African reserves).

Heavy Mineral Reserves

(in thousands tonnes)

  2012   2011   2010 

Namakwa Sands

   37,800     39,300     61,700  

KZN Sands

   10,300     10,500     10,800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

South Africa

   48,100     49,800     72,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cooljarloo

   4,900     5,800     3,100  

Dongara

   3,300     2,200     2,200  

Jurien

   1,200     1,200     1,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Australia

   9,400     9,200     6,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL (100%)

   57,500     59,000     79,000  

TOTAL ATTRIBUTABLE (74% RSA)

   45,000     46,000     60,100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the proven and probable valuable heavy mineral composition of the total heavy minerals as of December 31, 2012:

  Total
Ore
Reserves
(Mt)
  Reserves%
THM
  Total
In-place
THM (Kt)
  Reserves%
VHM
  VHM (Kt)  ILMENITE%  RUTILE%  LEUCOX-ENE%  ZIRCON% 

Namakwa, Western Cape, RSA

  432.2    8.80  37,804    4.50  19,269    34    2.5    5.4    9  

Hillendale, KwaZulu-Natal, RSA

  2.9    5.00  144    3.60  103    59    3.8    2    6.8  

Fairbreeze, KwaZulu-Natal, RSA

  139.6    7.20  10,115    5.50  7,633    62    3.4    1.7    8.4  

Cooljarloo, Western Australia

  228.7    2.10  4,854    1.70  3,804    61    5    2.8    9.7  

Dongara, Western Australia

  64.6    5.10  3,324    3.50  2,291    49    6.1    2.8    11.2  

Jurien, Western Australia

  15.7    7.90  1,240    5.80  906    54    6.8    2.3    10  

Total Ore Reserves (Mt), THM (Kt) and VHM (Kt)

  883.7     57,479     34,006      

Notations:

All reserves are reported at 100% without respect to Tronox share of South African reserves

Total Reserves (ROM) includes Proven and Probable Reserves in connectionMt (million metric tonnes)

THM = Total Heavy Minerals of approx density 2.96 gm/cm3 or greater. Kt = kilotons (000’s metric tonnes)

VHM = Valuable Heavy Minerals: ilmenite (TiFeO3), leucoxene (TiFe1-xO3), rutile (TiO2) and zircon (ZrSiO4). Kt = kilotons (000’s metric tonnes)

Reserve percentages of ilmenite, rutile, leucoxene and zircon are in-place, calculated as % of THM assemblage

Tronox’s mining operations and mineral resource specialists determine ore reserves from the Company’s inventory of mineralized material by applying realistically-assumed geological, mining, metallurgical, environmental, infrastructure, legal, marketing, social, and governmental factors to life-of-mine and economic models. Those and all other applicable modifying factors were considered in sufficient detail to demonstrate that extraction is economically viable as of December 31, 2012.

114


Geology and Heavy Mineral Deposits

Heavy mineral placer deposits are detrital accumulations of HM, which are resistant to mechanical erosion, have densities of 2.96 gm/cm3or greater, have been liberated by weathering and erosion, and are transported by fluvial, marine or wind to depositional “traps” suitable for accumulation and concentration of economic minerals. Titanium-zirconium deposits, which are the type mined or contemplated to be mined in Australia and South Africa, belong to a class of ore deposit known as heavy mineral sands (“HMS”) deposits. HMS deposits are characterized by natural concentrations of titanium minerals (ilmenite, natural rutile, and leucoxene) and zircon, a zirconium silicate mineral, with variable concentrations of accessory heavy minerals such as garnet, monazite, staurolite and other resistate minerals, as they are resistant to chemical weathering. The three operating regions of our mineral sands business segment are located in coastal plains of the Atlantic Ocean of western South Africa and the Indian Ocean of eastern South Africa, and Western Australia. Past geologic environments favored accumulations of heavy minerals in these HMS provinces due to: 1) weathering and erosion to liberate titanium minerals and zircon from source rock terranes; 2) fluvial transport of those and other heavy minerals to contemporary coastlines (“paleo-shorelines”); and 3) concentration of the valuable HM in coastal paleo-environments as alluvial deposits in beach strandlines, proximal offshore or estuarine paleo-environments, or in sand dune complexes.

The following is a description of our three principal regions where we explore for and mine heavy mineral deposits.

Namakwa Sands

Namakwa Sands extracts heavy minerals from two open-cut mines on the semi-arid Atlantic coastal plain (Namaqualand Coastal Plain) near Brand se Baai, 92 kilometers northwest of Vredendal and approximately 350 kilometers north of Cape Town in the Western Cape Province, South Africa. The Namakwa HM reserves are hosted by aeolian (dune) sands accumulated during Late Miocene-Pliocene (approximately 6 million to 2.5 million years before present) and underlying Miocene-age strandline HM placers. The mineralized alluvial deposits overlie basement rocks of the Namaqualand Metamorphic Complex and other units of probable Mid-Proterozoic age (1.6 billion to 900 million years) that provided the heavy minerals to the surficial transportation and depositional environments that resulted in accumulations of heavy minerals. The Namakwa deposit is genetically related to repetitive cycles of weathering, erosion, fluvial transport, marine transgression/regression cycles, HM deposition in strandlines that favored northwest-facing J-shaped bays, and re-distribution and winnowing of sands by winds and topography into a heavy mineral-enriched aeolian dune complex.

The general dimensions of the overall Namakwa deposit are approximately 15 kilometers in a northeasterly direction, with a width of up to four km and variable thicknesses of mineralization. The bulk of the Namakwa HM reserves are hosted by a compound paleo-dune complex composed of sand re-worked from a massive amount of sediment supply to the coastal environment and accumulated in a large trangressive dune field. The Orange Feldspathic Sand (“OFS”) unit dominates the dune complex and is subdivided into two economic domains based on valuable heavy mineral grades, driven by zircon, and a non-economic domain. Mining conditions in the OFS can be adversely affected by layers of “duripan,” generally discontinuous layers of with hard cement composed of varying proportions of iron, calcium, magnesium and silica, believed to be remobilized by episodic chemical weathering cycles and possibly microbial activity and re-deposited in the OFS. An overlying unit of much less volume than the OFS, but of high economic significance, is a sheet-like unit of aeolian sand known as the Red Aeolian Sand (“RAS”). Deposition of the RAS was apparently controlled fluvial bends, topography, and a prevailing south-southwesterly wind. The RAS is characterized by relatively high HM grades and less difficult mining conditions, compared to OFS mineralization. HM concentrations in strandlines and foredunes in the modern shoreline environment are termed Recent Emergent Terraces (“RET”). The mineralized RET are not included in the Namakwa HM Reserves, as they are currently within an environmental exclusion zone; however, they are included in the mineral resource inventory and may be mineable in the future, subject to mining.

115


A younger mineralized unit, the RAS of probable Pleistocene age, forms a sheet-like layer with generally higher HM grades over an area of approximately 17,000 hectares (42,000 acres), not all of which is classified as ore reserves. Zircon contributes significantly to Namakwa Sands’ internal valuation and ore reserve calculations.

The Namakwa HM reserves are excavated by two “dry” mining operations. The Namakwa West mine involves stripping of near-surface RAS ore, followed by dry mining of the deeper, internally-variable OFS ore. The Namakwa East mine is a relatively shallow strip mine exclusively in the RAS ore. Current mine production exceeds 20 million tonnes per annum with the former wood-treatmentWest mining rate about twice that of the East mine. Both the West and East Namakwa mines have a dedicated principal concentration plant (“PCP”) with gravity and magnetic separation equipment to produce HM concentrates as feed to a secondary concentration plant (“SCP”) at the Brand se Baai mine site. Magnetic and non-magnetic heavy mineral concentrate (“HMC”) from the SCP are then transported by truck approximately 50 kilometers south to Namakwa’s dry mineral separation plant at Koekenaap, 35 kilometers west of Vredendal. The Koekenaap mineral separation plant (“MSP”) has flexibility to produce multiple commercial mineral concentrates, including at least two zircon concentrates and a high-titanium concentrate composed of rutile and leucoxene, and an ilmenite concentrate for feedstock to a dual DC-arc electric furnace smelter at Saldanha for production of titanium slag and pig iron. All mineral, iron and titanium-slag products are exported from the port of Saldanha Bay, approximately 150 kilometers north of Cape Town.

KZN Sands

KZN Sands operations include the nearly-depleted Hillendale mine and the planned Fairbreeze mine, currently under construction, 20 kilometers and 45 kilometers, respectively, southwest of Richards Bay, KZN Province, South Africa.

Both the Hillendale and Fairbreeze HMS deposits are hosted by paleo-dunes of the Pliocene Berea Red Sands, fine-grained sand and silt whose distinctive red coloration is interpreted to result from oxidation and degradation of iron-bearing minerals. The Fairbreeze “deposit” is actually a NNE-trend of deposits ~2 km inland from the present coastline extending about 12 km southward from the town of Mtunzini. Dissection of the Fairbreeze dune topography by local rivers and streams has led to division of the deposit into five discrete bodies, mapped as Fairbreeze A, B, C, C-ext, and D. The coastal plain is about 25 kilometers wide at Empangeni, south of Richards Bay and the site of the central processing complex (“CPC”) of KZN Sands, then narrows rapidly southward to about 6 km at Hillendale and less than 2 km at Fairbreeze, south of the village of Mtunzine. The Hillendale dune system is of probable Pliocene age, and the Fairbreeze deposit is hosted by a younger, transgressive dune complex believed to have formed during the Pleistocene-Holocene.

Hydraulic mining techniques employed successfully at the Hillendale mine will be used at Fairbreeze. The ore is washed via high-pressure hydraulic mining into a sump from which the ore slurry is pumped to a nearby land-based primary wet plant (“PWP”) for production of a HMC. The HMC is transported by truck to the Empangeni CPC approximately 20 km from the Hillendale mine and 40 km from the future Fairbreeze mine. The CPC consists of two sections: a MSP for production of ilmenite, rutile and zircon mineral concentrates, and a dual electric-arc furnace smelter for production of titanium slag and pig iron.

Western Australia

The Cooljarloo-Jurien HM district is in Columbus, Mississippi. Substantially allan approximately 30 km wide strip of the northern Swan Coastal Plain about 165-210 kilometers north of Perth, and includes the Cooljarloo HMS mine, the Jurien heavy mineral reserve and several active exploration projects. The Dongara project, where a dry mining definitive feasibility study has been completed and a dredge mining definitive feasibility study is in progress, is approximately 350 km north of Perth, or about 150 km north of the Cooljarloo-Jurien region. The mining and exploration tenure and activities were formerly conducted by the Tiwest Joint Venture. The Swan Coastal Plain is underlain by sediments of the Perth Basin, including Jurassic, Cretaceous, and early Tertiary sequences of various lithologies and a veneer of Late-Tertiary and Quaternary sediments of varying proportions of sand, silt, clay and limestone,

116


mostly of Pliocene to Pleistocene age in the Cooljarloo area west of the Gingin Scarp. The Gingin and related Darling Scarp further south near Perth are escarpments caused by the Darling Fault, which basically forms the boundary between rocks of the Yilgarn Craton to the east and the sedimentary units of the Perth Basin to the west in the Cooljarloo area.

Detrital heavy minerals of the Perth Basin include the ilmenite, rutile and zircon of the Eneabba, Cooljarloo, Capel and other well-known heavy mineral sands districts. The HM were liberated from igneous and metamorphic rocks of the Yilgarn Craton by weathering, and transported by paleo-drainages to the coast where they were concentrated by combinations of longshore drift and wave action. High-grade HMS deposits of probable Pliocene age formed near the base of a regional escarpment known as the Gingin Scarp in the North Perth Basin (Eneabba, Cooljarloo) and as the Darling and Whicher Scarps of the South Perth Basin (Yoganup, Waroona). Younger shorelines within HM deposits associated with Quaternary shorelines occur west of these lawsuits are pendingdeposits in the U.S. District Court forCapel district south of Perth, but these deposits in the Northern District of Mississippi andNorth Perth Basin (Jurien, Dongara) have been consolidatedless exploited due to overburden composed of “calc-arenite” (limestone) and younger sands.

The Cooljarloo mine exploits a complex of HM-mineralized, unconsolidated sediments deposited as beach strandlines, and in near-shore marine or estuarine environments west of the Gingin Scarp during Late Tertiary Period or Late Tertiary-Quaternary Period. The Cooljarloo mining operation consists of a two-dredge mine feeding ore to a floating concentrator, or “wet plant,” and a dry mining operation feeding ore to a land-based concentration plant. Production rates vary, but approximately 750,000 tonnes of HMC from approximately 20 million tonnes of ore at Cooljarloo are transported approximately 100 kilometers south via truck to the Chandala mineral separation plant/synthetic rutile metallurgical complex at Muchea, where the HMC is separated into its VHM components: ilmenite, natural rutile, leucoxene and zircon. Ilmenite is fed to the Chandala synthetic rutile facility, and the other VHM concentrates are transported to Bunbury or other Western Australia ports for pretrialsale.

The Cooljarloo mine has been in continuous operation since 1989, and discovery purposes. In addition,average HM grades are decreasing. Tronox is actively exploring other HM deposits south, west and northwest of the Cooljarloo mine. The strategic goal of our Western Australia Resource Technology and Development Group is to sustain HMC production and ilmenite feed to the Chandala and plants beyond 2020. A dry-mining definitive feasibility study (“DFS”) and a suit fileddredge-mining prefeasibility study have been completed at Dongara, and a dredge-mining DFS is currently underway.

Both Jurien and Dongara are younger deposits of probable Quaternary age with locally very high HM grades. The Jurien HM reserves are overlain by “calc-arenite,” (limestone). Historical mining and exploration of the Jurien deposit in the 1970s by junior miner Black Sands and Western Mining Corporation generated much of the data utilized in past reserve statements by Tronox, but the data base and resource modeling of the deposit have been recently updated during 2011-2012 to feasibility-equivalent, wherein the prior HM reserve estimate has been validated. The Dongara deposit complex consists of eight or more Quaternary-age strandline HM deposits which characteristically narrow widths, elongated north-south, and relative high-grade cores with lower-grade margins. Tronox intends to systematically develop the Dongara deposits as the Cooljarloo ore body becomes progressively depleted from 2014 onward.

Tenure

Exploration and mining activities in Australia and South Africa are governed by the Maranatha Faith Center against Tronox LLClegal and us on February 18, 2000, relates to the former wood-treatment plant in Columbus and is pending in the Circuit Court of Lowndes County, Mississippi. Between December 31, 2002, and June 25, 2004, three lawsuits (filed on behalf of approximately 3,300 claimants) were filed against Tronox LLC in connection with a former wood-treatment plant located in Hattiesburg, Mississippi. These lawsuits were removed to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi. Between September 9, 2004, and December 28, 2005, four lawsuits (filed on behalf of 69 claimants) were filed against Tronox LLC in connection with a former wood-treatment plant located in Texarkana, Texas. Tworegulatory framework of the Texarkana lawsuits that were filedrespective national and state or provincial authorities. Mineral exploration and development in Oklahoma (on behalfWestern Australia is regulated and administered by the Western Australia Department of 30 claimants) have been dismissed on jurisdictional grounds. Between January 3, 2005,Mines and July 26, 2005, 35 lawsuits (filed on behalf of approximately 4,600 claimants) were filed against Tronox LLC and us in connection withPetroleum under the former wood-treatment plant in Avoca, Pennsylvania. All of these lawsuits seek recovery underMining Act 1978. The Mining Act contains provisions for a variety of common lawtenements including prospecting, exploration, retention and statutory legal theoriesother licenses, and mining leases. Mining lease applications are subject to multiple levels of review, including public comment before mineral title is granted, and mining approvals are subject to environmental and other regulatory approvals.

117


We own mining rights for personal injuries and/or property damages allegedly caused by exposure29,691 hectares (73,368 acres) in Western Australia, in addition to and/or releasea mining lease grant covering 9,745 hectares (24,080 acres) under the Western Australia State Agreement Act at the Cooljarloo mine. Twenty mining leases covering 17,890 hectares (44,207 acres) have been granted at Dongara, six of creosote,which were in a chemical used in the wood-treatment process.

In 2003, Tronox LLC entered into a settlement agreement that resolved approximately 1,490public comment period at December 31, 2012 as part of the Hattiesburg claims, which resultedenvironmental approval process. Three mining leases covering 2,056 hectares (5,080 acres) at Jurien are in aggregate payments by Tronox LLCeffect until 2021, and applications for extension are anticipated.

The MPRDA went into effect in 2004 and is the primary regulatory framework legislation in South Africa. The MPRDA is regulated through the DMR and Minister of approximately $0.6 million. In December 2005, Tronox LLC entered into settlement agreementsMining and establishes the State of South Africa as the custodian of all mineral resources, effectively transferring privately-owned mineral rights to resolve upthe State and requiring prior owners or grantees of mineral rights to 1,335 ofapply to the remaining Hattiesburg claims and up to 879 ofDMR for “new order” rights over the Columbus claims. The December 2005 settlement agreements require Tronox LLC to pay up to $2.5 million, of which $1.8 million was paid in December 2005.previously-held mineral tenements. In addition all of the remaining Hattiesburg claims have been dismissed without prejudice on the bases of failure to pay filing fees and failure to disclose information in compliance with court orders. The company currently believes that the unresolved claims relating to the Columbus, Hattiesburg, TexarkanaMPRDA other statutes regulating mining-related activities include the NEMA, and Avoca plantsNational Water Act 36 (“NWA”), and regulatory bodies include the DMR and the South African Department of Environmental Affairs, as well as agencies at the provincial level, such as the Western Cape Dept of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning and the KZN Dept of Environmental Affairs. Prospecting Rights, Mining Rights and Mining Authorities in South Africa may be independent of surface rights, and land-use rentals and access rights agreements are without substantial merit and is vigorously defending against them.required in some cases.

For a discussion of other legal proceedings and contingencies, including proceedings related to our environmental liabilities, see Note 22 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Operation or Property

Coverage
(Ha)

Mining Tenure

Cooljarloo Mine

9,745W.A. State Agreement Act, active mine

Dongara

17,890Aggregate 20 Mining Leases, all granted but in EPA approval phase

Jurien

2,056Aggregate 3 Mining Leases granted; will require EPA approvals to mine

Namakwa Sands

18,626Aggregate of >20 mining authorizations at Brand se Baai mining complex

KZN Sands Hillendale-Fairbreeze

5,749Aggregate of seven Mining Rights granted for Hillendale, Fairbreeze and extensions in Empangeni-Mtunzine area. All converted to new order mining rights.

 

82

118


Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Managers and Executive Officers of Tronox

Set forth below is information regardingare the current executivenames of those individuals that serve as officers and managersdirectors of Tronox Worldwide LLC as of May 3, 2006.Limited.

 

Name

  AgeAge(1)  

Position

Thomas W. AdamsCasey

  4561  PresidentChairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Mary MikkelsonAndrew P. Hines

  4473  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerDirector

Roger G. AddisonWayne A. Hinman

66Director

Ilan Kaufthal

65Director

Jeffry N. Quinn

  54  Vice President and SecretaryDirector

Patrick S. CorbettPeter Johnston

  5363  Vice PresidentDirector

Kelly A. GreenDaniel Blue

  4360  Vice PresidentDirector

Wim de Klerk

49Director

Sipho Nkosi

59Director

John D. Romano

  41Vice President

Marty J. Rowland

48  Senior Vice President and ManagerPresident, Pigment and Electrolytic Operations

Donald K. ShandyMichael J. Foster

  46  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Pravindran Trevor Arran

46Senior Vice President and Assistant SecretaryPresident, Mineral Sands Operations

Gregory E. ThomasWillem Van Niekerk

  5154  Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and ManagerBusiness Development

Melody A. Walke

(1)
51Vice President, Treasurer and ManagerAs of August 1, 2013.

Executive Officers

Set forth below is a description of the backgrounds of our executive officers. Each of our officers joined Tronox Limited on June 15, 2012 upon completion of the Transaction with Exxaro. There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Thomas Casey

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Thomas Casey has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Tronox Limited since June 15, 2012 and served as Chairman of Tronox Incorporated since February 2011 and as Chief Executive Officer of Tronox Incorporated since October 2011. Mr. Casey served as Chief Executive Officer of Integra Telecom, Inc. from February 2011 until October 2011 when Mr. Casey assumed the position of Chief Executive Officer of Tronox Incorporated. He has previously served as Chairman of the Board of Integra Telecom between December 2009 and February 2011, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Current Group LLC between September 2006 and February 2011, Chairman of the Board of Pacific Crossing Ltd., as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Choice One Communications, Inc., and as Chief Executive Officer and Director of One Communication Corp and of Global Crossing Ltd. Mr. Casey was a managing director of Merrill Lynch & Co, and was a partner at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP and at Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C. He also had various positions in the United States Government, including in the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice. Mr. Casey graduated with honors from Boston College and The George Washington University, National Law Center. These positions give Mr. Casey significant insight into, and understanding of, complex transactions and business operations, including with respect to the banking, legal, and operational aspects thereof. On April 11, 2005, the SEC, Global Crossing, Mr. Casey (who was at the relevant time the Chief Executive Officer of Global Crossing) and other members of Global Crossing’s management reached a settlement related to an SEC investigation regarding alleged violations of the reporting provisions of Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act (and regulations thereunder), with such parties agreeing not to cause any violations of such reporting provisions. In the settlement, no party admitted liability and no other violations of securities laws were alleged. The Tronox Incorporated Board of Directors was fully aware of the settlement order and its circumstances and, in naming Mr. Casey as Chief Executive Officer, expressed its confidence in his ability to serve as Chief Executive Officer.

119


Pravindran Trevor Arran

Senior Vice President and President, Mineral Sands Operations

Parvindran Trevor Arran has served as our Senior Vice President and President, Mineral Sands Operations since June 15, 2012. Prior to joining Tronox Limited upon completion of the Transaction he served as the Executive General Manager of Exxaro’s mineral sands and base metals business since April 2009. Prior to that he served as the Executive General Manager of Corporate Affairs and Strategy for Exxaro from November 2006 until March 2009. Mr. Arran has broad experience in the mining industry, supplemented by financial experience gained in equity markets, investment banking and new business. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Geology from the University of Durban—Westville and a Bachelor of Science with honors in Economic Geology from the University of Natal. Mr. Arran also completed the Advanced Management Programme at the University of Pretoria’s Gordon Institute of Business Science and the Business and Environment Programme at the University of Cambridge.

Michael J. Foster

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Michael Foster has been our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since June 15, 2012 and the Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Tronox Incorporated since January 2008. Mr. Foster was an executive officer of Tronox Incorporated during its bankruptcy proceedings, from which it emerged in 2007. Before that he served as Managing Counsel of Tronox Incorporated from 2006 to January 2008; Staff Attorney of Tronox Incorporated from 2005 to 2006 and Staff Attorney for Kerr-McGee Shared Services LLC from 2003 to 2005; Corporate Counsel for CMS Field Services from 2001 to 2003; and Counsel for Enogex, Inc. from 1998 to 2001. Mr. Foster’s experience also includes more than five years practicing law in the public and private sectors.

John D. Romano

Senior Vice President and President, Pigment and Electrolytic Operations

John Romano has been our Senior Vice President and President, Pigment and Electrolytic Operations since June 15, 2012 and the Executive Vice President of Tronox Incorporated since January 1, 2011 and Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Tronox Incorporated since January 2008. Mr. Romano was an executive officer of Tronox Incorporated during its bankruptcy proceedings, from which it emerged in 2007. Before that he served as Vice President, Sales for Tronox Incorporated from 2005 to January 2008; Vice President, Global Pigment Sales for Tronox LLC from January 2005 to November 2005; Vice President, Global Pigment Marketing for Tronox LLC from 2002 to 2005 and Regional Marketing Manager for Tronox LLC from 1998 to 2002.

Willem Van Niekerk

Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Business Development

Dr. Willem Van Niekerk has served as our Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Business Development since June 15, 2012. Prior to joining Tronox Limited upon completion of the Transaction, he served as the Executive General Manager of Corporate Services for Exxaro, which includes the mineral sands business, since May 2009, where he is responsible for Exxaro’s technology, research and development, information management and supply chain management departments. Prior to that, he served as Manager of Growth for Exxaro’s mineral sands and base metals business and as General Manager for Marketing and Business Development for Exxaro’s mineral sands and base metals business. Dr. Van Niekerk co-managed the Tiwest Joint Venture from 2006 to 2008. Dr. Van Niekerk has a PhD in pyrometallurgy from the University of Pretoria and oversaw the design and development of the titanium smelting technology for the slag furnaces at KZN Sands.

Board of Directors

Set forth below is a description of the directors. Unless otherwise indicated below, each of our directors joined the Tronox Limited Board on June 15, 2012 upon completion of the Transaction with Exxaro. There are no family relationships among any of our directors.

120


Thomas Casey

Mr. Casey’s biographical information is set forth under the caption “—Executive Officers,” above.

Andrew P. Hines

Andrew Hines has been a director since January 2011. Mr. Hines has been Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer of Sonar Entertainment since June 2011. The company develops, produces and distributes original made-for-television movies and mini-series. Prior to that time he was a principal of Hines and Associates, a financial management consulting firm. From September 2009 to June 2010, Mr. Hines served as Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer of World Color Press Inc. (formerly, Quebecor World), a company which provided high-value and comprehensive print, digital, and related services to businesses worldwide. From October 2006 to August 2009, Mr. Hines was a principal of Hines and Associates, and from October 2005 to September 2006, he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GenTek, Inc., a manufacturer of industrial components and performance chemicals. Mr. Hines is also a director of C&D Technologies, Inc. and he is Chairman of that company’s Audit Committee. From November 2003 to 2007, Mr. Hines served as a director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Superior Essex, Inc.

Mr. Hines has in-depth financial experience and highly valued senior leadership experience, making him a valued member of our Board of Directors. Because of his accounting background and extensive financial experience, Mr. Hines has been named Chairman of the Audit Committee, as well as the “Audit Committee financial expert,” as defined by the applicable rules of the SEC.

Wayne A. Hinman

Wayne Hinman has been a director since February 2011. Mr. Hinman brings a wealth of expertise in the chemicals and energy sectors. He has served in various positions at Air Products & Chemicals, Inc. during his 33 year career, including President of Asia, and most recently vice president and general manager of the worldwide merchant gases business, a $2.5 billion business. He also has served as a director on numerous joint venture boards within the industrial gases business, most recently, as Chairman of Air Products South Africa and a member of the Board of INOXAP in India. Mr Hinman also served as a member of the board of directors of American Ref-fuel, Pure Air USA, and Taylor-Wharton International. Mr Hinman served in the United States Air Force achieving the rank of Captain. He received his MBA from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and completed the Harvard AMP program.

Peter Johnston

Peter Johnston has been a director since August 1, 2012. Beginning in November 2001, Mr. Johnston has served as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Minara Resources Pty Ltd, one of Australia’s and the world’s leading nickel producers. He is Chairman of the Minerals Council of Australia; past President of the Chamber of Minerals & Energy (WA); director and past Chairman of the Nickel Institute and Vice President of the Australian Mines and Metals Association. Mr. Johnston also is currently a director of Emeco Holdings limited and Silver Lake Resources Limited. He formerly was employed by WMC Ltd between 1993 and 2001, during which he held the position of Executive General Manager with responsibility over nickel and gold operations, Olympic Dam Operations, Queensland Fertilizers Ltd and human resources.

Ilan Kaufthal

Ilan Kaufthal has been a director since February 2011. Mr. Kaufthal brings years of banking experience to the Tronox board. He is Chairman of East Wind Advisors, a specialized investment banking firm serving companies in the media, education, and information industries. Since 2008, Mr. Kaufthal has also served as Senior Advisor at Irving Place Capital. Earlier in his career, he was Vice Chairman of Investment Banking at

121


Bear Stearns & Co., Vice Chairman and Head of Mergers and Acquisitions at Schroder & Co., and SVP and CFO at NL Industries. Mr. Kaufthal serves on the board of directors of Cambrex, Edmunds.com, and Blyth, Inc., an NYSE-listed home expressions company based in Greenwich, Connecticut, USA. Mr. Kaufthal is a graduate of Columbia University and the New York University Graduate School of Business Administration.

Jeffry N. Quinn

Jeffry N. Quinn has been a director since February 2011. Mr. Quinn is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Quinn Group LLC, a diversified holding company with investments in the industrial, active lifestyle, and entertainment sectors; as well as Quinpario Partners LLC, an investment and operating firm in the performance materials and specialty chemical sectors. Mr. Quinn is former Chairman, CEO and President of Solutia Inc., a NYSE-listed global performance materials and specialty chemical company. Joining Solutia in 2001 as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, he became CEO and President of the company in 2004 and Chairman in 2006. He served in those capacities until Solutia was sold to Eastman Chemical Company in July 2012. Previously, Mr. Quinn was an executive officer of Premcor Inc., at that time one of the nation’s largest independent oil refiners, and Arch Coal, Inc., the nation’s second-largest coal producer. Mr. Quinn currently serves as a member of the board of directors of W.R. Grace & Co., a leading global supplier of catalysts, engineered and packaging materials and specialty construction chemicals and building materials, since November 2012 and MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc., a global leader in semiconductor and solar technology, since October 2012. Mr. Quinn was previously a director of Tecumseh Products Co. Mr. Quinn received a bachelor’s degree in Mining Engineering and a Juris Doctorate degree from the University of Kentucky.

Daniel Blue

Daniel Blue has been a director since the integration of Tronox and Exxaro Mineral Sands closed in June 2012. Mr. Blue is a senior commercial partner at Australian law firm Holding Redlich. He is the corporate and commercial group leader in the firm’s Melbourne office and co-head of its national energy and resources practice. Mr. Blue has more than 25 years of experience as an advisor, business strategist and negotiator for major mergers and acquisitions and other complex corporate and commercial matters. Mr. Blue has worked around the globe including in Australia, South Africa and Asia. He currently serves on the board of directors of Business for Millennium Development Ltd. He previously served as a director of Lynas Gold N.L. and Acclaim Exploration N.L. Mr. Blue also served as the Chairman of the Acclaim board of directors. Mr. Blue holds bachelor’s degrees in law and economics and a master’s degree in business administration from the University of Western Australia.

Wim de Klerk

Wim de Klerk has been a director of Tronox since June 2012. He is the Finance Director of Exxaro and serves on Exxaro’s board of directors. Mr. de Klerk joined Iscor Ltd., a predecessor company of Exxaro in 1996, where he served on the executive management team. In that capacity, he was responsible for strategy and continuous improvement, divesting non-core assets, and managing the Grootegeluk coal mine. In 2001, Kumba Resources (“Kumba”) was formed, a spinoff of the previous mining division of Iscor, where Mr. de Klerk was responsible for managing the mineral sands commodity business. In 2006, Mr. de Klerk was named the Finance Director of Exxaro, which was established when the company was spun off from Kumba. Mr. de Klerk is a chartered accountant and member of South African Institute for Chartered Accountants. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Pretoria.

Sipho Nkosi

Sipho Nkosi has been a director of Tronox since June 2012. Mr. Nkosi is the Chief Executive Officer of Exxaro and serves on Exxaro’s board of directors. He began his career as a market analyst with Ford Motor Company South Africa in 1980 after which, he was appointed as marketing coordinator at Anglo American Coal

122


in 1986. He joined Southern Life Association as senior manager, strategic planning in 1992 and the following year accepted the position of marketing manager, new business development at Trans-Natal Coal Corporation, which later became Ingwe Coal Corporation. Mr. Nkosi joined Asea Brown Boveri (South Africa) Ltd. in 1997 as Vice President Marketing and ABB Power Generation in 1998 as Managing Director. He was the founder and chief executive officer of Eyesizwe Holdings and following its merger with Kumba’s non-iron ore resources was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Exxaro in 2007. Mr. Nkosi holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of Zululand, an Honors degree in Commerce (Economics) from the University of South Africa and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Massachusetts in the United States.

Board Committees

Standing committees of the Tronox Limited board are the following: the Audit Committee, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (“HRCC”) and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (“CGNC”). Each of the board’s committees has a written charter, which can be found on the “Corporate Governance” page of the “Investor Relations” section of our website atwww.tronox.com. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, there were four meetings held by the audit committee, two meetings held by the HRCC and two meetings held by the CGNC. The table below provides current membership and fiscal year 2012 meeting information for each of the Board committees.

NameAuditHRCCCGNC

Thomas Casey*

Daniel Blue

Andrew P. Hines

D

Wayne A. Hinman

D

Peter Johnston

Ilan Kaufthal

Jeffry N. Quinn

D

*Chairman of the Board
DChair
Member

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The CGNC assists the Board of Directors with respect to: (a) the organization and membership and function of the Board of Directors, including the identification and recommendation of director nominees and the structure and membership of each committee of the Board of Directors, (b) corporate governance principles applicable to the Company and (c) the Company’s policies and programs that relate to matters of corporate responsibility. The CGNC reviews and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the currentcomposition of the Board of Directors, structure, format and frequency of the meetings. The CGNC has not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met by each candidate for the Board of Directors or specific qualities or skills that are necessary for one or more of the members of the Board of Directors to possess. However, the CGNC, when considering a potential candidate, will factor into its determination the following qualities of a candidate: professional experience, educational background, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders. It also takes account of relevant legal and stock exchange listing requirements. The CGNC also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the nature, composition and duties of the committees of the Board of Directors. The CGNC reviews and considers shareholder recommended candidates for nomination to the Board of Directors. It is the Board of Directors’ policy that shareholders may propose nominees for consideration by the CGNC by submitting the names and other relevant information to the Corporate Secretary at the following address: Tronox Limited, 263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, USA.

123


Audit Committee

The primary responsibilities of the audit committee are to oversee the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company as well as our affiliated and subsidiary companies, and to oversee the internal and external audit processes. The audit committee also assists the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by reviewing the financial information which is provided to shareholders and others, and the system of internal controls which management and the Board of Directors have established. The audit committee oversees the independent registered public auditors, including their independence and objectivity. However, the committee members are not acting as professional accountants or auditors, and their functions are not intended to duplicate or substitute for the activities of management and the independent registered public auditors. The audit committee is empowered to retain independent legal counsel and other advisors as it deems necessary or appropriate to assist the audit committee in fulfilling its responsibilities, and to approve the fees and other retention terms of the advisors.

The audit committee is comprised of three members, each of whom was elected by the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Hines qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” Mr. Hines has in-depth financial experience and highly valued senior leadership experience, making him a valued member of Tronox Limited’s Board of Directors. Because of his accounting background and extensive financial experience, Mr. Hines has been named Chairman of the Audit Committee, as well as the “Audit Committee financial expert,” as defined by the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Human Resource and Compensation Committee

The HRCC administers our executive compensation program and assists our Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the compensation we pay to our executive officers and directorsour non-employee directors. Among its other duties, the HRCC:

evaluates and recommends to the Board of Directors, the total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

reviews and evaluates the salaries and benefits recommended by our Chief Executive Officer for all of our other executive officers and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the compensation paid to our other executive officers after making any changes it deems appropriate to the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer;

evaluates and recommends to the Board of Directors, the incentive compensation to be awarded for all executive officers;

recommends to the Board of Directors individual performance goals for our Chief Executive Officer and, after making any changes it deems appropriate to the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer, recommends to the Board of Directors performance goals for our other executive officers; and

considers industry conditions, relevant market conditions and our prospects and achievements when making recommendations with respect to compensation matters.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The Company has adopted the Tronox Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of the Company’s employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, and its Board of Directors. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Company’s website at www.tronox.com. If the Company makes any substantive amendments to the Business Code of Conduct and Ethics or grants any waiver from a provision of the Business Code of Conduct and Ethics to any executive officer or director, the Company will promptly disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver on its website.

124


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For the purposes of this Executive Compensation discussion, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries collectively.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the material elements of the compensation paid to each of Tronox Finance Corp.Limited’s named executive officers (“NEOs”) identified in the Summary Compensation Table.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain and motivate talented executives and also to align the objectives of our executives with our shareholders’ expectations of increased value. In support of that objective, our executive compensation program is intended to:

provide competitive levels of total compensation for our executives;

reward the achievement of specific annual, long-term and strategic company goals and specific individual goals set for each executive;

align our executive’s interests with those of our shareholders through equity-based awards and by rewarding performance based upon established goals, with the ultimate objective of improving shareholder value; and

motivate our executives and other employees to achieve superior results.

Setting Executive Compensation

Elements of Compensation

The Human Resources and Compensation Committee (“HRCC”) determines all components of executive compensation and will consider the following elements to promote our pay-for-performance philosophy and compensation goals and objectives:

base salary;

annual cash incentive awards linked to both overall and individual performance;

grants of long-term equity-based compensation, such as restricted shares or options;

termination and change of May 3, 2006control provisions; and

benefits generally available to employees.

We combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our shareholders.

Pay Mix

We utilize the particular elements of compensation described above because we believe that it provides a mix of secure compensation, retention value and at-risk compensation which produces short-term and long-term performance incentives and rewards. By following this approach, we provide the executive with a measure of

125


financial and job security, while motivating him or her to focus on business metrics that will produce a high level of short-term and long-term performance for Tronox that will create value for shareholders and executives alike. Our compensation mix, which includes short- and long-term incentives as well as time and performance vesting features, is competitive and reduces the risk of recruitment of our top executive talent by competitors. The mix of metrics used for our annual performance bonus and long-term incentive program likewise provides an appropriate balance between short-term financial performance and long-term financial and stock performance. All incentives are aligned with our stated compensation philosophy of providing compensation commensurate with performance, while targeting pay at approximately the 50th percentile of the competitive market. For purposes of compensation competitiveness, the competitive market consists of our current peer group as discussed under “—Other Compensation Practices—Market Competitiveness.”

Role of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee

The HRCC administers our executive compensation program and assists our board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the compensation we pay to our executive officers and our non-employee directors. Among its other duties, the HRCC:

evaluates and determines the salary, incentives, and benefits making up the total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and recommends to the board of directors for approval any changes to the compensation elements for the Chief Executive Officer;

reviews and evaluates the salaries, incentives and benefits recommended by our Chief Executive Officer for all of our other executive officers and determines the actual compensation paid to these executives after making any changes it deems appropriate from the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer;

defines the terms and conditions, including performance metrics, for the stock options, restricted shares, and other long-term equity awards for our executive officers and reviews and approves all grants made to the executive officers;

recommends to the board of directors individual performance goals for our Chief Executive Officer and, after making any changes it deems appropriate to the recommendations for our Chief Executive Officer, recommends to the board of directors performance goals for our other executive officers; and

considers industry conditions, relevant market conditions and our prospects and achievements when making recommendations with respect to compensation matters.

The HRCC has targeted compensation at the median of benchmark statistics provided by our independent compensation consultant for each element of total compensation (base, annual incentive and long-term incentives). The actual pay level for each named executive officer may vary from these targeted levels based on experience, job performance, actual duties and company performance. The compensation of our Chief Executive Officer is approved by the board of directors based upon recommendations from the HRCC. When making recommendations with respect to our named executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, the HRCC considers the recommendations made by the Chief Executive Officer and his evaluation of our other executive officers performance.

Elements considered by the HRCC and our Chief Executive Officer when reviewing our performance include: stock price, our performance as measured against the performance goals established for the previous year, non-controllable events that may impact our performance, attainment of significant non-financial milestones and any other factors or goals it determines to be relevant to measuring our performance. The individual performance of our named executive officers is measured against individual performance goals that were set for each named executive officer.

Our HRCC and Board of Directors have analyzed and continue to monitor whether our compensation practices with respect to executive officers or any of its employees create incentives for risk-taking that could

126


harm Tronox or its business. Our compensation programs and policies mitigate risk by combining performance-based, long-term compensation elements with payouts that are highly correlated to the value delivered to shareholders. The combination of performance measures for annual bonuses and the equity compensation programs as well as the multiyear vesting schedules for equity awards encourage employees to maintain both a short and a long-term view with respect to company performance. The HRCC and the board of directors have all determined that none of our compensation practices creates a risk that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the company.

Role of the Compensation Consultant

The HRCC has engaged Lyons, Benenson & Company Inc. as its compensation consultant, to provide information to the HRCC to assist it in making determinations regarding our compensation programs for executives and non-employee directors. Our compensation consultant provides the HRCC with among other things, a competitive pay analysis comparing the compensation of our named executive officers against benchmark compensation statistics; program design advice, and an independent review of compensation proposals developed by management. In carrying out its assignments, Lyons, Benenson & Company Inc. may also interact with management when necessary and appropriate. Lyons, Benenson & Company Inc. may, in its discretion, seek input and feedback from management regarding its consulting work product prior to presentation to the HRCC in order to confirm alignment with our business strategy, and identify data questions or other similar issues, if any. A representative from Lyons, Benenson & Company attended all HRCC meetings in 2012 and performed no other services for the company or its management other than that described above. The HRCC has the sole authority to hire and terminate its consultant, approve its compensation, determine the nature and scope of its services, and evaluate its performance.

Role of our CEO and Management in Determining Performance

At the beginning of each year, the CEO recommends to the HRCC the objectives he believes should be achieved for the company to be successful, based upon the approval of the company’s annual budget. These objectives will be used to measure the CEO’s performance during the year and include both financial and strategic measures. These goals are approved by the HRCC at its February meeting. In addition, some of these objectives will be used by the HRCC in setting the metrics for the annual incentive plan. In the beginning of the year, the CEO also recommends target compensation levels for annual and long-term awards for the executive officers other than the CEO and the board of directors approves the target levels of compensation for the CEO.

At the end of the performance year, the CEO completes a performance evaluation for his own performance and reviews his evaluation with the HRCC. The full board also provides input on the CEO’s performance and submits this to the chair of the HRCC for consolidation. The HRCC consolidates all inputs and leads a discussion with the full board at the February meeting. The full board will determine the incentive amount and any base salary change for the CEO. Feedback will be provided to the CEO by the HRCC chair.

In addition, each executive officer completes a performance evaluation for his own performance and reviews his evaluation with the CEO. The CEO then summarizes these results and brings them to the HRCC along with his initial recommendation for each executive’s base salary increase, annual incentive award, and long-term incentive award. The CEO also receives market data and input from the Chief Human Resources Officer. The HRCC will then determine the amounts for any base salary increase and annual and long-term incentive awards for each executive officer.

127


Components of Executive Compensation

The principal components of our executive compensation program and the purpose of each component are presented in the following table. As described above, we target the median of each element of direct compensation as compared to market data in the Towers Watson executive compensation survey as well as compared to our peer group (as described under “Other Compensation Practices—Market Competitiveness”). We also provide additional benefits and perquisites to be competitive with local practices and with our peer group.

Component

Key Characteristics

Purpose

Principal 2012 Actions

Base Salary

•       Fixed compensation.

•       Reviewed annually and adjusted if needed based on performance and market comparison.

•       Intended to compensate executive officers for the responsibility of the position held.

•       Adjustments made to some executive officers to better reflect larger scope of responsibility in new merged company.

Annual Incentive Awards

•       Variable compensation targeted as a percentage of base salary.

•       Performance-based measured on corporate and business unit performance and levels of individual contributions.

•       Intended to motivate and reward executive officers for achieving short-term business objectives that drive overall performance.

•       2012 payments reduced from target by 90%.

•       2012 payments for the named executive officers ranged from $17,821 to $150,000.

Long-Term Incentive Awards

•       Variable compensation targeted as a percentage of base salary.

•       Generally granted annually as a combination of stock options, time-based restricted shares, and performance-based restricted shares.

•       Amounts actually earned will vary based on stock price and corporate performance.

•       Intended to motivate and reward executive officers for achieving long-term business objectives that align with the interests of our shareholders.

•       The named executive officers other than the CEO and CFO received LTIP grants in June 2012 ranging from 130% to 150% of base salary.

•       Our CFO received equity awards upon his hire.

•       Our CEO received a 2012 equity award as stipulated in his employment agreement.

Limited Perquisites

•       Financial counseling assistance.

•       Given altered responsibilities and relocation, intended to provide assistance to executives in making strategic decisions regarding their financial and tax arrangements.

•       New financial counseling benefit approved by the board of directors to pay up to $10,000/year per executive officer.

128


Component

Key Characteristics

Purpose

Principal 2012 Actions

Other Benefits

•       Additional elements defined by local country practice including medical and other insurance benefits, pension or other long-term savings plans, and post-employment compensation.

•       Intended to provide competitive benefits that promote employee health, financial security, and income security in the event of an executive’s involuntary termination.

•       No significant changes to programs in 2012.

Base Salary

We consider base salary an element of total compensation that is tied to job responsibility and individual contributions to our success. Base salary is intended to be set at a level needed to attract and retain quality executive officers. While the HRCC uses benchmark statistics to guide it in its recommendations regarding levels of base salary, it has considerable discretion when making its recommendations and considers our financial performance and the individual performance of our named executive officers when making recommendations regarding base salary. During 2012, the HRCC adjusted the salary levels for all of the executive officers except for our CEO to get them better aligned to market data for their expanded positions in the new company.

Annual Incentive Plan

For 2012, Tronox’s executive officers were eligible to receive cash awards under the 2012 Annual Incentive Plan.

The size of the potential incentive payable to each executive officer is set as a percentage of each executive officer’s base salary (the “Target Percentage”). The Target Percentage for our CEO was 150% of his base salary and the Target Percentage for the other named executive officers ranged from 65% to 75% of base salary. The board of directors considers the recommendations of the HRCC and benchmark statistics when setting the Target Percentage for the CEO each year.

At the beginning of each year the HRCC establishes the performance goals and metrics under the Annual Incentive Plan and the portion of the bonus attributable to the achievement of each performance goal. The board of directors approves these goals for the CEO. These performance goals are tied to measures that the board of directors believes will benefit our shareholders the most. While initial EBITDA goals were established for the original business in the beginning of 2012, these were not solely used at the end of the year due to the restructuring and the overall company goals changing with the establishment of the new Tronox.

At the January 2013 HRCC meeting, our CEO presented the performance results of the company to the HRCC for their review and their determination of the bonus pool. Our CEO reviewed the company’s performance during 2012, during which we improved our safety performance, generated approximately $500 million of Adjusted EBITDA, closed the acquisition of a feedstock supplier to our pigment business, listed our shares on the NYSE, returned almost $600 million in cash to shareholders, raised $900 million in new capital in market financing, exceeded the cost-savings forecast from our merger, and engaged in a variety of other cost control and efficiency enhancing initiatives.

Performance for our business, as well as for our peers, was significantly lower than forecast at the beginning of the year, due to changes in total market demand resulting from weaker macroeconomic conditions in Europe, China (and the Asia Pacific region generally) that was not offset by economic activity in North America.

129


Moreover, we believe that many of our customers built significant inventories of our TiO2product in 2011 that they used to reduce pigment purchases in 2012. As a result of these and other market developments, we did not produce the financial performance that we had forecast for 2012.

Under these circumstances, our CEO recommended, and the HRCC Committee approved, a reduction in annual performance bonuses by 90% from target levels. The Committee recognized that management had performed well under difficult conditions that affected the entire industry and expressed its continued confidence in the management team.

Long-Term Incentive Program

We provide a long-term incentive opportunity to motivate and reward our executive officers for contributions in driving our overall performance by tying these incentives to the performance of our total shareholder return and return on capital employed. This links the payments received by the executive officers to other shareholder’s returns and motivates long-term financial performance. The amounts of the grants were determined using competitive market data. The Target Percentage for our CEO, as defined in his employment agreement, was $3,000,000 and the Target Percentage for the other named executive officers ranged from 130% to 200% of base salary. Awards are provided under the Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “Tronox Limited Equity Plan”).

In June 2012, the HRCC granted long-term incentives using a mix of stock option, time-based restricted shares, and performance-based restricted shares to Messrs. Romano, Foster, and Robert C. Gibney. In October 2012, a similar grant was issued to Dr. Van Niekerk. The annual grants to our named executive officers, other than our CEO and CFO, were allocated as follows:

 

NameAward Type

  AgePercentage 

Stock Options

25

Time-based Restricted Shares

35

Performance-based Restricted Shares

40

Stock options provide value based solely on stock price appreciation. Grants have a term of ten years and vest one-third on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. The exercise price is based on the closing price of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

Restricted shares provide value based on the current stock price. The time-based restricted shares vest one-third on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. Dividends are issued consistent with those issued to other shareholders.

Performance-based restricted shares provide value by linking the award payments to the long-term results of the company. 50% of the performance-based restricted shares are tied to our ranking of total shareholder return versus our peer group over a three-year measurement period. The actual number of shares that will vest will be equal to the aggregate number of shares granted multiplied by the applicable Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) payout percentage. TSR payout percentages will be determined using straight line interpolation between Threshold and Target and between Target and Maximum.

Three-Year Total Shareholder Return Ranking

Payout Percentage

75th percentile or higher (Maximum)

200

55th percentile or higher, but lower than 75th percentile (Target)

100

35th percentile or higher, but lower than 55th percentile (Threshold)

25

Below 35th percentile

0

The remaining 50% of performance-based restricted shares are tied to our return of capital employed over a three-year measurement period versus our weighted average cost of capital over the same period. The actual number of shares that will vest will be equal to the aggregate number of shares granted multiplied by the

130


applicable Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) payout percentage. ROCE payout percentages will be determined using straight line interpolation between Threshold and Target and between Target and Maximum.

Three-Year Return on Capital Employed

Payout Percentage

130% (Maximum)

200

100% (Target)

100

85% (Threshold)

25

Below 85%

0

The annual grant for our CEO was defined in his employment agreement. Per these terms, he received a grant with an initial value of $3,000,000. This consisted of 40% time-based restricted shares and 60% performance-based restricted shares. All the terms and metrics were consistent with the grants to the other executive officers described above except that the number of shares granted was based on the volume-weighted average price over the 30-day period preceding the date of grant.

Mr. Greenwell received an equity grant in January 2012 upon his hire into Tronox, which consisted of time-based restricted shares and stock options. Further details of this are described below in “Other Compensation Practices—Sign-on Incentives.”

Perquisites

During 2012, the board of directors approved a financial counseling benefit for the executive officers. Under this plan, each executive officer will be eligible for up to $10,000 per year to assist with financial planning, estate planning, and tax preparation. These amounts are considered taxable to the executive and are described in the Summary Compensation Table below under the All Other Compensation column.

Savings & Retirement Plans

All of our U.S. employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our savings plans. These plans are intended to provide our employees, including our named executive officers, with the opportunity to save for retirement and have the company contribute to this savings.

We sponsor a tax-qualified retirement savings plan (the “Savings Plan”) pursuant to which all of ourU.S.-based employees, including our named executive officers, are able to contribute the lesser of up to 85% of their annual salary or the limit prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service to the Savings Plan on a before-tax basis. During 2012, the company matched 100% of the first 3% of pay that each employee contributed and 50% of the next 3% of pay that each employee contributed. In addition, there was a discretionary profit sharing company contribution to the Savings Plan of 7.5% of employee’s eligible compensation. For 2013, the company will match 100% of the first 6% of pay that each employee contributes to the Savings Plan and will provide 6% match for the profit sharing piece. All contributions to the Savings Plan, as well as any company matching contributions, are fully vested upon contribution. For employees hired after January 1, 2012, the vesting for the profit sharing contributions is three years.

In addition to the Savings Plan, executive officers and certain other eligible executives can participate in a nonqualified retirement savings plan (the “Savings Restoration Plan”). Pursuant to the Savings Restoration Plan, we will contribute at the appropriate level to the Savings Restoration Plan on a before-tax basis any amounts that would be provided under the Savings Plan but for limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on qualified retirement plans. Also, executive officers and certain other eligible executives can participate in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, which allows deferral of up to 20% of base salary and annual bonus.

Tronox also sponsors a qualified defined benefit retirement plan (the “Qualified Plan”), which was frozen in April 2009, following our filing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. As part of Tronox’s Plan of Reorganization,

131


the Qualified Plan will remain frozen going forward and we will rely on the Savings Plans as our sole employee retirement plans. Certain named executive officers remain participants in this plan as described below in the Pension Benefits as of December 31, 2012 table.

Other Compensation Practices

Market Competitiveness

Our executive compensation program is designed to be competitive within the various marketplaces in which we compete for employees. The HRCC annually reviews the competitiveness of each executive’s compensation as it compares to our peer group. Lyons Benenson and the HRCC designed an initial peer group for pay competitiveness and 2012-2014 performance awards in our LTIP program which included chemical, mining, and end-user companies against which Tronox competes for talent. Members of Tronox’s peer group for 2012 consisted of the following companies:

Cabot Corp.FMC Corp.Nalco Holding Co.Southern Copper Corp.
Celanese Corp.Freeport-McMoran Copper & Gold Inc.PPG Industries, Inc.Teck Resources Ltd.
Chemtura Corp.Georgia Gulf Corp.Rockwood Holdings, Inc.The Valspar Corp.
Cliffs Natural Resources, Inc.Huntsman Corp.RPM Holdings, Inc.W.R. Grace & Co.
Cytec Industries, Inc.Kronos Worldwide, Inc.The Sherwin Williams Co.Westlake Chemical Corp.
Eastman Chemical Co.The Lubrizol Co.Solutia Inc.

At the December 2012 HRCC Meeting, a new peer group was approved to be used for future performance comparisons. This group was filtered down through a series of performance-oriented tests from 164 companies to the final 14. The review included looking at industry classification, stock price correlation, business model similarity, financial profile, and consistent analyst mention. The final approved new peer group is below:

Albemarle Corp.Cliffs Natural Resources, Inc.Freeport-McMoran Copper & Gold Inc.Southern Copper Corp.
Cabot Corp.Cytec Industries Inc.Huntsman Corp.Teck Resources Ltd.
Celanese Corp.Eastman Chemical CompanyKronos Worldwide, Inc.
Chemtura Corp.E.I. du Pont de Nemours and CompanyRockwood Holdings, Inc.

Lyons Benenson conducted an analysis for the HRCC of our executive’s compensation as it compares to the proxy data within the new peer group. As part of this analysis, each individual compensation component was reviewed as well as aggregate compensation amounts as it compared to the 50th percentile of the peer group. The Tronox total target compensation for our named executive officers was generally at the median of the peer group target compensation. However, because our bonus payments were significantly below target for 2012, the actual total compensation for our named executive officers for 2012 was generally at 78% of the peer group target compensation.

132


Stock Ownership Guidelines

Beginning in December 2012, the HRCC approved stock ownership guidelines that ensure that executives are aligned with the interests of our shareholders by requiring them to hold significant levels of company stock. All shares owned outright and 60% of time-based restricted shares count towards share ownership. Executives have five years to reach their ownership guidelines. Currently three of our NEOs, including our CEO, have met their ownership requirements. The ownership guidelines are presented as a percentage of base salary as follows:

Position

Percentage of Base Salary

Thomas W. AdamsChief Executive Officer

  45500President and Director

Mary MikkelsonExecutive Officers

  44300Vice President and Director

Roger G. AddisonOther Direct Reports to the CEO

  54100Vice President and Secretary

Melody A. Walke

51Vice President and Director

Thomas W. Adams—Clawback Policy

At the January 2013 HRCC meeting, a clawback policy was introduced and approved for executives, including all the NEOs. This policy allows for clawback on incentive compensation, from both the annual and long-term plans, when the payment was based on financial results that were subsequently restated due to fraud or intentional misconduct and the payment was greater than it would have been if calculated based on the accurate financial statements.

Sign-on Incentives

On January 2, 2012, Tronox hired Daniel D. Greenwell to serve as its Chief Financial Officer. In connection with his commencement of employment, Mr. Adams currently serves as Chief Executive OfficerGreenwell was granted a “sign-on” equity grant of 7,333 shares of restricted shares, an initial equity award consisting of 2,750 shares of restricted shares and Director4,466 stock options, in each case, vesting in three pro-rata equal installments on each of Tronox Incorporated. Mr. Adams has served as PresidentJanuary 2, 2013, January 2, 2014, and January 2, 2015, respectively; provided, however, the portion of Tronox LLC since September 2004, Vice President and General Managereach award scheduled to vest on January 2, 2013 vested immediately upon the consummation of the Pigment Divisionmerger with Exxaro in June 2012. Details of Tronox Incorporated from May to September 2004, Vice Presidentthese awards are shown below in the Grants of Strategic Planning and Business Development of Kerr-McGee Shared Services from 2003 to 2004, Vice President of Acquisitions of Tronox Incorporated from March 2003 to September 2003 and Vice President of Information Management and Technology of Tronox Incorporated from 2002 to 2003. Mr. Adams joined Sun Oil Co., predecessor of Oryx Energy Company,Plan-Based Awards in 1982. Oryx and Kerr-McGee Corporation merged in 1999.2012 table.

Mary Mikkelson—Separation AgreementMs. Mikkelson currently serves

Effective September 30, 2012, a separation agreement was entered into with Mr. Gibney, who was our former SVP and Chief Administrative Officer. In accordance with the terms of Mr. Gibney’s separation agreement, he will receive severance in the amount of $650,000 payable biweekly over the 365 days following his separation date. In addition, 7,500 shares of restricted stock vested upon his departure while all his other unvested awards were cancelled. The benefits payable to Mr. Gibney under the separation agreement are based upon the severance benefits payable to Mr. Gibney under his separation agreement upon a termination of employment without cause (as described under “—Employment Agreements”).

On February 9, 2013, Mr. Greenwell entered into a separation agreement whereby he resigned as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, effective March 31, 2013. The benefits payable to Mr. Greenwell under the separation agreement are based upon the severance benefits payable to Mr. Greenwell under his employment agreement upon a termination of Tronox Incorporated. Ms. Mikkelson has served as Vice President and Controller of Tronox LLC since December 2004 and Assistant Corporate Controller of Kerr-McGee Shared Services from February 2004 to December 2004. Prior to joining Kerr-McGee, Ms. Mikkelson was an independent consultant from January 2003 to January 2004 and roseemployment without cause (as described below under “—Employment Agreements”). Pursuant to the levelterms of Vice Presidentthe separation agreement, subject to his execution of a general release of claims, he will receive a lump sum cash payment equal to $1,338,750 and Controllerimmediate accelerated vesting of Foodbrands America, Inc., where she worked from April 199625,208 shares of restricted stock and 11,167 options. In addition, Mr. Greenwell will also receive continued coverage under Tronox Limited’s benefit plans until December 2002. Ms. Mikkelson also spent over nine years working for an international public accounting firm.September 30, 2014. Mr. Greenwell will continue to be subject to the restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement.

Roger G. Addison—Deductibility of Executive CompensationMr. Addison currently serves as Vice President, General Counsel

As part of their roles, the HRCC and Secretarythe board of directors review and consider the deductibility of executive officer compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that we may

133


not deduct compensation of more than $1,000,000 that is paid to certain individuals unless such compensation qualifies for the “performance-based exemption” provided for under Section 162(m). The board of directors has determined that it will generally seek to capture the tax deduction for all compensation but may award nondeductible compensation when it believes that doing so would be in the best interests of our company and shareholders.

Post Termination and Change in Control

The Australian Corporations Act restricts the benefits that can be given to individuals who hold “managerial or executive office” on cessation of their employment or loss of their office with Tronox Limited or its related bodies corporate. Under the Australian Corporations Act, Tronox Limited (and certain of its affiliates) may give a person a benefit in connection with their ceasing to hold managerial or executive office in Tronox Limited or a related body corporate only if the giving of the benefit is approved by shareholders in accordance with the requirements of the Australian Corporations Act or an exemption applies.

In the case of Tronox Incorporated. Mr. Addison has served as Vice President, Chemical Legal Services and Assistant General CounselLimited, a managerial or executive office is an office of Kerr-McGee Shared Services since April 2002. Priordirector, or any other office or position related to that, he was Assistant General Counsel-Business Transactions for Kerr-McGee from September 1999 to April 2002.

Patrick S. Corbett—Mr. Corbett currently serves as Vice President, Safety and Environmental Affairsthe management of Tronox Incorporated. Mr. Corbett has served as Director, Special Environmental Strategy and TechnologyLimited’s affairs that is held by a person who also holds an office of director of Tronox Incorporated since May 2003, Director, Environmental Affairs, Remediation and Planning of Tronox Incorporated since December 2001 and Plant Manager of our Henderson, Nevada facility since 1986. Mr. Corbett joined Kerr-McGee in May 1980.Limited or a related body corporate.

83


IndexWe will be obligated to Financial Statements

Kelly A. Green—Ms. Green currently serves as Vice President, Market Management of Tronox Incorporated. Ms. Green has served as Vice President and General Manager, Plastics of Tronox Incorporated since January 2005, Vice President, Product and Market Management of Tronox Incorporated since October 2004, Vice President, Product Management of Tronox Incorporated since November 2003, Vice President, Technical Sales and Service of Tronox Incorporated since January 2002 and Director, Pigment Technical Sales and Service for the America’s region since June 1997. Ms. Green joined Kerr-McGee in October 1989.

John D. Romano—Mr. Romano currently serves as Vice President, Sales of Tronox Incorporated. Mr. Romano has served as Vice President, Global Pigment Sales of Tronox Incorporated since January 2005, Vice President, Global Pigment Marketing of Tronox Incorporated from January 2002 and Regional Marketing Manager of Tronox Incorporated from October 1998. Mr. Romano joined Kerr-McGee in 1988.

Marty J. Rowland—Mr. Rowland currently serves as Chief Operating Officer and Director of Tronox Incorporated. Mr. Rowland has served as Vice President, Global Pigment Operations for Tronox LLC since August 2004, Director of North American Operations of Tronox Incorporated since May 2004, and Plant Manager for our Hamilton, Mississippi titanium dioxide plant since September 2001. Priormake certain payments to joining Tronox LLC in September 2001, Mr. Rowland had a career of over 20 years with E.I. DuPont, for which he most recently held a position of Maintenance and Engineering Manager.

Donald K. Shandy—Mr. Shandy currently serves as our Deputy General Counsel—Litigation and Environmental for Tronox Incorporated. Mr. Shandy served as Senior Counsel for Kerr-McGee Shared Services LLC from 2004 to October 2005. Prior to joining Kerr-McGee, he was an Attorney and Director for Ryan Whaley Coldiron Shandy from January 2004 through September 2004. He was an Attorney and Managing Director for McKinney & Stringer, PC from 1989 to 2003.

Gregory E. Thomas—Mr. Thomas currently serves as Vice President, Supply Chain and Strategic Sourcing of Tronox Incorporated. Mr. Thomas has served as Vice President and General Manager, Coatings of Tronox Incorporated since January 2005 and Vice President, Global Pigment Sales and Marketing of Tronox Incorporated since May 1999. Mr. Thomas joined Kerr-McGee in 1977.

Melody A. Walke—Ms. Walke currently serves as Treasurer for Tronox Incorporated. Ms. Walke served as Assistant Controller for Kerr-McGee Shared Services LLC from December 2004 to October 2005 and Assistant Treasurer and Manager of Banking & Cash Management from 1994 to 2004. She was Manager of Treasury Operations from 1991 to 1994.

Compensation of Executive Officers, Managers and Directors

Since the executive officers of Tronox and Tronox Finance are also employees of Tronox Incorporated, they are not paid any separate compensation by Tronox or Tronox Finance for services performed for Tronox or Tronox Finance. The managers and directors of Tronox and Tronox Finance, respectively, are not paid any compensation for their services as managers or directors, as the case may be.

84


Index to Financial Statements

Stock Ownership

Although none of our executive officers or managers currently owns anyaccelerate the vesting of their equity awards upon a termination of their employment, including termination of their employment in connection with a change in control under the terms of our limited liability company membership interests, some do own sharesRetirement Plans, certain awards granted under the Tronox Limited Equity Plan and employment agreements between us and our named executive officers. For further details on these arrangements, please refer to “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Changes in Control” and “—Employment Agreements.”

We offer the benefits provided by the employment agreements, the Retirement Plans and awards granted under the Tronox Limited Equity Plan upon a change of control in order to be competitive with other employers who provide similar or enhanced benefits and to diminish the potential distraction due to personal uncertainties and risks that are inevitable in a change in control situation or threat. We believe that maintaining such benefits will help keep the management team focused on our Parent. performance and the benefit to the shareholders in the event of a change in control.

134


SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR YEAR-ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

The following table sets forth the total compensation for the years ending December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010 for our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, our three most highly compensated other executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2012, and one previous executive officer who would have been in the three most highly compensated other executive officers if he were still employed. Our remaining executive officer, P. Trevor Arran, who leads our Mineral Sands business, became our employee on June 15, 2012 and therefore his pay did not reach the threshold to qualify him to be a named executive officer for 2012.

Name & Principal
Position

 Year  Salary
($)(1)
  Bonus
($)(2)
  Stock
Awards
($)(3)
  Option
Awards
($)(4)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(5)
  Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)(6)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(7)
  Total ($) 

Thomas Casey

  2012    1,000,001    150,000    2,922,857    —      0    —      1,741,451    5,814,309  

Chairman & Chief

Executive Officer

  2011    223,077    2,000,000    7,176,502    —      1,125,000    —      141,236    10,665,815  

Daniel Greenwell

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

  2012    468,161    38,250    1,211,472    330,037    0    —      278,080    2,326,000  

John D. Romano

  2012    417,547    32,900    524,904    176,294    0    116,042    134,970    1,402,657  

Senior Vice President and

  2011    358,192    —      5,202,208    —      421,200    67,743    618,211    6,667,554  

President Pigment &

Electrolytic

  2010    266,000    —      —      —      467,017    (92,001  9,599    650,615  

Michael J. Foster

  2012    382,308    27,950    416,138    139,753    0    23,286    109,039    1,098,474  

Senior Vice President &

General Counsel &

Secretary

  2011    328,942    —      4,297,423    —      297,000    18,443    180,411    5,122,219  
  2010    275,000    —      —      —      329,307    10,583    9,790    624,680  
         

Willem Van Niekerk

Senior Vice President

Strategic Planning &

Business Development

  2012    230,600    17,821    400,751    131,613    0    —      139,161    919,946  

Robert C. Gibney

  2012    268,769    0    416,138    139,753    0    68,525    610,709    1,503,894  

Senior Vice President,

Global Supply Chain &

Chief Administrative

Officer

  2011    298,927    —      2,714,233    1,486,800    270,000    60,074    497,192    5,327,226  
  2010    244,200    —      —      —      299,370    (64,079  8,789    488,280  
         
         

(1)Dr. Van Niekerk became a Tronox employee on June 15, 2012 and was based in South Africa until his move to the U.S. effective September 1, 2012. His pay for June, July and August was converted from South African Rands to U.S. Dollars using the average monthly conversion rate for the three months, which equaled 1ZAR = 0.12025 USD.
(2)Mr. Casey’s 2011 bonus reflects a $2,000,000 sign-on bonus per the Casey Employment Agreement.
(3)Amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value for restricted shares and/or performance shares at target granted in each respective year. The grant date fair market value was computed in accordance with the share-based accounting guidance under ASC 718. Performance shares are reported at target value; however, they have the potential to be paid at 200% of target if maximum performance is achieved.
(4)Amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value for stock options granted in each respective year. The grant date fair market value was computed in accordance with the share-based accounting guidance under ASC 718.
(5)Amounts reflected in this column represent the incentive compensation earned for each year’s performance against pre-determined objectives. For 2011, these amounts were previously reflected in the Bonus column instead of this column.
(6)The present value of accumulated benefits as of December 31, 2012 was determined using the estimated ASC 715 assumptions in effect on December 31, 2012. The ASC 715 discount rate was 3.75%. The lump sum assumption for the Tronox Retirement Plan is based on IRS 417(e) interest rates and mortality using a one-year stability period with a two-month look-back period. The amounts in this column do not reflect amounts actually paid to our executive officers for the years reported but rather reflect only the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of each executive officer’s accumulated benefit under the Qualified Plan for the years reported. Our deferred compensation program does not allow for above-market earnings and therefore there is no value included for this amount. Messrs. Casey, Greenwell, and Dr. Van Niekerk do not participate in our pension program.
(7)The following table shows the components of “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table.

135


ALL OTHER COMPENSATION TABLE

Name

  Year   Savings Plan,
Discretionary
Contribution &
Restoration
Match

($)(1)(2)
   Relocation
Payments

($)(3)
   Dividends
($)(4)
   Tax Gross-Ups
($)(5)
   Other
($)(6)
 

Thomas Casey

   2012     372,703     8,800     218,952     7,692     1,133,304  
   2011     140,215     —       —       —       1,021  

Daniel Greenwell

   2012     56,956     42,734     16,808     28,135     133,447  

John D. Romano

   2012     100,441     —       9,495     —       25,034  
   2011     104,907     —       —       —       513,304  
   2010     9,208     —       —       —       391  

Michael J. Foster

   2012     81,327     —       7,528     588     19,596  
   2011     93,791     —       —       —       86,620  
   2010     9,519     —       —       —       271  

Willem Van Niekerk

   2012     18,732     61,255     4,748     35,069     19,357  

Robert C. Gibney

   2012     65,518     178,599     3,764     122,881     239,947  
   2011     78,000     —       —       —       419,192  
   2010     8,453     —       —       —       336  

(1)Tronox suspended the 401(k) savings match in both the Savings Plan and the Savings Restoration Plan on July 1, 2008 and reinstated the match program on April 1, 2010. The company match into the Savings Plan was 100% on the first 3% of employee’s contributions and 50% on the next 3% of employee’s contributions up to the IRC limits for each year and the same match went into the Savings Restoration Plan for all eligible income above the IRC limits.
(2)Tronox initiated a discretionary contribution to the Savings Plan effective January 1, 2011. This program contributed 7.5% of an employee’s base salary into the Savings Plan up to the IRC limit and then continued the 7.5% contribution in the Savings Restoration Plan for pay above the IRC limit.
(3)Amounts represent relocation expenses for the executive to move their residence to their current place of employment, including shipment of household goods, house hunting expenses and temporary living.
(4)Dividends are paid on outstanding restricted shares at the approved dividend rate and date for all shareholders. For 2012, this rate was $0.25/share post-split. Further details regarding number of outstanding shares can be found in the Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012 table below.
(5)Tax-gross ups were provided to executives for costs related to relocation expenses, corporate apartment expenses, or financial planning. For Mr. Greenwell, the full amount represents payment made by the company for his temporary living in a corporate apartment. For Dr. Van Niekerk, the full amount represents his taxable relocation expenses provided for his move to the United States. For Mr. Gibney, $109,485 represents his taxable relocation expenses provided for his move to Stamford, Connecticut and the remainder of this amount consists of payments for his temporary living in a corporate apartment and taxes for his financial planning.
(6)This column reflects all other compensation that is not reported elsewhere. For 2012, these amounts include the following: for Mr. Casey, $961,625 cash payment for restricted shares exchanged for $12.50/share plus one share of Tronox Limited stock for each previously held Tronox Inc. share, $166,744 for personal aircraft use valued as the aggregate incremental cost to the company of our corporate aircraft, life insurance premiums paid by the company and financial counseling; for Mr. Greenwell, $84,038 cash payment for restricted shares exchanged for $12.50/share plus one share of Tronox Limited stock for each previously held Tronox Inc. share, $28,129 for personal aircraft use valued as the aggregate incremental cost to the company of our corporate aircraft, $19,615 vacation payout, and life insurance premiums paid by the company; for Mr. Romano, $23,500 vacation payout and life insurance premiums paid by the company; for Mr. Foster, $18,192 vacation payout and life insurance premiums paid by the company; for Dr. Van Niekerk, $18,846 for housing allowance per his employment agreement; and for Mr. Gibney, $150,000 for severance pay in connection with his separation agreement as described above, $88,894 vacation payout, and life insurance premiums paid by the company.

136


GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS DURING 2012

     Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)
  Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)
  All other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units(#)(3)
  All other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options(#)(4)
  Exercise or
Base Price of
Option
Awards
($/SH)
  Grant Date
Fair Value of
Restricted
Stock and
Option
Awards(5)
 

Name

 Grant Date  Threshold($)  Target($)  Maximum($)  Threshold(#)  Target(#)  Max.(#)     

Thomas Casey

  —      750,000    1,500,000    4,500,000    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  10/5/2012    —      —      —      17,995    71,983    143,966    47,988    0    —     $2,922,857  

Daniel Greenwell

  —      191,250    382,500    765,000    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  1/2/2012    —      —      —      —      —      —      50,415    22,330   $24.03   $1,541,509  

John D. Romano

  —      164,500    329,000    658,000    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  6/26/2012    —      —      —      2,366    9,465    18,930    9,525    18,695   $25.90   $701,198  

Michael J. Foster

  —      139,750    279,500    559,000    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  6/26/2012    —      —      —      1,876    7,505    15,010    7,550    14,820   $25.90   $555,890  

Willem Van Niekerk

  —      164,500    161,420    322,840    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  10/26/2012    —      —      —      2,366    9,465    18,930    9,525    18,695   $20.64   $532,364  

Robert C. Gibney

  —      0    0    0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
  6/26/2012    —      —      —      1,876    7,505    15,010    7,550    14,820   $25.90   $555,890  

(1)Amounts in these columns reflect the threshold, target and maximum payout levels for the 2012 annual incentive award. These amounts are prorated for Dr. Van Niekerk for his eligible earnings from June 15, 2012. Further details regarding these awards can be found in “—Annual Incentive Plan.”
(2)Amounts in these columns reflect the threshold, target and maximum amount of performance-based shares that were granted to each executive during 2012. Performance-based shares are granted for a three-year performance period with the payout determined at the end of the three-year period based on our ROCE and TSR performance against our peers. Further details regarding these grants can be found in “—Long-term Incentive Program.”
(3)Amounts in this column represent the number of time-based restricted shares granted to the NEOs under the equity program. These shares generally vest one-third each year on the anniversary of the grant date. The grant date fair value is the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.
(4)Amounts in this column represent the number of stock options granted to the NEOs under the equity program. These stock options generally vest one-third each year on the anniversary of the grant date and expire 10 years from their respective grant dates. The exercise price is the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.
(5)The amounts in this column have been calculated using the target grant amount for TSR performance-based shares multiplied by the grant date fair value as determined using a Monte-Carlo simulation plus the number of restricted shares and ROCE performance-based shares multiplied by the closing price of our common stock on the grant date plus the value of the stock options as determined using a Black-Scholes value for each grant. The Black-Scholes calculation is required for financial reporting and take into consideration factors including volatility, interest-rate assumptions, life of the award, and dividends. As such, the amounts in this column are based on assumptions and may not reflect the actual economic value a NEO would realize upon exercise.

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

The following table shows the number of shares covered by exercisable and unexercisable options and unvested stock awards owned by our named executive officers on December 31, 2012.

     Option Awards(1)  Stock Awards(2) 

Name(4)

 Grant
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested (#)
  Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)(3)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested (#)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units,
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested ($)(3)
 

Thomas Casey

  10/5/2011    0    0    0    0    276,930    5,053,973    94,255    1,720,154  
  10/5/2012    0    0    0    0    47,988    875,781    71,983    1,313,690  

Daniel Greenwell

  1/2/2012    7,440    14,890    24.03    1/2/2022    33,610    613,383    0    0  

John D. Romano

  6/26/2012    0    18,695    25.90    6/26/2022    9,525    173,831    9,465    172,736  

Michael J. Foster

  6/26/2012    0    14,820    25.90    6/26/2022    7,550    137,788    7,505    136,966  

Willem Van Niekerk

  10/26/2012    0    18,695    20.64    10/26/2022    9,525    173,831    9,465    172,736  

(1)Option awards generally vest at the rate of one-third per year on the anniversary of the grant date, except for the award for Dr. Van Niekerk, which will vest one-third per year beginning on June 26, 2013 and each of the next two years on the same date.
(2)Time-based share awards generally vest at the rate of one-third per year on the anniversary of the grant date, except for the award for Dr. Van Niekerk, which will vest one-third per year beginning on June 26, 2013 and each of the next two years on the same date. Performance-based share awards vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, except for the award for Dr. Van Niekerk, which will vest on June 26, 2015.
(3)Market value of shares is based on a stock price of $18.25, the closing price of our stock on December 31, 2012.
(4)Mr. Gibney is not shown in the chart above since he has no remaining outstanding restricted shares as of December 31, 2012.

137


OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED DURING 2012

The table below provides information regarding the vesting during 2012 of Parent commonrestricted share awards held by our named executive officers. None of our named executive officers exercised stock options during 2012.

   Option Awards   Stock Awards 

Name(1)

  Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise (#)
   Value Realized on
Exercise ($)
   Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting (#)(2)
   Value Realized on Vesting
($)(2)
 

Thomas Casey(3)

   0     0     50,245     1,502,838  

Daniel Greenwell

   0     0     16,805     544,482  

John D. Romano

   0     0     141,560     4,629,897  

Michael J. Foster

   0     0     116,945     3,824,825  

Robert C. Gibney(4)

   0     0     81,415     2,586,847  

(1)Dr. Van Niekerk did not exercise any stock options or have any restricted shares vest during 2012.
(2)Unless noted in the footnotes below, the number of shares acquired on vesting is all related to prior Tronox Inc. stock that vested upon the merger with Exxaro on June 15, 2012. The values realized on vesting are determined by multiplying the number of shares that vested by the fair market value on the applicable date. All share numbers have been adjusted for the 5-for-1 stock split that occurred July 20, 2012.
(3)Mr. Casey had 1,040 shares of restricted stock vest on March 31, 2012 and 35,740 shares of restricted stock vest on June 15, 2012, which were both granted to him in 2011 while he served as a non-employee director. In addition, he had 13,465 shares vest on October 5, 2012 at a price of $22.92 from his initial equity award in 2011.
(4)In addition to shares that vested on June 15, 2012 as referenced in footnote 2 above, Mr. Gibney also had 7,550 shares of restricted stock vest on September 29, 2012 at a price of $22.65.

Pension Benefits

Some of our U.S. executives are covered by the Tronox Inc. Retirement Plan. We maintain this Qualified Plan and related trust, which were frozen in April of 2009, for all U.S. employees.

As part of Tronox Incorporated’s separation from Kerr-McGee, it established the Retirement Plan and the trusts related to our Retirement Plan and accepted the transfer of assets and liabilities from the corresponding trusts for the Kerr-McGee retirement plans. All employees received credit for their service as Kerr-McGee employees prior to the establishment of our Retirement Plan.

All amounts set forth in the table below reflect normal retirement benefits that would be paid to each executive officer assuming the executive officer retired at the earliest retirement age that they could receive unreduced benefits (generally age 60).

PENSION BENEFITS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012

Name(a)(1)

  Plan Name(b)  Number of Years
Credited Service(c)
   Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit(d)($)(2)
 

John D. Romano

  Tronox Incorporated
Retirement Plan
   20.167     553,451  

Michael J. Foster

  Tronox Incorporated
Retirement Plan
   6.0     139,893  

Robert C. Gibney

  Tronox Incorporated
Retirement Plan
   17.667     485,775  

(1)Messrs. Casey and Greenwell and Dr. Van Niekerk are not participants in the Tronox Incorporated Retirement Plan.
(2)The present value of accumulated benefits for the Tronox Incorporated Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2012 was determined using the estimated FAS 87 assumptions in effect on December 31, 2012. The FAS 87 discount rate was 3.75%.

138


The lump sum assumption for the Tronox Retirement plan is based on IRS 417(e) interest rates and mortality using a one-year stability period with a two-month look-back period.

The amounts shown in column (d) are determined according to prescribed SEC assumptions and may not reflect the benefits actually payable from the Retirement Plan if the named executive had retired during the last fiscal year. The above present values assume that the executive commences his accrued benefits at his earliest unreduced age under the plan provisions in effect at December 31, 2012.

Retirement benefits are calculated based upon years of service and “final average monthly compensation.” For benefits earned prior to January 1, 2009, an employee’s final average monthly compensation is the highest average compensation for any period of 36 consecutive calendar months out of the final 120 consecutive calendar months prior to that employee’s termination. For benefits earned beginning January 1, 2009, final average monthly compensation is the highest average compensation for any period of 60 consecutive calendar months out of the final 120 consecutive calendar months prior to that employee’s termination. Upon retirement, benefits are payable in a lump-sum or various annuity forms. Tronox did not pay any retirement benefits in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

All U.S. employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our Savings Plan. In addition, we offer a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, known as the Savings Restoration Plan. This plan allows certain employees the ability to defer up to 20% of their base salary and/or their annual incentive award. This plan also provides company match and profit sharing credits for compensation in excess of the IRS maximum limit. The company match for 2012 was 100% on the first 3% that an employee contributed to the Savings Plan and 50% up to the next 3% that the employee contributed. The profit sharing match for 2012 was 7 1/2% for all earnings. For 2013, the company match has been increased to 100% on all employee contributions up to 6% of base salary and the profit sharing has been decreased to 6%. All employees hired before January 1, 2012 have immediate vesting into both the company match and the profit sharing, but for those hired after January 1, 2012 there is a three year vesting for the profit sharing match. Distributions from the plan for employer contributions will be in the form of a lump sum and paid six months following separation from service. All payments from these plans are made from the general assets of the company and no special fund or trust has been established for this money.

Employees who elect to defer any of their base salary or annual incentive award have their funds contributed into the Savings Restoration Plan. Employees elect the investment options for this money from the range of investment choices in the Savings Plan, including money market funds, equity funds, and bond funds. Because this is an unfunded plan, the investment elections are used only for the purpose of crediting earnings and determining the future benefit to be received from the plan. Distributions from the plan for employee contributions will be made either as a lump sum at a specified date in the future or upon separation from service.

139


NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION FOR 2012

Name(a)(1)

 Executive
Contributions in Last
Fiscal Year

(b)($)(2)
  Registrant
Contributions in Last
Fiscal Year

(c)($)
  Aggregate Earnings
in Last Fiscal Year
(d)($)
  Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions

(e)($)
  Aggregate Balance at
Last Fiscal Year-End
(f)($)
 

Thomas Casey

  0    337,395    29,978    0    488,026  

Daniel Greenwell

  0    35,978    491    0    36,469  

John D. Romano

  0    66,610    8,045    0    158,994  

Michael J. Foster

  0    47,565    10,523    0    124,552  

Robert C. Gibney

  0    31,825    8,410    0    92,736  

(1)Dr. Van Niekerk did not participate in the Savings Restoration Plan.
(2)None of the executives elected to defer any of their base salary or annual incentive award and therefore have no employee contributions into the plan.

Employment Agreements

Thomas Casey

Effective October 5, 2011, Tronox hired Thomas Casey as its Chief Executive Officer, in addition to his continuing service as the company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors. In connection with Mr. Casey’s commencement of employment as Chief Executive Officer, Tronox and Mr. Casey entered into the Casey Offer Letter. Pursuant to the Casey Offer Letter, Tronox and Mr. Casey agreed to formalize the terms of Mr. Casey’s employment and intend to enter into the Casey Employment Agreement. Accordingly, Tronox and Mr. Casey agreed to the terms of the Casey Employment Agreement and the HRCC approved the terms of the Casey Employment Agreement on April 11, 2012, incorporating the terms of the Casey Offer Letter and setting forth the terms of Mr. Casey’s employment. The Casey Employment Agreement provides for Mr. Casey to serve as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors and contemplates an initial three-year term of employment, with automatic successive one-year renewal periods, unless terminated by either party upon at least 180 days advance notice. In addition, the Casey Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of no less than $1,000,000, the entitlement to customary employee benefits, and an annual target bonus opportunity of 150% of base salary with a maximum annual bonus opportunity equal to three times target bonus. The Casey Employment Agreement also provides Mr. Casey with a pro rata bonus for fiscal year 2011. In connection with Mr. Casey’s commencement of employment, Mr. Casey was paid a cash “sign-on” bonus of $2.0 million. This bonus is subject to a ratable “clawback” in the event of his resignation without Good Reason or if his employment is terminated for Cause prior to the first anniversary of his employment. Mr. Casey was also granted a “sign-on” equity grant of 50,000 shares of restricted stock which will cliff vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant and an initial equity award consisting of 26,930 shares of restricted stock vesting as follows: (i) 30% of such grant will vest in equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, and (ii) 70% of such grant will be eligible to vest based upon the achievement of the following performance criteria: (a) 50% of such award will vest based upon “total shareholder return” for the three-year period beginning October 1, 2011 and ending September 30, 2014 and (b) 50% of such award will vest based upon “return on invested capital” over the three-year period beginning October 1, 2011 and ending September 30, 2014. In addition, the Casey Employment Agreement provides for Mr. Casey to receive an annual RSU or restricted share grant (or another form of equity award with an equivalent value) with a value at grant equal to $3.0 million. On February 22, 2013, the Casey Employment Agreement was amended to change the date of Mr. Casey’s annual equity grant from the first anniversary of the effective date of his agreement to the earlier of (x) the date on which Tronox makes grants to other senior executives and (y) the last business day of March of the applicable year. The Casey Employment Agreement also provides that subsequent RSU or restricted share grants will be based on the volume-weighted average price over the 30-day period preceding the date of grant.

In the event Mr. Casey’s employment is terminated without Cause or he terminates employment for Good Reason prior to a “Qualified Change in Control” (which generally means a Change in Control as defined under the 2010 Management Equity Incentive Plan, excluding the Exxaro Transaction), subject to the execution of a

140


release of claims, he will receive: (i) his base salary through the date of termination plus a pro rata bonus for the year of termination; (ii) an amount equal to two times the sum of his base salary and annual target bonus, payable in installments over the 12 month period following his termination of employment; (iii) accelerated vesting of all equity awards subject to time-based vesting conditions; (iv) accelerated vesting of all equity awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions if the performance vesting criteria have been met as of the date of termination, taking into consideration any abbreviation of the performance period resulting from the termination of employment and (v) continued COBRA coverage for 18 months. In addition, in the event Mr. Casey’s employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason following a Qualified Change in Control, Mr. Casey will be entitled to the same benefits as described above, except that he will be entitled to three times the sum of his base salary and annual target bonus under subpart (ii) above. In the event Mr. Casey’s employment is terminated due to his death or Disability, he will be entitled to (I) his base salary through the date of termination plus a pro rata bonus for the year of termination, (II ) his “sign-on” grant (50,000 shares of restricted stock) will be subject to pro rata vesting based on the number of months he was employed divided by 36 months, subject to minimum vesting of 25% of such award, and (III) continued COBRA coverage for 18 months.

In addition, the Casey Employment Agreement provides for (i) general restrictions on the disclosure of confidential information, (ii) an inventions assignment covenant, (iii) an agreement that during his employment and for a period of 12 months thereafter he will not compete with Tronox or solicit Tronox’s employees, and (iv) a mutual agreement between Mr. Casey and Tronox that during his employment and for a period of two years thereafter he will not disparage Tronox or its directors and executive officers, and Tronox, as well as its employees, executive officers and members of the board of directors will not disparage Mr. Casey.

Daniel Greenwell

Effective January 2, 2012, Tronox hired Daniel Greenwell as its Chief Financial Officer and entered into an employment agreement which set forth the terms of Mr. Greenwell’s employment. Mr. Greenwell’s employment agreement specified an initial three-year term of employment, with automatic successive one-year renewal periods, unless terminated by either party upon at least 90 days advance notice. In addition, Mr. Greenwell’s employment agreement provided for an initial annual base salary of no less than $440,000, employee benefits consistent with those of other senior executives, and an annual target bonus opportunity of 75% of base salary with a maximum annual bonus opportunity equal to 150% of base salary. Mr. Greenwell’s employment agreement also provided Mr. Greenwell with reimbursement for reasonable relocation and moving expenses associated with the relocation from Mr. Greenwell’s current primary residence to a residence in the Stamford, Connecticut area as well as temporary living of up to $5,000 month through September 1, 2013 and reasonable travel and commuting expenses through September 1, 2013. Mr. Greenwell was also granted a “sign-on” equity grant of 7,333 shares of restricted stock and an initial equity award consisting of (1) 2,750 shares of restricted stock which will vest in equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant and (2) 4,466 non-qualified stock options at an exercise price of $120.00 per share (pre-split) . In addition, Mr. Greenwell’s employment agreement provided for Mr. Greenwell to purchase Parent commonreceive an annual equity award with a value at grant equal to two times his base salary.

On February 9, 2013, Mr. Greenwell entered into a separation agreement whereby he resigned as Chief Financial Officer, effective March 31, 2013. Pursuant to the terms of the separation agreement, he will receive a lump sum cash payment equal to $1,338,750 and immediate accelerated vesting of 25,208 shares of restricted stock beneficially owned at April 24, 2006 by each managerand 11,167 options. In addition, Mr Greenwell will also receive continued coverage under Tronox Limited’s benefit plans until September 30, 2014.

In addition, Mr. Greenwell will continue to be subject to the restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement including (i) general restrictions on the disclosure of confidential information, (ii) an inventions assignment covenant, (iii) an agreement that during the executive’s employment with Tronox and for a period of 12 months thereafter the executive will not compete with Tronox or solicit Tronox’s employees, and

141


(iv) a mutual agreement between the executive and Tronox that during the executive’s employment with Tronox and for a period of two years thereafter the executive will not disparage Tronox or its directors and executive officer.officers, and Tronox, as well as its employees, executive officers and members of the board of directors will not disparage the executive.

John Romano, Michael J. Foster and Robert C. Gibney

On January 1, 2011, Tronox entered into employment agreements with all of its then named executive officers (the “Employment Agreements”). These Employment Agreements replaced their previous employment agreements. The Employment Agreements provide for the continued employment of Mr. Romano as Executive Vice President, Mr. Foster as Vice President and General Counsel and Mr. Gibney as Vice President, Administration and Materials Procurement, in each case, for a term beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until December 31, 2015 (the “Employment Term”). Employment may be terminated during the Employment Term by an executive with or without Good Reason or by Tronox upon an executive’s death, Disability, or termination with or without Cause.

The Employment Agreements provide for an initial annual base salary of $360,000, $330,000, and $300,000 for each of Messrs. Romano, Foster and Gibney, respectively. The Employment Agreements also provide that, for the 2010 fiscal year, the executives will be eligible for a cash performance bonus under Tronox Incorporated’s 2010 Cash Incentive Plan, subject to achievement of the specified performance targets, and that thereafter the executives will be paid an annual cash performance bonus (an “Annual Bonus”) in respect of each fiscal year that ends during the Employment Term, to the extent earned based on performance against objective performance criteria. The annual bonus opportunity will be 65%, 50% and 50% of base salary for each of Messrs. Romano, Foster and Gibney, respectively, for the 2011 fiscal year, and will be set by Tronox’s HRCC for each fiscal year thereafter. The Employment Agreements also entitle the executives, during the Employment Term, to paid vacation in accordance with the applicable policies of Tronox, and to participate in such medical, dental and life insurance, retirement and other plans as Tronox may have or establish from time to time on terms and conditions applicable to other senior executives of Tronox generally.

The Employment Agreements also provide for the grant of restricted shares (“the Emergence Award) of 42,467; 35,081; and 22,147 shares to each of Messrs. Romano, Foster and Gibney, respectively, which will vest in twelve equal installments on the last day of each calendar quarter during the three-year period following the company’s emergence from Chapter 11. In addition, commencing in 2011 and each year thereafter during the Employment Term, the executives will be eligible to receive annually a grant of an equity-based award under the Tronox Limited Equity Plan as determined by the HRCC.

If an executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, Tronox will pay the executive (i) all accrued benefits under his Employment Agreement and (ii) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to a pro rata portion (based upon the number of days the executive was employed during the calendar year in which the date of termination occurs) of the Annual Bonus that would have been paid to the executive if he had remained employed based on actual performance. If an executive’s employment is terminated by Tronox for “Cause,” by the executive without Good Reason, or as a result of the expiration of the Employment Term, Tronox will pay the executive all accrued benefits. If an executive’s employment is terminated by Tronox without Cause or by the executive with Good Reason, Tronox will pay the executive: (i) all accrued benefits; (ii) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to a pro rata portion of the Annual Bonus that would have been paid to the executive if he had remained employed based on actual performance; (iii) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to the product of one times the sum of the executive’s base salary and target bonus. In addition, the executive and his covered dependents will be entitled to continued participation on the same terms and conditions as applicable immediately prior to the executive’s date of termination for the one year period following the date of termination in such medical, dental, and hospitalization insurance coverage in which the executive and his eligible dependents were participating immediately prior to the date of termination. All amounts payable under the Employment Agreements beyond the accrued benefits are subject to the executive’s execution of a release of claims in favor of Tronox.

142


If an executive is terminated by Tronox, other than for Cause or due to death or Disability, or the executive resigns for Good Reason, during the 12-month period after a Change in Control, then the executive will receive the benefits otherwise payable in connection with a termination by Tronox without Cause or by the executive with Good Reason, except that (I) the lump sum payment described in subpart (iii) above will be equal to the product of two times the sum of the executive’s base salary and target bonus and (II) each executive will be entitled to 18 months of continued participation in Tronox’s benefit plans.

In addition, the Employment Agreements provide for (i) general restrictions on the disclosure of confidential information, (ii) an inventions assignment covenant, (iii) an agreement that during the executive’s employment with Tronox and for a period of 12 months thereafter the executive will not compete with Tronox or solicit Tronox’s employees, and (iv) a mutual agreement between the executive and Tronox that during the executive’s employment with Tronox and for a period of two years thereafter the executive will not disparage Tronox or its directors and executive officers, and Tronox, as well as its employees, executive officers and members of the board of directors will not disparage the executive.

Effective September 30, 2012, a separation agreement was entered into with Mr. Gibney. In accordance with its terms, he will receive severance in the amount of $650,000 payable bi-weekly over the 365 days following his separation date. In addition, 7,500 shares of restricted stock vested upon his departure while his other unvested awards were cancelled. Following his departure, Mr. Gibney will continue to be subject to the restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement as described above.

Willem Van Niekerk

Effective June 15, 2012, Tronox entered into an employment agreement with Willem Van Niekerk to serve as its Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning & Business Development. Dr. Van Niekerk’s agreement specifies an initial three-year term of employment, with automatic successive one-year renewal periods, unless terminated by either party upon at least 90 days advance notice. In addition, his agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of no less than $470,000, employee benefits consistent with those of other senior executives, and an annual target bonus opportunity of 70% of base salary with a maximum annual bonus opportunity equal to 140% of base salary. Dr. Van Niekerk’s agreement also provides Dr. Van Niekerk with reimbursement for relocation services and related expenses associated with the relocation from Dr. Van Niekerk’s current primary residence to a residence in the Stamford, Connecticut area as well as a housing allowance of $5,000 per month. In addition, Dr. Van Niekerk’s agreement provides for Dr. Van Niekerk to receive an annual equity award with a value at grant equal to 150% of his base salary.

In the event Dr. Van Niekerk terminates employment for Good Reason prior to a “Change in Control” (which includes the Exxaro transaction) or after the 12-month protection period following a Change in Control expires, subject to the execution of a release of claims, he will receive: (i) his base salary through the date of termination plus a pro rata bonus for the year of termination; (ii) an amount equal to one times the sum of his base salary and annual target bonus, payable in a lump sum; and (iii) continued COBRA coverage for 12 months. In addition, in the event Dr. Van Niekerk’s employment is terminated for Good Reason on or within 12 months following a Change in Control (e.g., prior to the 12-month anniversary of the Closing of the Exxaro transaction or June 15, 2013), Dr. Van Niekerk will be entitled to the same benefits as described above, except that he will be entitled to two times the sum of his base salary and annual target bonus under subpart (ii) above and 18 months of COBRA coverage under subpart (iii) above. In the event Dr. Van Niekerk’s employment is terminated due to his death or Disability, he will be entitled to (I) his base salary through the date of termination plus a pro rata bonus for the year of termination and (II) continued COBRA coverage for 12 months.

In addition, Dr. Van Niekerk’s agreement provides for (i) general restrictions on the disclosure of confidential information, (ii) an inventions assignment covenant, (iii) an agreement that during the executive’s employment with Tronox and for a period of 12 months thereafter the executive will not compete with Tronox or solicit Tronox’s employees, and (iv) a mutual agreement between the executive and Tronox that during the

143


executive’s employment with Tronox and for a period of two years thereafter the executive will not disparage Tronox or its directors and executive officers, and Tronox, as well as its employees, executive officers and members of the board of directors will not disparage the executive.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Changes in Control

We will be obligated to make certain payments to our executive officers or accelerate the vesting of their equity awards pursuant to the following plans or agreements upon a termination of their employment, including termination of their employment in connection with a change in control:

(1)employment agreements;

(2)our Retirement Plans; and

(3)award agreements issued under the Tronox Limited Equity Plan.

Payments Made Upon Termination without Cause or for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control

In the event that an executive officer is terminated within 12 months after a change in control (or in anticipation of a change in control under certain circumstances) other than for Cause, death or Disability or if the executive officer resigns for Good Reason, such executive officer will be entitled to lump sum cash severance benefits (and continuation of benefits coverage), which will consist of the following:

(1)either three (3) times (for the CEO) or two (2) times (for all other NEOs) the sum of (i) the executive officer’s annual base salary, and (ii) the executive officer’s target bonus in the year of his or her termination;

(2)any accrued but unpaid annual base salary through the date of termination;

(3)the unpaid portion of any bonuses previously earned by the executive officer plus the pro-rata portion of the bonus for the executive officer in the year of termination;

(4)any accrued and unused sick and vacation pay;

(5)continued medical, dental, vision and life insurance coverage for the executive officer and his or her eligible dependents for a period ending on the earlier of 18 months following the date of termination or the commencement of comparable coverage by the executive officer with a subsequent employer; and

(6)immediate 100% vesting of all outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and restricted shares issued by us.

Payments Made Upon Termination without Cause or Good Reason Not in Connection With a Change in Control

If an executive officer’s employment is terminated without Cause or Good Reason and the termination is not made subject to the provisions related to termination in connection with a change in control, the executive officer will be entitled to receive the following amounts in a lump sum cash payment:

(1)either two (2) times (for the CEO) or one (1) times (for all other NEOs) the sum of (i) the executive officer’s annual base salary, and (ii) the executive officer’s target bonus in the year of his or her termination;

(2)any accrued but unpaid annual base salary through the date of termination;

(3)the unpaid portion of any bonuses previously earned by the executive officer plus the pro rata portion of the bonus, if any, to be paid for the year in which the date of termination occurs;

(4)any accrued and unused sick and vacation pay; and

144


(5)the executive officers shall also be entitled to the continued medical, dental, vision and life insurance coverage for the executive officer and his or her eligible dependents for a period ending on the earlier of 18 months (for the CEO) or 12 months (for other NEOs) following the date of termination or the commencement of comparable coverage by the executive officer with a subsequent employer.

Payments Made Upon Termination for Death, Disability or Retirement

If the executive officer’s employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or retirement, the executive officer will receive:

(1)any accrued but unpaid annual base salary and bonus through the date of termination;

(2)the pro-rata portion of the executive officer’s actual bonus in the year of termination (calculated through the date of termination) (but not in the event of retirement); and

(3)any accrued and unused sick and vacation pay.

Except for retirement, certain executive officers shall also be entitled to the continued medical, dental, vision and life insurance coverage for the executive officer and his or her eligible dependents for a period ending on the earlier of 18 months (for the CEO) or 12 months (for Dr. Van Niekerk) following the date of termination or the commencement of comparable coverage by the executive officer with a subsequent employer.

Retirement Plans

Executive officers who are eligible under our U.S. Pension Plan will receive benefits upon their termination and achievement of certain age and service requirements. Executive officers could also be eligible for early enhanced retirement benefits in the event that their position is eliminated involuntarily or due to death, Disability or retirement. See the discussion under “Retirement and Other Benefits” for a summary of the U.S. Retirement Plans.

Long-Term Incentives

The following definitions apply to the standard 2012 award agreements for the annual grants of equity awards for executives:

(1)If the executive officer is involuntarily terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, all unvested stock options and time-based restricted shares will vest immediately. All performance-based restricted shares will be forfeited.

(2)If the executive officer is terminated upon a Change in Control, all unvested stock options and all restricted shares will vest immediately, provided the executive is continuously employed by Tronox or its subsidiaries through the date of such Change in Control.

(3)If the executive officer is terminated by reason of death or Disability, all unvested stock options and time-based restricted shares will vest immediately. All performance-based restricted shares will be forfeited.

(4)If the executive officer terminated for any other reason, all unvested shares will be forfeited upon termination.

For Mr. Casey, his 2011 equity grants vest as follows:

(1)If the executive officer is involuntarily terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, all time-based restricted shares will vest immediately. All performance-based restricted shares will have the performance period amended to end on the date of termination and each award will vest immediately if the Committee determines that the applicable performance criteria for the amended performance period has been achieved.

145


(2)If the executive officer is terminated upon a Change in Control, all time-based restricted shares will vest immediately. All performance-based restricted shares will have the performance period amended to end on the date of termination and each award will vest immediately if the Committee determines that the applicable performance criteria for the amended performance period has been achieved.

(3)If the executive officer is terminated by reason of death or Disability, a percentage of the sign-on equity award shall vest, which percentage shall equal the greater of 25% and the percentage equal to the number of calendar months the executive has been employed commencing October 2011 divided by 36.

(4)If the executive officer terminated for any other reason, all unvested shares will be forfeited upon termination.

Calculation of Total Amounts Payable upon Termination or Change in Control

The following table provides the amount of compensation payable to each named executive officer upon various termination reasons. Except as otherwise noted, the individual manageramounts shown below assume that such termination was effective as of December 31, 2012, and thus includes amounts earned through such time and are estimates of the amounts which would be paid to each executive officer upon his or her termination. The actual amounts to be paid to each executive officer hadcan only be determined at the time of that named executive officer’s termination. Mr. Gibney was not serving as an executive officer as of December 31, 2012. The benefits that were payable to Mr. Gibney upon his termination of employment are described in “—Separation Agreement.”

ESTIMATED POST-TERMINATION PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012(1)

Name

 

Type of Payment of Benefit

 Voluntary
Resignation
($)
  Death ($)  Disability
($)
  Involuntary
Not for
Cause
Termination
($)
  Termination
Resulting
from
Change in
Control ($)
 

Thomas Casey

 Cash Compensation     
 

Cash Severance(2)

  0    0    0    5,000,000    7,500,000  
 

Accrued Sick & Vacation Pay(3)

  228,846    315,385    315,385    315,385    315,385  
 

Accrued Bonus(4)

  0    1,500,000    1,500,000    1,500,000    1,500,000  
 Equity     
 

Restricted Shares(5)

  0    2,778,344    2,778,344    8,963,598    8,963,598  
 Medical Benefits(6)  0    29,842    29,842    29,842    29,842  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 Total  228,846    4,623,571    4,623,571    15,808,825    18,308,825  

Daniel Greenwell(7)

 Cash Compensation     
 

Cash Severance(2)

  0    0    0    892,500    1,785,000  
 

Accrued Sick & Vacation Pay(3)

  79,462    117,692    117,692    117,692    117,692  
 

Accrued Bonus(4)

  0    382,500    382,500    382,500    382,500  
 Equity     
 

Restricted Shares(8)

  0    613,383    613,383    613,383    613,383  
 

Stock Options(9)

  0    0    0    0    0  
 Medical Benefits(6)  0    29,552    29,552    29,552    44,327  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 Total  79,462    1,143,127    1,143,127    2,035,627    2,942,902  

John D. Romano

 Cash Compensation     
 

Cash Severance(2)

  0    0    0    799,000    1,598,000  
 

Accrued Sick & Vacation Pay(3)

  77,731    500,731    500,731    500,731    500,731  
 

Accrued Bonus(4)

  0    329,000    329,000    329,000    329,000  

146


Name

 

Type of Payment of Benefit

 Voluntary
Resignation
($)
  Death ($)  Disability
($)
  Involuntary
Not for
Cause
Termination
($)
  Termination
Resulting
from
Change in
Control ($)
 
 Equity     
 

Restricted Shares(8)

  0    173,831    173,831    173,831    347,567  
 

Stock Options(9)

  0    0    0    0    0  
 

Pension Plan(10)

  250,058    250,058    250,058    250,058    250,058  
 Medical Benefits(6)  0    0    0    29,552    44,327  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 Total  327,789    1,253,620    1,253,620    2,082,172    3,069,683  

Michael J. Foster

 Cash Compensation     
 

Cash Severance(2)

  0    0    0    709,500    1,419,000  
 

Accrued Sick & Vacation Pay(3)

  59,538    224,096    224,096    224,096    224,096  
 

Accrued Bonus(4)

  0    279,500    279,500    279,500    279,500  
 Equity     
 

Restricted Shares(8)

  0    137,788    137,788    137,788    274,754  
 

Stock Options(9)

  0    0    0    0    0  
 

Pension Plan(10)

  61,209    61,209    61,209    61,209    61,209  
 Medical Benefits(6)  0    0    0    29,552    44,327  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 Total  120,747    702,593    702,593    1,441,645    2,302,886  

Willem Van Niekerk

 Cash Compensation     
 

Cash Severance(2)

  0    0    0    799,000    1,598,000  
 

Accrued Sick & Vacation Pay(3)

  66,659    90,611    90,611    90,611    90,611  
 

Accrued Bonus(4)

  0    329,000    329,000    329,000    329,000  
 Equity     
 

Restricted Shares(8)

  0    173,831    173,831    173,831    347,567  
 

Stock Options(9)

  0    0    0    0    0  
 Medical Benefits(6)  0    29,552    29,552    29,552    44,327  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 Total  66,659    622,994    622,994    1,421,994    2,409,505  

(1)None of our NEOs meet the age and service requirements for retirement and therefore no details are provided for that type of termination.
(2)Cash Severance is based on annual rate of pay plus annual target bonus. For Mr. Casey, this amount is two times base plus target bonus for Involuntary Not for Cause Termination and three times base plus target bonus for Termination Resulting from a Change in Control. For the other NEOs, this amount is one times base plus target bonus for Involuntary Not for Cause Termination and two times base plus target bonus for Termination Resulting from a Change in Control.
(3)In the case of Voluntary Resignation, only accrued vacation is paid out. In the other examples, accrued vacation and sick leave balances will be paid out.
(4)Accrued Bonus is defined as the prorated incentive amount due for performance up to the date of termination. For the examples, this amount is shown at target amounts for the full calendar year, however, in the event of a termination, actual payment will be based on actual time worked and actual performance results for the company.
(5)The treatment of Mr. Casey’s Restricted Shares is set forth in his employment agreement. In the case of Death or Disability, a prorated piece of his initial Sign-on Equity award will be paid based on time worked since the grant as well as his time-based shares from his 2012 grant. In the cases of Involuntary not for Cause Termination and Termination following a change in control, all outstanding shares will vest. Amounts are calculated using December 31, 2012 closing price of our stock of $18.25.
(6)Medical benefits include medical, dental, and vision coverage through COBRA paid for by the company.

147


(7)Mr. Greenwell entered into a separation agreement, dated February 9, 2013, setting forth the amounts and benefits payable to him upon his termination of employment, on March 31, 2013. See “—Separation Agreements” for a description of the amounts and benefits payable to Mr. Greenwell under his separation agreement.
(8)The treatment of the Restricted Shares for the other NEOs is based on their award agreements. For Death, Disability, and Involuntary Not for Cause Terminations, all outstanding time-based shares will vest immediately. For Termination following a change in control, all outstanding shares including performance-based shares will vest immediately. Amounts are calculated using December 31, 2012 closing price of our stock of $18.25 and performance-based shares are calculated using target amounts.
(9)As of December 31, 2012, the fair market value of our common stock was less than the exercise price for all outstanding stock options for our NEOs and, therefore, the value is shown as $0.
(10)Pension benefits are calculated as the lump-sum walk-away value for those executives eligible for the U.S. Pension Plan. The lump-sum assumption is based on IRS 417(e) interest rates and mortality using a one-year stability period with a two-month look-back period.

2012 Director Compensation

At its June 26, 2012 board meeting, the board of directors approved the compensation for the directors of Tronox. Under the new policy, all non-employees directors are entitled to an annual cash retainer of $75,000 for service on the board of directors payable quarterly in arrears, plus additional cash compensation payable quarterly in arrears as follows:

The chairman of the board of directors will receive an additional annual retainer of $50,000*;

The chairman of the Audit Committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $50,000;

The chairman of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000;

The chairman of each of the Governance Committee, Nominating Committee or another committee established by the board of directors, respectively, will receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000; and

A committee member of each of the Audit Committee, Human Resources and Compensation Committee, Governance Committee, Nominating Committee or another committee established by the board of directors, respectively, who is not serving as chairman of such committee, will receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000.

Additionally, non-employee directors will be entitled to receive an annual grant of restricted shares under the Tronox Limited Equity Plan with a value equal to $150,000, determined by dividing $150,000 by the average of the ten (10) day closing price for the Company’s shares for the first ten business days in that calendar year and rounding down to the nearest full share. This award will vest ratably over a three year period on the anniversary date of the grant. Awards will be forfeited upon termination except that in the case of a qualified change of control the awards will immediately become vested.

*Mr. Casey, as executive Chairman, is compensated per the terms of his employment agreement and does not receive the $50,000 retainer.

148


The following table sets forth the total compensation for the year ended December 31, 2012 paid to or earned by our directors during 2012.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FOR 2012*

Name

  Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash ($)
   Stock Awards($)(1)   All Other
Compensation($)(2)
   Total($) 

Andrew P. Hines

   122,609     149,961     2,895     275,465  

Ilan Kaufthal(3)

   121,112     149,961     2,895     273,968  

Wayne A. Hinman

   115,110     149,961     2,895     267,966  

Jeffry N. Quinn

   92,610     149,961     2,895     245,466  

Daniel Blue

   63,074     119,506     1,448     184,028  

Peter Johnston

   35,165     119,506     1,448     156,119  

Robert M. Gervis(4)

   45,800     0     0     45,800  

Logan Armstrong(4)

   3,074     0     0     3,074  

Wim de Klerk(5)

   0     0     0     0  

Sipho Nkosi(5)

   0     0     0     0  

 *Mr. Casey’s compensation is set out in the Summary Compensation Table.
(1)Amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value for restricted shares granted to each director. Each director who was active on June 26, 2012 received a grant of 5,790 shares based on the closing price of June 26, 2012 of $25.90. The grant date fair market value was computed in accordance with the share-based accounting guidance under ASC 718. Messrs. Blue and Johnston were each granted the same 5,790 shares upon their hire but the grant date fair value was computed using the closing price of October 26, 2012 of $20.64.
(2)Amounts in this column represent dividend payments on outstanding restricted shares at the approved dividend rate for all shareholders. For 2012, this rate was $0.25/share post-split.
(3)Mr. Kaufthal received an additional payment of $500,000 from Tronox Inc. for services he performed in the Exxaro transaction.
(4)Mr. Gervis resigned as a director in the second quarter of 2012. Mr. Armstrong only served as a director for one month.
(5)In 2012, Messrs. De Klerk and Nkosi are not directly paid compensation for their service as directors. Instead, Exxaro was paid $20,574 for each of their services. In 2013, Exxaro has approved Messrs. De Klerk and Nkosi participation—long term—equity shares and Messrs. De Klerk and Nkosi were given shares in the same amounts as the other directors.

149


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table shows information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of Tronox Limited as of April 1, 2013 by:

each current director of Tronox Limited;

the current Chief Executive Officer and each named executive officer;

all persons currently serving as directors and executive officers of Tronox Limited, as a group; and

each person known to us to own beneficially 5.0% or more of any class of Tronox Limited’s outstanding shares.

Beneficial ownership and percentage ownership are determined in accordance with the SEC’s rules. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to such securities. The total number ofall shares of Parent common stock outstandingTronox Limited shown as beneficially owned by them. The table is based on 64,273,103 Class A Shares and 51,154,280 Class B Shares issued as of April 24, 2006 was 41,318,710. No individual manager1, 2013. All information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners is based upon filings made by such persons with the SEC or executive officer owned, nor didupon information provided by such persons to us. Unless otherwise noted below, the managers and executive officers as a group own, more than 1% of Parent’s common stock.address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is: c/o Tronox Limited, 263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100, Stamford, Connecticut 06901.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares of
Common Shares
Beneficially Owned
   % of Class Owned  % of Total Owned 

Class B Shares

     

Exxaro Resources Limited

   51,154,280     100.0  44.0

Roger Dyason Road

Pretoria West

0182

South Africa

     

Total Class B Shares

   51,154,280     100.0  44.0

Class A Shares

     

5% Owners

     

Gates Capital Management, Inc.(1)

   5,748,829     8.9  4.9

Entities affiliated with Putnam Investments(2)

   4,953,511     7.7  4.1

Alleghany Corporation(3)

   4,250,000     6.6  3.6

The Vanguard Group(4)

   3,532,504     5.5  3.0

Sankaty Advisors, LLC(5)

   3,442,475     5.4  2.9

Named Executive Officers and Directors

     

Thomas Casey

   747,613     1.2  *  

Pravindran Trevor Arran

   46,887     *    *  

Daniel Blue

   13,309     *    *  

Michael J. Foster

   118,495     *    *  

Daniel D. Greenwell

   52,590     *    *  

Andrew P. Hines

   57,524     *    *  

Wayne A. Hinman

   45,924     *    *  

Peter Johnston

   13,309     *    *  

Ilan Kaufthal

   60,924     *    *  

Wim de Klerk

   18,309     *    *  

Willem Van Niekerk

   49,187     *    *  

Sipho Nkosi

   13,309     *    *  

Jeffry N. Quinn

   45,924     *    *  

John D. Romano

   150,217     *    *  

Total Shares Owned by Officers and Directors

   1,433,521     2.2  1.2

Total Class A Shares

   64,273,103     100.0  56.0

Total

   115,427,383     N/A    100.0

150


 

 *

Managers, Directors and Executive Officers and
Managers, Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

Tronox Incorporated

Common Stock

Beneficially Owned(1)

Thomas W. Adams

129,165

Mary Mikkelson

29,661

Roger G. Addison

18,291

Patrick S. Corbett

8,893

Kelly A. Green

25,085

John D. Romano

20,572

Marty J. Rowland

38,364

Donald K. Shandy

2,123

Gregory E. Thomas

28,368

Melody A. Walke

3,251

Managers, directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)

303,773Less than 1.0%

(1)Beneficial ownershipInformation regarding Gates Capital Management is determined in accordancebased solely on the 13F Holdings Report Initial Filing, filed with the rulesSEC on February 14, 2013 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012. Gates Capital Management has the sole voting power to vote 5,748,829 of the SecuritiesClass A common shares. The address for Gates Capital Management, Inc. is 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10036.
(2)Information regarding Putnam Investments, LLC, Putnam Investment Management, LLC, and Exchange CommissionPutnam Advisory Company, LLC is based solely on the Amendment to the 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2013. Information regarding Putnam Investments, LLC, Putnam Investment Management, LLC, and generally includesPutnam Advisory Company, LLC, is based solely on the Amendment to the 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2013. The Amendment to Schedule 13G provides that Putnam Investments, LLC wholly owns two registered investment advisers: Putnam Investment Management, LLC, which is the investment adviser to the Putnam family of mutual funds and The Putnam Advisory Company, LLC, which is the investment adviser to Putnam’s institutional clients. Both subsidiaries have depository power over the shares as investment managers, but each of the mutual fund’s trustees have voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of common stock subject to options that are exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of April 24, 2006 intoover the shares of Parent common stock are deemed to be outstandingheld by each fund, and to be beneficially ownedThe Putnam Advisory Company, LLC has shared voting power over the shares held by the person holdinginstitutional clients. Pursuant to Rule 13d-4, Putnam Investments, LLC declares that the optionsfiling of this Schedule 13G shall not be deemed an admission for the purposepurposes of computingSection 13(d) or 13(g) that it is the percentage ownershipbeneficial owner of any securities covered by this Schedule 13G, and further states that it does not have any power to vote or dispose of, or direct the voting. The address for Putnam Investments is One Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109.
(3)Information regarding Alleghany Corporation is based solely on the 13F Holdings Report Initial Filing, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2013 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012. The address for Alleghany Corporation is 7 Times Square Tower, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10036.
(4)Information regarding the Vanguard Group is based solely on the 13G filed with the SEC on February 11, 2013. The Vanguard Group has the sole power to vote or direct to vote 14,000 of the person, but are not treated as outstandingCompany’s Class A shares, the sole power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of 3,522,004 Class A Shares and the shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 10,500 Class A Shares. The address of the Vanguard Group is 100 Vanguard Blvd, Malvern, PA 19355.
(5)Information regarding Sankaty Advisors, LLC is based solely on the 13F Holdings Report Initial Filing, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2013 for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.calendar year ended December 31, 2012. Sankaty Advisors, LLC has no voting authority. The address for Sankaty Advisors, LLC is John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.

 

85

151


Index to Financial Statements

ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN KERR-MCGEECERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND PARENT

Provided below are summary descriptions of the executory terms of the MSA between Parent and Kerr-McGee and the other key agreements that relate to Parent’s separation from Kerr-McGee. These descriptions, which summarize the material terms of these agreements, are not complete. Forms of these agreements have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to Parent’s registration statement in connection with its IPO of its Class A common stock.

Master Separation Agreement

Reimbursement by Kerr-McGee for Environmental Remediation CostsRELATED TRANSACTION

Pursuant to its charter, the MSA, Kerr-McGee has agreed to reimburse ParentAudit Committee reviews and approves, as appropriate, related party transactions for a portionpotential conflicts of the environmental remediation costs it incurs and pays after the IPO (net of any cost reimbursements it expects to recover from insurers, governmental authorities or other parties). The reimbursement obligation extends to costs incurred at any site associated with any of its former businesses or operations.interest.

With respect to any site for which Parent established a reserve as ofOn June 15, 2012, the effective date of the MSA, 50%Transaction, Tronox Incorporated entered into a definitive agreement with Exxaro and certain of its affiliated companies to acquire 74% of its South African mineral sands operations. On May 4, 2012, Tronox Limited registered Class A Shares to be issued to shareholders of Tronox Incorporated in connection with the completion of the remediation costs it incurs and pays in excess ofTransaction. On the reserve amount (after meeting a $200,000 minimum threshold amount) will be reimbursable by Kerr-McGee, net of any amounts recovered or, in our reasonable and good faith estimate, that will be recovered from third parties. With respect to any site for which Parent had not established a reserve as of the effective date of the MSA, 50%Transaction, Tronox Limited issued 15,413,083 Class A Shares to shareholders in Tronox Incorporated. In addition, on the date of the amount of the remediation costs Parent incursTransaction, Tronox Limited issued 9,950,856 Class B Shares to Exxaro and pays (after meeting a $200,000 minimum threshold amount) will be reimbursable by Kerr-McGee, net of any amounts recovered or, in Parent’s reasonable and good faith estimate, that will be recovered from third parties.

Kerr-McGee’s aggregate reimbursement obligation to Parent cannot exceed $100 million and is subject to various other limitations and restrictions. For example, Kerr-McGee is not obligated to reimburse Parent for amounts it pays to third parties in connection with tort claims or personal injury lawsuits, or for administrative fines or civil penalties that Parent is required to pay. Kerr-McGee’s reimbursement obligation is also limited to costs that Parent actually incurs and pays within seven years following the IPO.

Indemnification

Under the MSA, Parent must indemnify Kerr-McGee from all losses suffered by Kerr-McGee arising out of certain circumstances or events, including:

all liabilities of Parent and its subsidiaries arising out of or related to the present or former businesses, operations, assets or properties currently or previously conducted or owned by Parent or anyone of its subsidiaries (and their predecessors) before, on orin consideration for the mineral sands business. Immediately following the Transaction, Tronox Incorporated shareholders and Exxaro held approximately 60.8% and 39.2%, respectively, of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. Under the terms of the Transaction agreement, Exxaro agreed that for a three-year period after the completion of the IPO;

Transaction, it would not engage in any breach by Parenttransaction or other action, that would result in its beneficial ownership of the MSA or anyvoting shares of the other agreements (other than the transition services and tax sharing agreements, which contain their own indemnification provisions) entered into by Parent and Kerr-McGee in connection with Parent separation from Kerr-McGee; and

any untrue statement of a material fact or material omission in the prospectus relating to the offering of Parent’s Class A common stock or any similar documents relating to the offering of Parent’s Class A common stock or the Distribution.

Kerr-McGee must indemnify Parent from all losses suffered by us arising out of certain circumstances or events, including:

liabilities of Parent and its subsidiaries relating to the exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas that have been expressly assumed by Kerr-McGee; and

86


Index to Financial Statements
any breach by Kerr-McGee of the MSA or any of the other agreements (other than the transition services and tax sharing agreements, which contain their own indemnification provisions) entered into by Parent and Kerr-McGee in connection with Parent separation from Kerr-McGee.

Transition Services Agreement

The transition services agreement governs the provision by Kerr-McGee to Parent and by Parent to Kerr-McGee of support services, such as:

accounting services;

tax services;

employee benefits management;

financial services;

legal services;

intellectual property management services;

risk and claims management;

disaster recovery services;

information management and technology services;

real estate management;

travel services; and

office administration services.

The terms of these services generally will expire one year after Parent’s IPO, subject to certain limited exceptions.

In consideration for each service to be provided under the transition services agreement, Parent and Kerr-McGee, as applicable, will charge each other an amount equal to the sum of (i) the fully-burdened labor costs of their respective employees involved in the provision of such service and (ii) third-party costs, out-of-pocket and other expenses and taxes (other than transfer taxes), in each case incurred by the party providing such service. Kerr-McGee also has agreed to incur certain transition costs necessary to initiate and facilitate the transition of services up to a maximum amount.

Tax Sharing Agreement

Allocation of Taxes

The tax sharing agreement governs Kerr-McGee’s and Parent’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the IPO with respect to taxes for tax periods ending on or before the IPO. Generally, taxes incurred or accrued prior to the IPO that are attributable to the business of one party will be borne solely by that party. In addition, the tax sharing agreement addresses the allocation of liability for taxes incurred as a result of restructuring activities undertaken to implement the separation and distribution. Parent is required to indemnify Kerr-McGee for any tax liability incurred by reason of the Distribution by Kerr-McGee of Parent’s Class B common stock to its stockholders being considered a taxable transaction to Kerr-McGee as a result of a breach of any of Parent’s representations, warranties or covenants contained in the tax sharing agreement.

Under U.S. federal income tax laws, Parent and Kerr-McGee are jointly and severally liable for Kerr-McGee’s federal income taxes attributable to the periods prior to and including Kerr-McGee’s taxable year, which ended on December 31, 2005. This means that if Kerr-McGee fails to pay the taxes attributable to it under the tax sharing agreement for periods prior to and including its current taxable year, Parent may be liable for any part of, including the whole amount of, these tax liabilities.

87


Index to Financial Statements

Tax Limitations on Additional Issuances of Parent’s Stock and Other Transactions

Parent is limited in its ability to issue shares and its ability to enter into transactions involving acquisitions of Parent’s stock because of potential adverse tax consequences.

First, in order for the Distribution to be tax-free to Kerr-McGee and its stockholders, Kerr-McGee must distribute “control” of Parent, as defined in Section 368(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under Section 368(c), “control” means ownership of stock possessing at least 80%Tronox Limited exceeding 45% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote for the election and removal of directors and at least 80% of the total number ofissued shares of each other class of nonvoting stock outstanding. Because Parent will have only voting stock outstanding, Kerr-McGee must distribute stock representing at least 80% of the total combined voting power of Parent’s common stock for the election and removal of directors to satisfy the Section 368(c) control test. On March 31, 2006, Kerr-McGee distributed 22,889,431 shares of Parent’s Class B common stock representingTronox Limited. At June 30, 2013, Exxaro held approximately 56.7% of the outstanding shares of all classes of Parent’s common stock and 88.7%44.4% of the voting powersecurities of all classes of Parent’s common stockTronox Limited.

Prior to its stockholders.

Second, under Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code, Kerr-McGee will recognize taxable gain on the Distribution if there are (or have been) one or more acquisitions of Parent’s stock representingTransaction Date, Tronox Incorporated conducted transactions with Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd, Tronox Incorporated’s 50% or more of its stock, measured by vote or value, and the stock acquisitions are part of a plan or series of related transactions that includes the Distribution. The shares issuedpartner in the offering of Parent’s Class A common stock will be considered to be part of a plan that includes the Distribution. In addition, any other shares of Parent’s common stock acquired (directly or indirectly) within two years before or after the Distribution are presumed to be part of such a plan unless Kerr-McGee can rebut that presumption. Applicable Treasury Regulations contain various safe harbors for purposes of determining whether other transactions will be considered part of a single “plan” that includes the Distribution, including a safe harbor for certain acquisitions occurring more than six months after the Distribution.

The tax sharing agreement prohibits Parent, for a two-year period following the Distribution, from issuing more than a minimal number of its shares or from entering into transactions involving acquisitions of its shares. This prohibition does not apply to shares issued in connection with the performance of services or if we obtain either a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an independent counsel’s opinion (satisfactory to Kerr-McGee) to the effect that the proposed transaction or share issuance will not cause the Distribution to be taxable to Kerr-McGee under Section 355(e). Parent is required to indemnify Kerr-McGee and its subsidiaries for any violation of the terms of the tax sharing agreement. Consequently, Parent is significantly limitedTiwest Joint Venture. Tronox Incorporated purchased, at open market prices, raw materials used in its ability to issue its shares in transactions that are negotiated or closed within six months afterproduction of TiO2, as well as Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd’s share of TiO2 produced by the Distribution,Tiwest Joint Venture. Tronox Incorporated also provided administrative services and in transactions involving acquisitions of its shares within such six-month period, and Parent will continue to be subject to restrictions on such transactions and the use of stock for acquisitions or otherwise after this six-month period.

Avestor Toll Manufacturing Agreement

On December 1, 2005, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tronox LLC,entered into a toll manufacturing agreement with US Avestor LLC, or Avestor, in which Kerr-McGee indirectly owns a 50% interest. The toll manufacturing agreement memorialized the standing relationship between Tronox LLC and Avestor. Pursuant to the toll manufacturing agreement, we manufacture blended vanadium oxide at our Soda Springs, Idaho manufacturing facility and provideproduct research and development supportactivities, which were reimbursed by Exxaro. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company made payments of $90 million and $173 million, respectively, and received payments of $2 million and $9 million, respectively, related to Avestor at our Oklahoma City researchthese transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and development facility.

Pursuantyear ended December 31, 2010, Tronox Incorporated made payments of $173 million, $316 million, $44 million and $109 million, respectively, and received payments of $9 million, $8 million, less than $1 million and $2 million, respectively. Subsequent to the terms ofTransaction Date, such transactions are considered intercompany transactions and are eliminated in consolidation.

Subsequent to the toll manufacturing agreement, we supplyTransaction, the personnel, propertyCompany purchases transition services from Exxaro. During the three and manufacturingsix months ended June 30, 2013, the Company purchased transition services from Exxaro, which amounted to $2 million and research facilities, and Avestor supplies$4 million, respectively. During 2012, the supervisory expertise, manufacturing equipment and raw materials necessaryCompany purchased transition services from Exxaro, which amounted to manufacture and develop the blended vanadium oxide. Avestor pays us for our actual costs incurred in performing the manufacturing and development services under the toll manufacturing agreement plus an additional percentage of the actual costs. The toll manufacturing agreement has an initial two-year term, after which it will renew annually unless terminated at either party’s discretion.$7 million.

 

88

152


Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

The following summary is a descriptionsummary of certain provisions of the instruments evidencing our material indebtedness. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the agreements, including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus.

Term Loan

On March 19, 2013, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Limited, and certain subsidiaries of Tronox Limited named as guarantors, entered into an Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, UBS Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and RBC Capital Markets, as Joint Lead Arrangers, Joint Bookrunners and Co-Syndication Agents. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company obtained a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the “Term Loan”), which matures in March 2020. The terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are substantially similar to the Company’s prior Term Facility, except as otherwise described under “—Debt Covenants.” The Term Loan was issued net of an original issue discount of $7 million, or 0.5% of the principal termsbalance. In connection with obtaining the Term Loan, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of our senior secured credit facility.$28 million.

In accordance with ASC 470, the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Secured Term Loan of $547 million, which became part of the Term Loan, was accounted for as a debt modification. As such, the unamortized original issue discount of $5 million and debt issuance costs of $11 million related to the Term Facility will continue to be amortized over the life of the Term Loan.

The Term Loan bears interest at a base rate plus the applicable margin of 2.5% per annum, or adjusted Eurodollar rate plus the applicable margin of 3.5% per annum. The base rate is defined as the greater of (i) the prime lending rate as quoted in the print edition of The Wall Street Journal or (ii) the Federal Funds Effective rate in effect on such day plusone half of 1%; provided, however, that the Base Rate is not less than 2% per annum.

UBS Revolver

On June 18, 2012, we entered into the UBS Revolver. The UBS Revolver provides us with a committed source of capital with a principal borrowing amount of up to $300 million, subject to a borrowing base. In addition, the UBS Revolver includes an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million.

The senior secured credit facility consistsUBS Revolver bears interest at the Company’s option at either (i) the greater of (a) the lenders’ prime rate rate, (b) the Federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the adjusted LIBOR for a $200.0 million six-year term loan facilityone-month period plus 1.00%) or (ii) the adjusted LIBOR rate, in each case plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.50% to 2.00% for borrowings at the adjusted LIBOR rate, and a five-year multicurrency revolving credit facility of $250.0 million. The full amount (net of any issued letters of credit) of the revolving credit facility is available for issuances of letters of credit, and $25 million of the revolving credit facility is availablefrom 0.50% to 1.00% for borrowings of swingline loans. Undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility will be available on a revolving basis for working capital and general corporate purposes of Tronox, subject to specified conditions.

Security; Guarantees. The senior secured credit facility is unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Parent and our direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the facility is secured by:

a pledge of 100% of the equity interests in Tronox;

a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (including Tronox Finance);

a pledge of the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, our direct foreign subsidiaries and the direct foreign subsidiaries of the guarantors of the senior secured credit facility, up to 65% of the voting and 100% of the non-voting capital stock or other equity interests outstanding; and

a first priority security interest in certain domestic assets, including certain real property, of Tronox and the guarantors of the senior secured credit facility.

Interest. The interest rate per annum applicable to the loans is a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to, at our election, either LIBOR or an alternativealternate base rate, plusbased upon the average daily borrowing availability during a borrowing margin. Basegiven period. For the first six months following the closing date, the applicable margins shall be deemed to be 1.75% for borrowings at the adjusted LIBOR rate loans will be referenced toand 0.75% for borrowings at the higheralternate base rate.

ABSA Revolver

In connection with the Transaction, the Company entered into the R900 million (approximately $92 million as of June 30, 2013) ABSA Revolver. In connection with obtaining the federal funds rate plus 0.50% orABSA Revolver, the prime rate. Company incurred debt issuance costs of $1 million.

The borrowing margins underABSA Revolver bears interest at (i) the senior secured credit facility will vary in 0.25% increments in a range from 1.0% to 2.0% for LIBOR loans and from 0.0% to 1.0% for base rate loans, depending on(defined as one month JIBAR, which is the credit rating of the senior secured credit facility. At May 3, 2006, the weighted average interestmid-market rate per annum under the senior secured credit facility was 6.58%.

Amortization. The term loan facility amortizes each yearfor deposits in an amount equal to 1% per year in equal quarterly installmentsSouth African Rand for the first five years and in an amount equal to 95% per year in equal quarterly installments for the final year. Amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility will be repaid at maturity.

Optional Prepayments. We may prepay the senior secured credit facility, in whole or in part, in minimum principal amounts of $5 million without premium or penalty. However, we may not reborrow against optional prepayments of the term loan facility.

Mandatory Prepayments. The senior secured credit facility requires that we use the following amounts to prepay the term loan facility:

100% of an amounta period equal to the net after-tax cash proceedsrelevant period which appears on the Reuters Screen SAFEY Page alongside the capital YLD) as of any issuances or11h00 Johannesburg time on the first day of the applicable period, plus (ii) the Margin, which is 3.50%.

153


Debt Covenants

At June 30, 2013, the Company had financial covenants in the UBS Revolver, the ABSA Revolver and the Term Loan.

The terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are substantially similar to the Company’s prior Credit and Guaranty Agreement with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, dated February 8, 2012, except that the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (i) eliminates financial maintenance covenants (ii) permits, subject to certain conditions, incurrence of any indebtedness not permitted by theadditional senior secured credit facility;

100% of an amount equal to the net after-tax cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions by us of any assets, unless we reinvest the proceeds within one year in capital assets or permitted acquisitions; and

75% of an amount equal to excess cash flow for each fiscal year, commencing with fiscal year 2006.

The amount of excess cash flow that we must use for prepayments of the term loan facility will be reduced upon reaching financial performance targets. We may not reborrow against mandatory prepayments of the term loan facility.

89


Index to Financial Statements

Fees. We are required to pay certain fees with respect to the senior secured credit facility, including annual administration fees, a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the revolving commitments and other similar fees.

Covenants. The senior secured credit facility subjects usdebt up to a numberleverage ratio of covenants that impose operating restrictions on us, including on our2:1, (iii) increases the Company’s ability to incur indebtednessdebt in connection with permitted acquisitions and liens, make loansits ability to incur unsecured debt, and (iv) allows for the payment of a $0.25 per share dividend each fiscal quarter . Otherwise, the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provide for customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The terms of the covenants, subject to certain exceptions, restrict, among other things: (i) debt incurrence; (ii) lien incurrence; (iii) investments, selldividends and distributions; (iv) disposition of assets make capital expenditures, engage in mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, enter intosubsidiary interests; (v) acquisitions; (vi) sale and leaseback transactions; and (vii) transactions with affiliates enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make optional payments or modificationsshareholders.

The Term Facility and the UBS Revolver are subject to an intercreditor agreement pursuant to which the lenders’ respective rights and interests in the security are set forth. At June 30, 2013, only the ABSA Revolver had a financial maintenance covenant. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants at June 30, 2013.

The Company has pledged the majority of the notes or other material debt, change our linesU.S. assets and certain assets of business and pay dividends or other distributions on our equity interests, which,its non-U.S. subsidiaries in turn, will restrict Parent’s ability to pay dividends onsupport of its common stock. We are also required to comply with financial covenant ratios that will be calculated by reference to adjusted EBITDA. The senior secured credit facility also includes a number of affirmative covenants which require us to, among other things, deliver financial statements and other information to the lenders, comply with laws, maintain our corporate existence and maintain our properties and insurance.outstanding debt.

Events of Default. The senior secured credit facility contains customary events of default, including the following:

 

non-payment of principal, interest or other amounts when due;

violation of covenants;

inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect;

cross-default caused by defaults under our other indebtedness;

a change of control; and

invalidity of any guarantee, security document or security interest.

90

154


Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “—Certain Definitions.” General

In this description, references to “Tronox Worldwide” meanthe Notes are to the Exchange Notes, unless the context otherwise requires. As used below in this “Description of Notes,” the terms “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms refer to Tronox Limited and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and the term “Parent” refers only to Tronox Worldwide LLCLimited and not to any of its Subsidiaries and references to “Issuers” refers collectively to Tronox Worldwide and Tronox Finance Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide, as a co-issuer of the notes.Subsidiaries.

The IssuersOld Notes were issued and the old notesExchange Notes will be issued under an indenture dated November 28, 2005(the “Indenture”), among themselves, Parent,the Issuer, the Guarantors and Citibank, N.A.,Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Issuers will issue the new notes under the indenture pursuant to the terms of the exchange and registration rights agreement among themselves, Parent, the Guarantors and Citibank, N.A., as trustee.(the “Trustee”). The terms of the notesNotes include those stated in the indentureIndenture and those made part of the indentureIndenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture ActAct”).

The following description is a summary of the material provisionsterms of the indenture and the registration rights agreement.Indenture. It does not, however, restate those agreementsthe Indenture in theirits entirety. We urge you toYou should read the indentureIndenture because it contains additional information and the registration rights agreement because they,it and not this description definedefines your rights as holdersa Holder of the notes.Notes. Copies of the indenture and the registration rights agreementIndenture are available as set forth belowdescribed under —Additional Information.“Where You Can Find More Information.Certain definedThe definitions of certain other terms used in this description but not defined beloware set forth throughout the text or under “—Certain DefinitionsDefinitions. have the meanings assigned to them in the indenture.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the indenture.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Note Guarantees

The Notes

The notes:Notes:

 

are

will be general unsecured obligations of the Issuers;

Issuer;

are limited to an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $350,000,000, subject to our ability to issue additional notes;

 

  

accrue interest from the date they are issued at a rate of 9 1/2% which is payable semi-annually;

mature on December 1, 2012;

rank effectively junior in right of payment to any secured Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwide to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that Indebtedness, including Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is secured by (1) a pledge of the Capital Stock of the Domestic Subsidiaries of Tronox Worldwide, (2) a pledge of 65% of the voting Capital Stock and 100% of the non-voting Capital Stock of the direct Foreign Subsidiaries of Tronox Worldwide and (3) a first priority security interest in certain domestic assets, including certain real property, of Tronox Worldwide and the Guarantors of the senior secured credit facility;

rankwill bepari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured senior Indebtedness of the Issuers;Issuer;

 

rank

will be senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers;Issuer;

 

are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Subsidiary Guarantors; and

are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Parent.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and the Notes—Your right to receive payments on these notes iswill be effectively subordinated to the rights of ourall existing and future secured creditors.”Indebtedness of the Issuer, to the extent of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and

 

91


Indexwill be structurally subordinated to Financial Statements
all existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities of the Parent’s non-guarantor Subsidiaries.

The Note Guarantees

The notes are jointly and severallyNotes will be guaranteed by the Parent and all of Tronox Worldwide’s currentthe Subsidiaries of the Parent that guarantee any obligations under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date. Each Note Guarantee will be joint and future wholly-owned Domesticseveral, full and unconditional, subject to customary release provisions. See “—The Note Guarantees—Release of the Note Guarantees.” The Indenture requires Restricted Subsidiaries that Incur or Guarantee any Indebtedness under certain Credit Facilities to become Guarantors of the Notes, other than Tronox Finance and other than Tronox Worldwide’s Immaterial Subsidiaries.Excluded Entities. See “—Additional Note Guarantees.”

Each guarantee of the notes:Note Guarantee:

 

is

will be a general unsecured obligation of thethat Guarantor;

rank effectively junior in right of payment to Indebtedness of that Guarantor under the Credit Agreement, and any other secured Indebtedness of that Guarantor, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that Indebtedness;

 

  

rankwill bepari passu in right of payment with anyall existing and future unsecured senior Indebtedness of that Guarantor; and

 

rank

will be senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor.Guarantor; and

None

will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured Indebtedness of our Foreign Subsidiaries or Immaterialsuch Guarantor, to the extent of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

155


Not all of the Parent’s Subsidiaries will guarantee the notes.Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, thesuch non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt, and their trade creditors and all other obligations before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to Tronox Worldwide. Our non-guarantor subsidiariestheir Guarantor parent. See Note 23 of Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 27 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

At June 30, 2013:

we had net sales (after intercompany eliminations) forapproximately $2,408 million of total indebtedness outstanding (including the year ended December 31, 2005Exchange Notes and including $14 million of original issue discount in connection with the $1,500 million Term Loan (the “Term Loan”), which were carried at $1,489 million on our balance sheet), none of which would have been subordinated to the Exchange Notes;

we had approximately $1,496 million of secured indebtedness, all of which has been borrowed under the Term Loan (not including (i) availability of $275 million under the global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit agreement with UBS AG (the “UBS Revolver”) (which excludes a $25 million issued letter of credit and an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million), and (ii) an uncommitted incremental facility of $200 million under the Term Loan, all of which would be secured if borrowed), to which the notes would have been effectively subordinated to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness; and

we had availability of approximately $608.0R900 million (approximately $92 million) under the ABSA Revolver, which represented 45% of our combined net sales. was structurally senior to the Notes.

As of December 31, 2005 (i)June 30, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries heldliabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheet, including indebtedness and other liabilities such as trade payables and accrued expenses (but excluding the Exchange Notes), were approximately 44% of our accounts receivable (excluding intercompany receivables), inventory and net property, plant and equipment, and (ii) our foreign non-guarantor subsidiaries had current and noncurrent liabilities (excluding intercompany liabilities and liabilities related$2,357 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, after giving effect to income taxes) which aggregated approximately $174.0 million. Our domestic non-guarantor subsidiaries are immaterial.

As of the date of the indenture, all of Tronox Worldwide’s Subsidiaries were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” Tronox Worldwide will be permitted to designate certain of its Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries willTransaction (which does not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the indenture. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes.

Tronox Finance

Tronox Finance is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide that was incorporated in Delaware for the purpose of facilitatinginclude the offering of the notes by acting as co-issuer. Tronox Finance is nominally capitalizedNotes):

the Issuer and the guarantors would have represented approximately 63% of our total consolidated income from operations and 65% of our total consolidated net sales; and

In addition, at $1,000 and does notJune 30, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had $2,074 million of total consolidated liabilities (including trade payables but excluding intercompany liabilities), all of which would have any operations or revenues. As a result, prospective purchasers ofbeen structurally senior to the notes should not expect Tronox Finance to participate in servicing the interest and principal obligations on the notes. See “—Certain Covenants—Restrictions on Activities of Tronox Finance.”Notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuers issued $350.0Issuer is offering $900 million in aggregate principal amount of notes in the initial offering of the old notes. The Issuers may issue additional notes under the indenture from timeNotes, which will mature on August 15, 2020. Subject to time after this exchange offer. Any issuance of additional notes is subject to all of the covenants in the indenture, includingcompliance with the covenant described below under the caption ““—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,.The notes and anythe Issuer can issue additional notes subsequently issuedNotes from time to time in the future as part of the same series without consent from Holders of the Notes under the indentureIndenture (the “Additional Notes”). Any Additional Notes that the Issuer issues in the future will be identical in all respects to the Notes offered hereby and will be treated as a single class for all purposes underof the indenture,Indenture, including without limitation,with respect to waivers, amendments, redemptions and offersOffers to purchase.Purchase, except that Notes issued in the future may have different issuance prices and will have different issuance dates. However, in order for any Additional Notes to have the same CUSIP number as the Notes, such Additional Notes must be fungible with the Notes for United States federal income tax purposes. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “Notes” for all purposes under the Indenture and in this “Description of Notes” include any Additional Notes that are issued. The Issuers issued notesIssuer will issue Notes in minimum denominations of $1,000$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The notes will mature on December 1, 2012.$1,000 in excess thereof.

 

92

156


Index to Financial Statements

Interest on the notes accruesThe Notes will bear interest at the rate of 9 1/2per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2006. Interest on overdue principal and interest and Special Interest, if any, will accrue at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rateshown on the notes. The Issuers will makecover page of this offering memorandum from the Issue Date, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually on February 15 and August 15 of each interest paymentyear, commencing February 15, 2013, to the holders of record asat the close of business on the immediately preceding May 15February 1 and November 15.

Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid.August 1, respectively. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Interest on overdue principal and interest will accrue at a rate that is 1 % higher than the then-applicable interest rate on the Notes. In no event will the rate of interest on the Notes be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

Methods of Receiving PaymentsPayment on the Notes

PaymentsThe Notes will initially be issued as Global Notes (as defined below) registered in the name of all principal, interestor held by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the notestherefor payments with respect thereto will be made to each registered holder entitled thereto by wire transfer inof immediately available funds if that holder has given to the Issuers, through its paying agent or otherwise, wire instructions at least five business days prior to the applicable payment date oraccount specified by check mailed to the address of the holder as it appears on the books of the registrar if the holder has not provided wire instructions; provided that the final distribution in respect of any note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office of the trustee.DTC.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The trusteeTrustee will initially act as paying agentPaying Agent and registrar.Registrar. The IssuersIssuer may change the paying agentPaying Agent or registrarRegistrar without prior notice to the holders of the notes,Holders, and the IssuersIssuer or any of theirthe Parent’s Subsidiaries may act as paying agentPaying Agent or registrar.Registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A holderHolder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the provisions of the indenture.Indenture. The registrar and the trusteeTrustee may require a holder,Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes.Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. Neither the Issuers nor the registrarThe Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any noteNote selected for redemption, norredemption. Also, the Issuer will theynot be required to transfer or exchange any noteNote for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

Note Guarantees

The notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by Parent and each of Tronox Worldwide’s current and future wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiaries other than Tronox Finance and other than Tronox Worldwide’s Immaterial Subsidiaries. These Note Guarantees are joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and the Notes—The indebtedness represented by the notes and the guarantees may be unenforceable due to fraudulent conveyance statutes.”

A Subsidiary Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than Tronox Worldwide or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(2) either:

(a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the indenture, its Note Guarantee and the registration rights agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture; or

93


Index to Financial Statements

(b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture.

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture;

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture;

(3) if Tronox Worldwide designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture;

(4) upon legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the indenture as provided below under the captions “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge”; or

(5) at such time as such Guarantor ceases to have outstanding guarantees of any Indebtedness under the Credit Facility.

See “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to DecemberAugust 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder of Notes or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof,plus (ii) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption,plus(iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon up to, but excluding, the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that occurs prior to the redemption date).

The Notes (including any Additional Notes) will be redeemable at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at any time on or after August 15, 2015 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below,plusaccrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon up to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that occurs prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 2008,of the Issuersyears indicated below:

Year

  Percentage 

2015

   104.781

2016

   103.188

2017

   101.594

2018 and thereafter

   100.00

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to August 15, 2015, the Issuer may, at its option on any one or more occasions, redeem upNotes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal

157


amount of the notesNotes issued under the indenture (calculated after giving effect toIndenture (including any issuance of additional notes)Additional Notes), upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price of 109.500%106.375% of the principal amount,plus accrued and unpaid interest and SpecialAdditional Interest, if any, thereon up to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that occurs prior to the redemption date,date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings;provided that:

(1)

(1)at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or its Affiliates); and

(2)the redemption must occur within 45 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the aggregate principal amount of notes (calculated after giving effectNotes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to any issuance of additional notes) originally issuedoffer to purchase the Notes as described under the indenture (excluding notes held bycaptions “—Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales.” The Issuer, the Parent any Issuer and their Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or noticeits Restricted Subsidiaries, may at Tronox Worldwide’s discretion, be subjectany time and from time to onetime purchase Notes in the open market or more conditions precedent, including,otherwise.

Redemption for Taxation Reasons

The Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the notes will not be redeemablein part, at the Issuers’ option prior to December 1, 2009.

On or after December 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the notesany time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders of the Notes (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plusamount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and Special Interest, if any, on the notes to be redeemed, to the applicabledate fixed for redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below, subject(a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the rightsright of holdersHolders of notesrecord on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date:

Year

  Percentage 

2009

  104.750%

2010

  102.375%

2011 and thereafter

  100.000%

94


Index to Financial Statements

Any redemption pursuant todate) and all Additional Amounts (as defined below under “Withholding Taxes”), if any, then due and which will become due on the immediately preceding provision and notice thereof may, in Tronox Worldwide’s discretion, be made subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. Unless the Issuers default in the paymentTax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption price, interest and Special Interest,or otherwise, if the Issuer determines in good faith that, as a result of:

(i)any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Tax Jurisdiction (as defined below) affecting taxation; or

(ii)any change in the official application, administration or written interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

the Issuer or any will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Mandatory Redemption

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund paymentsGuarantor (including any successor entity) with respect to the notes. However, under certain circumstances,Guarantee, as the Issuerscase may be, is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to offerpay more than de minimis Additional Amounts, and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to purchase the notes asIssuer or such Guarantor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable or, where such payment method would be reasonable under the circumstances, payment through another Guarantor or the Issuer). Such Change in Tax Law must not be publicly announced before and become effective after the Issue Date (or, if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction was not a Tax Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, the date on which such Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction under the Indenture). Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described under —Repurchase at“Selection and Notice.” Notwithstanding the Optionforegoing, no such notice of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that holder’s notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will offer a payment in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which dateredemption will be nogiven (a) earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days fromprior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or Guarantor would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts and (b) unless at the time such notice is mailed,given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the procedures required byforegoing, the indenture and described in such notice. The IssuersIssuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunderdeliver to the extent those lawsTrustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and regulations are applicable in connection withsetting forth a statement of facts showing that the repurchaseconditions precedent to its right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing and reasonably satisfactory to the notesTrustee to the effect that the Issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, is or will become obligated to pay

158


Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of Control. To the extentsatisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

Withholding Taxes

All payments made under or with respect to the Notes (whether or not in the form of Certificated Notes) or the Note Guarantees will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by applicable law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (i) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor (including any successor entity) is then incorporated, organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes, or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or (ii) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, the jurisdiction of any Paying Agent) or any political subdivision thereof or therein (each a “Tax Jurisdiction”) will at any time be required to be made from any payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, including, without limitation, payments of principal, redemption price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Paymentnet amounts received in respect of all notessuch payments by each Holder after such withholding or portionsdeduction (including any such withholding or deduction from such Additional Amounts) will equal the respective amounts that would have been received in respect of notes properly tendered; andsuch payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction;provided,however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered

(1)any Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the Holder of the Notes or beneficial owner of the Notes being a citizen or resident or national of, being incorporated or organized in or carrying on a business in, maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the relevant Tax Jurisdiction in which such Taxes are imposed, or due to the existence of any other present or former connection between the relevant Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Tax Jurisdiction (but not including, in each case, any connection arising from the mere receipt, ownership, holding or disposition of any Note or Note Guarantee, or by reason of the receipt of any payments in respect of any Note or Note Guarantee, or the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Note or any Note Guarantee);

(2)any Taxes that are imposed or withheld as a result of the failure of the Holder of the Notes or beneficial owner of any Note to comply with any reasonable written request, made to it in writing at a time that would enable it acting reasonably to comply with such request and, in any event, at least 60 days before any withholding or deduction of such Taxes would be required, by the Issuer or applicable Guarantor to provide certification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or to make any declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement relating to such matters which is required or imposed by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction as a precondition to any exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction, but, in each case, only to the extent it is legally entitled to do so;

(3)any Taxes imposed or withheld as a result of the presentation of any Note for payment (where Notes are in the form of Certificated Notes and presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period);

(4)any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes;

(5)

any Taxes withheld or deducted from a payment to an individual as required pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN

159


Council meeting of 26 and 27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive;

(6)any Taxes imposed or withheld as a result of the presentation of any Note for payment by or on behalf of a Holder of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union;

(7)any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under or with respect to the Note; or

(8)any combination of items (1) through (7) above.

In addition to the trusteeforegoing, the notes properly accepted togetherIssuer and the Guarantors will also pay and indemnify the Holders for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary Taxes, or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies or Taxes, which are levied by any Tax Jurisdiction (other than the United States or any political subdivision thereof) on the execution, delivery, issuance, registration or enforcement of any of the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or any other document or instrument referred to therein or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or the receipt of any payments with an officers’ certificate statingrespect thereto (other than a transfer of the aggregate principal amountNotes following the initial resale of notes or portions of notes being purchasedthe Notes by the Issuers.Initial Purchasers).

The paying agent will promptly remit to each holder of notes properly tenderedIf the Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the trustee upon receipt of an issuer order will promptly authenticate and deliver to each holder a new note equal in principal amount toIssuer or any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any;provided,Guarantor becomes aware that each new noteit will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The provisions described above that require the Issuersobligated to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the indenture are applicable. Except

95


Index to Financial Statements

as described abovepay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee on a Changedate that is at least 30 days prior to the date of Control,that payment (unless the indenture does not contain provisionsobligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that permitpayment date, in which case the holders ofIssuer or applicable Guarantor shall notify the notesTrustee promptly thereafter) an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to require that the Issuers repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

be so payable. The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirementsOfficers’ Certificate must also set forth inany other information reasonably necessary to enable the indenturePaying Agents to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officers’ Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

The Issuer or applicable to a Change of Control Offer made byGuarantor will provide the Issuers and purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuantTrustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the indenture as described above underTrustee evidencing the caption “—Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of Additional Amounts. The Issuer or applicable Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions required by law and will remit the applicable redemption price.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relatingfull amount deducted or withheld to the directrelevant tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyanceapplicable Guarantor will provide to the Trustee an official receipt or, if official receipts are not obtainable after the use of reasonable efforts, other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. Upon request, copies of those receipts or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of Parent or Tronox Worldwide and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a holder of notes may require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer.

Asset Sales

The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of Tronox Worldwide’s Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) Tronox Worldwide (or the Restricted Subsidiary,documentation, as the case may be) receives consideration atbe, will be made available by the timeTrustee to the Holders of the Asset Sale at least equal toNotes.

Whenever in the Fair Market ValueIndenture or in this “Description of Notes” there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the assetsNotes or Equity Interests issuedof principal, interest or soldof any other amount payable under, or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75%with respect to, any of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by Tronox WorldwideNotes or Note Guarantees, such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Additional Assets. For purposes of this provision, each of the following willmention shall be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities, as shown on Tronox Worldwide’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases Tronox Worldwide or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by Tronox Worldwide or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Tronox Worldwide or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after the dateinclude mention of the Asset Sale,payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

The above obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the cash receivedIndenture and any transfer by a Holder or beneficial owner of its Notes. The above obligations will also apply,mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in that conversion; and

(c)which any stock or assets ofsuccessor Person to the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of the next paragraph of this covenant.

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Tronox Worldwide (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) to repay Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that are permitted by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” of Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide that is a Guarantor;

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of,Issuer, Parent or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business (or a divisionGuarantor is incorporated, organized, engaged in business or unit thereof), if, after giving effect toresident for tax purposes and any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business isjurisdiction from or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide;

96


Index to Financial Statements

(3) to make a capital expenditure;through which any payment under or

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuers may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this covenant will constitute “Excess Proceeds”;provided that the 360 day period provided above to apply any portion of Net Proceeds in accordance with clause (2) or (4) above shall be extended by an additional 90 days if by not later than the 360th day after receipt of such Net Proceeds Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has entered into a bona fide binding contract with a Person other than an Affiliate of Tronox Worldwide to make an investment of the type referred to in either such clause in the amount of such Net Proceeds. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, within ten days thereof, the Issuers will make an offer (the “Asset Sale Offer”) to all holders of notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that rankspari passu with the notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the indenture with respect to offers to purchasethe Notes or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase,Note Guarantees is made by or on a pro rata basis, the maximum principal amount of notes and such otherpari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and otherpari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

If the Asset Sale purchase date is on or after an interest payment record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Holder in whose name a note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no interest or Special Interest, if any, will be payable to holders who tender notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture by virtuebehalf of such compliance.

The agreements governing the Issuers’ other Indebtedness contain, and future agreements may contain, prohibitions of certain events,Person, including events that would constitute a Change of Controlany political subdivision thereof or an Asset Sale and including repurchases of or other prepayments in respect of the notes. The exercise by the holders of notes of their right to require the Issuers to repurchase the notes upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale could cause a default under these other agreements, even if the Change of Control or Asset Sale itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchases on the Issuers. In the event a Change of Control or Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Issuers are prohibited from purchasing notes, the Issuers could seek the consent of their senior lenders to the purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuers do not obtain a consent or repay those borrowings, the Issuers will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In that case, the Issuers’ failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture which could, in turn, constitute a default under the other indebtedness. Finally, the Issuers’ ability to pay cash to the holders of notes upon a repurchase may be limited by the Issuers’ then existing financial resources. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and the Notes—If we are required by the indenture to offer to repurchase the notes upon a change of control, we may not have the necessary funds to do so.”therein.

 

97

160


Index to Financial Statements

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the notesNotes issued under the Indenture are to be redeemed at any time, the trusteeselection of Notes for redemption will select notes for redemptionbe made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, unless otherwise required by lawlot or by such other method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate, subject to applicable stock exchange requirements.

No notesprocedures of $1,000the Depository Trust Company (the “Applicable Procedures”);provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less canwill be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first classfirst-class mail or otherwise delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, to each holderHolder of notesNotes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the indenture. Except as described in “—Optional Redemption,” notices of redemption may not be conditional.

address. If any noteNote is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that notesuch Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that note that isthereof to be redeemed. A new noteNote in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original noteNote will be issued in the name of the holder of that noteHolder thereof upon cancellation of the original note.Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

Any notice of redemption may be given prior to the completion of any event or transaction related to such redemption, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including in the case of any Equity Offering, completion of such Equity Offering. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

The Note Guarantees

General

The Guarantors will agree to jointly and severally fully and unconditionally, subject to customary release provisions, guarantee the due and punctual payment of all amounts payable under the Notes, including principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any). The Indenture requires Restricted Subsidiaries that Incur or Guarantee any Indebtedness under certain Credit Facilities to become Guarantors of the Notes, other than Excluded Entities. See “—Additional Note Guarantees.”

The Indenture will limit the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor by law or without resulting in its obligations under its Note Guarantee being voidable or unenforceable under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfer, or under similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

We cannot assure you that this limitation will protect the Note Guarantees from fraudulent transfer challenges or, if it does, that the remaining amount due and collectible under the Note Guarantees would suffice, if necessary, to pay the Notes in full when due. In a recent Florida bankruptcy case, this kind of provision was found to be unenforceable and, as a result, the subsidiary guarantees in that case were found to be fraudulent conveyances. We do not know if that case will be followed if there is litigation on this point under the Indenture. However, if it is followed, the risk that the Note Guarantees will be found to be fraudulent conveyances will be significantly increased. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes or the guarantees and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.”

A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Issuer or another Guarantor (or a Person that, upon such consolidation or merger, shall become a Guarantor), unless:

(1)immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists that would be caused thereby; and

161


(2)either:

(a)the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee and under the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(b)the Net Available Cash, if any, of such sale or other disposition is applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

Release of the Note Guarantees

A Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released (and thereupon shall terminate and be discharged and be of no further force and effect):

(a)in connection with any sale or other disposition (including by merger, liquidation or otherwise) of (i) Capital Stock of the Guarantor after which such Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of the Parent, or (ii) of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor (other than Parent), which sale or other disposition complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and all the obligations (other than contingent obligations) of such Guarantor (other than Parent) in respect of all other Indebtedness of the Parent or the Guarantors terminate upon consummation of such transaction;

(b)if the Parent properly designates the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the Indenture;

(c)solely in the case of a Note Guarantee created pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Additional Note Guarantees,” upon the release or discharge of the Note Guarantee or Incurrence of Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such Note Guarantee pursuant to that covenant, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee;

(d)upon a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, in each case which complies with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(e)upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding and all other obligations under the Indenture and the Notes then due and owing;

(f)as discussed under “—Amendments and Waiver”; or

(g)in the case of any Guarantor (other than the Parent) which is also a guarantor under the Credit Facilities, upon the release of such guarantee under the Credit Facilities (which release under the Credit Facilities may be conditioned upon the concurrent release of the Note Guarantee hereunder).

Upon any occurrence giving rise to a release of a Note Guarantee as specified above, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required as requested by the Issuer in order to evidence or effect such release, termination and discharge in respect of such Note Guarantee. None of the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee will be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Note Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

Change of Control

Unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” within ten days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will mail a notice to each holder (with a copy to the Trustee) describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase all Notes then outstanding pursuant to an Offer to Purchase (a “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes,plus accrued and unpaid interest and SpecialAdditional Interest, if any, ceasesthereon, up to, accruebut excluding, the date of repurchase (subject to the rights of Holders

162


of Notes on notesa relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that occurs prior to the repurchase date) on a certain date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in such notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer must commence such Change of Control Offer within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or portionsregulations conflict with the provisions of notes called for redemption, unlessthis covenant, the Issuers defaultIssuer’s compliance with such laws and regulations shall not in makingand of itself cause a breach of their obligations under such covenant.

On the paymentChange of fundsControl Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1)accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2)deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(3)deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the Notes so accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail, or cause to be transferred by book entry, to each holder a redemption.new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The provisions described above that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture will not contain provisions that permit the holders of the Notes to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

In the event that holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes accept a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer purchases all of the Notes held by such holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes that remain outstanding, to, but not including, the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of a Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require the Issuer to repurchase Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of a Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another Person or group may be uncertain.

163


“Ratings Event” means (x) a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between rating categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by one or more Rating Agencies (unless the applicable Rating Agency shall have put forth a written statement to the effect that such downgrade is not attributable in whole or in part to the applicable Change of Control) and (y) the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating from either Rating Agency.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means (i) during a Suspension Period, the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event and (ii) at any time other than during a Suspension Period, the occurrence of a Change of Control;provided, that solely for purposes of determining whether a Suspension Period is occurring with respect to the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event, a Covenant Suspension Event shall be any period of time that (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from at least one Rating Agency and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture.

“Ratings Decline Period” means the period that (i) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of the occurrence of a Change of Control and (b) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) ends 90 days following consummation of such Change of Control;provided that such period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the Notes, as noted by the applicable Rating Agency, is under publicly announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency.

The Credit Agreements limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements to which the Parent or any Subsidiary becomes a party may prohibit or limit, the Issuer from purchasing any Notes as a result of a Change of Control. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing the Notes, the borrowers under the Credit Agreements could seek the consent of their lenders to permit the purchase of the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the applicable borrowers do not obtain such consent or repay or refinance such borrowings, the Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing the Notes. In such case, the Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, which, in turn, may constitute a default under such other agreements. The Credit Agreements provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Parent would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If the Parent experiences a change of control that triggers a default under the Credit Agreements, the borrowers under the Credit Agreements could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance the Credit Agreements. In the event the applicable borrowers do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Credit Agreements, such default could result in amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreements being declared due and payable.

The Issuer’s ability to pay cash to the Holders of the Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event may be limited by the Issuer’s then-existing financial resources. Sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.”

The Change of Control provisions of the Indenture may in certain circumstances make it more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Parent and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control provisions of the Indenture are a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and the Issuer. As of the Issue Date, the Parent has no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Parent could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Parent could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Parent’s capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the Parent’s ability to Incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens.” Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

164


The definition of Change of Control excludes certain sales or takeovers by one or more Permitted Holders. The Issuer will not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control Triggering Event in the event of such sales or takeovers involving a Permitted Holder.

The provisions of the Indenture relating to the Issuer’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control Triggering Event may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. See “—Amendments and Waiver.”

Certain Covenants

The Indenture will contain certain covenants, including, among others, the following:

Restricted PaymentsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

The IssuersParent will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of Tronox Worldwide’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests or to the direct or indirect holders of Tronox Worldwide’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Tronox Worldwide and other than dividends or distributions payable to Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness (including the issuance of Tronox Worldwide);

(2) purchase, redeemany shares of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or otherwise acquireof Disqualified Stock or retire for value any Equity Interests of Tronox Worldwide or any direct or indirect parent of Tronox Worldwide other than Equity Interests ownedPreferred Stock by Tronox WorldwideRestricted Subsidiaries);provided,however, that the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including the issuance of any shares of Disqualified Stock of the Parent and of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness (including the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) is Incurred would be at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on apro forma basis (including apro formaapplication of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(3) makeThe first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of any paymentof the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1)the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of:

(a)additional (i) revolving credit Indebtedness and letters of credit under the ABL Facility and (ii) Indebtedness and letters of credit under an Alternative Facility (including in each case, without limitation, the Incurrence by the Guarantors of Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1)(a) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (i) $500 million or (ii) the amount of the Borrowing Base as of the date of such Incurrence; and

(b)additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and/or any Alternative Facility (including, without limitation, the Incurrence by the Guarantors of Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1)(b) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $900 million;

(2)the Incurrence of Existing Indebtedness;

(3)the Incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (other than Additional Notes) and the Exchange Notes in respect thereof and the related Note Guarantees;

(4)

the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred for the purpose of financing (whether prior to or within 270 days after) all or any part of the purchase price, cost of design or cost of construction, installation, maintenance, upgrade or improvement of property (real or personal, or movable or immovable), plant or equipment used in the business of the

165


Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary (including any reasonably related fees or expenses Incurred in connection with such acquisition, construction or improvement), whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate amount, including all Indebtedness Incurred to extend the maturity of, refund, refinance, renew, defease, discharge or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100 million and (b) 3% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent at any one time outstanding;

(5)the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (including Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) in exchange for, or the net cash proceeds of which are used to extend the maturity of, refund, refinance, renew, defease, discharge or replace, Indebtedness (including Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) that was permitted by the Indenture to be Incurred or issued under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2), (3), (5) or (16) of this paragraph, including any additional Indebtedness (including the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) Incurred, to pay premiums (including tender premiums) and original issue discount, expenses, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith;

(6)the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness owing to and held by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

(a)if the Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Parent, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

(b)any event that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary (except for any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien until the pledgee commences actions to foreclose on such Indebtedness) will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7)shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (7);

(8)the Guarantee by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness Guaranteed;

(9)the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business or Incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes (it being understood that Hedging Obligations Incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping foreign currency exchange rate risk shall not be deemed to be for speculative purposes);

(10)

the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety, performance, bid or appeal bonds and other similar types of performance and completion guarantees securing any obligations of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred or assumed (i) in connection with the

166


disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock held by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock held by a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition or (ii) in the ordinary course of business;

(11)the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising from (i) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services in the ordinary course of business (including intraday cash management lines relating thereto), provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within 30 Business Days of its Incurrence; (ii) bankers’ acceptances; and (iii) treasury, depository, cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting-off arrangements (including commercial credit card and merchant card services);

(12)the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or similar requirements, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 Business Days following such drawing or Incurrence;

(13)the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes as described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(14)Indebtedness (including Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or Indebtedness (including Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to extend the maturity of, refund, refinance, renew, defease, discharge or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed the greater of (i) $200 million and (ii) 4% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, at any one time outstanding;

(15)Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(16)the Incurrence of Acquired Indebtedness; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:

(a)the Parent would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant; or

(b)the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(17)Indebtedness consisting of take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements relating to products, services or commodities of a type that the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries uses or sells in the ordinary course of business;

(18)Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums;

167


(19)Indebtedness consisting of guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business under repurchase agreements or similar agreements in connection with the financing of sales of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(20)customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(21)Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to future, current or former employees, directors and consultants thereof, or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent to the extent described in clause (6) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(22)Indebtedness Incurred on behalf of, or representing guarantees of Indebtedness of, Joint Ventures of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the greater of (i) $100 million and (ii) 2% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent and any Indebtedness to exchange, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund such Indebtedness originally Incurred pursuant to clause (ii) of this subsection (22), provided that any such Indebtedness until reclassified in accordance with the Indenture shall remain Incurred pursuant to this clause (22) prior to its maturity;

(23)Indebtedness Incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of up to $25 million relating to funding of contributions to the foreign pension plans;

(24)Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any surety bonds, appeal bonds or similar obligations Incurred in connection with any judgment not constituting an Event of Default; and

(25)letters of credit issued for ordinary course of business purposes in an aggregate principal face amount not to exceed $35 million outstanding at any time.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, (including Disqualified Stock or with respectPreferred Stock) (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (25) above or is entitled to be Incurred or purchase, redeem, defeaseissued pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Parent will, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness (including Disqualified Stock or otherwise acquirePreferred Stock) and may divide and classify such Indebtedness (including Disqualified Stock or retire for valuePreferred Stock) in more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (25) above and/or the first paragraph of this covenant, and may later reclassify such item into any one or more of such categories or such paragraph (provided that at the time of reclassification it meets the criteria in such category or categories or such paragraph). In determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under one of the clauses above, the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwideany Person shall be counted only once and any obligation of such Person or any Guarantorother Person arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded so long as it is permitted to be Incurred by the Person or Persons Incurring such obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under Credit Facilities incurred pursuant to clause (1) above or any refinancing thereof that is contractually subordinatedsecured by a Lien will, at all times, be deemed to have been Incurred in reliance on the notesexception provided by clause (1) above.

Accrual of interest or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness betweendividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or among Tronox Worldwide and anyamortization of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except (A) aoriginal issue discount, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness (including Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) of the same class, and the reclassification of Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness or a creation or allowance of a Lien with respect thereto.

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this section any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under this section) arising

168


under any Note Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Note Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, but except as expressly permitted hereunder, the Parent will not, and will not permit the Issuer or any other Guarantor to, Incur any Indebtedness that purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement or instrument governing such Indebtedness) subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Parent, the Issuer or of such other Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms made subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable, to at least the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to such other Indebtedness of the Parent, the Issuer or such other Guarantor, as the case may be.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred (or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt) and at the Stated Maturity thereofIssuer’s election, the date of reclassification;provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and (B)such refinancing would cause the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtednessapplicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year ofeffect on the date of such purchase, repurchaserefinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Parent or acquisition; or

(4) make any Restricted InvestmentSubsidiary may Incur pursuant to this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Limitation on Restricted Payments”),

The Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make a Restricted Payment unless, at the time of and after givingpro forma effect to suchthe proposed Restricted Payment:

(1)no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would be caused thereby;

(2)the Parent could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and

(3)such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (9), (13)(a), and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a)50% of the Consolidated Net Income on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on July 1, 2012 and ending on the last day of the Parent’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such proposed Restricted Payment for which internal financial statements are available (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit),plus

(b)

100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds or property received by the Parent after the date of the Indenture as a contribution to its equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other

169


than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent and the amount of reduction of Indebtedness of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests sold to, or Indebtedness held by, a Subsidiary of the Parent);provided that for purposes of determining the Fair Market Value of property received (other than of any asset with a public trading market) in excess of $50 million, such Fair Market Value shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor, which determination shall be evidenced by an opinion addressed to the Parent and delivered to the Trustee,plus

(c)100% of the amount by which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock Incurred or issued subsequent to date of the Indenture is reduced on the Parent’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Parent) into Equity Interests other than Disqualified Stock (less the amount of any cash distributed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange); provided that such amount shall not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture from the issuance and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent) of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock;plus

(d)to the extent not included in the calculation of the Consolidated Net Income referred to in (a), an amount equal to, without duplication: (i) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the Fair Market Value of assets) received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the sale or other disposition of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) made by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary since the date of the Indenture; plus (ii) the net reduction in Investments (other than Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets subsequent to the date of the Indenture, in each case to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Person (including by way of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary); plus (iii) if the sum of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) was reduced as the result of the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated, or liquidated or merged into, a Restricted Subsidiary.

The preceding provisions will not prohibit (provided, in the case of clauses (7) and (8) below, that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;be caused thereby):

(2) Tronox Worldwide would, at the time

(1)the payment of any dividend or distribution within 90 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture, and the redemption of any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantees within 60 days after the date on which notice of such redemption was given, if at said date of the giving of such notice, such redemption would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2)the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of a class of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(3)the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees in exchange for or with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent Incurrence (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent) of, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4)the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Preferred Stock of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” above;

170


(5)the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options or warrants to the extent that such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof and applicable withholding taxes, if any;

(6)payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (i) the exercise of options or warrants or (ii) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

(7)the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Parent held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Parent (or any Restricted Subsidiary) pursuant to the terms of any employee equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests in any calendar year will not exceed $5 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next two succeeding calendar years);

(8)the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” and provided that such dividends constitute “Fixed Charges”;

(9)other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150 million pursuant to this clause (9);

(10)the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(11)the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under “—Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants-Limitation on Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders of the Notes in connection with an Offer to Purchase in the event of a Change of Control or with respect to an Asset Sale have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(12)payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(13)the payment of cash dividends on the Parent’s Common Stock (a) in an annual amount not to exceed 6% of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Parent from any public offering of Equity Interests, other than public offerings with respect to the Parent’s Common Stock registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form), and (b) in the aggregate amount per fiscal quarter not to exceed $0.25 per share for each share of common stock of the Parent outstanding as of the record date for dividends payable in respect of such fiscal quarter (as such amount shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, stock consolidations and similar transactions);

(14)

the declaration or payment of cash dividends on the Parent’s Common Stock or repurchases of the Parent’s Common Stock at one time or from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of (x) $850 million plus (y) the amount by which Indebtedness outstanding under clause (1)(b) of the covenant under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” exceeds $700 million (the “Additional Term Loan Debt”) on the date of the declaration of such cash dividend or repurchase, minus, in each case, the amount of any prior cash dividend or repurchase funded with such Additional Term Loan Debt after the Issue Date; provided that, in the case of cash dividends or repurchases made pursuant to this clause 14(y), the

171


payment of such cash dividends or repurchases is funded with such Additional Term Loan Debt; provided, further, that no cash dividends or repurchases shall be declared, paid or made pursuant to this clause (14) after the eighteenth full month following the Issue Date;

(15)the declaration or payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, by any Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, including the Parent (or, solely in the case of clause (b) below, to an Affiliate of the Parent that is the common parent of a consolidated, combined or unitary group including the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, for the purpose of income tax liabilities under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization), in amounts required for any such direct or indirect parents (or such Affiliates) to pay, in each case without duplication:

(a)franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(b)federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of such Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) and, to the extent of the amount actually received by such Restricted Subsidiary from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;provided, that in each case the amount of such payments in any taxable period does not exceed the amount that the Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local income taxes for such taxable period were the Restricted Subsidiary and/or any Unrestricted Subsidiary (to the extent described above), as applicable, to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity (or such Affiliate);

(c)customary salary, bonus, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including the Parent, to the extent such salaries, bonuses, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary;

(d)general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including the Parent, to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary;

(e)fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering or other financing transaction of such parent entity;

provided, in each case, that other than due to applicable law or regulation prohibiting the payment by one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of their proportionate share of the Parent’s liabilities noted in this clause (15) (or if any such payment would render one or more Restricted Subsidiaries insolvent or reasonably likely to become insolvent), each Restricted Subsidiary may not pay more than its proportionate share of the Parent’s liabilities noted in this clause (15); and

(16)distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and other transfers of Receivables Assets and purchases of Receivables Assets in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Restricted Payments” covenant, in the event that a Restricted Payment, and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had beenwhen made, atmet the beginningcriteria of more than one of the applicable four-quarter period, have beencategories described in clauses (1) through (16) immediately above, or was permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and

98


IndexIssuer will be entitled to Financial Statements

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (14) and (16) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Tronox Worldwide for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the indenture to the end of Tronox Worldwide’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time ofclassify such Restricted Payment (or if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit);plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received, and the Fair Market Value of property received from a non-Affiliate for use in a Permitted Business, by Tronox Worldwide since the date of the indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Tronox Worldwide (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of Tronox Worldwide that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination);plus

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of the indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment;plus

(d) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide designated as such after the date of the indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the indenture, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of Tronox Worldwide’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of the indenture;plus

(e) 50% of any dividends received by Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide that is a Guarantor after the date of the indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of Tronox Worldwide for such period;plus

(f) $10.0 million.

So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the indenture;

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide) of, Equity Interests of Tronox Worldwide (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Equity Interests issued or sold to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to Tronox Worldwide;provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

99


Index to Financial Statements

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwide or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide (including a Receivables Subsidiary) to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Tronox Worldwide, any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide or Parent held by any then-current or former officer, director or employee of Tronox Worldwide, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Parent pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan, incentive plan, stock option plan, or any other similar management or employee benefit plan;provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period (with unused amounts in any such 12-month period being carried over to the next (and only the next) succeeding 12-month period);

(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or vesting of restricted stock to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options or the withholding tax obligations with respect to such exercise or vesting;

(7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide issued on or after the date of the indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(8) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, repurchases of Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes or a Note Guarantee at a purchase price not greater than (i) 101% of the principal amount of such subordinated Indebtedness in the event of a Change of Control or (ii) 100% of the principal amount of such subordinated Indebtedness in the event of an Asset Sale, in each case plus accrued interest, in connection with any change of control offer or asset sale offer required by the terms of such Indebtedness, but only if:

(a) in the case of a Change of Control, Tronox Worldwide has first complied with and fully satisfied its obligations under the provisions described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”; or

(b) in the case of an Asset Sale, Tronox Worldwide has complied with and fully satisfied its obligations in accordance with the covenant under the heading, “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock of Tronox Worldwide or any direct or indirect parent of Tronox Worldwide representing fractional shares of such Capital Stock in connection with a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination involving Tronox Worldwide or any direct or indirect parent of Tronox Worldwide;

(10) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(11) payments contemplated by the Transition Agreements as in effectthereof) on the date of the indenture, as the Transition Agreements may be amended, modifiedits payment or supplemented from time to time;provided, however,later reclassify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that any future amendment, modification, or supplement entered into after the date of the indenture will be permitted to the extent that its terms do not adversely affect, as a whole, the rights of any Holders of the Securities as compared to the terms of the agreements in effect on the date of the indenture;

(12) the payment of dividends on Tronox Worldwide’s common equity capital (or the payment of dividends to Parent to fund a payment of dividends on Parent’s common stock) after the date of the

100


Index to Financial Statements

Indenture, of an amount per annum equal to up to 6% of the net proceeds of the public equity offering closing on the date of the indenture;provided that any amounts so utilized are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause 3(b) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments”;

(13) Permitted Payments to Parent in the ordinary course of business;

(14) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed by Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide to, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(15) payments to Parent in respect of the tax liabilities owed by Parent as a result of Parent’s ownership of membership interests in Tronox Worldwide or as a result of Parent being the common parent of any consolidated or combined tax group under applicable law (“Tax Payments”). Any Tax Payment received from Tronox Worldwide or its Subsidiaries shall be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30 days of Parent’s receipt of such Tax Payments or refunded to Tronox Worldwide or the relevant Subsidiary; and

(16) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million since the date of the indenture.complies with this covenant.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or suchthe Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined by the Board of Directors of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the trustee. For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in (1) through (16) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Tronox Worldwide shall, in its sole discretion, classify such Restricted Payment, or later classify, reclassify or re-divide all or a portion of such Restricted Payment, in any manner that complies with this covenant.Trustee.

172


Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred StockLimitation on Liens

Tronox WorldwideThe Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted SubsidiariesSubsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respectallow to (collectively, “incur”)exist any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and Tronox Worldwide will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock;provided, however,Lien that Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Tronox Worldwide’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide and any Guarantor of Indebtedness and letters of creditsecures Obligations under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of $450.0 million and the Borrowing Base;

101


Index to Financial Statements

(2) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

(3) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of the indenture and the exchange notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the registration rights agreement;

(4) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), at any time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 1.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(5) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the indenture to be incurredPermitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2), (3), (4) or (5) of this paragraph;

(6) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Tronox Worldwide and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;provided, however, that:

(a) if Tronox Worldwide or any Guarantor is the obligor on such IndebtednessIndenture and the payee is not Tronox Worldwide or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the notes, in the case of Tronox Worldwide, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by Tronox Worldwide or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the issuance by any of Tronox Worldwide’s Restricted Subsidiaries to Tronox Worldwide or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock;provided, however, that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide; and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(9) the guarantee by Tronox Worldwide or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant;provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to orpari passu with the notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated orpari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

102


Index to Financial Statements

(10) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (including letters of credit) in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(11) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (including letters of credit) arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five business days;

(12) the incurrence by Foreign Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (12), not to exceed the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the combined Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (or the equivalent thereof, measured at the time of each incurrence, in applicable foreign currency);

(13) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in customary amounts consistent with the operations and business of the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(15) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of Persons thatNotes are acquired by Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;provided that such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; andprovided, further, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, Tronox Worldwide or such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant; and

(16) the incurrence by Tronox Worldwide or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, not to exceed $35.0 million.

The Issuers will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of any Issuer or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms;provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of an Issuer solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first or junior Lien basis.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Tronox Worldwide will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which notes are first issued and authenticated under the indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant;provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of Tronox Worldwide as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Tronox

103


Index to Financial Statements

Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on such property or assets on an equal and ratable basis with the assetsObligations so secured (or, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated to the specified Person,Notes or the lesser of:

(a)Note Guarantees, senior in priority thereto, with the Fair Market Value ofsame relative priority as the Notes will have with respect to such assets at the date of determination; and

(b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such Obligations are no longer secured by such Lien.

LiensLimitation on Transactions with Affiliates

Tronox WorldwideThe Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted SubsidiariesSubsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

Tronox Worldwide will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction;provided that Tronox Worldwide and any Guarantor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(1) Tronox Worldwide or that Guarantor, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens”;

(2) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Tronox Worldwide and set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

(3) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and Tronox Worldwide applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

Tronox Worldwide will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

104


Index to Financial Statements

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities, as in effect on the date of the indenture, and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements;provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of the indenture;

(2) the indenture, the notes and the Note Guarantees;

(3) applicable law, or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(4) any agreement or other instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the indenture to be incurred;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses (including, without limitation, licenses of intellectual property) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of assets, including without limitation an agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary, that restricts distributions by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of Tronox Worldwide’s Managers, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(11) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, stockholder agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12) other Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to an agreement entered into subsequent to the date of the indenture in accordance with the covenant described under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;provided that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to Tronox Worldwide taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of Parent in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement and in the indenture as in effect on the Closing Date and the date of the indenture, respectively;

(13) the issuance of preferred stock by a Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of dividends thereon in accordance with the terms thereof;provided that issuance of such preferred stock is permitted pursuant to the covenant described under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

105


Index to Financial Statements

and the terms of such preferred stock do not expressly restrict the ability of a Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (other than requirements to pay dividends or liquidation preferences on such preferred stock prior to paying any dividends or making any other distributions on such other Capital Stock);

(14) supermajority voting requirements existing under corporate charters, by laws, stockholders agreements and similar documents and agreements;

(15) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary;

(16) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest; and

(17) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

Neither of the Issuers will, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its respective properties or assets taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1) either: (a) such Issuer is the surviving entity; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;provided, that Tronox Finance may not consolidate or merge with or into any entity other than a corporation satisfying such requirements for so long as Tronox Worldwide remains a limited liability company or a partnership;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the notes, the indenture and the registration rights agreement;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) such Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made:

(a) would have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the transaction equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of such Issuer immediately preceding the transaction; or

(b) would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; or

(c) would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and to any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is not less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Tronox Worldwide for such period calculated without giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions.

In addition, such Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

106


Index to Financial Statements

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of Tronox Worldwide, which properties and assets, if held by Tronox Worldwide instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Tronox Worldwide on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tronox Worldwide.

The surviving entity will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the particular Issuer under the Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets, the particular Issuer will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tronox Worldwide is permitted to reorganize as a corporation in accordance with the procedures established in the indenture, and may merge or consolidate with an Affiliate for such purpose;provided that Tronox Worldwide shall have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel confirming that the holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such reorganization.

This “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant will not apply to:

(1) a merger of an Issuer with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Issuer in another jurisdiction; or

(2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Transactions with Affiliates

Tronox Worldwide will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into, make, amend, renew or make or amendextend any transaction or series of related transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guaranteeGuarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Tronox Worldwidetheir Affiliates, in each case involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5 million (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to Tronox Worldwide or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Tronox Worldwide or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(1)such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (as determined by the Parent); and

(2) Tronox Worldwide delivers to the trustee:

(2)the Parent delivers to the Trustee:

(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of Tronox Worldwide set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Tronox Worldwide; and

(a)with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25 million, a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Members; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to Tronox Worldwide or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

(b)with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50 million, an opinion issued by an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions is fair to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

(1)transactions between or among the Parent and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2)Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Permitted Investments;

(3)any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of, or capital contributions to, the Parent;

(4)transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and referenced in this offering memorandum, or any amendment, modification, or supplement thereto or replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries than the agreement or arrangement in existence on the Issue Date;

(5)

payments by the Parent and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Parent and its Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal

 

107

173


Index to Financial Statements
year does not exceed the amount that the Parent, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of amounts received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Parent and its Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

(2) transactions between or among Tronox Worldwide and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including Persons that become Restricted Subsidiaries as a result thereof)

(6)payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements and similar payments on behalf of, directors of the Parent or any Subsidiary thereof;

(7)any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement, or reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements, entered into by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with officers, employees and consultants of the Parent or any Subsidiary thereof and the payment of compensation, reimbursement of expenses paid or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, employees and consultants of the Parent or any Subsidiary thereof (including issuances of securities and other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans), entered into in the ordinary course of business or otherwise approved by a majority of the Disinterested Members;

(8)purchases and sales of raw materials or Inventory in the ordinary course of business on market terms;

(9)(a) transactions with customers, clients, lessors, landlords, suppliers, contractors, purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, which are fair to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Parent, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (b) transactions with Joint Ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(10)transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent) that is an Affiliate of the Parent solely because the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person;

(11)the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(12)transactions entered into by a Person prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated into the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary (provided such transaction is not entered into in contemplation of such event);

(13)transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(14)transactions in which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee an opinion issued by an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction or series of related transactions is fair to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view and that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Parent or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(15)transactions between the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Parent; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Parent on any matter involving such other Person; and

(16)any customary transaction with a Receivables Entity effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide) that is an Affiliate of Tronox Worldwide solely because Tronox Worldwide owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(4) reasonable fees and expenses and compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees of Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or senior management of Parent;174

(5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Tronox Worldwide to Affiliates of Tronox Worldwide;

(6) Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments”;

(7) transactions effected in connection with our separation from Kerr-McGee, including the payment of all fees and expenses, which transactions are described in this prospectus under the caption “Arrangements between Kerr-McGee and Our Company”;

(8) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(9) transactions between Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of Tronox Worldwide or any direct or indirect parent company of Tronox Worldwide and such director is the sole cause for such Person to be deemed an Affiliate of Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiaries;provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as director of Tronox Worldwide or such direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(10) any contribution to the capital of Tronox Worldwide; and

(11) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement described in this prospectus under the caption “Arrangements between Kerr-McGee and Our Company,” as in effect on the date of the indenture, in each case as amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as the amended, modified or new agreements, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in effect on the date of the indenture.


Business ActivitiesLimitation on Asset Sales

Tronox WorldwideThe Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1)the Parent (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2)at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of:

(a)cash or Cash Equivalents;

(b)Replacement Assets;

(c)any liabilities of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary as shown on the Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than contingent liabilities, Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee and liabilities to the extent owed to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or Equity Interests and for which the Parent and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries have been released;

(d)any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this sub-clause (d) that is at the time outstanding and held by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); or

(e)any combination of the consideration specified in clauses (a) through (d).

Within 12 months after the receipt of any Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may apply an amount equal to such Net Available Cash at its option:

(1)to repay or retire Indebtedness secured by such assets, Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owed to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary) or Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(2)to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter into a binding agreement to purchase such Replacement Assets; provided that (x) such purchase is consummated no later than the later of (i) the day that is 12 months after such Asset Sale and (ii) 90 days after the date of such binding agreement and (y) if such purchase is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Available Cash not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds (as defined below));

(3)to make capital expenditures; or

(4)to make an Offer to Purchase as described below.

Pending the final application of any Net Available Cash from Asset Sales in accordance with clauses (1) through (4) in the preceding paragraph, the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries to, engagemay temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise apply such Net Available Cash in any business othermanner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The amount of such Net Available Cash required to be applied (or to be committed to be applied) during such 12-month period as set forth above and not applied (or committed to be applied) as so required by the end of such period shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate

175


amount of Excess Proceeds totals at least $25 million, the Issuer must commence, not later than Permitted Businesses, exceptthe fifteenth Business Day of such month, and consummate an Offer to Purchase, from the Holders and, at the Issuer’s option, all holders of Pari Passu Debt containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Debt, if any, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any such Offer to Purchase shall be equal to or greater than the amount of Excess Proceeds and shall be calculated as follows: 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Notes and such Pari Passu Debt,plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any up to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on a relevant record date to receive interest on an interest payment date that occurs prior to the purchase date) and will be payable in cash. To the extent as would not be materialthat any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Tronox WorldwidePurchase pursuant to this “Asset Sales” covenant, the Parent and itsthe Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Restrictions on Activities of Tronox Finance

Tronox Finance will not hold any material assets, become liablemay use those Excess Proceeds for any material obligations, other thanpurpose not otherwise prohibited by the notesIndenture, and guarantee obligationsthose Excess Proceeds shall no longer constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

The Credit Agreements may prohibit the Issuer from purchasing any Notes, and may also provide that certain asset sale events with respect to the Parent would constitute a default under the Credit Agreement,Agreements. Any future credit agreements or engageother agreements to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event an Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing the Notes, the borrowers under the Credit Agreements could seek the consent of its lenders to permit the purchase of the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the borrowers do not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuer would remain prohibited from purchasing the Notes. In such case, the Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, which would, in any significant business activities;provided that Tronox Finance may beturn, constitute a co-obligor with respect to Indebtedness if Tronox Worldwide is the primary obligor ofdefault under such Indebtednessother agreements.

Limitation on Dividend and the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by Tronox Worldwide or one or more of Tronox Worldwide’sOther Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries other than Tronox Finance. At

The Parent will not, and will not permit any time after Tronox Worldwide is a corporation, Tronox Finance may consolidateRestricted Subsidiary to, directly or merge withindirectly, cause or suffer to exist or become effective or enter into Tronox Worldwideany encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2)pay any liabilities owed to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(3)make loans or advances to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(4)sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common Equity Interests and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary.Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions:

(1)existing under, by reason of or with respect to the Existing Indebtedness and Credit Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive with respect to dividend and payment restrictions (as determined by the Parent in good faith) than those contained in the Existing Indebtedness or Credit Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date;

176


(2)set forth in the Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes in respect thereof and the related Note Guarantees;

(3)existing under, by reason of or with respect to agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under the provisions of the covenant described under “Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and any amendments, restatements, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions therein, taken as a whole, (i) are not materially more restrictive than the agreements governing Indebtedness as in effect on the date of the Indenture, or (ii) will not affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined by the Parent in good faith);

(4)existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(5)with respect to any Person, or the property or assets of a Person, acquired by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such acquisition and not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the property or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive with respect to dividend and other payment restrictions than those in effect on the date of the acquisition;

(6)that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset;

(7)existing under or by reason of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive with respect to dividend and payment restrictions, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(8)existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(9)arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(10)existing under, by reason of or with respect to any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary that restrict distributions or transfer by that Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;

(11)on cash or other deposits or net worth, which encumbrances or restrictions are imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12)arising from customary provisions in Joint Venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such Joint Venture, which the Board of Directors of the Parent determines in good faith will not adversely affect the Issuer’s ability to make payments of principal of or interest on the Notes;

(13)existing under or by reason of Secured Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and “—Limitation on Liens” that limit the right of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

177


(14)under purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capital Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(15)existing under any agreement imposed in connection with consignment agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(16)under provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in Joint Venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale and leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (or Investments), which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(17)arising from customary provisions in Hedging Obligations permitted under the Indenture and entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(18)existing under, by reason of or with respect to any Restricted Payment not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and any Permitted Investment; and

(19)restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction that, in the good faith determination of the Parent, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Receivables Transaction Facility.

Additional Note Guarantees

If Tronox WorldwideThe Parent will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Entity, directly or indirectly, to Incur or Guarantee any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the dateIndebtedness under Credit Facilities Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the indenture, then that newly acquiredsecond paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” unless such Restricted Subsidiary (a) is a Guarantor or created Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor

108


Index(b) within 15 Business Days executes and delivers to Financial Statements

the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an opinion of counsel toproviding for the trustee within 10 business daysGuarantee of the date onpayment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which it was acquiredGuarantee will rank senior in right of payment to or created;provided that any Domestic Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor untilequally in right of payment with such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Board of Directors of Tronox WorldwideIssuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Tronox Finance so long as Tronox Worldwide is a limited liability company or partnership)of the Parent to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiariesthe Parent in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption ““—Limitation on Restricted PaymentsPayments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by Tronox Worldwide.the Parent. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of Tronox Worldwide may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trusteeTrustee by filing with the trusteeTrustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of Tronox WorldwideResolution giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificateOfficers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption ““—Limitation on Restricted Payments.Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the indentureIndenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurredIncurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurredIncurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption ““—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,,Tronox Worldwidethe Parent will be in default of such covenant.

The Board of Directors of Tronox WorldwideIssuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide;Subsidiary;providedthat such designation will be deemed to be an incurrenceIncurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption ““—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and

178


Issuance of Preferred Stock,,” calculated on apro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarterapplicable reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Limitation on IssuancesMerger, Consolidation or Sale of Guarantees of IndebtednessAssets

The Parent will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person, or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1)immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(2)either:

(a)the Parent is the surviving corporation; or

(b)the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition will have been made (i) is a Person organized or existing under the laws of Australia, Switzerland, any Member State of the European Union as of December 31, 2003 or the United States or, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, provided that in the case where such Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation and (ii) assumes all the obligations of the Parent under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee and under the Registration Rights Agreement;

(3)immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (a) the Parent or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition will have been made, will be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent or surviving Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be greater than or equal to such ratio for the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(4)each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person with which the Parent has entered into a transaction under this covenant, will have confirmed to the Trustee in writing that its Note Guarantee will apply to the obligations of the Parent or the surviving Person in accordance with the Notes and the Indenture.

Exceptprovided, however, that clause (3) above will not apply (i) if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Parent, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of incorporation of the Parent, and any such transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations; or (ii) to any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Parent and any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer and the Guarantors will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving Person), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer or the Guarantor, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, other than the Parent, the Issuer or another Guarantor, unless:

(1)immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(2)either:

(a)

the Issuer or the Guarantor is the surviving corporation, or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer or the Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (i) in the case of the Issuer, is

179


organized or existing under the laws of any Member State of the European Union as of December 31, 2003 or the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and (ii) in each case, assumes all the obligations of that Issuer or Guarantor under the Indenture (including such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee) pursuant to a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee and under the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(b)such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Asset Sales.”

Upon any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition in accordance with this covenant, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Parent, the Issuer or the Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of the Indenture referring to the “Parent,” the “Issuer” or the “Guarantor” will refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Parent, the Issuer or the Guarantor, and may exercise every right and power of, the Parent, the Issuer or the Guarantor under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Parent, the Issuer or the Guarantor in the Indenture.

In addition, neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent may, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

Reports

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Parent will furnish to the Trustee, or file electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Next-Generation EDGAR System (or any successor system), within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations that are then applicable to the Parent:

(1)all quarterly and annual information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Parent were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Parent’s certified independent accountants; and

(2)all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Parent were required to file such reports.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Parent will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to prospective investors. In addition, the Parent agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time it is not required to file with the Commission the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above, it will furnish, or otherwise make publicly available, to the Trustee, securities analysts, Holders of Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

If the Parent has designated any Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary of the

180


Parent, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, as determined in good faith by senior management of the Parent, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The reports and financial information to be provided by the Parent pursuant to this covenant shall include consolidated statements for the Parent that include the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Parent. The Parent’s obligations under this covenant will be fulfilled if a successor to the Parent makes or provides the reports and financial information required hereunder, provided that such reports and financial information include consolidated statements for such successor that include the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of such successor in the same manner as with respect to Permitted Debt, the IssuersParent.

If the Commission will not accept such information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above, the Parent will furnish, or otherwise make publicly available, to the Trustee, securities analysts Holders of Notes and prospective investors, such information and reports;provided, however, that for so long as the Commission does not accept such information and reports, such reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K, or Items 301 or 302 of Regulation S-K, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein) and (B) will not be required to contain the separate financial statements for Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X (but will be required to comply with the condensed consolidating footnote presentation provided by Rule 3-10(b)-(f) of Regulation S-X).

Conduct of Business and Limitation on Certain Activities

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of theirRestricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Parent will cause the Issuer or its successor to engage in only those business activities that are necessary, convenient or incidental to the offering, sale, issuance and servicing of the Notes or other Indebtedness (including any Additional Notes) of the Issuer permitted under the Indenture or lending of the proceeds of the Notes or any such other Indebtedness to the Parent Guarantor or any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries, to refrain from engaging in any trade or business in the United States, to file a “check the box” election to be treated as a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes, to be effective on or before the issuance of the Notes, to continue to be properly classified as a disregarded entity of the Parent for United States federal income tax purposes and to refrain from incurring any Indebtedness other than the Notes and other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the covenant headed “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

The Parent shall continue to directly or indirectly to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtednessmaintain 100% ownership of the Issuers unless such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the GuaranteeCapital Stock of the paymentIssuer or any permitted successor of the notes by such Restricted Subsidiary and/orIssuer, provided that any permitted successor of the pledgingParent under the Indenture may succeed to the Parent’s ownership of such assets onCapital Stock. For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the same basis, as the case may be, which GuaranteeParent will be seniornot commence or take any action to orpari passu with such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee offacilitate a winding-up, liquidation or pledge to secure such other Indebtedness.

The formanalogous proceeding in respect of the Note Guarantee is attached as an exhibit to the indenture.Issuer.

Payments for Consent

Tronox WorldwideThe Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted SubsidiariesSubsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any considerationcash consent fee to or for the benefit of any holderHolder of notesNotes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the indentureIndenture or the notesNotes unless such

109


Index to Financial Statements

consideration cash consent fee is offered to be paid to all Holders that may legally participate in the transaction, as proposed by the Parent and is paid to all holdersHolders of the notesNotes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.amendment.

181


Covenant Suspension

Reports

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long asDuring any notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s EDGAR system, Tronox Worldwide will cause Parent to furnish to the holders of notes or cause the trustee to make available for inspection by the holders of notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Parent were required to file such reports; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if Parent were required to file such reports.

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on Parent’s consolidated financial statements by Parent’s certified independent accountants. In addition, Tronox Worldwide will cause Parent to file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods.

If, at any time, Parent is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, Tronox Worldwide will nevertheless cause Parent to continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this covenant with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. Tronox Worldwide will not permit Parent to take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept Parent’s filings for any reason, Tronox Worldwide will cause Parent to post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if Parent were required to file those reports with the SEC.

In addition, Tronox Worldwide and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file the reports required by the preceding paragraphs with the SEC, they will furnish to the holders of notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Eliminated covenants

From and after the first day following a period of 90 consecutive days during whichtime that (i) the notesNotes have an Investment Grade RatingRatings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is then continuing under the Indenture we(the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and our(ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will no longernot be subject to the provisionscovenants (the “Suspended Covenants”) described under:

(1)“—Certain Covenants-Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(2)“—Certain Covenants-Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(3)“—Certain Covenants-Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates”;

(4)“—Certain Covenants-Limitation on Asset Sales”;

(5)“—Certain Covenants-Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(6)“—Certain Covenants-Additional Note Guarantees”;

(7)“—Certain Covenants-Conduct of Business”; and

(8)Clause (3) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.”

In the event that the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the Indenture described aboveforegoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) (a) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating or (b) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enters into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under the following headings:

“—Repurchase atIndenture with respect to future events. The period beginning on the Optionday of Holders—Change of Control,a Covenant Suspension Event and ending on a Reversion Date is called a “Suspension Period.

“—Repurchase at the Option The ability of the Holders—Asset Sales,”

“—Certain Covenants—Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries to make Restricted Payments

“—Certain Covenants—Incurrence after the time of Indebtedness and Issuancesuch withdrawal, downgrade, Default or Event of Preferred Stock,”

clause (1)(a) and clause (3)Default will be calculated as if the covenant governing Restricted Payments had been in effect throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of the covenant listeddescribed under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions,Restricted Payments.

“—Certain Covenants—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries,”

clause (4) However, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the covenant listed under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets,”

110


Index to Financial Statements
“—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates,” and

“—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

(collectively, the “Eliminated Covenants”). AsReversion Date as a result afterof any actions taken or announced by the date on which we and ourParent or its Restricted Subsidiaries areduring the Suspension Period.

There can be no longer subject toassurance that the Eliminated Covenants, the notesNotes will be entitled to substantially reduced covenant protection.ever achieve or maintain an Investment Grade Rating.

Events of Default and Remedies

EachThe following will be an “Event of Default” under the followingIndenture:

(1)default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when due and payable (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);

(2)default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days thereafter;

(3)failure by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions described under the caption “—Change of Control,” the fourth paragraph under the caption “—Certain CovenantsLimitation on Asset Sales,” or the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

182


(4)default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, voting as a single class;

(5)a default or defaults under any mortgage, bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Indebtedness (other than the Notes) by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $50 million, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults either (a) shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity or (b) shall constitute a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium on, such Indebtedness when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

(6)the entry against the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of a final judgment(s) for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $50 million (net of amounts covered by (a) insurance for which the insurer thereof has been notified of such claim and has not challenged such coverage or (b) valid third-party indemnifications for which the indemnifying party thereof has been notified of such claim and has not challenged such indemnification), by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgment(s) remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(7)except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee ceases to be enforceable or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect as against the Guarantors, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; and

(8)certain events in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary).

If an Event of Default”:

(1) default (other than an Event of Default specified in the payment when due of interest on, or Special Interest, if any,clause (8) above with respect to the notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the notes;

(3) failure by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(4) failure by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to Tronox Worldwide by the trusteeParent or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture not specified in clauses (1) through (3) above;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the indenture, if that default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest, special interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;

(6) failure by an Issuer or any of Tronox Worldwide’s Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $5.0 million (net of any amount with respect to which a reputable and solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(7) except as permitted by the indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; and

(8) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the indenture with respect to Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Issuers, any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Tronox Worldwide that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event

111


Index to Financial Statements

of DefaultIssuer) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the trustee may and, atTrustee or the directionHolders of the holders of at leastnot less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes, shallNotes may declare all the notesprincipal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Issuers and, in case of a notice by holders, alsoIssuer (and to the trustee specifyingTrustee if given by Holders);provided,however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the respective Event of Default and that it is a notice of acceleration.

Subject to certain limitations, holdersHolders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notesNotes may, directunder certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the trusteenonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in its exercisethe Indenture.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (5) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) shall be remedied or cured by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any trustjudgment or power.decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above occurs with respect to the Parent or the Issuer, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shallipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. For further information as to waiver of defaults, see “—Amendments and Waiver.” The trusteeTrustee may withhold from holders of the notesHolders notice of any continuing

183


Default or Event(except Default in payment of Defaultprincipal, premium, if itany, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Eventthe interests of Default relatingthe Holders to do so.

No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the payment of principal, interestIndenture or premium, iffor any or Special Interest, if any.

Subjectremedy thereunder, unless (x) such Holder shall have previously given to the provisionsTrustee written notice of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any holders of notes unless such holders have offered to the trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, when due, no holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the notes unless:

(1) such holder has previously given the trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) holdersshall be continuing, (y) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notesNotes shall have made written request to the Trustee, and, if requested, the trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such holders have offered the trustee security orprovided indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the trustee hasTrustee, to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and (z) the Trustee shall not complied with such request within 60 days afterhave received from the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) holdersHolders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes have not given the trusteeNotes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note directly (as opposed to through the Trustee) for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such 60-day period.Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

The holdersParent and the Issuer shall within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent deliver to the Trustee a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Each of the Parent and the Issuer shall notify the Trustee if it becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default within ten days thereafter.

Amendments and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes (except Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest) may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1)reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2)change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note;

(3)reduce the principal amount of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Note;

(4)alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes under the caption “—Optional Redemption” or waive any such redemption payment with respect to the Notes;

(5)waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except, upon a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of any other covenant or provision that cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(6)make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars;

(7)make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes;

(8)make any change in the amendment and waiver provisions of the Indenture;

(9)release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

184


(10)impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include a waiver of an Event of Default as described above); or

(11)except as otherwise permitted under the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and “—Certain Covenants—Additional Note Guarantees,” consent to the assignment or transfer by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under the Indenture.

Without the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notesNotes then outstanding by notice(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, notes), no waiver or amendment to the trusteeIndenture may on behalfamend, change or modify the obligation of the holders of allIssuer to make and consummate an Offer to Purchase with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales,” or the obligation of the notes, rescindIssuer to make and consummate an accelerationOffer to Purchase in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with the covenant described under “—Change of Control,” including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto; provided, however, that without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not change or reduce the principal amount of any Note or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on, or the principal of, the notes.Issuer’s obligation to make such payments when due.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (5) above shall have occurred and be continuing, such Event of Default and any consequential accelerations shall be automatically rescinded if (i)without the Indebtedness that is the subject of such Event of Default has been repaid, or (ii) if the default relating to such Indebtedness is waived or cured and if such Indebtedness has been accelerated, then the holders thereof have rescinded their declaration of acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness.

The Issuers are required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the indenture. Upon becoming awareconsent of any Default or EventHolder of Default,Notes, the Issuers are required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Managers, Directors, Officers, Employees, Members and Stockholders

No manager, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of the Issuers or of any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers orIssuer, the Guarantors underand the notes,Trustee may amend or supplement the indenture,Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.Guarantee:

 

(1)to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

112

(2)to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3)to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes and Note Guarantees in accordance with the Indenture in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets;


Index to Financial Statements

(4)to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not materially, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Parent, adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes of any such Holder;

(5)to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6)to comply with the provisions described under “—Certain Covenants—Additional Note Guarantees”;

(7)to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee;

(8)to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture; or

(9)to conform the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of this “Description of Notes.”

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The IssuersParent may at any time, at the option of their respectiveits Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have all of theirthe obligations of the Issuer discharged with respect to the outstanding notesNotes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Note Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

(1) the rights of holders of outstanding notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Special Interest, if any, on, such notes

(1)the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee, and the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and185

(4) the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance provisions of the indenture.


(2)the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3)the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee under the Indenture, and Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4)the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, Tronox Worldwidethe Parent may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the IssuersIssuer and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants (including itsthe obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate an Offer to Purchase described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales,” and “—Change of Control, Offers and Asset Sale Offers)”) that are described in the indentureIndenture (“Covenant DefeasanceDefeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes.Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment,all Events of Default described under “—Events of Default” (except those relating to payments on the Notes or bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation andor insolvency events) described under “—Events of Default and Remedies will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:its defeasance option:

(1) Tronox Worldwide must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on, the outstanding notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and Tronox Worldwide must specify whether the notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(1)the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee in trust (the “Defeasance Trust”), for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, for the payment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, Tronox Worldwide must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel confirming that:

(2)the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel stating, in substance, that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of Legal Defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable federal income tax law since the Issue Date);

(a) Tronox Worldwide has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or

(3)no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness), and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings);

(b) since the date of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

(4)such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors is bound;

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the beneficial owners of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(5)the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or others; and

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, Tronox Worldwide must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel confirming that the beneficial owners of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(6)the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

113

186


Index to Financial Statements

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the indenture) to which Tronox Worldwide or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Tronox Worldwide or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) Tronox Worldwide must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by Tronox Worldwide with the intent of preferring the holders of notes over the other creditors of Tronox Worldwide with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of Tronox Worldwide or others; and

(7) Tronox Worldwide must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the indenture or the notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes).

Without the consent of each holder of notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Special Interest, if any, on, the notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on, the notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the indenture; or

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

114


Index to Financial Statements

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of notes, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the notes or the Note Guarantees:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to holders of notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of such Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any such holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6) to conform the text of the indenture, the notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of this Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in this Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the indenture, the Note Guarantees or the notes;

(7) to provide for the issuance of additional notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the indenture as of the date of the indenture;

(8) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and /or a Note Guarantee with respect to the notes;

(9) to add or release Note Guarantees pursuant to the terms of the Indenture;

(10) to secure the Notes; or

(11) to evidence and provide for the acceptance under the indenture of a successor trustee.

The consent of the holders is not necessary under the indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment under the indenture becomes effective, Tronox Worldwide is required to mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all the holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The indentureIndenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notesNotes issued thereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers, have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and an Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(1)either:

 

(a)all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

115

(b)all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable (by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise) or will become due and payable at Stated Maturity within one year, and in each such case the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(2)in respect of clause 1(b), no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such satisfaction and discharge and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings);


Index to Financial Statements

(3)the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(3) an Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the indenture; and

(4) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee under the indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

(4)the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at Stated Maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, Tronox Worldwidethe Issuer must deliver an officers’ certificateOfficers’ Certificate and an opinionOpinion of counselCounsel to the trusteeTrustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Concerning the Trustee

If the Trustee becomes a creditor of the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Indenture limits its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee in its individual capacityTrustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions with the Issuers and any Guarantor;transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest as described under the Trust Indenture Act it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SECCommission for permission to continue to serve as trusteeTrustee (if the indentureIndenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The indentureIndenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurswill occur and isbe continuing, of which a responsible officer of the trustee has actual knowledge, the trusteeTrustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent personman in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trusteeThe Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indentureIndenture at the request of any holderHolder of notes,Notes, unless such holder hasHolder will have offered to the trusteeTrustee security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

187


Additional InformationNo Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copyNo director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, manager or partner of the indentureIssuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and registration rights agreementreleases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

Except as set forth below, Notes will be issued in registered, global form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notes will be issued at the closing of this offering only against payment in immediately available funds.

Notes initially will be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without chargeinterest coupons (collectively, the “Global Notes”). The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for DTC, in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for definitive notes in registered certificated form (“Certificated Notes”) except in the limited circumstances described below. See “—Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes.” Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form.

Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream), which may change from time to time.

Depository Procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by writingthem. The Issuer takes no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urges investors to Tronox Worldwide LLC, 123 Robert S. Kerr Avenue, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102.contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised the Issuer that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

188


DTC has also advised the Issuer that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

(1)upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and

(2)ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes).

Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) which are Participants. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

Except as described below, owners of interests in the Global Notes will not have Notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or “Holders” thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

(1)any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or

(2)any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.

DTC has advised the Issuer that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the Notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the Beneficial Owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the Issuer. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants or the Indirect Participants in identifying the Beneficial Owners of the Notes, and the Issuer and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

189


Subject to the transfer restrictions set forth under “Notice to Investors,” transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the Participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries for Euroclear or Clearstream.

DTC has advised the Issuer that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a Holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the Notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for legended Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such Notes to its Participants.

Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such procedures at any time. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

A Global Note is exchangeable for definitive Notes in registered certificated form (“Certificated Notes”) if:

(1)DTC (a) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and in each case the Issuer fails to appoint a successor depositary;

(2)the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes;or

(3)there will have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in “Notice to Investors,” unless that legend is not required by applicable law.

190


Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes

Certificated Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the registrar a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such Notes. See “Notice to Investors.”

Same Day Settlement and Payment

The IssuersIssuer will make payments in respect of the notesNotes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and SpecialAdditional Interest, if any) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee. The IssuersIssuer will make all payments of principal, interest and premium if any, and SpecialAdditional Interest, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the Certificated NotesHolders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’sHolder’s registered address. The notesNotes represented by the Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in The PORTALsm Market and to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notesNotes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The Issuers expectIssuer expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of

116


Index to Financial Statements

DTC. DTC has advised the IssuersIssuer that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a Participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

Registration Rights; Special Interest

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the registration rights agreement. It does not restate that agreement in its entirety. We urge you to read the proposed form of registration rights agreement in its entirety because it, and not this description, defines your registration rights as holders of the notes. See “—Additional Information.”

The Issuers, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers entered into the exchange and registration rights agreement on November 28, 2005. Pursuant to the exchange and registration rights agreement, the Issuers and the Guarantors agreed to file with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in the exchange and registration rights agreement) on the appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes. This prospectus is part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement required by the exchange and registration right agreement. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will offer to the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer (as defined in the registration rights agreement) who are able to make certain representations the opportunity to exchange their Transfer Restricted Securities for exchange notes.

If:

(1) the Issuers and the Guarantors are not

(a) required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; or

(b) permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy; or

(2) any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies Tronox Worldwide prior to the 20th business day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that:

(a) it is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange Offer;

(b) it may not resell the exchange notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales; or

(c) it is a broker-dealer and owns notes acquired directly from Tronox Worldwide or an affiliate of Tronox Worldwide,

the Issuers and the Guarantors will file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the registration rights agreement) to cover resales of the notes by the holders of the notes who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement.

For purposes of the preceding, “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each note until the earliest to occur of:

(1) the date on which such note has been exchanged by a Person other than a broker-dealer for an exchange note in the Exchange Offer;

(2) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of a note for an exchange note, the date on which such exchange note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement;

(3) the date on which such note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement;

117


Index to Financial Statements

(4) the date on which such note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

(5) the date on which such security ceases to be outstanding pursuant to the terms of the indenture.

The registration rights agreement provides that:

(1) the Issuers and the Guarantors will file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the SEC on or prior to 150 days after November 28, 2005;

(2) the Issuers and the Guarantors will use all commercially reasonable efforts to have the Exchange Offer Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC on or prior to 210 days after November 28, 2005;

(3) unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or SEC policy, the Issuers and the Guarantors will:

(a) commence the Exchange Offer; and

(b) use all commercially reasonable efforts to issue on or prior to 30 business days, or longer, if required by the federal securities laws, after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC, exchange notes in exchange for all notes tendered prior thereto in the Exchange Offer; and

(4) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will use all commercially reasonable efforts to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC on or prior to 60 days after such filing obligation arises and to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective by the SEC on or prior to 120 days after the Shelf Registration Statement is filed.

If:

(1) the Issuers and the Guarantors fail to file any of the registration statements required by the registration rights agreement on or before the date specified for such filing;

(2) any of such registration statements is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness (the “Effectiveness Target Date”);

(3) the Issuers and the Guarantors fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days after the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; or

(4) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above, a “Registration Default”),

then the Issuers and the Guarantors will pay Special Interest to each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities.

With respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default, Special Interest will be paid in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of the Special Interest will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured or the notes are no longer Transfer Restricted Securities, up to a maximum amount of Special Interest for all Registration Defaults of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities.

All accrued Special Interest will be paid by the Issuers and the Guarantors on the next scheduled interest payment date to DTC or its nominee by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to holders of Certificated Notes by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified.

118


Index to Financial Statements

Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Special Interest will cease.

Holders of notes will be required to make certain representations to the Issuers (as described in the registration rights agreement) in order to participate in the Exchange Offer and will be required to deliver certain information to be used in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within the time periods set forth in the registration rights agreement in order to have their notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Special Interest set forth above. By acquiring Transfer Restricted Securities, a holder will be deemed to have agreed to indemnify the Issuers and the Guarantors against certain losses arising out of information furnished by such holder in writing for inclusion in any Shelf Registration Statement. Holders of notes will also be required to suspend their use of the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement under certain circumstances upon receipt of written notice to that effect from the Issuers.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indenture.Indenture. Reference is made to the indentureIndenture for a full disclosuredescription of all definedsuch terms, used therein, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

Acquired DebtABL Facility” means the senior secured asset based revolving syndicated credit facility, dated as of June 18, 2012, among Tronox Incorporated and certain of its subsidiaries, as U.S. borrowers and guarantors, Tronox Limited and certain of its subsidiaries, as Australian borrowers and guarantors, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time, including, without limitation, by a Credit Facility.

Acquired Indebtedness” means (1) with respect to any specified Person:

(1)Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any othersuch Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such otherPerson becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) with respect to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Person (other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into the Parent or became a Restricted Subsidiary, or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock expressly assumed in connection with the acquisition of such specified Person, whetherthe stock or notany asset or assets from another Person;provided that such Indebtedness, is incurredDisqualified Stock or Preferred Stock was not Incurred or issued by such Person in connection with or in contemplation of such other Person merging withmerger or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.acquisition.

Additional AssetsInterestmeans:means all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

(1) any property or assets (other than indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Business;

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide;191

provided,however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Permitted Business.


Affiliate” of any specified Person means (1) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person or (2) any executive officer or director of such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, meanswill mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise;provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control.otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” will have correlative meanings.

Alternative Facility” means (i) one or more debt facilities or other financing arrangements with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit incurred by any Subsidiary of Parent and secured solely by Liens upon one or more assets comprising collateral (A) of the relevant Subsidiary of Parent that is an obligor or provides credit support to such obligor under the relevant Alternative Facility and (B) that secures the ABL Facility, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time and (ii) any Credit Facility.

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the greater of (i) 1 % of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note at August 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under “—Optional Redemption”)plus (2) all remaining required interest payments due on such Note through August 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rateplus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note.

Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights of the Issuers or of any Restricted Subsidiary;provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of Tronox Worldwide, or all or substantially all of the assets of Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole,

(1)the sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (each, a “Transfer”), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction), of any assets or rights (excluding Equity Interests in the Parent) of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

119


Index to Financial Statements

will be governed by the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and/or the provisions described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of Tronox Worldwide’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries).

(2)the issuance or sale of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary or the Transfer by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Equity Interests in any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law), whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed not to be an Asset Sale:Sales:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $5.0

(1)any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets or Equity Interests having a Fair Market Value of less than $10 million;

(2)sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(3)the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of Excluded Entities;

(4)a Transfer of assets that is governed by the provisions of the Indenture described under “—Change of Control” or the provisions described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(5)a Transfer of assets or Equity Interests between or among the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6)an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(7)a Transfer of cash and Cash Equivalents;

(8)a Transfer of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide to Tronox Worldwide or to a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide;192

(4) the sale or lease of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;


(9)a Transfer that constitutes a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or a Permitted Investment;

(10)a Transfer of any property or equipment that has become redundant, surplus, damaged, worn out, obsolete or no longer useful, and sales or other dispositions of intellectual property determined, in the reasonable judgment of the Parent, to be uneconomical, negligible or obsolete;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(11)the creation of a Lien not prohibited by the Indenture (but not the sale of property subject to a Lien);

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments”;

(12)a grant of a license to use the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s patents, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property to the extent that such license does not limit the licensor’s use of the patent, trade secret, know-how or other intellectual property;

(7) a Permitted Investment;

(13)sales, transfers or contributions of Receivables Assets (or a fractional undivided interest therein) to a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction, provided that if such Receivables Entity is an Affiliate, such sale, transfer or contribution must be for the fair market value thereof (as determined in good faith by the Parent);

(8) the granting of Liens not prohibited by the indenture and the foreclosure thereon;

(14)transfers of Receivables Assets (or a fractional undivided interest therein) in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement release or surrender of contract, tort or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(15)any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(10) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions; or

(16)foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(11) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(17)any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction or asset securitization permitted by the Indenture;

(12) the sale and leaseback of any assets within 180 days after the acquisition thereof;

(18)to the extent they constitute an Asset Sale, the granting of alien that is permitted to be granted, and is granted, under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens”;

(13) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and

(19)to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;

(14) the licensing of intellectual property rights.

(20)the lease, assignment, sublease or license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.

(21)dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP;provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.”

(22)any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary, including in connection with any merger or consolidation; and

(23)any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used

120


Index to Financial Statements

in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only afterupon the passageoccurrence of time.a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” will have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(1)with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or a duly authorized committee thereof;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and193

(4)


(2)with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3)with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution” means a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Parent to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Parent and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

Borrowing Base” means, as of the date of determination, an amount equal to:

(1) 80% of the book value of all accounts receivable owned by Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that are not more than 90 days past due;plus

(1)85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus

(2) 60% of the book value of all inventory owned by Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries or scheduled for delivery against letters of credit issued against Credit Facilities,

(2)75% of the book value of all inventory owned by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date,

as set forth inbased on the most recent quarterly or annual report, as applicable, deliveredinternal month-end financial statements available to the trusteeParent, determined on a pro forma basis in accordancea manner consistent with the indenture.pro forma basis contained in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

Capital Lease Obligation” means at the time any determinationan obligation that is required to be made,classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby at any time shall be the amount of the liability in respect of a capital leasethereof that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.GAAP.

Capital Stockmeans:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity,any Person means any and all shares, interests (including general or limited partnership interests, limited liability company or membership interests or limited liability partnership interests), participations rights or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4)such Person, including any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with CapitalPreferred Stock.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than 12

(1)United States dollars, Canadian dollars, euro, any national currency of any Member State of the European Union as of December 31, 2003 and such foreign currencies held by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2)securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), maturing, unless such securities are deposited to defease any Indebtedness, not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition;

(2) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s having maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(3)investments in time or demand deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A-2” or higher by Moody’s, “A” or higher by S&P or the equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act);

(4)repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

121

194


Index to Financial Statements
(5)commercial paper having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United Kingdom, the Commonwealth of Australia or any member state of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(6)securities issued and fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, rated at least “A” by Moody’s or S&P and having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

(7)certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances (or, in the case of Non-US Entities, the foreign equivalent thereof) maturing within six months after such date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (a) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (b) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $500,000,000 (or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Entity that is incorporated in Australia, issued or accepted by any Lender or commercial bank incorporated in Australia and which has a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s) provided that, in the case of any Investment by a Non-U.S. Entity, “Cash Equivalents” shall also include: (i) direct obligations of the sovereign nation (or any agency thereof) in which such Non-U.S. Entity is organized and is conducting business or in obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by such sovereign nation (or any agency thereof) and (ii) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (i) through (v) above of obligors that are Non-US Entities, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies; and

(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or Standard and Poor’s and, in each case, maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition;

(7) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, demand or time deposit accounts used in the ordinary course of business with reputable commercial banks located in the jurisdiction of organization of such Foreign Subsidiary; and

(8) investments in any fund at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash or Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition.

(8)shares of any money market mutual fund rated at least AAA or the equivalent thereof by S&P, at least Aaa or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or any other mutual fund at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1)

(1)the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent or Tronox Worldwide and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;

(2)the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent (other than as permitted hereunder);

(3)the Parent becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as defined above) other than a Permitted Holder, including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent;

(4)the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent are not Continuing Directors; or

(5)the first day on which the Parent ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Issuer.

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock” means, with respect to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act);

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Tronox Worldwide or Parent;

(3) the consummation ofPerson, any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Parent, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(4) Parent consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Parent, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Parent or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of Parent outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for VotingCapital Stock (other than DisqualifiedPreferred Stock) of such Person, whether outstanding on the survivingIssue Date or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance);issued thereafter.

(5) Parent fails to own 100% of the Capital Stock of Tronox Worldwide or Tronox Worldwide fails to own 100% of the Capital Stock of Tronox Finance; or

(6) during any period of two consecutive years, Continuing Directors cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the IPO of Parent nor the Distribution (as described in the prospectus) shall constitute a Change of Control.

Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.

 

122

195


Index to Financial Statements

Consolidated Cash FlowEBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(1)an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(2)provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(3)the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(4)any foreign currency translation losses (including losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(5) charges for such period related to the shut down of the Savannah sulfate production facility;plus

(5)depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(6) all one-time fees, costs, expenses (including cash compensation payments), in each case incurred during such period by Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with or resulting from (i) Parent’s separation from Kerr-McGee Corporation and Parent’s initial public offering and the transactions related thereto, and (ii) the Distribution;plus

(6)the amount of net cost savings and operating efficiencies projected by the Parent in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions either taken or initiated prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and operating efficiencies had been realized on the first day of such period) and which are expected to be realized (i) within 18 months of the date thereof, with respect to specified actions taken or to be taken in connection with the Transaction (including the expected stand-alone cost savings from lower costs for certain services (including back office functions)), and (ii) within 12 months of the date thereof with respect to specified actions taken or to be taken in connection with future acquisitions and cost saving, restructuring and other similar initiatives, in each case, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions;provided that such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable;minus

(7) non-cash compensation charges for such period, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs;plus

(7)non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business;plus

(8) losses for such period from operations discontinued prior to the date of the indenture to the extent that such expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income (not to exceed $17 million in any period in the case of cash expenditures);plus

(9) losses, to the extent comparable to interest expense, for such period on the sales of accounts receivable under an asset securitization program or a factoring program to the extent that such expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

(10) non-cash environmental remediation and restoration expense (net of reimbursement) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income and represent an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period;minus

(11) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

(8)to the extent non-recurring, any fees, costs and expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred as a result of Investments, Asset Sales permitted hereunder and the issuance, repayment or amendment of Equity Interests or Indebtedness permitted hereunder (in each case, whether or not consummated).

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the preceding, sentence, clauses (1) through (11) relating to amountsthe provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, the Fixed Charges of and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to (or subtracted from) Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash FlowEBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and(A) in the same proportion)proportion that the net income (loss)Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating theadded to compute such Consolidated Net Income of such Person.Person and (B) only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended or distributed to such Person by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter or any agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

196


Consolidated Net IncomeIncome” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Incomenet income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, (excluding the net income (loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person), determined in accordance with GAAP;GAAP and without any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends;provided that:

(1) the Net Income

(1)all extraordinary gains (but not losses) and all gains (but not losses) realized in connection with any disposition of assets or securities, whether or not consummated, or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain, will be excluded;

(2)any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that Parent’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below);

(3)solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the net income (but not the net loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its equityholders;

(4)any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto, realized in connection with: (a) any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or (b) the disposition of any securities by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, will be excluded;

(5)any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gain, loss or expense, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain, loss or expense, will be excluded;

(6)any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts shall be excluded;

(7)the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

(8)non-cash gains and losses attributable to movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 will be excluded;

(9)any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date will be excluded;

(10)to the extent the related loss is not added back in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, proceeds of business interruption insurance policies to the extent of such related loss will be excluded;

(11)fees and expenses related to a Qualified Receivables Transaction will be excluded;

(12)any net after-tax gains attributable to the termination of any employee pension benefit plan will be excluded;

(13)(a) any net after-tax income or loss from operating results of discontinued operations as defined by GAAP and (b) any net after-tax gains or losses from sales of discontinued operations, in each case will be excluded;

 

123

197


Index to Financial Statements
(14)any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into in relation with the Indebtedness extinguished will be excluded;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(15)any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-downs or write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP will be excluded; and

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period will be excluded;

(4) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries;

(5) any non-cash goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charges incurred subsequent to the date of the indenture resulting from the application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (or similar pronouncements) shall be excluded;

(6) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations (other than losses from operations discontinued prior to the date of the indenture), net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations and losses arising from lease dispositions shall be excluded;

(7) items classified as extraordinary or nonrecurring gains and losses (less all fees and expenses related thereto) or expenses (including without limitation, severance, relocation, other restructuring costs and expenses arising from the transactions that closed contemporaneously with the initial offering of the old notes); and the related tax effects according to GAAP, shall be excluded;provided that with respect to each extraordinary or nonrecurring item, Tronox Worldwide shall have delivered an Officers’ Certificate (as to which the trustee shall have no responsibility to confirm or verify any information contained therein) to the trustee specifying and quantifying such item and stating that such item is extraordinary or non-recurring; and

(8) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, any non-recurring charges associated with any premium or penalty paid, write-offs of deferred financing costs or other financial recapitalization charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity will be added back to arrive at Consolidated Net Income.

(16)any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense shall be excluded.

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, Consolidated Tangible Assets after deducting therefrom all current liabilities, all as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of Parent delivered to the trustee, on a consolidated basis (excluding any Subsidiaries of Parent that are not Subsidiaries of Tronox Worldwide), determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Worth” means, with respect to any specified Person, as of any date, the sum of:

(1) the consolidated equity of the common stock (or Capital Stock equivalent to common stock)Total Assets of such Person and its consolidatedRestricted Subsidiaries asless goodwill and intangibles (other than intangibles arising from, or relating to, intellectual property, licenses or permits (including, but not limited to, emissions rights) of such date;Person), in each case calculated in accordance with GAAP,plusprovided

(2) that in the respective amounts reported onevent that such Person’s balance sheet asPerson or any of such dateits Restricted Subsidiaries assumes or acquires any assets in connection with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash receivedacquisition by such Person upon issuanceand its Restricted Subsidiaries of such preferred stock.

Consolidated Tangible Assets” means total assets (less accumulated depreciation and valuation reserves and other reserves and items deductible from gross book value of specific asset accounts under GAAP) after deducting therefrom (1) any item representing investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount, organization expenses and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of Parent deliveredanother Person subsequent to the trustee, on a consolidated basis (excluding any Subsidiariescommencement of Parent that are not Subsidiariesthe period for which the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of Tronox Worldwide), determined in accordance with GAAP.the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets is made, then the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such assumption or acquisition of assets, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

124


Index to Financial Statements

Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Parent who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the indenture or become a member of such Board in connection with the Distribution; or

(1)was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

(2)was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

Credit AgreementAgreements” means that certain Credit Agreement to be entered into by(i) the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility, (ii) a credit agreement governing any Alternative Facility and among(iii) the Issuers,credit agreement governing the lenders and guarantors party thereto and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, providing for up to $450.0 million of revolving credit and term loan borrowings,Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, in each case including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.time, regardless of whether such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing is with the same financial institutions or otherwise.

Credit Facilities” means (i) the ABL Facility, (ii) an Alternative Facility, (iii) the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and (iv) one or more debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each caseoverdraft facilities, receivables financing or indentures) including with banks, institutional lenders, noteholders or other investors or a trustee, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or, letters of credit or issuances of notes, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default,provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of any action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Designated Noncash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

198


Disinterested Member” means, with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a member of the Parent’s Board of Directors who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest (other than as a stockholder of the Parent) in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions and is not an Affiliate, or an officer, director, member of a supervisory, executive or management board or employee of any Person (other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) who has any direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms, (oror by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock),or by contract or otherwise, is, or upon the happening of any event matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuantpassage of time would be, required to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part,be redeemed on or prior to the date that is 91 daysone year after the earlier of the date on which the notes mature.Notes mature and the date the Notes are no longer outstanding, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities in any such case on or prior to such date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stockthereof have the right to require Tronox Worldwidethe Parent to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock providespecifically provides that Tronox Worldwide maysuch Person will not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stockstock pursuant to such provisions unlessprovision prior to the Issuer’s repurchase of such repurchaseNotes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales” and “—Change of Control” covenants. The term “Disqualified Stock” will also include any options, warrants or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The amount ofother rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock deemedor that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be outstanding at any time for purposesredeemed, prior to the date that is one year after the earlier of the indenture will bedate on which the maximum amount that Tronox WorldwideNotes mature and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide that was formed underdate the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.Notes are no longer outstanding.

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering” means an offer andany public or private sale of Capital StockEquity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or Parent pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effectiveany of its Subsidiaries by the SECParent or its Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Parent) or a valid private placement on a cash basis after the consummationto any Person other than any Subsidiary of the Transactions.Parent.

Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement of similar agreement.

Exchange Offer” means the offer of the Issuer to issue and deliver to Holders that are not prohibited by law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer in exchange for the Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes.

Excluded Entities” means:

 

(1)Tronox (Luxembourg) Holdings S.à.r.l., Tronox (Switzerland) Holding GmbH, Tronox Luxembourg S.à.r.l., Tronox Pigments International GmbH, Tronox GmbH, Tronox Pigments GmbH, Tronox Pigments (Savannah) Inc.;

125

(2)any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries organized under the laws of the United Kingdom that is (i) Tronox Sands LLP, a limited liability partnership organized in England and Wales (“TSL”) and (ii) any wholly-owned Subsidiary of TSL or its wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

(3)any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries organized under the laws of The Netherlands that has not received the unconditional positive advice of its works council and any prior corporate approvals, including the decision of its Board of Directors (or similar governing body), that it is in such Restricted Subsidiary’s corporate interest (vennootschappelijk belang) to become a Guarantor of the Notes;

199


Index to Financial Statements
(4)any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries organized under the laws of the Republic of South Africa or any Restricted Subsidiary if, as a result of becoming a Guarantor of the Notes, such Restricted Subsidiary would violate any applicable South African “Black Empowerment” laws, any South African exchange control regulations or any other similar South African laws and regulations applicable to it; and

(5)any Receivables Entity.

Existing Indebtedness” means up to $0.4 million inthe aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent and itsthe Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement)Agreements, the Notes and the related Note Guarantees) in existence on the date of the indenture,Indenture until such amounts are repaid.

Fair Market Value” means the valueprice that would be paid by ain an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party,buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent (unless otherwise provided in the indenture)Indenture).

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash FlowEBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings, and other than in the case of revolving advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period)borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stockPreferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock,Preferred Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period will be calculated on a pro forma basis (giving effect to any Pro Forma Cost Savings);

(1)in the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness or issues, repurchases or redeems Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but on or prior to the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period;

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(2)acquisitions and dispositions of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business of any Person that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or by any Person that has subsequently become a Restricted Subsidiary or has subsequently merged or consolidated with or into the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), including through mergers or consolidations, and the designation or re-designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in each case, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, and Consolidated EBITDA for such reference period will be calculated on a pro forma basis, but without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

(3)the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, will be excluded;

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period;

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months);

(7) for any calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio with a Calculation Date in 2005, Consolidated Cash Flow for the portion of the four-quarter reference period that is in the 2004 fiscal year shall be determined after giving pro forma effect to the adjustments used to calculate pro forma Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in the Prospectus; and
(4)the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

 

126

200


Index to Financial Statements
(5)whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Parent (including cost savings and operating efficiencies that are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP;

(8) Any Obligation incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary under or with respect to bank guarantees or similar instruments issued by banking organizations outside the United States that are supported or backed by letters of credit issued under Credit Facilities under clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt will not be deemed a separate incurrence of Indebtedness.

(6)interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent may designate;

(7)any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

(8)any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

(9)Fixed Charges attributable to interest on any Indebtedness Incurred under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis will be calculated based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters subject to the pro forma calculation to the extent that such Indebtedness was Incurred solely for working capital purposes.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, excluding amortization of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the notes and the guarantees and including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates;plus

(1)the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates;plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, whether paid or accrued;plus

(2)the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;plus

(3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;plus

(3)any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;plus

(4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on preferred stock payable solely in Equity Interests of Tronox Worldwide (other than Disqualified Stock) or to Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

(4)the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession,United States which are in effect fromon the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Parent may elect to time.apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to

201


GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS on the date of such election;providedthat any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable;provided, further, that any calculation or determination in the Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Parent’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Parent shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee.

Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged.

Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part).

Guarantors” means each of:

(1) Cimarron Corporation, Tronox Holdings, Inc., Triple S Minerals Resources Corporation, Tronox Pigments (Savannah) Inc., Tronox Refining Corporation, Southwestern Refining Company, Inc., Transworld Drilling Company, Triangle Refineries, Inc., Triple S. Inc.the Parent and Tronox LLC;

(2) any other wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the indenture; and

(3) Parent,

Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the indenture.Indenture.

127


Index to Financial Statements

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net obligations of such Person incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one or more financial institutions and other arrangements or agreements designed to protect the

(1)any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement;

(2)any commodity forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement; or

(3)any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

Holder” means a Person entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rateswhose name a Note is registered.

Income” means, with respect to Indebtedness incurredany Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and not for purposesbefore any reduction in respect of speculation;Preferred Stock dividends.

(2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one or more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange ratesIncur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, incurredto incur, create, issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness (and “Incurrence” and not for purposes“Incurred” will have meanings correlative to the foregoing);provided that (1) any Indebtedness of speculation;

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of commodities used by thata Person existing at the time; and

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protecttime such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of the last day of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date, are less than $50,000 and whose total revenues for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date do not exceed $50,000;provided thatbecomes a Restricted Subsidiary will notbe deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount nor the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) will be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any IndebtednessIncurrence of any Issuer.Indebtedness.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(1)in respect of borrowed money;

(2)

(2)evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3)in respect of banker’s acceptances;

202


(4)representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5)representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than one year after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

(6)representing any Hedging Obligations;

(7)all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends; or

(8)all Preferred Stock issued by a Subsidiary of such Person, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto);

(4) representing Capital LeaseHedging Obligations, or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

(6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary, anyand Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) representing any Hedging Obligations;

(8) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;provided,however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; or

(9) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.

128


Index to Financial Statements

In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph thatStock) would not appear as a liability on theupon a balance sheet of suchthe specified Person if:

(1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”);

(2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and

(3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law,prepared in accordance with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of such General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or

(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount and the related interest expense shall be included in Fixed Charges to the extent actually paid by Tronox Worldwide or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Notwithstanding the preceding, Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under the Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which does not include accounts payable arisinghave a fixed repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness will be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation. The amount of any Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) above will be:

(1)the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

(2)the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness, Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included. The following items shall not be treated as Indebtedness: (i) any Liens granted pursuant to the equal and ratable provisions referred to in the “Limitation on Liens” covenant; (ii) contingent obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (iii) deferred or prepaid revenues; (iv) deferred tax revenues and (v) obligations of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to contracts for, options, puts or similar arrangements relating to the purchase of raw materials or the sale of inventory at a time in the future entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Independent Financial Advisor” means a firm: (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers or affiliates do not, have a material financial interest in the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged.

Initial Purchasers” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.

203


Inventory” has the meaning set forth in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, as amended.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBBand BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s,S&P, or thean equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization.Rating Agency.

Investmentsmeans, with respect toin any Person means all direct or indirect investments byin such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the formsform of loans or other extensions of credit (including Guarantees or other obligations),but excluding advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advancesextensions of credit to officers and employeescustomers or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), advances, capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by such Person, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If Tronox Worldwide or anyGAAP (excluding the footnotes).

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” the definition of Tronox Worldwide sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide, Tronox Worldwide will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of Tronox Worldwide’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of“Restricted Payment” and the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” Payments”:

(1)“Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s direct and indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(2)any asset sold or otherwise disposed to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such sale or disposition; and

(3)if the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary, or any Restricted Subsidiary issues Capital Stock, such that, after giving effect to any such sale, disposition or issuance, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Parent shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale, disposition or issuance equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Person held by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary immediately following any such sale, disposition or issuance.

The acquisition by Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the InvestmentsInvestment held by the acquired Person in such third Person unless such Investment in an amount determined as providedsuch third party was not made in the final paragraphanticipation or contemplation of the covenant described aboveInvestment by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary and such third party Investment is incidental to the primary business of such Person in whom the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary is making such Investment.

Issue Date” means the first date Notes are issued under the caption “—Indenture.

Certain Covenants—Joint Venture” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, association, partnership or any other entity which, in each case, is not a Subsidiary of the Parent or any of its Restricted PaymentsSubsidiaries but in which the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary has a direct or indirect equity or similar interest.

Legal Holiday.Except as otherwise providedmeans a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the indenture, the amountThe City of an Investment will be determinedNew York or at the time the Investment is made and without giving effecta place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to subsequent changes in value.remain closed.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof,

129


Index to Financial Statements

any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.jurisdiction;providedthat in no event shall an operating lease, rights of set-off or netting arrangements in the ordinary course of business be deemed to constitute a Lien.

204


Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain or loss.

Net ProceedsAvailable Cash” means the aggregate proceeds, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not the interest component, thereof), received in cash proceeds receivedand Cash Equivalents by Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any of its Restricted SubsidiariesSubsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment, earn-out or otherwise, but only as and when received)Sale), net of (i)(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting, and investment banking and brokerage fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (ii)thereof, (2) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale,thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions determined by the Parent to be available and any tax sharing arrangements, (iii) amounts(3) working capital adjustments, (4) in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, payments to holders of Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary in such capacity (other than such Equity Interests held by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent that such payment is required to be applied topermit the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subjectdistribution of such Asset Sale, (iv) any reserve for adjustmentproceeds in respect of the sale price ofEquity Interests in such assetRestricted Subsidiary held by the Parent or assets established in accordance with GAAP, (v) all distributionsany Restricted Subsidiary and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale, and (vi)(5) appropriate amounts to be provided by Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or anythe Restricted SubsidiarySubsidiaries as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post- employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformityaccordance with GAAP.GAAP;provided that (a) excess amounts set aside for payment of taxes pursuant to clause (2) above remaining after such taxes have been paid in full or the statute of limitations therefor has expired and (b) amounts initially held in reserve pursuant to clause (4) no longer so held, will, in the case of each of subclause (a) and (b), at that time become Net Available Cash.

Non-Recourse DebtNon-U.S. Entity” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither Tronox Worldwide nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrumentPerson that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable asnot a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.U.S. Entity.

Note Guarantee” means thea Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuers’ obligations under the indenture and the notes, executedNotes pursuant to the provisions of the indenture.Indenture.

Obligationswith respect to any Indebtedness means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, Special Interest, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing such Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the Notes.

Offer to Purchase” means an offer to purchase Notes by the Issuer from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder stating:

(1)the provision of the Indenture pursuant to which the offer is being made and that all Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis;

(2)the purchase price and the date of purchase, which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Payment Date”);

(3)that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest pursuant to its terms;

(4)that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment Date;

(5)that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the Note, together with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date;

205


(6)that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; and

(7)that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

On the Payment Date, the Issuer shall (a) accept for payment on a pro rata basis Notes or portions thereof (and, in the case of an Offer to Purchase made pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales,” any Pari Passu Debt included in such Offer to Purchase) tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (b) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so accepted; and (c) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes or portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Issuer. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered;provided that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent for an Offer to Purchase. The Issuer will comply with Section 14(e) under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that the Issuer is required to repurchase Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture relating to an Offer to Purchase, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of such Person.

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Parent by at least two Officers of the Parent, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Parent, that meets the requirements of the Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (who may be counsel to or an employee of the Parent) that meets the requirements of the Indenture.

Pari Passu Debt” means (a) any Indebtedness of the Issuer that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or (b) any Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks equally in respectright of payment with such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee.

Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in this offering memorandum) by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and other businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto or that are a reasonable extension or development thereof.

ParentPermitted Holders” means Tronox Incorporated,Exxaro Resources Limited, its successors and assigns, any Person in which it or such successors and assigns owns a Delaware corporation.majority of the voting power, and each of its Affiliates or the Affiliates of such successors or assigns.

 

130

206


Index to Financial Statements

Permitted Business” means any business engaged in by Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date of the indenture and any business incidental, ancillary, complementary or reasonably related thereto or which is a reasonable extension thereof.

Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in Tronox Worldwide or in a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide or by a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide in another Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide;

(1)any Investment in the Parent or in a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(2)any Investment by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(3) any Investment by Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a)such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide and a Guarantor; or

(b)such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Tronox Worldwide or a Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide that is a Guarantor;

(3)any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants— Limitation on Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(4)Hedging Obligations and customary cash management arrangements permitted under clauses (9) and (11), respectively, of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(5) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Tronox Worldwide or Parent;

(5)(i) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments, foreclosure of Liens or settlement of Indebtedness and (ii) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of any trade creditor or customer that were Incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any such Person;

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or as a result of a foreclosure by Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(6)advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(7)commission, payroll, travel and similar loans and advances, including such loans and advances required by applicable employment laws, to officers, directors and employees of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that are expected at the time of such advance ultimately to be recorded as an expense in conformity with GAAP;

(8) loans or advances to employees or officers made in the ordinary course of business of Parent, Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(8)loans or advances to directors, officers and employees of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that are made in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary or to finance the purchase of Equity Interests of the Parent, in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other loans or advances made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $15 million;

(9) receivables owing to Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as Tronox Worldwide or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(9)Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;

(10) workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business and endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;

(10)Investments consisting of take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements relating to products, services or commodities of a type that the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries uses or sells in the ordinary course of business;

(11) refundable construction advances made with respect to the construction of properties of a nature or type that are used in a business similar or related to the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(11)security deposits required by utility companies and other Persons in a similar line of business to that of utility companies and governmental authorities that are utility companies, in each case, made in the ordinary course of business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries;

(12) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;provided, however, that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(12)Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property;

 

131

207


Index to Financial Statements
(13)any Investment existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and performance guarantees consistent with past practice;

(14)Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent in a transaction that is not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(14) guarantees by Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary of operating leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(15)Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or letter of intent permitted by the Indenture;

(15) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the date of the Indenture or of an entity merged into Tronox Worldwide or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” after the date of the Indenture to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; and

(16)any Investment by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Business or Joint Ventures having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $100 million; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (16) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (16) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(16) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (a) 1.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) $20.0 million.

(17)any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock);

(18)(i) Guarantees not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations incurred by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are permitted by the Indenture; and

(19)other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (19) since the Issue Date, not to exceed the greater of $150 million and 3% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent, plusthe amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of the covenant under “—Certain Covenants Limitation—on Restricted Payments” of any amounts applied pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph of such covenant); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (3) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (19); and

(20)Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Parent, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility.

Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens on assets of Tronox Worldwide or any Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that are permitted by clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto;

(1)Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Indebtedness that was not Incurred in violation of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(2) Liens in favor of Tronox Worldwide or the Guarantors;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Tronox Worldwide or any Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide or becomes a Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide;provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation or prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with Tronox Worldwide or the Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by Tronox Worldwide or any Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide;provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition;

(5) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

(6) Liens existing on the date of the indenture;

(7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded;provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(8) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(9) Leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(2)Liens on Capital Stock, assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

132

208


Index to Financial Statements
(3)Liens on property existing of a Person at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or the like Liens arising by contract or statute in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4)Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) Pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (A) in connection with leases, performance bonds and similar obligations, or (B) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

(5)Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under clause (1) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”);

(12) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of Tronox Worldwide or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets;

(6)Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than any Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under clause (1) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”);

(13) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(7)Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than the property or assets that secure the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(14) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of Tronox Worldwide and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(8)Liens on property or assets securing Indebtedness used to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; provided that (a) the Incurrence of such Indebtedness was not prohibited by the Indenture and (b) such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by the Indenture;

(15) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(9)Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; provided that any such Lien covers only the assets acquired, constructed or improved with such Indebtedness;

(16) any attachment or judgment Lien that does not constitute an Event of Default;

(10)Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, or (b) securing letters of credit that support such Hedging Obligations;

(17) Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the date of the indenture;provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing Indebtedness incurred, in accordance with the covenant set forth under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” (1) to finance the cost (including the cost of improvement or construction) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within six months after the later of the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of such property or (2) to refinance any Indebtedness previously so secured, (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any property or assets other than such item of property, or assets and any accessions, proceeds and improvements on such item;

(11)Liens Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, pension plans, unemployment insurance or other social security obligations;

(18) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, banker’s acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(12)Liens, deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness), leases, import duties or for the payment of rent or deposits as security for the payment of insurance-related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or other similar obligations, in each case, arising in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with respect to leases;

(13)survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, rights of way, zoning or other restrictions as to the use of properties, and defects in title which, in the case of any of the foregoing, were not Incurred or created to secure the payment of Indebtedness, and which in the aggregate do no materially adversely affect the value of such properties or materially impair the use for the purposes of which such properties are held by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(20) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the notes (or the Note Guarantees);

(14)judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

(21) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the indenture;provided, however, that:

(a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

(22) Liens granted by Foreign Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness permitted under clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(23) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Tronox Worldwide permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;
(15)Liens, deposits or pledges to secure public or statutory obligations, surety, stay, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds or obligations; and Liens, deposits or pledges in lieu of such bonds or obligations, or to secure such bonds or obligations, or to secure letters of credit in lieu of or supporting the payment of such bonds or obligations;

 

133

209


Index to Financial Statements
(16)Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Parent or any Subsidiary thereof on deposit with or in possession of such bank;

(24) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction (within two business days) of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Tronox Worldwide and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Tronox Worldwide

(17)any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensor in the property subject to any lease, license or sublicense (other than any property that is the subject of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction);

(18)Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP;

(19)Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases or consignments;

(20)Liens of franchisors in the ordinary course of business not securing Indebtedness;

(21)Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(22)pledges of or Liens on raw materials or on manufactured products as security for any drafts or bills of exchange drawn in connection with the importation of such raw materials or manufactured products;

(23)Liens on any property in favor of domestic or foreign governmental bodies to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or statute, not yet due and payable;

(24)any obligations or duties affecting any property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to any municipality or public authority with respect to any franchise, grant, license or permit that do not materially impair the use of such property for the purposes for which it is held;

(25)Liens imposed by law that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, employees’, laborers’, employers’, suppliers’, banks’, repairmen’s and other like Liens, in each case, for sums not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and that are appropriately reserved for in accordance with GAAP if required by GAAP;

(26)Liens on receivables subject to factoring transactions;

(27)Liens on goods or Inventory, the purchase, shipment or storage price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued or created for the account of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance;

(28)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods (including under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code) and Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other similar agreements entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(29)Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(30)ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

(31)any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any Joint Venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any Joint Venture or similar agreement;

(32)Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indenture;

(25) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(26) licenses of intellectual property granted in a manner consistent with past practice;210

(27) Liens securing industrial revenue bonds;


(33)any netting or set-off arrangements entered into by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements (including, for the avoidance of doubt, cash pooling arrangements) for the purposes of netting debit and credit balances of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent;

(34)Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods;

(28) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Tronox Worldwide or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indenture; and

(35)Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (B) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(29) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of Tronox Worldwide or any Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide with respect to obligations that do not exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding.

(36)Liens consisting of escrow arrangements with respect to escrow accounts, to the extent such escrow accounts hold deposits by any proposed buyer in connection with any sale or disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture;

(37)Liens consisting of an agreement to sell or otherwise dispose of any property in an Asset Sale permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales” in each case solely to the extent such Asset Sale would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(38)Liens on Cash and Cash Equivalents arising in connection with the cash collateralization of letters of credit in an amount not to exceed 105% of the aggregate face amount of the letters of credit permitted pursuant to clause (26) of the second paragraph “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

(39)Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25 million (or the foreign currency equivalent) at any one time outstanding; and

(40)(40) other Liens securing Indebtedness so long as the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.00 to 1.00, as of the date such Indebtedness was Incurred and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds therefrom on such date.

Permitted Payments to Parent” means, without duplication as to amounts:

(1) payments to Parent or any other holding company that directly or indirectly owns 100% of the Equity Interests of Tronox Worldwide, in amounts sufficient to pay:

(a) franchise taxes and other tax obligations or fees required in each case to maintain its corporate existence,

(b) costs associated with preparation of required documents for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission and with any exchange on which such company’s securities are traded,

(c) legal, accounting, and other professional fees and expenses, and

(d) other overhead, operating or administrative costs incurred in the ordinary course of business up to $2.0 million per annum; and

(2) payments of up to $1.0 million per annum to Parent in amounts sufficient to pay fees and expenses related to any securities offering, investment, acquisition or other similar financing transaction permitted under the indenture (whether or not successful).

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any of its Restricted SubsidiariesSubsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net cash proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or dischargerefund, other Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any of its Restricted SubsidiariesSubsidiary (other than intercompany Indebtedness)Indebtedness owed to the Parent or to any Subsidiary of the Parent);provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

(1)the amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the amount of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses Incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(2)such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

(3)if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable, on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(4)if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is Pari Passu Debt, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ranks equally in right of payment with, or is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or such Note Guarantees; and

 

134

211


Index to Financial Statements

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by Tronox Worldwide or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

(5)such Indebtedness is Incurred by either (a) the Restricted Subsidiary that is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded or (b) the Issuer or a Guarantor.

PersonPerson” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Pro Forma Cost SavingsPreferred Stock” means, with respect to any period, the reduction in costs and related adjustmentsPerson, any Capital Stock of such Person that occurred during the four-quarter reference period or after the endhas preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of the four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date that were (i) directly attributable to an acquisition or Asset Sale and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and applied as of the date of the indenture or (ii) implemented, or for which the steps necessary for implementation have been taken by Tronox Worldwide and are reasonably expected to occur,such Person with respect to Tronox Worldwidedividends or the business that was the subject of any such acquisition or Asset Sale within six months before or after the date of the acquisition or Asset Sale and that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business, as if, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), all such reductions in costs and related adjustments had been effected as of the beginning of such period.

Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Tronox Worldwide or any of its Subsidiaries to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.redemptions upon liquidation.

Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the Board of Directors of Parent shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Tronox Worldwide and the Receivables Subsidiary;

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Tronox Worldwide); and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by Tronox Worldwide) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under Credit Facilities shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Receivables FinancingTransaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, conveysells, conveys or otherwise transfertransfers to (a)(1) a Receivables SubsidiaryEntity (in the case of a transfer by Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b)or (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary)Entity or by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with a European securitization transaction), or may granttransfers an undivided interest in or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivableReceivables Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any of its Subsidiaries,Subsidiaries.

Rating Agency” means (1) S&P, (2) Moody’s, or (3) if either or both of S&P and Moody’s shall not then exist, or do not then rate the Notes, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Parent, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Assets” means any accounts receivable and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable and assets and all contracts and contract rights including rights to returned or repossessed goods, all insurance policies, security deposits, indemnities, checks or other negotiable instruments relating to debtor(s) obligations, and all guarantees or other supporting obligations (within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code Section 9-102(a)(77)) (including Hedging Obligations), in respect of such accounts receivable and assets and all proceeds of the foregoing and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivableReceivables Assets.

Receivables Entity” means a Subsidiary of the Parent or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Transaction or which is regularly engaged in receivables financings and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Tronox Worldwideto which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries transfers Receivables Assets, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent or of such other Person (as provided below) to be a Receivables Entity (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (1) is guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Receivables Undertakings), (2) is recourse to or obligates the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Receivables Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Receivables Undertakings or (3) subjects any property or asset of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than Receivables Assets and related assets as provided in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction”), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof other than pursuant to Standard Receivables Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than on terms which the Parent reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent) other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables Assets, and (c) with which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent has any obligation to maintain or preserve such accounts receivable.entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent or of such other Person will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent or of such other Person giving effect to such designation, together with an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

212


Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivablesReceivables Assets in a Qualified Receivables FinancingTransaction to repurchase receivablesReceivables Assets arising as a result of a breach of representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise,a Standard Receivables Undertaking, including as a result of a receivableReceivables Asset or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-setoff set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

135


Index to Financial Statements

Receivables SubsidiaryRegistrable Securities” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide, 100%each of the outstanding CapitalNotes, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Note is exchanged in an Exchange Offer for an Exchange Note, (b) the date on which such Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement, (c) the date on which such Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by a broker-dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the prospectus contained therein) and (d) the date on which such Note ceases to be outstanding.

Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Initial Purchasers and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreement between the Issuer and the other parties thereto relating to the registration by the Issuer of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

Replacement Assets” means (1) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business, (2) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business, or (3) a majority of the Voting Stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by Tronox Worldwide, or anotherany Person formed for the purposes of engagingengaged in a Qualified Receivables Financing with Tronox Worldwide in which Tronox Worldwide or any SubsidiaryPermitted Business that will become on the date of Tronox Worldwide makes an Investment and to which Tronox Worldwide or such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets, which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of Tronox Worldwide and its Subsidiaries, all proceedsacquisition thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Parent (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:Restricted Subsidiary.

(1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is guaranteed by Tronox Worldwide or any other Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is recourse to or obligates Tronox Worldwide or any other Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (c) subjects any property or asset of Tronox Worldwide or any other Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(2) with which neither Tronox Worldwide nor any other Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide has any material contract, arrangement, agreement or understanding other than on terms which Tronox Worldwide reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Tronox Worldwide or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Tronox Worldwide; and

(3) to which neither Tronox Worldwide nor any other Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Parent shall be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of the resolution of such Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Restricted InvestmentPayment” means, an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.with respect to any Person, to:

(1)declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution with respect to any of the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends, payments or distributions (x) payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests or (y) to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary);

(2)purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) any Equity Interests of the Parent held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary) or any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than by the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary);

(3)call for redemption or make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to the Stated Maturity thereof, any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee except (a) in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, purchase or other acquisition or (b) intercompany Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (6) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; or

(4)make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person, including any Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including by the designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

Restricted Subsidiaryof a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent PersonParent that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Significant SubsidiarySale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the datePerson, any transaction involving any of the indenture.assets or properties of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or

213


otherwise transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.

Special Interest” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

Standard & Poor’sS&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) outstanding Secured Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (lessthe aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than restricted cash), in each case, that is held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, in an amount not to exceed $150 million) determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date of such calculation. In the event that the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period;providedthat the Issuer may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible or accounting officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event and (2) all adjustments of the nature set forth as “Conforming Adjustments” and “Pro Forma Adjustments” under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” in this offering memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period

214


immediately prior to the date of determination or if any such Indebtedness is subject to any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and premium, if any, shall be determined after giving effect to all payments in respect thereof under such foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

Senior Debt” means (a) any Indebtedness of the Parent that ranks senior in right of payment to the Notes or (b) any Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks senior in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility” means the senior secured term loan and the senior secured delayed draw term loan of Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, restated, refinanced or replaced in whole or in part from time to time, including, without limitation, by a Credit Facility.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

Standard SecuritizationReceivables Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Tronox Worldwidethe Parent or any Subsidiary of its Subsidiaries,the Parent which Tronox Worldwide has determined in good faith to beare customary in a Qualified Receivables FinancingTransaction, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary,Entity, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard SecuritizationReceivables Undertaking.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest on or principal onof any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the paymentsuch installment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, as of the date of the indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

136


Index to Financial Statements

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specifiedPerson:

(1)a corporation a majority of whose Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person, one or more Subsidiaries thereof or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof; and

(2)any other Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, a partnership, limited liability company, business trust or joint venture, in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries thereof or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof, has at least majority ownership interest entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or other Person performing similar functions).

Tax” means any corporation, associationtax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other business entity of which more than 50% ofgovernmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other additions thereto). “Taxes” and “Taxation” shall be construed to have corresponding meanings.

Total Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the total voting powerconsolidated assets of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingencysuch Person and afterits Restricted Subsidiaries, without giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trusteesamortization of the corporation, association or other business entity isamount of intangible assets since the Issue Date, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person.

Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement dated as of September 25, 2011, as amended and restated on April 20, 2012 by and among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Merger Sub One, Merger Sub Two, Exxaro, Exxaro Holdings Sands Proprietary Limited, a company organized under the laws of the Republic of South Africa and wholly-owned subsidiary of Exxaro and Exxaro International BV, a company organized under the laws of the Netherlands and wholly-owned subsidiary of Exxaro.

215


Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or moreof computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then-remaining term of the other SubsidiariesNotes to August 15, 2015;provided,however, that if the then-remaining term of the Notes to August 15, 2015, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that Person (orif the then-remaining term of the Notes to August 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a combination thereof).constant maturity of one year will be used.

Transition AgreementsU.S. Dollar Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the following agreements describedamount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in Arrangements between Kerr-McGee and Our Company”:such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

(1)U.S. Entity” means any Person organized under the Master Separation Agreement;

(2)laws of the Transition Services Agreement;

(3)United States of America, any State thereof or the Transitional License Agreement;

(4) the Registration Rights Agreement;

(5) the Tax Sharing Agreement;

(6) the Employee Benefits Agreement;

(7) the Assignment, Assumption and Indemnity Agreement; and

(8) the Toll Manufacturing Agreement.District of Columbia.

Unrestricted Subsidiarymeansmeans:

(1)any Subsidiary of the Parent that at the time of determination shall have been designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Parent; and

(2)any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Parent may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of Tronox Worldwideits Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or holds any Lien on any assets of, the Parent or any other Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated;provided that:

(i)no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; or

(ii)(x) the Parent could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants-Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such designation; and

(iii)either (x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (y) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” (treating the Fair Market Value of the Parent’s proportionate interest in the net worth of such Subsidiary on such date calculated in accordance with GAAP as the amount of the Investment).

The Parent may re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that:

(i)no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

(ii)Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and all Liens on any asset of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such re-designation would, if Incurred at such time, be permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture.

Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be approved by the Board of Directors of Tronox Worldwide as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:Parent.

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) except as permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates,” is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Tronox Worldwide or any Restricted Subsidiary of Tronox Worldwide unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to Tronox Worldwide or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Tronox Worldwide;216

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither Tronox Worldwide nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of Tronox Worldwide or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.


Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the timeordinarily entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1)

(1)the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then-remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof or similar payments with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2)the then-outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

217


EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment;by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

137


Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following is a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences of the exchange of the old notes for the new notes and the ownership and disposition of the new notes. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with holders who purchase the notes in the original offering and who hold the notes as capital assets. This summary assumes that the notes will be issued, and transfers thereof and payments thereon will be made, in accordance with the indenture.

As used herein, “U.S. holders” are any beneficial owners of the notes that are, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) citizens or residents of the United States, (ii) corporations created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) estates, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) trusts if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (b) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. In addition, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996 and treated as U.S. persons prior to such date may also be treated as U.S. holders. As used herein, “non-U.S. holders” are beneficial owners of the notes, other than partnerships, that are not U.S. holders. If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the notes, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors about the United States federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the notes.

This summary does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of its particular circumstances. For example, it does not deal with special classes of holders such as banks, thrifts, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, or tax-exempt investors. It also does not discuss notes held as part of a hedge, straddle, “synthetic security” or other integrated transaction. This summary does not address the tax consequences to (i) persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, (ii) certain United States expatriates or (iii) shareholders, partners or beneficiaries of a holder of the notes. Further, it does not include any description of any alternative minimum tax consequences or the tax laws of any state or local government or of any foreign government that may be applicable to the notes.

This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

You should consult with your own tax advisor regarding the federal, state, local and foreign income, franchise, personal property and any other tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the notes.

Internal Revenue Service Circular 230 Notice

TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE CIRCULAR 230, HOLDERS OF NOTES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT: (A) ANY DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL TAX ISSUES CONTAINED OR REFERRED TO IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, BY HOLDERS FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON THEM UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE; (B) SUCH DISCUSSION IS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS ADDRESSED HEREIN; AND (C) HOLDERS SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.

138


Index to Financial Statements

Exchange Offer

Pursuant to thisThe exchange offer is designed to provide holders are entitledof Old Notes with an opportunity to exchangeacquire Exchange Notes which, unlike the old notes for new notes thatOld Notes, will be substantially identical infreely transferable at all material respects to the old notes, except that the new notes will be registered and therefore generally will not betimes, subject to any restrictions on transfer restrictions. Participation in the exchange offer will not result in a taxable exchange to us or you. Accordingly,

no gain or loss will be realizedimposed by you upon receipt of a new note,

the holding period of a new note will include the holding period of the old note exchanged therefor,state “blue sky” laws and

the adjusted tax basis of the new notes will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the old notes exchanged at the time of the exchange.

Taxation of U.S. Holders

Interest Income

It is anticipated (and this discussion assumes) that the notes will be issued with less than ade minimis amount of original issue discount. Accordingly, payments of interest on the notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary income at the time such payments are accrued or received (in accordance with the holder’s regular method of tax accounting).

Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Notes

A U.S. holder will generally recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of a note and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in such note. For this purpose, a U.S. holder’s amount realized does not include amounts attributable to accrued interest not previously included in income on the note, which will be taxed as a payment of interest. A holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note generally will be the initial purchase price paid for the note. In the case of a holder other than a corporation, preferential tax rates may apply to gain recognized on the sale of a note if such holder’s holding period for such note exceeds one year. To the extent the amount realized is less than the holder’s tax basis, the holder will recognize a capital loss. Subject to certain limited exceptions, capital losses cannot be applied to offset ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of principal and interest on the notes and payments of the proceeds of the sale of the notes, and a backup withholding tax may apply to such payments if the holder fails to comply with certain identification requirements. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 28%. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a holder generally will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund,providedthat the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

The rules governing United States federal income taxation of a non-U.S. holder of notes are complex, and no attempt will be made herein to provide more than a summary of such rules. Non-U.S. holders should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the effect of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, as well as treaties, with regard to an investment in the notes, including any reporting requirements.

Interest Income

Generally, interest income of a non-U.S. holder that is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business is subject to a withholding tax at a 30% rate (or, if applicable, a lower tax rate specified by a treaty). However, interest income earned on a note by a non-U.S. holder will qualify for the “portfolio interest”

139


Index to Financial Statements

exemption and therefore will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax,provided that such interest income is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-U.S. holder andprovided that: (i) the non-U.S. holder does not actually or constructively own 10% of more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote; (ii) the non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporationour affiliate within the meaning of the Securities Act and represents that is related to us through stock ownership; (iii) the non-U.S. holder is not a bank whichExchange Notes are being acquired the note in consideration for an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (iv) either (a) the non-U.S. holder certifies to the payor or the payor’s agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a United States person and provides its name, address and certain other information on a properly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or a suitable substitute form or (b) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customer securities in the ordinary course of its trade orholder’s business and holds the notes in such capacity, certifies to the payor or the payor’s agent, under penalties of perjury, that such a statement has been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a financial institution between it and the beneficial owner, and furnishes the payor or the payor’s agent with a copy thereof. The applicable United States Treasury regulations also provide alternative methods for satisfying the certification requirements of clause (iv), above. If a non-U.S. holder holds the note through certain foreign intermediaries or partnerships, such holder and the foreign intermediary or partnership may be required to satisfy certification requirements under applicable United States Treasury regulations.

Except to the extent that an applicable income tax treaty otherwise provides, a non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed with respect to interest in the same manner as a U.S. holder if the interest is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-U.S. holder. Effectively connected interest income received or accrued by a corporate non-U.S. holder may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits” tax at a 30% rate (or, if applicable, at a lower tax rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Even though such effectively connected income is subject to income tax, and may be subject to the branch profits tax, it is not subject to withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder delivers a properly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to the payor or the payor’s agent.

Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Notes

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of a note unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-U.S. holder or (ii) in the case of a non-U.S. holder who is an individual, such holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and either (a) such holder has a “tax home” in the United States or (b) the disposition is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business maintained by such holder in the United States.

Except to the extent that an applicable income tax treaty otherwise provides, if an individual non-U.S. holder falls under clause (i) above, such individual generally will be taxed on the net gain derived from a sale in the same manner as a U.S. holder. If an individual non-U.S. holder falls under clause (ii) above, such individual generally will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from a sale, which may be offset by certain United States capital losses (notwithstanding the fact that such individual is not considered a resident of the United States). Individual non-U.S. holders who have spent (or expect to spend) 183 days or more in the United States in the taxable year in which they contemplate a sale or other disposition of a note are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of such sale. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under clause (i), it generally will be taxed on the net gain derived from a sale in the same manner as a U.S. holder and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax on such effectively connected income at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

United States backup withholding tax will not apply to payments on the notes to a non-U.S. holder if the statement described in clause (iv) under “—Interest Income” above is duly provided by such holder (or the holder

140


Index to Financial Statements

satisfies one or more of the alternate methods for satisfying clause (iv) provided in the Treasury regulations),providedthat the payor does not have actual knowledge that the holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a United States person. Information reporting requirements may apply with respect to interest payments, in which eventdistribution of the amount paid or accruedExchange Notes.

The Old Notes were originally issued and tax withheld (if any) with respect to each non-U.S. holder will be reported annuallysold on August 20, 2012, to the Internal Revenue Service. Information reporting requirementsinitial purchasers, pursuant to the purchase agreement dated August 15, 2012. The Old Notes were issued and backup withholding tax willsold in a transaction not apply to any paymentregistered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the proceedsSecurities Act. The concurrent resale of the sale of notes effectedOld Notes by the initial purchasers to investors was done in reliance upon the exemptions provided by Rule 144A and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. The Old Notes may not be reoffered, resold or transferred other than (i) to us or our subsidiaries, (ii) to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) outside the United States to a non-U.S. person in a transaction complying with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iv) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by a foreign office of a “broker” as definedRule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (if available), (v) in applicable Treasury regulations (absent actual knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a United States person), unless such broker (i) is a United States person as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, (ii) is a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periodsaccordance with another exemption from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (iii) is a controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes or (iv) is a foreign partnership with certain U.S. connections. Paymentregistration requirements of the proceeds of any suchSecurities Act or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

In connection with the original issuance and sale effected outside the United States by a foreign office of any broker that is described in the preceding sentence may be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are met, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of the proceeds of any such saleOld Notes, we entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to or throughwhich we agreed to file with the United States office ofSEC a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding requirements unlessregistration statement covering the beneficial owner satisfies the requirements described in clause (iv) under “—Interest Income” above and certain other conditions are met.

The United States federal income tax discussion set forth above is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending upon a holder’s particular situation. Holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to themexchange by us of the ownership and disposition of the notes, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in United States federal or other tax laws.

141


Index to Financial Statements

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

There has previously been only a limited secondary market and no public marketExchange Notes for the old notes. We do not intendOld Notes, pursuant to apply for the listing of the notes on a national securities exchange or for their quotation through The Nasdaq Stock Market. The notes are eligible for trading in the PORTAL market. We have been advised by the initial purchasers that the initial purchasers currently intend to make a market in the notes; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated to do so and any market making may be discontinued by the initial purchasers at any time. In addition, such market making activity may be limited during the exchange offer. Therefore, there can be no assuranceThe Registration Rights Agreement provides that we will file with the SEC an active market forexchange offer registration statement on an appropriate form under the old notes or the new notes will develop. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained,Securities Act and offer to holders of notes may experience difficulty in reselling notes. If a trading market developsOld Notes who are able to make certain representations the opportunity to exchange their Old Notes for Exchange Notes.

Under existing interpretations by the notes, future trading pricesStaff of the notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our results of operations and the market for similar securities. Depending on such factors, such securities may trade at a discount from their offering price.

BROKER-DEALERS WHO DID NOT ACQUIRE OLD NOTES AS A RESULT OF MARKET MAKING ACTIVITIES OR TRADING ACTIVITIES MAY NOT PARTICIPATE IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

With respect to resale of new notes, based on an interpretation by the staff of the SEC as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties in other transactions, the Exchange Notes would, in general, be freely transferable after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act;provided,however, that in the case of broker-dealers participating in the exchange offer, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act must be delivered by such broker-dealers in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes. We have agreed to furnish a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act to any such broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Notes acquired in the exchange offer. A broker-dealer that delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement (including certain indemnification rights and obligations).

We do not intend to seek our own interpretation regarding the exchange offer, and we cannot assure you that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Notes as it has in other interpretations to third parties.

Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Outstanding Old Notes

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept any and all Old Notes that were acquired pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.

We will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, Old Notes may be tendered only in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

218


The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding Old Notes except that:

the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not have legends restricting their transfer; and

the Exchange Notes will not contain the registration rights provisions contained in the outstanding Old Notes.

The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the indentures governing the Old Notes.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, referred to herein as the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if we have given oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us.

If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of specified other events set forth in this prospectus, the certificates for any unaccepted Old Notes will be promptly returned, without expense, to the tendering holder.

Holders who tender Old Notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the exchange offer. See “—Fees and Expenses” and “—Transfer Taxes” below.

The exchange offer will remain open for at least 20 full business days. The term “expiration date” will mean 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on, September 12, 2013, unless we extend the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended.

To extend the exchange offer, prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date, we will:

notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral notice (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice, and

mail to the registered holders an announcement of any extension, and issue a notice by press release or other public announcement before such expiration date.

We reserve the right:

if any of the conditions below under the heading “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” shall have not been satisfied, to delay accepting any Old Notes in connection with the extension of the exchange offer, to extend the exchange offer, or to terminate the exchange offer, or

to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner,provided,however, that if we amend the exchange offer to make a material change, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer, if necessary, to keep the exchange offer open for at least five business days after such amendment or waiver;provided further, that if we amend the exchange offer to change the percentage of Notes being exchanged or the consideration being offered, we will extend the exchange offer, if necessary, to keep the exchange offer open for at least ten business days after such amendment or waiver.

219


Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed promptly by oral or written notice by us to the registered holders.

Deemed Representations

To participate in the exchange offer, we require that you represent to us, among other things, that:

you are acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange for your Old Notes in the ordinary course of business;

you are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in (nor have you entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in) a distribution of the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the federal securities laws;

you are not our “affiliate” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

you are not a broker-dealer tendering Old Notes directly acquired from us for your own account;

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for Old Notes;

the Old Notes to be exchanged for Exchange Notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making or other trading activities;

you have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer to distribute the Exchange Notes; and

you will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes by so representing and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act; and

you are not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make those representations.

BY TENDERING YOUR OLD NOTES YOU ARE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THESE REPRESENTATIONS.

Broker-dealers who cannot make the representations above cannot use this exchange offer prospectus in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer.

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that aExchange Notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any Exchange Note holder (other than a person thatwithout compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:

such holder is our affiliatenot an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or a “broker” or “dealer” registered under theAct;

such Exchange Act) who exchanges old notes for new notesNotes are acquired in the ordinary course of businessthe holder’s business; and who is not participating,

the holder does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes, will be allowed to resell the new notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the new notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 thereof. However, if anysuch Exchange Notes.

Any holder acquires new noteswho tenders in the exchange offer forwith the purposeintention of distributing or participating in any manner in a distribution of the new notes, such holder Exchange Notes, who is an affiliate of ours or who is a broker or dealer who acquired Old Notes directly from us:

cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciatedset forth in EXXON CAPITAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION (available May 13, 1988)“Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar no-action letters or any similar interpretive lettersletters; and

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available.transaction.

As contemplated by the no-action letters mentioned above and the registration rights agreement, each holder accepting the exchange offer is required to represent to us in the letter of transmittal that

 

the new notes are to be acquired by the

220


If, as stated above, a holder in the ordinary course of business,

the holder is not engaging and does not intend to engage in the distribution of the new notes, and

the holder acknowledges that, if such holder participates in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the new notes, such holder must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and cannot rely on the above no-action letters.

Any brokerposition of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or dealer registeredsimilar interpretive letters, any effective registration statement used in connection with a secondary resale transaction must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act (each a “Broker-Dealer”) who holds old notesSecurities Act.

With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that were acquired for its own accountthe Old Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (othermay participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the resale or for other retransfer of Exchange Notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus.

Please read the section captioned “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding these procedures for the transfer of Exchange Notes.

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Through Brokers and Banks

Since the Old Notes are represented by global book-entry notes, DTC, as depositary, or its nominee is treated as the registered holder of the Old Notes and will be the only entity that can tender your Old Notes for Exchange Notes. Therefore, to tender Old Notes subject to this exchange offer and to obtain Exchange Notes, you must instruct the institution where you keep your Old Notes to tender your Old Notes on your behalf so that they are received on or prior to the expiration of this exchange offer.

YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE AT THE BROKER OR BANK WHERE YOU KEEP YOUR OLD NOTES TO DETERMINE THE PREFERRED PROCEDURE.

IF YOU WISH TO ACCEPT THIS EXCHANGE OFFER, PLEASE INSTRUCT YOUR BROKER OR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE IN TIME FOR YOUR OLD NOTES TO BE TENDERED BEFORE THE 11:59 PM (NEW YORK CITY TIME) DEADLINE ON SEPTEMBER 12, 2013.

You may tender some or all of your Old Notes in this exchange offer. However, Old Notes may be tendered only in minimum principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

When you tender your outstanding Old Notes and we accept them, the tender will be a binding agreement between you and us as described in this prospectus.

The method of delivery of outstanding Old Notes and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk.

We will decide all questions about the validity, form, eligibility, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes. We reserve the absolute right to:

reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Note not properly tendered;

refuse to accept any Old Note if, in our reasonable judgment or the judgment of our counsel, the acceptance would be unlawful; and

waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular Old Notes before the expiration of the offer.

Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer will be final and binding on all parties. You must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes as we will reasonably

221


determine. Neither us, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to notify you of any defect or irregularity with respect to your tender of Old Notes. If we waive any terms or conditions with respect to a noteholder, we will extend the same waiver to all noteholders with respect to that term or condition being waived.

Procedures for Brokers and Custodian Banks; DTC ATOP Account

In order to accept this exchange offer on behalf of a holder of Old Notes you must submit or cause your DTC participant to submit an Agent’s Message as described below.

The exchange agent, on our behalf, will seek to establish an Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) account with respect to the outstanding Old Notes at DTC promptly after the delivery of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a DTC participant, including your broker or bank, may make book-entry tender of outstanding Old Notes by causing the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into our ATOP account in accordance with DTC’s procedures for such transfers. Although delivery of the outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, unless an Agent’s Message is received by the exchange agent in compliance with ATOP procedures, an appropriate letter of transmittal properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantee and all other required documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the exchange agent at its address set forth below prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time on to the expiration date. The confirmation of a book entry transfer into the ATOP account as described above is referred to herein as a “Book-Entry Confirmation.”

The term “Agent’s Message” means a message transmitted by the DTC participants to DTC, and thereafter transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent, forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC described in such Agent’s Message stating that such participant has received the letter of transmittal and this prospectus and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and the exchange offer set forth in this prospectus and that we may enforce such agreement against the participant.

Each Agent’s Message must include the following information:

Name of the beneficial owner tendering such Old Notes;

Account number of the beneficial owner tendering such Old Notes;

Principal amount of Old Notes tendered by such beneficial owner; and

A confirmation that the beneficial holder of the Old Notes tendered has made the representations for our benefit set forth under “—Deemed Representations” above.

BY SENDING AN AGENT’S MESSAGE THE DTC PARTICIPANT IS DEEMED TO HAVE CERTIFIED THAT THE BENEFICIAL HOLDER FOR WHOM NOTES ARE BEING TENDERED HAS BEEN PROVIDED WITH A COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

The delivery of Old Notes through DTC, delivery of a letter of transmittal and any transmission of an Agent’s Message through ATOP is at the election and risk of the person tendering Old Notes. We will ask the exchange agent to instruct DTC to promptly return those Old Notes, if any, that were tendered through ATOP but were not accepted by us, to the DTC participant that tendered such Old Notes on behalf of holders of the Old Notes.

THE AGENT’S MESSAGE MUST BE TRANSMITTED TO EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR BEFORE 11:59 PM, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

Acceptance of Outstanding Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

We will accept validly tendered Old Notes when the conditions to the exchange offer have been satisfied or we have waived them. We will have accepted your validly tendered Old Notes when we have given oral

222


(promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us. If we do not accept any tendered Old Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer because of an invalid tender or other valid reason, we will credit the Notes to an account maintained with DTC promptly after the exchange offer terminates or expires.

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time before 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective, you should contact your bank or broker where your Old Notes are held and have them send a telegram, telex, letter or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal (or in the case of outstanding senior notes transferred by book-entry transfer, an electronic ATOP transmission notice of withdrawal) so that it is received by the exchange agent before 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Such notice of withdrawal must:

specify the name of the person that tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn;

identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn, including the CUSIP number and principal amount at maturity of the Old Notes; specify the name and number of an account at the DTC to which your withdrawn Old Notes can be credited;

if applicable, be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered, with any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee with respect to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

specify the name in which any such notes are to be registered, if different from that of the registered holder.

We will decide all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of the notices and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any tendered Old Notes that you withdraw will not be considered to have been validly tendered. We will promptly return any outstanding Old Notes that have been tendered but not exchanged, or credit them to the DTC account. You may re-tender properly withdrawn Old Notes by following one of the procedures described above before the expiration date.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any outstanding Old Notes and may terminate the exchange offer (whether or not any Old Notes have been accepted for exchange) or amend the exchange offer, if any of the following conditions has occurred or exists or has not been satisfied, or has not been waived by us, prior to the expiration date:

there is threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency or commission:

(1)seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or completion of the exchange offer or any other transaction contemplated by the exchange offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result of this transaction;

(2)resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the Old Notes in the exchange offer;

(3)any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction has been sought, proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the exchange offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer by any governmental authority, domestic or foreign; or

223


any action has been taken, proposed or threatened, by any governmental authority, domestic or foreign, that would, directly or indirectly, result in any of the consequences referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above or would result in the holders of Exchange Notes having obligations with respect to resales and transfers of Exchange Notes which are greater than old notes acquired directly fromthose described in the interpretation of the SEC referred to above;

any of the following has occurred:

(1)any general suspension of or general limitation on prices for, or trading in, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market;

(2)any limitation by a governmental authority which adversely affects our ability to complete the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer;

(3)a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or any limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely affects the extension of credit;

(4)a commencement of a war, armed hostilities or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or, in the case of any of the preceding events existing at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, a material acceleration or worsening of these calamities; or

any change, or any development involving a prospective change, has occurred or been threatened in our business, financial condition, operations or prospects and those of our subsidiaries taken as a whole that is or may be adverse to us, or we have become aware of facts that have or may have an adverse impact on the value of the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes;

there shall occur a change in the current interpretation by the Staff of the SEC permits the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for Old Notes to be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than broker-dealers and any such holder which is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes;

any law, statute, rule or regulation shall have been adopted or enacted which would impair our affiliate)ability to proceed with the exchange offer;

a stop order shall have been issued by the SEC or any state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement, or proceedings shall have been initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose, or any governmental approval necessary for the consummation of the exchange offer as contemplated hereby has not been obtained; or

we have received an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that there exists any actual or threatened legal impediment (including a default or prospective default under an agreement, indenture or other instrument or obligation to which we are a party or by which we are bound) to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer.

If any of the foregoing events or conditions has occurred or exists or has not been satisfied, we may, subject to applicable law, terminate the exchange offer (whether or not any Old Notes have been accepted for exchange) or may waive any such old notescondition or otherwise amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect. If such waiver or amendment constitutes a material change to the exchange offer, we will promptly disclose such waiver or amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders of the Old Notes and will extend the exchange offer to the extent required by Rule 14e-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

224


These conditions are for new notesour sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these conditions, or we may waive them, in whole or in part,provided that we will not waive any condition with respect to an individual holder of Old Notes unless we waive that condition for all such holders. Any reasonable determination made by us concerning an event, development or circumstance described or referred to above will be final and binding on all parties. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be a waiver of our rights and each such right will be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent

We have appointed Wilmington Trust, National Association as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct questions, requests for assistance, and requests for additional copies of this prospectus and the letter of transmittal that may accompany this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, EXCHANGE AGENT

By registered or certified mail, overnight delivery:

c/o Wilmington Trust Company, Corporate Capital Markets

Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1626

Call: (302) 636-6181

For facsimile transmission (for eligible institutions only):

(302) 636-4139

Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

The principal solicitation is being made through DTC by Wilmington Trust, National Association, as exchange agent on our behalf. We will pay the exchange agent customary fees for its services, reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, costs and expenses of its counsel) incurred in connection with the provisions of these services and pay other registration expenses, including registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state blue sky securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery services and telephone, fees and disbursements to our counsel, application and filing fees and any fees and disbursements to our independent certified public accountants. We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer except for reimbursement of mailing expenses.

Additional solicitations may be made by telephone, facsimile or in person by our and our affiliates’ officers employees and by persons so engaged by the exchange agent.

Accounting Treatment

The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the existing Old Notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will recognize no gain or loss for accounting purposes. The expenses of the exchange offer will be capitalized and expensed over the term of the Exchange Notes.

225


Transfer Taxes

If you tender outstanding Old Notes for exchange you will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes. However, if you instruct us to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that your Old Notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder, you will be responsible for paying any transfer tax owed.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

The Old Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer; however, such Broker-Dealeroffer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, the Old Notes may be deemed an underwriterresold only:

to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;

so long as the outstanding securities are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States who is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us;

outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

YOU MAY SUFFER ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES IF YOU FAIL TO EXCHANGE OUTSTANDING OLD NOTES.

If you do not tender your outstanding Old Notes, you will not have any further registration rights, except for the rights described in the Registration Rights Agreement and described above, and your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the provisions of the respective indenture governing the Old Notes regarding transfer and exchange of the Old Notes and the restrictions on transfer of the Old Notes imposed by the Securities Act and states securities law when we complete the exchange offer. These transfer restrictions are required because the Old Notes were issued under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and therefore, must deliverapplicable state securities laws. Accordingly, if you do not tender your Old Notes in the exchange offer, your ability to sell your Old Notes could be adversely affected. Once we have completed the exchange offer, holders who have not tendered notes will not continue to be entitled to any increase in interest rate that the indentures governing the Old Note provides for if we do not complete the exchange offer.

Under certain limited circumstances, the Registration Rights Agreement requires that we file a prospectus meetingshelf registration statement if:

we are not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy to file a registration statement covering the requirementsexchange offer or to consummate the exchange offer; or

any holder of the Securities Act in connection with any resalesOld Notes notifies the issuer prior to the 20th calendar day following the consummation of the new notes receivedexchange offer that:

it is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer;

it may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the exchange offer whichto the public without delivering a prospectus delivery requirementand this prospectus is not appropriate or available for such resales; or

it is a broker-dealer and owns Old Notes acquired directly from the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer.

We will also register the Exchange Notes under the securities laws of jurisdictions that holders may request before offering or selling notes in a public offering. We do not intend to register Exchange Notes in any jurisdiction unless a holder requests that we do so.

226


Old Notes may be satisfied bysubject to restrictions on transfer until:

a person other than a broker-dealer has exchanged the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of this prospectus. We have agreed to causeOld Notes in the exchange offer;

a broker-dealer has exchanged the Old Notes in the exchange offer and sells them to a purchaser that receives a prospectus from the broker, dealer on or before the sale;

the Old Notes are sold under an effective shelf registration statement that we have filed; or

the Old Notes are sold to the public under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

227


BOOK ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

The Exchange Notes will be initially represented by one or more notes in registered global form without interest coupons (the “Global Notes”). The Global Notes will be deposited with the trustee, as custodian for the DTC, in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for the credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below. We expect that, pursuant to procedures established by DTC, (i) upon the issuance of the Global Notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary (“participants”) and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the initial purchasers and ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be limited to participants or persons who hold interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests in the Global Notes directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such system.

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of the notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such Global Notes for all purposes under the indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the indenture with respect to the notes.

Payments of the principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on, the Global Notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of the issuer, the trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on the Global Notes, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction.

DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under New York banking law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York banking law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues that participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and

228


pledges between participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC system is also available to indirect participants such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of us, the trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Securities

A Global Note is exchangeable for certificated notes in fully registered form without interest coupons (“Certificated Securities”) only in the following limited circumstances:

DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and we fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days of such notice, or

there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default with respect to the notes under the indenture and DTC shall have requested the issuance of Certificated Securities.

The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer the notes will be limited to such extent.

229


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the exchange of Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer. This summary is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations thereunder and administrative interpretations and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this Registration Statement and all of which this prospectus isare subject to change, with possible retroactive effect. No opinion of counsel has been obtained, and the Company does not intend to seek a part, to remain continuously effective for a period of 90 days, if required,ruling from the IRS, as to any of the tax consequences discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described below.

This summary does not purport to address all tax consequences that may be important to a particular holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances, and does not apply to persons subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax law (including, without limitation, a bank, governmental authority or agency, financial institution, insurance company, pass-through entity, tax-exempt organization, broker or dealer in securities or small business investment company, an employee of or other service provider to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a person holding Old Notes that are a hedge against, or that are hedged against, currency risk or that are part of a straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction, a person that owns more than 10% of the common stock of the Company (actually or constructively), a person that is in bankruptcy or a regulated investment company or real estate investment trust). This summary assumes that each holder of an Old Note holds such security as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Additionally, this summary does not discuss any tax consequences that may arise under any laws other than United States federal income tax law, including under federal estate and gift tax laws or state, local or non-United States tax law.

The United States federal income tax consequences to a partner in an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes that holds an Old Note generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. A partnership, or a partner in a partnership, holding Old Notes should consult its own tax advisor.

THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER. ACCORDINGLY, THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE BASED UPON THE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES PERTAINING TO A HOLDER. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR FOR THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

Consequences of Tendering Old Notes

The exchange date,of your Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer should not constitute an exchange for United States federal income tax purposes because the Exchange Notes should not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Old Notes exchanged therefor. Accordingly, the exchange offer should have no United States federal income tax consequences to you if you exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes. For example, there should be no change in your tax basis and your holding period in the Old Notes should carry over to the Exchange Notes. In addition, the United States federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of your Exchange Notes should be the same as those applicable to your Old Notes.

230


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker or dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes.

This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker or dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Old Notes if the Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

We have agreed to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any such Broker-Dealer forbroker-dealer to use in connection with resales. Any Broker-Dealer

142


Index to Financial Statements

participatingany such resale for a period of at least one year after the expiration date. In addition, until (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all broker-dealers effecting transactions in the exchange offer willExchange Notes may be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of new notes received by it in the exchange offer. The delivery by a Broker-Dealer of a prospectus in connection with resales of new notes shall not be deemed to be an admission by such Broker-Dealer that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act. prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notesExchange Notes by a Broker-Dealer.

New notesbroker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by Broker-Dealersbroker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions transactions:

in the over-the-counter market, market;

in negotiated transactions, transactions; or

through the writing of options on the new notesExchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, resale.

These resales may be made:

at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, resale;

at prices related to such prevailing market pricesprices; or

at negotiated prices.

Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers. Brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Broker-Dealer and/broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes.Exchange Notes. Any broker or dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account in the exchange offer may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Any profit on any resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any broker or dealer may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its outstanding notes directly from us and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes:

may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC’s position contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993) and therefore may not participate in the exchange offer; and

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Old Notes.

For a period of not less than one year after the expiration of the exchange offer we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer

231


that requests those documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to performance of our obligations in connection with the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers. We will indemnify the holders of the Exchange Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, to which they become subject, and will contribute to payments that they may be required to make.

232


LEGAL MATTERS

McAfee & Taft A Professional Corporation, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma will pass onCertain legal matters relating to the validity of the notesExchange Notes and Exchange Guarantees will be passed upon for us.us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. Certain matters of Australia law will be passed on by Ashurst Australia, Melbourne, Australia. Certain matters of English law will be passed on by Kirkland & Ellis International LLP, London, United Kingdom. Certain matters of Bahamian law will be passed on by Higgs & Johnson. Certain matters of the laws of the Kingdom of the Netherlands will be passed on by Bird & Bird LLP.

EXPERTS

Ernst & YoungThe audited consolidated financial statements of Tronox Limited included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting firm, has audited Parent’s consolidated and auditing in giving said reports.

The combined financial statements and schedule atas of December 31, 20052011 and 2004,2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, as set forth2011 of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations included in their report. Wethis prospectus have been so included the financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’sthe report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, independent auditors, given on theirthe authority of said firm as experts in accountingauditing and auditing.accounting.

AVAILABLEWHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Parent filesWe file annual, quarterly, and currentother reports, proxy statements and other information required by the Exchange Act with the SEC Such reportsunder the Exchange Act. You may read and other information can be inspected and copiedcopy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, Headquarters Office, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You canPlease call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain1–800–SEC–0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials mayOur SEC filings are also be accessed electronically by means ofavailable to the public through the SEC’s home page on the Internet (httpwebsite at:http://www.sec.gov).

Parent’s website address iswww.tronox.com. Parent intends to make itsGeneral information about us, including our annual reports on Form 10-K,10–K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,10–Q and current reports on Form 8-K8–K, as well as any amendments and amendmentsexhibits to those reports, filed with or furnished to the SECare available free of charge on itsthrough our website athttp://www.tronox.com as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filedwe file them with, or furnishedfurnish them to, the SEC. The informationInformation on Parent’sour website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus or our other securities filings and you shouldis not consider information on our website a part of this prospectus.

 

143

233


Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  PAGEPage

TRONOX LIMITED UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Six Months Ended June  30, 2013 and 2012

F-3

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

F-4

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

F-5

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

F-6

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Six Months Ended June  30, 2013 and 2012

F-7

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TRONOX LIMITED AND TRONOX INCORPORATED

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-40

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2011 (Successor), One Month Ended January 31, 2011 (Predecessor) and Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

F-41

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2011 (Successor), One Month Ended January 31, 2011 (Predecessor) and Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

F-42

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012 (Successor) and December 31, 2011 (Successor)

F-43

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2011 (Successor), One Month Ended January 31, 2011 (Predecessor) and Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

F-44

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), the Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2011 (Successor), One Month Ended January 31, 2011 (Predecessor) and Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

F-45

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-46

EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated and Combined Financial StatementsAuditors

 F-2
F-109

Consolidated and Combined StatementStatements of OperationsComprehensive Income for the years endedYears Ended December 31, 2005, 20042011, 2010 and 20032009

 F-3
F-110

Consolidated and Combined Balance SheetStatements of Financial Position at December 31, 2005 and 20042011, 2010

 F-4
F-111

Consolidated and Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the years endedYears Ended December 31, 2005, 20042011, 2010 and 20032009

 F-5
F-112

Consolidated and Combined StatementStatements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Business/Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003Changes in Equity/(Deficit)

 F-6
F-113

Notes to Consolidated andthe Combined Financial Statements

 F-7F-114

F-1


Tronox Limited Unaudited Financial Statements

F-2


TRONOX LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

   Three Months Ended June 30,  Six Months Ended June 30, 
           2013                  2012              2013                  2012         

Net Sales

  $525   $429   $995   $863  

Cost of goods sold

   475    304    913    581  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

   50    125    82    282  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   41    103    92    147  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

   9    22    (10  135  

Interest and debt expense

   (35  (14  (62  (22

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   —      —      (4  —    

Other income (expense)

   26    (3  32    (4

Gain on bargain purchase

   —      1,055    —      1,055  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

   —      1,060    (44  1,164  

Income tax benefit (provision)

   (1  84    (2  66  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   (1  1,144    (46  1,230  

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

   12    —      24    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

  $(13 $1,144   $(70 $1,230  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) per Share, Basic and Diluted:

     

Basic

  $(0.11 $13.46   $(0.62 $15.31  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

  $(0.11 $13.00   $(0.62 $14.74  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (in thousands):

     

Basic

   113,390    84,528    113,354    79,960  

Diluted

   113,390    87,535    113,354    83,021  

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3


TRONOX LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30, 
           2013                  2012                   2013                  2012         

Net Income (Loss):

      

Net Income (Loss)

  $(1 $1,144    $(46 $1,230  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (82  26     (201  33  

Amortization of actuarial losses, net of taxes

   (1  —       —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   (83  26     (201  33  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   (84  1,170     (247  1,263  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest:

      

Net income

   12    —       24    —    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (23  10     (51  10  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

   (11  10     (27  10  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

  $(73 $1,160    $(220 $1,253  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4


TRONOX LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

   June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Current Assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,389   $716  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1 million and $3 million, respectively

   425    391  

Inventories

   749    914  

Prepaid and other assets

   37    38  

Deferred income taxes

   54    114  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   2,654    2,173  

Noncurrent Assets

   

Property, plant and equipment, net

   1,309    1,423  

Mineral leaseholds, net

   1,321    1,439  

Intangible assets, net

   313    326  

Long-term deferred tax assets

   170    91  

Other long-term assets

   80    59  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $5,847   $5,511  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

   

Accounts payable

  $129   $189  

Accrued liabilities

   180    209  

Short-term debt

   —      30  

Long-term debt due within one year

   18    10  

Income taxes payable

   8    24  

Current deferred income taxes

   1    5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

   336    467  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent Liabilities

   

Long-term debt

   2,390    1,605  

Pension and postretirement healthcare benefits

   177    176  

Asset retirement obligations

   96    106  

Deferred income taxes

   209    222  

Other long-term liabilities

   49    53  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   3,257    2,629  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Contingencies and Commitments

   

Shareholders’ Equity

   

Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.01—64,307,964 shares issued and 62,301,528 shares outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 63,413,288 shares issued and 62,103,989 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012

   1    1  

Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.01—51,154,280 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

   —      —    

Capital in excess of par value

   1,441    1,429  

Retained earnings

   1,187    1,314  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (245  (95
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   2,384    2,649  

Noncontrolling interest

   206    233  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Equity

   2,590    2,882  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $5,847   $5,511  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-5


TRONOX LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Six Months Ended June 30, 
           2013                  2012         

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

   

Net income (loss)

  $(46 $1,230  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

   

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

   146    53  

Deferred income taxes

   (6  (85

Share-based compensation expense

   11    27  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

   4    6  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   4    —    

Pension and postretirement healthcare benefit (income) expense, net

   4    2  

Gain on bargain purchase

   —      (1,055

Other noncash items affecting net income

   (2  60  

Changes in assets and liabilities (net of effects of acquisition):

   

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

   (49  50  

(Increase) decrease in inventories

   90    (215

(Increase) decrease in prepaids and other assets

   —      (1

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   (49  (96

Increase (decrease) in taxes payable

   (19  (2

Other, net

   (9  (21
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   79    (47
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

   

Capital expenditures

   (79  (48

Cash paid in acquisition of minerals sands business

   —      (1

Cash received in acquisition of minerals sands business

   —      115  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   (79  66  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

   

Repayments of debt

   (180  (554

Proceeds from borrowings

   945    777  

Debt issuance costs

   (28  (20

Dividends paid

   (57  —    

Merger consideration

   —      (193

Class A ordinary share repurchases

   —      (2

Proceeds from conversion of warrants

   1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

   681    8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   (8  5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   673    32  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

   716    154  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

  $1,389   $186  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-6


TRONOX LIMITED

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Tronox
Limited
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
  Tronox
Limited
Class B
Ordinary
Shares
  Capital in
Excess of
par Value
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
  Non-
controlling
Interest
  Total
Equity
 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

        

Balance at December 31, 2012

 $1   $—     $1,429   $1,314   $(95 $2,649   $233   $2,882  

Net income (loss)

  —      —      —      (70  —      (70  24    (46

Other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      —      (150  (150  (51  (201

Share-based compensation

  —      —      11    —      —      11    —      11  

Warrants exercised

  —      —      1    —      —      1    —      1  

Class A and Class B dividends declared

  —      —      —      (57  —      (57  —      (57
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

 $1   $—     $1,441   $1,187   $(245 $2,384   $206   $2,590  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Tronox
Limited
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
  Tronox
Limited
Class B
Ordinary
Shares
  Capital in
Excess  of
par Value
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Treasury
Stock
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
  Non-
controlling
Interest
  Total
Equity
 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

         

Balance at December 31, 2011

 $—     $—     $579   $242   $(57 $(12 $752   $—     $752  

Fair value of noncontrolling interest on Transaction Date

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      233    233  

Net income

  —      —      —      1,230    —      —      1,230    —      1,230  

Other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      23    —      23    10    33  

Merger consideration paid

  —      —      (193  —      —      —      (193  —      (193

Issuance of Tronox Limited shares

  —      —      1,370    —      —      —      1,370    —      1,370  

Issuance of Tronox Limited shares in stock-split

  1    —      —      (1  —      —      —      —      —    

Class A and Class B share dividend declared

  —      —      —      (32  —      —      (32  —      (32

Tronox Limited Class A shares repurchased

  —      —      (2  —      —      —      (2  —      (2

Tronox Incorporated warrants exercised

  —      —      1    —      —      —      1    —      1  

Tronox Incorporated stock-based compensation

  —      —      27    —      —      (7  20    —      20  

Tronox Incorporated common stock vested/cancelled

  —      —      (19  —      —      19    —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

 $1   $—      $1,763   $1,439   $(34 $—     $3,169   $243   $3,412  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-7


TRONOX LIMITED

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data or unless otherwise noted)

1.The Company

Tronox Limited, a public limited company registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia, Australia, and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Tronox” or “the Company”) is a global leader in the production and marketing of high grade titanium feedstock and titanium dioxide pigment (“TiO2”). The Company’s world-class, high performance TiO2 products are critical components of everyday applications such as paint and other coatings, plastics, paper and other applications. The Company’s mineral sands business consists primarily of two product streams—titanium feedstock and zircon. Titanium feedstock is primarily used to manufacture TiO2. Zircon, a hard, glossy mineral, is used for the manufacture of ceramics, refractories, TV screen glass and a range of other industrial and chemical products. Tronox operates three TiO2 pigment production facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, The Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, and operates three separate mining and beneficiation operations: KwaZulu-Natal (“KZN”) Sands and Namakwa Sands located in South Africa and Cooljarloo Sands located in Western Australia.

Tronox Limited was formed on September 21, 2011 for the purpose of the Transaction (as defined below). Prior to the completion of the Transaction, Tronox Limited was wholly-owned by Tronox Incorporated, and had no operating assets or operations. On September 25, 2011, Tronox Incorporated, a Delaware corporation formed on May 17, 2005 (“Tronox Incorporated”), entered into a definitive agreement (as amended, the “Transaction Agreement”) with Exxaro Resources Limited (“Exxaro”) and certain of its affiliated companies, to acquire 74% of Exxaro’s mineral sands operations, along with its 50% share of the Tiwest Joint Venture (the “Transaction”). On June 15, 2012, the date of the Transaction (the “Transaction Date”), the existing business of Tronox Incorporated was combined with the mineral sands business in an integrated series of transactions whereby Tronox Limited became the parent company.

On May 4, 2012, Tronox Limited registered the Class A ordinary shares (“Class A Shares”) to be issued to shareholders of Tronox Incorporated in connection with the completion of the Transaction. On the Transaction Date, Tronox Limited issued 9,950,856 Class B ordinary shares (“Class B Shares”) to Exxaro and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for the mineral sands business. Under the terms of the Transaction Agreement, Exxaro agreed that for a three-year period after the completion of the Transaction, it would not engage in any transaction or other action, that would result in its beneficial ownership of the voting shares of Tronox Limited to exceed 45% of the total issued shares of Tronox Limited. In addition, the agreement prohibits Exxaro from selling any shares in the same three-year period. At June 30, 2013, Exxaro held approximately 44.4% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited.

2.Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited, and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) regarding interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for complete financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The December 31, 2012 balance sheet was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements.

The unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 relate to Tronox Limited. The unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three and

F-8


six months ended June 30, 2013 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through June 30, 2012, reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited.

The Company accounted for the Transaction under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations(“ASC 805”). Under the acquisition method of accounting, each tangible and separately identifiable intangible asset acquired and liability assumed was recorded based on its preliminary estimated fair value on the Transaction Date. The excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired over the value of consideration was recorded as an initial bargain purchase gain. Subsequent to the Transaction, the Company made adjustments to its initial valuation. Such adjustments were recorded on the Transaction Date, which has resulted in revised unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The measurement period ended in June 2013.

In connection with the Transaction, Exxaro and its subsidiaries retained a 26% ownership interest in each of Tronox KZN Sands Pty Ltd and Tronox Mineral Sands Pty Ltd in order to comply with the ownership requirements of the Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) legislation in South Africa. Exxaro is entitled to exchange this interest for approximately 3.2% in additional Class B Shares under certain circumstances (i.e., the earlier of the termination of the Empowerment Period or the tenth anniversary of completion of the Transaction). The Company accounts for such ownership as “Noncontrolling Interest” on the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Prior to the Transaction Date, Tronox Incorporated operated the Tiwest Joint Venture with Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd. The Tiwest Joint Venture was a contractual relationship between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro whereby each party held an undivided interest in each asset of the joint venture, and each party was proportionally liable for each of the joint venture’s liabilities. The Tiwest Joint Venture was not a separate legal entity and did not enter into any transactions. Transactions were entered into by the joint venture partners who had the right to sell their own product, collect their proportional share of the revenues and absorb their share of costs. As such, Tronox Incorporated did not account for the Tiwest Joint Venture under the equity method. Instead, Tronox Incorporated accounted for its share of the Tiwest Joint Venture’s assets that were jointly controlled and its share of liabilities for which it was jointly responsible on a proportionate gross basis in its unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additionally, Tronox Incorporated accounted for the revenues generated from its share of the products sold and its share of the expenses of the joint venture on a gross basis in its unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of the Transaction Date, the Company owns 100% of the Tiwest Joint Venture operations. As such, the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 includes 100% of the Tiwest operations assets and liabilities. The unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 reflect 100% of the revenue and expenses of the Tiwest operations, while the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 reflects Tronox Incorporated’s revenues generated from its share of the products sold and its share of the expenses of the joint venture on a gross basis prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through June 30, 2012 reflect 100% of the revenues and expenses of the Tiwest operations.

In management’s opinion, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. It is at least reasonably possible that the effect on the financial statements of a change in estimate within one year of the date of the financial statements due to one or more future confirming events could have a material effect on the financial statements. The consolidated results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

F-9


Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the manner and presentation in the current period. Such reclassifications did not have an impact on the Company’s net income or consolidated results of operations.

3.Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued accounting standards update (“ASU”) 2013-5,Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (“ASU 2013-5”), which addresses the treatment of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income when a parent either sells its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity. ASU 2013-5 is effective prospectively for periods beginning after December 15, 2013; however early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet determined the impact, if any, that ASU 2013-5 will have on the consolidated financial statements.

During 2013, the Company adopted ASU 2013-2, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which requires the presentation of the effects on the line items of net income of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income, if the item is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

4.Acquisition of the Mineral Sands Business

On September 25, 2011, Tronox Incorporated entered into the Transaction Agreement with Exxaro to acquire 74% of its South African mineral sands operations, including its Namakwa and KZN Sands mines, separation facilities and slag furnaces, along with its 50% share of the Tiwest Joint Venture. On June 15, 2012, the existing business of Tronox Incorporated was combined with the mineral sands business under Tronox Limited. The Transaction was completed in two principal steps. First, Tronox Incorporated became a subsidiary of Tronox Limited, with Tronox Incorporated shareholders receiving one Class A Share and $12.50 in cash (“Merger Consideration”) for each share of Tronox Incorporated common stock. Second, Tronox Limited issued 9,950,856 Class B Shares to Exxaro and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for the mineral sands business.

Mineral Sands Business Results of Operations

The following table includes net sales and income from operations on a segment basis attributable to the acquired mineral sands business for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013.

   Mineral
Sands
   Pigment  Eliminations  Total 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2013:

      

Net Sales

  $255    $—    $(89 $166  

Income (Loss) from Operations

  $50    $(16 $4   $38  

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013:

      

Net Sales

  $496    $—    $(196 $300  

Income (Loss) from Operations

  $124    $(33 $(14 $77  

Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information

The following unaudited pro forma information gives effect to the Transaction as if it had occurred on the first day of the first quarter of fiscal 2012. The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects certain adjustments related to the acquisition, such as (1) converting the mineral sands business financial statements to U.S. GAAP, (2) conforming the mineral sands business accounting policies to those applied by Tronox

F-10


Incorporated, (3) to record certain incremental expenses resulting from purchase accounting adjustments, such as incremental depreciation expense in connection with fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment, (4) to eliminate intercompany transactions between Tronox Incorporated and the mineral sands business, (5) to record the effect on interest expense related to borrowings in connection with the Transaction and (6) to record the related tax effects. The unaudited pro forma financial information is for illustrative purposes only and should not be relied upon as being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the Transaction had actually occurred on that date, nor the results of operations in the future.

In accordance with ASC 805, the supplemental pro forma results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012:

  Three  Months
Ended

June 30, 2012
  Six  Months
Ended
June 30, 2012
 

Net Sales

 $588   $1,150  

Income from Operations

 $196   $395  

Net Income

 $173   $326  

Net Income attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

 $156   $294  

Basic earnings per share attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

 $2.05   $4.07  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

 $1.98   $3.92  

5.Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following:

   June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Trade receivables

  $406   $371  

Other

   20    23  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   426    394  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (1  (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net

  $425   $391  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

6.Inventories

Inventories consisted of the follows:

   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Raw materials

  $225    $221  

Work-in-process

   80     99  

Finished goods(1)

   325     477  

Materials and supplies, net(2)

   119     117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $749    $914  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes inventory on consignment to others of approximately $49 million and $42 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)Materials and supplies consist of processing chemicals, maintenance supplies and spare parts, which will be consumed directly and indirectly in the production of the Company’s products.

F-11


7.Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, consisted of the following:

   June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Land and land improvements

  $80   $80  

Buildings

   190    194  

Machinery and equipment

   1,136    1,158  

Construction-in-progress

   130    153  

Furniture and fixtures

   21    7  

Other

   6    6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   1,563    1,598  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (254  (175
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net

  $1,309   $1,423  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $48 million and $20 million, respectively, and for six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $90 million and $36 million, respectively.

8.Mineral Leaseholds, Net

Mineral leaseholds, net of accumulated depletion, consisted of the following:

   June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Mineral leaseholds

  $1,423   $1,502  

Less accumulated depletion

   (102  (63
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net

  $1,321   $1,439  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depletion expense related to mineral leaseholds for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $18 million and $4 million, respectively, and for six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $42 million and $5 million, respectively.

9.Intangible Assets, Net

The gross cost and accumulated amortization of intangible assets, by major intangible asset category, were as follows:

   June 30, 2013 
   Gross
Cost
   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Customer relationships

  $294    $(49 $245  

TiO2 technology

   32     (4  28  

Internal-use software

   39     (4  35  

Other

   9     (4  5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $374    $(61 $313  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-12


   December 31, 2012 
   Gross
Cost
   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Customer relationships

  $294    $(39 $255  

TiO2 technology

   32     (3  29  

Internal-use software

   38     (2  36  

Other

   9     (3)  6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $373    $(47 $326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $7 million and $6 million, respectively, and for six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $14 million and $12 million, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets was as follows:

   Total
Amortization
 

2013

  $14  

2014

   27  

2015

   26  

2016

   25  

2017

   25  

Thereafter

   196  
  

 

 

 

Total

  $313  
  

 

 

 

10.Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Taxes other than income taxes

  $56    $58  

Employee-related costs and benefits

   44     45  

Unfavorable sales contracts

   36     64  

Interest

   23     22  

Sales rebates

   13     13  

Other

   8     7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $180    $209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

11.Debt

Short-term Debt

Short-term debt consisted of the following:

   Maturity
Date
   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

UBS Revolver

   6/18/17    $—     $—    

ABSA Revolver(1)

   6/14/17     —      30  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $—     $30  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Average effective interest rate of 8.5% and 8.5% during 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-13


UBS Revolver

On June 18, 2012, in connection with the closing of the Transaction, the Company entered into a global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit agreement with UBS AG (the “UBS Revolver”). The UBS Revolver provides the Company with a committed source of capital with a principal borrowing amount of up to $300 million, subject to a borrowing base. In connection with its entry into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on March 19, 2013, the Company amended the UBS Revolver to allow for the increased size of the Term Loan over the Term Facility (see “Term Loan” below). At June 30, 2013, the Company’s available borrowing base was $275 million.

ABSA Revolving Credit Facility

In connection with the Transaction, the Company entered into a R900 million (approximately $92 million as of June 30, 2013) revolving credit facility with ABSA Bank Limited acting through its ABSA Capital Division (the “ABSA Revolver”). At December 31, 2012, the Company had drawn down R250 million (approximately $30 million), which was repaid during the first quarter of 2013. At June 30, 2013, the Company had no amounts drawn on the ABSA Revolver.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

   Principal
Amount
   Maturity
Date
   June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Term Loan, net of unamortized discount of $11 million(1)

  $1,500     3/19/2020    $1,489   $—   

Senior Notes

  $900     8/15/2020     900    900  

Term Facility, net of unamortized discount of $6 million(2)

  $700     2/8/2018     —      691  

Co-generation Unit Financing Arrangement

  $16     2/1/2016     7    10  

Lease financing

       12    14  
      

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total debt

       2,408    1,615  

Less: Long-term debt due in one year

       (18  (10
      

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-term debt

      $2,390   $1,605  
      

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Average effective interest rate of 4.9% in 2013.
(2)Average effective interest rate of 5.0% and 5.0% in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At June 30, 2013, the scheduled maturities of the Company’s long-term debt were as follows:

   Total Debt 

2013

  $9  

2014

   18  

2015

   18  

2016

   15  

2017

   15  

Thereafter

   2,344  
  

 

 

 

Total

   2,419  

Remaining accretion of discount associated with the Term Loan

   (11
  

 

 

 

Total debt

  $2,408  
  

 

 

 

F-14


Term Facility

On February 8, 2012, Tronox Incorporated’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., entered into a term loan facility with Goldman Sachs Bank USA comprised of a $550 million Senior Secured Term Loan (the “Senior Secured Term Loan”) and a $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan (the “Senior Secured Delayed Draw” together, the “Term Facility”). The Term Facility was issued net of an original issue discount of $7 million, or 1% of the initial principal amount, which was being amortized over the life of the Term Facility. In connection with obtaining the Term Facility, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $17 million, of which $5 million was paid in 2011 and $12 million was paid in 2012. On June 14, 2012, in connection with the closing of the Transaction, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. drew down the $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw.

On February 28, 2013, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. repaid the outstanding principal balance of $149 million, plus interest, related to the $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw. In accordance with ASC 470,Debt (“ASC 470”), the Company accounted for such repayment as an extinguishment of debt. As such, the Company recognized a loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $4 million related to the allocated portion of the unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs.

The Company allocated these amounts between the $550 million Senior Secured Term Loan and the $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw as follows:

   Outstanding
Balance
   Percentage of
Outstanding
Balance
  Allocation of
Unamortized
Costs
   Loss
Extinguishment
of Debt
 

Senior Secured Term Loan

  $547     79 $16    $—   

Senior Secured Delayed Draw

   149     21  4     4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $696     100 $20    $4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loan

On March 19, 2013, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Limited, and certain subsidiaries of Tronox Limited named as guarantors, entered into an Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, UBS Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and RBC Capital Markets, as Joint Lead Arrangers, Joint Bookrunners and Co-Syndication Agents. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company obtained a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the “Term Loan”), which matures in March 2020. The terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are substantially similar to the Company’s prior Term Facility. The Term Loan was issued net of an original issue discount of $7 million, or 0.5% of the principal balance.

In accordance with ASC 470, the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Secured Term Loan of $547 million, which became part of the Term Loan, was accounted for as a debt modification. As such, the unamortized original issue discount of $5 million and debt issuance costs of $11 million related to the Term Facility are being amortized over the life of the Term Loan.

The Term Loan bears interest at a base rate plus the applicable margin of 2.5% per annum, or adjusted Eurodollar rate plus the applicable margin of 3.5% per annum. The base rate is defined as the greater of (i) the prime lending rate as quoted in the print edition of The Wall Street Journal or (ii) the Federal Funds Effective rate in effect on such day plus one half of 1%; provided, however, that the Base Rate is not less than 2% per annum. The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall at no time be less than 1.00%.

F-15


Senior Notes

On August 20, 2012, Tronox Limited’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Tronox Finance LLC, issued $900 million aggregate principal amount of 6.375% senior notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes were offered to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

During the second quarter, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-4 for $900 million aggregate principal amount of senior exchange notes (the “Senior Exchange Notes”), which are substantially identical to the Senior Notes, and which will be issued in exchange for the Senior Notes.

The Senior Notes bear interest semiannually at a rate equal to 6.375% and were sold at par value. The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior, unsecured basis by Tronox Limited and certain of its subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are redeemable at any time at the Company’s discretion.

Co-generation Unit Financing Arrangement

In March 2011, in order to finance its share of the asset purchase for the Tiwest Joint Venture, Tronox Incorporated incurred debt totaling $8 million. In connection with the Transaction, the Company acquired the remaining 50% undivided interest in the co-generation plant from Exxaro, along with its debt of $6 million. Under the financing arrangement, monthly payments are required, and interest accrues on the outstanding balance at the rate of 6.5% per annum. During the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company made principal repayments of approximately $1 million and less than $1 million, respectively, and during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, $2 million and $1 million, respectively.

Lease Financing

In connection with the Transaction, the Company acquired capital lease obligations in South Africa, which are payable through 2032 at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 17%. At June 30, 2013, such obligations had a net book value of assets recorded under capital leases aggregating $7 million. During both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company made payments of less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively. The Company did not make payments on capital leases during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

Fair Value

The Company’s debt is recorded at historical amounts. At June 30, 2013, the fair value of the Term Loan was $1,513 million. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the fair value of the Senior Notes and $852 million and $910 million, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the Term Facility was $709 million. The Company determined the fair value of the Term Loan, the Senior Notes and the Term Facility using Bloomberg market prices. The fair value hierarchy for long-term debt is a Level 2 input.

Debt Covenants

At June 30, 2013, the Company had financial covenants in the UBS Revolver, the ABSA Revolver and the Term Loan.

The terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are substantially similar to the Company’s prior Credit and Guaranty Agreement with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, dated February 8, 2012, except that the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (i) eliminates financial maintenance covenants (ii) permits, subject to certain conditions, incurrence of additional senior secured debt up to a leverage ratio of 2:1, (iii) increases the Company’s ability to incur debt in connection with permitted acquisitions and its ability to incur unsecured debt,

F-16


and (iv) allows for the payment of a $0.25 per share dividend each fiscal quarter. Otherwise, the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provide for customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The terms of the covenants, subject to certain exceptions, restrict, among other things: (i) debt incurrence; (ii) lien incurrence; (iii) investments, dividends and distributions; (iv) disposition of assets and subsidiary interests; (v) acquisitions; (vi) sale and leaseback transactions; and (vii) transactions with affiliates and shareholders.

The Term Facility and the UBS Revolver are subject to an intercreditor agreement pursuant to which the lenders’ respective rights and interests in the security are set forth. At June 30, 2013, only the ABSA Revolver had a financial maintenance covenant. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants at June 30, 2013.

The Company has pledged the majority of our U.S. assets and certain assets of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in support of its outstanding debt.

Interest and Debt Expense

Interest and debt expense consisted of the following:

   Three Months Ended June 30,  Six Months Ended June 30, 
   2013  2012  2013  2012 

Interest expense

  $32   $8   $58   $15  

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs(1)

   2    4    4    5  

Other

   2    3    2    3  

Capitalized interest

   (1  (1  (2  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest and debt expense

  $35   $14   $62   $22  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)In connection with obtaining debt, the Company incurred debt issuance costs. Such costs are recorded in “Other long-term assets” on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets,” and are being amortized through the maturity date.

Deferred debt issuance costs and the related amortization expense was as follows:

           Amortization Expense 
   Deferred Debt   Balance at   Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30, 
   Issuance Cost   June 30, 2013           2013                   2012                   2013                   2012         

Term Loan

  $28    $27    $1    $—      $1    $—    

Senior Notes

   18     16     1     —       1     —    

Term Facility

   17     10     —       —       1     1  

Other

   8     7     —       4     1     4  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $60    $2    $4    $4    $5  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

12.Asset Retirement Obligations

To the extent a legal obligation exists, an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) is recorded at its estimated fair value, and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. The Company classifies accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in “Cost of goods sold” on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-17


The changes in AROs during the six months ended June 30, 2013 were as follows:

   June 30, 2013  December 31, 2012 

Beginning balance

  $113   $30  

Additions

   2    7  

Accretion expense

   2    5  

Changes in estimates, including cost and timing of cash flows

   (14  11  

Settlements/payments

   —      (1

AROs acquired in the acquisition of mineral sands business

   —      61  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $103   $113  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current portion included in accrued liabilities

  $7   $7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent portion

  $96   $106  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AROs, by geographic region, were as follows:

   June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012 

Australia

  $59    $67  

South Africa

   32     34  

The Netherlands

   11     11  

United States

   1     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $103    $113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Environmental Rehabilitation Trust

The Company has established an environmental rehabilitation trust in respect of the prospecting and mining operations in South Africa in accordance with applicable regulations. The trustees of the fund are appointed by the Company, and consist of sufficiently qualified Tronox Limited employees capable of fulfilling their fiduciary duties. The environmental rehabilitation trust receives, holds, and invests funds for the rehabilitation or management of negative environmental impacts associated with mining and exploration activities. The contributions are aimed at providing sufficient funds at date of estimated closure of mining activities to address the rehabilitation and environmental impacts. Funds accumulated for a specific mine or exploration project can only be utilized for the rehabilitation and environmental impacts of that specific mine or project. Currently, the funds are invested in highly liquid, short-term instruments; however, the investment growth strategy has not been finalized. If a mine or exploration project withdraws from the fund for whatever valid reason, the funds accumulated for such mine or exploration project are transferred to a similar fund approved by management. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the environmental rehabilitation trust assets were $19 million and $20 million, respectively, which were recorded in “Other long-term assets” on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

13.Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase CommitmentsAt June 30, 2013, purchase commitments were $67 million for the remainder of 2013, $94 million for 2014, $36 million for 2015, $23 million for 2016, $23 million for 2017 and $104 million thereafter.

Letters of CreditAt June 30, 2013, the Company had outstanding letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance bonds of approximately $45 million, of which $25 million in letters of credit were issued under the UBS Revolver and $17 million were bank guarantees issued by ABSA.

F-18


Legal—The Western Australia Office of State Revenue (the “OSR”) continues to review their technical position on the imposition of stamp duty on the transfer of Tronox Incorporated’s shares related to Kerr-McGee’s restructuring in 2002 and from the share transfer related to the spinoff of Tronox Incorporated from Kerr-McGee in 2005. On October 20, 2012, the OSR rendered its assessment of $5 million, comprised of a primary stamp duty liability of $3 million and penalty tax of $2 million. The Company had accrued $3 million at December 31, 2012, which was recorded in “Trade and other payables” in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As required by law, the Company paid the entire amount of the assessment in January 2013; however it has submitted an objection to the interest penalty, setting out the reasons that the Commissioner of State Revenue has erred in the imposition of the interest penalty. The Company expects to resolve the matter by the end of 2013.

Environmental Contingencies—In accordance with ASC 450,Contingencies, the Company recognizes a loss and records an undiscounted liability when litigation has commenced or a claim or an assessment has been asserted or, based on available information, commencement of litigation or assertion of a claim or assessment is probable, and the associated costs can be estimated. It is not possible for the Company to reliably estimate the amount and timing of all future expenditures related to environmental matters because, among other reasons, environmental laws and regulations, as well as enforcement policies and clean up levels, are continually changing, and the outcome of court proceedings, alternative dispute resolution proceedings (including mediation) and discussions with regulatory agencies are inherently uncertain.

The Company believes that it has reserved adequately for the probable and reasonably estimable costs of known contingencies. There is no environmental litigation, claim or assessment that has been asserted nor is there any probability of an assessment or a claim for which the Company has not recorded a liability. However, additions to the reserves may be required as additional information is obtained that enables the Company to better estimate its liabilities. The Company cannot reliably estimate the amount of future additions to the reserves at this time. In certain situations, reserves may be probable but not estimable. Additionally, sites may be identified in the future where the Company could have potential liability for environmental related matters. If a site is identified, the Company will evaluate to determine what reserve, if any, should be established.

Other Matters—From time to time, the Company may be party to a number of legal and administrative proceedings involving environmental and/or other matters in various courts or agencies. These proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, may have a material adverse effect on the Company. These proceedings may be associated with facilities currently or previously owned, operated or used by the Company and/or its predecessors, some of which may include claims for personal injuries, property damages, cleanup costs and other environmental matters. Current and former operations of the Company may also involve management of regulated materials, which are subject to various environmental laws and regulations including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (the “RCRA”) or state equivalents. Similar environmental laws and regulations and other requirements exist in foreign countries in which the Company operates.

14.Shareholders Equity

The changes in outstanding shares for the six months ended June 30, 2013 were as follows:

Index to the Financial Statement SchedulesTronox Limited Class A Shares outstanding:

  

Balance at December 31, 2012

62,103,989

Shares issued for share-based compensation

66,524

Shares issued for warrants exercised

81,015

Shares issued for options exercised

50,000

Balance at June 30, 2013

62,301,528

Schedule II—Valuation Accounts and ReservesTronox Limited Class B Shares outstanding:

  F-63

All other schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or the information is presented in the financial statements or the notes to the financial statements.Balance at December 31, 2012

  51,154,280

Balance at June 30, 2013

51,154,280

F-19


Dividends Declared

On May 7, 2013, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share which was paid on May 28, 2013 to holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares at close of business on May 20, 2013. On February 19, 2013, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share which was paid on March 20, 2013 to holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares at close of business on March 6, 2013. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company paid dividends of $57 million.

Warrants

Prior to the Transaction, Tronox Incorporated had issued Series A warrants and Series B warrants (collectively, the “Tronox Incorporated Warrants”). In connection with the Transaction, and pursuant to the terms of the Tronox Incorporated Warrant Agreement, Tronox Limited entered into an amended and restated warrant agreement, dated as of the Transaction Date, whereby the holders of the Tronox Limited Warrants are entitled to purchase one Class A Share and receive $12.50 in cash at the initial exercise prices of $62.13 for each Series A Warrant (the “Series A Warrants”) and $68.56 for each Series B Warrant (the “Series B Warrants”, collectively with the Series A Warrants, the “Warrants”). On the Transaction Date, there were 841,302 Warrants outstanding. The Warrants have a seven-year term from the date initially issued and will expire on February 14, 2018. A holder may exercise the Warrants by paying the applicable exercise price in cash or on a cashless basis. The Warrants are freely transferable by the holder thereof.

In connection with the stock split, holders of the Warrants are entitled to purchase five Class A Shares and receive $12.50 in cash. At June 30, 2013, the exercise price, adjusted for dividends paid, was $60.39 for each Series A Warrant and $66.65 for each Series B Warrants. At June 30, 2013, there were 357,570 Series A Warrants and 465,465 Series B Warrants outstanding.

Stock Split Declared

On June 26, 2012, the Board approved a 5-to-1 stock split for holders of its Class A Shares and Class B Shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class. As a result of the stock split, the Company recorded an increase to “Tronox Limited Class A ordinary shares” of $1 million and an increase to “Tronox Limited Class B ordinary shares” of less than $1 million, with corresponding decreases to “Retained earnings” on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Share Repurchases

On June 26, 2012, the Board authorized the repurchase of Class A Shares in open market transactions. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company repurchased 17,000 Class A Shares at an average price of $120.75 per share, on a pre-split basis, for a total cost of $2 million. During 2012, the Company repurchased 12,626,400 Class A Shares, affected for the 5-for-1 share split, at an average price of $25.84 per share, inclusive of commissions, for a total cost of $326 million, respectively. Repurchased shares were subsequently cancelled in accordance with Australian law. On September 27, 2012, the Company announced the successful completion of its share repurchase program.

F-20


15.Income Taxes

The Company’s operations are conducted through its various subsidiaries in a number of countries throughout the world. The Company has provided for income taxes based upon the tax laws and rates in the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, Tronox Limited was the public parent registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia. For the three months ended June 30, 2012 and from June 15, 2012 through June 30, 2012, Tronox Limited was the public parent; however, prior to June 15, 2012, Tronox Incorporated was the public parent, a Delaware corporation registered in the United States.

   Three Months Ended June 30,  Six Months Ended June 30, 
           2013                  2012                  2013                  2012         

Income tax benefit (provision)

  $(1 $84   $(2 $66  

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

  $—     $1,060   $(44 $1,164  

Effective tax rate

   —    (8)%   (5)%   (6)% 

The effective tax rates for the three months and the six months ended June 30, 2013, differ from the Australian statutory rate of 30% primarily due to withholding tax accruals, valuation allowances in the United States, and income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates different than 30%.

The negative effective tax rates for 2012 differ from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily as a consequence of the Company re-domiciling in Australia. Because the Australian tax laws provide for a resetting of the tax basis of the business assets to market value, the Company recorded a tax benefit related to this market value basis adjustment. The overall tax benefit from this basis adjustment was partially offset by a valuation allowance established for the portion of the tax benefit which the Company believes will not be realized. Because this basis change did not pertain to an entity acquired in the Transaction, this net tax benefit was recorded through tax expense and did not impact the Company’s gain on bargain purchase.

Additionally, the 2012 periods shown above were impacted by valuation allowances in the United States, income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 35%, and the Company’s gain on the bargain purchase, which was recorded net of the financial tax impact and is not subject to income tax in any jurisdiction.

The application of business combination accounting on June 15, 2012 resulted in the re-measurement of deferred income taxes associated with recording the assets and liabilities of acquired entities at fair value pursuant to ASC 805. As a result, deferred income taxes were recorded at amounts determined in accordance with ASC 740,Income Taxes(“ASC 740”), of $205 million as part of the Company’s gain on bargain purchase. The Company does not believe an ownership change occurred as a result of the Transaction.

The Company continues to maintain a valuation allowance related to the net deferred tax assets in the United States. Future provisions for income taxes will include no tax benefits with respect to losses incurred and tax expense only to the extent of current alternative minimum tax and state tax payments until the valuation allowance in the United States is eliminated. ASC 740 requires that all available positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

16.Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed utilizing the two-class method, and is calculated based on weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of ordinary and ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during the periods utilizing the two-class method for nonvested restricted shares, warrants and options.

Certain unvested awards issued under the Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan and theT-Bucks Employee Participation Plan contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends declared on Class A Shares. Any unvested shares that participate in dividends are considered participating securities and are included in the Company’s computation of basic and diluted earnings per share using the two-class method, unless the effect of

F-21


including such shares would be antidilutive. The two-class method of computing earnings per share is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of ordinary shares and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings.

The computation of basic and diluted loss per share for the periods indicated is as follows:

   Three  Months
Ended
June 30, 2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2013
 

Numerator—Basic and Diluted:

   

Net Loss

  $(1 $(46

Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

   12    24  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undistributed loss

   (13  (70

Percentage allocated to ordinary shares

   100  100
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undistributed loss allocated to ordinary shares

   (13  (70
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss available to ordinary shares

  $(13 $(70
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator—Basic and Diluted

   

Weighted-average ordinary shares (in thousands)

   113,390    113,354  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss per Share(1):

   

Basic loss per Share

  $(0.11 $(0.62
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted loss per Share

  $(0.11 $(0.62
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share amounts were computed from exact, not rounded, income and share information.

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated is as follows:

   Three  Months
Ended
June 30, 2012
  Six  Month
Ended
June 30, 2012
 

Numerator—Basic and Diluted:

   

Net Income

  $1,144   $1,230  

Less: Dividends declared

   (32)  (32)
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings

   1,112    1,198  

Percentage allocated to ordinary shares

   99.5  99.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings allocated to ordinary shares

   1,106    1,192  

Add: Dividends declared allocated to common shares

   32   32 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings available to ordinary shares

  $1,138   $1,224  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator—Basic:

   

Weighted-average ordinary shares (in thousands)

   84,528    79,960  

Add: Effect of Dilutive Securities:

   

Restricted stock

   46    98  

Warrants

   2,956    2,963  

Options

   5    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator—Dilutive

   87,535    83,021  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per Share(1):

   

Basic earnings per Share

  $13.46   $15.31  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per Share

  $13.00   $14.74  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share amounts were computed from exact, not rounded, income and share information.

F-22


In computing diluted earnings (loss) per share under the two-class method, the Company considered potentially dilutive shares. At June 30, 2013, 2,064,523 options with an average exercise price of $20.61, 357,570 Series A Warrants and 465,465 Class B Warrants, with exercise prices of $60.39 and $66.65, respectively, and 295,607 restricted stock units, with an average price of $20.99 were not recognized in the diluted earnings per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, 308,255 options and 653,225 options, respectively, with average exercise prices of $28.02 and $24.84, respectively, were not recognized in the diluted earnings per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive.

17.Share-based Compensation

Compensation expense related to restricted share awards was $4 million and $20 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $6 million and $26 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Compensation expense related to the Company’s nonqualified option awards was $1 million and less than $1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $3 million and $1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At June 30, 2013, unrecognized compensation expense related to the Company’s restricted shares and options, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, was approximately $48 million, with such unrecognized compensation expense expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3 years. The ultimate amount of such expense is dependent upon the actual number of restricted shares and options that vest. The Company periodically assesses the forfeiture rates used for such estimates. A change in estimated forfeiture rates would cause the aggregate amount of compensation expense recognized in future periods to differ from the estimated unrecognized compensation expense above.

Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan

On the Transaction Date, Tronox Limited adopted the Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “Tronox Limited MEIP”), which permits the grant of awards that constitute incentive options, nonqualified options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance awards and other share-based awards, cash payments and other forms such as the compensation committee of the Board in its discretion deems appropriate, including any combination of the above. Subject to further adjustment, the maximum number of shares which may be the subject of awards (inclusive of incentive options) is 12,781,225 Class A Shares.

Restricted Shares

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company granted restricted share awards to employees. All restricted share awards vest pursuant to both time requirements and performance requirements. The time provisions are graded vesting, while the performance provisions are cliff vesting and have a variable payout. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, as part of the annual director’s compensation program, the Company granted restricted share awards with graded vesting to members of the Board. In accordance with ASC 718,Compensation—Share-Based Compensation (“ASC 718”), the restricted share awards issued during 2013 are classified as equity awards, and are accounted for using the fair value established at the grant date.

F-23


Restricted share activity for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was as follows:

   Number of
Shares
  Fair
Value(1)
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   761,065   $20.62  

Awards granted

   780,640    20.96  

Awards earned

   (68,258  24.18  

Awards forfeited

   (15,245  23.86  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

   1,458,202   $20.60  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Outstanding awards expected to vest

   1,422,910   $20.57  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Represents the weighted-average grant-date fair value.

Restricted share activity for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was as follows:

   Number of
Shares
   Fair
Value(1)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   —      —   

Awards converted from Tronox Incorporated to Tronox Limited in connection with the Transaction

   420,765     16.99  

Awards granted

   160,835     27.39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

   581,600    $19.86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding awards expected to vest

   574,716    $19.77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents the weighted-average grant-date fair value.

Options

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company granted options to employees to purchase Class A Shares, which have graded vesting provisions over a three year period. Options activity was as follows:

   Number of
Options
  Price(1)   Contractual
Life
Years(1)
   Intrinsic
Value(2)
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   612,439   $24.81      

Options issued

   1,553,110    19.10      

Options exercised

   (50,000  22.00      

Options expired

   (32,822  25.65      

Options forfeited

   (18,204  20.40      
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2013

   2,064,523   $20.61     9.46    $2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding and expected to vest at June 30, 2013

   1,801,008   $20.20     9.53    $2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2013

   165,012   $25.14     8.86    $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining contractual life, as applicable.
(2)Reflects aggregate intrinsic value based on the difference between the market price of the Company’s shares at June 30, 2013 and the options’ exercise price. The intrinsic value for shares exercised is based on the market value on the date of exercise.

F-24


Valuation and Cost Attribution Methods. Fair value is determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and is recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the employee service period of three years necessary to earn the awards, which is the vesting period. The Company ran the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following assumptions:

   February  25,
2013
  March  11,
2013
 

Number of options granted

   1,544,872    8,238  

Fair market value and exercise price(1)

  $19.09   $21.49  

Risk-free interest rate(2)

   1.04  1.19

Expected dividend yield

   5.24  4.65

Expected volatility

   56  56

Maturity (years)

   10    10  

Expected term (years)

   6    6  

Per-unit fair value of options granted

  $6.28   $7.48  

(1)The adjusted closing price of Class A Shares, New York Stock Exchange symbol TROX, on the grant date.
(2)The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury Strips available with maturity period consistent with expected life assumption.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company granted options to employees to purchase Class A Shares, which have graded vesting provisions over a three year period. Options activity was as follows:

   Number of
Options
   Price(1)   Contractual
Life
Years(1)
   Intrinsic
Value(2)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   —     $—       

Options converted to Tronox Limited in connection with the Transaction

   517,330     24.56      

Options issued

   135,895     25.90      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2012

   653,225    $24.84     9.68    $1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding and expected to vest at June 30, 2012

   618,095    $24.86     9.68    $1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2012

   7,440    $24.60     9.52    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining contractual life, as applicable.
(2)Reflects aggregate intrinsic value based on the difference between the market price of the Company’s stock at June 30, 2012 and the options’ exercise price.

Valuation and Cost Attribution Methods. Options’ fair value was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and was recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the employee service period of three years necessary to earn the awards, which is the vesting period. The Company ran the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the options granted and used the following assumptions:

   June  26,
2012
 

Number of options granted

   135,895  

Fair market value and exercise price(1)

  $25.90  

Risk-free interest rate(2)

   0.97

Expected dividend yield

   3.86

Expected volatility

   55

Maturity (years)

   10  

Expected term (years)

   6  

Per-unit fair value of options granted

  $9.43  

F-25


(1)The adjusted closing price of Class A Shares, New York Stock Exchange symbol TROX, on the grant date.
(2)The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury Strips available with maturity period consistent with expected life assumption.

T-Bucks Employee Participation Plan (“T-Bucks EPP”)

During 2012, the Company established the T-Bucks EPP for the benefit of certain qualifying employees (the “Participants”) of Tronox subsidiaries in South Africa (the “Employer Companies”). In accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed of the T-Bucks Trust (the “T-Bucks Trust Deed”), the Employer Companies funded the T-Bucks Trust (the “Trust”) in the amount of R124 million (approximately $15 million), which represents a capital contribution equal to R75,000 for each Participant. The funded amount was used to acquire 548,234 Class A Shares.

On September 3, 2012, the Participants were awarded shares units in the Trust which entitles them to receive shares of Tronox Limited upon completion of the vesting period on May 31, 2017. The Participants are also entitled to receive dividends on the Tronox shares during the vesting period. Forfeited shares are retained by the Trust and are allocated to future participants in accordance with the Trust Deed. Under certain conditions, as outlined in the Trust Deed, Participants may receive share units awarded before May 31, 2017. The fair value of the awards is the fair value of the shares determined at the Grant Date. Compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period using the straight-line method. In accordance with ASC 718, the T-Bucks EPP is classified as an equity-settled shared-based payment plan.

At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were 548,234 shares in the trust with a fair value of $25.79, which represents the fair value on the date of purchase by the trust. Compensation expense during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was less than $1 million and $2 million, respectively.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

In connection with the Transaction, the Company assumed a long-term incentive plan (the “LTIP”) for the benefit of certain qualifying employees of Tronox subsidiaries in South Africa and Australia. The LTIP is classified as a cash-settled compensation plan, and is remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. At June 30, 2013, the LTlP plan liability was approximately $2 million, which was recorded in “Other long-term liabilities” on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Compensation expense was less than $1 million for all periods presented.

Tronox Incorporated Management Equity Incentive Plan

In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy, Tronox Incorporated adopted the Tronox Incorporated management equity incentive plan (the “Tronox Incorporated MEIP”), which permitted the grant of awards that constitute incentive options, nonqualified options, share appreciation rights, restricted share, restricted share units, performance awards and other share-based awards, cash payments and other forms such as the compensation committee of the Tronox Incorporated Board of Directors in its discretion deems appropriate, including any combination of the above. The number of shares available for delivery pursuant to the awards granted under the Tronox Incorporated MEIP was 1.2 million shares. All share and per share data related to the Tronox Incorporated Management Equity Incentive Plan is presented on a pre-split basis.

On the Transaction Date, 420,765 restricted shares of Tronox Incorporated vested in connection with the Transaction. The remaining restricted shares of Tronox Incorporated were converted to Tronox Limited restricted shares. Additionally, on the Transaction Date, 517,330 Tronox Incorporated options were converted to Tronox Limited options.

F-26


Restricted Shares

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company granted restricted shares to its employees, which have graded vesting provisions. The Company was withholding the highest combined maximum rate imposed under all applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax laws on behalf of the employees that received these awards. In accordance with ASC 718, such restricted stock awards were classified as liability awards and were remeasured to fair value at each reporting date.

Restricted share activity with employees and directors was as follows:

   Number of
Shares
  Fair
Value
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   1,177,995   $21.48  

Awards granted

   52,915    24.36  

Awards earned

   (810,145  32.41  

Awards converted to Tronox Limited restricted shares in connection with the Transaction

   (420,765  16.99  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

   —     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Represents weighted average fair value. Liability awards are remeasured to fair value at each reporting date and upon vesting, while equity awards are presented at grant date fair value.

Options

Tronox Incorporated options activity was as follows:

   Number of
Options
  Price(1) 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   345,000   $22.00  

Options issued

   172,330    29.69  

Options converted to Tronox Limited in connection with the Transaction

   (517,330  24.56  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2012

   —     $—    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Represents weighted average exercise price.

Valuation and Cost Attribution Methods. Fair value is determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and is recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the employee service period of three years necessary to earn the awards, which is the vesting period. The Company ran the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following assumptions:

   January  2,
2012
  June 6,
2012
 

Number of options granted

   22,330    150,000  

Fair market value and exercise price(1)

  $24.60   $30.45  

Risk-free interest rate(2)

   1.97  0.94

Expected dividend yield

   0.0  0.0

Expected volatility

   49  55

Expected term (years)

   10    10  

Per-unit fair value of options granted

  $14.78   $15.64  

(3)The adjusted closing price of Class A Shares, New York Stock Exchange symbol TROX, on the grant date.
(4)The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury Strips available with maturity period consistent with expected life assumption.

F-27


18.Pension and Other Postretirement Healthcare Benefits

The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans (qualified and nonqualified plans) in the United States, a contributory defined benefit retirement plan in the Netherlands, a U.S. contributory postretirement healthcare plan and a South Africa postretirement healthcare plan.

The components of net periodic cost associated with the U.S. and foreign retirement plans recognized in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations were as follows:

   Retirement Plans 
   Three Months Ended June 30,  Six Months Ended June 30, 
           2013                  2012                  2013                  2012         

Net periodic cost:

     

Service cost

  $2   $—     $3   $1  

Interest cost

   5    5    10    11  

Expected return on plan assets

   (5  (4  (10  (10

Net amortization of actuarial loss

   —      —      1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net periodic cost

  $2   $1   $4   $2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The components of the Company’s net periodic cost for the postretirement healthcare plans recognized in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations were less than $1 million and $1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and less than $1 million for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

19.Related Party Transactions

At June 30, 2013, Exxaro held approximately 44.4% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company purchased transition services from Exxaro, which amounted to $2 million and $4 million, respectively.

Prior to the Transaction Date, Tronox Incorporated conducted transactions with Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd, Tronox Incorporated’s 50% partner in the Tiwest Joint Venture. Tronox Incorporated purchased, at open market prices, raw materials used in its production of TiO2, as well as Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd’s share of TiO2 produced by the Tiwest Joint Venture. Tronox Incorporated also provided administrative services and product research and development activities, which were reimbursed by Exxaro. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company made payments of $90 million and $173 million, respectively, and received payments of $2 million and $9 million, respectively, related to these transactions.

20.Segment Information

Prior to the Transaction, Tronox Incorporated had one reportable segment representing its pigment business. The Pigment segment primarily produced and marketed TiO2, and included heavy minerals production. The heavy minerals production was integrated with its Australian pigment plant, but also had third-party sales of minerals not utilized by its pigment operations. In connection with the Transaction, the Company acquired 74% of Exxaro’s mineral sands operations, along with its 50% share of the Tiwest Joint Venture in Western Australia. As such, the Company evaluated its new operations under ASC 280,Segments, and determined that the mineral sands operations qualify as a separate segment.

Subsequent to the Transaction, the Company has two reportable segments, Mineral Sands and Pigment. The Mineral Sands segment includes the exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits, as well as heavy mineral production. These operations produce titanium feedstock, including chloride slag, slag fines and rutile, as well as pig iron and zircon. The Pigment segment primarily produces and markets TiO2, and has

F-28


production facilities in the United States, Australia, and the Netherlands. Corporate and Other is comprised of corporate activities and businesses that are no longer in operation, as well as electrolytic manufacturing and marketing operations, all of which are located in the United States.

Segment performance is evaluated based on segment operating profit (loss), which represents the results of segment operations before unallocated costs, such as general corporate expenses not identified to a specific segment, environmental provisions, net of reimbursements, related to sites no longer in operation, interest expense, other income (expense) and income tax expense or benefit.

  Mineral
Sands
  Pigment  Corporate
And Other
  Eliminations  Total 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

     

Net Sales(1)

 $312   $304   $35   $(126 $525  

Income (loss) from operations

  68    (56  (11  8    9  

Interest and debt expense

      (35

Other income

      26  

Loss from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

      —    

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

 $49   $20   $4   $—    $73  

Capital Expenditures

 $18   $12   $4   $—    $34  

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012

     

Net Sales(1)

 $89   $348   $27   $(35 $429  

Income (loss) from operations

  46    37    (76  15    22  

Interest and debt expense

      (14

Other expense

      (3

Gain on bargain purchase

      1,055  

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

      1,060  

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

 $11   $16   $4   $—    $31  

Capital Expenditures

 $20   $3   $4   $—    $27  

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

     

Net Sales(1)

 $610   $592   $62   $(269 $995  

Income (loss) from operations

  164    (124  (35  (15  (10

Interest and debt expense

      (62

Loss on extinguishment of debt

      (4

Other expense

      32  

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

      (44

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

 $98   $41   $7   $—    $146  

Capital Expenditures

 $49   $25   $5   $—    $79  

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

     

Net Sales(1)

 $172   $710   $58   $(77 $863  

Income (loss) from operations

  97    146    (104  (4  135  

Interest and debt expense

      (22

Other expense

      (4

Gain on bargain purchase

      1,055  

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

      1,164  

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

 $15   $31   $7   $—    $53  

Capital Expenditures

 $20   $15   $13   $—    $48  

F-29


(1)Net sales by geographic region, based on country of production, were as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30, 
           2013                   2012                   2013                   2012         

U.S. operations

  $216    $229    $403    $459  

International operations:

        

South Africa

   144     24     254     24  

Australia

   113     118     221     243  

The Netherlands

   52     58     117     137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $525    $429    $995    $863  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-1Total assets by segment were as follows:

   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Mineral Sands

  $2,756    $3,164  

Pigment

   1,823     1,680  

Corporate and Other

   1,100     725  

Eliminations

   168     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $5,847    $5,511  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net and mineral leaseholds, net, by geographic region, were as follows:

   June 30,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

U.S. operations

  $200    $196  

International operations:

    

South Africa

   1,082     1,263  

Australia

   1,295     1,348  

The Netherlands

   53     55  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,630    $2,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

21.Emergence from Chapter 11

On January 12, 2009, the petition date, Tronox Incorporated and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) seeking reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). The Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases were consolidated for the purpose of joint administration.

On November 30, 2010 (the “Confirmation Date”), the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Debtors’ First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, dated November 5, 2010 (as amended and confirmed, the “Plan”). Material conditions to the Plan were resolved during the period from the Confirmation Date until January 26, 2011, and subsequently, on February 14, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), the Debtors emerged from bankruptcy and continued operations as reorganized Tronox Incorporated.

On June 13, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court entered a Final Decree and ordered that the bankruptcy cases, other than the adversary proceedings with Anadarko Petroleum Corporation (“Anadarko”), are closed. In May 2009, the Company commenced an adversary proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court against Kerr-McGee and its new

F-30


Index

parent, Anadarko, related to the 2005 Spin-Off of Tronox (Tronox Inc. v. Anadarko Petroleum Corp. (In re Tronox Inc.), 09-1198, U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Southern District New York (Manhattan)) (the “Anadarko Litigation”). Pursuant the Plan, the Company assigned the rights to any proceeds that may be recovered in the Anadarko Litigation to its creditors.

22.Guarantor Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Our obligations under the Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by each current and future U.S. restricted subsidiary, other than excluded subsidiaries that guarantee any indebtedness of Tronox Limited or our restricted subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes are referred to as the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.” The Guarantor Condensed Consolidated Financial Data presented below presents the statements of operations, statements of comprehensive income, balance sheets and statements of cash flow data for: (i) Tronox Limited (the “Parent Company”), the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (which is derived from Tronox historical reported financial information); (ii) the Parent Company, alone (accounting for our Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on an equity basis under which the investments are recorded by each entity owning a portion of another entity at cost, adjusted for the applicable share of the subsidiary’s cumulative results of operations, capital contributions and distributions, and other equity changes); (iii) the Guarantor Subsidiaries alone; and (iv) the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries alone.

The guarantor condensed consolidated financial statements are presented on a legal entity basis, not on a business segment basis.

F-31


GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Three months ended June 30, 2013

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Sales

 $525   $(101 $—     $356   $270  

Cost of goods sold

  475    (104  —      339    240  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  50    3    —      17    30  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  41    (1  4    31    7  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Operations

  9    4    (4  (14  23  

Interest and debt expense

  (35  —      137    (161  (11

Other income (expense)

  26    —      —      13    13  

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

  —      106    (106  —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

  —      110    27    (162  25  

Income tax benefit (provision)

  (1  —      (40  40    (1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  (1  110    (13  (122  24  

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  12    —      —      12    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

 $(13 $110   $(13 $(134 $24  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Six months ended June 30, 2013

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Sales

 $995   $(195 $—     $668   $522  

Cost of goods sold

  913    (172  —      642    443  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  82    (23  —      26    79  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  92    (2  9    66    19  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Operations

  (10  (21  (9  (40  60  

Interest and debt expense

  (62  —      273    (324  (11

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  (4  —      —      (3  (1

Other income (expense)

  32    —      1    11    20  

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

  —      256    (256  —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

  (44  235    9    (356  68  

Income tax benefit (provision)

  (2  —      (78  91    (15
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  (46  235    (69  (265  53  

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  24    —      —      24    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

 $(70 $235   $(69 $(289 $53  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-32


GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Three months ended June 30, 2013

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Income (Loss):

     

Net Income (Loss)

 $(1 $110   $(13 $(122 $24  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (82  —      —      —      (82

Amortization of actuarial losses, net of taxes

  (1  —      —      —      (1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  (83  —      —      —      (83
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  (84  110    (13  (122  (59
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest:

     

Net income

  12    —      —      12    —    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (23  —      —      (23  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

  (11  —      —      (11  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

 $(73 $110   $(13 $(111 $(59
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Six months ended June 30, 2013

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Income (Loss):

     

Net Income (Loss)

 $(46 $235   $(69 $(265 $53  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (201  —      —      —      (201

Amortization of actuarial losses, net of taxes

  —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  (201  —      —      —      (201
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  (247  235    (69  (265  (148
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest:

     

Net income

  24    —      —      24    —    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (51  —      —      (51  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

  (27  —      —      (27  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

 $(220 $235   $(69 $(238 $(148
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-33


GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of June 30, 2013

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated   Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,389    $—     $398   $882   $109  

Investment in subsidiaries

   —       (1,132  (878  1,553    457  

Other current assets

   1,265     (9,173  6,285    2,048    2,105  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   1,309     —      —      729    580  

Mineral leaseholds, net

   1,321     —      —      766    555  

Other assets

   563     —      (3  382    184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $5,847    $(10,305 $5,802   $6,360   $3,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

       

Current liabilities

  $336    $(1,155 $473   $842   $176  

Long-term debt

   2,390     —      —      901    1,489  

Other long-term liabilities

   531     (7,947  933    7,136    409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   3,257     (9,102  1,406    8,879    2,074  

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   2,590     (1,203  4,396    (2,519  1,916  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $5,847    $(10,305 $5,802   $6,360   $3,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2012

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated   Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $716    $—     $533   $82   $101  

Investment in subsidiaries

   —       (1,595  (622  1,760    457  

Other current assets

   1,457     (8,300  6,047    2,181    1,529  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   1,423     —      —      747    676  

Mineral leaseholds, net

   1,439     —      —      796    643  

Other assets

   476     —      (3  401    78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $5,511    $(9,895 $5,955   $5,967   $3,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

       

Current liabilities

  $467    $(539 $560   $133   $313  

Long-term debt

   1,605     —      —      902    703  

Other long-term liabilities

   557     (7,709  882    6,978    406  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   2,629     (8,248  1,442    8,013    1,422  

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   2,882     (1,647  4,513    (2,046  2,062  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $5,511    $(9,895 $5,955   $5,967   $3,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-34


GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Six months ended June 30, 2013

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

     

Net income (loss)

 $(46 $235   $(70 $(265 $54  

Other

  125    (235  (9  1,094    (725
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  79    —      (79  829    (671
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

     

Capital expenditures

  (79  —      —      (31  (48
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

  (79  —      —      (31  (48
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

     

Repayments of debt

  (180  —      —      (1  (179

Proceeds from borrowings

  945    —      —      —      945  

Debt issuance costs

  (28  —      —      —      (28

Dividends paid

  (57  —      (57  —      —    

Proceeds from the conversion of warrants

  1    —      1    —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  681    —      (56  (1  738  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

  (8  —      —      —      (8
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  673    —      (135  797    11  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

  716    —      533    85    98  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

 $1,389   $—     $398   $882   $109  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-35


GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Three months ended June 30, 2012

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Sales

 $429   $(33 $—     $363   $99  

Cost of goods sold

  304    (42  —      266    80  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  125    9    —      97    19  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  103    (1  38    58    8  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Operations

  22    10    (38  39    11  

Interest and debt expense

  (14  —      24    (36  (2

Other income (expense)

  (3  1    —      49    (53

Gain on bargain purchase

  1,055    —      1,055    —      —    

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

  —      1,026    (991  (35  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

  1,060    1,037    50    17    (44

Income tax benefit (provision)

  84    —      4    59    21  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  1,144    1,037    54    76    (23

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

 $1,144   $1,037   $54   $76   $(23
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Six months ended June 30, 2012

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Sales

 $863   $(51 $—     $727   $187  

Cost of goods sold

  581    (55  —      499    137  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  282    4    —      228    50  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  147    (2  38    99    12  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Operations

  135    6    (38  129    38  

Interest and debt expense

  (22  —      24    (41  (5

Other income (expense)

  (4  38    —      14    (56

Gain on bargain purchase

  1,055    —      1,055    —      —    

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

  —      989    (991  2    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

  1,164    1,033    50    104    (23

Income tax benefit (provision)

  66    —      4    59    3  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  1,230    1,033    54    163    (20

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

 $1,230   $1,033   $54   $163   $(20
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-36


GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Three months ended June 30, 2012

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Income (Loss):

     

Net Income (Loss)

 $1,144   $1,037   $54   $76   $(23

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  26    —      —      1    25  

Retirement and postretirement plans adjustments, net of tax

  —      —      —      (17  17  

Deferred Tax

  —      —      —      (3  3  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  26    —      —      (19  45  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  1,170    1,037    54    57    22  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest:

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  10    —      —      10    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  10    —      —      10    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Tronox Limited

 $1,160   $1,037   $54   $47   $22  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Six months ended June 30, 2012

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Income (Loss):

     

Net Income (Loss)

 $1,230   $1,033   $54   $163   $(20

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  33    20    —      (1  14  

Retirement and postretirement plans adjustments, net of tax

  —      —      —      (20  20  

Deferred Tax

  —      —      —      (3  3  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  33    20    —      (24  37  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  1,263    1,053    54    139    17  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest:

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  10    —      —      10    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  10    —      —      10    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Tronox Limited

 $1,253   $1,053   $54   $129   $17  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-37


GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Six months ended June 30, 2012

(Unaudited)

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

     

Net income (loss)

 $1,230   $1,033   $54   $163   $(20

Gain on bargain purchase

  (1,055  —      (1,055  —      —    

Other

  (222  (1,033  1,082    333    (604
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  (47  —      81    496    (624
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

     

Capital expenditures

  (48  —      —      (40  (8

Cash pain the acquisition of mineral sands business

�� (1  —      (1  —      —    

Cash received in acquisition of mineral sands business

  115    —      115    —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  66    —      114    (40  (8
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

     

Reductions of debt

  (554  —      —      (421  (133

Proceeds from borrowings

  777    —      —      —      777  

Debt issuance costs

  (20  —      —      —      (20

Merger consideration

  (193  —      (193  —      —    

Class A ordinary share repurchases

  (2  —      (2  —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  8    —      (195  (421  624  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

  5    —      —      1    4  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  32    —      —      36    (4

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

  154    —      —      107    47  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

 $186   $—     $—     $143   $43  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-38


Audited Financial Statements

of Tronox Limited

and Tronox Incorporated

F-39


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated and Combined Financial StatementsREPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and StockholdersShareholders

Tronox IncorporatedLimited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of Tronox IncorporatedLimited and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 20052012 (Successor Company) and 2004,2011 (Successor Company), and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss) and business/stockholders’, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the periodyear ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included2012 (Successor Company), the financial statement schedule listed ineleven months ended December 31, 2011 (Successor Company), the Index at F-1.one month ended January 31, 2011 (Predecessor Company) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor Company). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. WeThe Company is not required to have, nor were notwe engaged to perform an audit of the Company’sits internal control over financial reporting. Our auditaudits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includesstatements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and combined financial position of Tronox Incorporated atLimited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20052012 (Successor Company) and 2004,2011 (Successor Company), and the consolidated and combined results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the periodyear ended December 31, 2005,2012 (Successor Company), the eleven months ended December 31, 2011 (Successor Company), the one month ended January 31, 2011 (Predecessor Company) and the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor Company), in conformity with U.S.accounting principles generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.United States of America.

As discussed in NotesNote 2 and 1823 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, effectiveTronox Incorporated and certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on January 1, 2003,12, 2009. Material conditions to the Company’s Plan of Reorganization were resolved on January 26, 2011 and the Company subsequently emerged from bankruptcy protection. In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy, the Company adopted Statementthe guidance for fresh start accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 852,Reorganizations,as of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.January 31, 2011.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNGGrant Thornton LLP

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

March 27, 2006,

exceptFebruary 28, 2013 (except for Note 26,27, as to which

the date is May 1, 2006June 13, 2013)

 

F-2

F-40


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDLIMITED

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTSTATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Millions of dollars, except share and per share data)

   For the years ended December 31, 
   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars,
except per share)
 

Net sales

  $1,364.0  $1,301.8  $1,157.7 

Cost of goods sold

   1,143.8   1,168.9   1,024.7 
             

Gross margin

   220.2   132.9   133.0 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   115.2   110.1   98.9 

Restructuring charges

   —     113.0   61.4 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   17.1   4.6   14.9 
             
   87.9   (94.8)  (42.2)

Interest and debt expense—third parties

   4.5   0.1   0.1 

Other income (expense)

   (15.2)  (25.2)  (20.5)
             

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

   68.2   (120.1)  (62.8)

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)

   (21.8)  38.3   15.1 
             

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

   46.4   (81.8)  (47.7)

Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of income tax benefit of $14.8, $24.7, and $19.3, respectively

   (27.6)  (45.8)  (35.8)
             

Income (Loss) before Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

   18.8   (127.6)  (83.5)

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle, net of income tax benefit of $4.9

   —     —     (9.2)
             

Net Income (Loss)

  $18.8  $(127.6) $(92.7)
             

Income (loss) per common share:

    

Basic and diluted—

    

Continuing operations

  $1.89  $(3.57) $(2.08)

Discontinued operations

   (1.12)  (2.00)  (1.57)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   —     —     (0.40)
             

Net income

  $0.77  $(5.57) $(4.05)
             

Weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands):

    

Basic and diluted

   24,518   22,889   22,889 

Pro forma as if income taxes were presented on a stand-alone basis (unaudited):

    

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  $68.2   

Income Tax Provision

   (2.7)  
       

Income from Continuing Operations

   65.5   

Loss from Discontinued Operations

   (42.4)  
       

Net Income

  $23.1   
       

Net income per common share

  $0.94   
       

The accompanying

  Successor  Predecessor 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Net Sales

 $1,832   $1,543   $108   $1,218  

Cost of goods sold

  (1,568  (1,104  (83  (996
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  264    439    25    222  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  (239  (152  (5  (59

Litigation/arbitration settlement

  —     10    —      —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

  —      5    —      47  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Operations

  25    302    20    210  

Interest and debt expense

  (65  (30  (3  (50

Other income (expense)

  (7  (10  2    (8

Gain on bargain purchase

  1,055    —      —      —    

Reorganization income (expense)

  —      —      613    (145
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  1,008    262    632    7  

Income tax benefit (provision)

  125    (20  (1  (2
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Continuing Operations

  1,133    242    631    5  

Income from discontinued operations

  —      —      —      1  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income

  1,133    242    631    6  

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

  1    —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

 $1,134   $242   $631   $6  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per Share, Basic and Diluted(1):

     

Basic —

     

Continuing operations

 $11.37   $3.22   $15.28   $0.11 ��

Discontinued operations

  —      —      —      0.03  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share

 $11.37   $3.22   $15.28   $0.14  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted —

     

Continuing operations

 $11.10   $3.10   $15.25   $0.11  

Discontinued operations

  —      —      —      0.03  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share

 $11.10   $3.10   $15.25   $0.14  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (in thousands):

     

Basic

  98,985    74,905    41,311    41,232  

Diluted

  101,406    78,095    41,399    41,383  

(1)On June 26, 2012, the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class by way of bonus issue. All references to number of shares and per share data in the Successor’s consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the share split, unless otherwise noted. See Note 15 for additional information regarding the Company’s share split.

See notes are an integral part of theseto consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

F-41


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDLIMITED

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETSTATEMENTS COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Millions of dollars)

 

   At December 31,
   2005  2004
   (Millions of dollars)

ASSETS

   

Current Assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $69.0  $23.8

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11.3 in 2005 and $11.0 in 2004

   331.6   222.2

Inventories

   312.3   285.1

Prepaid and other assets

   28.5   34.4

Income tax receivable

   2.4   12.7

Deferred income taxes

   35.6   17.9

Assets held for sale

   —     3.4
        

Total Current Assets

   779.4   599.5

Property, Plant and Equipment—Net

   839.7   883.0

Long-Term Receivables, Investments and Other Assets

   78.8   48.3

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

   60.4   65.1
        

Total Assets

  $1,758.3  $1,595.9
        

LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS/STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Current Liabilities

   

Accounts payable

  $195.3  $196.0

Accrued liabilities

   168.9   163.3

Long-term debt due within one year

   2.0   —  

Income taxes payable

   8.8   —  
        

Total Current Liabilities

   375.0   359.3
        

Noncurrent Liabilities

   

Deferred income taxes

   79.0   101.2

Environmental remediation and/or restoration

   145.9   130.8

Long-term debt

   548.0   —  

Other

   121.4   114.7
        

Total Noncurrent Liabilities

   894.3   346.7
        

Contingencies and Commitments (Notes 22 and 23)

   

Business/Stockholders’ Equity

   

Class A common stock, par value $0.01—100,000,000 shares authorized, 17,886,640 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005

   0.2   —  

Class B common stock, par value $0.01—100,000,000 shares authorized, 22,889,431 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005

   0.2   —  

Capital in excess of par value

   461.5   —  

Accumulated deficit

   (2.9)  —  

Deferred compensation

   (5.4)  —  

Owner’s net investment

   —     818.6

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   35.4   71.3
        

Total Business/Stockholders’ Equity

   489.0   889.9
        

Total Liabilities and Business/Stockholders’ Equity

  $1,758.3  $1,595.9
        
   Successor   Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
   One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Net Income:

       

Net income

  $1,133   $242    $631   $6  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   10    (6   1    (10

Retirement and postretirement plans:

       

Actuarial losses, net of taxes

   (48  (51   —     (19

Amortization of actuarial gains, net of taxes

   —     —      —     3  

Prior service credit, net of taxes

   —     —      —     12  

Amortization of prior service cost, net of taxes

   —     —      (1  (14

Termination of nonqualified benefits restoration plan, net of taxes

   —     —      —     5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   (38  (57   —     (23
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  $1,095   $185    $631   $(17
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest:

       

Net loss

   1    —      —     —   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (1  —      —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

   —     —      —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

  $1,095   $185    $631   $(17
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanyingSee notes are an integral part of theseto consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

F-42


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDLIMITED

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTBALANCE SHEETS

(Millions of dollars, except share and per share data)

  Successor 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Current Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 $716   $154  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3 and less than $1

  391    278  

Inventories

  914    311  

Prepaid and other assets

  38    22  

Deferred income taxes

  114    4  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

  2,173    769  

Noncurrent Assets

  

Property, plant and equipment, net

  1,423    504  

Mineral leaseholds, net

  1,439    38  

Intangible assets, net

  326    325  

Long-term deferred tax assets

  91    9  

Other long-term assets

  59    12  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Assets

 $5,511   $1,657  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

  

Accounts payable:

  

Third party

 $189   $127  

Related party

  —      74  

Accrued liabilities

  209    46  

Short-term debt

  30    —    

Long-term debt due within one year

  10    6  

Income taxes payable

  24    28  

Current deferred income taxes

  5    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

  467    281  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncurrent Liabilities

  

Long-term debt

  1,605    421  

Pension and postretirement healthcare benefits

  176    142  

Asset retirement obligations

  106    29  

Deferred income taxes

  222    19  

Other

  53    13  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Noncurrent Liabilities

  2,162    624  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Contingencies and Commitments

  

Shareholders’ Equity

  

Tronox Limited Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.01—63,413,288 shares issued and 62,103,989 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012(1)

  1    —    

Tronox Limited Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.01—51,154,280 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012(1)

  —      —    

Tronox Incorporated common shares, par value $0.01—100,000,000 shares authorized, 77,034,015 shares issued and 75,383,455 shares outstanding at December 31, 2011(1)

  —      —    

Capital in excess of par value

  1,429    579  

Retained earnings

  1,314    242  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (95  (57

Tronox Incorporated treasury shares, at cost—472,565 shares at December 31, 2011(1)

  —      (12
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

  2,649    752  

Noncontrolling interest

  233    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Equity

  2,882    752  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 $5,511   $1,657  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)On June 26, 2012, the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class by way of bonus issue. All references to number of shares and per share data in the Successor’s consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the share split, unless otherwise noted. See Note 15 for additional information regarding the Company’s share split.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-43


TRONOX LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Millions of dollars)

   For the years ended
December 31,
 
   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net income (loss)

  $18.8  $(127.6) $(92.7)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities—

    

Depreciation and amortization

   103.1   104.6   106.5 

Deferred income taxes

   (31.9)  (38.2)  25.9 

Asset write-downs and impairments

   12.3   122.4   28.7 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   —     —     9.2 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   34.7   66.1   56.0 

Allocations from Kerr-McGee

   48.0   55.1   65.8 

Other noncash items affecting net income (loss)

   33.1   37.9   33.6 

Changes in assets and liabilities—

    

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

   (154.0)  (41.6)  13.3 

(Increase) decrease in inventories

   (42.7)  59.9   10.4 

(Increase) decrease in prepaid and other assets

   3.3   5.6   (0.5)

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   12.8   (17.8)  (10.3)

Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable

   18.3   6.6   (33.7)

Other

   5.7   (42.2)  (91.8)
             

Net cash provided by operating activities

   61.5   190.8   120.4 
             

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

    

Capital expenditures

   (87.6)  (92.5)  (99.4)

Collection on repurchased receivables

   165.0   —     —   

Other investing activities

   5.9   1.1   3.7 
             

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   83.3   (91.4)  (95.7)
             

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

    

Issuance of common stock, net

   226.0   —     —   

Proceeds from borrowings

   550.0   —     —   

Costs of obtaining financing

   (10.9)  —     —   

Distributions to Kerr-McGee

   (761.8)  —     —   

Net transfers with affiliates

   (106.6)  (131.1)  (10.0)

Other financing activities

   —     —     (0.3)
             

Net cash used in financing activities

   (103.3)  (131.1)  (10.3)
             

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   3.7   (3.8)  4.7 
             

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   45.2   (35.5)  19.1 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

   23.8   59.3   40.2 
             

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

  $69.0  $23.8  $59.3 
             

The accompanying

  Successor  Predecessor 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

     

Net income

 $1,133   $242   $631   $6  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

  211    79    4    50  

Deferred income taxes

  (162  4    1    (5

Share-based compensation expense

  31    14    —      1  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and discount on debt

  10    1    —      9  

Pension and postretirement healthcare benefit expense (income), net

  5    4    —      (11

Gain on bargain purchase

  (1,055  —      —      —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

  —      —      —      (49

Other noncash items affecting net income

  201    (7  —      5  

Reorganization items

  —      —      (954  (37

Contributions to employee pension and postretirement plans

  (31  (8  —      (7

Changes in assets and liabilities (net of effects of acquisition):

     

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

  83    (58  (10  (11

(Increase) decrease in inventories

  (222  (64  (15  (7

(Increase) decrease in prepaids and other assets

  16    28    36    20  

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  (107  (28  24    100  

Increase (decrease) in taxes payable

  2    26    —      (1

Other, net

  3    30    —      14  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  118    263    (283  77  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

     

Capital expenditures

  (166  (133  (6  (45

Cash paid in acquisition of minerals sands business

  (1  —      —      —    

Cash received in acquisition of minerals sands business

  115    —      —      —    

Proceeds from the sale of assets

  —      1    —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

  (52  (132  (6  (45
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

     

Reductions of debt

  (585  (45  —      (425

Proceeds from borrowings

  1,707    14    25    425  

Debt issuance costs and commitment fees

  (38  (5  (2  (15

Merger consideration

  (193  —      —      —    

Class A ordinary share repurchases

  (326  —      —      —    

Shares purchased for the Employee Participation Plan

  (15  —      —      —    

Dividends paid

  (61  —      —      —    

Proceeds from conversion of warrants

  1    1    —      —    

Proceeds from rights offering

  —      —      185    —    

Fees related to rights offering and other related debt costs

  —      —      —      (17
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  490    (35  208    (32
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

  6    (3  —      (1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  562    93    (81  (1

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

  154    61    142    143  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

 $716   $154   $61   $142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

     

Interest paid

 $34   $29   $3   $40  

Net income taxes paid

 $26   $8   $—     $6  

See notes are an integral part of theseto consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

F-44


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDLIMITED

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTSTATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ANDSHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

BUSINESS/STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY(Millions of dollars)

 

  Owner’s
Net
Investment
  Class A
Common
Stock
 Class B
Common
Stock
 Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  

Deferred

Compensation

  

Total
Business/

Stockholders’
Equity

 
  (Millions of dollars) 

Balance at December 31, 2002

 $1,054.7  $—   $—   $—    $—    $7.7  $—    $1,062.4 

Comprehensive Income (Loss):

        

Net loss

  (92.7)  —    —    —     —     —     —     (92.7)

Other comprehensive income

  —     —    —    —     —     56.8   —     56.8 
           

Comprehensive loss

         (35.9)

Net transfers to Kerr-McGee

  (15.3)  —    —    —     —     —     —     (15.3)
                              

Balance at December 31, 2003

  946.7   —    —    —     —     64.5   —     1,011.2 

Comprehensive Income (Loss):

        

Net loss

  (127.6)  —    —    —     —     —     —     (127.6)

Other comprehensive income

  —     —    —    —     —     6.8   —     6.8 
           

Comprehensive loss

         (120.8)

Net transfers to Kerr-McGee

  (0.5)  —    —    —     —     —     —     (0.5)
                              

Balance at December 31, 2004

  818.6   —    —    —     —     71.3   —     889.9 

Comprehensive Income (Loss):

        

Net income (loss)

  19.7   —    —    —     (0.9)  —     —     18.8 

Other comprehensive loss

  —     —    —    —     —     (35.9)  —     (35.9)
           

Comprehensive loss

         (17.1)

Net transfers from Kerr-McGee

  155.1   —    —    —     —     —     —     155.1 

Recapitalization upon contribution from Kerr-McGee

  (993.4)  —    0.2  993.2   —     —     —     —   

IPO proceeds, net of offering costs

  —     0.2  —    224.5   —     —     —     224.7 

Distributions to Kerr-McGee

  —     —    —    (761.8)  —     —     —     (761.8)

Issuance and amortization of employee stock-based awards

  —     —    —    5.6   —     —     (5.4)  0.2 

Dividends declared ($0.05 per share)

  —     —    —    —     (2.0)  —     —     (2.0)
                              

Balance at December 31, 2005

 $—    $0.2 $0.2 $461.5  $(2.9) $35.4  $(5.4) $489.0 
                              
  Tronox
Limited
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
  Tronox
Limited
Class B
Ordinary
Shares
  Tronox
Incorporated
Common
Share
  Capital in
Excess of
par Value
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Treasury
Shares
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
  Non-controlling
Interest
  Total
Equity
 

Successor: Balance at December 31, 2011

 $—    $—     $—     $579   $242   $(57 $(12 $752   $—     $752  

Fair value of noncontrolling interest on Transaction Date

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      233    233  

Net income (loss)

  —      —      —      —      1,134    —      —      1,134    (1  1,133  

Other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      (38  —      (38  1    (37

Merger consideration paid

  —      —      —      (193  —      —      —      (193  —      (193

Issuance of Tronox Limited shares

  —      —      —      1,370    —      —      —      1,370    —      1,370  

Share-based compensation

  —      —      —      5    —      —      —      5    —      5  

Shares purchased for the Employee Participation Plan

  —      —      —      (15  —      —      —      (15  —      (15

Issuance of Tronox Limited shares in share-split

  1    —      —      —      (1  —      —      —      —      —    

Class A and Class B share dividend declared

  —      —      —      —      (61  —      —      (61  —      (61

Tronox Limited Class A shares repurchased

  —      —      —      (326  —      —      —      (326  —      (326

Warrants exercised

  —      —      —      1    —      —      —      1    —      1  

Tronox Incorporated share-based compensation

  —      —      —      27    —      —      (7  20    —      20  

Tronox Incorporated common shares vested/cancelled

  —      —      —      (19  —      —      19    —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 $1   $—     $—     $1,429   $1,314   $(95 $—     $2,649   $233   $2,882  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying

(1)On June 26, 2012, the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares at the close of business on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class by way of bonus issue. All references to number of shares and per share data in the Successor’s consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the share split, unless otherwise noted. See Note 15 for additional information regarding the Company’s share split.

  Tronox
Incorporated
Common
Shares
  Tronox
Class A
Common
Shares
  Tronox
Class B
Common
Shares
  Capital in
Excess of
par Value
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Treasury
Shares
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Predecessor: Balance at December 31, 2009

 $—     $—     $—     $496   $(1,134 $32   $(7 $(613

Net income

  —      —      —      —      6    —      —      6  

Other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      —      —      (23  —      (23
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Predecessor: Balance at December 31, 2010

 $—     $—     $—     $496   $(1,128 $9   $(7 $(630

Net income

  —      —      —      —      631    —      —      631  

Fresh-start reporting adjustments:

        

Elimination of predecessor shares, capital in excess of par value, and accumulated deficit

  —      —      —      (496  497    (9  7    (1

Issuance of new shares

  —      —      —      564    —      —      —      564  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Predecessor: Balance at January 31, 2011

 $—     $—     $—     $564   $—     $—     $—     $564  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Successor: Balance at February 1, 2011

 $—     $—     $—     $564   $—     $—     $—     $564  

Net income

  —      —      —      —      242    —      —      242  

Other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      (57  —      (57

Shares withheld for claims

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (7  (7

Warrants exercised

  —      —      —      1    —      —      —      1  

Share-based compensation

  —      —      —      14    —      —      (5  9  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Successor: Balance at December 31, 2011

 $—     $—     $—     $579   $242   $(57 $(12 $752  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See notes are an integral part of theseto consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

F-45


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDLIMITED

Notes to ConsolidatedNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Millions of dollars, except share, per share and Combined Financial Statementstonnes data or unless otherwise noted)

1. The Company

Tronox Limited, a public limited company registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia, Australia, and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Tronox” or “the Company”) is a global leader in the production and marketing of titanium bearing mineral sands and titanium dioxide pigment (“TiO2”). The Company’s world-class, high performance TiO2 products are critical components of everyday applications such as paint and other coatings, plastics, paper and other applications. The Company’s mineral sands business consists primarily of two product streams—titanium feedstock and zircon. Titanium feedstock is primarily used to manufacture TiO2.Zircon, a hard, glossy mineral, is used for the manufacture of ceramics, refractories, TV glass and a range of other industrial and chemical products. Tronox has global operations in North America, Europe, South Africa and Australia. The Company operates three TiO2 facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi, Botlek, The Netherlands, and Kwinana, Western Australia, representing approximately 465,000 tonnes of annual TiO2 production capacity. Additionally, Tronox operates three separate mining operations: KwaZulu-Natal (“KZN”) Sands located in South Africa, Namakwa Sands located in South Africa and Cooljarloo located in Western Australia, which have a combined annual production capacity of approximately 723,000 tonnes of titanium feedstock and approximately 265,000 tonnes of zircon.

Tronox Limited was formed on September 21, 2011 for the purpose of the Transaction (defined below). Prior to the completion of the Transaction, Tronox Limited was wholly-owned by Tronox Incorporated, and had no operating assets or operations. On September 25, 2011, Tronox Incorporated, a Delaware Corporation wascorporation formed on May 17, 2005,2005(“Tronox Incorporated”), in preparation for the contribution and transfer by Kerr-McGee Corporation (“Kerr-McGee” or “KM”) of certain entities, including those comprising substantially all of its chemical business, (the “Contribution”entered into a definitive agreement (as amended, the “Transaction Agreement”). The Contribution was completed in November 2005 with Exxaro Resources Limited (“Exxaro”) and certain of its affiliated companies, to acquire 74% of its South African mineral sands operations, including its Namakwa and KZN Sands mines, separation facilities and slag furnaces, along with the recapitalizationits 50% share of the Tiwest Joint Venture (together the “mineral sands business”) (the “Transaction”). On June 15, 2012, the date of the Transaction (the “Transaction Date”), the existing business of Tronox Incorporated was combined with the mineral sands business in an integrated series of transactions whereby Tronox Limited became the parent company whereby common stockin a tax inversion transaction.

On May 4, 2012, Tronox Limited registered Class A ordinary shares (“Class A Shares”) to be issued to shareholders of Tronox Incorporated in connection with the completion of the Transaction. On the Transaction Date, Tronox Limited issued 15,413,083 Class A Shares to shareholders in Tronox Incorporated. In addition, on the Transaction Date, Tronox Limited issued 9,950,856 Class B ordinary shares (“Class B Shares”) to Exxaro and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for the mineral sands business. Immediately following the Transaction, Tronox Incorporated shareholders and Exxaro held by Kerr-McGee converted into approximately 22.9 million60.8% and 39.2%, respectively, of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. Under the terms of the Transaction Agreement, Exxaro agreed that for a three-year period after the completion of the Transaction, it would not engage in any transaction or other action, that would result in its beneficial ownership of the voting shares of Class B common stock. An initial public offering (“IPO”Tronox Limited exceeding 45% of the total issued shares of Tronox Limited.

On June 26, 2012, the Board of Directors of Tronox Limited (the “Board”) of Class A common stock was completed on November 28, 2005. Prior to the IPO, Tronox wasapproved a wholly-owned subsidiary of Kerr-McGee. Pursuant to the IPO registration statement on Form S-1 (File No.333-125574), the company sold approximately 17.5 million shares5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A common stockShares and Class B Shares at a pricethe close of $14.00 per share. Pursuantbusiness on July 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class by way of bonus issue. All references to the termsnumber of shares and per share data in the Master Separation Agreement dated November 28, 2005, among Kerr-McGee, Kerr-McGee Worldwide Corporationconsolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the company (the “MSA”),share split, unless otherwise noted or as the net proceeds fromcontext otherwise acquires. See Note 15 for additional information regarding the IPO of $224.7 million were distributed to Kerr-McGee.Company’s share split.

Concurrent with

F-46


During 2012, the IPO, the company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% senior unsecured notes due 2012 and borrowed $200.0 million under a six-year senior secured credit facility. Pursuant to the terms of the MSA, the company distributed to Kerr-McGee the net proceeds from the borrowings ofCompany repurchased 12,626,400 Class A Shares, which was approximately $537.1 million.

Following the IPO, approximately 43.3%10% of the total outstanding common stockvoting securities. During October 2012, Exxaro purchased 1,400,000 Class A Shares in market purchases. At December 31, 2012, Exxaro held approximately 44.6% of the voting securities of Tronox was heldLimited.

2. Basis of Presentation

Tronox Limited is registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia, Australia, and is considered a domestic company in Australia. As such, Tronox Limited is required to report in Australia under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Additionally, as Tronox Limited is not considered a “foreign private issuer,” the Company is required to comply with the reporting and other requirements imposed by the general public and 56.7% was held by Kerr-McGee. The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B common stock are entitled to six votes per shareU.S. securities law on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. As of December 31, 2005, Kerr-McGee owned all of the company’s Class B common stock,U.S. domestic issuers, which, represented approximately 88.7% of the company’s total voting power.

On March 8, 2006, Kerr-McGee’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of the company’s Class B common stock owned by Kerr-McGee to its stockholders (the “Distribution”). The Distribution is expected to be completed on March 30, 2006. Upon completion of the Distribution, Kerr-McGee will have no ownership or voting interest in the company.

The terms “Tronox” or “the company” are used interchangeably in these consolidated and combined financial statements to refer to the consolidated group or to one or more of the companies that are part of the consolidated group. The company is primarily engaged in the global production and marketing of titanium dioxide, a white pigment used in a wide range of products. The company has production facilitiesamong other things, requires reporting in the United States Germanyunder accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K are prepared in conformity with U.S.GAAP. The Company publishes its consolidated financial statements, in both U.S. GAAP and IFRS, in U.S. dollars.

In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy, Tronox Incorporated applied fresh-start accounting under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 852,Reorganizations (“ASC 852”) as of January 31, 2011. Accordingly, the financial information of Tronox Incorporated set forth in this Form 10-K, unless otherwise expressly set forth or as the context otherwise indicates, reflects the consolidated results of operations and financial condition on a fresh-start basis for the period beginning February 1, 2011 (“Successor”), and on a historical basis for the period through January 31, 2011 (“Predecessor”).

The Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012 relates to Tronox Limited and the Netherlands, miningConsolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 relates to Tronox Incorporated. The Consolidated Statement of Operations and production facilities in Australia,the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated prior to June 15, 2012, and, a European marketing subsidiary in Switzerland.from June 15, 2012 through December 31, 2012, reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Limited. The company has inConsolidated Statements of Operations and the past operated or held businesses or properties, or currently holds properties, that do not relate toConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the current chemical business.eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 reflect the consolidated operating results of Tronox Incorporated.

Basis of Presentation

Effective with the Contribution, the company’sThe Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority-owned subsidiary companies. Prior to the Contribution, the company’s combined financial statements included these entities and interests which were owned by Kerr-McGee. In circumstances where the company owns an undivided interest, the company recognizes its pro rata share of assets and its proportionate share of liabilities. Investments in affiliated companies that are 20% to 50% owned are carried as a component of long-term receivables, investments and other assets in“Other Long-Term Assets” on the Consolidated and Combined Balance SheetSheets at cost adjusted for equity in undistributed earnings. Except for dividends and changes in ownership interest, changes in equity in undistributed earnings are included in other“Other income (expense) in” on the Consolidated and Combined StatementStatements of Operations. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

F-7


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

The combined financial statements priorPrior to the Contribution have been derivedTransaction Date, Tronox Incorporated operated the Tiwest Joint Venture with Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd. The Tiwest Joint Venture was a contractual relationship between Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro whereby each party held an undivided interest in each asset of the joint venture, and each party was proportionally liable for each of the joint venture’s liabilities. The Tiwest Joint Venture was not a separate legal entity and did not enter into any transactions. Transactions were entered into by the joint venture partners who had the right to sell their own product, collect their proportional share of the revenues and absorb their share of costs. As such, Tronox Incorporated did not account for the Tiwest Joint Venture under the equity method. Instead, Tronox Incorporated accounted for its share of the Tiwest Joint Venture’s assets that were jointly controlled and its share of liabilities for which it was jointly responsible on a proportionate gross basis in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additionally, Tronox Incorporated accounted for the revenues generated from its share of the accounting recordsproducts sold and its share of Kerr-McGee, principally representing the Chemical—Pigment and Chemical—Other segmentsexpenses of Kerr-McGee, using the historical resultsjoint venture on a gross basis in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. As such, as of the Transaction Date, Tronox Limited owns 100% of the operations and historical basisformerly operated by the Tiwest Joint Venture. As such, the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012 includes 100% of the Tiwest operations assets and liabilities, while the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of

F-47


December 31, 2011 includes Tronox Incorporated’s 50% undivided interest in each asset and liability of the joint venture. Additionally, the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflects Tronox Incorporated’s revenues generated from its share of the products sold and its share of the expenses of the joint venture on a gross basis prior to June 15, 2012, and, from June 15, 2012 through December 31, 2012, reflect 100% of the revenues and expenses of the Tiwest operations. The Consolidated Statements of Operations for the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 reflect Tronox Incorporated’s revenues generated from its share of the products sold and its share of the expenses of the joint venture on a gross basis.

In connection with the Transaction, Exxaro and its subsidiaries thatretained a 26% ownership interest in each of Tronox KZN Sands Pty Ltd. and Tronox Mineral Sands Pty Ltd. in order to comply with the companyownership requirements of the Black Economic Empowerment (“BEE”) legislation in South Africa. The Company accounts for such ownership interest as “Noncontrolling interest” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In management’s opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the manner and presentation in the current period. Such reclassifications did not own but currently owns andhave an impact on the chemical business the company operates. Certain of the subsidiaries that were transferred to the company by Kerr-McGee have in the past, directlyCompany’s net income or through predecessor entities, owned and operated businesses that are unrelated to the chemical business the company operates. Certain of these businesses, including the company’s former forest products operations, thorium compounds manufacturing, uranium and oil and gas refining, distribution and marketing, have been reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated and combined financial statements. The discontinued operations have been included in the consolidated and combined financial statements because certain contingent obligations directly related to such operations have been retained, resulting in charges to operations in periods subsequent to the exit from these businesses and related liabilities associated with the exit from these businesses (see Notes 16 and 22).

Management believes the assumptions underlying the financial statements are reasonable. However, the combined financial statements included herein may not necessarily reflect the company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what its results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the company been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. Because a direct ownership relationship did not exist among all the various worldwide entities comprising the company before the Contribution, Kerr-McGee’s net investment in the company, including intercompany debt, is shown as owner’s net investment in lieu of stockholders’ equity in the 2004 and 2003 combined financial statements. Transactions between Tronox and other Kerr-McGee operations have been identified in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Business/Stockholders’ Equity as net transfers (to) from Kerr-McGee (see Note 3). In November, the company recognized the par value and capital in excess of par value associated with the issuance of the Class B common stock exchanged for the net assets of the company contributed by Kerr-McGee, after which time the company began accumulating retained earnings.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimatesoperations.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principlesU.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual resultsIt is at least reasonably possible that the effect on the financial statements of a change in estimate within one year of the date of the financial statements due to one or more future confirming events could differ materially from those estimates as additional information becomes known.have a material effect on the financial statements.

3. Significant Accounting Policies

Foreign Currency Translation

The U.S. dollar is considered the functional currency for the company’s internationalCompany’s operations, except for its South African and European operations. The Company determines the functional currency of each subsidiary based on a number of factors, including the predominant currency for revenues, expenditures and borrowings. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recognized in the period incurred and are included in other“Other income (expense) in” on the Consolidated and Combined StatementStatements of Operations.

The euroRand is the functional currency of the Company’s South African operations, and the Euro is the functional currency for the company’sCompany’s European operations. TranslationAs such, translation adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollar equivalents are reflected as a separate component on the Consolidated Statements of other comprehensiveOther Comprehensive Income (Loss). When the subsidiary’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar, such as the Company’s Australian operations, adjustments from the remeasurement of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are presented in “Other income (see Note 4).(expense)” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Gains and losses on intercompany foreign currency transactions that are not expected to be settled in the foreseeable future are reported by the Company in the same manner as translation adjustments.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded net unrealized and realized foreign currency losses of $8 million, $8 million and $13 million, respectively. For the one month ended January 31, 2011, the Company recorded a net unrealized and realized foreign currency gain of $2 million.

F-48


Cash and Cash Equivalents

The companyCompany considers all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. CashAt December 31, 2012 and 2011, total cash and cash equivalents totaling $47.0was $716 million in 2005 and $2.3$154 million, in 2004 were comprisedrespectively, of time deposits.

F-8


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDwhich $50 million and $62 million, respectively, was held within the United States.

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Accounts Receivable and Receivable Sales

Accounts receivable are reflected at their net realizable values, reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts to allow for expected credit losses. The allowance is estimated by management, based on factors such as age of the related receivables and historical experience, giving consideration to customer profiles. The companyCompany generally does not generally charge interest on accounts receivable, nor require collateral; however, certain operating agreements have provisions for interest and penalties that may be invoked, if deemed necessary. Accounts receivable are aged in accordance with contract terms and are written off when deemed uncollectible. Any subsequent recoveries of amounts written off are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Under an accounts receivable monetization program maintained by the company through April 2005, selected pigment customers’ accounts receivable were sold to a special-purpose entity (“SPE”). The company did not own any of the common stock of the SPE. When the receivables were sold, the company retained an interest in excess receivables that served as over-collateralization for the program and retained interests for servicing and in preference stock of the SPE. The interest in the preference stock was essentially a deposit to provide further credit enhancement to the securitization program, if needed, but otherwise was recoverable by the company at the end of the program. Management believes the servicing fee represented adequate compensation and was equal to what would otherwise be charged by an outside servicing agent. The loss associated with the receivable sales was determined as the difference in the book value of receivables sold and the total of cash and fair value of the deposit retained by the SPE. The losses were recorded in other income (expense). The estimate of fair value of the retained interests was based on the present value of future cash flows discounted at rates estimated by management to be commensurate with the risks. As discussed more fully inSee Note 6 this program was terminated in April 2005.for additional information regarding accounts receivable.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost or market.market, net of allowances for obsolete and slow-moving inventory. The cost of finished goods inventories is determined byusing the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Carrying values include material costs, labor and associated indirect manufacturing expenses. Costs for materials and supplies, excluding ore, are determined by average cost to acquire or standard cost, which approximates actual cost.acquire. Raw materials (ore) are carried at actual cost.

The Company periodically reviews its inventory for obsolescence or inventory that is no longer marketable for its intended use, and records any write-down equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about alternative uses, market conditions and other factors.

See Note 7 for additional information regarding inventories.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment, arenet is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.depreciation. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, except that costs of replacements or renewals that improve or extend the lives of existing properties are capitalized.

Depreciation—Property, plant and equipment is depreciated over its estimated useful life by the straight-line method. Useful lives for certain property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 

Vessel linings, general mechanical and process equipment

3 – 10 years

Electrical equipment, process piping and waste treatment ponds

10 – 15 years

Support structures and process tanks

20 years

Electrical distribution systems, mining equipment and other infrastructure assets

25 years

Buildings

  10 – 10—40 years

Land improvements

10—20 years

Machinery and equipment

3— 25 years

Furniture and fixtures

10 years

Retirements and Sales—The cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the respective accounts upon retirement or sale of property, plant and equipment. Any resulting gain or loss is included in costs“Cost of goods sold insold” or “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” on the Consolidated and Combined StatementStatements of Operations.

F-9


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Interest Capitalized—The companyCompany capitalizes interest costs on major projects that require an extended period of time to complete. InterestSee Note 12 for additional information regarding capitalized interest.

See Note 8 for additional information regarding property, plant and equipment.

F-49


Mineral Leaseholds, Net

The Company is engaged in the acquisition, exploration and development of mineral properties. Mineral property acquisition costs are capitalized in 2005, 2004accordance with ASC 805,Business Combinations(“ASC 805”) as tangible assets when management has determined that probable future benefits consisting of a contribution to future cash inflows have been identified and 2003 was $2.1 million, $2.0 millionadequate financial resources are available or are expected to be available as required to meet the terms of property acquisition and $1.6 million, respectively.anticipated exploration and development expenditures. Mineral leaseholds are depreciated over their useful lives as determined under the units of production method.

Mineral property exploration costs are expensed as incurred. When it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves, the costs incurred to develop such property through the commencement of production are capitalized.

See Note 9 for additional information regarding mineral leaseholds.

Asset ImpairmentsIntangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. The Company amortizes intangibles on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from 5 to 20 years.

See Note 10 for further information related to the Company’s intangible assets.

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

The companyCompany evaluates impairments by asset group for which the lowest levelrecoverability of independentthe carrying value of long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment, mineral leaseholds and intangible assets) whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Under such circumstances, the Company assesses whether the projected undiscounted cash flows can be identified.of its long-lived assets are sufficient to recover the existing unamortized cost of its long-lived assets. If the sum of these estimated futureundiscounted projected cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less thanare not sufficient, the carryingCompany calculates the impairment amount by discounting the projected cash flows using its weighted-average cost of capital. The amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its estimated fair value.

Gain or Loss on Assets Held for Sale

Assets are classified as held for sale when the company commits to a plan to sell the assets, completion of the sale is probable and is expected to be completed within one year. Upon classification as held-for-sale, long-lived assets are no longer depreciated and a loss is recognized, if any, based on the excess of carrying value over fair value less costs to sell. Previous losses may be reversed up to the original carrying value as estimates are revised; however, gains are only recognized upon disposition.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the purchase price of an acquired entity over the fair value of individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles are not amortized but are reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The annual impairment assessment for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets is completed at June 30 each year. Based upon the most recent assessment, no impairment was indicated.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

From time to time, the company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge a portion of its foreign currency risk associated with pigment sales, raw material purchases and operating costs. The company also uses natural gas swaps to hedge a portion of its commodity price risk arising from natural gas consumption. All derivative instruments are accounted for in accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS No. 133”), as amended. Derivative instruments are recorded in prepaid and other assets or accrued liabilities in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet, measured at fair value. When available, quoted market prices are used in determining fair value; however, if quoted market prices are not available, the company estimates fair value using either quoted market prices of financial instruments with similar characteristics or other valuation techniques. For contracts that qualify and are designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions under the provisions of FAS No. 133, unrealized gains and losses are initially reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income and recognized inwritten off against earnings in the periods duringperiod in which the hedged forecasted transactions affect earnings (i.e., when the hedged forecasted pigment sales occur or operating costs are incurred, and upon the sale of finished inventory in the case of a hedged raw material purchase). The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of such hedges, if any,impairment is included in current earnings. For derivatives not designated for hedge accounting, gains and losses are recognized in earnings in the periods incurred. Cash flows associated with derivative instruments are included in the same category in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Cash Flows as the cash flows from the item being hedged.determined.

Environmental Remediation and Other ContingenciesAsset Retirement Obligations

As sites of environmental concern are identified, the company assesses the existing conditions, claims and assertions, and records an estimated undiscounted liability when environmental assessments and/or remedial

F-10


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

efforts are probable and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of environmental liabilities, which include the cost of investigation and remediation, are based on a variety of matters, including, but not limited to, the stage of investigation, the stage of the remedial design, evaluation of existing remediation technologies, and presently enacted laws and regulations. In future periods, a number of factors could significantly change the company’s estimate of environmental remediation costs, such as changes in laws and regulations, or changes in their interpretation or administration, revisions to the remedial design, unanticipated construction problems, identification of additional areas or volumes of contaminated soils and groundwater, and changes in costs of labor, equipment and technology.

To the extent costs of investigation and remediation have been incurred and are recoverable from the U.S. government or from Kerr-McGee and have been incurred or are recoverable under certain insurance policies or from other parties and such recoveries are deemed probable, the company records a receivable for the estimated amounts recoverable (undiscounted). Receivables are reflected in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet as either accounts receivable or as a component of long-term receivables, investments and other assets, depending on estimated timing of collection.

Asset Retirement Obligations

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FAS No. 143 which requires thatlegal obligation exists, an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset be recognized as a liability in the period in which it is incurred or becomes determinable (as defined by the standard), with an associated increase in the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. The cost of the tangible asset, including the asset retirement cost, is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. The company adopted the standard on January 1, 2003, as discussed further in Note 18.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143” (“FIN No. 47”) to clarify that an entity must recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional ARO when incurred, if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. Conditional AROs under this pronouncement are legal obligations to perform asset retirement activities when the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN No. 47 also provides additional guidance for evaluating whether sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an ARO is available. The company adopted FIN No. 47 as of December 31, 2005 with no material effect to the company’s financial position or results of operations and no effect on reported cash flows.

The ARO is recorded at its estimated fair value, and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at Tronox’sthe Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. The Company’s consolidated financial statements classify accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in “Cost of goods sold” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

See Note 13 for additional information regarding asset retirement obligations.

ResearchEnvironmental Remediation and Development

Research and development costs were $8.4 million, $6.3 million and $8.0 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and were expensed as incurred.

Employee Stock-Based Compensation

Prior to the IPO, certain of the company’s employees participated in Kerr-McGee’s long-term incentive plans. Under these plans, employees received various stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, restricted stock, stock opportunity grants and performance units.

F-11


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDOther Contingencies

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

In the fourth quarter of 2005, the company established its own long-term incentive plan and awarded stock options and restricted stock under the plan to its employees and non-employee directors.

Intrinsic-Value Method. The company accounts for its stock-based awards under the intrinsic-value method permitted by APB No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” Performance units provide for cash awards based on Kerr-McGee’s achievement of specified total stockholder return targets over a stated period. In accordance with APB No. 25, compensationASC 450Contingencies (“ASC 450”) and ASC 410,Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations (“ASC 410”), the Company recognizes a loss and records an undiscounted liability when litigation has commenced or a claim or assessment has been asserted, or, based on available information, commencement of litigation or assertion of a claim or assessment is probable, and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of environmental liabilities, which include the cost associated with stock-based awards is determined usingof investigation and remediation, are based on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the following measurement principles:stage of investigation, the stage of the remedial design, evaluation of existing remediation technologies, presently enacted laws and regulations as

 

For restricted stock, cost is measured using

F-50


well as prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. In future periods, a number of factors could change the market priceCompany’s estimate of environmental remediation costs, such as changes in laws and regulations, or changes in their interpretation or administration or relevant cleanup levels; revisions to the remedial design; unanticipated construction problems; identification of additional areas or volumes of contaminated soils and groundwater; the availability of information to estimate probable but previously inestimable obligations; and changes in costs of labor, equipment and technology.

To the extent costs of investigation and remediation have been incurred and are recoverable from federal, state, or other governmental agencies and have been incurred or are recoverable under certain insurance policies or from other parties and such recoveries are deemed probable, the Company records a receivable for the estimated amounts recoverable (undiscounted). Receivables are reflected on the grant date.

For stock options, cost is equal to the excess, if any,Consolidated Balance Sheets in either “Accounts receivable” or as a component of the market price of Tronox or Kerr-McGee stock, as applicable, on the date of grant over the exercise price.

For performance units, the liability is determined at each reporting date based“Other Long-Term Assets,” depending on the estimated payout by reference to Kerr-McGee’s total stockholder return relative to selected peer companies. The liability so determined is further adjusted to reflect the extent to which employee services necessary to earn the awards have been rendered. Compensation cost for any given period equals the increase or decrease in the liability for outstanding awards.

Upon employee forfeituretiming of an award, any associated compensation expense recognized prior to the forfeiture is reversed.

The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock granted by Tronox is initially recognized as an increase in common stock and capital in excess of par value, with a corresponding increase in deferred compensation cost in stockholders’ equity. Deferred compensation is amortized ratably as a reduction of earnings over the vesting periods of the underlying grants or over the service period, if shorter.collection.

Pro Forma Fair-Value Method.Self InsuranceStatement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS No. 123”), prescribes an alternative fair-value method of accounting for employee stock-based awards. Following this method, compensation expense for such awards is measured based on the estimated grant-date fair value and recognized as the related employee services are provided. If compensation expense for stock-based awards had been determined using the fair value-based method, net income (loss) would have been different, as presented in the following table. Pro forma stock-based compensation expense presented below may not be representative of future compensation expense using the fair-value method of accounting as the number and terms of awards granted in a particular year may not be indicative of the number and terms of awards granted in future years.

   2005  2004  2003 
   

(Millions of dollars,

except per share)

 

Net income (loss) as reported

  $18.8  $(127.6) $(92.7)

Add: stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of taxes

   2.8   1.5   0.8 

Deduct: stock-based employee compensation expense determined using a fair-value method, net of taxes

   (3.5)  (3.6)  (3.4)
             

Pro forma net income (loss)

  $18.1  $(129.7) $(95.3)
             

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share:

    

As reported

  $0.77  $(5.57) $(4.05)

Pro forma

  $0.74  $(5.67) $(4.16)

F-12


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

The fair valueCompany is self-insured for certain levels of the Tronox options grantedgeneral and vehicle liability, property, workers’ compensation and health care coverage. The cost of these self-insurance programs is accrued based upon estimated fully developed settlements for known and anticipated claims. Any resulting adjustments to previously recorded reserves are reflected in 2005 was estimated as of the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

   2005 

Risk-free interest rate

   4.6%

Expected dividend yield

   1.5%

Expected volatility

   34.5%

Expected life (years)

   6.3 

Per-unit fair value of options granted

  $5.01 

current operating results. The following table presents inputs and assumptions used to estimate the grant-date fair value of employee stock options granted by Kerr-McGee that had no intrinsic value on the fair value measurement date.

   2005  2004  2003 

Risk-free interest rate

   3.9%  3.5%  3.6%

Expected dividend yield

   3.5%  3.6%  3.3%

Expected volatility

   27.4%  22.6%  32.7%

Expected life (years)

   6.0   5.8   5.8 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

  $12.50  $8.63  $11.09 

While all Kerr-McGee options granted in 2005 had the same contractual terms,Company does not accrue for some of the options, the compensation cost measurement date, as defined by FAS No. 123, occurred subsequent to the date on which the options’ exercise price was set. Because the market price of Kerr-McGee’s stock increased by the measurement date, those options had intrinsic value of $18.26 and an estimated fair value of $22.89, which was determined using the following assumptions: expected life of six years, risk-free interest rate of 4.0%, expected dividend yield of 3.5% and expected volatility of 26.2%.general or unspecific business risks.

New Accounting Standard. In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS No. 123R”), which replaces FAS No. 123 and supersedes APB No. 25. FAS No. 123R requires all share-based payments to employees to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The company will adopt FAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006, using the modified prospective method, as permitted by the standard. The modified prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested share-based compensation awards at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption. The following provides a summary of some of the implementation effects of this standard:

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income will be higher in the future, reflecting a change in the measurement basis of stock options from intrinsic to fair value. The magnitude of the increase will depend upon the number of options granted and other factors affecting fair value.

Net cash flows provided by operating activities will be lower and cash flows from financing activities will be higher by the amount of the reduction in cash income taxes as a result of tax deductibility of stock options and restricted stock awards.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidencerisk of a sales arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, sales priceloss and title to the product is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.transferred to the customer. All amounts billed to a customer in a sales transaction related to shipping and handling represent revenues earned and are reported as net sales. Costs incurred by the company for shipping and handling are reported as cost of goods sold.

F-13


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes the costs of purchasing, manufacturing and distributing products, including raw materials, energy, labor, depreciation and other production costs. Costs incurred by the Company for shipping and handling are reported in “Cost of goods sold” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Receiving, distribution, freight and warehousing costs are also included in cost“Cost of goods sold.sold” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include costs related to marketing, sales, agent commissions, research and development, legal and administrative functions such as human resources, information technology, investor relations, accounting, treasury, and finance, as well as coststax compliance. Costs include expenses for salaries and benefits, travel and entertainment, promotional materials and professional fees.

Income TaxesResearch and Development

Research and development costs were $9 million, $9 million, less than $1 million and $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, respectively, and were expensed as incurred.

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

The closingCompany provides pension and postretirement benefits for qualifying employees worldwide, which are accounted for in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (“ASC 715”). See Note 20 for additional information regarding pension and postretirement benefits.

F-51


Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for its share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718,Compensation-Share-Based Compensation (“ASC 718”).

Liability Restricted Share Awards—Certain restricted share awards have been classified as liability awards and were re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. The restricted share awards classified as liabilities contained only a service condition and had graded vesting provisions.

Equity Restricted Share Awards—The fair value of equity instruments is measured based on the average share price on the grant date and is recognized over the vesting period. The restricted share awards contain service, market and/or performance conditions. For awards containing only a service condition, the Company has elected to recognize compensation costs using the straight-line method over the requisite service period for the entire award. For awards containing a market condition, the fair value of the IPO resultedaward is measured using the lattice model. For awards containing a performance condition, the fair value of the award is equal to the average share price but compensation expense is not recognized until the Company concludes that it is probable that the performance condition will be met. The Company reassesses the probability each quarter.

Options—The Black-Scholes option pricing model is utilized to measure the fair value of options. Options generally contain only service conditions and have graded vesting provisions. The Company has elected to recognize compensation costs using the straight-line method over the requisite service period for the entire award.

See Note 19 for additional information regarding employee share-based compensation.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for taxes in accordance with ASC 740,Income Taxes(“ASC 740”). The Company has operations in several countries around the world and is subject to income and similar taxes in these countries. The estimation of the amounts of income taxes involves the interpretation of complex tax laws and regulations and how foreign taxes affect domestic taxes, as well as the analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets, tax audit findings and uncertain tax positions. Although the Company believes its tax accruals are adequate, differences may occur in the deconsolidationfuture, depending on the resolution of the company from Kerr-McGee under U.S. Federal incomepending and new tax laws. The company continued as a member included in the U.S. Federal consolidated income tax return of Kerr-McGee up to the deconsolidation date. Prior to the deconsolidation date, the company had not been a party to a tax-sharing agreement with Kerr-McGee, but had consistently followed an allocation policy whereby Kerr-McGee has allocated its members of the consolidated return provisions and/or benefits based upon each member’s taxable income or loss. This allocation methodology resulted in the recognition of deferred assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax basis, except to the extent for deferred taxes on income considered to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign jurisdictions. matters.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measureddetermined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Kerr-McGee had allocated currentA valuation allowance is provided against a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company periodically assesses the likelihood that it will be able to recover its deferred tax assets and reflects any changes in its estimates in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to earnings or other comprehensive income (loss), as appropriate. ASC 740 requires that all available positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. The Company’s estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon its evaluation of the members of its consolidated return, includingfacts, circumstances and information available at the company, that had generated losses that were utilized or expected to be utilized on the U.S. Federal consolidated income tax return. The income taxes presented as a result of this allocation methodology are not consistent with that calculated on a stand-alone tax return basis. In addition, Kerr-McGee manages its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective ofreporting date. For those tax strategiespositions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the company would have followed orCompany records the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued as part of tax expense, where applicable. If the Company does follow asnot believe that it is more likely than not that a stand-alone company.tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized.

Subsequent to the IPO and the deconsolidation, deferredSee Note 17 for additional information regarding income taxes are provided to reflect the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis oftaxes.

F-52


Fair value measurement

The Company accounts for its financial assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, except for deferred taxes on income considered to be indefinitely reinvested in certain foreign subsidiaries.

Earnings Per Share

The company calculated its earnings per share in accordance with FAS No. 128 “Earnings per Share.” Basic earnings per share includesASC 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (“ASC 820”). In measuring fair value on a recurring basis, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs, to the extent possible, and considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

The fair value hierarchy specified by ASC 820 is as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no dilutionmarket activity and is computed by dividing net income or loss availablethat are significant to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for all periods presented includes 22,889,431 shares of Class B common stock issued to Kerr-McGee in connection with the Contribution, retroactively adjusted for the recapitalization. Basic earnings per share for 2005 also includes 17,480,000 shares of Class A common stock, weighted asfair value of the IPO date,assets and restricted stock fromliabilities.

The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, short-term debt and other current liabilities approximate their fair value because of the date awarded. There is no difference between basic and diluted earnings per shareshort-term nature of these instruments. See Note 12 for all periods presented, since there were no dilutive securities duringinformation on the periods presented. Atfair value of the Distribution, additional potentially dilutive shares will be issued with the forfeiture of Kerr-McGee stock-based awards and issuance of Tronox stock-based awards (see Note 20).Company’s long-term debt.

F-14


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED4. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Notes to Consolidated and CombinedIn February 2013, the Financial Statements—(Continued)

New/Revised Accounting Standards

In November 2004, the FASB Board (the “FASB”) issued FAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs—an AmendmentASU 2013-2, Reporting of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4”(“FAS No. 151”)Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which requires that abnormalthe presentation of the effects on the line items of net income of significant amounts reclassified out of idle facilities cost, freight, handling costs and spoilageaccumulated other comprehensive income, if the item is required under U.S. GAAP to be expensed as incurred and not capitalized as inventory. FAS No. 151reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. The guidance is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after JuneDecember 15, 2005.2012. The company will adopt the standard effective January 1, 2006. The effectadoption of adoptionthis guidance is not expected to have a material effectsignificant impact on the company’sconsolidated financial position or resultsstatements.

On January 1, 2012, the Company adopted the required guidance under ASU 2011-05, Presentation of operations.Comprehensive Income(“ASU 2011-05”), which changed the presentation requirements of comprehensive income by increasing the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on Tronox Incorporated’s consolidated financial statements. During 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which deferred certain requirements of ASU 2011-05. The Company has not adopted such deferred requirements.

In May 2005,2011, the FASB issued FAS No. 154, “Accounting ChangesASU 2011-04,Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Error Corrections”Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (“FAS No. 154”ASU 2011-04”), which will requirechanges certain fair value measurement and disclosure requirements, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements and provides consistency to ensure that unlessU.S. GAAP and IFRS fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are described in the same way. ASU 2011-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

5. Acquisition of the Mineral Sands Business

On September 25, 2011, Tronox Incorporated entered into the Transaction Agreement with Exxaro to acquire the mineral sands business. On June 15, 2012, the existing business of Tronox Incorporated was combined with the mineral sands business under Tronox Limited. The Transaction was completed in two principal steps. First, Tronox Incorporated became a subsidiary of Tronox Limited, with Tronox Incorporated shareholders receiving one Class A Share and $12.50 in cash (“Merger Consideration”) for each share of Tronox Incorporated common stock. Second, Tronox Limited issued 9,950,856 Class B Shares to Exxaro and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for the mineral sands business. Exxaro retained an approximate 26% ownership

F-53


interest in the South African operations that are part of the mineral sands business in order to comply with the BEE legislation of South Africa. The ownership interest in the South African operations may be exchanged for Class B Shares under certain circumstances.

Prior to the Transaction Date, Tronox Incorporated and Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd., a subsidiary of Exxaro, operated the Tiwest Joint Venture, which included a chloride process TiO2 plant located in Kwinana, Western Australia, a mining operation in Cooljarloo, Western Australia, and a mineral separation plant and a synthetic rutile processing facility, both in Chandala, Western Australia. As part of the Transaction, the Company acquired Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd. and therefore Exxaro’s 50% interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture. As a result, as of the Transaction Date, Tronox Limited owns 100% of the operations formerly operated by the Tiwest Joint Venture.

Purchase price and fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

The Company accounted for the Transaction under ASC 805, which requires recording assets and liabilities at fair value. Under the acquisition method of accounting, each tangible and separately identifiable intangible asset acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based on their preliminary estimated fair values on the Transaction Date. Because the total consideration transferred was less than the fair value of the net assets acquired, the excess of the value of the net assets acquired over the fair value of consideration received was recorded as an initial bargain purchase gain of approximately $1,061 million during the second quarter of 2012. The initial valuations were derived from estimated fair value assessments and assumptions used by management, and were preliminary. Subsequent to the Transaction, the Company has made adjustments to its initial valuation, which reduced the gain on bargain purchase to $1,055 million. Further adjustments may result before the end of the measurement period, which ends in June 2013. The bargain purchase gain is not taxable for income tax purposes. See Note 17 for a discussion of the tax impact of the transaction.

   Valuation   Net Adjustments
to Fair Value
  As Adjusted 

Consideration:

     

Number of Class B Shares(1)

   9,950,856     —     9,950,856  

Fair value of Class B Shares on the Transaction Date

  $137.70     —     137.70  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of equity issued(2)

  $1,370     —     1,370  

Cash paid

   —      1    1  

Noncontrolling interest(3)

   291     (58  233  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $1,661    $(57 $1,604  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Valuation   Net Adjustments
to Fair Value
  As Adjusted 

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:

     

Current Assets:

  ��  

Cash

  $115    $—    $115  

Accounts receivable

   199     (3  196  

Inventories

   622     (69  553  

Prepaid and other assets

   32     (12  20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   968     (84  884  

Property, plant and equipment, net(4)

   1,012     (132  880  

Mineral leaseholds, net(5)

   1,299     158    1,457  

Intangibles, net(4)

   —      12    12  

Deferred tax asset

   26     4    30  

Other long-term assets

   19        19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $3,324    $(42 $3,282  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-54


   Valuation   Net Adjustments
to Fair Value
  As Adjusted 

Current Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   93     17    110  

Accrued liabilities

   25     —     25  

Unfavorable contracts(6)

   83     2    85  

Short-term debt

   76     (1  75  

Current deferred tax liability

   28     (14  14  

Income taxes payable

   2     —     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

   307     4    311  

Long-term debt

   19     —     19  

Deferred tax liability

   212     (3  209  

Asset retirement obligations

   57     —     57  

Other

   7     20    27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   602     21    623  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Assets

  $2,722    $(63 $2,659  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gain on Bargain Purchase(7)

  $1,061    $(6 $1,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The number of Class B Shares issued in connection with the Transaction has not been restated to affect for the 5-for-1 share split as discussed in Note 15.
(2)

The fair value of the Class B shares issued was determined based the closing market price of Tronox Incorporated’s common shares on June 14,2012, less a 15% discount for marketability due to a restriction that the shares cannot be sold for a period of at least three years following the Transaction Date.

(3)The fair value of the noncontrolling interest is based upon a structured arrangement with Tronox Limited, which allows the ownership interest to be exchanged for approximately 1.45 million additional Class B shares until the earlier of the 10 year anniversary of the Transaction Date or the date when the South African Department of Mineral Resources determines that ownership is no longer required under the BEE legislation.
(4)The fair value of property, plant and equipment and internal use software was determined using the cost approach, which estimates the replacement cost of each asset using current prices and labor costs, less estimates for physical, functional and technological obsolescence.
(5)The fair value of mineral rights was determined using the Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF” ) method, which was based upon the present value of the estimated future cash flows for the expected life of the asset taking into account the relative risk of achieving those cash flows and the time value of money. Discount rates of 17% for South Africa and 15.5% for Australia were used taking into account the risks associated with such assets, as well as the economic and political environment where each asset is located.
(6)The fair value of unfavorable contracts was determined by multiplying the committed tonnage in each contract by the difference between the committed price in the contract versus the estimated market price over the term of the contract.
(7)In accordance with ASC 805-10-25-14, the measurement period for the Transaction ends in June 2013.

Mineral Sands Business Results of Operations

The following table includes net sales and income from operations on a segment basis attributable to the acquired mineral sands business since June 15, 2012. The results of the acquired mineral sands business are included in both the mineral sands segment and the pigment segment.

   Mineral   Pigment  Eliminations  Total 

Net Sales

  $489    $64   $(29 $524  

Income from Operations

  $8    $(36 $(2 $(30

F-55


Supplemental Pro forma financial information

The following unaudited pro forma information gives effect to the Transaction as if it is impracticablehad occurred on the first day of the first quarter of fiscal 2011 (January 1, 2011). The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects certain adjustments related to do so, a change in an accounting principle be applied retrospectively to prior periods’the acquisition, such as (1) converting the mineral sands business financial statements to U.S. GAAP, (2) conforming the mineral sands business accounting policies to those applied by Tronox Incorporated, (3) to record certain incremental expenses resulting from purchase accounting adjustments, such as incremental depreciation expense in connection with fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment, (4) to eliminate intercompany transactions between Tronox Incorporated and the mineral sands business, (5) to record the effect on interest expense related to borrowings in connection with the transaction and (6) to record the related tax effects. The unaudited pro forma financial information also includes adjustments for all voluntary changes in accounting principlescertain non-recurring items as of the first day of the first quarter of fiscal 2011 (January 1, 2011) such as (1) the impact of transaction costs of approximately $95 million, (2) the impact of the adjusted bargain purchase gain of $1,055 million and upon adoption(3) the impact of a new accounting standard if the standard does not include specific transition provisions. FAS No. 154 supersedes APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes,” which previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principles be recognized by includingreorganization income arising from Tronox Incorporated’s emergence from bankruptcy in the current period’s net income (loss)one month ended January 31, 2011 of approximately $613 million. The unaudited pro forma financial information is for illustrative purposes only and should not be relied upon as being indicative of the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle. FAS No. 154 also provideshistorical results that if an entity changes its method of depreciation, amortization, or depletion for long-lived, nonfinancial assets, the change must be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate. Under APB No. 20, such a change would have been reportedobtained if the Transaction had actually occurred on that date, nor the results of operations in the future.

In accordance with ASC 805, the supplemental pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, as a change in an accounting principle. FAS No. 154 will be applicable to accounting changes and error corrections made byif the company effectivemineral sands business had been acquired on January 1, 2006. 2011, are as follows:

   Years Ended December 31, 
       2012           2011     

Net Sales

  $2,120    $2,302  

Income from Operations

  $296    $407  

Net Income

  $239    $2,105  

Net Income attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

  $207    $2,051  

Basic earnings per share attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

  $1.70    $16.29  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to Tronox Limited Shareholders

  $1.67    $15.91  

6. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following:

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Trade receivables

  $371   $269  

Related parties

   —     7  

Other

   23    2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   394    278  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (3  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net

  $391   $278  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The effectCompany’s liquidity is concentrated in trade receivables that arise from sales of applying this new standard onTiO2 and titanium feedstock to customers in the company will depend on whether material voluntaryTiO2 industry. The industry concentration has the potential to impact the Company’s overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, in that its customers may be similarly affected by changes in accounting principles, changes in estimateseconomic, industry or error corrections occur,other conditions. The Company performs ongoing credit

F-56


evaluations of its customers, and transitionuses credit risk insurance policies from time to time, as deemed appropriate, to mitigate credit risk, but generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses based on historical experience. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company’s ten largest TiO2 customers represented approximately 46% of its total TiO2 net sales; however, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of total net sales.

7. Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 2012 and other provisions included in new accounting standards.2011 were as follows:

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
   December 31,
2011
 

Raw materials

  $221    $124  

Work-in-process

   99     9  

Finished goods(1)

   477     130  

Materials and supplies, net(2)

   117     48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(3)

  $914    $311  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes inventory on consignment to others of approximately $42 million and $12 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(2)Materials and supplies consist of processing chemicals, maintenance supplies and spare parts, which will be consumed directly and indirectly in the production of the Company’s products.
(3)The fair value of inventory from the acquired mineral sands business in the Transaction was $553 million.

8. Property, Plant and Equipment

In March 2005,

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Land and land improvements

  $80   $51  

Buildings

   194    45  

Machinery and equipment

   1,158    405  

Construction-in-progress

   153    49  

Furniture and fixtures

   7    4  

Other

   6    3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   1,598    557  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (175  (53
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net

  $1,423   $504  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment for the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF 04-6 regardingyear ended December 31, 2012, the accountingeleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 was $127 million, $53 million, $4 million and $49 million, respectively.

9. Mineral Leaseholds

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Mineral leaseholds

  $1,502   $42  

Less accumulated depletion

   (63  (4
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net

  $1,439   $38  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-57


Depletion expense related to mineral leaseholds for post-production stripping costs. the year ended December 31, 2012, the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 was $59 million, $4 million, less than $1 million and $1 million, respectively.

10. Intangible Assets

The consensus reached was that “strippinggross cost and accumulated amortization of intangible assets, by major intangible asset category, were as follows:

   Successor 
   December 31, 2012 
   Gross
Cost
   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Customer relationships

  $294    $(39 $255  

TiO2 technology

   32     (3  29  

Internal-use software(1)

   38     (2  36  

In-process research and development

   5     (2  3  

Trade names

   3     (1  2  

Other

   1     —     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $373    $(47 $326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)In connection with the Transaction, the Company acquired internal-use software, which was valued at $12 million on the Transaction Date. See Note 5.

   Successor 
   December 31, 2011 
   Gross
Cost
   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Customer relationships

  $294    $(19 $275  

TiO2 technology

   32     (2  30  

Internal-use software

   12     —     12  

In-process research and development

   5     (1  4  

Trade names

   3     —     3  

Other

   1     —     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $347    $(22 $325  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Internal-use software relates to internal and external costs incurred during the production phase of a mine are variable production costs that should be included indevelopment stage, which were being capitalized during 2011 and 2012. During 2012, the costs of the inventory produced (extracted) during the period that the stripping costs are incurred.” This represents a change from the company’s current accounting for production-related stripping costs, as the company has historically included production-related stripping costs as a component of surface mining inventory and allocated the costs incurred over the estimated total reserves of the mine. EITF 04-6 is effectiveCompany began amortizing such costs. Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the first reporting period beginning afteryear ended December 15, 2005. The company will adopt EITF 04-6 on31, 2012, the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, the one month ended January 1, 2006. The effect of adoption31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 was $25 million, $22 million, $0 and $0, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets is not expected to have a material effect on the company’s financial position or results of operations.as follows:

   Total
Amortization
 

2013

  $27  

2014

   27  

2015

   27  

2016

   25  

2017

   25  

Thereafter

   195  
  

 

 

 

Total

  $326  
  

 

 

 

F-58


11. Accrued Liabilities

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
   December 31,
2011
 

Unfavorable sales contracts(1)

  $64    $—   

Taxes other than income taxes(2)

   58     5  

Employee-related costs and benefits

   45     27  

Interest

   22     1  

Sales rebates

   13     8  

Other

   7     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $209    $46  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)In connection with the Transaction, the Company acquired sales contracts at unfavorable market terms, which were valued at $85 million on the Transaction Date. See Note 5.
(2)Includes transfer taxes incurred as a result of the Transaction and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

12. Debt

3. Transactions with Kerr-McGeeShort-term Debt

During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Contribution and recapitalization of the company was completed, whereby common stock held by Kerr-McGee converted into approximately 22.9 million shares of Class B common stock. Tronox also entered into agreements with Kerr-McGee

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
   December 31,
2011
 

UBS Revolver(1)

  $—     $—   

ABSA Revolver(2)

   30     —   

Wells Revolver(3)

   —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term debt

  $30    $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Average effective interest rate of 3.9% in 2012.
(2)Average effective interest rate of 8.5% in 2012.
(3)Average effective interest rate of 4.7% in 2011 and 5.25% in 2012.

UBS Revolver

On June 18, 2012, in connection with the closing of the Transaction, the Company entered into a global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit agreement with UBS AG (the “UBS Revolver”) with a maturity date of the fifth anniversary of the closing date. The UBS Revolver provides the Company with a committed source of capital with a principal borrowing amount of up to $300 million, subject to a borrowing base. The borrowing base is related to certain eligible inventory and accounts receivable held by the Company’s U.S., Australia and Netherlands subsidiaries. Obligations under the UBS Revolver are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s existing, and future deposit accounts, inventory and account receivables and certain related assets, excluding those held by its separationSouth African subsidiaries, Netherland’s subsidiaries and Bahamian subsidiary, and a second priority lien on all of the Company’s other assets, including capital shares which serve as security under the Term Facility (as defined below). At December 31, 2012, the Company’s borrowing base was $221 million.

The UBS Revolver bears interest at the Company’s option at either (i) the greater of (a) the lenders’ prime rate, (b) the Federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month period plus 1% or (ii) the adjusted LIBOR rate, in each case plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from Kerr-McGee. These agreements include:1.5% to 2% for borrowings at the adjusted LIBOR rate, and from 0.5% to 1% for borrowings at the alternate base

 

A master separation

F-59


rate, based upon the average daily borrowing availability. For the first six months following the closing date, the applicable margins shall be deemed to be 1.75% for borrowings at the adjusted LIBOR rate and 0.75% for borrowings at the alternate base rate. In connection with obtaining the UBS Revolver, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of approximately $7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, amortization expense amounted to $1 million. During 2012, the Company borrowed $30 million against the UBS Revolver, which was repaid during 2012.

ABSA Revolving Credit Facility

In connection with the Transaction, the Company entered into a R900 million (approximately $106 million as of December 31, 2012) revolving credit facility with ABSA Bank Limited acting through its ABSA Capital Division (the “ABSA Revolver”) with a maturity date of June 14, 2017. During 2012, the Company had borrowings of R450 million (approximately $54 million) and repayments of R200 million (approximately $24 million). As of December 31, 2012, the Company had drawn down R250 million (approximately $30 million) on the ABSA Revolver.

The ABSA Revolver bears interest at (i) the base rate (defined as one month JIBAR, which is the mid-market rate for deposits in South African Rand for a period equal to the relevant period which appears on the Reuters Screen SAFEY Page alongside the caption YLD) as of 11h00 Johannesburg time on the first day of the applicable period, plus (ii) the Margin, which is 3.5%. In connection with obtaining the ABSA Revolver, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, amortization expense amounted to less than $1 million.

Wells Revolver

On February 14, 2011, Tronox Incorporated entered into a $125 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit agreement (“MSA”with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (the “Wells Revolver”). The Wells Revolver had a maturity date of February 14, 2015. The Wells Revolver provided the Company with a committed source of capital with a principal borrowing amount of up to $125 million subject to a borrowing base. Borrowing availability under the Wells Revolver was subject to a borrowing base, which was related to certain eligible inventory and receivables held by the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries. On February 8, 2012, the Company amended the Wells Revolver to facilitate the Transaction while keeping the revolver in force. In connection with refinancing the Wells Revolver, the Company wrote off deferred financing fees of $4 million. On June 18, 2012, the Company refinanced the Wells Revolver with the UBS Revolver.

During 2012, the Company borrowed $30 million against the Wells Revolver, which was repaid with borrowings under the UBS Revolver. During 2011, to facilitate its exit from bankruptcy and help pay for the buy-in of its 50% share of the Kwinana facility in Western, Australia TiO2 expansion, the Company borrowed $39 million against the Wells Revolver, which by December 31, 2011, was fully repaid using cash generated from operations.

Debt acquired in the Transaction

In connection with the Transaction, the Company acquired short-term debt of $75 million (see Note 5), providing for, among other things,which was repaid during 2012.

F-60


Long-Term Debt

   Initial
Principal
Amount
   Maturity
Date
   Successor 
      December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Senior Notes

  $900     8/15/20    $900   $—   

Term Facility(1)

  $700     2/8/18     691    —   

Exit Financing Facility(2)

  $425     10/21/15     —     421  

Co-generation Unit Financing Arrangement

  $16     2/1/16     10    6  

Lease financing

       14    —   
      

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total debt

       1,615    427  

Less: Long-term debt due in one year

       (10  (6
      

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-term debt

      $1,605   $421  
      

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Average effective interest rate of 5% in 2012.
(2)Average effective interest rate of 7.1% and 7.2% in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company’s debt is recorded at historical amounts. At December 31, 2012 the separation from Kerr-McGeefair value of the Senior Notes (as defined below) and the DistributionTerm Facility (as defined below) was $910 million and $709 million, respectively. The Company determined the fair value of Class B shares followingboth the initial public offeringSenior Notes and the Term Facility using the Bloomberg market price as of Class A common stock,December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2011, the distributiontotal carrying value of long-term debt approximated its fair value due to the variable interest rates and frequent repricing of such instruments. The fair value hierarchy for long-term debt is a Level 2 input.

At December 31, 2012, the scheduled maturities of the Company’s long-term debt were as follows:

   Total Debt 

2013(1)

  $11  

2014

   10  

2015

   10  

2016

   8  

2017

   7  

Thereafter

   1,575  
  

 

 

 

Total

   1,621  

Remaining accretion associated with the Term facility

   (6
  

 

 

 

Total debt

  $1,615  
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes $1 million of remaining accretion associated with the Term Facility, which was issued net of an original issue discount of $7 million (seeTerm Facilitydiscussion below).

Senior Notes

On August 20, 2012, Tronox Limited’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Tronox Finance LLC, issued $900 million aggregate principal amount of 6.375% senior notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes were offered to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Senior Notes bear interest semiannually at a rate equal to 6.375% and were sold at par value. The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior, unsecured basis by Tronox Limited and certain of its subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are redeemable at any time at the Company’s discretion. The Senior Notes and related guarantees have not been registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws, and unless so registered, may not be offered or sold in the United States except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

F-61


Approximately $326 million of the proceeds from the IPOSenior Notes were used for returns of shareholder capital, in the form of share buybacks. The remainder of the proceeds have been or will be used for general corporate purposes, and, concurrentare subject to required approvals, may also be used for further returns of capital to shareholders from time to time (including by way of dividend).

The Company recorded debt financingissuance fees of $18 million, which are being amortized over the life of the debt, and are included in “Other long-term assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2012, amortization expense amounted to $1 million.

Term Facility

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Term Facility

  $697   $—   

Discount

   (6  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Term Facility, net

  $691   $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

On February 8, 2012, Tronox Incorporated’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., entered into a term loan facility with Goldman Sachs Bank USA comprised of a $550 million Senior Secured Term Loan and a $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan (together, the “Term Facility”). The Term Facility has a maturity date of February 8, 2018. The Term Facility was issued net of an original issue discount of $7 million, or 1% of the initial principal amount, which is being amortized over the life of the Term Facility. On June 14, 2012, in connection with the closing of the Transaction, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. drew down the $150 million Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company made principal repayments of approximately $3 million.

The Term Facility bears interest at a base rate plus a margin of 2.25% or adjusted Eurodollar rate plus a margin of 3.25% (in each case with a possible 0.25% increase or decrease based on the Company’s public credit rating). The base rate is defined as wellthe greater of (i) the prime lending rate as cashquoted in excessthe print edition of $40 millionThe Wall Street Journal, (ii) the Federal funds rate plus 0.5%, or (iii) 2%.

The Term Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s and the subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future property and assets. This includes, upon the consummation of the Transaction, certain assets acquired in the Transaction. The terms of the Term Facility provide for customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The terms of the covenants, subject to Kerr-McGeecertain exceptions, restrict, among other things: (i) debt incurrence; (ii) lien incurrence; (iii) investments, dividends and agreements betweendistributions; (iv) dispositions of assets and subsidiary interests; (v) acquisitions; (vi) sale and leaseback transactions; and (vii) transactions with affiliates and shareholders.

In connection with obtaining the Term Facility, Tronox Incorporated incurred debt issuance costs of $17 million, of which $5 million was paid in 2011 and Kerr-McGee, including those relating$12 million was paid in 2012. Such costs are recorded in “Other long-term assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and are being amortized through the maturity date. During the year ended December 31, 2012, amortization expense amounted to indemnification

$3 million.

Exit Financing Facility

On February 14, 2011, Tronox Incorporated’s senior secured super-priority DIP and Exit Credit Agreement with Goldman Sachs Lending Partners, in accordance with its terms, converted into a $425 million exit facility with a maturity date of October 21, 2015 (the “Exit Financing Facility”). The Exit Financing Facility bore interest at the greater of a base rate plus a margin of 4% or adjusted Eurodollar rate plus a margin of 5%. The

 

A tax sharing agreement, providing

F-62


base rate was defined as the greater of (i) the prime lending rate as quoted in the print edition ofThe Wall Street Journal, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, or (iii) 3%. The adjusted Eurodollar rate is defined as the greater of (i) the LIBOR rate in effect at the beginning of the interest period, or (ii) 2%. Interest was payable quarterly or, if the adjusted Eurodollar rate applied, it was payable on the last day of each interest period. On February 8, 2012, Tronox Incorporated refinanced the Exit Facility with the Term Facility, as discussed above. In connection with the refinancing, the Company repaid $421 million.

Co-generation Unit Financing Arrangement

In March 2011, the Tiwest Joint Venture acquired a steam and electricity gas fired co-generation plant, adjacent to its Kwinana pigment plant, through a five year financing arrangement. Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, owned a 50% undivided interest in the co-generation plant through the Tiwest Joint Venture. In order to finance its share of the asset purchase, Tronox Incorporated incurred debt totaling $8 million. In connection with the Transaction, the Company acquired the remaining 50% undivided interest in the co-generation plant from Exxaro, along with its debt of $6 million. Under the financing arrangement, monthly payments are required and interest accrues on the outstanding balance at the rate of 6.5% per annum. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company made principal repayments of approximately $2 million.

Lease Financing

In connection with the Transaction, the Company acquired capital lease obligations in South Africa, which are payable through 2032 at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 17%. At December 31, 2012, such obligations had a net book value of assets recorded under capital leases aggregating $9 million. During 2012, the Company made payments of less than $1 million.

Financial Covenants

At December 31, 2012, the Company had financial covenants in the UBS Revolver, the ABSA Revolver and the Term Facility.

The terms of the UBS Revolver provide for customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The terms of the covenants, subject to certain exceptions, restrict, among other things,things: (i) debt incurrence; (ii) lien incurrence; (iii) investments, dividends and distributions; (iv) dispositions of assets and subsidiary interests; (v) acquisitions; (vi) sale and leaseback transactions; and (vii) transactions with affiliates and shareholders. The UBS Revolver requires the allocation between TronoxCompany to maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1 to 1 calculated on a quarterly basis only if excess availability on the UBS Revolver is less than the greater of (A) $20 million and Kerr-McGee(B) 10% of federal, state, localthe lesser of (x) the aggregate commitments in effect at such time and foreign tax liabilities for periods prior(y) the borrowing base at such time. If the Company is required to maintain the DistributionConsolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio then it will be required to maintain such ratio until, during the preceding 60 consecutive days, borrowing availability would have been at all times greater than the greater of (i) $20 million and (ii) 10% of the aggregate commitments in some instances for periods aftereffect at such time.

The ABSA Revolver requires the Distribution

ratio of (i) South African Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the agreement, to South African Net Interest Expense shall not be less than 5:1 and (ii) South African Consolidated Net Debt to South African Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the agreement, shall be less than 2:1.

The Term Facility requires that a leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement, not exceed, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the correlative ratio as follows:

Fiscal Quarter Ending

Total Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2015

3:1

March 31, 2016 and thereafter

2.25:1

 

F-15

F-63


Index

The Term Facility and the UBS Revolver are subject to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

An employee benefitsan intercreditor agreement pursuant to which among other things, some employee benefit plan relatedthe lenders’ respective rights and interests in the security are set forth. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants at December 31, 2012.

The Company’s has pledged the majority of our U.S. assets and liabilitiescertain assets of Kerr-McGee are to be allocated between Tronox and Kerr-McGee and some arrangements are to be made with respect to employee compensation arrangements

A transition services agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, Kerr-McGee will provide certain services to Tronox and Tronox will provide certain services to Kerr-McGee for a transition period following the IPO and the Distribution

The Consolidated and Combined Statementits non-U.S. subsidiaries in support of Operations includes an allocation of costs for certain corporate functions historically provided by Kerr-McGee, including:our outstanding debt.

General Corporate Expenses—Represents costs related to corporate functions such as accounting, tax, treasury, human resources, legal and information management and technology. These costs were historically allocated primarily based on estimated use of services as compared to Kerr-McGee’s other businesses. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations. This allocation ceased at the IPO date and any services rendered subsequent to that date and the resulting costs are being billed under the terms of the transition services agreement.

Employee Benefits and Incentives—Represents fringe benefit costs and other incentives, including group health and welfare benefits, U.S. pension plans, U.S. postretirement health and life plans and stock-based compensation plans. These costs have historically been allocated on an active headcount basis for health and welfare benefits, including postretirement benefits, on the basis of salary for U.S. pension plans and on a specific identification basis for stock-based compensation plans. These costs are included in costs of goods sold, selling, general and administrative expenses, restructuring charges and loss from discontinued operations in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations.

Interest Expense—Until

   Successor      Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Interest expense(1)

  $53   $29      $3    $40  

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on debt

   10    1       —      9  

Other

   4    1       —      1  

Capitalized interest

   (2  (1     —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and debt expense

  $65   $30      $3    $50  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)For the one month ended January 31, 2011, interest expense excludes $3 million, which would have been payable under the terms of the Company’s $350 million 9.5% senior unsecured notes.

13. Asset Retirement Obligations

To the completionextent a legal obligation exists, an ARO is recorded at its estimated fair value and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at Tronox’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. The Company’s consolidated financial statements classify accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in “Cost of goods sold” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company’s AROs are as follows:

the KZN mine and the Namakwa Sands mine, both in South Africa, to restore the areas that have been disturbed as required under the mining leases;

decommissioning on wet and dry separation plants and smelting operations in South Africa;

mine closure and rehabilitation costs in Western Australia to restore the area that has been disturbed, as required under the mining lease;

plant closure and exit costs associated with certain industrial sites in Western Australia, whereby the Company is required to return the sites to their original states under licensing conditions;

plant closure and exit costs associated with the Botlek, the Netherlands facility, whereby the Company is required to return the site back to its original state at the end of its long-term lease; and

landfill closure costs at the Hamilton, Mississippi facility to address one-time closure costs (cap with liner and cover with soil) and annual monitoring costs of the IPOclosed landfill under applicable state environmental laws in Mississippi.

F-64


A summary of the changes in the AROs during the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows:

   Successor      Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
 

Beginning balance

  $30   $29      $19  

Additions

   7    —        —   

Accretion expense

   5    2       —   

Changes in estimates, including cost and timing of cash flows

   9    1       —   

Settlements/payments

   (1  (2     —   

AROs acquired in the acquisition of the mineral sands business

   58    —        —   

Fresh-start adjustments

   —     —        10  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $108   $30      $29  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Current portion included in accrued liabilities

  $2   $1      $1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Noncurrent portion

  $106   $29      $28  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

A summary of the AROs is included in the table below:

Australia

  $62  

South Africa

   34  

Botlek

   11  

Hamilton

   1  
  

 

 

 

Total AROs

  $108  
  

 

 

 

Environmental Rehabilitation Trust

The Company has established an environmental rehabilitation trust in respect of the prospecting and mining operations in South Africa in accordance with applicable regulations. The trustees of the fund are appointed by the Company and consist of sufficiently qualified Tronox Limited employees capable of fulfilling their fiduciary duties. The environmental rehabilitation trust received, holds, and invests funds for the rehabilitation or management of negative environmental impacts associated with mining and exploration activities. The contributions are aimed at providing sufficient funds at date of estimated closure of mining activities to address the rehabilitation and environmental impacts. Funds accumulated for a specific mine or exploration project can only be utilized for the rehabilitation and environmental impacts of that specific mine or project. Currently, the funds are invested in highly liquid, short-term instruments; however, the investment growth strategy has not been finalized. If a mine or exploration project withdraws from the fund for whatever valid reason, the funds accumulated for such mine or exploration project are transferred to a similar fund approved by management. At December 31, 2012, the environmental rehabilitation trust assets were $20 million, which were recorded in “Other long-term assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases—At December 31, 2012, minimum rental commitments, primarily for buildings, land, equipment and railcars under non-cancellable operating leases was $29 million for 2013, $27 million for 2014, $25 million for 2015, $23 million for 2016, $23 million for 2017 and $157 million thereafter. Total rental expense related to operating leases was $8 million, $12 million, $1 million and $15 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010. Future minimum lease payments under capital leases at December 31, 2012 were not significant. See Note 12.

F-65


Purchase Commitments—At December 31, 2012, purchase commitments were $344 million for 2013, $318 million for 2014, $257 million for 2015, $7 million for 2016, $7 million for 2017 and $58 million thereafter.

Letters of Credit—At December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance bonds of approximately $55 million, of which $29 million in letters of credit were issued under the UBS Revolver.

Environmental Contingencies—In accordance with ASC 450, the Company recognizes a loss and records an undiscounted liability when litigation has commenced or a claim or an assessment has been asserted or, based on available information, commencement of litigation or assertion of a claim or assessment is probable, and the concurrent financing, Kerr-McGee provided financingassociated costs can be estimated. It is not possible for the Company to reliably estimate the amount and timing of all future expenditures related to environmental matters because, among other reasons, environmental laws and regulations, as well as enforcement policies and clean up levels, are continually changing, and the outcome of court proceedings, alternative dispute resolution proceedings (including mediation) and discussions with regulatory agencies are inherently uncertain.

The Company believes that it has reserved adequately for the probable and reasonably estimable costs of known contingencies. There is no environmental litigation, claim or assessment that has been asserted nor is there any probability of an assessment or a claim for which the Company has not recorded a liability. However, additions to the company through cash flowsreserves may be required as additional information is obtained that enables the Company to better estimate its liabilities. The Company cannot reliably estimate the amount of future additions to the reserves at this time. In certain situations, reserves may be probable but not estimable. Additionally, sites may be identified in the future where the Company could have potential liability for environmental related matters. If a site is identified, the Company will evaluate to determine what reserve, if any, should be established.

Legal—The Western Australia Office of State Revenue (the “OSR”) continues to review their technical position on the imposition of stamp duty on the transfer of Tronox Incorporated’s shares related to Kerr-McGee’s restructuring in 2002 and from the share transfer related to the spinoff of Tronox Incorporated from Kerr-McGee in 2005. On January 17, 2012, the OSR contacted the Company seeking additional information related to the 2005 spinoff. In addition, the OSR informed the Company that it has made a preliminary determination that the Company was land rich at the time of the 2002 share transfers and, as a result, the Company may be liable for stamp duty and penalties arising from that share transfer. The OSR has not made an assessment at this time and continues discussions with the Company and its other operations and debt incurred. Althoughlegal advisors. The Company has accrued stamp duty on the incurred debt2002 transaction in the amount of $3 million based upon its position that the Company was not allocatedland rich at the time of the share transfers. The Company intends to exercise all of its legal and administrative remedies in the event that the OSR makes an assessment based upon its claim that it is land rich.

During 2011, the outstanding legal disputes between the Company and RTI Hamilton, Inc dating back to 2008 came to a close with the parties reaching an agreement in principle. The agreement reflects a compromise and settlement of disputed claims in complete accord and satisfaction thereof. RTI Hamilton paid Tronox the sum of $11 million, of which $1 million constituted payment for capital costs incurred by the Company in relation to the company,agreement, plus interest.

Other Matters—From time to time, the Company may be party to a portionnumber of legal and administrative proceedings involving environmental and/or other matters in various courts or agencies. These proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, may have a material adverse effect on the Company. These proceedings may be associated with facilities currently or previously owned, operated or used by the Company and/or its predecessors, some of which may include claims for personal injuries, property damages, cleanup costs and other environmental matters. Current and former operations of the interest expense was allocated basedCompany may also involve management of regulated materials, which are subject to various environmental laws and regulations including the

F-66


Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) or state equivalents. Similar environmental laws and regulations and other requirements exist in foreign countries in which the Company operates.

15. Shareholders’ Equity

Share split Declared

On June 26, 2012, the Board approved a 5-to-1 share split for holders of its Class A Shares and Class B Shares at the close of business on specifically-identified borrowings from Kerr-McGee at Kerr-McGee’s average borrowing rates. These costs are included in other income (expense) inJuly 20, 2012, by issuance of four additional shares for each share of the same class. As a result of the share split, the Company recorded an increase to Class A and Class B Shares of $1 million with corresponding decreases to “Retained earnings” on the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations, net of interest income that was allocated from the company to Kerr-McGee on certain monies the company has loaned to Kerr-McGee. This allocation ceased at the IPO date as Kerr-McGee no longer provides financing to the company.Balance Sheets.

Outstanding Shares

Expense allocations from Kerr-McGee reflectedThe changes in outstanding and treasury shares for the income (loss) from continuing operations in the company’s Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operationsyear ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

   2005  2004  2003
   (Millions of dollars)

General corporate expenses

  $24.3  $27.4  $25.3

Employee benefits and incentives

   24.0   28.8   35.9

Interest expense, net

   14.6   12.1   10.1

Tronox Limited Class A Shares outstanding:

Balance at December 31, 2011

—  

Shares issued in connection with the Transaction(1)

76,644,650

Shares issued for share-based compensation

24,620

Shares issued for warrants exercised

9,353

Shares purchased by the T-Bucks Trust(2)

(548,234

Class A Shares purchased by Exxaro, and converted to Class B Shares

(1,400,000

Shares repurchased/cancelled(3)

(12,626,400

Balance at December 31, 2012

62,103,989

Tronox Limited Class B Shares outstanding:

Balance at December 31, 2011

—  

Shares issued in connection with the Transaction

49,754,280

Class A Shares purchased by Exxaro, and converted to Class B Shares

1,400,000

Balance at December 31, 2012

51,154,280

Tronox Incorporated shares outstanding:

Balance at December 31, 2011

75,383,455

Shares issued for share-based compensation

570,785

Shares issued for warrants exercised

690,385

Shares issued for claims

25

Shares exchanged in connection with the Transaction(1)

(76,644,650

Balance at December 31, 2012

—  

Tronox Incorporated shares held as treasury:

Balance at December 31, 2011

472,565

Shares issued for share-based compensation

239,360

Shares cancelled in connection with the Transaction(1)

(711,925

Balance at December 31, 2012

—  

These allocations were based on what were considered

(1)Shares issued in connection with the Transaction have been adjusted for the 5-for-1 share split. On the Transaction Date, the Company issued 15,328,930 Class A Shares and 9,950,856 Class B Shares.
(2)During the third quarter of 2012, the Company created the T-Bucks Employee Participation Plan for the benefit of certain employees in South Africa. See Note 19 for additional information.
(3)

In accordance with Australian law, the Company is not permitted to hold shares of its own ordinary shares. As such, all Class A Shares that were repurchased by the Company have been cancelled. Additionally, all

F-67


shares of Tronox Incorporated common stock that were held by Tronox Incorporated on the Transaction date were cancelled in connection with the Transaction. The number of Class A Shares repurchased has been adjusted for the 5-for-1 share split.

Warrants

As part of its emergence from bankruptcy, Tronox Incorporated issued to be reasonable reflectionsexisting holders of its equity, warrants in two tranches, Series A warrants and Series B warrants (collectively, the historical utilization levels“Tronox Incorporated Warrants”), to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,216,216 shares, or 7.5%, Tronox Incorporated’s shares. In connection with the services required in support of our business. The company’s management currently estimates that general corporate expenses may be $15.0 millionTransaction, and pursuant to $20.0 million greater on an annual basis in the future as a stand-alone company (unaudited).

Subsequent to the IPO, the expense allocations for certain corporate services previously provided by Kerr-McGee ceased, and the company began purchasing such services from Kerr-McGee under the terms of the

F-16


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated Tronox Incorporated Warrant Agreement, Tronox Limited entered into an amended and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

transition services agreement. Under the termsrestated warrant agreement, dated as of the transition services agreement,Transaction Date, whereby the company also receives compensationholders of the Tronox Limited Warrants are entitled to purchase one Class A Share and receive $12.50 in cash at the initial exercise prices of $62.13 for services provided to Kerr-McGee.each Series A Warrant (the “Series A Warrants”) and $68.56 for each Series B Warrant (the “Series B Warrants,” collectively with the Series A Warrants, the “Warrants”). On the Transaction Date, there were 841,302 Warrants outstanding. The net expense charged toWarrants have a seven-year term from the companydate initially issued and will expire on February 14, 2018. A holder may exercise the Warrants by paying the applicable exercise price in 2005 was nominal forcash or on a cashless basis. The Warrants are freely transferable by the one-month period subsequent to the IPO.holder thereof.

Kerr-McGee utilized a worldwide centralized approach to cash management and the financing of its operations with all related activity between Kerr-McGee and the company reflected as net transfers from (to) Kerr-McGee in the company’s Consolidated and Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Business/Stockholders’ Equity. In connection with the IPO,share split, holders of the net amount due fromWarrants are entitled to purchase five Class A Shares and receive $12.50 in cash at the companyinitial exercise prices of $62.13 for each Series A Warrant and $68.56 for each Series B Warrant. As of December 31, 2012 there were 364,817 Series A Warrants and 474,421 Series B Warrants outstanding.

Share Repurchases

On June 26, 2012, the Board authorized the repurchase of 10% of Tronox Limited voting securities in open market transactions. During 2012, the Company repurchased 12,626,400 Class A Shares, affected for the 5-for-1 share split, at an average price of $25.84 per share, inclusive of commissions, for a total cost of $326 million. Repurchased shares were subsequently cancelled in accordance with Australian law. On September 27, 2012, the Company announced the successful completion of its share repurchase program.

Exxaro Share Purchases

The Company’s constitution provides that, subject to Kerr-McGee atcertain exceptions, when Exxaro acquires a Class A Share, it automatically converts to a Class B Share. As such, Exxaro generally will not hold Class A Shares. During October 2012, Exxaro purchased 1,400,000 Class A Shares in market purchases, which converted to Class B Shares.

Dividends Declared

On November 28, 2005, was contributed by Kerr-McGee8, 2012, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share to holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares, totaling approximately $29 million. On June 26, 2012, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share to holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares, totaling $32 million.

Tronox Incorporated Common Shares

On August 6, 2012, Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated filed post-effective amendment No. 1 to the company, forming a partRegistration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-181842) declared effective by the SEC on July 11, 2012 (the “Form S-1”) to deregister the Tronox Incorporated Class A common shares and exchangeable shares which were not issued on the date of the continuing equity of the company and is a component of Recapitalization upon contribution from Kerr-McGee shown in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Business/Stockholders’ Equity. Subsequent to November 28, 2005, amounts due from or to Kerr-McGee arising from transactions subsequent to that date are being settled in cash.Transaction.

4. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  $(41.7) $20.0  $50.8 

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $(2.5), $(0.8) and $(4.7)

   4.1   0.6   13.8 

Reclassification of realized gain on cash flow hedges to net income (loss), net of taxes of $2.5, $2.8 and $3.1

   (3.2)  (7.7)  (7.2)

Minimum pension liability adjustments, net of taxes of $(2.4), $3.6 and $0.1

   4.9   (6.1)  (0.6)
             
  $(35.9) $6.8  $56.8 
             

Components of accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2005 and 2004, net of applicable tax effects, were as follows:

       2005          2004     
   (Millions of dollars) 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  $37.5  $79.2 

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges

   (0.3)  (1.2)

Minimum pension liability adjustments

   (1.8)  (6.7)
         
  $35.4  $71.3 
         

5. Cash Flow Information

Net cash provided by operating activities reflects cash payments for income taxes and interest as follows:

   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Income tax payments

  $11.9  $8.0  $10.4 

Less refunds received

   (11.4)  (0.2)  (0.5)
             

Net income tax payments

  $0.5  $7.8  $9.9 
             

Interest payments

  $0.4  $0.1  $0.1 
             

F-17


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Additionally, in 2005F-68


16. Noncontrolling Interest

In connection with the Transaction, Exxaro and 2004, Kerr-McGee paid income taxes of $27.2 million and $37.0 million, respectively, on the company’s behalf, which is included as net transfers with Kerr-McGee in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Business/Stockholders’ Equity.

Other noncash items included in the reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities include the following:

   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Stock-based compensation(1)

  $5.8  $2.5  $1.2 

Pension and postretirement cost(1)

   9.9   15.5   24.0 

Litigation provision

   8.7   0.2   1.3 

Loss on retirements of property and equipment

   0.9   9.7   5.9 

Equity in net earnings of equity method investees

   (2.0)  (2.4)  (0.8)

All other(2)

   9.8   12.4   2.0 
             

Total

  $33.1  $37.9  $33.6 
             

(1)Amounts consist principally of cost allocations from Kerr-McGee.
(2)No other individual item is material to net cash flows provided by operating activities.

Details of changes in other assets and liabilities within net cash provided by operating activities of the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Cash Flows are as follows:

   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Environmental expenditures

  $(61.1) $(85.2) $(97.9)

Reimbursements of environmental expenditures

   71.4   50.5   14.8 

Cash abandonment expenditures

   (2.3)  (3.2)  —   

Employer contributions to pension and postretirement plans

   (7.0)  (1.9)  (0.8)

All other(1)

   4.7   (2.4)  (7.9)
             

Total

  $5.7  $(42.2) $(91.8)
             

(1)No other individual item is material to net cash flows provided by operating activities.

Other noncash investing and noncash financing activities were as follows:

   2005  2004  2003
   (Millions of dollars)

Noncash Investing Activities—

     

Receivables repurchased and contributed by Kerr-McGee

  $165.0  $—    $—  

Noncash Financing Activities—

     

Contribution of repurchased receivables by Kerr-McGee

  $(165.0) $—    $—  

In addition to transactions with Kerr-McGee affecting the company’s net income (loss), the company periodically has had other transactions with Kerr-McGee that have not affected net income (loss) but have affected recognized assets and liabilities and owner’s net investment. Such noncash items are excluded from operating and financing activities in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statement of Cash Flows but are reflected in the net transfers with Kerr-McGee in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Business/Stockholders’ Equity.

F-18


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

6. Accounts Receivable

Summarized below are accounts receivable, net of the related allowance for doubtful accounts, at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

      2005        2004    
   (Millions of dollars) 

Accounts receivable—trade

  $305.1  $153.4 

Receivable from the U.S. Department of Energy (Note 22)(1)

   13.0   66.0 

Receivable from insurers (Note 22)(1)

   7.7   6.0 

Receivable from affiliates, net(2)

   8.7   —   

Other

   8.4   7.8 
         
   342.9   233.2 

Allowance for doubtful account

   (11.3)  (11.0)
         

Total

  $331.6  $222.2 
         

(1)Amounts receivable from the U.S. Department of Energy and insurers not expected to be collected within one year from the balance sheet date are reflected in long-term receivables, investments and other assets.
(2)Amounts receivable from Kerr-McGee for employee bonuses associated with services provided prior to the IPO, net of amounts payable to Kerr-McGee for services provided to the company under the transition services agreement.

Through April 2005, the company had an accounts receivable monetization program withits subsidiaries retained a maximum availability of $165.0 million. Under the terms of the program, selected qualifying customer accounts receivable were sold monthly to a SPE, which in turn sold an undivided26% ownership interest in each of Tronox KZN Sands Pty Ltd and Tronox Mineral Sands Pty Ltd in order to comply with the receivables to a third-party multi-seller commercial paper conduit sponsored by an independent financial institution. As the receivables were sold, such amounts were reflected as cash flows from operating activities within the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Cash Flows. The company sold, and retained an interest in, excess receivables to the SPE as over-collateralization for the program. The retained interest in sold receivables was subordinate to, and provided credit enhancement for, the conduit’s ownership interest in the SPE’s receivables, and was available to the conduit to pay certain fees or expenses due to the conduit, and to absorb credit losses incurred on anyrequirements of the SPE’s receivablesBEE legislation in South Africa. Exxaro is entitled to exchange this interest for approximately 3.2% in additional Class B Shares under certain circumstances (i.e., the event of program termination. No recourse obligations were recorded since the company had no obligations for any recourse actions on the sold receivables. At December 31, 2004, the outstanding balance of receivables sold (and excluded from the company’s Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet as of that date) was $165.0 million, which was netearlier of the company’s retained interest in receivables serving as over-collateralization of $38.8 million.

The accounts receivable monetization program included ratings downgrade triggers based on Kerr-McGee’s corporate senior unsecured debt rating that provided for certain program modifications, including a program termination event, upon which the program would effectively liquidate over time and the third-party multi-seller commercial paper conduit would be repaid with the collections on accounts receivable. In April 2005, Kerr-McGee’s senior unsecured debt was downgraded, triggering program termination. As opposed to liquidating the program over time in accordance with its terms, Kerr-McGee entered into an agreement to terminate the program by repurchasing the then outstanding balance of receivables sold of $165.0 million. The repurchased receivables were then contributed to the company in a non-cash financing transaction. The balances of repurchased receivables have subsequently been collected by the company. Such collections are included in cash flows from investing activities in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Cash Flows.

F-19


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

While the program was in effect in 2005 and during 2004 and 2003, the company sold $384.1 million, $1.1 billion and $836.2 million, respectively, of its pigment receivables and had pretax income (loss) of $0.1 million, $(8.2) million and $(4.8) million in each of those periods, which is included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations.

7. Inventories

Major categories of inventories at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were:

      2005        2004   
   (Millions of dollars)

Raw materials

  $77.1  $79.5

Work-in-progress

   15.2   13.4

Finished goods

   154.7   135.6

Materials and supplies

   65.3   56.6
        

Total

  $312.3  $285.1
        

8. Financial Instruments

The company holds or issues financial instruments for other than trading purposes. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the carrying amount and estimated fair value of these instruments are as follows:

   December 31, 2005  December 31, 2004
   Carrying
Value
  Estimated
Fair
Value
  Carrying
Value
  Estimated
Fair
Value
   (Millions of dollars)

Cash and cash equivalents

  $69.0  $69.0  $23.8  $23.8

Long-term receivables

   35.9   30.5   21.8   19.5

Long-term debt

   550.0   558.2   —     —  

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value of those instruments due to their short maturity. The fair value of long-term receivables is based on discounted cash flows. The fair value of the company’s long-term fixed-rate debt is based onEmpowerment Period or the quoted market prices for the debt. The carrying valuetenth anniversary of completion of the company’s variable-rate debt approximates its fair value. Carrying values of derivative instruments, all of which approximate their fair values, are disclosed in Note 12.

Concentration of Credit RiskTransaction).

A significant portion of the company’s liquidity is concentrated in trade accounts receivable that arise from sales of titanium dioxide pigment to customers in the paint and coatings industry. The industry concentration has the potential to impact the company’s overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, in that its customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic, industry or other conditions. The company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers, and uses credit risk insurance policies from time to time as deemed appropriate to mitigate credit risk but generally does not require collateral. The company maintains reserves for potential credit losses based on historical experience and such losses have been within expectations.

F-20


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

9. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2005 and 2004, was as follows:

   2005  2004 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Land

  $63.1  $58.4 

Buildings

   145.0   146.9 

Machinery and equipment

   1,769.2   1,770.8 

Other

   111.9   96.3 
         

Total

   2,089.2   2,072.4 

Less accumulated depreciation

   (1,249.5)  (1,189.4)
         

Net

  $839.7  $883.0 
         

10. Long-Term Receivables, Investments and Other Assets

Long-term receivables, investments and other assets were as follows at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

      2005        2004   
   (Millions of dollars)

Receivable from the U.S. Department of Energy (Note 22)

  $12.5  $12.8

Investments in equity method investees

   17.5   16.8

Receivables from insurers (Note 22)

   23.5   9.0

Prepaid pension cost

   11.7   —  

Other

   13.6   9.7
        

Total

  $78.8  $48.3
        

11. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill, all of which is associated with the company’s pigment reportable segment, for 2004 and 2005 were as follows (in millions of dollars):

Balance at December 31, 2003

  $10.9 

Change due to foreign currency translation

   0.9 
     

Balance at December 31, 2004

   11.8 

Change due to foreign currency translation

   (1.5)
     

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $10.3 
     

The changes in the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets for 2004 and 2005 were as follows (in millions of dollars):

Proprietary Technology

  

Balance at December 31, 2003

  $55.5 

Impairment associated with the Savannah sulfate plant shutdown(1)

   (7.4)

Change due to foreign currency translation

   5.0 
     

Balance at December 31, 2004

   53.1 

Change due to foreign currency translation

   (3.2)
     

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $49.9 
     

(1)Refer to Note 16 for more information regarding the Savannah sulfate plant shutdown.

F-21


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

The net carrying amount of intangible assets subject to amortization at both December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $0.2 million.

12. Derivative Instruments

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the net fair value of foreign currency and commodity hedging contracts included in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet was a liability of $0.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, and the related balance of deferred after-tax losses in accumulated other comprehensive income was $0.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively. All contracts outstanding at December 31, 2005, are expected to settle in 2006. In 2005, 2004 and 2003, pre-tax gains on cash flow hedges of $5.8 million, $10.5 million and $10.3 million, respectively, were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings. Substantially all of such gains are reflected as a component of cost of goods sold in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations. No hedges were discontinued and no ineffectiveness was recognized in the periods presented.

13. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

      2005        2004   
   (Millions of dollars)

Employee-related costs and benefits

  $54.2  $43.5

Reserves for environmental remediation and restoration—current portion

   77.8   85.0

Other(1)

   36.9   34.8
        

Total

  $168.9  $163.3
        

(1)No other individual item is material to total current liabilities.

14. Long-Term Debt

No long-term debt was outstanding at December 31, 2004. Long-term debt at December 31, 2005, consisted of the following (in millions of dollars):

Variable-rate term loan due in installments through November 2011

  $200.0 

9 1/2% Senior Unsecured Notes due December 2012

   350.0 
     

Total debt

   550.0 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

   (2.0)
     

Total long-term debt

  $548.0 
     

In November 2005, Tronox Worldwide LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company, entered into a senior secured credit facility consisting of a $200.0 million six-year term loan facility and a five-year multicurrency revolving credit facility with maximum borrowing capacity of $250.0 million. Interest on amounts borrowed under the credit agreement is payable, at Tronox Worldwide LLC’s election, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, in each case as defined in the credit agreement. The initial margin applicable to LIBOR borrowings is 175 basis points and may vary from 100 to 200 basis points depending on the company’s credit rating. The weighted average rate on outstanding borrowings under the term loan at December 31, 2005, was 6.5%. The term loan requires mandatory payments of $0.5 million each quarter beginning in March 2006 through 2010, and $47.5 million each quarter beginning in March 2011 until maturity. At December 31, 2005, no amounts were

F-22


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

outstanding under the revolving credit facility, but the company had outstanding letters of credit issued under the facility of $33.8 million, which reduced the total amount available under the facility to $216.2 million.

The company is required to use 75% of its excess cash flow as defined in the credit agreement to pay down debt outstanding under the credit facility. The first such mandatory payment, if any, is due in March 2007 based on excess cash flow for the fiscal year 2006. In addition, 100% of proceeds from certain asset sales (as defined in the credit agreement) must be used to pay down term loan debt within five business days of receipt of such proceeds.

The terms of the credit agreement provide for customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default. The company is also required to maintain compliance with the following financial covenants beginning in 2006 (in each case, as defined in the credit agreement):

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of no more than 3.75:1

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2:1

Limitation on Capital Expenditures

Tronox Incorporated and certain of its subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations and granted a security interest in specified assets, including property and equipment, inventory and accounts receivable.

Tronox Worldwide LLC and its wholly-owned direct subsidiary, Tronox Finance Corp. issued $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9 1/2% senior unsecured notes due in 2012. Interest on the notes will be payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing June 1, 2006. The unsecured notes were only offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers. The company may redeem all or part of the notes on or after December 1, 2009 at specified redemption prices. Prior to December 1, 2008, the company may redeem up to 35% of the notes from the proceeds of certain equity offerings. The notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by Tronox Incorporated and all of its material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The company’s foreign subsidiaries do not guarantee the notes. The notes and the guarantees will rank equally in right of payment with all of the company’s existing and future unsecured senior debt and will rank senior in right of payment to all the company’s existing and future subordinated debt. The company has agreed to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) relating to an offer to exchange the notes and guarantees for registered notes and guarantees with substantially identical terms.

The credit facility and the indenture governing the senior unsecured notes have restrictive covenants that limit the company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional debt and liens, make loans or investments, sell assets, and engage in mergers, consolidations or acquisitions. Both the credit facility and the senior unsecured notes have limitations on the amount of cash dividends that Tronox can pay to its stockholders. These limitations restrict cash payments of dividends not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate in any fiscal quarter and not to exceed $13.5 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

The scheduled maturities of our debt were as follows at December 31, 2005 (in millions of dollars):

2006

  $2.0

2007

   2.0

2008

   2.0

2009

   2.0

2010

   2.0

2011 and thereafter

   540.0
    

Total debt

  $550.0
    

F-23


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

15. Noncurrent Liabilities—Other

Noncurrent liabilities—other consisted of the following at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

      2005        2004   
   (Millions of dollars)

Reserve for income taxes payable

  $37.2  $39.7

Asset retirement obligations

   27.7   24.3

Reserve for workers’ compensation and general liability claims

   18.5   16.1

Pension obligations

   12.6   13.5

Other

   25.4   21.1
        

Total

  $121.4  $114.7
        

16. Discontinued Operations, Restructuring and Exit Activities

Restructuring and Exit Activities—The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of reserves for restructuring and exit activities for 2005 and 2004, with discussion of material components ofnoncontrolling interest on the activity providedCompany’s Consolidated Balance Sheets is presented below.

 

  2005  2004 
  

Personnel

Costs

  

Dismantlement

and Closure

  

Contract

Termination

  Total(1)(2)  

Personnel

Costs

  

Dismantlement

and Closure

  

Contract

Termination

  Total(1)(2) 
  (Millions of dollars) 

Beginning balance

 $7.1  $10.4  $4.3  $21.8  $16.3  $12.6  $—    $28.9 

Provisions

  (0.2)  (0.2)  —     (0.4)  4.2   2.8   6.7   13.7 

Payments

  (2.2)  (4.1)  (3.3)  (9.6)  (12.5)  (6.4)  (2.4)  (21.3)

Adjustments

  (1.6)  (1.2)  —     (2.8)  (0.9)  1.4   —     0.5 
                                

Ending balance

 $3.1  $4.9  $1.0  $9.0  $7.1  $10.4  $4.3  $21.8 
                                

(1)Amounts exclude AROs and pension reserves.
(2)Amounts include obligations of the discontinued forest products operations that have been retained by the company.

In 2004, the company shut down sulfate and curtailed gypsum production at the Savannah, Georgia facility, wrote down assets that were no longer in service and recognized a pretax charge of $123.0 million. Of the total charge in 2004, $86.6 million represented a write-down of plant assets (of which $12.7 million related to an ARO recognized during the third quarter of 2004), $15.6 million for inventory revaluation, $7.4 million for impairment of intangible assets, $6.7 million for severance and benefit plan curtailment costs, and $6.7 million for contract termination costs. The company’s 2004 Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations includes $15.6 million in cost of goods sold and $107.4 million in restructuring charges, for total pretax charges of $123.0 million associated with the Savannah facility. (See Note 18 for additional discussion regarding the ARO.) Severance of $1.2 million and $2.1 million was paid during 2005 and 2004, respectively, while the remainder of $0.9 million, representing an excess of estimated provisions over actual costs, was reversed in 2005. The shutdown resulted in the elimination of approximately 100 positions.

In September 2003, the company implemented a work force reduction program through which it reduced its U.S. non-bargaining work force through both voluntary retirements and involuntary terminations. As a result, the company’s work force was reduced by 138 employees. Qualifying employees terminated under this program were eligible for enhanced benefits under Kerr-McGee’s pension and postretirement plans, along with severance

F-24


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

payments. In connection with the work force reduction program, the company incurred a pretax charge of $9.4 million for severance-related costs and $14.2 million for curtailment and special termination benefits associated with the company’s participation in Kerr-McGee’s U.S. retirement plans. These charges are reflected in restructuring charges in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations. Of the total severance provision, $2.6 million was paid in 2003, and $6.5 million was paid in 2004. The remaining reserve balance of $0.3 million, representing an excess of estimated provisions over actual costs, was reversed in 2004.

During 2003, the company provided $60.8 million pretax for costs associated with the closure of its synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama. Included in the $60.8 million were $14.1 million for the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle related to the recognition of an ARO, $15.2 million for accelerated depreciation, $14.9 million for other closure costs, $10.5 million for severance benefits and $6.1 million for benefit plan curtailment costs. The company’s 2003 Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations includes $6.1 million in cost of goods sold, $0.5 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, $38.6 million in restructuring charges and $1.5 million in provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements. In 2004, $6.8 million was provided by the company for additional costs associated with the plant closure, of which $5.6 million was accelerated depreciation of additional asset retirement cost and is included in restructuring charges. See Note 18 for a discussion of the related ARO. The reserve balance related to this plant closure was $0.9 million and $2.0 million at the end of 2005 and 2004, respectively. Approximately 127 employees will ultimately be terminated in connection with this plant closure, of which 112 had been terminated as of December 31, 2005. Payments are expected to continue through the end of 2007.

During 2002, the company approved a plan to exit its forest products business, which was a component of the company’s electrolytic and other chemical products segment. This decision was made as part of the company’s strategic plan to focus on its core business. At the time of this decision, five plants were in operation. Four of these plants were closed and abandoned during 2003. The fifth plant, a leased facility, was operated throughout 2004 until the lease expired and the fixed assets at the facility were sold in January 2005. Criteria for classification of these assets as held for sale were met in 2004, at which time the results of forest products operations met the requirements for reporting as discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations for all years presented. Therefore, the provisions for plant closures discussed below are included in loss from discontinued operations. The assets held for sale at December 31, 2004 were stated in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet at estimated sales price less costs to sell of $3.4 million. A loss of approximately $0.8 million was recognized upon the disposition of these assets in 2005. Environmental liabilities associated with the wood-treating sites were retained by the company and are included in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets in current and noncurrent liabilities for environmental remediation and/or restoration.

The company provided nil, $1.9 million and $5.2 million for costs associated with exiting its forest products business in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Since the announced exit, $17.0 million has been provided for dismantlement and closure costs and $6.6 million for severance costs. Through December 31, 2005, $20.7 million was paid, with $2.9 million remaining in the reserve at year-end. Payments related to the plant closures are expected to continue for several years in connection with dismantlement and cleanup efforts; however, all of the severance costs were paid by the end of 2005. In connection with the plant closures, 233 employees were terminated as of year-end 2005. In addition to the provisions for severance, dismantlement and closure, the company recognized $8.8 million in 2003 and $8.1 million in 2004 for other costs associated with the shutdown. The 2003 costs included accelerated depreciation on plant assets, curtailment costs and special termination benefits related to pension and postretirement plans, while 2004 costs represented operating costs during the shutdown period. See “Discontinued Operations” below for discussion of costs incurred in 2005.

F-25


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

In 2001, the company provided $31.8 million related to the closure of a plant in Antwerp, Belgium. The provision consisted of $12.0 million for severance costs, $12.3 million for dismantlement costs, $6.7 million for contract settlement costs and $0.8 million for other plant closure costs. Of this total accrual, $3.0 million and $4.6 million remained in the restructuring reserve at the end of 2005 and 2004, respectively. As a result of this plant closure, 122 employees have been terminated as of December 31, 2005. Payments related to severance are expected to continue until early 2016. Payments related to other shutdown costs could extend into 2017.

Discontinued Operations—As discussed above, in 2004 the company’s forest products operations met the criteria for reporting as discontinued operations. Revenues applicable to discontinued forest products operations totaled $0.2 million, $21.8 million and $105.0 million and pretax losses totaled $27.3 million, $15.7 million and $15.5 million for the years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In 2005, the pretax loss from discontinued forest products operations included $11.1 million in environmental provisions for various wood-treating sites and $7.3 million in provisions related to creosote litigation (see Note 22).

In addition to the company’s forest products operations, losses from discontinued operations for all periods presented include adjustments to amounts previously reported as discontinued operations upon disposition of the company’s thorium compounds manufacturing, uranium and refining operations. These adjustments resulted from changes in estimated cost of environmental remediation and restoration activities directly related to the disposed operations. Disposals of the company’s uranium and refining operations were completed in 1989 and 1995, respectively. The company ceased operations at its West Chicago thorium processing facility in 1973. The company retained certain environmental remediation obligations and continues remediation activities directly related to these former operations, as more fully discussed in Note 22.

Balance at January 1, 2012

  $—   

Fair value of noncontrolling interest on the Transaction Date

   233  

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   (1

Effect of exchange rate changes

   1  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $233  
  

 

 

 

17. Income Taxes

The 2005, 2004 and 2003 income tax benefit (provision) from continuingCompany’s operations are summarized below:

   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

U.S. Federal—

    

Current

  $(28.5) $26.7  $32.0 

Deferred

   10.5   17.5   2.6 
             
   (18.0)  44.2   34.6 
             

International—

    

Current

   (8.8)  (13.8)  (9.2)

Deferred

   7.4   7.9   (10.2)
             
   (1.4)  (5.9)  (19.4)
             

State

   (2.4)  —     (0.1)
             

Total benefit (provision)

  $(21.8) $38.3  $15.1 
             

F-26


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Inconducted through its various subsidiaries in a number of countries throughout the following table, the U.S. Federal income tax rate is reconciled to the company’s effective tax rates for income or loss from continuing operations as reflected in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations.

   2005  2004  2003 

U.S. statutory tax rate

  35.0% 35.0% 35.0%

Increases (decreases) resulting from—

    

Adjustment of deferred tax balances due to tax rate changes

  (2.6) 3.4  —   

Taxation of foreign operations

  (5.7) (5.8) (7.8)

State income taxes

  2.3  —    (0.1)

Adjustment of prior year’s tax attributes from parent

  (2.9) —    —   

Tax on repatriated foreign earnings

  6.8  —    —   

Other—net

  (0.9) (0.7) (3.1)
          

Effective tax rate

  32.0% 31.9% 24.0%
          

Net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2005 and 2004, were comprised of the following:

   2005  2004 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Deferred tax liabilities—

   

Property, plant and equipment

  $145.9  $156.4 

Investments

   6.1   5.9 

Intercompany notes and payables

   11.6   20.0 

Intangible assets

   9.1   9.1 

Inventory

   2.3   —   

Other

   5.0   0.1 
         

Total deferred tax liabilities

   180.0   191.5 
         

Deferred tax assets—

   

Net operating loss and other carryforwards

   (40.2)  (45.9)

Reserves for environmental remediation and restoration, net

   (69.3)  (48.1)

Obligations for pension and other employee benefits

   (5.0)  (3.9)

Bad debt allowance

   (6.7)  (5.3)

Inventory

   (2.0)  (3.7)

Accrued insurance costs

   (8.3)  —   

Other

   (10.9)  (7.4)
         
   (142.4)  (114.3)

Valuation allowance associated with loss carryforwards

   5.8   6.1 
         

Net deferred tax assets

   (136.6)  (108.2)
         

Net deferred tax liability

  $43.4  $83.3 
         

F-27


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Taxation for a company with operations in several foreign countries involves many complex variables, such as tax structures that differ from country to country and the effect on U.S. taxation of foreign earnings. These complexities do not permit meaningful comparisons between the U.S. and international components of income before income taxes and the provisionworld. The Company has provided for income taxes based upon the tax laws and disclosuresrates in the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned. For the year ended December 31, 2012, Tronox Limited is the public parent registered under the laws of these components do not necessarily provide reliable indicatorsthe State of relationshipsWestern Australia. For the year ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, Tronox Incorporated was the public parent, a Delaware corporation, registered in future periods.the United States. Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes is comprised of the following:

 

  2005  2004 2003   Successor       Predecessor 
  (Millions of dollars)   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
 Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
       One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Australia

  $1,019   $70       $107    $2  

United States

  $53.2  $(130.2) $(102.5)   10    120        497     (10

International

   15.0   10.1   39.7 

Other

   (21  72        28     15  
            

 

  

 

      

 

   

 

 

Total

  $68.2  $(120.1) $(62.8)  $1,008   $262       $632    $7  
            

 

  

 

      

 

   

 

 

At DecemberThe income tax benefit (provision) from continuing operations is summarized below:

   Successor      Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Australian:

        

Current

  $(28 $(1    $—    $(6

Deferred

   124    (4     (1  5  

U.S. Federal & State:

        

Current

   (9  —        —     —   

Deferred

   —     —        —     —   

Other:

        

Current

   —     (14     —     (1

Deferred

   38    (1     —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total benefit(provision) from continuing operations

  $125   $(20    $(1 $(2
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-69


In the following table, the applicable statutory income tax rates are reconciled to the Company’s effective income tax rates for “Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations” as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

   Successor      Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Statutory tax rate

   30  35     35  35

Increases (decreases) resulting from:

        

Tax rate differences

   (6  (5     —     93  

Foreign exchange

   —     —        —     39  

Disallowable expenditures

   (1  7       —     166  

Foreign interest disallowance

   —     2       —     61  

Gain on bargain purchase (net of tax)

   (31  —        —     —   

Resetting of tax basis to market value

   (7  —        —     —   

Permanent adjustment for fresh start (net of tax)

   —     —        (29  —   

Prior year accruals

   —     (1     —     23  

Change in uncertain tax positions

   —     (6     —     54  

U.S. state income taxes

   —     2       —     (15

Valuation allowances

   (1  (25     (1  (427

Withholding taxes

   2    —        —     —   

Other, net

   2    (1     (5  1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

   (12%)   8     0  30
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

The application of business combination accounting on June 15, 2012, resulted in the remeasurement of deferred income taxes associated with recording the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities at fair value pursuant to ASC 805. As a result, deferred income taxes of $185 million were recorded in accordance with ASC 740.

Additionally, certain subsidiaries of the Company re-domiciled in Australia subsequent to the Transaction. Because the Australian tax laws provide for a resetting of the tax basis of the business assets to market value, the Company recorded a tax benefit related to this market value basis adjustment. The overall tax benefit from this basis adjustment increase was partially offset by a valuation allowance. Because this basis change did not pertain to an entity acquired in the Transaction, this net tax benefit was recorded through tax expense and did not impact the Company’s gain on bargain purchase.

The application of fresh-start accounting on January 31, 2005,2011, resulted in the company had foreign operating loss carryforwards totaling $157.8 million. Of this amount, $10.4 million expires in 2009, $20.7 million in 2011, $0.5 million in 2012re-measurement of deferred income tax liabilities associated with the revaluation of Tronox Incorporated and $126.2 million has no expiration date. Realization of these operating loss carryforwards depends on generating sufficient taxablesubsidiaries’ assets and liabilities pursuant to ASC 852. As a result, deferred income in future periods. A valuation allowance of $5.8 million has beentaxes were recorded at December 31, 2005, to reduceamounts determined in accordance with ASC 740 of $12 million as part of reorganization income. Additionally, during 2011, Tronox Incorporated released valuation allowances against certain of its deferred tax assets associatedin the Netherlands and Australia resulting from this re-measurement.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, typically the amount of cancellation of debt income (“CODI”) recognized, and accordingly the amount of tax attributes that may be reduced, depends in part on the fair market value of non-cash consideration given to creditors. On Tronox Incorporated’s date of emergence, the fair market value of non-cash consideration given was such that the creditors received consideration in excess of their claims. For this reason, Tronox Incorporated did not recognize any CODI and retained all of its U.S. tax attributes. In addition, Tronox Incorporated reflected a tax deduction for the premium paid to the creditors of $1,130 million. This deduction will increase the Company’s net operating losses (“NOL’s”) in the United States and in various states where the Company has filing requirements. The resulting federal tax benefit of $395

F-70


million and the estimated corresponding state tax benefit of $51 million, net of the deferred federal effect, have been fully offset by a valuation allowance in accordance with ASC 740, after considering all available positive and negative evidence. Because the financial offset for the consideration given to creditors was recorded through equity, neither the tax benefits nor the offsetting valuation allowance impacts were shown in the effective tax rate calculations. Instead, the excess tax benefit, which netted to zero with the foreign loss carryforwards that the companyvaluation allowance, was reflected as an equity adjustment.

The Company does not expect to fully realize prior to expiration.

Asbelieve an ownership change occurred as a result of the separationTransaction. Upon the Company’s emergence from Kerr-McGee, deconsolidationbankruptcy in the period ended January 31, 2011 the Company experienced an ownership change resulting in a limitation under IRC Sections 382 and 383 related to its U.S. NOL’s generated prior to emergence from bankruptcy. The Company does not expect that the application of these limitations will have any material affect upon its U.S. federal or state income tax liabilities.

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were comprised of the company from Kerr-McGee for U.S. Federal income tax purposes occurred during 2005. The company will file a U.S. Federal consolidated income tax return for a short period beginning November 29, 2005, and endingfollowing:

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Deferred tax assets:

   

Net operating loss and other carryforwards

  $664   $495  

Property, plant and equipment

   197    6  

Reserves for environmental remediation and restoration

   31    6  

Obligations for pension and other employee benefits

   79    57  

Investments

   31    34  

Grantor trusts

   109    123  

Inventory

   2    4  

Interest

   24    —   

Other accrued liabilities

   50    16  

Long-term notes payable

   52    —   

Unrealized foreign exchange losses

   10    1  

Other

   8    1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   1,257    743  

Valuation allowance associated with deferred tax assets

   (753  (561
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   504    182  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Property, plant and equipment

   (386  (67

Intangibles

   (110  (118

Inventory

   (22  (1

Other

   (8  (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   (526  (188
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

  $(22 $(6
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance sheet classifications:

   

Deferred tax assets—current

  $114   $4  

Deferred tax assets—long-term

   91    9  

Deferred tax liability—current

   (5  —   

Deferred tax liability—long-term

   (222  (19
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

  $(22 $(6
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2005. 2012 and 2011, the total change to the valuation allowance was an increase of $192 million and an increase of $215 million, respectively.

F-71


The company generated a U.S net operating loss carryforward of $7.5 million during this short period. The company expects to fully utilize the U.S. net operating loss in 2006. Prior to deconsolidation, Kerr-McGee settled thedeferred tax benefit from U.S. net operating lossesassets generated by its U.S. tax consolidated subsidiaries, includingloss carryforwards have been partially offset by valuation allowances. The expiration of these carryforwards at December 31, 2012, is shown below. These expiration amounts are comprised of Australian, United States, state, and other jurisdictional losses.

   Australia   U.S. Federal   U.S. State   Other   Tax Loss
Carryforwards
Total
 

2013

  $—     $—     $—     $22    $22  

2014

   —      —      —      52     52  

2015

   —      —      —      31     31  

2016

   —      —      11     6     17  

2017

   —      —      —      3     3  

Thereafter

   253     1,226     1,431     322     3,232  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax losses

  $253    $1,226    $1,442    $436    $3,357  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, Tronox Limited, the new Australian holding company, and company’s U.S. subsidiaries. The company believes it has been adequately compensated for all U.S. Federal tax net operating losses sustained by the company and the company’s U.S. subsidiaries prior to deconsolidation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

Undistributedno undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Tronox Incorporated has certain foreign subsidiaries totaled $115.4 million at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2005,with undistributed earnings which total $199 million. The Company has made no provision for deferred U.S. income taxes had been made for these undistributed earnings because they wereare considered to be indefinitely investedreinvested outside of the United States. As discussed below, theparents’ taxing jurisdictions. The distribution of these earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise may subject the companyCompany to U.S. Federalfederal and state income taxes and possibly,potentially to foreign withholding taxes. However, because of the complexities of U.S. taxation of foreign earnings, it is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional tax that might be payable on the eventual remittance of these earnings to their parent corporations.

The Company continues to maintain a valuation allowance related to the U.S.

On October 22, 2004,net deferred tax assets in the PresidentUnited States. Future provisions for income taxes will include no tax benefits with respect to losses incurred and tax expense only to the extent of current alternative minimum tax and state tax payments until the valuation allowance in the United States signed into law the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”). is eliminated. ASC 740 requires that all available positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

A provisionreconciliation of the Act includes a one-time dividends received deductionbeginning and ending amounts of 85%unrecognized tax benefits for 2012 is as follows:

   Successor
2012
 

Balance at January 1

  $2  

Additions for tax positions related to prior year

   2  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

  $4  
  

 

 

 

A reconciliation of certain foreign earnings that are repatriated,the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as definedfollows:

   2011 

Predecessor: Balance at January 1

  $13  
  

 

 

 

Successor: Balance at January 31

   13  

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

   1  

Decrease due to settlements

   (3

Decrease due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (9
  

 

 

 

Successor: Balance at December 31

  $2  
  

 

 

 

Included in the Act. On April 11, 2005, Kerr-McGee’s management completed its analysisbalance at December 31, 2012 and 2011, were tax positions of $1 million and $1 million, respectively, for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. The net benefit associated with approximately $3 million and $1 million of the impactDecember 31, 2012 and 2011 reserve, respectively, for unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate.

F-72


As a result of potential settlements, it is reasonably possible that the ActCompany’s gross unrecognized tax benefits for interest deductibility may decrease within the next twelve months by an amount up to $4 million.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in “Income tax benefit (provision)” on its plans for repatriation. Based on this analysis, the company repatriated $131.0Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011, and year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized approximately $0 million, $(10) million, $0 million, and $2 million, respectively, in extraordinary dividends, as definedgross interest and penalties in the Act, during 2005. Accordingly, income tax expense, net of available tax credits, of $4.7 million has been recognized in the company’s Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations. Cash requirementsAt December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no remaining accruals for the dividends were met with cash on hand atgross payment of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits and the time eachnoncurrent liability section of the distributions was made.Consolidated Balance Sheet reflected $4 million and $2 million, respectively, as the reserve for uncertain tax positions.

The Internal Revenue Service has completed its examinationAustralian returns of Kerr-McGee Corporation and subsidiaries’the Company are closed through 2004. The U.S. Federal income tax returns are closed for all years through 2002 and is conducting an examination of the years 2003

F-28


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

and 2004. The years through 1996 have been closed2008, with the exception of issues for which athe Kerr-McGee Corporation refund claim has been filed. Contingent tax liabilitiesis being pursued in the United States Court of $37.2 million and $39.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, have been included in noncurrent liabilities separate and apart from deferred income taxes. ItFederal Claims. The Netherlands returns are closed through 2005. The Switzerland returns are closed through 2009. In accordance with the Transaction Agreement, the Company is not expected that these contingent amounts will be paidliable for income taxes of the acquired companies with respect to periods prior to the close of calendar year 2006. These contingencies relate primarily to certain deductions associated with plant shutdown activities, deductions related to the effects of foreign currency translation and other tax-related matters. Transaction Date.

The companyCompany believes that it has made adequate provision for income taxes that may be payable with respect to years open for examination.examination; however, the ultimate outcome is not presently known and, accordingly, additional provisions may be necessary and/or reclassifications of noncurrent tax liabilities to current may occur in the future.

Tax Sharing Agreement18. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed utilizing the two-class method, and Tax Allocations—The company entered into a tax sharing agreement with Kerr-McGee that governs Kerr-McGee’sis calculated based on weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of ordinary and ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during the periods utilizing the two-class method for nonvested restricted shares, warrants and options.

Certain unvested awards issued under the Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan and the company’s respectiveT-Bucks Employee Participation Plan, as further discussed in Note 19, contain non-forfeitable rights responsibilitiesto dividends declared on Class A Shares. Any unvested shares that participate in dividends are considered participating securities, and obligations subsequentare included in the Company’s computation of basic and diluted earnings per share using the two-class method, unless the effect of including such shares would be antidilutive. The two-class method of computing earnings per share is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of ordinary shares and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings.

F-73


The following table sets forth the IPOnumber of shares utilized in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for the periods indicated. The weighted average shares outstanding, potentially dilutive shares, earnings per share and anti-dilutive shares of the Successor have been restated to affect the 5-for-1 share split discussed in Note 15.

   Successor      Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Numerator—Basic and Diluted:

       

Income from Continuing Operations

  $1,133   $242      $631   $5  

Add: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   1    —        —     —   

Less: Dividends paid

   (61  —        —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings

   1,073    242       631    5  

Percentage allocated to ordinary shares

   99.26  100     100  100
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings allocated to ordinary shares

   1,065    242       631    5  

Add: Dividends paid allocated to ordinary shares

   60    —        —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings available to ordinary shares

  $1,125   $242      $631   $5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator—Basic:

       

Weighted-average ordinary shares (in thousands)

   98,985    74,905       41,311    41,232  

Add: Effect of Dilutive Securities:

       

Restricted stock

   49    275       88    151  

Warrants

   2,372    2,895       —     —   

Options

   —     20       —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator—Dilutive

   101,406    78,095       41,399    41,383  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per Share:

       

Basic earnings per Share(1)

  $11.37   $3.22      $15.28   $0.11  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per Share(1)

  $11.10   $3.10      $15.25   $0.11  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The basic and diluted earnings per share amounts were computed from exact, not rounded, income and share information.

In computing diluted earnings per share under the two-class method, the Company considered potentially dilutive shares. For the year ended December 31, 2012, 528,759 options with respectan average exercise price of $25.16 were not recognized in the diluted earnings per share calculation as they were antidilutive. For the one month ended January 31, 2011, 1,152,408 options with an average exercise price of $9.54 were anti-dilutive because they were not “in the money.”

During 2012, the Company created the T-Bucks Employee Purchase Plan for the benefit of certain employees at Tronox subsidiaries in South Africa. Shares held by the Trust are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing earnings per share. See Note 19 for additional information on the T-Bucks Employee Purchase Plan.

19. Share-based Compensation

Compensation expense related to taxes for tax periods ending in 2005restricted share awards was $29 million, $14 million, less than $1 million and prior. Generally, taxes incurred or accrued prior to the IPO that are attributable to the business of one party will be borne solely by that party. A liability to Kerr-McGee of $2.1$1 million for the company’s share of stateyear ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. Compensation expense related to the

F-74


Company’s nonqualified option awards was $2 million, less than $1 million, $0 million and less than $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. During the one month ended January 31, 2011, the tax benefit associated with compensation expense had a corresponding offset to the valuation allowance, yielding no overall income taxes has been recorded astax benefit.

As of December 31, 2005.2012, unrecognized compensation expense related to the Company’s restricted shares and options, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, was approximately $30 million, with such unrecognized compensation expense expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3 years. The ultimate amount of such expense is dependent upon the actual number of restricted shares and options that vest. The Company periodically assesses the forfeiture rates used for such estimates. A change in estimated forfeiture rates would cause the aggregate amount of compensation expense recognized in future periods to differ from the estimated unrecognized compensation expense above.

Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan

On the Transaction Date, Tronox Limited adopted the Tronox Limited management equity incentive plan (the “Tronox Limited MEIP”), which permits the grant of awards that constitute incentive options, nonqualified options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance awards and other share-based awards, cash payments and other forms such as the compensation committee of the Board in its discretion deems appropriate, including any combination of the above. Subject to further adjustment, the maximum number of shares which may be the subject of awards (inclusive of incentive options) is 12,781,225 Class A Shares.

Restricted Shares

During 2012, the Company granted 341,755 restricted share awards to employees, which have both time requirements and performance requirements. The time provisions are graded vesting, while the performance provisions are cliff vesting and have a variable payout. During 2012, the Company granted 34,740 restricted share awards with graded vesting to members of the Board. In accordance with ASC 718, the restricted share awards issued during 2012 are classified as equity awards and are accounted for using the fair value established at the grant date.

The following table summarizes restricted share activity for the year ended December 31, 2012.

   Number of
Shares
  Fair
Value(1)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   —    $—   

Awards converted from Tronox Incorporated to Tronox Limited in connection with the Transaction

   420,765    16.99  

Awards granted

   376,495    24.97  

Awards earned

   (24,620  20.87  

Awards forfeited

   (11,575  29.32  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   761,065   $20.62  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Outstanding awards expected to vest

   754,162   $20.57  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Represents the weighted-average grant-date fair value.

F-75


Options

On October 26, 2012 and November 12, 2012, the Company granted 88,233 and 711 options, respectively, to employees to purchase Class A Shares, respectively, which vest over a three year period. The following table presents a summary of activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:

   Number of
Options
  Price(1)   Contractual
Life
Years(1)
   Intrinsic
Value(2)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   —    $—      —     $—   

Options converted to Tronox Limited in connection with the Transaction

   517,330    24.56     9.10     —   

Options issued

   247,904    23.83     9.62     —   

Options forfeited

   (159,880  22.55     —      —   

Options vested

   (76,595  22.25     —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

   528,759   $25.16     9.38    $   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding awards expected to vest

   491,416   $25.23     9.40     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining contractual life, as applicable. The fair value of awards granted in connection with the share split has been affected to reflect the estimated fair value on the date of such share split.
(2)Reflects aggregate intrinsic value based on the difference between the market price of the Company’s shares at December 31, 2012 and the options’ exercise price. Options issued in connection with the share split had no effect on the intrinsic value of outstanding options.

October 26, 2012 Grants

Valuation and Cost Attribution Methods. Options’ fair value was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and was recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the employee service period of three years necessary to earn the awards, which is the vesting period. The Company ran the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the 88,233 options granted on October 26, 2012 and used the following assumptions:

   2012 

Risk-free interest rate

   1.02

Expected dividend yield

   4.84

Expected volatility

   56

Expected term (years)

   10  

Per-unit fair value of options granted

  $7.03  

The Company used the fair market value and exercise price of $20.64, which was the adjusted closing price of Class A Shares, New York Stock Exchange symbol TROX, recorded on October 26, 2012.

Expected Volatility—In setting the volatility assumption, the Company considered the most recent reported volatility of each compensation peer company. For the 2012 valuation, the peer company may incurgroup included the following companies: Cabot Corporation, Celanese Corporation, Cliffs Natural Resources Inc., Cytec Industries Inc., Eastman Chemical Company, FMC Corporation, Freeport-McMoRan Copper & Gold Inc., Georgia Gulf Corporation, Huntsman Corporation, Kronos Worldwide, Inc., PPG Industries, Inc., Rockwood Holdings, Inc., RPM International Inc., The Sherwin-Williams Company, Southern Copper Corporation, Teck Resources Limited, The Valspar Corporation, W.R. Grace & Co, and Westlake Chemical Corporation.

Risk-free interest rate—The Company used a risk-free interest rate of 1.02%, which was the risk-free interest rate based on U.S. Treasury Strips available with maturity period consistent with expected life assumption.

F-76


November 12, 2012 Grants

Valuation and Cost Attribution Methods. Options’ fair value was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and was recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the employee service period of three years necessary to earn the awards, which is the vesting period. The Company ran the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the 711 options granted on November 12, 2012 and used the following assumptions:

   2012 

Risk-free interest rate

   0.87

Expected dividend yield

   5.34

Expected volatility

   56

Expected term (years)

   10  

Per-unit fair value of options granted

  $6.07  

The Company used the fair market value and exercise price of $18.72, which was the adjusted closing price of Class A Shares, New York Stock Exchange symbol TROX, recorded on November 12, 2012.

Expected Volatility—In setting the volatility assumption, the Company considered the most recent reported volatility of each compensation peer company. For the 2012 valuation, the peer company group included the following companies: Cabot Corporation, Celanese Corporation, Cliffs Natural Resources Inc., Cytec Industries Inc., Eastman Chemical Company, FMC Corporation, Freeport-McMoRan Copper & Gold Inc., Georgia Gulf Corporation, Huntsman Corporation, Kronos Worldwide, Inc., PPG Industries, Inc., Rockwood Holdings, Inc., RPM International Inc., The Sherwin-Williams Company, Southern Copper Corporation, Teck Resources Limited, The Valspar Corporation, W.R. Grace & Co, and Westlake Chemical Corporation.

Risk-free interest rate—The Company used a risk-free interest rate of 0.87%, which was the risk-free interest rate based on U.S. Treasury Strips available with maturity period consistent with expected life assumption.

T-Bucks Employee Participation Plan (“T-Bucks EPP”)

During 2012, the Company established the T-Bucks EPP for the benefit of certain restructuring taxes as a resultqualifying employees (the “Participants”) of Tronox subsidiaries in South Africa (the “Employer Companies”). In accordance with the terms of the separation from Kerr-McGee. A restructuring tax is any tax incurred as a resultTrust Deed of any restructuring transaction undertaken to effectuate the separation other thanT-Bucks Trust (the “T-Bucks Trust Deed”), the IPO,Employer Companies funded the Distribution and entering into the senior secured credit facility, whichT-Bucks Trust (the “Trust”) in the judgmentamount of R124 million (approximately $15 million), which represents a capital contribution equal to R75,000 for each Participant. The funded amount was used to acquire 548,234 Class A Shares. Additional contributions may be made in the future at the discretion of the parties is currently required to be taken into account in determiningBoard.

On September 3, 2012, the tax liability of Kerr-McGee or Tronox (or their respective subsidiaries) for any pre-deconsolidation period as definedParticipants were awarded share units in the tax sharing agreement. The tax sharing agreement provides that Kerr-McGee will be responsible for 100%Trust which entitles them to receive shares of Tronox Limited upon completion of the restructuring taxes upvesting period on May 31, 2017. The Participants are also entitled to but notreceive dividends on the Tronox shares during the vesting period. Forfeited shares are retained by the Trust and are allocated to exceed, $17.0 million.future participants in accordance with the Trust Deed. Under certain conditions, as outlined in the Trust Deed, Participants may receive share units awarded before May 31, 2017. The company is responsible for any restructuring taxes in excess of $17.0 million. However, the company does not expect the restructuring taxes to exceed $17.0 million. In addition, the company is required to indemnify Kerr-McGee for any tax liability incurred by reasonfair value of the Distribution being considered a taxable transaction to Kerr-McGee as a result of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the company in the tax sharing agreement.

Under U.S. Federal income tax laws, the company and Kerr-McGee are jointly and severally liable for Kerr-McGee’s U.S. Federal income taxes attributable to the periods prior to and including the 2005 taxable year of Kerr-McGee. If Kerr-McGee fails to pay the taxes attributable to it under the tax sharing agreement for periods prior to and including the 2005 taxable year of Kerr-McGee, the company may be liable for any part of, including the whole amount of, these tax liabilities.

18. Asset Retirement Obligations

As a result of the adoption of FAS No. 143 on January 1, 2003, and the company��s expressed intent to close the synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama, the company recorded an abandonment liability of $17.6 million and an increase in net property of $3.5 million. The net result was a pre-tax charge to earnings of $14.1 million to recognize the cumulative effect of adopting the standard.

As discussed in Note 2, in March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143” (“FIN No. 47”) to clarify that an entity must recognize a liability forawards is the fair value of the shares determined at the Grant Date. Compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period using the straight-line method. Compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1 million. In accordance with ASC 718, the T-Bucks EPP is classified as an equity-settled shared-based payment plan.

   Number of
Shares
   Fair
Value(1)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   —      —   

Shares acquired by the Trust

   548,234    $25.79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   548,234    $25.79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding awards expected to vest

   548,234    $25.79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents the fair value on the date of purchase by the Trust.

F-77


Long-Term Incentive Plan

In connection with the Transaction, the Company assumed a conditional ARO when incurred, iflong-term incentive plan (the “LTIP”) for the liability’sbenefit of certain qualifying employees of Tronox subsidiaries in South Africa and Australia. The LTIP is classified as a cash settled compensation plan and is re-measured to fair value can be reasonably estimated. Conditional AROs under this pronouncement are legal obligations to perform asset retirement activities whenat each reporting date. At December 31, 2012, the timing and/or methodLTlP plan liability was approximately $8 million.

Tronox Incorporated Management Equity Incentive Plan

In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy, Tronox Incorporated adopted the Tronox Incorporated management equity incentive plan (the “Tronox Incorporated MEIP”), which permitted the grant of settlement are conditional on a future event or may not be withinawards that constitute incentive options, nonqualified options, share appreciation rights, restricted share, restricted share units, performance awards and other share-based awards, cash payments and other forms such as the controlcompensation committee of the entity. FIN No. 47 also provides additional guidanceTronox Incorporated Board of Directors in its discretion deems appropriate, including any combination of the above. The number of shares available for evaluating whether sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an ARO is available. The company adopted FIN No. 47 as of December 31, 2005 with no material effectdelivery pursuant to the company’s financial position or results of operations and no effect on reported cash flows.

F-29


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

A summary of the changes in the abandonment liability during 2005 and 2004 is included in the table below.

       2005          2004     
   (Millions of dollars) 

Balance, January 1

  $30.9  $17.6 

Adoption of FIN No. 47 and obligations incurred

   4.4   12.7 

Accretion expense

   0.9   0.2 

Changes in estimates, including timing

   1.0   3.6 

Abandonment expenditures

   (2.3)  (3.2)
         

Balance, December 31

  $34.9  $30.9 
         

Current portion(1)

  $7.2  $6.6 
         

Noncurrent portion(2)

  $27.7  $24.3 
         

(1)Included in accrued liabilities
(2)Included in noncurrent liabilities—other

As discussed in Note 16, the company shut down its synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama, in 2003. In September 2004, the company shut down sulfate and curtailed gypsum production at its Savannah, Georgia, plant. Until the decisions to shut down these facilities had been made, it was undeterminable when the asset retirement liability associated with these facilities would be settled. Upon deciding to shut down the facilities, the timing of settlement and method of abandonment became known and estimable and the related ARO was recorded at the estimated fair value. For the synthetic rutile plant in Mobile, Alabama, a $17.6 million liability was recognized at the beginning of 2003. For the sulfate production facility at the company’s Savannah, Georgia, plant, an abandonment liability of $12.7 million was recognized in September 2004.

Operations at the Mobile, Alabama, facility included production of feedstock for the company’s titanium dioxide pigment plants. The facility ceased feedstock production in June 2003, though it is currently being used on a temporary basis to dry ore for titanium dioxide production. Feedstock operations had resulted in minor contamination of groundwater adjacent to surface impoundments. A groundwater recovery system was installed prior to closure and continues in operation, as requiredawards granted under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. Remediation work, including groundwater recovery, closureTronox Incorporated MEIP was 1.2 million shares.

On the Transaction Date, 748,980 restricted shares of the impoundments and other minor work, is expected to be substantially completed five years after the facility is no longer being used to dry ore.

In 2004, an abandonment reserve related to the titanium dioxide pigment sulfate production at Savannah, Georgia, was established to address probable remediation activities, including environmental assessment, closure of certain impoundments, groundwater monitoring, asbestos abatement, and other work, which are expected to take more than 25 years.

In 2005Tronox Incorporated vested in connection with the adoptionTransaction. The remaining restricted shares of FIN No. 47,Tronox Incorporated were converted to Tronox Limited restricted shares.

Restricted Shares

During 2012, Tronox Incorporated granted 52,915 shares to employees, which have graded vesting provisions. The plan allows Tronox Incorporated to withhold, for tax purposes, the company recognized an obligation for its 50% sharehighest combined maximum rate imposed under all applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax laws on behalf of the costemployees that have received these awards. In accordance with ASC 718, such restricted share awards were classified as liability awards and were re-measured to closefair value at each reporting date.

The following table summarizes restricted shares activity during the year ended December 31, 2012.

   Number of
Shares
  Fair
Value(1)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   1,177,995   $22.01  

Awards granted

   52,915    24.36  

Awards earned

   (810,145  24.30  

Awards converted to Tronox Limited restricted shares in connection with the Transaction

   (420,765  16.99  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   —    $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Represents the weighted-average grant-date fair value.

Options

The following table presents a summary of activity for the Tronox Incorporated options for the year ended December 31, 2012:

   Number of
Options
  Price(1)   Contractual
Life
Years(1)
   Intrinsic
Value(2)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   345,000   $22.00     9.95    $0.7  

Options issued

   172,330    29.69     9.87     —   

Options converted to Tronox Limited in connection with the Transaction

   (517,330  24.56     9.59     0.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

   —    $—      —     $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-78


(1)Represents weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining contractual life, as applicable.
(2)Reflects aggregate intrinsic value based on the difference between the market price of the Company’s shares at December 31, 2012 and the options’ exercise price.

Predecessor

Upon emergence from bankruptcy, all predecessor common stock equivalents, including but not limited to options and rehabilitaterestricted stock units of Tronox Incorporated were vested and immediately cancelled with the mine siteplan of reorganization.

Overview—Tronox Incorporated’s Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Predecessor LTIP”) authorized the issuance of shares of Tronox Incorporated common stock to certain employees and non-employee directors any time prior to November 16, 2015, in Western Australia, operated by the joint venture partners.form of fixed-price options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or performance awards. As of December 31, 2005, the accreted reserve represented management’s estimatedate of the total costs to restore the area that has been disturbed, as requiredemergence from bankruptcy, all stock-based awards previously issued under the mining lease.

19. Employee Benefit PlansPredecessor’s LTIP plan vested and were immediately cancelled.

The following table summarizes information about restricted stock award, performance award and option activity for the one month ended January 31, 2011:

   Restricted Stock Awards &
Stock Opportunity Grants
   Performance
Awards
  Options 

Restricted Shares

  Number of
Shares
  Fair
Value(1)
   Number Of
Units
  Number of
Options
  Price(2)   Contractual
Life (Years)(2)
   Intrinsic
Value(3)
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   148,053   $4.92     2,689,150    1,152,408   $9.54     5.31    $9.54  

Awards vested/cancelled

   (148,053  —      (2,689,150  (1,152,408  —      —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2011

   —    $—      —     —    $—      —     $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents the weighted average grant date fair value.
(2)Represents weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining contractual life, as applicable.
(3)Reflects aggregate intrinsic value based on the difference between the market price of the Company’s stock and the options’ exercise price.

Overview—Tronox is a sponsor of a20. Pension and Other Postretirement Healthcare Benefits

The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit retirement planplans (qualified and nonqualified plans) in Germany andthe United States, a contributory defined benefit retirement plan in the Netherlands. Qualifying currentNetherlands, a U.S. contributory postretirement healthcare plan and former a South Africa postretirement healthcare plan.

U.S. employees of

F-30


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDPlans

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

the company participate in theQualified Benefit Plan—The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plans and the contributory postretirement plans for health care and life insurance sponsored by Kerr-McGee. As discussed in Note 3, under the provisions of the employee benefits agreement between Kerr-McGee and Tronox, this participation extends through the date of Distribution. The anticipated impact of the Distribution on Tronox is discussed in more detail below.

U.S. Plans—Benefits under the qualified defined benefit plan (funded) (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”) in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code. The Company made contributions into funds managed by a third-party, and those funds are held exclusively for the benefit of the plan participants. Benefits under the U.S. Qualified Plan were generally calculated based on years of service and final average pay. The U.S. Qualified Plan was frozen and closed to new participants on June 1, 2009.

Postretirement Healthcare Plan—The Company employees also participate in a Kerr-McGee sponsored supplemental nonqualified plan designed to maintain benefits for all employees atsponsors an unfunded U.S. postretirement healthcare plan. Under the plan, formula level. Substantiallysubstantially all U.S. employees may becomeare eligible for the postretirement health and welfarehealthcare benefits ifprovided they reach retirement age while coveredworking for the Company. The plan provides medical and dental benefits to U.S. retirees and their eligible dependents.

F-79


Foreign plans

Netherlands Plan—On January 1, 2007, the Company established the TDF-Botlek Pension Fund Foundation (the” Netherlands Plan”) to provide defined pension benefits to qualifying employees of Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V. and its related companies. The Netherlands Plan is a contributory benefit plan under which participants contribute 4% of the costs. Contributions by the Kerr-McGee plan.Company and participants are held in the fund for the sole benefit of the participants. Benefits are determined by applying the benefit formula to the pensionable salary, and are payable to participants upon retirement. Under the Netherlands Plan, a participant’s surviving spouse and children are entitled to benefits subject to certain benefit thresholds.

Kerr-McGee allocated costs associated with its U.S.South Africa Postretirement Healthcare Plan—As part of the Transaction, the Company established a post-employment healthcare plan, which provides medical and dental benefits to certain Namakwa Sands employees, retired employees and their registered dependants (the “South African Plan”). The South African Plan provides benefits as follows: (i) members employed before March 1, 1994 receive 100% post-retirement and death-in-service benefits; (ii) members employed on or after March 1, 1994 but before January 1, 2002 receive 2% per year of completed service subject to a maximum of 50% post-retirement and death-in-service benefits; and (iii) members employed on or after January 1, 2002 receive no post-retirement and death-in-service benefits.

F-80


Plan financial information

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status—The following provides a reconciliation of beginning and ending benefit obligations, beginning and ending plan assets, funded status and balance sheet classification of the Company’s pension and other postretirement healthcare plans based on salaryas of and for definedthe years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The benefit pension plansobligations and based on active headcount for health and welfare postretirement plans. Net periodic (benefit) costplan assets associated with the U.S.Company’s principal benefit plans allocated to the company for each of the last three years was as follows:are measured on December 31.

 

   U.S. Retirement Plans
Allocation
  U.S. Postretirement Plans
Allocation
    2005    2004    2003    2005    2004    2003 
   (Millions of dollars)

Net periodic (benefit) cost, excluding special termination benefits, settlement and curtailment losses

  $(0.4) $(6.2) $(15.0) $7.0  $10.0  $7.2

Special termination benefits, settlement and curtailment losses

   —     8.6   23.7   —     0.5   5.0
                        

Total net periodic (benefit) cost

  $(0.4) $2.4  $8.7  $7.0  $10.5  $12.2
                        
   Retirement Plans  Postretirement Healthcare Plans 
   Successor      Successor  Successor      Successor 
   December 31,
2012
      December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2012
      December 31,
2011
 

Change in benefit obligations:

           

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

  $483      $481   $9      $9  

Service cost

   3       3    1       —   

Interest cost

   22       23    1       —   

Net actuarial (gains) losses

   78       20    2       1  

Foreign currency rate changes

   2       (3  —        —   

Contributions by plan participants

   1       1    1       1  

Acquired in the Transaction

   —        —     6       —   

Special termination benefits

   —        1    —        —   

Termination of the nonqualified benefits restoration plan

   —        (9  —        —   

Benefits paid

   (29     (32  (2     (2

Administrative expenses

   (3     (2  —         —   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, end of year

   557       483    18       9  
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

           

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

   350       372    —        —   

Actual return on plan assets

   47       7    —        —   

Employer contributions(1)

   30       7    1       1  

Participant contributions

   1       1    1       1  

Foreign currency rate changes

   2       (3  —        —   

Benefits paid(1)

   (29     (32  (2     (2

Administrative expenses

   (3     (2  —        —   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

   398       350    —        —   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net over (under) funded status of plans

  $(159    $(133 $(18    $(9
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Classification of amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

           

Noncurrent asset

  $—       $1   $—       $—   

Current accrued benefit liability

   —        —     (1     (1

Noncurrent accrued benefit liability

   (159     (134  (17     (8
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Sub-total of liabilities

   (159     (133  (18     (9

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   94       50    5       1  
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

  $(65    $(83 $(13    $(8
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

 

The 2004 net periodic cost includes curtailment loss and special termination benefits associated with the shutdown of sulfate production at the Savannah, Georgia, facility and losses on settlement of certain qualified benefits as a result of cash settlements associated with retirements, including retirements associated with the work force reduction program announced in 2003. In 2003, the company recognized a curtailment loss with respect to pension and postretirement benefits in connection with its U.S. work force reduction program and plant closures and recognized special termination benefits associated with its U.S. work force reduction program.

The costs that have historically been allocated to the company are not necessarily indicative of the costs that will be incurred in the future by the company for U.S. benefit plans. Costs related to Kerr-McGee employees performing corporate and administrative functions for the company that became employees of the company at the time of the IPO are included in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations starting with November 28, 2005, the IPO closing date.

For the periods presented, the company was not the plan sponsor for the U.S. qualified and non-qualified retirement plans and the U.S. health and welfare plans. Accordingly, the company’s Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet does not reflect any such assets or liabilities. As described below, the company intends to establish such plans for its U.S. employees and former employees, which will result in a transfer of assets to the company and an assumption of obligations associated with current and former employees participating in such newly established plans.

The company plans to establish a U.S. tax-qualified defined benefit retirement plan and related trust for the company’s employees and former employees who participated in Kerr-McGee’s defined benefit retirement plans at the Distribution date. In connection with the assumption of obligations by the company, Kerr-McGee will transfer assets from the trust for Kerr-McGee’s defined benefit retirement plan to the trust for Tronox’s plan. It is
(1)The Company expects 2013 contributions to be approximately $4 million for the Netherlands plan and $6 million for the U.S. qualified retirement plan, while net benefits paid are expected to be approximately $1 million for the U.S. postretirement healthcare plan.

 

F-31

F-81


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

estimated thatAt December 31, 2012, the company’s defined benefit obligationCompany’s U.S. qualified retirement plan was in an underfunded status of $134 million. As a result, the Company has a projected minimum funding requirement of $13 million for this plan, determined on a plan termination basis as set forth in the employee benefits agreement,2012, which will be approximately $435.0 million and will be fully funded at the Distribution date (unaudited).payable in 2013.

Funded StatusThe company plans to establish a U.S. defined benefit non-qualified deferred compensation plan that will assume the obligations of the defined benefit portion of the Kerr-McGee Benefits Restoration Plan with respect to the company’s current and former employees. The company will assume the benefit obligation related to such employees and Kerr-McGee will transfer the related assets as set forth in the employee benefits agreement. It is estimated that this plan will be underfunded by approximately $3.0 million (unaudited).

The company plans to establish appropriate health and welfare benefit plans prior to the Distribution to provide benefits to the company’s U.S. employees that are anticipated to be similar to the health and welfare benefits provided currently to the employees by Kerr-McGee. Certain retiree medical benefits are available to eligible U.S. employees meeting certain age and service requirements upon termination of employment. It is estimated thatfollowing table summarizes the accumulated benefit obligation, relating to all eligible retired and active vested participants related to the company of approximately $149.0 million will be assumed by the company upon completion of the Distribution (unaudited). There are no assets associated with this plan that will be transferred. The company has also agreed that the Material Features (as defined in the employee benefits agreement) of the plan that apply to retirees will not be amended before the third anniversary of the Distribution.

The estimated definedprojected benefit obligation, the estimated benefit obligation related to the non-qualified deferred compensationmarket value of plan assets and the estimated postretirement health and welfare benefit obligation that the company will assume related to U.S. plans have been made based primarily on Kerr-McGee plan assumptions as of December 31, 2005, and participant data as of January 1, 2006. Trust assets to be transferred were estimated using interest rate and other assumptions as of February 28, 2006. The assumptions and participant data will be updated asfunded status of the Distribution date and could result in a change in the liability assumed and trust assets to be transferred.

The table below presents estimated benefit payments following the Distribution and the assumption of the defined benefitCompany’s funded retirement obligation and the health and welfare obligation discussed above for the next five years and, in the aggregate for the years 2011 through 2015 (unaudited).

     2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011-2015  
   (Millions of dollars)

Retirement benefit payments

  $27.4  $27.7  $28.4  $28.8  $30.2  $178.7

Retiree health and welfare benefit payments

   10.1   10.3   10.4   10.4   10.4   52.6
                        

Total

  $37.5  $38.0  $38.8  $39.2  $40.6  $231.3
                        

Foreign Plans—Certain of the foreign subsidiaries of the company are the plan sponsors of their respective retirement plans. The company’s employees in Germany and in the Netherlands will continue to participate in pension plans in place at the date of the Distribution. The company uses a December 31 measurement date for its foreign plans. Following are disclosures related to the foreign plans.

 

F-32


Index to Financial Statements
   Successor      Successor 
   December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011 
   U.S.
Qualified
Plan
  The Netherlands
Retirement
Plan
      U.S.
Qualified
Plan
  The Netherlands
Retirement
Plan
 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $420   $117      $392   $79  

Projected benefit obligation

   (420  (137     (393  (90

Market value of plan assets

   286    112       259    91  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

Funded status—(under)/over funded

  $(134 $(25    $(134 $1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

 

 

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Changes inExpected Benefit Payments—The following table shows the total projected benefit obligation for the foreign pension plans during 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

       2005          2004     
   (Millions of dollars) 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

  $82.5  $63.4 

Service cost

   2.0   1.9 

Interest cost

   3.6   3.4 

Plan amendments/law changes

   0.4   0.7 

Net actuarial loss

   5.2   7.9 

Foreign exchange rate changes

   (11.1)  6.2 

Contributions by plan participants

   0.4   0.4 

Benefits paid

   (1.6)  (1.4)
         

Benefit obligation, end of year

  $81.4  $82.5 
         

Expectedexpected cash benefit payments for the next five years and in the aggregate for the years 20112018 through 2015 are $1.9 million in 2006, $2.1 million in 2007, $2.4 million in 2008, $2.7 million in 2009, $2.8 million in 2010 and $17.2 million in 2011 through 2015.

The following summarizes the accumulated and projected benefit obligations and the funded status of each of the company’s foreign plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

   At December 31, 2005  At December 31, 2004 
   The
Netherlands
Retirement
Plan
  Germany
Retirement
Plans
  The
Netherlands
Retirement
Plan
  Germany
Retirement
Plans
 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $59.3  $13.0  $60.9  $12.2 

Projected benefit obligation

  $67.7  $13.7  $69.9  $12.6 

Market value of plan assets

   62.2   —     59.2   —   
                 

Funded status—underfunded

  $(5.5) $(13.7) $(10.7) $(12.6)
                 

F-33


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)2022:

 

   2013   2014   2015   2016   2017   2018-
2022
 

Retirement Plans(1)

  $32    $31    $31    $30    $31    $153  

Postretirement Healthcare Plan

   1     1     1     1     1     6  

Changes

(1)Includes benefit payments expected to be paid from the U.S. qualified retirement plan of $29 million, $28 million, $27 million, $27 million and $27 million in each year, 2013 through 2017, respectively, and $131 million in the aggregate for the period 2018 through 2022.

F-82


Retirement Expense—The tables below present the fair valuecomponents of plan assets during 2005net periodic cost (income) associated with the U.S. and 2004 and the reconciliation of the plans’ funded status to the amounts recognized in the financial statements for the foreign retirement plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

       2005          2004     
   (Millions of dollars) 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

  $59.2  $51.3 

Actual return on plan assets

   5.1   2.4 

Employer contributions

   7.0   1.9 

Participant contributions

   0.4   0.4 

Foreign exchange rate changes

   (8.2)  4.4 

Benefits paid

   (1.3)  (1.2)
         

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

   62.2   59.2 

Benefit obligation

   (81.4)  (82.5)
         

Funded status of plans

   (19.2)  (23.3)

Amounts not recognized in the Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet:

   

Prior service cost

   (1.4)  (2.3)

Net actuarial loss

   21.0   22.1 
         

Prepaid expense (accrued liability)

  $0.4  $(3.5)
         

Classification of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated and Combined Balance SheetStatement of Operations for the foreign retirement plans at December 31, 2005 and 2004 is shown below:

       2005          2004     
   (Millions of dollars) 

Prepaid pension cost

  $11.7  $—   

Accrued benefit liability

   (14.5)  (14.0)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (before tax)

   3.2   10.5 
         

Total

  $0.4  $(3.5)
         

For 2005, 2004 and 2003, the company had after-tax income of $4.9 million and after-tax losses of $6.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, included in other comprehensive income (loss) resulting from changes in the additional minimum pension liability.

Net periodic pension cost components for the foreign retirement plans for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2005, 20042012, the eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and 2003 were as follows:

      2005        2004        2003    
   (Millions of dollars) 

Net periodic cost—

    

Service cost

  $2.0  $1.9  $1.7 

Interest cost

   3.6   3.4   3.1 

Expected return on plan assets

   (3.1)  (3.0)  (2.4)

Net amortization—

    

Prior service cost

   (0.3)  (0.2)  —   

Net actuarial loss

   1.1   0.5   0.7 
             

Total

  $3.3  $2.6  $3.1 
             

F-34


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)year ended December 31, 2010:

 

  Retirement Plans  Postretirement Healthcare Plans 
  Successor     Predecessor  Successor     Predecessor 
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Eleven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
     One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Net periodic cost:

            

Service cost

 $3   $3     $—    $2   $1   $1     $—    $—   

Interest cost

  22    21      2    25    1    —       —     1  

Expected return on plan assets

  (21  (20    (2  (30  —     —       —     —   

Net amortization of prior service credit

  —     —       —     —     —     —       (1  (14

Net amortization of actuarial loss

  —     —       1    4    —     —       —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net periodic cost (income)

 $4   $4     $1   $1   $2   $1     $(1 $(13
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

AssumptionsThe following table shows the pretax amounts that are expected to be reclassified from “Accumulated other comprehensive income” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets to retirement expense during 2013:

   Retirement
Plans
   Postretirement
Healthcare
Plans
 

Unrecognized actuarial loss

  $2    $—   

Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)

   —      —   

Assumptions—The following weighted average assumptions were used in estimatingto determine the net periodic pension cost for the foreign plans were as follows:cost:

 

  2005 2004 2003   Successor     Predecessor 
  Germany
Plans
 The
Netherlands
Plan
 Germany
Plans
 The
Netherlands
Plan
 Germany
Plans
 The
Netherlands
Plan
   2012 2011     2010 

Discount rate

  4.75% 4.75% 5.5% 5.25% 5.75% 5.50%
  United
States
 Netherlands United
States
 Netherlands     United
States
 Netherlands 

Discount rate(1)

   4.50  5.25  5.25  5.25     5.50  5.25

Expected return on plan assets

  N/A  5.5  N/A  5.75  N/A  5.75    5.75  5.25  6.44  5.25     7.50  5.75

Rate of compensation increases

  3.0  3.5  2.75  2.82  2.75  5.0    —     3.50  3.50  3.50     3.50  3.50

The following presentsweighted average assumptions were used in estimating the actuarial present value of the foreign plans’ benefit obligations:

 

  2005 2004 2003   Successor     Predecessor 
  Germany
Plans
 The
Netherlands
Plan
 Germany
Plans
 The
Netherlands
Plan
 Germany
Plans
 The
Netherlands
Plan
   2012 2011     2010 

Discount rate

  4.25% 4.25% 4.75% 4.75% 5.5% 5.25%
  United
States
 Netherlands United
States
 Netherlands     United
States
 Netherlands 

Discount rate(1)

   3.75  3.50  4.5  5.25     5.0  5.0

Rate of compensation increases

  3.0  3.5  3.0  3.5  2.75  2.82    —     3.50  3.5  3.5     3.5  3.5

The company based

(1)The discount rate on the South African Plan was 9.45% at December 31, 2012, which is not included in the table above.

F-83


Expected Return on Plan Assets—In forming the discount rate assumptions forassumption of the foreign plans on local corporate bond index rates. Long-termU.S. long-term rate of return on plan assets, the Company took into account the expected earnings on funds already invested, earnings on contributions expected to be received in the current year, and earnings on reinvested returns. The long-term rate of return estimation methodology for U.S. plans is based on a capital asset pricing model using historical data and a forecasted earnings model. An expected return on plan assets analysis is performed which incorporates the current portfolio allocation, historical asset-class returns and an assessment of expected future performance using asset-class risk factors. The Company’s assumption of the long-term rate of return for the Netherlands plan iswas developed considering the portfolio mix and country-specific economic data that includes the rates of return on local government and corporate bonds.

Discount Rate—The discount rate selected for all U.S. plans was 3.75% as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011. The 2012 rate was selected based on the results of a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the expected cash flows of the plans using a yield curves model developed from a universe of Aa-graded U.S. currency corporate bonds (obtained from Bloomberg) with at least $50 million outstanding. Bonds with features that imply unreliable pricing, a less than certain cash flow, or other indicators of optionality are filtered out of the universe. The remaining universe is categorized into maturity groups, and within each of the maturity groups yields are ranked into percentiles.

For 2011 and 2010, the discount rate for the Company’s U.S. qualified plan and postretirement healthcare plan was based on a discounted cash flow analysis performed by its independent actuaries utilizing the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve as of the end of the year. For the foreign plans, the Predecessor bases the discount rate assumption on local corporate bond index rates.

Health Care Cost Trend Rates.At December 31, 2012, the assumed health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of benefits covered by the U.S. postretirement healthcare plan was 9% in 2013, gradually declining to 5% in 2018 and thereafter. A 1% increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate for each future year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2012 by $1 million, while the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of the 2012 net periodic postretirement cost would increase by less than $1 million. A 1% decrease in the trend rate for each future year would reduce the accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2012 by $1 million and decrease the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement cost for 2012 by less than $1 million.

Plan Assets—Asset categories for the funded retirement plan of employees in the Netherlands and the associated asset allocations by categoryfor the Company’s funded retirement plans at December 31, 20052012 and 2004, are as follows:2011:

 

  December 31,   Successor     Successor 
     2005       2004      December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
  Actual Target     Actual Target 

United States:

        

Equity securities

  28% 24%   38  38     57  45

Debt securities

  63% 76%   61    62       40    55  

Other

  9% —   

Cash and cash equivalents

   1    —        3    —   
         

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total

  100% 100%   100  100     100  100
         

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Netherlands:

        

Equity securities

   41  40     40  25

Debt securities

   53    55       51    58  

Real estate

   —         9    10  

Cash and cash equivalents

   6    5       —     7  
  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total

   100  100     100  100
  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

F-84


The U.S. plan is administered by a board-appointed committee that has fiduciary responsibility for the plan’s management. The committee maintains an investment policy stating the guidelines for the performance and allocation of plan assets, performance review procedures and updating of the policy. At least annually, the U.S. plan’s asset allocation guidelines are reviewed in light of evolving risk and return expectations.

Substantially all of the plan’s assets are invested with nine equity fund managers, three fixed-income fund managers and one money-market fund manager. To control risk, equity fund managers are prohibited from entering into the following transactions, (i) investing in commodities, including all futures contracts, (ii) purchasing letter stock, (iii) short selling, and (iv) option trading. In addition, equity fund managers are prohibited from purchasing on margin and are prohibited from purchasing Tronox securities. Equity managers are monitored to ensure investments are in line with their style and are generally permitted to invest in U.S. common stock, U.S. preferred stock, U.S. securities convertible into common stock, common stock of foreign companies listed on major U.S. exchanges, common stock of foreign companies listed on foreign exchanges, covered call writing, and cash and cash equivalents.

Fixed-income fund managers are prohibited from investing in (i) direct real estate mortgages or commingled real estate funds, (ii) private placements above certain portfolio thresholds, (iii) tax exempt debt of state and local governments above certain portfolio thresholds, (iv) fixed income derivatives that would cause leverage, (v) guaranteed investment contracts and (vi) Tronox securities. They are permitted to invest in debt securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, commercial paper rated A3/P3, FDIC insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances and corporate debt obligations. Each fund manager’s portfolio has an average credit rating of A or better.

The Netherlands plan is administered by a pension committee representing the employer, the employees and the pensioners, each with one equal vote.pensioners. The pension committee has six members, whereby three members are approvedelected by the state’s lead pension agency based upon experienceemployer, two members are elected by the employees and character.one member is elected by the pensioners, and each member has one vote. The pension committee meets at least quarterly to discuss regulatory changes, asset performance and asset allocation. The plan assets are managed by one Dutch fund manager against a mandate set at least annually by the pension committee. AnnuallyIn accordance with policies set by the pension committee, a new fund manager was appointed effective December 1, 2006. Simultaneous with the change in fund manager, the asset allocation was modified using committee policy guidelines. The plan assets are evaluated annually by a multinational benefits consultant against state defined actuarial tests to determine funding requirements.

20. Employee Stock-Based CompensationThe fair values of pension investments as of December 31, 2012 are summarized below:

Under Kerr-McGee’s incentive compensation plans, the company’s employees were granted stock options, restricted stock, stock opportunity grants and performance unit awards. Prior to the IPO, the company established its own Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan authorizes the issuance of shares of the company’s Class A common stock to certain employees and non-employee directors any time prior to November 16, 2015, in the form of fixed-price stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or performance awards. A total of 6,060,000 shares of the company’s Class A common stock are authorized to be issued under the Plan, of which

   U.S. Pension 
   Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2012, Using: 
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total 

Asset category:

      

Commingled Equity Fund.

  $—    $110(1)  $—     $110  

Debt securities

      

Corporate

   —     8(5)   —      8  

Government

   11(4)   1(5)   —      12  

Mortgages

   —     16(5)   —      16  

Commingled Fixed Income Funds

   —     137(2)   —      137  

Cash & cash equivalents

      

Commingled Cash Equivalents Fund

   —     3(3)   —      3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total at fair value

  $11   $275   $—     $286  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35

F-85


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

a maximum of 1.5 million shares of Class A common stock is authorized for issuance in connection with awards of restricted stock and performance awards to employees. The Plan also includes certain limitations on the size of awards to an individual employee and to non-employee directors as a group. Subject to these limits, a committee of the Board of Directors administering the Plan (the “Committee”) determines the size and types of awards to be issued.

The maximum period for exercise of an option granted under the Plan may not be more than ten years from the date the grant is authorized by the Committee and the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date the option is granted. The Committee will determine the nature and extent of the restrictions on grants of restricted stock, the duration of such restrictions, and any circumstances under which restricted shares will be forfeited.

In the fourth quarter of 2005, the company granted 345,700 stock option awards and 406,640 restricted stock awards to its employees and non-employee directors with the following terms:

   Contractual Life
(Years)
  Vesting Period
(Years)
  

Vesting

Term

 Cash- or Stock-
Settled
  Vesting and Other
Conditions

Stock options

  10  3  Graded (1) Stock  Employee service

Restricted stock

  Not applicable  3  Cliff(2) Stock  Employee service

(1)An employee vests in one-third ofFor commingled equity fund owned by the award at the end of each year of service.funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are Level 1 inputs.
(2)An employee vestsFor commingled fixed income funds, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are Level 2 inputs.
(3)For commingled cash equivalents funds, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are Level 2 inputs.
(4)For government debt securities that are traded on active exchanges, fair value is based on observable quoted prices, which are Level 1 inputs.
(5)For corporate, government, and mortgage related debt securities, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are Level 2 inputs.

   Netherlands Pension 
   Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2012,  Using: 
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level  1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total 

Asset category:

       

Equity securities—Non-U.S. Pooled Funds

  $—     $46(1)  $—     $46  

Debt securities—Non-U.S. Pooled Funds

   —      60(2)   —      60  

Cash

   —      6    —      6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total at fair value

  $—     $112   $—      $112  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)For equity securities in the entire awardform of fund units that are redeemable at the end ofmeasurement date, the three-year service period.unit value is deemed as a Level 2 input.
(2)For pooled fund debt securities, the fair value is based on observable inputs, but do not solely rely on quoted market prices, and therefore are deemed Level 2 inputs.

Restricted Stock—FollowingThe fair values of pension investments as of December 31, 2011 are summarized below:

   U.S. Pension 
   Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2011, Using: 
   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total 

Asset category:

      

Equity securities—U.S.

  $147(1)  $—    $—     $147  

Debt securities

      

Corporate

   —     13(6)   —      13  

U.S. Mutual Funds

   52(2)   —     —      52  

Government

   10(5)   1(6)   —      11  

Asset-backed

   —     1(6)   —      1  

Mortgages

   —     24(6)   —      24  

International Commingled Fixed Income Funds

   —     3(3)   —      3  

Cash & cash equivalents

      

Commingled Cash Equivalents Fund

   —     8(4)   —      8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total at fair value

  $209   $50   $—     $259  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)For equity securities owned by the funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are Level 1 inputs.

F-86


(2)For mutual funds, fair value is based on nationally recognized pricing services, which are Level 1 inputs.
(3)For commingled fixed income funds, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are Level 2 inputs.
(4)For commingled cash equivalents funds, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are Level 2 inputs.
(5)For government debt securities that are traded on active exchanges, fair value is based on observable quoted prices, which are Level 1 inputs.
(6)For corporate, government, asset-backed, and mortgage related debt securities, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are Level 2 inputs.

   Netherlands Pension 
   Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2011, Using: 
   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total 

Asset category:

       

Equity securities—Non-U.S. Pooled Funds

  $—     $37(1)  $—     $37  

Debt securities—Non-U.S. Pooled Funds

   —      46(2)   —      46  

Real Estate Pooled Fund

   —      8(3)   —      8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total at fair value

  $—     $91   $—     $91  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)For equity securities in the form of fund units that are redeemable at the measurement date, the unit value is deemed as a Level 2 input.
(2)For pooled fund debt securities, the fair value is based on observable inputs, but do not solely rely on quoted market prices, and therefore are deemed Level 2 inputs.
(3)For real estate pooled funds, the fair value is based on observable inputs, but do not solely rely on quoted market prices, and therefore are deemed Level 2 inputs.

The following tables set forth the IPOchanges in 2005, the company granted 406,640 shares of Class A restricted stock with a weighted average grant-date fair market value of $13.77 and all such unvested shares of restricted stock were outstanding at December 31, 2005. The company recognized pretax stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million related to the restricted stock issued under the Plan in income from continuing operationsLevel 3 plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2005.2011:

   U.S. Level 3 Assets 
   International
Comingled
Funds US
Equity
  Total 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $22   $22  

Transfers to Level 2

   (22  (22
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $—    $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Defined Contribution Plans

Stock OptionsU.S. Savings Investment Plan—Following

On March 30, 2006, the IPO in 2005,Company established the U.S. Savings Investment Plan (the “SIP”), a qualified defined contribution plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the SIP, the Company’s regular full-time and part-time employees contribute a portion of their earnings, and the Company matches these contributions up to a predefined threshold. During 2011 and 2012, the Company’s matching contribution was 100% of the first 3% of employees’ contribution and 50% of the next 3%. On January 1, 2011, the Board approved a discretionary company granted 345,700contribution of optionsup to purchase Class A common stock with an exercise price6% of $14.00 per share and a grant date fair value of $5.01 per option. All such options were outstanding at December 31, 2005, and none were exercisable as of that date.

Kerr-McGee Stock Options—Kerr-McGee stock options heldemployees’ pay. The discretionary contribution is subject to approval each year by the company’s employees are fixed-price options granted atBoard. The Company’s matching contribution to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date the grant was approved by the committee of Kerr-McGee’s Board of Directors administering the Kerr-McGee long-term incentive plan. Generally, one-third of each grantSIP vests and becomes exercisable over a three-year period immediately following the grant date and expires 10 years after the grant date.immediately;

 

F-36

F-87


Index

however, the Company’s discretionary contribution is subject to Financial Statements

vesting conditions that must be satisfied over a three year vesting period. Contributions under SIP, including the Company’s match, are invested in accordance with the investment options elected by plan participants. Compensation expense associated with the Company’s matching contribution to the SIP was $2 million, $2 million, $0 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. Compensation expense associated with the Company’s discretionary contribution was $4 million and $3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and eleven months ended December 31, 2011. Compensation expense during the one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 was less than $1 million.

TRONOX INCORPORATEDU.S. Savings Restoration Plan

On March 30, 2006, the Company established the U.S. Savings Restoration Plan (the “SRP”), a nonqualified defined contribution plan, for employees whose eligible compensation is expected to exceed the IRS compensation limits for qualified plans. Under the SRP, participants can contribute up to 20% of their annual compensation and incentive. The Company’s matching contribution under the SRP is the same as the SIP. The Company’s matching contribution under this plan vests immediately to plan participants. Contributions under the SRP, including the Company’s match, are invested in accordance with the investment options elected by plan participants. Compensation expense associated with the Company’s matching contribution to the SRP was $1 million and $1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and eleven months ended December 31, 2011. Compensation expense for the one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 was less than $1 million.

21. Cash Flows Statement Data

Other noncash items included in the reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities include the following:

   Successor      Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
   Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
      One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Accrued transfer taxes

  $37    $—       $—     $—   

Amortization of fair value inventory step-up

   152     —        —      —   

Other net adjustments

   12     (7     —      5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $201    $(7    $—     $5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

22. Related Party Transactions

NotesPrior to Consolidatedthe Transaction Date, Tronox Incorporated conducted transactions with Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd, Tronox Incorporated’s 50% partner in the Tiwest Joint Venture. Tronox Incorporated purchased, at open market prices, raw materials used in its production of TiO2, as well as Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd’s share of TiO2 produced by the Tiwest Joint Venture. Tronox Incorporated also provided administrative services and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)product research and development activities, which were reimbursed by Exxaro. For the year ended December 31, 2012, eleven months ended December 31, 2011, one month ended January 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, Tronox Incorporated made payments of $173 million, $316 million, $44 million and $109 million, respectively, and received payments of $9 million, $8 million, less than $1 million and $2 million, respectively. Subsequent to the Transaction Date, such transactions are considered intercompany transactions and are eliminated in consolidation.

Subsequent to the Transaction, the Company began purchasing transition services from Exxaro, which amounted to $7 million since the Transaction Date.

 

The following table summarizes transactionsF-88


23. Emergence from Chapter 11

On January 12, 2009 (the “Petition Date”), Tronox Incorporated and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions in Kerr-McGee stock options during 2005, 2004 and 2003 held by the company’s employees, including employees performing corporate and administrative functionsU.S. Bankruptcy Court for the company that became employeesSouthern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) seeking reorganization relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the company atUnited States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). The Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases were consolidated for the timepurpose of joint administration.

On November 30, 2010 (the “Confirmation Date”), the Bankruptcy Court entered an order (the “Confirmation Order”) confirming the Debtors’ First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization pursuant to Chapter 11 of the IPO.

   2005  2004  2003
   Options  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Option(1)
  Options  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Option(1)
  Options  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Option(1)

Outstanding, beginning of year

  1,378,022  $56.35  1,391,837  $56.52  1,221,701  $59.25

Options granted

  228,950   56.57  206,834   49.45  246,105   42.95

Options exercised

  (1,071,470)  57.77  (135,216)  47.02  (1,500)  43.72

Options forfeited

  (4,399)  50.88  (26,438)  50.41  (42,306)  55.56

Options expired

  (3,888)  59.27  (58,995)  60.24  (32,163)  58.29
               

Outstanding, end of year

  527,215   53.59  1,378,022   56.35  1,391,837   56.52
               

Exercisable, end of year

  138,102   56.34  965,246   59.16  783,621   59.74
               

The following table summarizes information about stock options described above that are outstandingBankruptcy Code, dated November 5, 2010 (as amended and exercisable at December 31, 2005:

   Options Outstanding  Options Exercisable

   Options   

  

Range of Exercise

Prices per Option(1)

  

Weighted-

Average

Remaining
Contractual

Life (years)

  

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price per

Option(1)

  Options  

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price per
Option(1)

197,142

  $42.95—49.99  7.5  $42.95  32,879  $45.23

32,915

   50.00—54.99  4.3   54.15  32,915   54.15

235,037

   55.00—59.99  8.7   56.65  10,187   58.45

44,771

   60.00—64.99  4.7   62.20  44,771   62.20

17,350

   65.00—69.99  4.3   65.19  17,350   65.19
            

527,215

    7.5   53.59  138,102   56.34
            

(1)Exercise price per option based on Kerr-McGee’s stock price.

Compensation expense allocatedconfirmed, the “Plan”). Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, a debtor may reorganize its business for the benefit of its stakeholders with the consummation of a plan of reorganization being the principal objective. Among other things (subject to the company associated with Kerr-McGee stock option awards made to the company employees was $0.8 million in 2005certain limited exceptions and nil in 2004 and 2003.

Asexcept as otherwise provided in the employee benefits agreement betweenPlan or the company and Kerr-McGee, unvested options to purchase Kerr-McGee common stock held byConfirmation Order), the company’s employees not eligible to retire and outstanding onConfirmation Order discharged the effective dateDebtors from any debt arising before the Petition Date, terminated all of the Distribution will be forfeitedrights and replaced with optionsinterests of pre-bankruptcy equity security holders and substituted the obligations set forth in the Plan and new shares for those prebankruptcy claims. Under the Plan, claims and equity interests were divided into classes according to acquire the company’s stock. As of February 28, 2006, options to purchase 161,500 shares of Kerr-McGee stock were held by such Tronox employees (unaudited). The stock options issued by the company will have the same vesting provisions, contractual lifetheir relative priority and other terms andcriteria.

Material conditions as the Kerr-McGee options they replaced. The number of shares and exercise price of each stock option will be adjusted so that each company option will have the same ratio of the exercise price per share to the market value per share and the same aggregate difference between market value and exercise price as the Kerr-McGee stock options prior to their cancellation. Employees who hold vested options to purchase Kerr-McGee common stock as of the date of the Distribution may exercise such options for the lesser of three months after the effective date of the Distribution or the remaining term of the option award. However, employees who are eligible for retirement on the effective date of the Distribution may exercise their

F-37


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

vested stock options for the lesser of four years after the effective date of the Distribution or the remaining term of the option award. Vested options not exercised during the specified time period will expire.

Kerr-McGee Restricted Stock and Stock Opportunity Grants—Restricted stock under Kerr-McGee’s plans was awarded in the name of the employee and, except for the right of disposal, holders have full stockholders’ rightsPlan were resolved during the period from the Confirmation Date until January 26, 2011, and subsequently on February 14, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), the Debtors emerged from bankruptcy and continued operations as reorganized Tronox Incorporated.

The Plan was designed to accomplish, and was premised on, a resolution of restriction, including voting rightsthe Debtor’s legacy environmental (the “Legacy Environmental Liabilities”) and legacy tort liabilities (the “Legacy Tort Liabilities” and collectively, with the right to receive dividends. Certain key employeesLegacy Environmental Liabilities, the “KM Legacy Liabilities”). The Plan ensured that the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 free of the significant KM Legacy Liabilities and were sufficiently capitalized. A final settlement was reached in Europe and Australia have received stock opportunity grants giving them the opportunity to earn unrestricted stock in the future, provided that certain conditions are met. These stock opportunity grants do not carry voting privileges or dividend rights since the related shares are not issued until vested. Restricted stock and stock opportunity grants generally vest between three and five years. The following table summarizes certain informationNovember 2010 with respect to restricted stockthe Legacy Environmental Liabilities (the “Environmental Settlement”) and stock opportunity grants made by Kerr-McGee in 2005, 2004the Legacy Tort Liabilities (the “Tort Settlement” and, 2003together with the Environmental Settlement, the “Settlement”). In exchange, claimants provided the Debtors and the reorganized Tronox Incorporated with discharges and/or covenants not to sue subsequent to the company’s employees. This grant information includes shares associatedEffective Date with certain employees performing corporate and administrative functionsrespect to the Debtors’ liability for the companyLegacy Environmental Liabilities. The Settlement established certain environmental response and tort claims trusts that became employees of Tronox atare now responsible for the IPO date.

   2005  2004  2003
   Restricted
Stock
  Stock
Opportunity
Awards
  Restricted
Stock
  Stock
Opportunity
Awards
  Restricted
Stock
  Stock
Opportunity
Awards

Shares granted

   45,845   6,265   61,224   6,616   80,305   8,350

Weighted average grant-date fair value

  $73.54  $73.54  $49.45  $49.45  $43.19  $43.19

Compensation expense allocatedKM Legacy Liabilities in exchange for cash, certain non-monetary assets, and the rights to the company associated with restricted stockproceeds of certain ongoing litigation and stock opportunity awards made to the company’s employees was $1.8 million, $2.2 millioninsurance and $1.2 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

On the effective date of the Distribution, unvested Kerr-McGee restricted stock and stock opportunity awards held by the company’s employees, except for retirement-eligible employees, are expected to be forfeited and replaced with comparable value awards of the company’s stock with the same terms and conditions, except that the number of shares covered by the awards will be adjusted using a ratio of Kerr-McGee share price to the company’s share price, as defined in the employee benefits agreement between the company and Kerr-McGee. As of February 28, 2006, approximately 81,700 shares of Kerr-McGee restricted stock and stock opportunity awards held by Tronox employees are expected to be forfeited and replaced with Tronox restricted stock (unaudited). Kerr-McGee restricted stock awards held by employees who are eligible for retirement on the effective date of the Distribution will fully vest.

Kerr-McGee Performance Units—Performance unitsother third party reimbursement agreements. The Plan also provided for cash awards thatthe creation and funding of a torts claim trust (the “Tort Claims Trust”), which was the sole source of distributions to holders of Legacy Tort Liabilities claims, who were based on Kerr-McGee’s total stockholder return over a stated period as compared to selected peer companies. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the company’s employees held 4,370,449 and 2,356,215 performance units, respectively. Compensation expense allocated to the company associated with performance units was $1.5 million in 2005 and $0.2 million in 2004.

Performance units that had vested as of January 2006 were paid by Kerr-McGee in accordance with the terms of its plan. Unvested performance unit awards held by the company’s employees as of the date of the Distribution will be forfeited and replaced with a stock option or restricted stock grant equal to the value of the forfeited awards. The value will be determined by calculating total stockholder return and associated payout as if the entire performance cycle ended on the IPO date. It is estimated that approximately $3.1 million in value of Kerr-McGee performance unit awards held by the company’s employees at February 28, 2006, will be forfeited and replaced with Tronox awards (unaudited).

F-38


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Kerr-McGee Employee Stock Ownership Plan—The company’s employees participate in the Kerr-McGee Corporation Savings Investment Plan (“SIP”), a defined contribution plan sponsored by Kerr-McGee. Kerr-McGee makes matching contributions to a leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), which is a part of the SIP. Shares held in the ESOP trust are allocated to participant’s accounts in the SIP in satisfaction of the matching contribution. Compensation expense associated with the Kerr-McGee SIP allocated to the company was $3.5 million in both 2005 and 2004 and $9.8 million in 2003. The company will establish, effective on the date of the Distribution, its own defined contribution plan that will have similar terms to the Kerr-McGee plan except that the company’s match will be in cash.

21. Other Income (Expense)

Components of other income (expense) in 2005, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Net foreign currency transaction loss

  $(3.0) $(5.4) $(3.7)

Equity in net earnings of equity method investees

   2.0   2.4   0.8 

Net interest expense on borrowings with affiliates and interest income

   (11.9)  (9.5)  (8.8)

Gain (loss) on accounts receivables sales

   0.1   (8.2)  (4.8)

Other expense

   (2.4)  (4.5)  (4.0)
             

Total

  $(15.2) $(25.2) $(20.5)
             

22. Contingencies

The following table summarizes the contingency reserve balances, provisions, payments and settlements for 2003, 2004 and 2005, as well as balances, accruals and receipts of reimbursements of environmental costs from other parties.

   Reserves for
Litigation(1)
  Reserves for
Environmental
Remediation(2)
  Reimbursements
Receivable(3)
 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Balance at December 31, 2002

  $42.9  $229.3  $112.7 

Provisions / Accruals

   1.3   88.2   32.2 

Payments / Settlements

   (38.4)  (97.9)  (14.8)
             

Balance at December 31, 2003

   5.8   219.6   130.1 

Provisions / Accruals

   0.2   81.4   14.2 

Payments / Settlements

   (3.4)  (85.2)  (50.5)
             

Balance at December 31, 2004

   2.6   215.8   93.8 

Provisions / Accruals

   8.7   69.0   34.3 

Payments / Settlements

   (2.1)  (61.1)  (71.4)
             

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $9.2  $223.7  $56.7 
             

(1)Provisions for litigation in 2003, 2004 and 2005 include $1.2 million, nil and $8.7 million, respectively, related to the company’s former forest products operations, thorium compounds manufacturing and refining operations and, therefore, are reflected in loss from discontinued operations (net of tax) in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations.

F-39


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

(2)Provisions for environmental remediation and restoration in 2003, 2004 and 2005 include $52.3 million, $75.7 million and $29.9 million, respectively, related to the company’s former forest products operations, thorium compounds manufacturing, uranium and refining operations. These charges are reflected in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations as a component of loss from discontinued operations (net of tax).
(3)Reimbursements for environmental remediation and restoration in 2003, 2004 and 2005 include $11.2 million, $14.2 million and $12.3 million, respectively, related to the company’s former thorium compounds manufacturing operations, which are reflected in the Consolidated and Combined Statement of Operations as a component of loss from discontinued operations (net of tax).

Management believes, after consultation with its internal legal counsel, that currently the company has reserved adequately for the reasonably estimable costs of known environmental matters and other contingencies. However, additions to the reserves may be required as additional information is obtained that enables the company to better estimate its liabilities, including liabilities at sites now under review. At this time, however, the company cannot reliably estimate a range of future additions to the reserves for any individual site or for all sites collectively. Following are discussions regarding certain environmental sites and litigation. Reserves for each environmental site are based on assumptions regarding the volumes of contaminated soils and groundwater involved, as well as associated excavation, transportation and disposal costs.

The company provides for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. It is not possible for the company to reliably estimate the amount and timing of all future expenditures related to environmental and legal matters and other contingencies because, among other reasons:

Some sites are in the early stages of investigation, and other sites may be identified in the future.

Remediation activities vary significantly in duration, scope and cost from site to site depending on the mix of unique site characteristics, applicable technologies and regulatory agencies involved.

Remediation requirements are difficult to predict at sites where remedial investigations have not been completed or final decisions have not been made regarding remediation requirements, technologies or other factors that bear on remediation costs.

Environmental laws frequently impose joint and several liability on all potentially responsible parties, and it can be difficult to determine the number and financial condition of other potentially responsible parties and their respective shares of responsibility for cleanup costs.

Environmental laws and regulations, as well as enforcement policies, are continually changing, and the outcome of court proceedings and discussions with regulatory agencies are inherently uncertain.

Unanticipated construction problems and weather conditions can hinder the completion of environmental remediation.

Some legal matters are in the early stages of investigation or proceeding or their outcomes otherwise may be difficult to predict, and other legal matters may be identified in the future.

The inability to implement a planned engineering design or use planned technologies and excavation methods may require revisions to the design of remediation measures, which delay remediation and increase costs.

The identification of additional areas or volumes of contamination and changes in costs of labor, equipment and technology generate corresponding changes in environmental remediation costs.

Current and former operations of the company require the management of regulated materials and are subject to various environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations will obligate the company to

F-40


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

clean up various sites at which petroleum, chemicals, low-level radioactive substances and/or other materials have been contained, disposed of or released. Some of these sites have been designated Superfund sites by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) or state equivalents. Similar environmental laws and regulations and other requirements exist in foreign countries in which the company operates. Following are discussions regarding certain environmental sites and litigation of the company.

Environmental

Henderson, Nevada

In 1998, Tronox LLC (formerly Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC) decided to exit the ammonium perchlorate business. At that time, Tronox LLC curtailed operations and began preparation for the shutdown of the associated production facilities in Henderson, Nevada, that produced ammonium perchlorate and other related products. Manufacture of perchlorate compounds began at Henderson in 1945 in facilities owned by the U.S. government. The U.S. Navy expanded production significantly in 1953 when it completed construction of a plant for the manufacture of ammonium perchlorate. The U.S. Navy continued to own the ammonium perchlorate plant, as well as other associated production equipment at Henderson, until 1962, when the plant was purchased by a predecessor of the company. The ammonium perchlorate produced at the Henderson facility was used primarily in federal government defense and space programs. Perchlorate that may have originated, at least in part, from the Henderson facility has been detected in nearby Lake Mead and the Colorado River, which contribute to municipal water supplies in Arizona, Southern California and Southern Nevada.

Tronox LLC began decommissioning the facility and remediating associated perchlorate contamination, including surface impoundments and groundwater, when it decided to exit the business in 1998. In 1999 and 2001, Tronox LLC entered into consent orders with the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection (“NDEP”) that require it to implement both interim and long-term remedial measures to capture and remove perchlorate from groundwater. In April 2005, Tronox LLC entered into an amended consent order with NDEP that requires, in addition to the capture and treatment of groundwater, the closure of a certain impoundment related to the past production of ammonium perchlorate, including treatment and disposal of solution and sediment contained in the impoundment. The agreement with the NDEP also requires Tronox LLC to test for various potential contaminants at the site, which is ongoing.

In 1999, Tronox LLC initiated the interim measures required by the consent orders. A long-term remediation system is operating in compliance with the consent orders. Initially, the remediation system was projected to operate through 2007. However, studies of the decline of perchlorate levels in the groundwater indicate that Tronox LLC may need to operate the system through 2011. The scope, duration and cost of groundwater remediation likely will be driven in the long term by drinking water standards regarding perchlorate, which to date have not been formally established by applicable state or federal regulatory authorities. The EPA and other federal and state agencies continue to evaluate the health and environmental risks associated with perchlorate as part of the process for ultimately setting drinking water standards. One state agency, the California Environmental Protection Agency (“CalEPA”), has set a public health goal for perchlorate, and the federal EPA has established a reference dose for perchlorate, which are preliminary steps to setting drinking water standards. The establishment of drinking water standards could materially affect the scope, duration and cost of the long-term groundwater remediation that Tronox LLC is required to perform.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, reserves for environmental remediation at Henderson totaled $36.7 million. This includes $32.3 million added to the reserve in 2005 because of increased costs for removing and treating ammonium perchlorate solids contained in a lined pond, purchasing additional equipmentto perform clean-up and extending the projected operating period of the groundwater remediating system through

F-41


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

2011. As noted above, the long-term scope, duration and cost of groundwater remediation and impoundment closure are uncertain and, therefore, additional costs beyond those accrued may be incurred in the future. However, the amount of any additional costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Litigation—In 2000, Tronox LLC initiated litigation against the United States seeking contribution for its Henderson response costs. The suit was based on the fact that the government owned the plant in the early years of its operation, exercised significant control over production at the plant and the sale of products produced at the plant, even while not the owner, and was the largest consumer of products produced at the plant. Before trial, the parties agreed to a settlement of the claims against the United States. The settlement was memorialized in a consent decree approved by the court on January 13, 2006. Under the consent decree, the United States will pay Tronox LLC $20.5 million in contribution for past costs and, commencing January 1, 2011, the United States will be obligated to pay 21% of Tronox LLC’s remaining response costs at Henderson, if any, related to perchlorate. In the first quarter of 2006, Tronox LLC recognized a receivable for environmental cost reimbursement of $20.5 million pursuant to the consent decree provisions. The receivable was collected in February 2006.

Insurance—In 2001, Tronox LLC purchased a 10-year, $100 million environmental cost cap insurance policy for groundwater and other remediation at Henderson. The insurance policy provides coverage only after Tronox LLC exhausts a self-insured retention of approximately $61.3 million and covers only those costs incurred to achieve a cleanup level specified in the policy. As noted above, federal and state agencies have not established a drinking water standard and, therefore, it is possible that Tronox LLC may be required to achieve a cleanup level more stringent than that covered by the policy. If so, the amount recoverable under the policy may be less than the ultimate cleanup cost.

At December 31, 2005, the company had received $5.8 million of cost reimbursement under the insurance policy, and expects additional estimated aggregate cleanup cost of $92.5 million less the $61.3 million self-insured retention to be covered by the policy (for a net amount of $31.2 million in additional reimbursement, including $22.0 million accrued in 2005). The company believes that additional reimbursement of approximately $31.2 million is probable, and, accordingly, the company has recorded a receivable in the financial statements for that amount.

West Chicago, Illinois

In 1973, Tronox LLC closed a facility in West Chicago, Illinois, that processed thorium ores for the federal government and for certain commercial purposes. Historical operations had resulted in low-level radioactive contamination at the facility and in surrounding areas. The original processing facility is regulated by the State of Illinois (the State), and four vicinity areas are designated as Superfund sites on the National Priorities List (“NPL”).

Closed Facility—Pursuant to agreements reached in 1994 and 1997 among Tronox LLC, the City of West Chicago and the State regarding the decommissioning of the closed West Chicago facility, Tronox LLC has substantially completed the excavation of contaminated soils and has shipped those soils to a licensed disposal facility. Surface restoration was completed in 2004, except for areas designated for use in connection with the Kress Creek and Sewage Treatment Plant remediation discussed below. Groundwater monitoring and remediation is expected to continue for approximately ten years.

Vicinity Areas—EPA has listed four areas in the vicinity of the closed West Chicago facility on the NPL and has designated Tronox LLC as a Potentially Responsible Party (“PRP”) in these four areas. Tronox LLC has substantially completed remedial work for two of the areas (known as the Residential Areas and Reed-Keppler Park). The other two NPL sites, known as Kress Creek and the Sewage Treatment Plant, are contiguous and involve low levels of insoluble thorium residues, principally in streambanks and streambed sediments, virtually all within a floodway. Tronox LLC has reached an agreement with the appropriate federal and state agencies and

F-42


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

local communities regarding the characterization and cleanup of the sites, past and future government response costs, and the waiver of natural resource damages claims. The agreement is incorporated in consent decrees, which were approved and entered by the federal court in August 2005. The cleanup work, which began in the third quarter of 2005, is expected to take about four to five years to complete, will require excavation of contaminated soils and stream sediments, shipment of excavated materials to a licensed disposal facility and restoration of affected areas.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $86.6 million for costs related to the West Chicago facility and vicinity properties. This includes $9.9 million added to the reserve in 2005 as a result of additional volumes of contaminated materials being identified at the Kress Creek site and the agreement described above requiring the company to reimburse local communities for certain cleanup costs. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The amount of the reserve is not reduced by reimbursements expected from the federal government under Title X of the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Title X) (discussed below).

Government Reimbursement—Pursuant to Title X, the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) is obligated to reimburse the company for certain decommissioning and cleanup costs incurred in connection with the West Chicago sites in recognition of the fact that about 55% of the facility’s production was dedicated to U.S. government contracts. The amount authorized for reimbursement under Title X is $365 million plus inflation adjustments. That amount is expected to cover the government’s full share of West Chicago cleanup costs. Through December 31, 2005, the company had been reimbursed approximately $280.6 million under Title X.

Reimbursements under Title X are provided by congressional appropriations. Historically, congressional appropriations have lagged the company’s cleanup expenditures. As of December 31, 2005, the government’s share of costs incurred by the company but not yet reimbursed by the DOE totaled approximately $25.5 million, which includes $12.3 million accrued in 2005. The company believes receipt of the $25.5 million government share in due course following additional congressional appropriations is probable and has reflected that amount as a receivable in the financial statements. The company will recognize recovery of the government’s share of future remediation costs for the West Chicago sites as it incurs the cash expenditures.

Ambrosia Lake, New Mexico

From the late 1950s until 1988, the company operated a uranium mining and milling operation at Ambrosia Lake near Grants, New Mexico pursuant to a license issued by the Atomic Energy Commission (“AEC”), now the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (“NRC”). When the operation was sold, the company retained responsibility for certain environmental conditions existing at the site, including mill tailings, selected ponds and groundwater contamination related to the mill tailings and unlined ponds. Since 1989, the unaffiliated current owner of the site, Rio Algom Mining LLC (Rio Algom), has been decommissioning the site pursuant to the license issued by NRC. Mill tailings, certain impacted surface soils, and selected pond sediments have been consolidated in an onsite containment unit, and groundwater treatment has been ongoing. Under terms of the sales agreement, which included provisions capping the liability of Rio Algom, the company became obligated to solely fund the remediation for the items described above when total expenditures exceeded $30 million, which occurred in late 2000. A request to cease groundwater treatment has been under review by the NRC since 2001. In addition, a decommissioning plan for remaining impacted soil was submitted by Rio Algom to the NRC in January 2005 and is currently under review. If approved, the soil decommissioning plan would take about two to three years to complete. The state of New Mexico has recently raised issues about certain non-radiological constituents in the groundwater at the site. The request to cease groundwater treatment, which is being reviewed by the NRC, was amended to address these non-radiological constituents. Discussions regarding these issues are ongoing, and resolution of them could affect remediation costs and/or delay ultimate site closure.

F-43


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

In addition to those remediation activities described above for which reserves have been established as described below, Rio Algom is investigating soil contamination potentially caused by past discharge of mine water from the site, for which no reserve has been established.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $11.1 million for the costs of the remediation activities described above, including groundwater remediation. This includes $8.0 million added to the reserve in 2005 as a result of the discussions between Rio Algom and the NRC, primarily to cover additional costs associated with pond closure, rock placement and surface water channels. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Litigation—On January 18, 2006, Rio Algom filed suit against Tronox Worldwide LLC in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Mexico. The suit seeks a determination regarding responsibility for certain labor-related and environmental remediation costs. The company has not provided a reserve for this lawsuit because at this time it cannot reasonably determine the probability of a loss, and the amount of loss, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated. The company and Rio Algom have tentatively agreed to submit the matter to arbitration and an arbitration agreement is currently being negotiated. The company currently believes that the ultimate resolution of the litigation is not likely to have a material adverse affect on the company.

Crescent, Oklahoma

Beginning in 1965, Cimarron Corporation (“Cimarron”) operated a facility near Crescent, Oklahoma at which it produced uranium and mixed oxide nuclear fuels pursuant to licenses issued by AEC (now NRC). Operations at the facility ceased in 1975. Since that time, buildings and soils were decommissioned in accordance with the NRC licenses. In limited areas of the site, groundwater is contaminated with radionuclides, and, in 2003, Cimarron submitted to the NRC and the Oklahoma Department of Environmental Quality (“ODEQ”) a draft remediation work plan addressing the groundwater contamination. In 2005 the company began evaluating available technologies to address remaining groundwater issues. The company will submit a plan to the NRC and the ODEQ addressing those issues following the evaluation. Duration of remedial activities currently cannot be estimated.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $6.8 million for the costs of the remediation activities, including those currently under evaluation by the NRC and the ODEQ, described above. This includes $2.0 million added to the reserve in 2005, due to additional costs resulting from delays in review and approval by regulatory agencies. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Lakeview, Oregon

A predecessor of Tronox Worldwide LLC operated two uranium mines near Lakeview, Oregon from 1958 to 1960. The mines are currently designated as a Superfund site. In 2001, EPA issued a Record of Decision (“ROD”) requiring consolidation and capping of contaminated soils and continued neutralization of acidic waters in one of the two mines. It is anticipated that required work, which began in the second quarter of 2005, will take about one to two more years to complete.

Litigation—In April 2005, Tronox Worldwide LLC and two other parties reached an agreement with the federal government to settle a lawsuit filed by the government with respect to the remediation of contaminated materials at the site and to settle related claims by the parties. The suit sought reimbursement of Forest Service response costs, an injunction requiring compliance with a Unilateral Administrative Order issued to the private

F-44


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

parties regarding cleanup of the site, and civil penalties for alleged noncompliance with the administrative order. The court approved the agreement in January 2006.such trust’s governing documentation. As a result of the settlement the parties have resolved their respective claims and agreed to apportion responsibility for the cleanup.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $4.3 million for its share of the remediation activities described above. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Soda Springs, Idaho

From 1963 to 2000, Tronox LLC ownedDebtors’ pre-petition debt and operated a vanadium processing facility near Soda Springs, Idaho. In 1989, EPA designated this site as a Superfund site under CERCLA, listed the site on the NPL and named Tronox LLC as a PRP. In 2000, EPA amended a ROD previously issued by it, requiring Tronox LLC to address the presence of calcine tailings, a byproduct of vanadium processing. The amended ROD required the cappingtermination of the calcine tailings in place,rights and interests of pre-bankruptcy equity, the closure of certain impoundmentsPlan enabled Tronox Incorporated to reorganize around its existing operating locations, including: (a) its headquarters and groundwater monitoring.

Since 2000,technical facility at Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; (b) the vanadium processing facility plantTiO2 facilities at Hamilton, Mississippi and a fertilizer plant onBotlek, the site have been closed, dismantledNetherlands; (c) the electrolytic chemical businesses at Hamilton, Mississippi and removed fromHenderson, Nevada (except that the site. All former impoundments includedreal property and buildings associated with the Henderson business were transferred to an environmental response trust and reorganized Tronox Incorporated is not responsible for environmental remediation related to historic contamination at such site); and (d) its interest in the amended ROD have been closed. A ten-acre pond not covered by the ROD is scheduled for closure within the next two years. Tronox LLC anticipates constructing a landfill onsite asTiwest Joint Venture in Australia.

As part of the closure. Debtor’s emergence from the Chapter 11 proceedings, Tronox Incorporated relied on a combination of debt financing and money from new equity issued to certain existing creditors. Specifically, such funding included: (i) total funded exit financing of no more than $470 million; (ii) the proceeds of a $185 million rights offering (the “Rights Offering”) open to substantially all unsecured creditors and backstopped by certain groups; (iii) settlement of government claims related to the Legacy Environmental Liabilities through the creation of certain environmental response trusts and a litigation trust; (iv) settlement of claims related to the

F-89


Legacy Tort Liabilities through the establishment of a torts claim trust; (v) issuance of shares whereby holders of the allowed general unsecured claims received their pro rata share of 50.9% of the Tronox Incorporated shares on the Effective Date, and the opportunity to participate in the Rights Offering for an aggregate of 49.1% of the Tronox Incorporated shares, also issued on the Effective Date; and (vi) issuance of warrants, on the Effective Date, to the holders of equity in the Predecessor to purchase their pro rata share of a combined total of 7.5% of the Tronox Incorporated shares, after and including the issuance of any Tronox Incorporated shares upon exercise of such warrants.

The durationCompany applied fresh-start accounting pursuant to ASC 852 as of groundwater monitoring is not known.January 31, 2011. ASC 852 provides for, among other things, a determination of the value to be assigned to the assets of the reorganized Company. In applying fresh-start accounting on January 31, 2011, Tronox Incorporated recorded assets and liabilities at estimated fair value, except for deferred income taxes and certain liabilities associated with employee benefits, which were recorded in accordance with ASC 852 and ASC 740, respectively. Additionally, Tronox Incorporated recorded gains relating to executing the plan of reorganization, gains related to revaluation of assets and “resetting” retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income to zero.

Financial ReservesReorganization Income (Expense)—As of

For the one month ended January 31, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2005,2010, the company had reservesCompany recognized $613 million of $2.7reorganization income and $145 million forof reorganization expense, respectively, which were classified as “Reorganization income (expense)” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Upon emergence from bankruptcy, the Company no longer reports reorganization income (expense). Any residual costs are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the Consolidated Statements of the remediation required by the ROD as well as closure of the above mentioned ten-acre pond. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.Operations.

24. Segment Information

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

In 1976, Tronox LLC closed a wood-treatment facility it had operated in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Operations at the facility prior to its closure had resulted in the contamination of soil and groundwater at and around the site with creosote and other substances used in wood treating. In 1984, EPA designated the Milwaukee wood-treatment facility as a Superfund site under CERCLA, listed the site on the NPL and named Tronox LLC as a PRP. Tronox LLC executed a consent decree in 1991 that required it to perform soil and groundwater remediation at and below the former wood-treatment area and to address a tributary creek of the Menominee River that had become contaminated as a result of the wood-treatment operations. Actual remedial activities were deferred until after the decree was finally entered in 1996 by a federal court in Milwaukee.

Groundwater treatment was initiated in 1996 to remediate groundwater contamination below and in the vicinity of the former wood-treatment area. It is not possible to reliably predict how groundwater conditions will be affected by soil removal in the vicinity of the former wood-treatment area, which has been completed, and by ongoing groundwater treatment. It is unknown, therefore, how long groundwater treatment will continue. Soil cleanup of the former wood-treatment area began in 2000 and was completed in 2002. Also in 2002, remedial designs for the upper portion of the tributary creek were agreed to with EPA, after which Tronox LLC began the implementation of a remedy to reroute the creek and to remediate associated sediment and stream bank soils. Remediation of the upper portion of the creek is expected to take about three more years. Tronox LLC has not yet agreed with relevant regulatory authorities regarding remedial designs for the lower portion of the tributary creek.

F-45


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $4.4 million for the costs of the remediation work described above. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The costs associated with remediation, if any, of the lower portion of the tributary creek are not reasonably estimable at this time and, thus, no reserve has been recorded.

New Jersey Wood-Treatment Site

Tronox LLC was named in 1999 as a PRP under CERCLA at a former wood-treatment site in New Jersey at which EPA is conducting a cleanup. On April 15, 2005, Tronox LLC and Tronox Worldwide LLC received a letter from EPA asserting they are liable under CERCLA as a former owner or operator of the site and demanding reimbursement of costs expended by EPA at the site. The letter made demand for payment of past costs in the amount of approximately $179 million, plus interest though EPA has informed Tronox LLC that it expects final project costs will be approximately $236 million, plus possible other costs and interest. Tronox LLC did not operate the site, which had been sold to a third party before Tronox LLC succeededPrior to the interests of a predecessor owner in the 1960s.Transaction, Tronox Incorporated had one reportable segment representing its pigment business. The predecessor also did not operate the site, which had been closed down before itPigment segment primarily produced and marketed TiO2 and included heavy minerals production. The heavy minerals production was acquired by the predecessor. Based on historical records, there are substantial uncertainties about whether or under what terms the predecessor assumed liabilities for the site. In addition, although it appears there may be other PRPs, the company does not know whether the other PRPs have received similar letters from EPA, whether there are any defenses to liability available to the other PRPs or whether the other PRPs have the financial resources necessary to meet their obligations. The company intends to vigorously defend against EPA’s demand, though the company expects to have discussionsintegrated with EPA that could lead to a settlement or resolution of EPA’s demand. No reserve for reimbursement of cleanup costs at the site has been recorded because it is not possible to reliably estimate the liability, if any, the company may have for the site because of the aforementioned defenses and uncertainties.

Sauget, Illinois

From 1927 to 1969, Tronox LLC operated a wood-treatmentits Australian pigment plant, on a 60-acre site in the Village of Sauget (formerly known as Monsanto) in St. Clair County, Illinois. Operations on the property resulted in the contamination of soil, surface water, and groundwater at the site with creosote and other substances used in wood treating. In 1988, Tronox LLC entered into a court-approved consent order with the Illinois Attorney General and Illinois Environmental Protection Agency. The consent order requires Tronox LLC to perform an environmental investigation and remediation feasibility study, and this work is ongoing. Soil remediation and groundwater monitoring are being conducted, and further remediation options to address sediment and surface water are being evaluated. Duration of remedial activities currently cannot be estimated.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of approximately $8.5 million for the remediation activities, including those currently under evaluation, described above. This includes $4.9 million added to the reserve in 2005 because additional soil volumes requiring excavation and disposal had been identified. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Hattiesburg, Mississippi

In January 2003, Tronox LLC entered into a consent order with the Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality to implement a remedy pursuant to an approved remediation work plan for a wood-treatment site in Hattiesburg, Mississippi. Components of the work plan included excavation of certain materials from the former processing areas and off-site sediments and containment of other on-site and off-site materials.

F-46


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Remediation of the former processing and certain off-site areas was completed in 2003. Some off-site remediation required by the work plan has not been completed where access by current leaseholders has been denied. Efforts to obtain necessary access are ongoing, and remedial activities are expected to take about one to two more years once access is obtained.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of approximately $2.7 million for the remediation activities described above. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Cleveland, Oklahoma

Triple S Refining Corporation (“Triple S”), formerly known as Kerr-McGee Refining Corporation, owned and operated a petroleum refinery near Cleveland, Oklahoma until the facility was closed in 1972. In 1992, Triple S entered into a Consent Order with the Oklahoma Department of Health (later, the ODEQ), which addresses the remediation of air, soil, surface water and groundwater contaminated by hydrocarbons and other refinery related materials. Facility dismantling and several interim remedial measures have been completed. In 2004, ODEQ approved the soil and waste feasibility study, which includes construction of an on-site disposal cell. Design of the cell is in process. In addition, a feasibility study of surface and groundwater remedial measures has been submitted to ODEQ and currently is under review. Duration of remedial activities currently cannot be estimated.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of approximately $4.4 million for the remediation activities described above, including the remedial measures recommended in the feasibility study currently under review. This includes $1.4 million added to the reserve in 2005, as studies indicated that groundwater remediation would be more costly than previously estimated. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Cushing, Oklahoma

In 1972, Triple S closed a petroleum refinery it had operated near Cushing, Oklahoma. Prior to closing the refinery, Triple Sbut also had produced uranium and thorium fuel and metal at the site pursuant to licenses issuedthird-party sales of minerals not utilized by the AEC.

In 1990, Triple S entered into a consent agreement with the State of Oklahoma to investigate the site and take appropriate remedial actions related to petroleum refining and uranium and thorium residuals. Investigation and remediation of hydrocarbon contamination is being performed under the oversight of the ODEQ. Remediation to address hydrocarbon contamination in soils is expected to take about four more years. The long-term scope, duration and cost of groundwater remediation are uncertain and, therefore, additional costs beyond those accrued may be incurred in the future.

In 1993, Triple S received a decommissioning license from the NRC, the successor to AEC’s licensing authority, to perform certain cleanup of uranium and thorium residuals. All known radiological contamination has been removed from the site and shipped to a licensed disposal facility, substantially completing the license requirements.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $11.9 million for the costs of the ongoing remediation and decommissioning work described above. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

F-47


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Calhoun, Louisiana

From 1973 until 1988, Triple S owned and operated a gas condensate stripping facility located near Calhoun, Louisiana. When the facility was sold in 1988, Triple S retained responsibility for environmental conditions existing prior to the date of closing. Operations at the facility prior to the sale had resulted in the contamination of soil and groundwater with petroleum hydrocarbons. The Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality has approved a Corrective Action Plan for remediating the soil and groundwater contamination. Remediation is ongoing and expected to take about three more years.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $4.5 million for the costs of the remediation activities described above. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Jacksonville, Florida

In 1970, Tronox LLC purchased a facility in Jacksonville, Florida that manufactured and processed fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides. Tronox LLC closed the facility in 1978. In 1988, all structures were removed and Tronox LLC began site characterization studies. In 2000, Tronox LLC entered into a consent order with EPA to conduct a remedial investigation and a feasibility study. The remedial investigation was completed and submitted to EPA in August 2005. It is anticipated that the feasibility study will be submitted to EPA in early 2006 and that it will recommend soil remediation and excavation at the site as well as site capping.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $5.5 million to complete the feasibility study and to conduct the cleanup and remediation activities the company expects to recommend to EPA, $5.6 million of which was added in 2005. Although actual costs may differ from the current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Other Sites

In addition to the sites described above, the company is responsible for environmental costs related to certain other sites. These sites relate primarily to wood-treating, chemical production, landfills, mining, and oil and gas refining, distribution and marketing. As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $32.5 million for the environmental costs in connection with these other sites. Although actual costs may differ from current estimates, the amount of any revisions in remediation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Pursuant to the MSA by and among Kerr-McGee Corporation, Kerr-McGee Worldwide Corporation and the company, effective November 28, 2005, Kerr-McGee Worldwide Corporation will reimburse the company for a portion of the environmental remediation costs it incurs and pays (net of any cost reimbursements it recovers or expects to recover from insurers, governmental authorities or other parties). The reimbursement obligation extends to costs incurred at any site associated with any of the company’s former businesses orits pigment operations.

With respect to any site for which the company has established a reserve as of the effective date of the MSA, 50% of the remediation costs the company incurs in excess of the reserve amount (after meeting a $200,000 minimum threshold amount) will be reimbursable by Kerr-McGee, net of any amounts recovered or, in the company’s reasonable and good faith estimate, that will be recovered from third parties. With respect to any site for which the company has not established a reserve as of the effective date of the MSA, 50% of the amount of the remediation costs the company incurs and pays (after meeting a $200,000 minimum threshold amount) will be reimbursable by Kerr-McGee, net of any amounts recovered or, in the company’s reasonable and good faith estimate, that will be recovered from third parties.

F-48


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Kerr-McGee’s aggregate reimbursement obligation to the company cannot exceed $100 million and is subject to various other limitations and restrictions. For example, Kerr-McGee is not obligated to reimburse the company for amounts it pays to third parties in connection with tort claims or personal injury lawsuits, or for administrative fines or civil penalties that the company is required to pay. Kerr-McGee’s reimbursement obligation also is limited to costs that the company actually incurs and pays within seven years following the completion of the IPO.

Litigation and Claims

Coal Supply Contract

A predecessor of Tronox Worldwide LLC entered into a coal supply contract with Peabody Coaltrade, Inc. (“PCI”) in February 1998. In 1998, the predecessor exited the coal business and assigned its rights and obligations under the coal supply contract to a third party. In connection with the assignment,Transaction, the predecessor agreed to guarantee performanceCompany acquired 74% of Exxaro’s South African mineral sands operations, including its Namakwa and KZN Sands mines, separation facilities and slag furnaces, along with its 50% share of the Tiwest Joint Venture in Western Australia. As such, the Company evaluated its new operations under ASC 280,Segments, and determined that the contract. PCI has notified Tronox Worldwide LLC ofmineral sands operations qualify as a threatened default by the assignee under the coal supply contract and that PCI may seek to hold Tronox Worldwide LLC liable under the 1998 guaranty in the event of a default. In addition to other defensesseparate segment.

Subsequent to the enforceability ofTransaction, the guaranty, the company believes the guaranty expired in January 2003 when the primary term of the coal supply contract expired. No reserve has been provided for performance under the guaranty because the company does not believe a loss is probable and the amount of any loss is not reasonably estimable.

Western Fertilizer Contract

In 1995, Tronox LLC executed an exclusive agreement with Western Fertilizer, Inc. (“Western Fertilizer”) for the storage and distribution of fertilizer produced by the company. In May 2000, the company terminated the agreement because the owner, operator and the key person of Western Fertilizer, had been sentenced to serve 17 years in prison for federal crimes involving activities unrelated to the company, thus rendering Western Fertilizer unable to perform its duties under the agreement. In June 2000, Western Fertilizer filed for bankruptcy, and its trustee alleged that the company did not have the right to terminate the agreement. In May 2003, Western Fertilizer’s bankruptcy claim against Tronox LLC was transferred to a litigation trust, and, in October 2004, the litigation trust filed an amended complaint in a pending federal lawsuit in the U.S. District Court in Idaho, seeking monetary damages of approximately $13 million for alleged breaches of contract. Discovery in the litigation was completed in February 2006. On March 1, 2006, both parties filed motions for summary judgment. A trial date will be set after the court rules on the motions for summary judgment. The company believes that the claims made in the complaint are without substantial merit and is vigorously defending against them and, thus, no reserve has been recorded. The company currently believes that damages, if any, related to the claims are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the company.

Birmingham, Alabama

Until 1995, Triple S operated a petroleum terminal in Birmingham, Alabama. In late 2005, a local church, which is located on property adjacent to the site, demanded payment for damages of approximately $25 million in connection with a release of petroleum alleged to have occurred at the terminal and threatened litigation. In March 2006, the company filed a lawsuit seeking a declaration of the parties’ rights and injunctive relief. The company has not provided a reserve for the litigation because at this time it cannot reasonably determine the probability of a loss, and the amount of loss, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated. The company currently believes that the ultimate resolution of the litigation is not likely to have a material adverse effect on the company.

F-49


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Forest Products Litigation

Between December 31, 2002, and May 2, 2005, approximately 250 lawsuits (filed on behalf of approximately 5,100 claimants) were filed against Tronox LLC in connection with the former wood-treatment plant in Columbus, Mississippi. Substantially all of these lawsuits are pending in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Mississippi and have been consolidated for pretrial and discovery purposes. In addition, a suit filed by the Maranatha Faith Center against Tronox LLC and Tronox Worldwide LLC on February 18, 2000, relates to the former wood-treatment plant in Columbus and is pending in the Circuit Court of Lowndes County, Mississippi. Between December 31, 2002, and June 25, 2004, three lawsuits (filed on behalf of approximately 3,300 claimants) were filed against Tronox LLC in connection with a former wood-treatment plant located in Hattiesburg, Mississippi. These lawsuits were removed to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi. Between September 9, 2004, and December 28, 2005, four lawsuits (filed on behalf of 69 claimants) were filed against Tronox LLC in connection with a former wood-treatment plant located in Texarkana, Texas. Two of the Texarkana lawsuits that were filed in Oklahoma (on behalf of 30 claimants) have been dismissed on jurisdictional grounds. Between January 3, 2005, and July 26, 2005, 35 lawsuits (filed on behalf of approximately 4,600 claimants) were filed against Tronox LLC and Tronox Worldwide LLC in connection with the former wood-treatment plant in Avoca, Pennsylvania. All of these lawsuits seek recovery under a variety of common law and statutory legal theories for personal injuries and/or property damages allegedly caused by exposure to and/or release of creosote, a chemical used in the wood-treatment process.

In 2003, Tronox LLC entered into a settlement agreement that resolved approximately 1,490 of the Hattiesburg claims, which resulted in aggregate payments by Tronox LLC of approximately $0.6 million. In December 2005, Tronox LLC entered into settlement agreements to resolve up to 1,335 of the remaining Hattiesburg claims and up to 879 of the Columbus claims. The December 2005 settlement agreements require Tronox LLC to pay up to $2.5 million, of which $1.8 million was paid in December 2005. In addition, all of the remaining Hattiesburg claims have been dismissed without prejudice on the bases of failure to pay filing fees and failure to disclose information in compliance with court orders. The company currently believes that the unresolved claims relating to the Columbus, Hattiesburg, Texarkana and Avoca plants are without substantial merit and is vigorously defending against them.

Financial Reserves—As of December 31, 2005, the company had reserves of $7.3 million related to forest products litigation. This reflects an increase of $2.5 million taken as a result of the December 2005 settlement noted above and information developed with respect to pending claims during negotiation of the December settlement. Although actual costs may differ from the current reserves, the amount of any revisions in litigation costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The company currently believes that the ultimate resolution of the forest products litigation is not likely to have a material adverse effect on the company.

Kemira

In 2000, the company acquired its titanium dioxide production facility in Savannah, Georgia, from Kemira Pigments Oy, a Finnish company, and its parent, Kemira Oyj (together, “the Sellers”). After acquiring the facility, the company discovered that certain matters associated with environmental conditions and plant infrastructure were not consistent with representations made by the Sellers. The company sought recovery for breach of representations and warranties in a proceeding before the London Court of International Arbitration (“LCIA”). On May 9, 2005, the company received notice from the LCIA that the LCIA had found in favor of the company as to liability with respect to certain of the claims. The LCIA still must determine the amount of damages, a hearing with respect to which has been scheduled for late May 2006. The company currently cannot reasonably estimate the amount of damages that will be awarded. The company will recognize a receivable, if and when damages are awarded and all contingencies associated with any recovery are resolved.

F-50


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Other Matters

The company is party to a number of legal and administrative proceedings involving environmental and/or other matters pending in various courts or agencies. These proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the company. These proceedings are also associated with facilities currently or previously owned, operated or used by the company and/or its predecessors, some of which include claims for personal injuries, property damages, cleanup costs and other environmental matters. Current and former operations of the company also involve management of regulated materials and are subject to various environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations will obligate the company to clean up various sites at which petroleum and other hydrocarbons, chemicals, low-level radioactive substances and/or other materials have been contained, disposed of or released. Some of these sites have been designated Superfund sites by EPA pursuant to CERCLA or state equivalents. Similar environmental laws and regulations and other requirements exist in foreign countries in which the company operates.

23. Commitments

Lease and Purchase Obligations

The company has various commitments under noncancelable operating lease agreements, principally for railcars and production equipment. Aggregate minimum annual rentals under all operating leases at December 31, 2005, are shown in the table below. Total rental expense was $19.8 million in 2005, $17.4 million in 2004 and $16.2 million in 2003.

In the normal course of business, the company also enters contractual agreements to purchase raw materials and utilities. Aggregate future payments under these borrowings and contracts are shown in the table below.

   Payments due by year

Type of Obligation

  2006  2007  2008  2009  2010  After
2010
  Total
   (Millions of dollars)

Operating leases

  $7.7  $7.7  $6.5  $5.1  $4.6  $16.4  $48.0

Purchase obligations—

              

Ore contracts

   162.3   155.3   147.9   95.2   41.8   39.4   641.9

Other purchase obligations

   86.5   72.5   67.7   48.3   47.4   38.1   360.5
                            

Total

  $256.5  $235.5  $222.1  $148.6  $93.8  $93.9  $1,050.4
                            

As discussed in Note 19, the company will be obligated under the employee benefits agreement with Kerr-McGee to maintain the Material Features (as defined in the employee benefits agreement) of the U.S. postretirement plan without change for a period of three years following the Distribution date. Based on the actuarially projected obligations under that plan, the company expects contributions to be approximately $10.0 million for each of the next five years.

Letters of Credit and Other

At December 31, 2005, the company had outstanding letters of credit in the amount of approximately $34.5 million. These letters of credit have been granted by financial institutions to support our environmental clean-up costs and miscellaneous operational and severance requirements in international locations. As of March 15, 2006, outstanding letters of credit totaled $40.3 million.

The company has entered into certain agreements that require it to indemnify third parties for losses related to environmental matters, litigation and other claims. No material obligations have been recorded in connection with such indemnification agreements.

F-51


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

24. Reporting by Business Segments and Geographic Locations

The companyCompany has two reportable segments: pigment,segments, Mineral Sands and electrolyticPigment. The Mineral Sands segment includes the exploration, mining and other chemical products.beneficiation of mineral sands deposits, as well as heavy mineral production. These operations produce titanium feedstock, including ilmenite, chloride slag, slag fines and rutile, as well as pig iron and zircon. The pigmentPigment segment primarily produces and markets titanium dioxide pigmentTiO2 and has production facilities in the United States, Australia, Germany and the Netherlands. The pigment segment also includes heavy minerals production operated through our joint venture. The heavy minerals productionCorporate and Other is integrated with our Australian pigment plant, but also has sales to third parties. Electrolyticcomprised of corporate activities and other chemical products segment represents the company’sbusinesses that are no longer in operation, as well as its electrolytic manufacturing and marketing operations, all of which are located in the United States.

F-90


Segment performance is evaluated based on segment operating profit (loss), which represents the results of segment operations before consideringunallocated costs, such as general corporate expenses andnot identified to a specific segment, environmental provisions, net of reimbursements, related to sites no longer in operation, interest and debt expense, other income (expense) and income taxes.tax expense or benefit.

 

   2005  2004  2003 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Net sales

    

Pigment

  $1,267.0  $1,208.4  $1,078.8 

Electrolytic and other chemical products

   97.0   93.4   78.9 
             

Total

  $1,364.0  $1,301.8  $1,157.7 
             

Operating profit (loss)

    

Pigment

  $101.5  $(86.5) $(15.0)

Electrolytic and other chemical products(1)

   (5.9)  (0.6)  (22.0)
             
   95.6   (87.1)  (37.0)
             

Expenses of nonoperating sites(2)

   (2.1)  (5.5)  (3.6)

Provisions for environmental remediation and restoration(2)

   (5.6)  (2.2)  (1.6)
             

Total operating profit (loss)

   87.9   (94.8)  (42.2)

Interest and debt expense

   4.5   0.1   0.1 

Other income (expense)(3)

   (15.2)  (25.2)  (20.5)

Income tax benefit (provision)

   (21.8)  38.3   15.1 
             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $46.4  $(81.8) $(47.7)
             

Depreciation, depletion and amortization, including write-downs of property, plant and equipment

    

Pigment

  $99.1  $181.3  $110.3 

Electrolytic and other chemical products

   9.9   14.5   15.0 
             
   109.0   195.8   125.3 
             

Discontinued operations

   —     0.8   3.2 
             

Total

  $109.0  $196.6  $128.5 
             

(1)Includes $10.3 million, nil and $11.0 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, of environmental charges, net of reimbursements, related to ammonium perchlorate at the company’s Henderson facility.
(2)Includes general expenses and environmental provisions related to various businesses in which the company’s affiliates are no longer engaged, but that have not met the criteria for reporting as discontinued operations.
(3)Includes equity in net earnings of equity method investees of $2.0 million, $2.4 million and $0.8 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
  Mineral
Sands
  Pigment  Corporate
And Other
  Eliminations  Total 

Successor: Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012

     

Net Sales

 $760   $1,246   $128   $(302 $1,832  

Income (Loss) from operations

  156    57    (139  (49  25  

Interest and debt expense

      (65

Other income (expense)

      (7

Gain on bargain purchase

      1,055  

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

     $1,008  

Total Assets

 $3,164   $1,680   $725   $(58 $5,511  

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

  125    71    15    —     211  

Capital Expenditures

  96    39    31    —     166  

Successor: Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2011

     

Net Sales

 $160   $1,327   $133   $(77 $1,543  

Income (Loss) from operations

  42    323    (54  (9  302  

Interest and debt expense

      (30

Other income (expense)

      (10

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

     $262  

Total Assets

 $228   $1,217   $224   $(12 $1,657  

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

  —     67    12    —     79  

Capital Expenditures

  —     117    16    —     133  

Predecessor: January 1 through January 31, 2011

     

Net Sales

 $8   $89   $14   $(3 $108  

Income (Loss) from operations

  2    20    (1  (1  20  

Interest and debt expense

      (3

Other income

      2  

Reorganization income

      613  

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

      632  

Total Assets

 $221   $987   $241   $(1 $1,448  

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

  —     3    1    —     4  

Capital Expenditures

  —     4    1    1    6  

Predecessor: Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010

     

Net Sales

 $109   $1,005   $153   $(49 $1,218  

Income (Loss) from operations

  7    163    40    —     210  

Interest and debt expense

      (50

Other income (expense)

      (8

Reorganization expense

      (145

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

     $7  

Total Assets

 $152   $564   $382   $—    $1,098  

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

  —     40    10    —     50  

Capital Expenditures

  —     37    8    —     45  

 

F-52

F-91


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

   Successor       Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
   Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2011
       One Month
Ended
January 31,
2011
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Net Sales(1)

           

U.S. operations

  $843    $793       $60    $692  

International operations:

           

Australia

   443     475        33     317  

The Netherlands

   248     275        15     209  

South Africa

   298     —         —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,832    $1,543       $108    $1,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   2005  2004  2003
   (Millions of dollars)

Capital expenditures

      

Pigment

  $83.5  $82.8  $90.5

Electrolytic and other chemical products

   4.1   9.0   6.9
            
   87.6   91.8   97.4
            

Other

   —     0.7   2.0

Total

  $87.6  $92.5  $99.4
            

Total assets

      

Pigment

  $1,514.2  $1,349.8  $1,500.0

Electrolytic and other chemical products

   108.3   115.4   140.4
            
   1,622.5   1,465.2   1,640.4
            

Corporate and other assets

   135.8   127.3   164.9

Assets held for sale

   —     3.4   3.8
            

Total

  $1,758.3  $1,595.9  $1,809.1
            

Net sales(1)

      

U.S. operations

  $755.9  $716.8  $646.7

International operations

      

Germany

   223.5   221.9   192.0

The Netherlands

   145.6   137.5   120.9

Australia

   238.9   225.5   198.0

Other

   0.1   0.1   0.1
            

Total

  $1,364.0  $1,301.8  $1,157.7
            

Net property, plant and equipment

      

U.S. operations

  $475.8  $487.3  $579.4

International operations

      

Germany

   92.4   97.1   89.2

The Netherlands

   182.1   205.6   191.4

Australia

   89.4   93.0   101.6
            

Total

  $839.7  $883.0  $961.6
            

(1)Based on country of production.

 

F-53


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

   Successor 
   December 31,
2012
   December 31,
2011
 

Net Property, Plant and Equipment and Net Mineral Leaseholds

    

U.S. operations

  $196    $184  

International operations:

    

South Africa

   1,263     —   

Australia

   1,348     304  

The Netherlands

   55     54  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,862    $542  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Based on country of production.

25. Quarterly Financial InformationResults of Operations (Unaudited)

A summary ofThe following represents the Company’s unaudited quarterly consolidated and combined results for 2005the years ended December 31, 2012. These quarterly results were prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and 2004 is presented below.reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results.

 

   Net Sales  Gross Profit
(Loss)
  Income (Loss)
from
Continuing
Operations
  Net Income
(Loss)
  Income (Loss)
from Continuing
Operations per
Common Share—
Basic and
Diluted
 
   (Millions of dollars, except per share)    

2005 Quarter Ended

        

March 31

  $334.2  $61.9  $12.4  $4.0  $0.54 

June 30

   355.9   64.3   8.3   (3.6)  0.36 

September 30

   327.4   43.7   13.7   12.2   0.60 

December 31

   346.5   50.3   12.0   6.2   0.41 
                  

Total

  $1,364.0  $220.2  $46.4  $18.8  $1.89 
                  

2004 Quarter Ended—

        

March 31

  $274.9  $31.0  $(2.6) $(4.2) $(0.11)

June 30

   326.1   36.3   3.9   (1.7)  0.17 

September 30

   338.9   28.6   (83.2)  (121.3)  (3.63)

December 31

   361.9   37.0   0.1   (0.4)  —   
                  

Total

  $1,301.8  $132.9  $(81.8) $(127.6) $(3.57)
                  
   January 1 –
March 31
  April 1 –
June 30
  July 1 –
September 30
  October 1 –
December 31
 

Net sales

  $434   $429   $487   $482  

Cost of goods sold

   (277  (304  (444  (543
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross margin

   157    125    43    (61

Net income (loss)

  $86   $1,144   $(1 $(96

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations:

     

Basic

  $1.14   $13.46   $(0.03 $(0.82

Diluted

  $1.10   $13.00   $(0.03 $(0.82

(1)Subsequent to the Transaction, the Company adjusted its initial valuation. In accordance with ASC 805, the Company recorded these adjustments retroactive to the second quarter. As such, the quarterly results of operations for the second and third quarter have been revised. See Note 5.

F-92


The following represents the Company’s unaudited results for the one month ended January 31, 2011, two months ended March 31, 2011 and quarters ended June 30, 2011, September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011. These results were prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP and reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results.

   January 1 –
January 31
  February 1 –
March 31
  April 1 –
June 30
  July 1 –
September 30
  October 1 –
December 31
 

Net sales

  $108   $267   $428   $465   $383  

Cost of goods sold

   (83  (230  (310  (322  (242
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross margin

   25    37    118    143    141  

Net income (loss)

  $631   $10   $66   $99   $67  

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations:

      

Basic

  $15.28   $0.14   $0.89   $1.32   $0.88  

Diluted

  $15.25   $0.13   $0.85   $1.25   $0.85  

The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal the annual per share amounts due to relative changes in the weighted average number of shares used to calculate net income (loss) per share.

26. Condensed Consolidating and Combining Financial InformationSubsequent Events

The company’sOn February 19, 2013, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share payable on March 20, 2013 to holders of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares at close of business on March 6, 2013.

On February 9, 1/2% senior unsecured notes (as defined in Note 14,Long-Term Debt) 2013, Daniel D. Greenwell voluntarily resigned as Chief Financial Officer, effective March 31, 2013. In connection with an aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million have beenMr. Greenwell’s resignation, Mr. Greenwell and the Company executed a separation agreement.

27. Guarantor Condensed Consolidated Financial Data

Our obligations under the Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by each current and future domestic restricted subsidiary, other than excluded subsidiaries that guarantee any indebtedness of Tronox Limited or our restricted subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes are referred to as the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.” The Guarantor Condensed Consolidated Financial Data presented below presents the statements of operations, statements of comprehensive income, balance sheets and statements of cash flow data for: (i) Tronox Limited (the “Parent Company”), the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (which is derived from Tronox historical reported financial information); (ii) the Parent Company, alone (accounting for our Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on an equity basis under which the investments are recorded by each entity owning a portion of another entity at cost, adjusted for the applicable share of the subsidiary’s cumulative results of operations, capital contributions and distributions, and other equity changes); (iii) the Guarantor Subsidiaries alone; and (iv) the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries alone.

Tronox Limited was formed on September 21, 2011 for the purpose of the Transaction. Prior to the completion of the Transaction, Tronox Limited was wholly-owned by Tronox Incorporated, and had no operating assets or operations. For purposes of the guarantor financial statements, Tronox Limited is the parent company for all periods presented, and Tronox Incorporated is included in the guarantor column for all periods presented.

F-93


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2012

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Sales

  $1,832   $(153 $—     $1,340   $645  

Cost of goods sold

   1,568    (104  —      1,057    615  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

   264    (49  —      283    30  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   239    (4  98    115    30  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

   25    (45  (98  168    —    

Interest and debt expense

   (65  —      297    (356  (6

Other income (expense)

   (7  432    (95  (336  (8

Gain on bargain purchase

   1,055    —      1,055    —      —    

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

   —      1,142    (1,144  2    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

   1,008    1,529    15    (522  (14

Income tax benefit (provision)

   125    —      (60  139    46  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   1,133    1,529    (45  (383  32  

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   1    —      —      1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

  $1,134   $1,529   $(45 $(382 $32  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-94


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year Ended December 31, 2012

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations   Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Income (Loss):

       

Net Income (Loss)

  $1,133   $1,529    $(45 $(383 $32  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   10    18     —      (2  (6

Amortization of actuarial losses

   (48  —       —      (47  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   (38  18     —      (49  (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $1,095   $1,547    $(45 $(432 $25  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest:

       

Net loss

   1    —       —      1    —    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (1  —       —      (1  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

   —      —       —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited

  $1,095   $1,547    $(45 $(432 $25  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-95


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2012

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated   Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $716    $—     $533   $82   $101  

Investment in subsidiaries

   —       (1,595  (622  1,760    457  

Other current assets

   1,457     (8,300  6,047    2,181    1,529  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   1,423     —      —      747    676  

Mineral leaseholds, net

   1,439     —      —      796    643  

Other assets

   476     —      (3  401    78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $5,511    $(9,895 $5,955   $5,967   $3,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

       

Current liabilities

  $467    $(539 $560   $133   $313  

Long-term debt

   1,605     —      —      902    703  

Other long-term liabilities

   557     (7,709  882    6,978    406  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   2,629     (8,248  1,442    8,013    1,422  

Total Equity

   2,882     (1,647  4,513    (2,046  2,062  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $5,511    $(9,895 $5,955   $5,967   $3,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-96


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2012

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net income (loss)

  $1,133   $1,529   $(45 $(383 $32  

Gain on bargain purchase

   (1,055  —      (1,055  —      —    

Other

   40    (1,529  2,098    (18  (511
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   118    —      998    (401  (479
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Capital expenditures

   (166  —      —      (89  (77

Cash paid in acquisition of mineral sands business

   (1  —      (1  —      —    

Cash received in acquisition of mineral sands business

   115    —      115    —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   (52  —      114    (89  (77
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Reductions of debt

   (585  —      —      (481  (104

Proceeds from borrowings

   1,707    —      —      960    747  

Debt issuance costs

   (38  —      —      (19  (19

Merger consideration

   (193  —      (193  —      —    

Class A ordinary shares repurchases

   (326  —      (326  —      —    

Shares purchased for the Employee Participation Plan

   (15  —      —      —      (15

Paid dividends

   (61  —      (61  —      —    

Proceeds from conversion of warrants

   1    —      1    —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   490    —      (579  460    609  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   6    —      —      8    (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   562    —      533    (22  51  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

   154    —      —      104    50  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

  $716   $—     $533   $82   $101  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-97


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2011

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Sales

 $1,543   $9   $—     $1,207   $327  

Cost of goods sold

  1,104    22    —      856    226  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  439    (13  —      351    101  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  152    (3  —      142    13  

Litigation/arbitration settlement

  (10  —      —      (10  —    

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

  (5  —      —      (5  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

  302    (10  —      224    88  

Interest and debt expense

  (30  —      —      (20  (10

Other income (expense)

  (10  31    —      (35  (6

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

  —      (72  —      72    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  262    (51  —      241    72  

Income tax benefit (provision)

  (20  —      —      6    (26
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

 $242   $(51 $—     $247   $46  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-98


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2011

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Income (Loss):

       

Net Income (Loss)

  $242   $(51 $—      $247   $46  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (6  —      —       (130  124  

Amortization of actuarial losses

   (51  —      —       (37  (14
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   (57  —      —       (167  110  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $185   $(51 $—      $80   $156  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-99


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2011

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated   Eliminations  Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $154    $—     $  —      $104    $50  

Investment in subsidiaries

   —       (1,027  —       570     457  

Other current assets

   615     (629  —       918     326  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   504     —      —       450     54  

Mineral leaseholds, net

   38     —      —       38     —    

Other assets

   346     —      —       336     10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $1,657    $(1,656 $—      $2,416    $897  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

         

Current liabilities

  $281    $(47 $—      $267    $61  

Long-term debt

   421     —      —       421     —    

Other long-term liabilities

   203     (574  —       211     566  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   905     (621  —       899     627  

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   752     (1,035  —       1,517     270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $1,657    $(1,656 $—      $2,416    $897  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-100


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2011

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

       

Net income (loss)

  $242   $(51 $—      $247   $46  

Other

   21    51    —       (36  6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

   263    —      —       211    52  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

       

Capital expenditures

   (133  —      —       (125  (8

Proceeds from the sale of assets

   1    —      —       1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

   (132  —      —       (124  (8
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

       

Reductions of debt

   (45  —      —       (45  —    

Proceeds from borrowings

   14    —      —       14    —    

Debt issuance costs and commitment fees

   (5  —      —       (5  —    

Proceeds from conversion of warrants

   1    —      —       1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

   (35  —      —       (35  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   (3  —      —       —      (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   93    —      —       52    41  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

   61    —      —       52    9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

  $154   $—     $—      $104   $50  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-101


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

One Month Ended January 31, 2011

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

  Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Sales

 $108   $(23 $—     $111   $20  

Cost of goods sold

  83    (22  —      89    16  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

  25    (1  —      22    4  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  5    (1  —      5    1  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from Operations

  20    —      —      17    3  

Interest and debt expense

  (3  —      —      (3  —    

Other income (expense)

  615    2    —      550    63  

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

  —      (63  —      63    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  632    (61  —      627    66  

Income tax provision

  (1  —      —      (1  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

 $631   $(61 $—     $626   $66  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-102


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

One Month Ended January 31, 2011

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Income (Loss):

        

Net Income (Loss)

  $631   $(61 $—      $626    $66  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   1    —      —       —       1  

Amortization of prior service cost

   (1  —      —       —       (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

   —      —      —       —       —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $631   $(61 $—      $626    $66  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-103


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

One Month Ended January 31, 2011

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

       

Net income (loss)

  $631   $(61 $—      $626   $66  

Reorganization items

   (954  —      —       (954  —    

Other

   40    61    —       61    (82
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used in operating activities

   (283  —      —       (267  (16
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

       

Capital expenditures

   (6  —      —       (6  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

   (6  —      —       (6  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

       

Proceeds from borrowings

   25    —      —       25    —    

Debt issuance costs and commitment fees

   (2  —      —       (2  —    

Proceeds from rights offering

   185    —      —       185    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

   208    —      —       208    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   —      —      —       —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   (81  —      —       (65  (16

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

   142    —      —       117    25  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

  $61   $—     $—      $52   $9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-104


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2010

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Sales

  $1,218   $(299 $—      $1,240   $277  

Cost of goods sold

   996    (289  —       1,047    238  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross Margin

   222    (10  —       193    39  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   59    (9  —       56    12  

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   (47  —      —       (47  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

   210    (1  —       184    27  

Interest and debt expense

   (50  —      —       (38  (12

Other income (expense)

   (153  121    —       (159  (115

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

   —      114    —       (114  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

   7    234    —       (127  (100

Income tax benefit (provision)

   (2  (1  —       6    (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

   5    233    —       (121  (107

Income from discontinued operations

   1    —      —       1    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

  $6   $233   $—      $(120 $(107
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-105


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year Ended December 31, 2010

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations   Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Net Income (Loss):

        

Net Income (Loss)

  $6   $233    $—      $(120 $(107

Other Comprehensive Loss:

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (10  —       —       (3  (7

Retirement and postretirement plans adjustments

   (13  —       —       (9  (4
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

   (23  —       —       (12  (11
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $(17 $233    $—      $(132 $(118
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-106


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2010

(Millions of U.S. dollars)

   Consolidated  Eliminations  Parent
Company
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

       

Net income (loss)

  $6   $233   $—      $(120 $(107

Other

   71    (233  —       185    119  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

   77    —      —       65    12  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

       

Capital expenditures

   (45  —      —       (38  (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

   (45  —      —       (38  (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

       

Reductions of debt

   (425  —      —       (425  —    

Proceeds from borrowings

   425    —      —       425    —    

Debt issuance costs

   (15  —      —       (15  —    

Fees related to rights offering and other related debt costs

   (17  —      —       (17  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

   (32  —      —       (32  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   (1  —      —       (1  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   (1  —      —       (6  5  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

   143    —      —       123    20  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

  $142   $—     $—      $117   $25  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-107


Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations

Combined Financial Statements

F-108


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of Exxaro Resources Limited and Shareholder of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations:

In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements of financial position and the related combined statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of management of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc

PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc

Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa

March 15, 2012

F-109


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the years ended December 31

   Notes   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
  2009
R’000
 

REVENUE

     6,585,874    4,639,972    3,508,276  

Raw materials and consumables used

     (1,288,114  (1,078,851  (1,175,318

Changes in inventories of finished goods andwork-in-progress

     123,077    (276,960  599,999  

Staff costs

     (1,033,251  (918,177  (824,533

Depreciation and amortisation

     (547,529  (601,285  (479,078

Impairment reversal/(charge) of property, plant and equipment

     877,163    —      (1,435,000

Energy costs

     (679,119  (501,128  (433,969

Other operating expenses

     (1,368,367  (1,013,021  (1,165,457
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)

   5     2,669,734    250,550    (1,405,080

Interest income

   6     61,042    9,160    10,790  

Interest expense

   6     (260,596  (299,417  (369,119
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX

     2,470,180    (39,707  (1,763,409

Income tax benefit/(expense)

   7     79,858    48,192    (307,734
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

     2,550,038    8,485    (2,071,143
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) attributable to Exxaro group of companies

     2,550,038    8,485    (2,071,143
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

     2,550,038    8,485    (2,071,143

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

      

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

     475,691    24,207    38,749  

Cash flow hedges

     25,792    88,655    135,515  

Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

     2,431    (25,632  (38,511
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain recognised in other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

   19     503,914    87,230    135,753  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

     3,053,952    95,715    (1,935,390
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Exxaro group of companies

     3,053,952    95,715    (1,935,390
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-110


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

       December 31, 
   Notes   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
 

ASSETS

     

Non-current assets

     

Property, plant and equipment

   8     6,285,643    5,252,566  

Intangible assets

   9     131,160    72,799  

Deferred tax

   10     477,922    138,309  

Financial assets

   11     156,440    126,654  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-current assets

     7,051,165    5,590,328  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current assets

     

Inventories

   12     2,298,471    1,911,909  

Trade and other receivables

   13     1,880,218    1,157,649  

Derivatives

     8,980    84,991  

Amounts owing by related parties

   14     1,151,069    1,057,534  

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,998,263    418,879  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,337,001    4,630,962  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current assets classified as held for sale

   25     2,046   
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     15,390,212    10,221,290  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

     

Capital and reserves

     

Invested capital

     4,276,900    2,476,900  

Other reserves

     1,016,268    498,281  

Accumulated losses

     (1,601,487  (3,465,820
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investment by Exxaro Resources Limited

     3,691,681    (490,639

Non-current liabilities

     

Interest-bearing borrowings

   15     549,286    652,641  

Amounts due to related parties

   14     1,925,805    2,346,568  

Post retirement medical obligation

   21     44,134    37,685  

Non-current provisions

   16     526,964    438,337  

Deferred tax

   10      19,181  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-current liabilities

     3,046,189    3,494,412  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

   17     789,367    715,293  

Interest-bearing borrowings

   15     275,412    270,658  

Amounts due to related parties

   14     7,475,156    6,215,285  

Current provisions

   16     10,159    12,051  

Derivatives

     102,248    4,230  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     8,652,342    7,217,517  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

     15,390,212    10,221,290  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-111


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

for the years ended December 31

       2011  2010  2009 
   Notes   R’000  R’000  R’000 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Cash generated by/(utilised in) operations

   18.1     1,757,760    973,441    (110,546

Net financing costs

   18.2     (158,359  (270,538  (357,077
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     1,599,401    702,903    (467,623
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (664,529  (692,819  (825,807

Proceeds from Tronoxbuy-back arrangement (excluding interest income)

   18.3     427,151    

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     2,870    3,019    4,643  

Proceeds from disposal of investments

   25     4,487    

Increase in investments in othernon-current assets

     (12,839  (34,818  (42,581

Increase in amounts owing by related parties

     (68,983  (266,316  (93,632

Acquisition of subsidiary

   18.4       (120,560
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (311,843  (990,934  (1,077,937
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Interest-bearing borrowings raised

     53,947    348,012    230,948  

Interest-bearing borrowings repaid

     (322,793  (103,502  (65,985

Proceeds from related party borrowings

     361,575    189,340    923,143  

Dividend

   18.5     (685,705  

Proceeds from issue of share capital

   18.6     1,800,000    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     1,207,024    433,850    1,088,106  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     2,494,582    145,819    (457,454

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     418,879    276,892    731,060  

Translation differences on cash and cash equivalents

     84,802    (3,832  3,286  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

     2,998,263    418,879    276,892  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-112


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY/(DEFICIT)

       Other reserves        
   Invested
capital
R’000
   Foreign
currency
translations
R’000
   Financial
instruments
revaluation
R’000
  Equity-
settled
reserve
R’000
   Accumulated
profit/(loss)
R’000
  Net
investment
by Exxaro
R’000
 

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2009

   2,476,900     220,647     (13,771  38,227     (1,403,162  1,318,841  

Loss for the year

          (2,071,143  (2,071,143

Other comprehensive income

     38,749     97,004       135,753  

Transactions with owners

          

- Share-based payments

        12,226      12,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

   2,476,900     259,396     83,233    50,453     (3,474,305  (604,323

Profit for the year

          8,485    8,485  

Other comprehensive income

     24,207     63,023       87,230  

Transactions with owners

          

- Share-based payments

        17,969      17,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

   2,476,900     283,603     146,256    68,422     (3,465,820  (490,639

Profit for the year

          2,550,038    2,550,038  

Other comprehensive income

     475,691     28,223       503,914  

Transactions with owners

          

- Share-based payments

        14,073      14,073  

- Proceeds from shares issued

   1,800,000           1,800,000  

- Dividends

          (685,705  (685,705
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

   4,276,900     759,294     174,479    82,495     (1,601,487  3,691,681  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign entities that are not integral to the operations of the group.

Financial instruments revaluation reserve

The financial instruments revaluation reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments where the hedged transaction has not yet occurred.

Equity-settled reserve

The equity-settled reserve represents the fair value of services received and settled by equity instruments granted.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-113


EXXARO MINERAL SANDS OPERATIONS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.BACKGROUND

On September 26, 2011, Exxaro Resources Limited (“Exxaro”) signed a Transaction Agreement to sell its mineral sands operations (the “Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations”) to Tronox Limited (the “Acquirer”).

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is comprised of the following wholly-owned subsidiaries of Exxaro in South Africa, Netherlands and Australia:

Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd, Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd, Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd, Exxaro Holdings Sands (Pty) Ltd, Exxaro Holdings (Aus) Pty Ltd, Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd, Ticor Finance (A.C.T) Pty Ltd, Ticor Resources Pty Ltd, Ticor Chemical Company Pty Ltd, Omacor SAC, TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd, Tific Pty Ltd, Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd, Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd, Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd, Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd and Exxaro Sands Holdings BV.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations conducts mining and smelting activities of titanium mineral ores to produce titanium slag and pig iron, in the Empangeni area of KwaZulu Natal, as well as the mining and smelting activities of mineral sands at Namakwa Sands in the Western Cape, of South Africa. The operations in Australia include a 50% interest in the Tiwest Joint Venture in Australia, which consists of the mining and concentration of titanium mineral ores, the operation of a synthetic rutile production facility as well as a titanium dioxide pigment plant operation (the “Tiwest Joint Venture”). The Tiwest Joint Venture is an unincorporated joint venture with Tronox and is proportionately consolidated.

The combined financial statements were authorised for issue by the board of directors of Exxaro on March 15, 2012.

The basis of preparation, combination and presentation of the combined financial statements of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is more fully described below.

2.BASIS OF PREPARATION

The accompanying financial statements represent the combined financial statements of the entities described in note 1 above, which are all wholly owned subsidiaries of Exxaro. Such entities comprise the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations for purposes of the Proposed Transaction and have historically been managed together, and have been under common control, during the reporting periods. The accompanying combined financial statements are prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”).

The combined financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit and loss and, in all material respects, in accordance with IFRS.

The combined financial statements have been prepared for the purposes of presenting, as far as practical, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations on a standalone basis. The combined financial statements of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations reflect assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses directly attributable to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, including management fee allocations recognised on a historic basis in the accounting records of Exxaro on a legal entity basis. Although it is not possible to estimate the actual costs that would have been incurred if the services performed by Exxaro had been purchased from independent third parties, the allocations are considered to be reasonable by the directors of Exxaro and management of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. However, the financial position, results of

F-114


operations and cash flows of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations are not necessarily representative or indicative of those that would have been achieved had the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations operated autonomously or as an entity independent from Exxaro.

(a) Going Concern

As at December 31, 2010 and 2009 the liabilities of the Mineral Sands Operations exceeded its assets. Due to an increased investment in share capital and improved operating results in 2011, management have a reasonable expectation that the Exxaro Mineral Sands operations has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. As at December 31, 2011, the assets of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations exceeded its liabilities.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its combined financial statements.

(b) Management fees

Exxaro uses a cost recovery mechanism to recover certain central management and other similar costs it incurs at a corporate level. The management fees reflected in the combined financial statements are based on the amounts historically recorded in the accounts of the individual entities within the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations due to this cost recovery mechanism. An appropriate proportion of the remuneration of the senior management personnel for Exxaro is included in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. These management fees include their salaries and pension costs. These management fees have either been directly attributed to individual operations of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations or, for costs incurred centrally, allocated between the relevant Exxaro businesses and the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. Costs have principally been allocated on the basis of actual services delivered. A complete discussion of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ relationship with Exxaro and other Exxaro companies, including a description of the costs that have historically been charged to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, is included in Note 14 to these combined financial statements.

(c) Interest

The interest charge reflected in the combined financial statements is based on the interest charge historically incurred by the entities included in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations on specific external borrowings or financing provided by other Exxaro companies. Details of specific external borrowings and borrowings from other Exxaro companies are set out in notes 14 and 15.

(d) Taxation

The entities that comprise the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations have historically filed separate tax returns in South Africa, and a consolidated tax return in Australia.

Current and deferred income taxes for the Exxaro Mineral Sands South African operations are therefore based on the historical (separate) tax returns.

Current and deferred income taxes for the Exxaro Mineral Sands Australian operations are based on the consolidated tax return prepared for all Australian subsidiaries of Exxaro. The head entity within thetax-consolidated group for the Australian operations is Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd (which is a fellow-subsidiary of Exxaro engaged in Coal operations, and not part of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations). Entities within thetax-consolidated group have entered into a tax funding arrangement and atax-sharing agreement with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding agreement, each of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations entities and each of the entities in thetax-consolidated group have agreed to pay a tax equivalent payment to or from the head

F-115


entity, based on the current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity. Tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the members of thetax-consolidated group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of thetax-consolidated group using the ‘separate taxpayer within group’ approach. Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits of the members of thetax-consolidated group are recognised by Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd (as head entity in thetax-consolidated group). Such amounts are reflected in amounts receivable from, or payable to, related parties (see note 14). There is no difference between the tax expense recognised in each entity on a separate tax return basis to that recognised on a consolidated tax return basis.

The tax sharing agreement entered into between members of thetax-consolidated group provides for the determination of the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. No amounts have been recognised in the financial statements in respect of this agreement as payments of any amount under the tax sharing agreement are considered remote. Tax liabilities that may arise from any separation of the entities comprising the Exxaro Mineral Sands Australian operations from the tax consolidated group have not been reflected in the combined financial statements.

(e) Share-based payments

A number of Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations employees participate in Exxaro’s performance share schemes and management option plan. For purposes of these combined financial statements, transfers of Exxaro’s equity instruments to employees of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations have been reflected as equity settled share-based payment transactions. The share-based payment transactions have are classified as ‘equity-settled’ share-based payments on the basis that the responsibility for settling the awards reside with Exxaro, and not the entities comprising the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations.

(f) Net investment by other Exxaro companies

The net investment by other Exxaro companies in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations businesses is shown in lieu of shareholder’s equity in the combined balance sheets. Net investment by other Exxaro companies therefore includes aggregated combined share capital of the entities included within the combined financial statements, accumulated losses and other reserves (including share-based payment reserve, hedging reserve and cumulative translation adjustments).

3.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented.

(a) Basis of combination

The financial statements have been prepared by combining all individual subsidiaries into one reporting entity, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations. The list of individual legal entities included within these combined financial statements, which together form the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations of Exxaro, is provided in note 1. All intra-Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations transactions, balances, income and expenses, including unrealised profits on such transactions, have been eliminated on combination. Unrealised losses have also been eliminated unless the transaction provided evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Subsidiaries are all entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations controls another entity.

F-116


A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations and one or more parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control. Joint ventures in which the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations participates with other parties are proportionately combined. In applying the proportionate combination method, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ percentage share of the statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income items are included in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ combined financial statements.

(b) Adoption of new and revised standards and interpretations

The effective date of each amendment is included in the list of the new and revised standards and interpretation list below.

The following amended and new Standards and Interpretations have been applied, where relevant, to the combined financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2011:

Amendment to IFRS 7Financial Instruments: Disclosures—this amendment clarifies certain of the disclosures relating to credit risk.

Amendment to IAS 1Presentation of Financial Statements—this amendment clarifies disclosures required for each component of equity.

Amendment to IAS 34Interim Financial Reporting—this amendment provides further information on the significant events and transactions requiring discussion in interim financial reports.

Amendment to IAS 24Related Party Disclosures—this amendment clarifies and simplifies the definition of a related party.

Amendment to IFRS 7Financial Instruments Disclosures—This amendment provides additional disclosure requirements with respect to transfers of financial assets. This amendment is effective July 1, 2011.

These pronouncements had no material impact on the accounting of transactions or the disclosure thereof.

The adoption of the amended and revised standards did not have a significant impact on the measurement or disclosure and presentation of items included in the combined financial statements.

Exxaro Resources Limited will early adopt the new suite of consolidation standards on January 1, 2012.

IFRS 10Consolidated financial statements—this standard clarifies the concept of control which is the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements.

Additional guidance is provided to assist in determining control where this is difficult to assess. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

IFRS 11Joint arrangements—this standard provides guidance on the assessment of joint arrangements (as either joint ventures or joint arrangements) and the required accounting for these arrangements.

Proportionate consolidation is no longer permitted. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

IFRS 12Disclosures of interests in other entities—this standard describes the disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

IAS 27 (revised 2011)Separate financial statements—this updated standard includes the provisions on separate financial statements which remain after the control provisions of IAS 27 have been included in the new IFRS 10. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

F-117


The following standards and amendments to standards are mandatory for the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2012, but the Exxaro Mineral Sands operations have not early adopted them.

Amendment to IAS 12Income taxes—this amendment introduces a rebuttable presumption that deferred tax assets or liabilities arising on investment property measured at fair value should be recognised based on recovery by sale. The amendment is effective on January 1, 2012.

IFRS 9Financial Instruments—this standard is part of the IASBs project to replace IAS 39. It addresses classification and measurement of financial assets and replaces the multiple classification and measurement models in IAS 39 with a single model that has only two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

IAS 28 (revised 2011)Associates and joint ventures—this updated standard requires equity accounting for investments in associates and joint ventures. The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

IFRS 13Fair value measurement—this standard provides a precise definition of fair value and represents a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across IFRS.

The standard is effective January 1, 2013.

The directors believe that none of the other new or revised standards and interpretations will have an effect other than enhanced disclosure.

(c) Property, plant and equipment

Land and extensions under construction are stated at cost and are not depreciated. Buildings, including certainnon-mining residential buildings and all other items of property, plant and equipment are reflected at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is charged on a systematic basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets after taking into account the estimated residual value of the assets. Useful life is the period of time over which the asset is expected to be used or the number of production or similar units expected to be obtained from the use of the asset. The useful lives of mineral rights may change based on changes in geological assumptions.

Refractory furnace relines are depreciated based on the usage thereof.

Items of property, plant and equipment are capitalised in components where components have a different useful life to the main item of property, plant and equipment to which the component can be logically assigned.

The estimated useful lives of assets and their residual values, arere-assessed periodically with any changes in such accounting estimates being adjusted in the financial year ofre-assessment and applied prospectively.

The estimated useful lives of items of property, plant and equipment are:

Buildings and infrastructure (including residential buildings)

3 – 40 years

Mineral properties

3 – 29 years

Fixed plant and equipment

1 – 30 years

Mobile equipment,built-in process computers, underground mining equipment and reconditionable spares

3 – 25 years

Loose tools and computer equipment

3 – 10 years

Development costs

10 –20 years

Refractory relines

4 – 6 years

Site preparation, mining development and exploration

3 – 29 years

F-118


Maintenance and repairs which neither materially add to the value of assets nor appreciably prolong their useful lives are taken to profit or loss.

Direct attributable expenses relating to mining and other major capital projects, site preparations and exploration are capitalised until the asset is brought to a working condition for its intended use. These costs include dismantling and site restoration costs to the extent that these are recognised as a provision.

Financing costs directly associated with the construction or acquisition of qualifying assets are capitalised relating to loans specifically raised for that purpose, or at the average borrowing rate where the general pool of combined company borrowings was utilised. Capitalisation of borrowing costs ceases when the asset is ready for its intended use.

Gains and losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment are taken to profit or loss.

(d) Leased assets

Leases involving plant and equipment whereby the lessor provides finance to the combined company with the asset as security and where the combined company obtains substantially all the benefits and risks of ownership, are classified as finance leases. Assets acquired in terms of finance leases are capitalised at the lower of fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of the lease and depreciated over the useful life of the asset. The minimum lease payments exclude contingent rents. Contingent rents shall be charged as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred. The capital element of future obligations under the leases is included as a liability in the statement of financial position. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding. The interest element of the finance charge is charged against income over the lease period using the effective interest rate method.

For a sale and leaseback transaction that results in a finance lease, any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount is deferred and recognised on the straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Leases of assets to the combined company under which all the risks and benefits of ownership are effectively retained by the lessor, are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged against income on the straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Arrangements that contain the right to use an asset are evaluated for recognition, classification as a finance or operating lease, measured, and accounted for accordingly.

(e) Intangible assets

An intangible asset is recognised at cost if it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the enterprise and the cost can be reliably measured. Amortisation is charged on a systematic basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets.

Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is capitalised only if it increases the future benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The amortisation methods and estimated remaining useful lives are reviewed at least annually. The estimated maximum useful lives of intangible assets in respect of patents, licenses and franchises are 25 years.

The carrying amounts are reviewed at each financialyear-end to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.

F-119


(f) Research, development and exploration costs

Research, development and exploration costs are charged against income until they result in projects that are evaluated as being technically or commercially feasible, the combined company has sufficient resources to complete development and can demonstrate how the asset will generate future economic benefits, in which event these costs are capitalised and amortised on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the project or asset. The carrying amounts are reviewed at each financialyear-end to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.

(g) Impairment of assets

The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each financialyear-end to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated as the higher of the fair value less cost to sell.

Assets that have an indefinite useful life—for example, goodwill or intangible assets not ready to use – are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment.

Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units).

Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

In assessing value in use, the expected future cash flows are discounted to their present value using apre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount.

For an asset that does not generate cash inflows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.

A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount, however not to an amount higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior years.

(h) Financial Instruments

Recognition

A financial instrument is recognised when the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations becomes a party to a contract which entitles it to receive contractually agreed cash flows on the instrument. All acquisitions of financial assets that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention(regular-way purchases) are recognised at trade date, which is the date on which the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations commits to acquire the asset.

Derecognition

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets are transferred. Any interest in financial assets transferred that is created or retained by the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is recognised as a separate asset or liability.

F-120


The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations may enter into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its statement of financial position, but retains either all risks and rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all, or substantially all, risks and rewards are retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the statement of financial position.

The rights and obligations retained in the transfer of financial instruments are recognised separately as assets and liabilities as appropriate. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, determined by the extent to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset.

Non-derivative financial instruments

Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt instruments, trade and other payables, cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings and trade and other receivables.

Non-derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value plus, in the case where financial instruments are not at fair value through profit or loss, any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition,non-derivative financial instruments are measured as described below.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand form an integral part of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ cash management system and are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for purposes of the cash flow statements. Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost.

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations designates financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss when either:

the assets or liabilities are managed, evaluated and reported internally on a fair value basis;

the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise; or

the assets or liabilities contain an embedded derivative that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise be required under the contract and has to be separately disclosed and fair-valued through profit or loss.

The Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust financial instrument is designated as at fair value through profit or loss as it is believed that the designation significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise. Changes in the fair value of the Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust are recognised in profit of loss which is consistent with the recognition of changes in the related environmental rehabilitation provision (relating to interest cost). Subsequent to initial recognition, financial instruments designated or classified as at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Financial instruments not at fair value through profit or loss, and notavailable-for-sale

-Receivables

Long-term receivables and trade and other receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or liability and allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. Amortised cost is the amount at which the long-term receivables and trade and other receivables are measured at initial recognition, minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest rate method of any difference between the initial amount recognised and the maturity amount, minus any reduction for impairment or uncollectibility.

F-121


-Loans and borrowings

Loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

-Payables

Trade and other payables are reported at amortised cost, namely original debt less principal repayments and any amortisation using the effective interest rate method.

-Investment in equity instruments

The fair value of investments is based on quoted bid prices for listed securities or valuations derived from discounted cash flow models for unlisted securities. Equity instruments for which fair values cannot be measured reliably are recognised at cost less impairment. When equity instruments classified asavailable-for-sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments are included in profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.

Derivative financial instruments (foreign exchange contracts)

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency and interest rate exposures. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Derivative instruments are recognised initially at fair value; attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss when incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivative instruments are measured at fair value, and changes in fair value are accounted for as described below.

Fair value hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the change in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or a firm commitment, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognised immediately in profit or loss together with changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk.

If the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer meets the criteria for fair value hedge accounting, or the designation is revoked, hedge accounting is discontinued. Any adjustment up to that point, to a hedged item for which the effective interest rate method is used, is amortised to profit or loss as part of the recalculated effective interest rate of the item over its remaining life.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised directly in equity. The amount recognised in equity is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period as the hedged item’s cash flows affect profit or loss under the same income statement line item as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

If the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer meets the criteria for cash flow hedge accounting, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued and the amount recognised in equity remains in equity until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then hedge accounting is discontinued and the balance in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

F-122


Economic hedges

Hedge accounting is not applied to derivative instruments that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in the fair value of such derivatives are recognised in profit or loss as part of foreign currency gains and losses.

Separable embedded derivatives

Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Impairment of financial assets

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset.

For loans and receivables category, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognised in profit or loss. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the combined statement of comprehensive income.

Individually significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis. The remaining financial assets in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations which share similar credit risk character are assessed collectively.

Offset

Financial assets and liabilities are set off and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations has a legal right to set off the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Determining fair values

The determination of fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities is based on quoted market prices or dealer price quotations for financial instruments traded in active markets. For all other financial instruments fair value is determined by using generally accepted valuation techniques. Valuation techniques include net present value techniques, the discounted cash flow method, comparison to similar instruments for which market observable prices exist, and valuation models. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations uses widely recognised valuation models for determining the fair value of common and more simple financial instruments like interest rate and currency swaps. For these financial instruments, inputs into models are available on the market.

The fair value of long and medium-term borrowings is calculated using quoted market prices, or where such prices are not available, discounted cash flow analysis using the applicable yield curve for the duration of the borrowing are used. The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid markets, is determined with reference to quoted market prices. The fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities (excluding derivative instruments) is determined in accordance with

F-123


generally accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis using prices from widely available current market transactions. The fair value of derivative instruments is calculated using quoted prices. Where such prices are not available, use is made of discounted cash flow analyses for the duration of the instruments fornon-optional derivatives, and option pricing models for optional derivatives.

Interest income

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested includingavailable-for-sale financial assets and hedging instruments that are recognised in profit or loss. Interest income is recognised as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest rate method.

Interest expense

Finance expenses comprise interest expense on borrowings and agreements for the use of assets classified as finance leases in terms of IFRIC 4, “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease,” unwinding of the discount on provisions, and dividends on preference shares classified as liabilities. All borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method.

Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis.

Fees and commission

Fees and commission income and expenses that are integral to the effective interest rate on a financial asset or financial liability are included in the measurement of the effective interest rate.

Other fees and commission expenses relate mainly to transaction and service fees and are expensed as the services are received.

(i) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined on the weighted average basis, and net realisable value. The cost of finished goods andwork-in-progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and fixed production overheads, but excludes interest charges. Fixed production overheads are allocated on the basis of normal capacity. Write-downs to net realisable value and inventory losses are expensed in the period in which the write-downs or losses occur.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

(j) Foreign currencies

Transactions and balances

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the transaction date. Monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Gains or losses arising on translation are credited to or charged against income. These gains or losses may be deferred in other comprehensive income when the cash flow hedging criteria are met.

Foreign entities

The financial statements of foreign entities are translated into South African Rand as follows:

assets and liabilities at rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

income, expenditure and cash flow items at weighted average rates.

goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition at rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

F-124


All resulting exchange differences are reflected as part of shareholders’ equity. On disposal, such translation differences are recognised in the income statement as part of the cumulative gain or loss on disposal.

(k) Revenue recognition

Revenue, which excludes value added tax, represents the gross value of goods invoiced. Export revenues are recorded according to the relevant sales terms, when the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the buyer.

(l) Interest income

Interest is recognised on the time proportion basis, taking account of the principal outstanding and the effective rate over the period to maturity, when it is determined that such income will accrue to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations.

(m) Income tax expense

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years in determination of taxable profit (temporary differences), and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible (non-temporary differences). The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ liability for tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

(n) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method on all temporary differences between the carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the associated unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences can be utilised. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted at the reporting date. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in taxation rates is charged or credited to the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items previously charged or credited directly to equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations intends and has the ability to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

(o) Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the effect of discounting to present value is material, wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries.provisions are adjusted to reflect the time value of money, and where appropriate, the risk specific to the liability.

F-125


Decommissioning and environmental rehabilitation

Provision is made for environmental rehabilitation and decommissioning costs where either a legal or constructive obligation is recognised as a result of past events. Estimates are based upon costs that are regularly reviewed and adjusted as appropriate for new circumstances.

Where a provision is made for dismantling and site restoration costs, an asset of similar initial value is raised and amortised in accordance with the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ accounting policy for property, plant and equipment.

Annual contributions are made to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ Environmental Rehabilitation Fund, created in accordance with statutory requirements, to provide for the funding of the estimated cost of pollution control and rehabilitation during, and at the end of the life of mines.

Expenditure on plant and equipment for pollution control is capitalised and depreciated over the useful lives of the assets whilst the cost of ongoing current programmes to prevent and control pollution and to rehabilitate the environment is charged against profit or loss as incurred.

(p) Employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Defined contribution plan

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations provides defined contribution retirement funds for the benefit of employees, the assets of which are held in separate funds. These funds are funded by contributions from employees and the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, taking account of the recommendations of independent actuaries. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ contribution to the defined contribution fund is charged to the income statement in the year to which it relates.

Defined benefit obligation

A post-retirement medical contribution obligation exists for certainin-service and retired employees who are members of accredited medical aid funds. This benefit is no longer offered to new employees. The liability is determined using actuarial assumptions. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Equity compensation benefits

Senior management, including executive directors, and eligible employees participated in the share appreciation right scheme (SARs), long-term incentive plan (LTIP), deferred bonus plan (DBP), share option scheme and the employee empowerment participation scheme (MPower).

SARs, LTIP, DBP, share options and MPower are treated as equity-settled share-based payment schemes with the fair value being expensed over the vesting period of the instrument with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value of these schemes are determined at grant date and subsequently reviewed at each reporting period only for changes innon-market performance conditions and employee attrition rates applicable to each scheme.

The vesting portion of long-term benefits is recognised and provided for at financial year-end, based on current total cost to company.

F-126


Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable whenever an employee’s employment is terminated before the normal retirement date or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations recognises termination benefits when it has demonstrated its commitment to either terminate the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or to provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. If the benefits fall due more than 12 months after the reporting date, they are discounted to present value.

(q) Dividend

Dividends paid are recognised by the company when the shareholder’s right to receive payment is established. These dividends are recorded and disclosed as dividends paid in the statement of changes in equity. Dividends proposed or declared subsequent to the year end are not recognised at the financial year-end, but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

4.CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

4.1 Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below.

(a) Impairment of property, plant and equipment

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations reviews the carrying amount of its property, plant and equipment at least annually at the end of each reporting period to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated as set out in the accounting policy in 3(g).

The recoverable amounts of cash generating units are generally determined based on fair value less cost to sell calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates.

Should management’s estimate of the future not reflect actual events, further impairments may be identified.

Factors affecting the estimates include:

changes to estimates of mineral resources and ore reserves;

economical recovery of resources;

the grade of the ore reserves may vary significantly from time to time;

review of strategy;

unforeseen operational issues at operations;

differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions;

changes in the discount rates and foreign exchange rates; and

changes in capital, operating mining, processing and reclamation costs.

F-127


KZN Sands has been assessing the carrying values of its property, plant and equipment, as required, since commissioning.

During 2006 the carrying value of the assets of KZN Sands was reduced to its recoverable amount through recognition of apre-taxation impairment loss of R784.4 million. During 2009, the carrying value of the assets of KZN Sands was further reduced to its recoverable amount through recognition of apre-taxation impairment loss of R1,435 million. The impairment in 2009 resulted from a decision by Exxaro’s board of directors, as a result of depressed market conditions at the time, not to proceed with the planned development of the Fairbreeze mine. Instead, management began planning for Hillendale’s closure at KZN Sands and investigated feedstock alternatives to permit the continuation of KZN Sands’s operations following Hillendale’s closure.

During 2011, as a result of the improvement in global market conditions and increased demand for titanium feedstock and zircon and the consequential increases in their prices, Exxaro’s board of directors approved the development of the Fairbreeze mine as a replacement feedstock producer to the Hillendale mine at KZN Sands, subject to obtaining the required regulatory and environmental approvals.

During the period between the decommissioning of the Hillendale mine, which is expected to occur at the end of 2012, and the commencement of operations at the Fairbreeze mine, which is expected in 2014, KZN Sands has identified alternate supplies of ilmenite from Namakwa Sands, the Tiwest Joint Venture and other third party suppliers. The identification of alternate supplies of ilmenite have led to an increased recoverable amount assigned to the smelters at KZN Sands. As a result, management reversed the impairment previously recognised on smelter-specific property, plant and equipment, amounting to R877 million. The impairment reversal was restricted to increasing the carrying value of the relevant smelter assets to the carrying value that would have been recognised had the original impairment not occurred (that is, after taking account of normal depreciation that would have been charged had no impairment occurred).

The impairment relating to the Fairbreeze mine of R180 million has not been reversed as of December 31, 2011 as Exxaro continues to await the required regulatory and environmental approvals before it can proceed with further development of the mine.

Refer to note 8.1 for parameters and assumptions utilised by management in its assessment of the carrying value of the KZN Sands operations.

(b) Residual values and useful lives of plant, property and equipment

The charge in respect of periodic depreciation is derived after determining an estimate of an asset’s expected useful life and the expected residual value at the end of its life. Increasing an asset’s expected life or its residual value would result in a reduced depreciation charge in profit or loss.

The useful lives of the assets in the Exxaro Mineral Resources Operations are determined by management at the time the asset is acquired and reviewed annually for appropriateness. The lives are based on historical experience with similar assets as well as anticipation of future events, which may impact their life, such as changes in technology. Assessing the appropriateness of useful life and residual value estimates of the assets requires the Exxaro Mineral Resources Operations to consider a number of factors such as the physical condition of the asset, expected period of use of the asset, and expected disposal proceeds from the future sale of the asset.

(c) Provisions for environmental rehabilitation and decommissioning

Estimated long-term environmental rehabilitation and decommissioning obligations, are based on the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ environmental management plans in compliance with current technological, environmental and regulatory requirements.

Significant judgment is applied in estimating ultimate rehabilitation cost that will be required in future to rehabilitate the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ mines.

F-128


Management used the following assumptions in determining the environmental and decommissioning provisions:

   Exxaro Sands (Pty)
Ltd
  Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd  Exxaro Australia
Sands Pty Ltd
 
   KZN Mine  KZN Smelter  Namakwa  Australia 

2011

     

—Inflation % per annum

   5  5  5  2.5

—Discount rate % per annum

   8.1  8.8  8.8  5.5

—Life of mine

   2    18    29    16-38  

2010

     

—Inflation % per annum

   5  5  5  2.5

—Discount rate % per annum

   10  10  10  5.5

—Life of mine

   3    19    30    16-39  

The ultimate cost may significantly differ from current estimates.

(d) Mineral reserves and resources

Mineral reserves and resources are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ properties.

In order to calculate the mineral reserves and resources, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, costs, commodity prices and exchange rates. Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves and resources requires the size, shape and depth of the ore bodies to be determined by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgments and calculations to interpret the data.

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the mineral reserves and resources change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the mineral reserves and resources may change from year to year. Changes in the reserves and resources may affect the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including:

asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated cash flows;

depreciation and amortization charged in the income statement may change as they are calculated on theunits-of-production method; and

environmental provisions may change as the timing and/or cost of these guarantee arrangements,activities may be affected by the companychange in mineral reserves and resources.

(e) Estimate of post-retirement obligations

For defined benefit schemes, management is required to present condensed consolidatingmake annual estimates and combining financial information.assumptions about future returns on classes of schemes assets, future remuneration changes, employee attrition rates, administration costs, changes in benefits, inflation rates, exchange rates, life expectancy and expected remaining periods of service of employees. In making these estimates and assumptions, management considers advice provided by external advisers, such as actuaries. Refer note 21.

(f) Fair value of derivatives

The fair value of derivatives that are not quoted in active markets is determined by using valuation techniques, which make use of observable market data. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations uses judgement to select a variety of methods and make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period.

 

F-54

F-129


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following tablestotal amount of the change in fair value of the derivatives, estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis, based on observable interest rate yield curves that was recognised in profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2005 present condensed consolidating2011 was a loss of R281.9 million (2010: R236.7 million profit, 2009: R156.2 million profit ). Refer to note 20.

(g) Income taxes

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is subject to income taxes, principally in South Africa and combiningAustralia. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

4.2 Critical judgements in applying the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ accounting policies

(a) Contractual arrangements containing leases

IFRIC 4,Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease, requires the Mineral Sands Operations to evaluate contractual arrangements that do not take the legal form of a lease, but which convey the right to use an asset in return for a payment or series of payments, as finance or operating leases in accordance with the accounting policy described in 2(d). This determination requires significant judgement. In making this judgement, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations evaluates whether the arrangements involve the use of a specific asset, and if so, whether the arrangement conveys the right to use the asset based on the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ right to control the asset’s use. These arrangements involve the lease of bulk terminals, and other assets relating to water and electricity supply. Refer to note 15.

(b) Deferred tax assets

Management has to exercise judgment with regards to deferred tax assets. Where the possibility exists that no future taxable income may flow against which these assets can be offset, the deferred tax assets are not recognised. As of December 31, 2011, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations recognised deferred taxes relating to tax losses at its mining and smelter operations. Unrecognised tax losses amounting to R109 million (2010: R2 954 million) relate principally to KZN Sands non-smelter operations, included in Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd legal entity. Tax losses have no expiry dates. Refer to note 10.

F-130


5.OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)

    Year ended December 31, 
  Notes 2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
  2009
R’000
 

Operating profit/(loss) has been arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following gains and losses:

    

Staff costs

    

—salaries and wages

   978,620    872,047    788,414  

—share-based payments

   24,655    18,218    10,104  

—pension and medical costs

   29,930    27,912    26,015  

Currency exchange differences

    

—net realised (gains)/losses on currency exchange differences

   (348,130  128,971    334,091  

—net unrealised losses on currency exchange differences

   (53,771  (97,931  (138,539

Fair value (gains)/losses on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

    

—designated upon initial recognition

   (3,399  (2,745  (2,403

—held for trading

   281,873    (236,725  (156,203

Operating lease rentals expenses

   22,254    32,536    23,454  

Contingent rent expense in terms of finance leases

   13,501    12,917    11,581  

Inventories write down to net realisable value

   590    7,498    1,734  

Repairs and maintenance

   451,674    386,363    311,366  

Impairment (reversal)/charge of KZN Sands property, plant and equipment

 8.1  (877,163   1,435,000  

Insurance claim for KZN Sands Furnace 2

    (98,044  (23,317

Impairment charges and write-offs of trade and other receivables

   (210  42    (625

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

 8  543,675    597,825    475,689  

Amortisation of intangible assets

 9  3,855    3,460    3,389  

6.NET FINANCING COSTS

Interest income

    

Interest income on cash and cash equivalents

   (15,474  (4,271  (6,586

Interest income on Tronoxbuy-back (note 18.3)

   (41,512  

Interest income on financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

   (4,056  (4,889  (4,204
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (61,042  (9,160  (10,790
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest expense

    

Interest expense on interest-bearing borrowings (amortised cost)

   49,309    43,304    31,267  

Interest expense on obligations under finance leases (amortised cost)

   15,490    27,984    28,932  

Interest expense onnon-current provisions

   41,195    19,719    1,252  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest expense on external liabilities

   105,994    91,007    61,451  

Interest expense on related party borrowings (amortised cost) (note 14)

   154,602    208,410    307,668  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   260,596    299,417    369,119  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing costs

   199,554    290,257    358,329  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-131


7.INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Deferred tax (refer to Note 10)

   79,858       48,192       (307,734
          

—Current year origination and reversal of temporary differences

   71,912       48,646       (295,692

—Adjustment in respect of prior year

   7,946       (454     (12,042
                   

Total tax benefit/(expense)

   79,858       48,192       (307,734
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Reconciliation of tax rates

                                               

Tax expense/benefit as a percentage of profit before tax

   (3.2    (121.4    17.5  

Tax effect of

        

—capital profits/(losses)

   (0.1       (0.8

—disallowable expenditure

   (1.3    (84.9    (0.7

—exempt income

   1.5      81.3      1.8  

—special tax allowances

      112.7     

—unrealised foreign exchange translation differences

      (1.1    (0.2

—prior year tax

   0.3      (1.1    (0.7

—derecognition of deferred tax asset

      (17.4    (45.0

—tax rate differences

   (0.6    3.9      0.1  

—re-instatement of deferred tax asset1

   31.3        

—share of joint ventures

   0.1        
  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Standard tax rate

   28.0      (28.0    (28.0
  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

1

As a result of increased profitability at KZN Sands smelter operations, deferred tax assets on the historical tax losses were recognised.

F-132


8.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

  Land
R’000
  Mineral
Properties
R’000
  Residential
buildings
R’000
  Infra-
structure
R’000
  Machinery,
plant and
equipment
R’000
  Site preparation,
mining development,
exploration and
rehabilitation

R’000
  Extensions
under
construction
R’000
  Total
R’000
 

December 31, 2011

        

Gross carrying amount

        

At beginning of year

  146,418    744,227    54,847    1,655,973    7,504,305    672,320    300,894    11,078,984  

Additions

  466     1,621    15,708    558,219    691    98,576    675,281  

Changes in decommissioning assets

     1,669    (18,134  15,563    4,990    4,088  

Disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

     (11,347  (645,031    (656,378

Exchange differences on translation

  3,484    97,031     73,387    659,335    100,791    38,051    972,079  

Transfers between categories

     67,044    41,661    2,348    (111,053 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

  150,368    841,258    56,468    1,802,434    8,100,355    791,713    331,458    12,074,054  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

        

At beginning of year

  17,080    243,576    3,650    580,789    2,550,815    288,670     3,684,580  

Depreciation charges

  19,409    34,264    2,368    50,683    417,513    19,437     543,674  

Accumulated depreciation on disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

     133,595    291,660    5,977     431,232  

Exchange differences on translation

   45,105     52,786    331,005    54,321     483,217  

Transfers between categories

     181    (1,547  1,393    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

  36,489    322,945    6,018    818,034    3,589,419    369,798     5,142,703  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Impairment of assets

        

At beginning of year

     653,922    1,346,200    141,716     2,141,839  

Impairment reversals

     (209,515  (658,917  (8,731   (877,163

Disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

     (139,159)    (473,831)    (5,977)     (618,967)  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

     305,248    213,452    127,008     645,709  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying amount at end of year

  113,878    518,313    50,450    679,152    4,297,484    294,907    331,458    6,285,643  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-133


  Land
R’000
  Mineral
Properties
R’000
  Residential
buildings
R’000
  Infra-
structure
R’000
  Machinery,
plant and
equipment
R’000
  Site preparation,
mining development,
exploration and
rehabilitation

R’000
  Extensions
under
construction
R’000
  Total
R’000
 

December 31, 2010

        

Gross carrying amount

        

At beginning of year

  79,759    737,831    54,847    1,650,682    6,444,834    660,318    819,894    10,448,164  

Additions

  5,947      12,773    293,343    735    387,188    699,986  

Changes in decommissioning assets

     9,239    15,404    (3,077   21,566  

Disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

     (25,807  (127,423    (153,230

Exchange differences on translation

  230    6,396     4,848    34,652    6,644    9,722    62,492  

Transfers between categories

  60,482      4,238    843,496    7,700    (915,916 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

  146,418    744,227    54,847    1,655,973    7,504,305    672,320    300,894    11,078,984  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

        

At beginning of year

   203,674    597    507,220    2,136,569    266,343     3,114,403  

Depreciation charges

  17,080    37,200    2,915    76,610    447,203    16,817     597,825  

Accumulated depreciation on disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

     (6,284  (50,817    (57,101

Exchange differences on translation

   2,702     3,229    20,200    3,321     29,452  

Transfers between categories

    138    13    (2,340  2,189    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

  17,080    243,576    3,650    580,789    2,550,815    288,670     3,684,579  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Impairment of assets

        

At beginning of year

     671,283    1,406,401    141,716     2,219,400  

Disposals of items of property, plant and equipment

     (17,361  (60,200    (77,561
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

     653,922    1,346,201    141,716     2,141,839  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net carrying amount at end of year

  129,338    500,651    51,197    421,263    3,607,289    241,934    300,894    5,252,566  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

8.1 Impairment of property, plant and equipment

KZN Sands has been assessing the carrying values of its property, plant and equipment, as required, since commissioning.

During 2006 the carrying value of the assets of KZN Sands was reduced to its recoverable amount through recognition of apre-taxation impairment loss of R784.4 million. During 2009, the carrying value of the assets of KZN Sands was further reduced to its recoverable amount through recognition of apre-taxation impairment loss of R1,435 million. The impairment in 2009 resulted from a decision by Exxaro’s board of directors, as a result of depressed market conditions at the time, not to proceed with the planned development of the Fairbreeze mine. Instead, management began planning for Hillendale’s closure at KZN Sands and investigated feedstock alternatives to permit the continuation of KZN Sands’s operations following Hillendale’s closure.

F-134


During 2011, as a result of the improvement in global market conditions and increased demand for titanium feedstock and zircon and the consequential increases in their prices, Exxaro’s board of directors approved the development of the Fairbreeze mine as a replacement feedstock producer to the Hillendale mine at KZN Sands, subject to obtaining the required regulatory and environmental approvals.

During the period between the decommissioning of the Hillendale mine, which is expected to occur at the end of 2012, and the commencement of operations at the Fairbreeze mine, which is expected in 2014, KZN Sands has identified alternate supplies of ilmenite from Namakwa Sands, the Tiwest Joint Venture and other third party suppliers. The identification of alternate supplies of ilmenite have led to an increased recoverable amount assigned to the smelters at KZN Sands. As a result, management reversed the impairment previously recognised on smelter-specific property, plant and equipment, amounting to R877 million. The impairment reversal was restricted to increasing the carrying value of the relevant smelter assets to the carrying value that would have been recognised had the original impairment not occurred (that is, after taking account of normal depreciation that would have been charged had no impairment occurred).

As described in note 1, Exxaro signed a Transaction Agreement to sell the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations to Tronox. The reversal of impairment relating to the smelters at KZN Sands is supported by the fair values assigned to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations in connection with that transaction.

The following parameters and assumptions were used in management’s discounted cash flow assessment for purposes of impairment testing as at December 31, 2011:

A long-term inflation rate of 5.0% was used for rand based amounts and 2.0% for dollar based amounts;

Exxaro weighted average cost of capital rate of 13.0%;

Long term real product prices:

Chloride slag: $800/tonne

Slag fines: $655/tonne

Imported Chlorine Ilmenite: $190/tonne

Pig Iron: $340/tonne

2012 average Rand/USD exchange rate 7.08;

The latest approved smelter production plan numbers aligned with the available feedstock from Namakwa, Tiwest and other third party suppliers were incorporated in the assessment; and

The latest approved budget numbers were used in the impairment assessment.

F-135


9.INTANGIBLE ASSETS

   Year ended
December 31,
 
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
 

Patents, licences and franchises

    

Gross carrying amount

    

At beginning of year

   119,533     117,708  

Additions

   44,076    

Exchange differences

   29,381     1,826  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

   192,990     119,534  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortisation

    

At beginning of year

   46,734     42,611  

Amortisation charge

   3,855     3,460  

Exchange differences

   11,241     664  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of year

   61,830     46,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount at end of year

   131,160     72,799  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Exxaro Mineral Sands operations capitalised technology licence fees payable to its joint venture partner in the Tiwest Joint Venture, Tronox. These fees represent a payment for the production expertise, rights and patents held by Tronox. These fees will be fully amortised over 25 years. For the year 2011 an additional licence fee is payable due to the expansion of the Kwinana Pigment Plant.

The pigment technology licence fee relates to the high level watermark pigment production for 2011 exceeding prior years’ annual record production crystallizing a fee payable.

F-136


10.DEFERRED TAX

  December 31,    December 31, 
  2011    2010 
  R’000    R’000 

The movement on the deferred tax account is as follows:

   

At beginning of year

  119,128     109,478  

Foreign currency translation

  (15,490   6,039  

Charged/(credited) to equity

  2,430     (25,632

Losses transferred from/(to) the head entity under tax funding and tax sharing agreements in Australia

  291,996     (18,949

Income statement charge (refer note 7)

  79,858     48,192  
   

—current

  71,912     48,646  

—prior

  7,946     (454
         

At end of year

  477,922     119,128  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Presented as folllows in the combined statements of financial position:

   

—Deferred tax asset

  477,922     138,309  

—Deferred tax liability

    (19,181
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
  477,922     119,128  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprising:

   

Deferred tax balances

   

Taxation losses carried forward

  1,039,550     971,433  

Financial Instruments

  167,983     99,597  

Share based payments

  19,381     7,698  

Leave pay accrual

  4,892     3,939  

IFRIC 4: lease liability

  35,127     37,657  

Provisions

  130,470     100,570  

Other

    (195

Environmental rehabilitation

  (40,191   (28,625

Unrealised foreign exchange gains

  (71,275   (67,394

Derecognition of deferred tax assets1

  (30,540   (796,126

Prepayments

  (24,995   (19,036

Property, plant and equipment

  (752,480   (190,390
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Per statement of financial position

  477,922     119,128  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total deferred tax assets with regards to assessed losses

  1,039,550     971,433  

The total deferred tax assets not recognised2

  30,540     833,028  

1

As a result of increased profitability at KZN Sands, the amount of deferred tax assets (relating to tax losses) previously not recognised has been reduced.

2

Mainly relates to KZN non-smelter operations

Refer to note 19 which shows the amount of tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income.

11.FINANCIAL ASSETS

   December 31,   December 31, 
   2011   2010 
   R’000   R’000 

Environmental Rehabilitation Trust asset

   156,440     120,111  

Unlisted investment

     6,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   156,440     126,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-137


The Environmental Rehabilitation Fund investment relates to funds invested in the Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust Fund, which have been designated at fair value through profit and loss. These funds are used to make financial informationprovision for (a) Tronox Incorporated,environmental obligation upon the parent company (a guarantor), (b)ceasing of mining operations and obtaining closure certification for all mining operations within the Issuers, Tronox Worldwide LLCExxaro Mineral Sands operations.

Quarterly contributions are made to this fund in accordance with annually reviewed life of mine closure estimates.

The contributions determined are submitted to the Department of Minerals and Tronox Finance Corp., (c)Resources and the guarantor subsidiariesSouth African Revenue Services for notification. The unlisted investment relates to a 20% partnership interest held in Ndzalama Game Reserve. The carrying amount of the investment approximates fair value. In 2011 this asset has been classified asnon-current assets held for sale (refer note 25). For further details refer to note 20 on financial instruments.

12.INVENTORIES

Finished products

   984,692     763,357  

Work-in-progress

   467,797     566,056  

Raw materials

   467,199     304,032  

Plant spares and stores

   378,783     278,464  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,298,471     1,911,909  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories are carried at the lower cost and (d)net realisable value.

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense during the non-guarantor subsidiaries. Tronox Incorporatedyear was R0.1 million (2010: R7.5 million).

No inventories were pledged as security for liabilities.

13.TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables

   1,557,769    985,585  

Other receivables

   35,364    35,880  

Non-financial Instruments (e.g. VAT refundable, insurance prepayments, employee advances, etc.)

   287,085    136,394  

Specific allowances for impairment

    (210
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,880,218    1,157,649  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Trade receivables are stated after the following allowances for impairment:

   

Specific allowances for impairment

   

At beginning of year

   (210  (168

Impairment loss reversed/(recognised)

   210    (42
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

    (210
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Of which relates to:

   

Trade receivables

    (168

Other receivables

    (42
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
    (210
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For a detailed analyis of the trade and Tronox Finance Corp.other receivables refer to note 20 on financial instruments

F-138


14.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the year the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, in the ordinary course of business, entered into various related party transactions.

   Year ended December 31, 
   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
  2009
R’000
 

Transactions:

    

Exxaro Resources Limited—holding company

    

—Corporate fees for essential services rendered

   149,482    152,766    151,178  

—Interest paid

   154,602    208,410    307,668  

—Administration services

   33,633    3,855    17,241  
(Included in Corporate service fees are expenses for facilities management, human resources, information technology, supply chain management and logistics, safety and sustainable development, growth and technology and other general corporate services supplied by the corporate centre)    

Exxaro Coal (Pty) Ltd—fellow subsidiary

    

—Service Costs

   67    3    11  

Ferroland (Pty) Ltd—fellow subsidiary

    

—Service Costs

    175    175  

Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd—fellow subsidiary

    

General expenses/recharges

   (2,145  6,838    16,173  

Tax

   293,001    146,145    112,009  

Ireland Finance—fellow subsidiary

    

Foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   307    (24,140  2,146  

General expenses

    16   

Exxaro International BV—fellow subsidiary

    

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses

   286    (73,442  (169,986

General expenses

    63    164  

JOINT VENTURES

Details of investments in joint ventures and related income are disclosed in note 24.

There were formedno finance costs or expenses in respect of bad debts or doubtful debts incurred with regard to the joint venture during 2005. This financial information reflects the financial positionyears ended 31 December 2011, 2010 or 2009.

   Year ended December 31, 
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

Items of income and expense incurred during the year are as follows:

      

—Sales of goods/services to

     2,090     1,173  

—Purchase of goods/services from

   565      

The outstanding balances atyear-end are as follows:

      

—included in trade and other receivables (refer note 13)

   381     1,692     351  

During the periods presented, there was no provision raised for doubtful debts related to the outstanding balances above.

F-139


AMOUNTS (DUE TO) / OWING BY RELATED PARTIES

      December 31, 
      2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
 

Balances at year end:

     

Amounts owing by related parties:

     

Current

     

Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd1

  Fellow subsidiary   990,302    845,788  

Exxaro Resources Limited1

  Holding company   160,767    211,743  

Exxaro Coal (Pty) Ltd1

  Fellow subsidiary    3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
     1,151,069    1,057,534  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts due to related parties:

     

Current

     

Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd1

  Fellow subidiary   (1,006,800  (694,172

Exxaro Resources Limited1

  Holding company   (2,402,350  (2,308,505

Exxaro Coal (Pty) Ltd1

  Fellow subidiary   (163  (148

Ireland Finance1

  Fellow subidiary   (222,917  (180,731

Exxaro International BV1

  Fellow subidiary   (1,369,163  (557,966
    

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (5,001,393  (3,741,522

Shareholder’s loans

     

Exxaro Resources Limited2

  Holding company   (2,473,763  (2,473,763
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total amount due to related parties (current)

     (7,475,156  (6,215,285

Non-current

     

Exxaro Resources Limited3

  Holding company   (1,925,805  (2,346,568
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total amount due to related parties

     (9,400,962  (8,561,853
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

1

The loans to or from group companies are unsecured, interest free and with no fixed terms of repayment.

2

These loans are unsecured, bear no interest and have no fixed terms of repayment. Exxaro has confirmed its continued support of the Exxaro Mineral Sands operations with regard to commitments at the year end, as well as to operational support to ensure that the Exxaro Mineral Sands operatoins continues to trade in the foreseeable future without any disruption to its businesses.

3

These are loans advanced by Exxaro (the holding company) onback-to-back terms with the external parties to finance the acquisition of Namakwa Sands. These loans are unsecured.

F-140


REPAYMENT TERMS OF BACK TO BACK LOANS WITH EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED

   Final repayment date                 
       Rate of interest         
       2011
Floating
%
   2010
Floating
%
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
 

FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division

   2013     6.83     6.81     150,000     150,000  

FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division

   2013     6.83     6.81     178,000     342,000  

FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division

   2013     6.83     6.81     270,000     405,000  

FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division

   2013     6.93     6.91     675,000     675,000  

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

   2013     6.83     6.81     50,000     75,000  

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

   2013     6.93     6.91     125,000     125,000  

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

   2013     6.83     6.81     89,600     134,400  

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

   2013     6.93     6.91     224,000     224,000  

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

   2013     6.83     6.81     24,112     36,168  

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

   2013     6.93     6.91     60,280     60,280  

Anglo American SA Finance Limited

   2013     6.83     6.81     79,813     119,720  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
         1,925,805     2,346,568  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

TAX

As discussed in Note 2(d), the Australian Mineral Sands operations and all its wholly-owned Australian resident entities are part of atax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law. Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd is the head entity in thetax-consolidated group. Tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the members of thetax-consolidated group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of thetax-consolidated group using the ‘separate taxpayer within group’ approach. Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits of the members of thetax-consolidated group are recognised by Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd (as head entity in thetax-consolidated group).

There is no difference between the tax expense recognised in each entity on a separate tax return basis to that recognised on a consolidated tax return basis. The amounts owing from Exxaro Australia Pty Ltd with respect to current tax liability or current tax asset of the related entity were R292 million at December 31, 2011 (2010: R18.9 million).

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

For the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, for 2011, 2010 and 2009, the executive committee has been identified as being key management personnel.

   Year ended December 31, 
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

Short term employee benefits including other long term benefits

   20,646     14,403     10,762  

Share-based payments

   5,097     3,646     1,313  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation paid to key management personnel

   25,743     18,049     12,075  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-141


15.INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

   December 31,  December 31, 
   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
 

South Africa

   

Finance lease liabilities

   133,050    139,342  

Australia

   

ANZ Limited

    235,957  

US$ 60 million senior notes

   464,464    387,000  

Investec Limited

   173,769    161,000  

Finance lease liabilities

   53,415   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-current borrowings

   824,698    923,299  

Current portion included in current liabilities

   (275,412  (270,658
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   549,286    652,641  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Details of interest rates payable on borrowings are shown below.

   

Included in the above interest-bearing borrowings are obligations relating to finance leases. Details are:

   

Minimum lease payments:

   

—less than one year

   45,926    33,971  

—more than one year and less than five years

   140,756    119,698  

—more than five years

   333,123    360,092  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   519,805    513,761  

Less: Future finance charges

   (333,339  (374,419
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   186,466    139,342  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Representing lease liabilities:

   

—current

   19,874    4,152  

—non-current (more than one year and less than five years)

   51,669    9,950  

—non-current (more than five years)

   114,923    125,240  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   186,466    139,342  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exxaro Mineral Sands entered into numerous operating and finance lease arrangements. All major lease arrangements are renewable if there is mutual agreement between the parties to the arrangements with some contracts specifying extension periods. Arrangements containing escalation clauses are usually based on CPI or PPI indexes. None of the lease arrangements contain restrictive clauses that are unusual to the particular type of lease.

There were no defaults or breaches in terms of interest-bearing borrowings during both reporting periods.

F-142


NON-CURRENT INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

       Rate of interest per
year (payable half-
yearly)
         
   Final
repayment
date
   2011
%
   2010
%
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
 

SOUTH AFRICA

          
       Fixed
%
   Fixed
%
         

SECURED LOANS

          

Mhlathuze Water1

   2011     12.13     12.13     0     535  

Eskom2

   2012     11.42     11.42     146     569  

Air Products3

   2013     13.54     13.54     4,009     6,046  

Mhlathuze Water4

   2025     8.33     8.33     21,951     22,791  

Eskom5

   2026     10.71     10.71     11,901     12,218  

Kusasa Bulk Terminals6

   2031     16.05     22.20     45,085     48,203  

Kusasa Bulk Terminals7

   2032     22.15     20.54     49,958     48,980  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
         133,050     139,342  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
       Floating
%
   Floating
%
         

AUSTRALIA

          

UNSECURED LOANS (US$)

          

ANZ Limited8

   2011       8.05       235,957  
       Fixed
%
   Fixed
%
         

US$60 million senior notes9

   2016     7.55     7.55     464,464     387,000  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
         464,464     622,957  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
       Floating   Floating         
       %   %         

SECURED LOANS (US$)

          

Investec Limited10

   2012     3.79     3.79     173,769     161,000  
       Fixed             
       %             

Verve Energy11

   2016     6.40       53,415    
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
         227,184     161,000  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

         824,698     923,299  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance Leases recognised due to IFRIC4 (Determining whether an Agreement contains a Lease):

1Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Mhlathuze Water in respect of a plant with a book value of R0 million (2010: R0 million).
2Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Eskom in respect of buildings with a book value of R0 million (2010: R0 million).
3Finance lease agreement between Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd and Air Products in respect of a plant with a book value of R1 million (2010: R3 million).
4Finance lease agreement between Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd and Mhlathuze Water in respect of a plant with a book value of R13 million (2010: R13 million).
5Finance lease agreement between Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd and Eskom in respect of buildings with a book value of R8 million (2010: R9 million).
6Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Kusasa Bulk Terminals (Phase 1) in respect of a plant with a book value of R27 million (2010: R28 million).

F-143


7Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Sands (Pty) Ltd and Kusasa Bulk Terminals (Phase 2) in respect of a plant with a book value of R30 million (2010: R31 million).
8A syndicated loan facility of US$45 million (variable interest rate), of which US$34 million was drawn on 31 December 2010.
9US$60 million senior notes (fixed interest rate) issued by Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd, an entity controlled by Exxaro Australia Sands (Pty) Ltd.
10A trade receivable facility from Investec Limited that is secured for the outstanding amount of US$21,250,000 and against pigment receivables for that amount.
11Finance lease agreement between Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Ltd and Verve Energy in respect of theCo-generation plant with a book value of R62 million (2010: R0 million).

16.PROVISIONS

   Environmental
rehabilitation
R’000
  Decommissioning
R’000
  Total
R’000
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

    

At beginning of year

   116,390    333,998    450,388  

Additional provision/(unused amounts reversed)

   6,601    (5,286  1,315  

Interest adjustment

   20,744    17,354    38,098  

Provisions capitalised to property, plant and equipment

    4,089    4,089  

Utilised during year

   (10,353   (10,353

Exchange differences

   15,880    37,706    53,586  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

   149,262    387,861    537,123  

Current portion included in current liabilities

   (10,159   (10,159
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-current provisions

   139,103    387,861    526,964  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

    

At beginning of year

   120,023    294,770    414,793  

Additional provision

   68     68  

Interest adjustment

   1,738    15,378    17,116  

Provisions capitalised to property, plant and equipment

    21,566    21,566  

Utilised during year

   (6,613   (6,613

Exchange differences

   1,174    2,284    3,458  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At end of year

   116,390    333,998    450,388  

Current portion included in current liabilities

   (12,051   (12,051
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-current provisions

   104,339    333,998    438,337  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Environmental rehabilitation

Provision is made for environmental rehabilitation costs where either a legal or constructive obligation is recognised as a result of past events.

Estimates are based upon costs that are regularly reviewed and adjusted as appropriate for new circumstances.

The carrying amount of the environmental provision is based on discounted values.

The assumptions are set out in note 4.1 (c)

F-144


Decommissioning

The decommissioning provision relates to decommissioning of property, plant and equipment where either a legal or constructive obligation is recognised as a result of past events. Estimates are based upon costs that are regularly reviewed and adjusted as appropriate for new circumstances.

The carrying amount of the decommissioning provision is based on discounted values.

The assumptions are set out in note 4.1 (c)

Funding of environmental and decommissioning rehabilitation

Contributions towards the cost of the mine closure are also made to the Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Fund.

Of this amount R156 million (2010: R120 million) is included in financial assets (refer note11).

Cash flows will take place when the plants are decommissioned and the mines are rehabilitated.

17.TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

   December 31,   December 31, 
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
 
    

Trade payables

   465,942     443,250  

Other payables

   104,256     75,605  

Non-financial instruments (e.g. Input VAT, Bonus accruals)

   112,294     110,845  

Leave pay accrual

   106,875     85,593  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   789,367     715,293  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-145


18.NOTES TO THE COMBINED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

18.1 CASH GENERATED BY/(UTILISED IN) OPERATIONS

   Year ended December 31, 
   2011      2010      2009 
   R’000      R’000      R’000 

Profit/(loss) before tax

   2,470,180       (39,707     (1,763,409

Net financing costs (refer to note 6)

   199,554       290,257       358,329  
          

Interest income

   (61,042     (9,160     (10,790

Interest expense

   260,596       299,417       369,119  
                   

Operating profit/(loss)

   2,669,734       250,550       (1,405,080

Adjusted fornon-cash movements

          

—depreciation and amortisation

   547,529       601,285       479,078  

—impairment (reversal)/charges ofnon-current assets

   (877,163         1,435,000  

—impairment charges of trade and other receivables

   104       77       13  

—provisions

   4,666       6,094       2,187  

—foreign exchange revaluations and fair value adjustments

   121,413       (122,601     (101,541

—loss on disposal or scrapping of property, plant and equipment

   37,665       15,381       75,273  

—share-based payment expenses

   14,073       17,969       12,226  

—other

   (10,689     (13,961     (13,783
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
   2,507,332       754,794       483,373  

Working capital movements

          

—(increase)/decrease in inventories

   (205,717     185,933       (592,320

—increase in trade and other receivables

   (595,592     (57,021     (41,038

—increase in trade and other payables

   62,090       96,348       43,549  

—utilisation of provisions (refer note 16)

   (10,353     (6,613     (4,110
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Cash generated by/(utilised in) operations

   1,757,760       973,441       (110,546
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

18.2 NET FINANCING COSTS

   Year ended December 31, 
   2011      2010      2009 
   R’000      R’000      R’000 

Net financing costs (refer to note 6)

   (199,554     (290,257     (358,329

Financing costs not involving cash flow

   41,195       19,719       1,252  
          

—Decommissioning provision (refer to note 16)

   17,354       15,378       1,584  

—Environmental rehabilitation (refer to note 16)

   20,744       1,738       (2,067

—Post retirement medical obligation (refer to note 21)

   3,097       2,603       1,735  
                   
   (158,359     (270,538     (357,077
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

18.3 TRONOXBUY-BACK ARRANGEMENT

During 2008 to 2010, the Tiwest Joint Venture partners, Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd (“TWA”) and Exxaro Australia Sands (“EAS”), expanded the Tiwest Kwinana titanium dioxide (TiO2) pigment plant at a cost of R862.0 million (AUD 118 million). The aim of the expansion was to increase the capacity of the plant’s production of pigment from approximately 110ktpa to approximately 150ktpa.

F-146


TWA elected not to contribute to the expansion programme subsequent to the feasibility stage in accordance with its rights under the Development Agreement for the expansion of the plant. As a result, EAS funded the majority of the expansion (96.9%). The Development Agreement specified that rights to the pigment produced as a result of the expansion (“Expanded Capacity Production”) follow the levels of contribution for the expansion. At December 31, 2010, EAS was entitled to 96.9% of the Expanded Capacity Production.

The Development Agreement also included a clause that permitted TWA to reinstate its share of the Expanded Capacity Production to 50% by paying EAS an amount equal to 50% of the amounts expended for the expansion plus interest and a risk premium charge.

On May 31, 2011, TWA exercised its right to reinstate its share of the Expanded Capacity Production to 50%. The substance of this exercise, which became effective on June 30, 2011, is that EAS effectively sold 46.9% of the Expanded Capacity Production to TWA.

The results of the Tiwest Joint Venture are proportionally consolidated by EAS. The cash payment made by TWA to EAS totalling R467.5 million (AUD 64 million) had the following effect on the combined financial statements as at December 31, 2011 and for the period ended December 31, 2011:

R ‘000

Increase cash and cash equivalents 1

468,663

Decrease trade and other payables1

75,691

Decrease interest-bearing borrowings

9,360

Risk premium income2

(59,760

Interest income2

(41,512

Decrease property, plant and equipment (net)3

(429,402

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment3

(23,040

1

Net cash paid by TWA to EAS represents the total consideration offset by the amount owing to TWA by EAS in relation to certain feedstock required to process the additional pigment as a result of the expansion.

2

Calculated based on the terms of Development Agreement.

3

Derecognition of 46.9% of the property, plant and equipment related to the expansion and recognition of a gain on disposal.

18.4 ACQUISITION OF SUBSIDIARY

On 1 October 2008, the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations acquired the assets and liabilites of Namakwa Sands operations giving effectfrom Anglo American plc. The acquired business contributed R491 million in revenue and R155 million in operating profits to the Contribution when it occurred. Therefore, condensed consolidating and combining financial information for years prior to 2005 only present condensed combining financial information for (a) the Issuer, Tronox Worldwide LLC, (b) the guarantor subsidiaries and (c) the non-guarantor subsidiaries. Other income (expense) in the Condensed Consolidating and Combining Statement of Operations for all periods presented includes equity interest in income (loss) of subsidiaries.

Condensed Consolidating and Combining Statement ofExxaro Mineral Sands Operations for the Year endedperiod from 1 October 2008 to 31 December 31, 20052008.

The deferred consideration of R120.6 million was paid in 2009.

18.5 DIVIDENDS PAID

 

  Tronox
Incorporated
  Issuers  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  

Non-

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations  Consolidated 
  (Millions of dollars) 

Net sales

 $—    $—    $767.1  $721.5  $(124.6) $1,364.0 

Cost of goods sold

  —     —     624.6   639.3   (120.1)  1,143.8 
                        

Gross margin

  —     —     142.5   82.2   (4.5)  220.2 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  0.2   0.5   56.7   64.3   (6.5)  115.2 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

  —     —     17.1   —     —     17.1 
                        
  (0.2)  (0.5)  68.7   17.9   2.0   87.9 

Interest and debt expense—third parties

  —     4.5   —     —     —     4.5 

Other income (expense)

  (0.7)  162.4   141.0   (2.1)  (315.8)  (15.2)
                        

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

  (0.9)  157.4   209.7   15.8   (313.8)  68.2 

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)

  (0.1)  2.7   (24.4)  —     —     (21.8)
                        

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations(

  (1.0)  160.1   185.3   15.8   (313.8)  46.4 

Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes

  —     (3.3)  (24.3)  —     —     (27.6)
                        

Net Income (Loss)

 $(1.0) $156.8  $161.0  $15.8  $(313.8) $18.8 
                        
Year Ended December 31,
2011
R’000
2010
R’000
2009
R’000

Dividends declared and paid

(685,705

 

F-55

F-147


Index

18.6 ISSUANCE OF SHARE CAPITAL

On December 20, 2011, Exxaro TSA Sands (Pty) Ltd, an entity included in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, authorized the issue of an ordinary share to Financial Statements

Exxaro for R1,800 million. The share issue was completed on December 30, 2011. In connection with the Transaction Agreement with Tronox described in note 1, Tronox Limited will undertake a corporate rationalization plan to revise its organizational structure. This share issuance is part of this plan to ensure that Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries are appropriately capitalized following completion of the Transaction. Exxaro determined the R1,800 million amount after analyzing and determining an appropriate mix of debt and equity for the South African operations of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations.

19.OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

  2011  2010  2009 
  Before-tax
amount
R’000
  Tax
R’000
  Net-of-tax
amount
R’000
  Before-tax
amount
R’000
  Tax
R’000
  Net-of-tax
amount
R’000
  Before-tax
amount
R’000
  Tax
R’000
  Net-of-tax
amount
R’000
 

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

         

Currency translation differences

  475,691     475,691    24,207     24,207    38,749     38,749  

Financial instruments fair value gains/(losses) recognised in equity on cash flow hedges:

  25,792    2,431    28,223    88,655    (25,632  63,023    135,515    (38,511  97,004  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  501,483    2,431    503,914    112,862    (25,632  87,230    174,264    (38,511  135,753  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

20.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

TRONOX INCORPORATED20.1 CARRYING AMOUNTS AND FAIR VALUE AMOUNTS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The tables below set out the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, as well as their fair values

  At fair value
through profit or loss
                
  Held for
trading

R’000
  At fair
value
designated

R’000
  Loans and
receivables at
amortised cost
R’000
  Financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
R’000
  Non-current
asset

held for sale
R’000
  Fair value
of financial
instruments
R’000
  Maximum
exposure of
carrying
amount to
credit risk
R’000
 

December 31, 2011

       

Financial assets, consisting of:

       

- Rehabilitation Trust asset

   156,440       156,440    156,440  

- Ndzalama game reserve

      2,046    2,046    2,046  

Trade and other receivables

    1,593,134      1,593,134    1,593,134  

Amounts due from related parties

    1,151,069      1,151,069    1,151,069  

Derivative financial instruments

  8,980        8,980    8,980  

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,998,263      2,998,263    2,998,263  

Financial liabilities, consisiting of:

       

Interest-bearing borrowings

     638,232     638,232   

Trade and other payables

     570,198     570,198   

Derivative financial instruments

  102,248        102,248   

Amounts due to related parties

     9,400,961     9,400,961   

F-148


  At fair value
through profit or loss
               
  Held  for
trading

R’000
  At fair
value
designated
R’000
  Loans and
receivables at
amortised cost
R’000
  Financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
R’000
    Fair value
of financial
instruments
R’000
  Maximum
exposure of
carrying
amount to
credit risk
R’000
 

December 31, 2010

       

Financial assets, consisting of:

       

- Rehabilitation Trust asset

   120,111       120,111    120,111  

- Ndzalama game reserve

   6,543       6,543    6,543  

Trade and other receivables

    1,021,255      1,021,255    1,021,255  

Amounts due from related parties

    1,057,534      1,057,534    1,057,534  

Derivative financial instruments

  84,991        84,991    84,991  

Cash and cash equivalents

    418,879      418,879    418,879  

Financial liabilities, consisiting of:

       

Interest-bearing borrowings

     783,957     783,957   

Trade and other payables

     518,855     518,855   

Derivative financial instruments

  4,230        4,230   

Amounts due to related parties

     8,561,853     8,561,853   

FAIR VALUES

Notes to ConsolidatedFair value hierarchy level

Financial assets and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)liabilities at fair value have been categorised in the following hierarchy structure:

Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset/liability

Level 3—Inputs for the asset/liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

The following table presents the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value:

December 31, 2011

 

Description  Fair value
R’000
   Level 2
R’000
   Level 3
R’000
 

Financial assets held for trading at fair value through profit or loss

      

- Derivative financial instruments

   8,980     8,980    

Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss

      

- Rehabilitation Trust asset

   156,440     156,440    

Non-Current assets classified as held for sale

      

- Ndzalama game reserve

   2,046       2,046  

Financial liabilities held for trading at fair value through profit or loss

      

- Derivative financial instruments

   102,248     102,248    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   269,714     267,668     2,046  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-149


Condensed ConsolidatingDecember 31, 2010

Description  Fair value
R’000
   Level 2
R’000
   Level 3
R’000
 

Financial assets held for trading at fair value through profit or loss

      

- Derivative financial instruments

   84,991     84,991    

Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss

      

- Rehabilitation Trust

   120,111     120,111    

- Ndzalama game reserve

   6,543       6,543  

Financial liabilities held for trading at fair value through profit or loss

      

- Derivative financial instruments

   4,230     4,230    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   215,875     209,332     6,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of level 3 hierarchyNdzalama game reserve                        

   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
  2009
R’000
 

Opening balance

   6,543    6,568    6,434  

Movement during the year

    

Total gains or losses for the period recognised in profit or loss

   (10  (25  134  

Sales of investment

   (4,487  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Closing balance

   2,046    6,543    6,568  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Rehabilitation Trust asset

The EERF is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The EERF receives, holds and Combining Statementinvests funds contributed by the Exxaro mining operations, which contributions are aimed at providing for sufficient funds at date of estimated closure of mining activities to address the rehabilitation and environmental impacts.

The funds are invested by Exxaro’sin-house treasury department on the JSE as well as with reputable financial institutions in accordance with a strict mandate to ensure capital preservation and real growth. R114 million (2010: R106 million) of the EERF was invested in a diverse portfolio of equities on the JSE and fair value of these investments was calculated based on the JSE Top 40 index as at December 31, 2011. At 31 December 2011, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate the fair value due to the short-term maturity of the asset.

Derivative financial instruments

Current derivative financial instruments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because the fair values are calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on observable interest rate yield curves.

Ndzalama game reserve

The Ndzalama game reserve is classified within Level 3 as there is no quoted market price or other observable price available for this investments. This unlisted investment is valued as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on unobservable inputs.

The investment was classified as held for sale during 2011.

F-150


20.2 RECLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

No reclassification of financial assets occurred during the period.

20.3 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Included in the statement of “other comprehensive income” are the followingpre-tax adjustments relating to financial instruments:

   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

Effective portion of change in fair value of cash flow hedge

   25,792     88,655     135,515  

The above amounts are all included in the financial instruments revaluation reserve.

20.4 RISK MANAGEMENT

20.4.1 Financial Risk Management

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ corporate treasury function (other than Exxaro Australia Sands (Pty) Limited which operates on a decentralised basis but within the approved group policies), provides financial risk management services to the business,co-ordinates access to domestic and international financial markets, and monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the group through internal risk reports which analyses exposures by degree and magnitude of risks. These risks include market risk (including foreign currency risk, interest rate risk, and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks are detailed below.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations seeks to minimise the effects of these risks by using derivative financial instruments to hedge these risk exposures. The use of derivative financial instruments is governed by the group’s policies approved by the board of directors, which provide written principles on foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, the use of financial derivatives andnon-derivative financial instruments, and the investment of excess liquidity. Compliance with policies and exposure limits is reviewed by the internal auditors on a continuous basis and results are reported to the board audit committee.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operation enters into financial instruments to manage and reduce the possible adverse impact on earnings and cash flows of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. Compliance with policies and exposure limits is reviewed by the internal auditors annually, with the results being reported to the audit committee.

20.4.2 Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices will affect the Exxaro Mineral Sands’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments.

The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, whilst optimising the return on risk.

F-151


The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates (see 20.4.2.1 below) and interest rates (see 20.4.2.2 below). The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate, foreign currency risks and commodity price risks, including:

forward foreign exchange contracts (FEC’s) and currency options to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on the export mineral sands products as well as imported capital expenditure;

forward interest rate contracts to manage interest rate risk;

interest rate swaps to manage the risk of rising interest rates;

20.4.2.1 Foreign currency risk management

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies, hence exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise.

The currency in which transactions are entered into is mainly denominated in US Dollars (USD) and Australian Dollars (AUD). Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters utilising FEC’s, currency options and currency swap agreements.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations maintains a fully covered exchange rate position in respect of foreign currency borrowings and imported capital equipment resulting in these exposures being fully converted to rand. Trade-related import exposures are managed through the use of economic hedges arising from export revenue as well as through FEC’s. Trade-related export exposures are hedged using FEC’s and options with specific focus on short-term receivables.

Uncovered foreign debtors at December 31, 2011 amount to US$86 million (2010: US$75 million) and AUD 4 million (2010: AUD nil million) , whereas uncovered cash and cash equivalents amount to US$52 million (2010: $48 million) and AUD$87 million (2010: AUD$11 million). There were no imports that were not fully hedged during both 2011 and 2010. Monetary items have been translated at the closing rate at the last day of the reporting period.

The FEC’s which are used to hedge foreign currency exposure mostly have a maturity of less than one year from the reporting date. When necessary, FEC’s are rolled over at maturity.

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

   Average
spot rate
   Average
achieved rate
   Closing
spot rate
 

2011

      

USD

   7.22     7.28     8.17  

Euro

   10.07     9.98     10.58  

Australian Dollar

   7.47     7.58     8.30  

2010

      

USD

   7.30     7.72     6.63  

Euro

   9.68     9.94     8.83  

Australian Dollar

   6.71     6.80     6.75  

2009

      

USD

   8.39     7.48     7.40  

Euro

   11.63     10.90     10.64  

Australian Dollar

   6.60     6.77     6.64  

F-152


Foreign currency

Material FEC’s and currency options, which relate to specific balance sheet items, that do not form part of a hedging relationship or for which hedge accounting was not applied at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, are summarised as follows:

   Market
related
value
R’000
   Foreign
amount
R’000
   Contract
value
R’000
   Recognised
fair value
profits/(losses)
R’000
 

2011

        

Exports (Buy)

        

United States Dollar—FEC’s

   1,075,959     130,000     986,582     89,377  

Imports (Sell)

        

United States Dollar—FEC’s

   31,796     3,809     31,842     (46

Euro—FEC’s

   71,336     8,680     71,122     214  

Australian Dollar—FEC’s

   2,646       2,615     31  

2010

        

Exports (Buy)

        

United States Dollar—FEC’s

   670,796     95,000     647,508     46,410  

Imports (Sell)

        

United States Dollar—FEC’s

   7,761     1,167     8,196     (435

Euro—FEC’s

   5,490     622     5,852     (362

Fair value gains and losses on these FEC’s are recognised in “other operating expenses” on the face of the combined statement of comprehensive income.

Cash flow hedges—foreign currency risk

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations has entered into certain forward exchange contracts, which relate to specific foreign commitments not yet due and export earnings for which the proceeds are not yet receivable. Details of the contracts at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 were as follows:

2011     Foreign
currency
R’000
   Contract
value
R’000
   Recognised fair
value in equity
R’000
 

Exports (Buy)

       

United States Dollar—Note holders loan & Investec

       
 

Less than 3 months

   2,250     19,927     (1,528
 

3 Months

   2,000     17,713     (1,359
 

6 months

   27,000     264,398     (43,613
 

1 year

   20,000     252,960     (89,415
 

> 3 year

   26,800     305,085     (85,936
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

   78,050     860,083     (221,851
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note: In respect of a US$78 million (2010: US$83 million) loan liability of Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Limited, an economic hedge exists between US$ revenue and US$ borrowings. Accordingly, future sales proceeds to be applied to the repayment of US$ borrowings are recorded at the historical exchange rate effective at the date of loan draw down.

F-153


With respect to the above-mentioned cash flow hedges, the future expected cash flows are represented below:

   2012
R’000
  2013
R’000
   >2013
R’000
   Total
R’000
 

Expected future cash flows

       

- United States Dollar—Note holders loan & Investec

   302,038    252,960     305,085     860,083  

Expected gain/(loss) in profit or loss (at maturity)

       

- United States Dollar—Note holders loan

   (108,159      (108,159

- United States Dollar—Investec

   (47,137      (47,137

2010    Foreign
currency
R’000
   Contract
value
R’000
   Recognised fair
value in equity
R’000
 

Exports (Buy)

       

United States Dollar—Note holders loan & Investec

       
 

Less than 3 months

   750     5,393     (420
 

3 Months

   750     5,393     (420
 

6 months

   3,100     25,573     (5,021
 

1 year

   31,250     245,217     (38,037
 

> 3 year

   46,800     453,062     (142,790
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

   82,650     734,638     (186,690
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note: In respect of a US$83 million (2009: US$60 million) loan liability of Exxaro Australia Sands Pty Limited, an economic hedge exists between US$ revenue and US$ borrowings. Accordingly, future sales proceeds to be applied to the repayment of US$ borrowings are recorded at the historical exchange rate effective at the date of loan draw down.

With respect to the above-mentioned cash flow hedges, the future expected cash flows are represented below:

   2011
R’000
   2012
R’000
   >2012
R’000
  Total
R’000
 

Expected future cash flows

       

- United States Dollar—Note holders loan & Investec

   36,359     245,217     453,062    734,638  

Expected gain/(loss) in profit or loss (at maturity)

       

- United States Dollar—Note holders loan & Investec

       (111,379  (111,379

Foreign currency sensitivity

The following table summarises the impact a 10% increase in foreign currency rates would have on the combined financial statements relating to outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items (cash balances, trade receivables, trade payables and loans). A positive number represents again whilst a negative number represents a loss.

   Profit or (loss)   Equity 
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
 

US$

   17,038     21,274     15,785     (40,615  (34,869

Euro

   1,322     2,425     286     

F-154


A 10% decrease in the rand against each foreign exchange rate would have an equal but opposite effect on the above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

For exports (US$), an increase/(decrease) in the exchange rate of the rand (ZAR) against the dollar (US$) (e.g. FEC taken out on exports at R7.94 : US$1,with actual rate coming out at R8.73 : US$1) represents a weakening/(strengthening) of the Rand against the US dollar, which results in a gain/(loss) incurred of R0,79.

The opposite applies for a decrease in the exchange rate.

For imports (Euro), an increase/(decrease) in the exchange rate of the Rand (ZAR) against the Euro (e.g., FEC taken out on exports at R10,00 : €1,with actual rate coming out at R11,00 : €1) represents a weakening/(strengthening) of the Rand against the Euro, which results in a loss/(gain) incurred of R1,00.

The opposite applies for a decrease in the exchange rate.

20.4.2.2 Interest rate risk management

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows and deposits funds at both fixed and floating interest rates on the money market. The risk is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings taking into account future interest rate expectations.

The financial institutions chosen are subject to compliance with the relevant regulatory bodies.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates result in exposure to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates result in exposure to fair value interest rate risk.

The interest rate repricing profile is summarised below:

   1- 6
months
R’000
  7- 12
months
R’000
  Beyond 1
year R’000
  Total
borrowings
R’000
 

At 31 December 2011:

     

Term borrowings (under the IFRS 7 scope)

     2,617,453    2,617,453  

% of total borrowings

     100  100
   R’000  R’000  R’000  R’000 

At 31 December 2010:

     

Term borrowings (under the IFRS 7 scope)

   117,979    117,979    2,894,568    3,130,525  

% of total borrowings

   4  4  92  100

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations makes use of interest rate derivatives to hedge specific exposures in the interest rate repricing profile of existing borrowings.

The value of borrowings hedged by interest rate derivatives, the instruments used and the respective rates applicable to these contracts are as follows:

   Borrowings
hedged
R’000
   Floating
interest
receivable
%
   Fixed
interest
payable
%
 

Local

      

Interest rate derivatives beyond 1 year:

      

- Interest rate swaps

   675     3m Jibar     11,1  

The interest rate swap ceased at the end of November 2010.

F-155


The following table reflects the potential impact on earnings, given a movement in interest rates of 50 basis points:

   Interest rate  Interest rate 
   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
  2009
R’000
  2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

Profit/(loss)

   (4  (18  (18  4     18     18  

20.4.2.3 Price Risk

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is exposed to equity securities price risk because of investments held by the Exxaro Rehabilitation Trust. The investment in the Exxaro Rehabilitation Trust is designated at fair value through profit and loss on the combined statement of financial position.

20.4.3 Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ reputation.

The ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the board of directors, which has built an appropriate liquidity risk management framework for the Year ended December 31, 2004management of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast cash flows in compliance with loan covenants and ensuring that adequate unutilised borrowing facilities are maintained. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations aims to cover at least its net debt requirements through long-term borrowing facilities.

Financial guarantee liabilities are initially recognised at their fair value, and the initial fair value is amortised over the life of the financial guarantee. The guarantee liability is subsequently carried at the higher of this amortised amount and the present value of any expected payment if a payment under the guarantee has become probable.

Financial guarantees are included within other liabilities.

All guarantees currently accounted for relates to operational guarantees.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ capital base, the borrowing powers of the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations and the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations were set at 125% of shareholders’ funds for the 2011, 2010 and 2009 financial years.

Standard payment terms for the majority of trade payables is the end of the month following the month in which the goods are received or services are performed.

A number of trade payables do however have shorter contracted payment periods.

To avoid incurring interest on late payments, financial risk management policies and procedures are entrenched to ensure the timeous matching of orders placed with goods received notes or services acceptances and invoices.

F-156


Maturity profile of financial instruments

The following table details the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ contractual maturities of financial liabilities:

        Maturity 
  Carrying
amount
R’000
  Contractual
cash flows
R’000
  0-12
months
R’000
  1-2 years
R’000
  2-5 years
R’000
 

2011

     

Financial liabilities

     

Interest-bearing borrowings

  638,232    730,961    294,452    286,339    150,170  

Trade and other payables

  570,198    570,198    570,198    

Amounts due to related parties

  9,400,962    9,608,403    8,015,269    1,593,134   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  10,609,392    10,909,563    8,879,919    1,879,473    150,170  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities (Included in the above)

     

Foreign exchange forward contracts used for hedging

     

- Sell (Rands inflow)

  986,582      

Other forward exchange contracts

     

- Buy (Rands outflow)

  105,796      
        Maturity 
  Carrying
amount
R’000
  Contractual
cash flows
R’000
  0-12
months
R’000
  1-2 years
R’000
  2-5 years
R’000
 

2010

     

Financial liabilities

     

Interest-bearing borrowings

  783,957    904,411    311,380    392,778    200,253  

Trade and other payables

  518,855    518,855    518,855    

Amounts due to related parties

  8,561,853    8,933,779    6,790,649    2,143,129   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  9,864,665    10,357,046    7,620,885    2,535,907    200,253  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities (Included in the above)

     

Foreign exchange forward contracts used for hedging

     

- Sell (Rands inflow)

  510,000      

Other forward exchange contracts

     

- Buy (Rands outflow)

  15,000      

20.4.4 Credit Risk Management

Credit risk relates to potential default by counterparties on cash and cash equivalents, investments, trade receivables and hedged positions. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations limits its counterparty exposure arising from money market and derivative instruments by only dealing with well-established financial institutions of high credit standing. The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded are spread amongst approved counterparties. Credit exposure is controlled by counterparty limits that are reviewed and approved by the board annually.

Trade receivables consist of a number of customers with whom Exxaro has long-standing relationships. A high portion of term supply arrangements exists with such clients resulting in limited credit exposure which exposure, where dictated by customer credit worthiness or country risk assessment, is further mitigated through a combination of confirmed letters of credit and credit risk insurance.

Exxaro establishes an allowance fornon-recoverability or impairment that represents its estimate of incurred losses in respect of trade and other receivables and investments. The main components of this allowance are a

F-157


specific loss component that relates to individually significant exposures, and a collective loss component established for Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations of similar assets in respect of losses that have historical data of payment statistics for similar financial assets.

Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. None of the financial instruments below was held as collateral for any security provided.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at both reporting dates was equal to the carrying value of financial assets for the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations.

Detail of the trade receivables credit risk exposure:

 

   Issuer  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  

Non-

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations  Consolidated 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Net sales

  $—    $731.2  $711.7  $(141.1) $1,301.8 

Cost of goods sold

   —     674.7   629.3   (135.1)  1,168.9 
                     

Gross margin

   —     56.5   82.4   (6.0)  132.9 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   4.2   57.7   58.0   (9.8)  110.1 

Restructuring charges

   —     113.0   —     —     113.0 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   —     4.6   —     —     4.6 
                     
   (4.2)  (118.8)  24.4   3.8   (94.8)

Interest and debt expense—third parties

   —     —     0.1   —     0.1 

Other income (expense)

   (101.9)  12.8   (11.5)  75.4   (25.2)
                     

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

   (106.1)  (106.0)  12.8   79.2   (120.1)

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)

   0.8   45.3   (7.8)  —     38.3 
                     

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

   (105.3)  (60.7)  5.0   79.2   (81.8)

Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes

   (5.5)  (40.3)  —     —     (45.8)
                     

Net Income (Loss)

  $(110.8) $(101.0) $5.0  $79.2  $(127.6)
                     
   2011
%
   2010
%
 

By industry

    

Manufacturing (including structural metal and steel)

   27     29  

Merchants

   10     10  

Pigment, ceramics, chemicals

   60     60  

Other

   3     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

By geographical area

    

South Africa

   3     3  

Europe

   30     21  

Asia

   7     23  

USA

   6     9  

Australia

   42     42  

Other

   12     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations of counterparties having similar characteristics.

F-56


IndexFinancial guarantees are contracts that require the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDmake specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument.

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)The carrying amount of the financial assets at reporting date was:

 

  2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
 

Neither past due nor impaired

  4,758,862    1,651,778  
  

- trade and other receivables

  1,593,133    1,021,255  

- other financial assets

  158,486    126,654  

- derivative financial instruments

  8,980    84,991  

- cash and cash equivalents

  2,998,263    418,879  
        

Past due or impaired

  

- trade and other receivables

   210  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial assets

  4,758,862    1,651,989  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

F-158


The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations strives to enter into sales contracts with clients which stipulate the required payment terms. It is expected of each customer that these payment terms are adhered to. Where trade receivables balances become past due, the normal recovery procedures are followed to recover the debt, where applicable new payment terms may be arranged to ensure that the debt is fully recovered. Therefore the credit quality of the above assets deemed to be neither past due nor impaired is considered to be within industry norm.

There were no financial assets with renegotiated terms during the 2011, 2010 or 2009 reporting periods.

Condensed ConsolidatingTrade and Combining Statement of Operationsother receivables age analysis

   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

Past due and impaired

      

>180 days overdue

     210     168  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying amount of financial instruments past due or impaired

     210     168  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Before the financial instruments can be impaired, they are evaluated for the Year ended December 31, 2003possibility of any recovery as well as the length of time at which the debt has been long outstanding.

Loans and receivables designated at fair value through profit or loss

   Issuer  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  

Non-

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations  Consolidated 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Net sales

  $—    $633.4  $616.2  $(91.9) $1,157.7 

Cost of goods sold

   —     592.2   526.1   (93.6)  1,024.7 
                     

Gross margin

   —     41.2   90.1   1.7   133.0 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   2.7   52.0   50.0   (5.8)  98.9 

Restructuring charges

   —     61.4   —     —     61.4 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   —     14.9   —     —     14.9 
                     
   (2.7)  (87.1)  40.1   7.5   (42.2)

Interest and debt expense—third parties

   —     —     0.1   —     0.1 

Other income (expense)

   (85.7)  8.5   (4.3)  61.0   (20.5)
                     

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

   (88.4)  (78.6)  35.7   68.5   (62.8)

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)

   0.7   35.1   (20.7)  —     15.1 
                     

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

   (87.7)  (43.5)  15.0   68.5   (47.7)

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes

   (4.8)  (31.0)  —     —     (35.8)
                     

Loss before Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

   (92.5)  (74.5)  15.0   68.5   (83.5)

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle, net of taxes

   —     (9.2)  —     —     (9.2)
                     

Net Income (Loss)

  $(92.5) $(83.7) $15.0  $68.5  $(92.7)
                     

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations had no loans and receivables designated as at fair value through profit or loss during the period.

F-57


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDCollateral

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Condensed and Consolidating Balance SheetNo collateral was held or pledged by the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations as security over its financial assets as of December 31, 20052011 or 2010.

  Tronox
Incorporated
 Issuers Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 

Non-

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 Eliminations  Consolidated
  (Millions of dollars)

ASSETS

      

Current Assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

 $—   $—   $23.8 $45.2 $—    $69.0

Intercompany receivables

  —    —    53.0  11.4  (64.4)  —  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

  0.8  —    173.9  156.9  —     331.6

Inventories

  —    —    192.2  121.3  (1.2)  312.3

Prepaid and other assets

  0.8  —    12.8  14.9  —     28.5

Income tax receivable

  —    —    —    2.4  —     2.4

Deferred income taxes

  —    8.4  26.6  3.1  (2.5)  35.6
                   

Total Current Assets

  1.6  8.4  482.3  355.2  (68.1)  779.4

Property, Plant and Equipment—Net

  —    —    475.8  363.9  —     839.7

Investments in Subsidiaries

  2,222.4  996.8  203.5  —    (3,422.7)  —  

Long-Term Receivables, Investments and Other Assets

  —    13.2  53.9  11.7  —     78.8

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

  —    —    28.2  32.2  —     60.4
                   

Total Assets

 $2,224.0 $1,018.4 $1,243.7 $763.0 $(3,490.8) $1,758.3
                   

LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS/STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

      

Current Liabilities

      

Intercompany borrowings

 $543.1 $—   $111.5 $214.7 $(869.3) $—  

Accounts payable

  0.3  2.2  75.4  117.4  —     195.3

Accrued liabilities

  2.0  14.3  119.8  32.8  —     168.9

Long-term debt due within one year

  —    2.0  —    —    —     2.0

Income taxes payable

  2.2  —    6.3  0.3  —     8.8
                   

Total Current Liabilities

  547.6  18.5  313.0  365.2  (869.3)  375.0
                   

Noncurrent Liabilities

      

Deferred income taxes

  0.3  —    54.2  27.0  (2.5)  79.0

Environmental remediation and/or restoration

  —    7.2  128.5  10.2  —     145.9

Long-term debt

  —    548.0  —    —    —     548.0

Other

  —    1.2  56.4  66.1  (2.3)  121.4
                   

Total Noncurrent Liabilities

  0.3  556.4  239.1  103.3  (4.8)  894.3
                   

Total Business/Stockholders’ Equity

  1,676.1  443.5  691.6  294.5  (2,616.7)  489.0
                   

Total Liabilities and Business/Stockholders’ Equity

 $2,224.0 $1,018.4 $1,243.7 $763.0 $(3,490.8) $1,758.3
                   

F-58


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATEDGuarantees

NotesThe Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations did not during the period obtain financial ornon-financial assets by taking possession of collateral it holds as security or calling on guarantees.

There were no guarantees provided by banks to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

Condensed and Consolidating Balance Sheetsecure financing as of December 31, 20042011 or 2010.

For all other guarantees, refer to note 22 on contingent liabilities.

Capital management

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ policy is to ensure that the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations maintains a robust capital structure with strong financial metrics which can withstand a significant downturn in commodity cycles. Growth opportunities, debt levels and dividend distributions to shareholders are considered against this backdrop.

The capital base consists of net investment by Exxaro companies as disclosed, as well as shareholder’s loans and interest bearing borrowings. The board of directors is ultimately responsible for monitoring debt levels, return on capital as well as compliance with contractually agreed loan covenants.

During the year under review the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations complied with all its contractually agreed loan covenants and there were no changes in the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ approach to capital management during the year.

The Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations is not subject to externally imposed regulatory capital requirements.

F-159


21.EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Retirement Funds

Independent funds provide retirement and other benefits for all permanent employees, retired employees, and their dependants. At the end of the financial year, the main defined contribution retirement funds to which Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations was a participating employer, were as follows:

Exxaro Selector Funds;

Chamber of Mines, operating as a defined contribution fund;

Namakwa Sands Employees Provident Fund;

Sentinel Mining Industry Retirement Fund.

Members pay a contribution of 7%, with the employer’s contribution of 10% to the above funds, being expensed as incurred.

All funds registered in the Republic of South Africa are governed by the South African Pension Funds Act of 1956 (the Act).

Defined contribution funds

Membership of each fund at 31 December 2011, 2010 and 2009 and employer contributions to each fund were as follows:

   Working
members
2011
Number
   Working
members
2010
Number
   Working
members
2009
Number
   Employers
Contributions
2011 R’m
   Employer
Contributions
2010 R’m
   Employer
Contributions
2009 R’m
 

-Exxaro Selector Funds;

   663     662     689     16     16     14  

- Chamber of Mines, operating as defined contribution fund;

   1     1     1        

-Namakwa Sands employees Provident Fund;

   918     986     893     15     14     12  

-Sentinel Mining Industry Retirement Fund.

   82     87     88     5     5     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,664     1,736     1,671     36     35     31  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the nature of these funds the accrued liabilities by definition equate to the total assets under control of these funds.

Medical Funds

The combined company contributes to medical aid schemes for the benefit of permanent employees and their dependants who choose to belong to one of a number of employer accredited schemes. The contributions charged against income amounted to R12.1 million (2010: R11 million) and (2009:R10.1 million) .

Defined benefit fund

The combined mineral sands operations have defined benefit obligations for the provision of post retirement medical benefits.

As part of the business combination with Namakwa Sands on October 1, 2008 a post-retirement medical obligation was acquired.

F-160


The post-retirement liability is of a defined benefit nature, and consists of an implicit promise to pay a portion of members’ postretirement medical aid contributions. This liability is also generated in respect of dependants who are offered continued membership of the medical aid on the death of the primary member, eitherpre- orpost- retirement. This benefit, which is no longer offered, applied to employees employed prior to 2001 by Namakwa Sands. Contributions, if any, will be offset against the liability.

No contribution was made for the period ended December 31, 2011 (2010: Rnil).

The obligation represents a present value amount, which is actuarially valued on an annual basis. Any surplus or deficit arising from the valuation is recognised in the income statement. The provision is expected to be utilised over the expected lives of the participants of scheme.

The most recent actuarial valuations of the present value of the defined benefit obligation were carried out in November 2011.

The present value of the defined obligation, and the related current service cost and past service cost, were measured using the projected unit credit method.

The principal assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows:

   2011
%
   2010
%
   2009
%
 

Discount rate

   9.00     8.25     9.00  

Inflation rate

   6.25     5.50     5.75  

Salary increase rate

   7.75     6.75     6.75  

Amounts recognised in profit or loss in respect of the defined benefit plan were as follows:

   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

Current service cost

   2,020     1,669     919  

Actuarial gains

   1,643     4,637     2,079  

Interest on obligation

   3,097     2,603     1,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   6,760     8,909     4,733  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The expense for the year is included in the employee benefits expense in the income statement.

Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of the present value of the defined obligation:

   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

Defined benefit obligation at beginning of year

   37,685     29,056     24,543  

Acquisition Namakwa Sands

      

Plus current service cost

   2,020     1,669     919  

Plus interest cost

   3,097     2,603     1,735  

Plus actuarial gains or less actuarial losses

   1,643     4,637     2,079  

Less benefits paid

   311     280     220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

   44,134     37,685     29,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-161


Determination of estimated post-retirement expense for the next financial year:

   2012
R’000
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
 

Interest cost

   3,955     3,095     1,669  

Unrecognised actual losses in the year

   2,687     2,350     2,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense

   6,642     5,445     4,552  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity compensation benefits

The Exxaro Management Share Option Scheme has the following schemes included in the equity compensation benefits of its employees:

Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Share Appreciation Right scheme (SARs)

Empowerment Participation scheme (MPower)

Deferred bonus plan

Awards made by Exxaro Company to its own employees are accounted for as equity-settled in the company’s individual financial statements as it is providing its own equity instruments as settlement of the schemes, as well as in the consolidated group financial statements.

In the subsidiary accounts such as the combined Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations, the schemes are also accounted for as equity settled.

Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP)

DBP is to encourage directors and senior management to sacrifice a part of their bonuses for the purpose of acquiring shares in the company in exchange for an uplift in the number of shares received. Participants may sacrifice a percentage of their (post-tax) bonus in exchange for Exxaro shares at the ruling market price. The pledged shares are then held in trust for a three year period, thus until the vesting date of the matching award. At vesting date, the company will make an additional award of shares by matching the shareholding on aone-for-one basis (matching award). Participants will consequently become unconditionally entitled to both the original pledged shares as well as the matching award of shares.

A participant may at its election dispose of and withdraw the pledged shares from the scheme at any stage. However, if the pledged shares are withdrawn before the expiry of the pledge period, the participant forfeits the matching award.

The DBP is an equity settled scheme.

Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

A LTIP is a conditional award of Exxaro shares offered to qualifying senior employees of the group. The shares vest after three years subject to certain performance conditions being met. The extent to which the performance conditions are met governs the number of shares that vest. LTIP is an equity settled scheme.

There are two performance conditions that determine the number LTIPs that vest:

The Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) Condition This condition compares the TSR of Exxaro with the TSR of a peer group of companies. The peer group of companies is determined by the Nomination Transformation, Remuneration, Human Resources Committee. TSR is defined to be the compound

F-162


annual growth rate (“CAGR”) on a portfolio of Exxaro/peer group shares purchased at the end of the group’s financial year in which the grant is made, holding the shares, and reinvesting the dividends received from the portfolio in the same shares for three years, and then selling the portfolio at the end of the three years.

The Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) Condition The ROCE measure is a Return on Capital Employed measure with a number of adjustments as determined by the rules of the scheme. Initial targets are set based on existing ROCE performance in the base year of an LTIP and planned ROCE performance in the performance year (“target year”). The audited results for the previous financial year, with relation to the year in which the grants are made, is the base year and the third year after the base year is the target year.

50% of the grant is subject to the TSR condition and 50% is subject to the ROCE condition. Awards vests linearly between 30% and 100% for performance between the minimum and the maximum targets

Share Appreciation Right Scheme (SARS)

Participants obtain the right, if performance conditions are met, to receive a number of Exxaro shares to the value of the difference between the exercise price and the grant price. The performance condition relates to Headline Earnings per Share of the group and is calculated for a minimum and maximum performance condition. Performance between these targets will result in proportional vesting which will be calculated using a linear sliding scale between the minimum and maximum performance conditions. Grants have a vesting period of three years at which time the performance conditions are calculated. The vested grants will lapse after seven years from the grant date.

The SARS scheme is an equity settled share base payment.

MPower

Exxaro created an Employee Empowerment Participation Scheme in November 2006 whereby certain employees are given the opportunity to share in the growth of the company. Exxaro issued approximately 10,7m shares which was held in trust to the benefit of selected Exxaro employee beneficiaries. Employees are awarded equal share units in the trust which entitles them to dividends on the Exxaro shares in trust in the five-year period that ended in November 2011. The total distribution to be made by the trust is independent of the number of units allocated to employees, therefore as more units are allocated the benefits to the trust are split between participating employees. As a result, all equity instruments of the scheme are effectively granted upon first issue of units to a participant. Given this operation, the value of the scheme determined at the grant date represents the final scheme value to be recognised under IFRS 2. By the end of the five-year period or capital appreciation period, the Exxaro shares that employee beneficiaries have a right to through the share units awarded to them in the Trust, will be sold. The capital distribution is the profit that is made on these shares after they are sold and the outstanding loan (used to buy the shares) to Exxaro is settled. The MPower scheme is an equity-settled share based payment.

F-163


Details of the schemes:

Long-term Incentive Plan

 

   Issuer  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  

Non-

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations  Consolidated
   (Millions of dollars)

ASSETS

         

Current Assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $—    $4.8  $19.0  $—    $23.8

Intercompany receivables

   —     49.5   5.0   (54.5)  —  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

   —     136.2   86.0   —     222.2

Inventories

   —     163.9   121.9   (0.7)  285.1

Prepaid and other assets

   —     12.1   22.3   —     34.4

Income tax receivable

   —     —     12.7   —     12.7

Deferred income taxes

   10.8   13.1   2.3   (8.3)  17.9

Assets held for sale

   —     3.4   —     —     3.4
                    

Total Current Assets

   10.8   383.0   269.2   (63.5)  599.5

Property, Plant and Equipment—Net

   —     487.3   395.7   —     883.0

Investments in Subsidiaries

   1,249.2   361.8   —     (1,611.0)  —  

Long-Term Receivables, Investments and Other Assets

   5.7   41.5   1.1   —     48.3

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

   —     28.2   36.9   —     65.1
                    

Total Assets

  $1,265.7  $1,301.8  $702.9  $(1,674.5) $1,595.9
                    

LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS/STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

         

Current Liabilities

         

Intercompany borrowings

  $33.1  $5.0  $63.3  $(101.4) $—  

Accounts payable

   —     60.0   136.1   (0.1)  196.0

Accrued liabilities

   13.2   115.2   34.9   —     163.3
                    

Total Current Liabilities

   46.3   180.2   234.3   (101.5)  359.3
                    

Noncurrent Liabilities

         

Deferred income taxes

   —     80.0   29.5   (8.3)  101.2

Environmental remediation and/or restoration

   9.4   121.4   —     —     130.8

Other

   22.8   35.1   59.3   (2.5)  114.7
                    

Total Noncurrent Liabilities

   32.2   236.5   88.8   (10.8)  346.7
                    

Total Business/Stockholders’ Equity

   1,187.2   885.1   379.8   (1,562.2)  889.9
                    

Total Liabilities and Business/Stockholders’ Equity

  $1,265.7  $1,301.8  $702.9  $(1,674.5) $1,595.9
                    
     2011  2010  2009 
     Number of
instruments
‘000
  Face value
range1 R
  Number of
instruments
‘000
  Face value
range1 R
  Number of
instruments
‘000
  Face value
range1 R
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

   193    85.00-126.77    180    85.00-67.07    120    85.00 -67.07  

Issued during the year

   47    163.95    55    126.77    85    67.07  

Transferred during the year

   13    85.00-126.77    (1  85.00-67.07    (25  85.00 -67.07  

Exercised during the year

   (52  168.00-177.99    (36  113.50-131.90    

Lapsed/cancelled during the year

     (5  102.14    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Outstanding at end of the year

   201    67.07-163.95    193    85.00-126.77    180    85.00 -67.07  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
  Expiry
date
                   

Terms of outsanding at end of the year

       
  2011      52    85.00-112.45    94    85.00 -112.45  
  2012    92    67.07    86    67.07    86    67.07  
  2013    59    136.77    55    126.77    
  2014    50    163.95      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
   201     193     180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Face value range for instruments exercised during the year (R )

       
    168.00-177.99     113.50-131.90    

Total value of shares outstanding (R million)

   33.8     26.3     18.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

1

Face value is the volume weighted average price of the previous business day when the transaction is executed

 

F-59

F-164


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)Share Appreciation Right Scheme

 

     2011  2010  2009 
     Number of
instruments
‘000
  Grant price
range R
  Number of
instruments
‘000
  Grant price
range R
  Number of
instruments
‘000
  Grant price
range R
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

   963    59.42-89.33    694    59.42-89.33    371    59.42-139.24  

Issued during the year

   277    150.66-185.92    318    126.77    392    67.07-89.33  

Transferred during the year

   (18  59.42-89.33      (48  59.42-139.24  

Exercised during the year

   (149  59.42-112.45    (35  60.60-112.35    

Lapsed/cancelled during the year

   (10  60.60-126.77    (14  112.35    (21  112.35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Outstanding at end of the year

   1,063    59.42-185.92    963    59.42-89.33    694    59.42-89.33  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
   Expiry
date
                   

Terms of outsanding at end of the year

       
  2014    51    59.42-67.46    74    59.42-67.46    124    59.42-67.46  
  2015    117    62.83-139.24    244    62.83-139.24    244    62.83-139.24  
  2016    425    63.45-89.33    408    63.45-89.33    326    63.45-89.33  
  2017    246    126.77    237    126.77    
  2018    224    150.66-185.92      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
   1,063     963     694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Face value range for instruments exercised during the year (R )

    59.42-112.45     60.60-112.35    

Total value of shares outstanding (R million)

   178.6     131.3     71.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Details of options vested but not sold during the year are as follows:

       

Number of shares

   228,539     74,280     —     

Share price range (R)

   60.60-185.92     60.60-67.46     —     

F-165


Condensed and Consolidating StatementDeferred Bonus Plan

     2011  2010  2009 
     Number of
instruments
‘000
  Share price
range2 R
  Number of
instruments
‘000
  Share price
range2 R
  Number of
instruments
‘000
  Share price
range2 R
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

   10    101.88-88.95    7    101.88-88.95    4    86.45-111.88  

Issued during the year

   3    147.01-179.21    3    66.38-125.41    13    65.85-91.08  

Transferred during the year

       (10  86.45-111.88  

Exercised during the year

   (2  149.50-178.25    (0  117.48    

Lapsed/cancelled during the year

       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Outstanding at end of the year

   11    66.39-179.21    10    101.88-88.95    7    101.88-88.95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
  Expiry
date
                   

Terms of outsanding at end of the year

       
  2012    5    66.38-88.95    1    101.88-112.45    1    101.88-112.45  
  2013    3    112.68-125.41    6    66.38-88.95    6    66.38-88.95  
  2014    3    147.01-179.21    3    88.95-125.41    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
   11     10     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Face value range for instruments exercised during the year (R )

    149.50-178.25     117.48    

Total value of shares outstanding (R million)

   1.9     1.3     0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

2

Price at which the shares were bought / sold

F-166


FAIR VALUE OF EQUITY-SETTLED SHARE-BASED PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS WITH EMPLOYEES

In determining the fair value of Cash Flowsservices received as consideration for equity instruments, measurement is referenced to the fair value of the equity instruments granted.

A modified binomial tree model is used for the Year Endedvaluation of the SARS and Phantom Option Scheme while a Monte Cario Simulation model for the LTIP. The conditional matching awards granted in terms of the DBP are the economic equivalent of granting an Exxaro share, without dividend rights for the period from grant date to vesting date. Therefore the value of the DBP is equal to the grant date share price at the vesting date, less the present value of future dividends expected to be granted over the term of the scheme, multiplied by the pledged shares in the trust and the matching award.

   2011   2010   2009 

Weighted average fair value for grants during the year:

   R     R     R  
  SARS   68.37     48.34     22.53  
  LTIP   59.04     106.36     54.35  
  DBP   144.87     113.71     57.43  

Inputs to the valuation models for:

      

SARS

  Share price at valuation date (R)   170.00     126.84     74.20  
  Weighted average option life (years)   7.00     7.00     7.00  
  Exercise price (R)   163.95     126.77     67.07  
  Expected volatility (%)(1)   42.20     42.39     43.22  
  Dividend yield (%)   3.42     3.80     9.02  
  Risk-free interest rate (%)   8.30     8.17     0.08  
  Employee forfeiture rate (%)   5.73     4.14     9.97  

LTIP

  Share price at valuation date (R)   170.00     126.84     74.20  
  Weight average option life (years)   3.00     3.00     3.00  
  Expected volatility of Exxaro share (%)(1)   46.69     49.70     51.31  
  Expected volatility of peer group share (average) (%)(1)   60.15     63.07     60.83  
  Dividend yield (%)   3.22     1.94     6.41  
  Risk-free interest rate (%)   7.32     7.29     7.82  
  Employee forfeiture rate (%)   2.97     2.90     10.29  

DBP

  Share price at valuation date—February (R)   152.45     114.00     67.07  
  Share price at valuation date—March (R)   165.56     125.90     69.24  
  Share price at valuation date—August (R)   n/a     114.44     92.40  
  Weighted average option life (years)   3.00     3.00     3.00  
  Dividend yield—February (%)   3.59     1.98     6.48  
  Dividend yield—March (%)   3.31     1.95     6.91  
  Dividend yield—August (%)   n/a     2.24     5.25  
  Risk-free Interest rate—February (%)   7.19     7.68     8.10  
  Risk-free Interest rate—March (%)   7.37     7.35     7.85  
  Risk-free Interest rate—August (%)   n/a     6.53     7.82  
  Employee forfeiture rate (%)   —       —       —    

(1)Volatility is measured as the annualized standard deviation of the continuously compounded daily returns of the underlying share(s) under the assumption that the share price is log-normally distributed. The historical period used to determine the log returns and hence volatility is equal in length to the period from valuation date up to and including the maturity date, starting from the valuation date.

F-167


22.CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

   December 31, 
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
 

Contingent liabilities

    

Contingent liabilities at balance sheet date, not otherwise provided for in these annual financial statements, arising from:

    

- guarantees in the normal course of business from which it is anticipated that no material liabilities will arise1:

   199,460     222,297  

- Other2

   59,800    

1

The operational guarantees include the guarantees provided to the DMR with regards the operations’ ability to immediately rehabilitate the mining operations should the need arise. The increase in 2009 and 2010 is mainly attributable to guarantees to the Department of Mineral and Resources (DMR) in respect of environmental liabilities on immediate closure of mining operations.

2

Exxaro Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd (EIPL) received an assessment from the Office of State Revenue (a State Government body), indicating that EIPL is liable for A$7.2 million of stamp duty in respect of the “land-rich” assets associated with the 2005 acquisition of Ticor Ltd. EIPL is required to pay the amount within one month after assessment to avoid paying substantial penalties. Management believe there are strong grounds to appeal this decision and, on this basis, have not recognized a liability for the amount.

The Combined Mineral Sands operations are jointly and severally exposed to its share of the joint venture contingent liabilities.

The timing and occurrence of any possible outflows are uncertain.

23.COMMITMENTS

   December 31, 
   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

Capital commitments

      

Capital expenditure contracted for plant and equipment

   341,654     203,604     221,646  

Capital expenditure authorised for plant and equipment but not contracted

   649,596     79,708     105,257  

The above includes the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations’ share of capital commitments of joint ventures .

   17,833     14,323     86,758  

F-168


Capital expenditure will be financed from available cash resources, funds generated from operations and available borrowing capacity. The increase in 2011 is mainly due to capital expenditure commitments for Fairbreeze.

Operating lease commitments

      

The future minimum lease payments undernon-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

      

—less than one year

   20,590     21,487     23,096  

—more than one year and less than five years

   22,573     20,297     28,825  

—more than five years

     11    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   43,163     41,795     51,921  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating sublease receivable

      

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are receivable as follows:

      

—less than one year

   2,602     1,732     1,086  

—more than one year and less than five years

   650     3,052     2,983  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   3,252     4,784     4,069  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

24.INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

   2011
R’000
   2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

In Australia, the combined company’s interests are housed in Australia Sands, whose principle asset is the 50% Tiwest joint venture (with Tronox).

      

Aggregate post-acquisition reserves:

      

—joint ventures

   4,505,042     2,809,951     2,849,181  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4,505,042     2,809,951     2,849,181  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Nature of
business
  Percentage holding 
      2011
%
   2010
%
   2009
%
 

JOINT VENTURES

        

Unincorporated

  Titanium      

Tiwest

  Minerals

and
pigment
production

   50.00     50.00     50.00  

F-169


The combined company’s effective share of statement of financial position, income statement and cash flow items in respect of the Tiwest joint venture is as follows:

   Year ended December 31, 
   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
  2009
R’000
 

INCOME STATEMENTS

    

Revenue

   2,575,305    1,550,000    1,473,000  

Operating expenses

   (1,667,175  (1,376,000  (1,435,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NET OPERATING PROFIT

   908,130    174,000    38,000  

Net financing costs

   36,589    (11,000  (5,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

   944,719    163,000    33,000  

Tax*

    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

   944,719    163,000    33,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

   944,719    163,000    33,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   December 31, 
   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
   2009
R’000
 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     

Non-current assets

   2,571,523    2,505,000     2,237,000  

Current assets

   2,741,842    1,439,000     1,164,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   5,313,365    3,944,000     3,401,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

     

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT

   4,505,042    2,810,000     2,849,000  

Non-current liabilities

     

Interest-bearing borrowings

   40,334    141,000    

Non-current provision

   265,485    225,000     218,000  

Deferred tax and other

   (12,840  408,000    

Current liabilities

     

Interest-bearing borrowings

   186,847    20,000    

Accounts payable & Provisions

   328,497    340,000     334,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

   5,313,365    3,944,000     3,401,001  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Year ended December 31, 
   2011
R’000
  2010
R’000
  2009
R’000
 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

    

Net cash flows from operating activities

   757,734    118    282  

Net cash flows from Investing activities

   263,872    (423  (546

Net cash flows from financing activities

   (350,025  305    178  

Foreign currency translations

   102,245     (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   773,826     (87
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

*Unincorporated joint venture

F-170


25.NON-CURRENT ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

The major classes of the assets classified as held for sale are as follows:

Financial assets

2,046

The investment in Ndzalama Game Reserve has been classified as held for sale during 2011. Completion of the sale transaction is expected to take place within 12 months. A partial disposal took place during the 12 months ended December 31, 20052011, the proceeds of which were R4.5 million. Final divestment expected by end June 2012 with the sale to the Land Claims Commissioner.

 

  Tronox
Incorporated
  Issuers  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 
  (Millions of dollars) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net income (loss)

 $(1.0) $156.8  $161.0  $15.8  $(313.8) $18.8 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities—

      

Depreciation and amortization

  —     —     57.5   45.6   —     103.1 

Deferred income taxes

  —     —     (25.4)  (6.5)  —     (31.9)

Asset write-downs and impairments

  —     1.3   11.0   —     —     12.3 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

  0.7   (160.3)  (25.2)  —     184.8   —   

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

  —     3.8   30.9   —     —     34.7 

Allocations from Kerr-McGee

  —     0.5   51.0   (3.5)  —     48.0 

Other noncash items affecting net income (loss)

  —     0.3   15.9   16.9   —     33.1 

Changes in assets and liabilities

  (1.6)  (11.0)  (43.6)  (100.3)  (0.1)  (156.6)
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  (1.9)  (8.6)  233.1   (32.0)  (129.1)  61.5 
                        

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Capital expenditures

  —     —     (36.8)  (50.8)  —     (87.6)

Collection on repurchased receivables

  —     —     70.3   94.7   —     165.0 

Other investing activities

  —     —     4.4   1.5   —     5.9 
                        

Net cash provided by investing activities

  —     —     37.9   45.4   —     83.3 
                        

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Issuance of common stock, net

  226.0   —     —     —     —     226.0 

Proceeds from borrowings

  —     550.0   —     —     —     550.0 

Costs of obtaining financing

  —     (10.9)  —     —     —     (10.9)

Distributions to Kerr-McGee

  (761.8)  —     —     —     —     (761.8)

Net transfers with affiliates

  537.7   (530.5)  (252.0)  9.1   129.1   (106.6)
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  1.9   8.6   (252.0)  9.1   129.1   (103.3)
                        

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

  —     —     —     3.7   —     3.7 
                        

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  —     —     19.0   26.2   —     45.2 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

  —     —     4.8   19.0   —     23.8 
                        

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

 $—    $—    $23.8  $45.2  $—    $69.0 
                        

F-60


Index to Financial Statements
26.SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

TRONOX INCORPORATEDRepayment of treasury loan

NotesIn January 2012 the Exxaro Mineral Sands Operations repaid R1,800 million to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)Exxaro Resources Limited (included in current operating amounts due to related parties).

 

Condensed and Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

   Issuer  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 
   (Millions of dollars) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net income (loss)

  $(110.8) $(101.0) $5.0  $79.2  $(127.6)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities—

      

Depreciation and amortization

   —     57.3   47.3   —     104.6 

Deferred income taxes

   (0.8)  (29.4)  (8.0)  —     (38.2)

Asset write-downs and impairments

   3.9   118.5   —     —     122.4 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

   101.5   (26.1)  —     (75.4)  —   

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

   8.7   57.4   —     —     66.1 

Allocations from Kerr-McGee

   0.4   51.7   3.0   —     55.1 

Other noncash items affecting net income (loss)

   0.2   24.8   12.9   —     37.9 

Changes in assets and liabilities

   (13.5)  (19.3)  3.3   —     (29.5)
                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   (10.4)  133.9   63.5   3.8   190.8 
                     

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Capital expenditures

   —     (46.8)  (45.7)  —     (92.5)

Other investing activities

   —     1.1   —     —     1.1 
                     

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   —     (45.7)  (45.7)  —     (91.4)
                     

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Net transfers with affiliates

   10.4   (86.5)  (51.2)  (3.8)  (131.1)
                     

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   10.4   (86.5)  (51.2)  (3.8)  (131.1)
                     

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

   —     —     (3.8)  —     (3.8)
                     

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

   —     1.7   (37.2)  —     (35.5)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

   —     3.1   56.2   —     59.3 
                     

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

  $—    $4.8  $19.0  $—    $23.8 
                     

F-61

F-171


Index to Financial Statements

TRONOX INCORPORATED

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Condensed and Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2003

  Issuer  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations  Consolidated 
  (Millions of dollars) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

     

Net income (loss)

 $(87.9) $(88.3) $15.0  $68.5  $(92.7)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities—

     

Depreciation and amortization

  —     62.3   44.2   —     106.5 

Deferred income taxes

  (1.0)  15.9   11.0   —     25.9 

Asset write-downs and impairments

  2.5   26.2   —     —     28.7 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

  85.2   (24.2)  —     (61.0)  —   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

  —     9.2   —     —     9.2 

Provision for environmental remediation and restoration, net of reimbursements

  7.4   48.6   —     —     56.0 

Allocations from Kerr-McGee

  0.4   62.2   3.2   —     65.8 

Other noncash items affecting net income (loss)

  0.4   32.1   1.1   —     33.6 

Changes in assets and liabilities

  (63.7)  (174.1)  125.2   —     (112.6)
                    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  (56.7)  (30.1)  199.7   7.5   120.4 
                    

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

     

Capital expenditures

  —     (67.7)  (31.7)  —     (99.4)

Other investing activities

  —     3.5   0.2   —     3.7 
                    

Net cash used in investing activities

  —     (64.2)  (31.5)  —     (95.7)
                    

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

     

Net transfers with affiliates

  56.7   90.7   (149.9)  (7.5)  (10.0)

Other financing activities

  —     —     (0.3)  —     (0.3)
                    

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  56.7   90.7   (150.2)  (7.5)  (10.3)
                    

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

  —     —     4.7   —     4.7 
                    

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  —     (3.6)  22.7   —     19.1 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

  —     6.7   33.5   —     40.2 
                    

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

 $—    $3.1  $56.2  $—    $59.3 
                    

LOGO

F-62


Index to Financial Statements

SCHEDULE IITronox Finance LLC

TRONOX INCORPORATEDExchange Offer for

VALUATION ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

      Additions      
   Balance at
Beginning
of Year
  Charged to
Profit and
Loss
  Charged to
Other
Accounts
  Deductions
from
Reserves
  

Balance at

End
of Year

   (Millions of dollars)

Year Ended December 31, 2005

        

Deducted from asset accounts

        

Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable

  $19.7  $2.2  $(0.3) $0.3  $21.3

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   6.1   (0.3)  —     —     5.8

Warehouse inventory obsolescence

   11.8   2.2   —     4.0   10.0
                    

Total

  $37.6  $4.1  $(0.3) $4.3  $37.1
                    

Year Ended December 31, 2004

        

Deducted from asset accounts

        

Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable

  $17.8  $3.5  $(0.1) $1.5  $19.7

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   5.0   1.1   —     —     6.1

Warehouse inventory obsolescence

   7.3   5.3   0.1   0.9   11.8
                    

Total

  $30.1  $9.9  $—    $2.4  $37.6
                    

Year Ended December 31, 2003

        

Deducted from asset accounts

        

Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable

  $18.0  $0.9  $0.2  $1.3  $17.8

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   —     5.0   —     —     5.0

Warehouse inventory obsolescence

   3.9   5.8   0.2   2.6   7.3
                    

Total

  $21.9  $11.7  $0.4  $3.9  $30.1
                    

F-63


Index to Financial Statements

No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the company. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that the information herein is correct as of any time after the date hereof or that there has not been a change in the affairs of the company since the date hereof.

TRONOX WORLDWIDE LLC

TRONOX FINANCE CORP.

Offer to Exchange up to

$350,000,000 of 9 1/2%900.0 million 6.375% Senior Notes due 2012

for up to

$350,000,000 of 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2012

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 19332020

 


PROSPECTUS


                    , 2013

 

 

Until                     , 2006 (90 daysWe have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any information or represent anything to you other than the information contained in this prospectus. You may not rely on unauthorized information or representations.

This prospectus does not offer to sell or ask for offers to buy any of the securities in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful, where the person making the offer is not qualified to do so, or to any person who cannot legally be offered the securities.

The information in this prospectus is current only as of the date on its cover, and may change after that date. For any time after the cover date of this prospectus)prospectus, we do not represent that our affairs are the same as described or that the information in this prospectus is correct, nor do we imply those things by delivering this prospectus or selling securities to you.

Until                     , 2013, all dealers that effect transactions in the new notes,these securities, whether or not participating in this distribution,the exchange offer may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligationobligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 



Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Except as set forth below, there is no provision in any contract, arrangement or statute under which any director, secretary or other officer of Tronox Limited is insured or indemnified in any manner against any liability which he/she may incur in his/her capacity as such.

The Delaware LLCsConstitution of Tronox Limited requires Tronox Limited to, subject to and so far as is permitted by the Australian Corporations Act and the Australian Competition and Consumer Act 2010, indemnify every director, secretary or other officer of Tronox Limited and its related bodies corporate against a liability incurred as such a director, secretary or other officer to a person (other than to Tronox Limited or a related body corporate of Tronox Limited), unless the liability arises out of conduct involving a lack of good faith. This is a continuing indemnity and will apply in respect of all acts done while a director, secretary or other officer of Tronox Limited (or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries) even if that person is not a director, secretary or other officer at the time the claim is made. The Constitution of Tronox Limited permits Tronox Limited to make a payment in respect of legal costs incurred by a director, secretary, officer or employee in defending an action for a liability incurred as such a director, secretary, officer or employee or in resisting or responding to actions taken by a government agency or a liquidator.

Tronox Worldwide LLCLimited will enter into a Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance (“Deed of Indemnity”) with each of its respective directors to, among other things, give effect to these rights.

Prior to completion of the Transaction, Tronox Limited’s directors and officers are covered by the policies and procedures of Tronox Incorporated as a wholly-owned subsidiary including directors and officers insurance policies. Following completion of the Transaction, we expect directors and officers of Tronox Limited and Tronox LLC are Delaware limited liability companies. Section 108Incorporated to be covered by an insurance policy which Tronox Limited will acquire. Prior to completion of the DelawareTransaction, Tronox Limited Liability Company Act (the “LLC Act”will insure against amounts that it may be liable to pay to directors, secretaries, officers or certain employees pursuant to the Constitution of Tronox Limited, the Deed of Indemnity or that Tronox Limited otherwise agrees to pay by way of indemnity. Tronox Limited will pay premiums for this “Directors and Officers” insurance (“D&O Insurance”) provides. The insurance policy also will insure directors, secretaries, officers and some employees against certain liabilities (including legal costs) they may incur as officers or employees of Tronox Limited. The Deed of Indemnity will provide that, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any,the Australian Corporations Act, during the director’s term of office as are set forth in its limited liability company agreement, a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever. The Limited Liability Company Agreement of both Tronox Worldwide LLC and Tronox LLC (each an “LLC Agreement”) provide that eachofficer of Tronox Worldwide LLC and Tronox LLC may indemnify its managers, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted under the LLC Act, unless the lossLimited (or as an officer or damage for which indemnification is sought is the result of fraud, deceit, gross negligence, wilfull misconduct, breach of their LLC Agreement or a wrongful taking by the manager, officer, employee or other agent.

The LLC Agreements also provide that expenses incurred in connection with an action or proceeding for which indemnification is sought may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action upon receipt of an undertaking by such, manager, officer, employee or other agent to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by Tronox Worldwide LLC or Tronox LLC.

The Delaware Corporations

Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Finance Corp., Tronox Holdings, Inc., Triple S Minerals Resources Corporation, Triple S Refining Corporation, Southwestern Refining Company, Inc., Transworld Drilling Company and Triangle Refineries, Inc. (collectively, the “Delaware Corporations”)are all Delaware corporations. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agenttrustee of a corporation or enterprise,trust of which the director is appointed or nominated an officer or trustee by Tronox Limited or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tronox Limited) and for seven years after the director ceases to hold such office, Tronox Limited must use its best efforts to effect and maintain D&O Insurance covering the director.

There are certain provisions of the Australian Corporations Act that restrict Tronox Limited from indemnifying directors, secretaries and other officers in certain circumstances. These are described below.

Australian Law

Australian Corporations Act

Section 199A(1) of the Australian Corporations Act provides that a company or a related body corporate must not exempt a person from a liability to the company incurred as a director, secretary or other officer of the company.

II-1


Section 199A(2) of the Australian Corporations Act provides that a company or a related body corporate must not indemnify a person against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, finesany of the following liabilities incurred as a director, secretary or other officer of the company:

a liability owed to the company or a related body corporate;

a liability for a pecuniary penalty order or compensation order under specified provisions of the Australian Corporations Act or the Australian Competition and amounts paidConsumer Act 2010; or

a liability that is owed to someone other than the company or a related body corporate and did not arise out of conduct in settlement actuallygood faith.

Section 199A(2) of the Australian Corporations Act does not apply to a liability for legal costs.

Section 199A(3) of the Australian Corporations Act provides that a company or a related body corporate must not indemnify a person against legal costs incurred in defending an action for a liability incurred as a director, secretary or other officer of the company if the costs are incurred:

in defending or resisting proceedings in which the person is found to have a liability for which they could not be

indemnified under section 199A(2); or

in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the person is found guilty; or

in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the Australian Securities and reasonablyInvestments Commission (ASIC) or a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established (this does not apply to costs incurred in responding to actions taken by him ASIC or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for the court order); or

in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by orproceedings for relief to the person under the Australian Corporations Act in which the rightcourt denies the relief.

Section 199B of the corporation, by reason of beingAustralian Corporations Act provides that a company or having been in any such capacity, if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believedrelated body corporate must not pay, or agree to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

The bylaws of the Delaware Corporations generally provide that each Delaware Corporations shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, against all expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the light of such Delaware Corporation or otherwise, to which he or she was or ispay, a party by reason of his or her current or former position with such Delaware Corporation or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving, at the request of such Delaware Corporation, aspremium for a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

In addition, the bylaws of Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Finance Corp., Tronox Holdings, Inc. and Triple S Minerals Resources Corporation also provide that expenses incurred bycontract insuring a person who is or was one of its directorshas been a director, secretary or officers in appearing at, participating in or defending any such action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by such corporation at reasonable intervals in advanceother officer of the final dispositioncompany against a liability (other than one for legal costs) arising out of:

conduct involving a willful breach of such action, suitduty in relation to the company; or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf

a contravention of the director, secretary or officerofficer’s duties under the Australian Corporations Act not to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that heimproperly use their position or she is not entitled to be indemnified by such corporationmake improper use of information obtained as authorized by its bylaws.a director, secretary or officer.

For the purpose of Sections 199A and 199B, an “officer” of a company includes:

 

II-1a director or secretary;


Index to Financial Statements

The Oklahoma Corporations

Cimarron Corporation and Triple S, Inc. are Oklahoma corporations (collectively,a person who makes, or participates in making, decisions that affect the “Oklahoma Corporations”). Section 1031whole, or a substantial part, of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act, or OGCA, grants each corporation organized thereunderbusiness of the power to indemnify anycompany;

a person who ishas the capacity to significantly affect the company’s financial standing; and

a person in accordance with whose instructions or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or inwishes the rightdirectors of the corporation, by reason of being or having been in any such capacity, if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believedcompany are accustomed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.act.

Insurance

The bylaws of the Oklahoma Corporations generally provide that each Oklahoma Corporations shall indemnify its directors and officers toof Tronox Limited and the fullest extent permittedduly authorized United States representative of each are insured against certain liabilities, including certain insured liabilities under United States securities laws, which they may incur in their capacity as such under a liability insurance policy carried by the OGCA, against all expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the light of such Oklahoma Corporation or otherwise, to which he or she was or is a party by reason of his or her current or former position with such Oklahoma Corporation or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving, at the request of such Oklahoma Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

In addition, the bylaws of Oklahoma Corporations also provide that expenses incurred by a person who is or was one of its directors or officers in appearing at, participating in or defending any such action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by such Oklahoma Corporation at reasonable intervals in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by such Oklahoma Corporation as authorized by its bylaws.

The Georgia Corporation

Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc. is a Georgia corporation. Section 14-2-851 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code, or GBCC, provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who is a party to a proceeding because he was a director of the corporation against liability incurred in the proceeding if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 14-2-857 of the GBCC provides tha a corporation may indemnify any person who is a party to a proceeding because he was an officer of the corporation against liability incurred in the proceeding to the same extent as it may indemnify a director and to such further extent as provided in its articles of incorporation, bylaws, resolution of the board of directors or contrat except for liability arising out of appropriation of any business opportunity of the corporation, acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, liability for unlawful distributions or receipt of an improper personal benefit.Limited.

The bylaws of the Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc. provide that it shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the GBCC, against all expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the light of Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc. or otherwise, to which he or she was or is a party by reason of his or her current or former position with Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc. or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving, at the request of Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc., as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

In addition, the bylaws of Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc. also provide that expenses incurred by a person who is or was one of its directors or officers in appearing at, participating in or defending any such action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by it at reasonable intervals in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or

 

II-2


Index

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to Financial Statements

proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking bydirectors, officers or on behalfpersons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the director or officer to repaySecurities and Exchange Commission such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or sheindemnification is not entitled to be indemnified by Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc.against public policy as authorized by its bylaws.expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibit Index

 

(a)
2.1Master Separation Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Kerr-McGee Corporation, Kerr-McGee Worldwide Corporation, and Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
3.1Amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
3.2Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
3.3*Certificate of Formation of Tronox Worldwide LLC
3.4*Limited Liability Company Agreement of Tronox Worldwide LLC
3.5*Certificate of Incorporation of Tronox Finance Corp.
3.6*Bylaws of Tronox Finance Corp.
4.1Rights Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, between Kerr-McGee Corporation and Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
4.2Indenture, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Tronox Worldwide LLC, Tronox Finance Corp. and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
4.3Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement among Tronox Worldwide LLC, Tronox Finance Corp. as Issuers, the Guarantors and Lehman Brothers Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as Representatives of the Several Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
5.1*Opinion of McAfee & Taft A Professional Corporation as to the legality of the securities being registered.
10.1Compensation arrangements for the named executive officers of Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2005).
10.2Continuity Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, between Tronox Incorporated and Thomas W. Adams (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2005).
10.3Continuity Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, between Tronox Incorporated and Marty J. Rowland (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2005).
10.4Continuity Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, between Tronox Incorporated and Mary Mikkelson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2005).

II-3


Index to Financial Statements
10.5Continuity Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, between Tronox Incorporated and Roger G. Addison (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2005).
10.6Continuity Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, between Tronox Incorporated and Robert Y. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2005).
10.7Continuity Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, between Tronox Incorporated and Gregory E. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2005).
10.8Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005 between Kerr-McGee Corporation and Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
10.9Transitional License Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Kerr-McGee Worldwide Corporation and Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
10.10Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Kerr-McGee Corporation and Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
10.11Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Kerr-McGee Corporation and Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
10.12Transition Services Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Kerr-McGee Corporation, Kerr-McGee Worldwide Corporation and Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
10.13Credit Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Worldwide LLC and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and Credit Suisse (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2005).
10.142006 Tronox Annual Incentive Plan Performance Measures (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2005).
10.15Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2006).
12.1*Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21Subsidiaries of Tronox Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2006).
23.1*Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2*Consent of McAfee & Taft A Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
25.1*Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of CitiBank, N.A.
99.1*Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2*Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3*Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
99.4*Form of Letter to ClientsExhibits

 

*Filed herewith(1)The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)Financial Statement Schedules

II-4


Index to Financial Statements

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

SeeAll schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the Index to the Financial Statement Schedules includedrequired information is shown in the prospectus.financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned Registrantregistrants hereby undertakes:undertake:

(1)(i) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;Act;

(ii) To(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)(ii) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)(iii) To remove from the registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(iv) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness.Provided,however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

II-3


(v) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(a)Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(b)Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(c)The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(d)Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(vi) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrantregistrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 20, or otherwise, the Registrantregistrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by athe registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrantregistrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement through the date of responding to the request.

(d) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in this Registration Statement when it became effective.

 

II-5

II-4


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Tronox Worldwide LLCas amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRONOX WORLDWIDE,TRONOX FINANCE LLC

(Registrant)
By: /S/    THOMAS W. ADAMS        
Name:Thomas W. Adams
Title:President and Manager
By:/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        
Name:Mary Mikkelson
Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)            /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:        Michael J. Foster
Title:          President and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

President, Secretary & Manager

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

John Merturi

Vice President, Treasurer & Manager

(Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)

August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    THOMAS W. ADAMS         

ManagerMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Thomas W. Adams
/S/    MARTY J. ROWLAND        

Manager

Marty J. Rowland/S/    MELODY A. WALKE        

Manager

Melody A. Walke

 

S-1

II-5


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Tronox Finance Corp.as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRONOX FINANCE CORP.TRONOX LIMITED

(Registrant)

By: /S/    THOMAS W. ADAMS        

            /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:Thomas W. Adams        Michael J. Foster
Title:President
By:/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        
Name:Mary Mikkelson
Title:

          Senior Vice President,

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 General Counsel & Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

*

Thomas Casey

Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Kevin V. Mahoney

Vice President & Controller

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Gregory Daniel Blue

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

*

Willem Abraham de Klerk

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

*

Sipho Abednego Nkosi

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

*

Andrew P. Hines

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

*

Wayne A. Hinman

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

*

Peter B. Johnston

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

*

Ilan Kaufthal

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

*

Jeffry N. Quinn

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    THOMAS W. ADAMS         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Thomas W. Adams
/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

Director

Mary Mikkelson/S/    MELODY A. WALKE        

Director

Melody A. Walke

 

S-2

II-6


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Tronox Incorporatedas amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRONOX INCORPORATEDTRONOX INCORPORATED

(Registrant)

By: /S/    THOMAS W. ADAMS        

            /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:Thomas W. Adams
Title:Chief Executive Officer
By:Name:    /S/    MARY MIKKELSON        Michael J. Foster
Name:Title:    Mary MikkelsonVice President,
Title:    

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

General Counsel & Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Thomas W. Adams and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

*

John D. Romano

President & Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

John Merturi

Vice President & Treasurer

(Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)

August 19, 2013

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Vice President, General Counsel,

Secretary & Director

August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    THOMAS W. ADAMS         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Thomas W. Adams
/S/    JEROME ADAMS        

Director

Jerome Adams/S/    PETER D. KINNEAR        

Director

Peter D. Kinnear/S/    BRADLEY C. RICHARDSON        

Director

Bradley C. Richardson

 

S-3

II-7


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Cimarron Corporationas amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

CIMARRON CORPORATIONTRONOX LLC

(Registrant)

By: /S/    PATRICK S. CORBETT        

        /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:Patrick S. Corbett
Title:President
By:Name: /S/    MARY MIKKELSON          Michael J. Foster
Name:Title: Mary Mikkelson
Title:

Senior  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

& Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

*

John D. Romano

President & Manager

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

John Merturi

Vice President & Treasurer

(Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)

August 19, 2013

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Vice President, Secretary & ManagerAugust 19, 2013

*

Matthew A. Paque

Vice President, Assistant Secretary & ManagerAugust 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Robert Y. Brown III
/S/    PATRICK S. CORBETT        

Director

Patrick S. Corbett/S/    S. MICHAEL LOGAN        

Director

S. Michael Logan

 

S-4

II-8


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Tronox Holdings, Inc.as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRONOX HOLDINGS, INC.TRONOX US HOLDINGS INC.

(Registrant)

By: /S/    MARTY

          /s/    Michael J. ROWLAND        Foster

Name:Marty J. Rowland
Title:President
By:Name:  /S/    MARY MIKKELSON        Michael J. Foster
Name:Title:  Mary Mikkelson
Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

& Assistant Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

President & Sole Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Kevin V. Mahoney

Controller

(Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)

August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Robert Y. Brown III
/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

Director

Mary Mikkelson/S/    MARTY J. ROWLAND        

Director

Marty J. Rowland

 

S-5

II-9


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Triple S Minerals Resources Corporationas amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.

this 19th day of August 2013.

TRIPLE S MINERALS RESOURCES CORPORATION

TRONOX AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
(Registrant)
By: /S/    MARTY

          /s/    Michael J. ROWLAND        Foster

Name:  MartyMichael J. RowlandFoster
Title:  PresidentDirector
By: /S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

          /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:  Mary MikkelsonMatthew A. Paque
Title:  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Robert Y. Brown III
/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

Director

Mary Mikkelson/S/    MARTY J. ROWLAND        

Director

Marty J. Rowland

 

S-6

II-10


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Tronox Pigments (Savannah), Inc.as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.

this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX PIGMENTS (SAVANNAH), INC.TRONOX AUSTRALIA PIGMENTS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

(Registrant)

By: /S/    MARTY

          /s/    Michael J. ROWLAND        Foster

Name:  MartyMichael J. RowlandFoster
Title:  PresidentDirector
By: /S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

          /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:  Mary MikkelsonMatthew A. Paque
Title:  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Secretary & Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer
(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)
August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    THOMAS W. ADAMS         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Thomas W. Adams
/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

Director

Mary Mikkelson/S/    MARTY J. ROWLAND        

Director

Marty J. Rowland

 

S-7

II-11


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Triple S Refining Corporationas amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRONOX GLOBAL HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

TRIPLE S REFINING CORPORATION(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By: /S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III                /s/    Matthew A. Paque
Name:Robert Y. Brown III
Title:President
By:

Name:    

 /S/    MARY MIKKELSON        Matthew A. Paque
Name:

Title:

 Mary Mikkelson
Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer (Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    ROGER G. ADDISON         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Roger G. Addison
/S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III        

Director

Robert Y. Brown III/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

Director

Mary Mikkelson

 

S-8

II-12


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Southwestern Refining Company, Inc.as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

SOUTHWESTERN REFINING COMPANY, INC.

TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
(Registrant)
By: /S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III                /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:

 Robert Y. Brown IIIMichael J. Foster

Title:

 PresidentDirector

By: /S/    MARY MIKKELSON        /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:

 Mary MikkelsonMatthew A. Paque

Title:

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer (Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    ROGER G. ADDISON         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Roger G. Addison
/S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III        

Director

Robert Y. Brown III/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

Director

Mary Mikkelson

 

S-9

II-13


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Transworld Drilling Companyas amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRANSWORLD DRILLING COMPANY

TRONOX PIGMENTS AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
(Registrant)
By: /S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III                /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:

 Robert Y. Brown IIIMichael J. Foster

Title:

 PresidentDirector

By: /S/    MARY MIKKELSON                /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:

 Mary MikkelsonMatthew A. Paque

Title:

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    ROGER G. ADDISON         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Roger G. Addison
/S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III        

Director

Robert Y. Brown III/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

Director

Mary Mikkelson

 

S-10

II-14


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Triangle Refineries, Inc.as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRONOX PIGMENTS WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
(Registrant)
By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

TRIANGLE REFINERIES, INC.Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By: /S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III                /s/    Matthew A. Paque
Name:Robert Y. Brown III
Title:President
By:

Name:    

 /S/    MARY MIKKELSON        Matthew A. Paque
Name:

Title:

 Mary Mikkelson
Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer (Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    ROGER G. ADDISON         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Roger G. Addison
/S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III        

Director

Robert Y. Brown III/S/    MARY MIKKELSON        

Director

Mary Mikkelson

 

S-11

II-15


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Triple S, Inc.as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRIPLE S, INC.

TRONOX PIGMENTS LLC
(Registrant)
By: /S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN                /s/    Michael J. Foster
Name:Robert Y. Brown
Title:President
By:

Name:    

 /S/    MARY MIKKELSON        Michael J. Foster
Name:

Title:

 Mary Mikkelson
Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

& Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

*

John D. Romano

President & Manager

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

John Merturi

Vice President & Treasurer

(Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)

August 19, 2013

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Vice President, Secretary & Manager

August 19, 2013

 

Signature*By:

 /s/    Michael J. Foster

Title

/S/    ROBERT Y. BROWN III         

DirectorMichael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

Robert Y. Brown III
/S/    PATRICK S. CORBETT        

Director

Patrick S. Corbett/S/    S. MICHAEL LOGAN        

Director

S. Michael Logan

 

S-12

II-16


Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Tronox LLCas amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oklahoma City,Stamford, State of Oklahoma,Connecticut, on April 27, 2006.this 19th day of August 2013.

 

TRONOX SANDS HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED

TRONOX LLC(Registrant)

By: /S/    MARTY        /s/    Michael J. ROWLAND          Foster

Name:

 MartyMichael J. RowlandFoster

Title:

 PresidentDirector

By: /S/    MARY MIKKELSON                /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:

 Mary MikkelsonMatthew A. Paque

Title:

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Roger G. Addison and Mary Mikkelson, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his or her lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or post-effective amendments to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits hereto and other documents in connection therewith or in connection with the registration of the securities under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary in connection with such matters and hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or her substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicatedand on April 27, 2006.the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-17


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX WESTERN AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    

Matthew A. Paque

Title:

Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

*

John D. Romano

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

DirectorAugust 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-18


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX WORLDWIDE PTY LIMITED
(Registrant)
By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque
Name:    Matthew A. Paque
Title:Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director and Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-19


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX HOLDINGS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    

Matthew A. Paque

Title:

Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-20


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX INVESTMENTS (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    

Matthew A. Paque

Title:

Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-21


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX AUSTRALIA SANDS PTY LTD
(Registrant)
By:

        /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:      Director
By:

        /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    Matthew A. Paque
Title:      Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-22


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TICOR RESOURCES PTY LTD
(Registrant)
By:

        /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:      Director
By:

        /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    Matthew A. Paque
Title:      Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-23


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TICOR FINANCE (A.C.T.) PTY LTD
(Registrant)
By:

        /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:      Director
By:

        /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    Matthew A. Paque
Title:      Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-24


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TIO2 CORPORATION PTY LTD
(Registrant)
By:

        /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:      Director
By:

        /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    Matthew A. Paque
Title:      Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-25


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

YALGOO MINERALS PTY. LTD.
(Registrant)
By:

        /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:      Director
By:

        /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    Matthew A. Paque
Title:      Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-26


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TIFIC PTY. LTD.
(Registrant)
By:

        /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:      Director
By:

        /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    Matthew A. Paque
Title:      Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-27


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

SYNTHETIC RUTILE HOLDINGS PTY LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    

Matthew A. Paque

Title:

Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-28


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

SENBAR HOLDINGS PTY LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque
Name:    Matthew A. Paque
Title:Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-29


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

PIGMENT HOLDINGS PTY LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    

Matthew A. Paque

Title:

Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-30


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX MINERAL SALES PTY LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    

Matthew A. Paque

Title:

Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-31


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX MANAGEMENT PTY LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster

Name:    

Michael J. Foster

Title:

Director

By:         /s/    Matthew A. Paque

Name:    

Matthew A. Paque

Title:

Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director & Public Officer

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-32


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LLP

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster
Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:Authorized Representative

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Kevin V. Mahoney

Controller

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Matthew A. Paque

Director

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-33


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX PIGMENTS LTD

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster
Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:Vice President & Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

*

John D. Romano

President & Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

John Merturi

Vice President & Treasurer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Vice President, Secretary & Director

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-34


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX HOLDINGS EUROPE C.V.

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster
Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:Director of Tronox Worldwide Pty

Ltd., its Managing Partner

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director of Tronox Worldwide Pty Ltd.

Its Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Anthony Martin Orrell

Director of Tronox Worldwide Pty Ltd.

Its Managing Director

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-35


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on this 19th day of August 2013.

TRONOX HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.

(Registrant)

By:         /s/    Michael J. Foster
Name:    Michael J. Foster
Title:Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/    Michael J. Foster        

Michael J. Foster

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Kevin V. Mahoney

Controller

(Principal Accounting & Financial Officer)

August 19, 2013

*

Arie Jan Duvekot

Director

August 19, 2013

*

Ferdinand Johannes Lambertus Klinckhamers

Director

August 19, 2013

*By:

/s/    Michael J. Foster

Michael J. Foster

As Attorney-in-fact

II-36


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

SignatureExhibit No.

  

TitleDescription

/S/    MARY MIKKELSON            2.1  

Manager

Mary MikkelsonAmended and Restated Transaction Agreement by and among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Concordia Acquisition Corporation, Concordia Merger Corporation, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Holdings Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro International BV, dated as of April 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on May 4, 2012).
/S/    MARTY J. ROWLAND            3.1  

Manager

Marty J. RowlandConstitution of Tronox Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
    3.2*Certificate of Formation of Tronox Finance LLC.
    3.3*Limited Liability Company Agreement of Tronox Finance LLC.
    3.4*Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tronox Incorporated.
    3.5*Bylaws of Tronox Incorporated.
    3.6*Certificate of Formation of Tronox LLC (formerly Kerr-McGee Chemical LLC).
    3.7*/S/    GREGORY E. THOMAS        Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement for Tronox LLC (formerlyKerr-McGee Chemical LLC).
    3.8*Certificate of Incorporation of Tronox US Holdings, Inc.
    3.9*Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tronox US Holdings Inc.
    3.10*Constitution of Tronox Australia Holdings Pty Limited.
    3.11*Constitution of Tronox Australia Pigments Holdings Pty Limited.
    3.12*Constitution of Tronox Global Holdings Pty Limited.
    3.13*Constitution of Tronox Pigments Australia Holdings Pty Limited.
    3.14*Constitution of Tronox Pigments Australia Pty Limited.
    3.15*Constitution of Tronox Pigments Western Australia Pty Limited.
    3.16*Certificate of Formation of Tronox Pigments LLC.
    3.17*Limited Liability Company Agreement of Tronox Pigments LLC.
    3.18*Constitution of Tronox Sands Holdings Pty Limited.
    3.19*Memorandum and Articles of Association of Tronox Western Australia Pty Ltd.
    3.20*Constitution of Tronox Worldwide Pty Ltd.
    3.21*Constitution of Tronox Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd.
    3.22*Constitution of Tronox Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd.
    3.23*Constitution of Tronox Australia Sands Pty Ltd.
    3.24*Constitution of Ticor Resources Pty Ltd.
    3.25*Constitution of Ticor Finance (A.C.T.) Pty Ltd.
    3.26*Constitution of TiO2 Corporation Pty Ltd.
    3.27*Constitution of Yalgoo Minerals Pty Ltd.
    3.28*Constitution of Tific Pty Ltd.


Exhibit No.

  

ManagerDescription

Gregory E. Thomas
    3.29*  Constitution of Synthetic Rutile Holdings Pty Ltd.
    3.30*Constitution of Senbar Holdings Pty Ltd.
    3.31*Constitution of Pigment Holdings Pty Ltd.
    3.32*Constitution of Tronox Mineral Sales Pty Ltd.
    3.33*Constitution of Tronox Management Pty Ltd.
    3.34*Certificate of Incorporation of a Limited Liability Partnership for Tronox International Finance LLP.
    3.35*Limited Liability Partnership Agreement in Respect of Tronox International Finance LLP.
    3.36*Certificate of Incorporation of Tronox Pigments Ltd.
    3.37*Articles of Association of Tronox Pigments Ltd. (formerly Kerr-McGee Pigment Ltd).
    3.38*Limited Partnership Deed of Tronox Holdings Europe C.V.
    3.39*Deed of Incorporation of Tronox Holdings Coöperatief U.A.
    4.1Indenture, dated as of August, 20, 2012, among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on November 14, 2012).
    4.2Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2012, among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representative of the initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on November 14, 2012).
    4.3First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 29, 2012, to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on November 14, 2012).
    4.4Second Supplemental Indenture, dated May 7, 2013, to the Indenture dated as of August 20, 2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on May 9, 2013).
    4.5*Third Supplemental Indenture, dated August 2, 2013, to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, national Association, as Trustee.
    4.6†Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated August 19, 2013, to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, national Association, as Trustee.
    5.1†Opinion of Ashurst Australia.
    5.2*Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
    5.3†Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis International LLP.
    5.4†Opinion of Bird & Bird LLP.
    5.5*Opinion of Higgs & Johnson.
  10.1Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Computershare Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
  10.2Tronox Incorporated 2010 Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Incorporated on February 14, 2011).


Exhibit No.

Description

  10.3Tronox LLC 2010 Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Incorporated on February 14, 2011).
  10.4Employment Agreement entered into as of February 14, 2011 by and between Tronox LLC and John D. Romano (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on December 30, 2011).
  10.5Employment Agreement entered into as of February 14, 2011 by and between Tronox LLC and Michael J. Foster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on December 30, 2011).
  10.6Employment Agreement entered into as of February 14, 2011 by and between Tronox LLC and Robert C. Gibney (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on December 30, 2011).
  10.7Shareholders’ Agreement by and between Tronox Sands Holdings PTY Limited, Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Current Report onForm 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
  10.8Shareholder’s Deed dated June 15, 2012 by and between Tronox Limited, Thomas Casey, and Exxaro Resources Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
  10.9Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated February 8 2012, by and among Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Incorporated, the guarantors listed therein, the lenders listed therein, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Registration Statement of Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on March 22, 2012).
  10.10Employment Agreement entered into as of April 19, 2012 by and between Tronox LLC and Thomas J. Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on April 23, 2012).
  10.11First Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated May 11, 2012, by and among Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Incorporated, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, the requisite lenders party thereto and the guarantors party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
  10.12Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on April 23, 2012).
  10.13Technical Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated June 12, 2012, by and among Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
  10.14Transition Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
  10.15General Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
  10.16Template Project Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited and Exxaro Resources Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).


Exhibit No.

Description

  10.17Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated June 18, 2012, among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Guarantors named therein, Lenders named therein, UBS Securities LLC, as Arranger, Bookmanager, Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Swingline Lender, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Australian Security Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).
  10.18First Amendment to Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated August 8, 2012, among Tronox Limited, the other borrowers and the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
  10.19Separation Letter Agreement dated as of September 29, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited and Robert C. Gibney (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
  10.20Separation Agreement and Release entered into as of February 9, 2013, by and between Tronox Limited and Daniel D. Greenwell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 13, 2013).
  10.21First Amendment to that Certain Employment Agreement entered into as of February 22, 2013, by and between Tronox LLC and Thomas J. Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
  10.22Second Amendment to the Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated March 19, 2013, amoung Tronox Limited, the other borrowers and the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10- Q filed by Tronox Limited on May 9, 2013).
  12.1*Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21.1*Subsidiaries of Tronox Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).
  23.1†Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Tronox Limited.
  23.2†Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, Independent Auditors for Exxaro Mineral Sands
  23.3*Consent of Ashurst Australia (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  23.4*Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).
  23.5*Consent of Kirkland & Ellis International LLP (included in Exhibit 5.3).
  23.6*Consent of Bird & Bird LLP (included in Exhibit 5.4).
  23.7*Consent of Higgs & Johnson (included in Exhibit 5.5).
  24.1†Power of Attorney (included in signature pages).
  25.1*Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, with respect to the Indenture govering the Notes.
  99.1*Form of Letter of Transmittal.
101.IN†XBRL Instance Document
101.SC†XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CA†XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LA†XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document


Exhibit No.

Description

101.DE†XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.PR†XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

S-13
*Previously filed.
**To be filed by amendment
Filed herewith